- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
                                   FORM 10-K
                            ------------------------
(MARK ONE)
[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED] FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
                                       OR
[ ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED] FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM
                   TO              .

                          COMMISSION FILE NO. 1-10410

                       THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

               DELAWARE                         I.R.S. NO. 62-1411755
       (State of Incorporation)          (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                                1023 CHERRY ROAD
                            MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE 38117
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

       REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (901) 762-8600
                            ------------------------
          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:

                                                 NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH
TITLE OF EACH CLASS                                       REGISTERED
- -------------------                              ------------------------------
Common Capital Stock, Par Value 1.50 per share*  NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
                                                 MIDWEST STOCK EXCHANGE
                                                 PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE
                                                 PHILADELPHIA STOCK EXCHANGE
10 1/2% Senior Notes due 1994 of Embassy         NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
  Suites, Inc.**
11% Subordinated Debentures due 1999 of Embassy  NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
  Suites, Inc.**
8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2000 of     NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
  Embassy Suites, Inc.**
10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002 of    NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
  Embassy Suites, Inc.**

- ---------------
 * Common Capital Stock also has special stock purchase rights listed on each of
   the same exchanges
** Securities guaranteed by Registrant

          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:
                                      None

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes X.  No   .

    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]

    The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant based upon the closing price of $47.50 for Common Stock as reported
on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on March 4, 1994, is
$4,729,458,007.50.

    Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of
common stock, as of March 4, 1994.

Common Stock ................................................ 102,330,710 Shares

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

    Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the 1994 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof and portions of
the Company's Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1993, are incorporated by reference into Parts I and II hereof.

    Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement-Prospectus dated December 13,
1989, for the Special Meeting of Stockholders of Holiday Corporation on January
17, 1990, which also constituted an Information Statement of the Company, are
incorporated by reference into Part I herein.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Material from The Promus Companies Incorporated (referred to herein,
together with its subsidiaries where the context requires, as the "Company" or
"Promus") Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1993 (the "Annual Report"), is incorporated by reference in Parts I and II
hereof where referred to herein. Material from the Company's Proxy Statement,
prepared and mailed to stockholders in accordance with Section 14 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission")
thereunder, for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company to be held on
April 29, 1994 (the "Proxy Statement"), is incorporated by reference in Part III
hereof where referred to therein.

     Material from the Holiday Corporation ("Holiday") Proxy
Statement-Prospectus dated December 13, 1989 (the "Special Proxy Statement"),
which also constituted an Information Statement of the Company, is incorporated
by reference in Part I hereof when and as referred to herein. The Special Proxy
Statement was prepared and mailed to Holiday stockholders in accordance with
Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder for the Special Meeting of Stockholders of Holiday held January 17,
1990.

                                     PART I

ITEMS 1 AND 2. BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES.

     The Company is one of the leading casino entertainment and hotel companies
in the United States. Its Harrah's casino entertainment division operates 12
casino properties in five states and has additional casino locations under
development. The Company's hotel division operates the Embassy Suites, Hampton
Inn and Homewood Suites hotel brands. Another hotel brand, Hampton Inn & Suites,
was introduced late in 1993.

     Promus was formed in connection with the reorganization of Holiday in
February 1990, which involved the acquisition of the Holiday Inn hotel business
by Bass Public Limited Company ("Bass"), the transfer of the Harrah's casino
entertainment division, the Embassy Suites, Hampton Inn and Homewood Suites
hotel divisions and certain other assets to Promus and the distribution of
Promus' outstanding stock (the "Spin-off") to Holiday's stockholders (the
"Reorganization"). Following the Reorganization, the executive officers of
Holiday became the senior management of Promus.

     Promus was incorporated on November 2, 1989, under Delaware law and
conducts its hotel and casino entertainment businesses through its wholly-owned
subsidiary, Embassy Suites, Inc. ("Embassy"), and Embassy's subsidiaries. The
principal asset of Promus is the stock of Embassy, which holds, directly or
indirectly through subsidiaries, substantially all of the assets of the
Company's businesses. The principal executive offices of Promus are located at
1023 Cherry Road, Memphis, Tennessee 38117, telephone (901) 762-8600.

     Commencing with the fiscal year 1992, the Company changed to a calendar
year-end basis. For prior years, the Company's fiscal year ended on the Friday
nearest to December 31. Accordingly, fiscal years 1993, 1992 and 1991 ended on
December 31, 1993, December 31, 1992, and January 3, 1992, respectively.

     Operating data for the three most recent fiscal years, together with
corporate expense, interest expense and other income, is set forth on page 11 of
Book Two of the Annual Report. Information as to operating data and identifiable
assets applicable to each of the Company's industry segments is set forth on the
inside front cover and page 22 of Book Two of the Annual Report. Information
regarding mortgages on properties of the Company is set forth on pages 16 and 17
of Book Two of the Annual Report. All of the foregoing pages of Book Two of the
Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference.

                                       1



                              CASINO ENTERTAINMENT

     For information on Casino Entertainment Segment operating results and a
discussion of those results, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis--Results
of Operations--Casino Entertainment" on pages 6 and 7 of Book Two of the Annual
Report and "Operating Results by Segment" on the inside front cover of Book Two
of the Annual Report. These pages of Book Two of the Annual Report are
incorporated herein by reference.

GENERAL

     Harrah's, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Promus, has been in
operation for more than 56 years and is unique among casino entertainment
companies in its broad geographic diversification. Harrah's or its subsidiaries
(hereinafter referred to as "Harrah's") operates casino hotels in the five
traditional U.S. gaming markets of Reno, Lake Tahoe, Las Vegas and Laughlin,
Nevada, and Atlantic City, New Jersey. It also operates riverboat casinos in
Joliet, Illinois; dockside casinos in Vicksburg and Tunica, Mississippi; and
limited stakes casinos in Central City and Black Hawk, Colorado. As of December
31, 1993, Harrah's casino properties had a total of approximately 436,400 square
feet of casino space, 12,504 slot machines, 641 table games, 5,348 hotel rooms
or suites, approximately 76,000 square feet of convention space, 40 restaurants,
four showrooms and three cabarets.

     Harrah's marketing strategy is designed to appeal primarily to the broad
middle-market gaming customer segment. Harrah's strategic direction is focused
on establishing a well-defined brand identity that communicates a consistent
message.

HARRAH'S CASINO HOTEL DIVISION

ATLANTIC CITY

     The Harrah's Atlantic City casino hotel ("Harrah's Atlantic City") has
approximately 64,000 square feet of casino space. During 1993, it had the
highest gaming revenues and operating profit of the Company's casinos.

     Situated on 21.4 acres in the Marina area of Atlantic City, Harrah's
Atlantic City consists of dual 16-story hotel towers with 268 suites and 492
regular rooms and adjoining low rise buildings which house the casino space and
the 23,000 square foot convention center. The hotel has eight restaurants, an
850-seat showroom, a pool, health club, teen center with video games, child care
facilities and parking for 2,452 cars. The property also has a 107-slip marina.
Occupancy at the hotel has averaged over 87% for the past five years.

     Harrah's Atlantic City seeks to provide a comfortable environment for
middle and upper middle income customers to enjoy gaming. Most of the casino's
customers arrive by car from within a 150-mile radius which includes
Philadelphia, New York and Northern New Jersey. Harrah's Atlantic City gears its
advertising and promotional campaigns to the "drive-in" market.

LAS VEGAS

     Harrah's Las Vegas is located on approximately 16.4 acres of the Strip in
Las Vegas and consists of a 15-floor hotel tower with 488 rooms, a 23-floor
hotel tower with 491 rooms, a 32-floor hotel tower with 734 rooms, and adjacent
low-rise buildings which house the 15,000 square foot convention center and the
casino. The hotel has 1,713 total rooms including 34 suites. The size of the
property would permit the Company to expand its facilities if the Company
decided that additional capacity were economically desirable in the future.

     The Harrah's Las Vegas complex has approximately 80,000 square feet of
casino space, five restaurants, the 525-seat Commander's Theatre, a health club
and a heated pool. There are 3,087

                                       2



parking spaces available, including a substantial portion in a self park garage.
Occupancy at the hotel has averaged over 91% for the past five years.

     Harrah's Las Vegas caters to middle income customers. The casino has
marketing programs, such as a low-priced, high-volume buffet, which are
generally less expensive than the marketing programs at the Company's other
casino hotels. The casino's primary feeder markets are the Midwest, California
and Canada.

LAKE TAHOE

     Harrah's Lake Tahoe is situated on 22.9 acres near Lake Tahoe and consists
of an 18-story tower and adjoining low-rise building which house a 16,500 square
foot convention center and approximately 63,200 square feet of casino space. The
casino hotel, with 62 suites and 472 luxury rooms, has seven restaurants, the
752-seat South Shore Showroom, a 197-seat cabaret, a health club, a retail shop,
heated pool and an arcade. The facility has customer parking for 791 cars in a
garage and 1,161 additional spaces in an adjoining lot. Occupancy at the hotel
has averaged over 80% for the past five years. A 400-suite Embassy Suites hotel,
which is owned by a franchisee and managed by Embassy, provides an additional
supply of high-quality guest rooms, conveniently located adjacent to Harrah's
Lake Tahoe.

     Harrah's also operates Bill's Lake Tahoe Casino which is located on a 2.1
acre site adjacent to Harrah's Lake Tahoe casino hotel. The casino includes
approximately 18,000 square feet of casino space and two casual on-premise
restaurants, Bennigan's and McDonald's, operated by non-affiliated restaurant
companies.

     Harrah's Lake Tahoe caters to middle and upper income customers and,
accordingly, the customer marketing programs, including use of the showroom, are
tailored to these segments. Bill's Casino appeals to those customers who enjoy a
more casual atmosphere. The primary feeder markets for both casinos are
California and the Pacific Northwest.

RENO

     Harrah's Reno, situated on approximately 3.5 acres, consists of a casino
hotel complex with a 24-story structure, a 14,500 square foot convention center
and 64,300 square feet of casino space. The hotel, with eight suites and 558
rooms, has five restaurants, a snack bar, the 420-seat Sammy's Showroom, a pool,
a health club and an arcade. The complex can accommodate 587 cars in a valet
parking garage and another 377 cars in a self park garage. In addition to this
on-site parking, Harrah's Reno also leases approximately 646 spaces nearby that
are available for overflow valet parking. Occupancy at the hotel has averaged
approximately 88% for the past five years.

     Harrah's Reno caters primarily to middle and upper income customers. The
primary feeder markets for Harrah's Reno are Northern California, the Pacific
Northwest and Canada.

LAUGHLIN

     Harrah's Laughlin is located in Laughlin, Nevada on a 44.9 acre site in a
natural cove on the Colorado River and features a hotel with 1,658 total rooms
including 23 suites, five restaurants and a 90-seat cabaret, all with a
south-of-the-border theme. It is the only property in Laughlin with a developed
beachfront on the river. Harrah's Laughlin has approximately 47,000 square feet
of casino space and approximately 7,000 square feet of convention center space.
The facility has customer parking for 2,789 cars and vans, including a covered
parking garage, and a park for recreational vehicles. Occupancy at Harrah's
Laughlin has averaged over 84% for the last five years. Harrah's Laughlin caters
primarily to middle income customers and targets its advertising and promotional
campaigns to the "drive-in" market. It is located within a four-hour drive from
both the Los Angeles and Phoenix metropolitan areas where a combined total of
approximately 15 million people reside.

                                       3



CENTRAL CITY AND BLACK HAWK

     In December 1993, the Company purchased an approximate 17 percent interest
in Eagle Gaming, L.P. ("Eagle"). Eagle owns casinos in Central City and Black
Hawk, Colorado, that Harrah's began managing for a fee in December 1993. Both of
these casinos are approximately 45 minutes from downtown Denver and offer
limited stakes gaming pursuant to Colorado law.

     Harrah's Central City is located in four historic buildings decorated in
authentic 1800's Victorian furnishings. The casino, with approximately 11,700
square feet of casino space, 490 slot machines and 13 table games, features the
100 year old Glory Hole Bar and the Gilded Garter Cabaret, with live
entertainment, two restaurants and a gift shop.

     Harrah's Black Hawk is located in the historic mining town of Black Hawk,
and has approximately 16,100 square feet of casino space, 476 slot machines, 16
table games, a restaurant and a gift shop, on three levels and is decorated in
Victorian design reminiscent of the gold rush days in the late 1800's.

     Complimentary shuttle service is available between Harrah's Black Hawk and
Harrah's Central City, a distance of approximately one mile.

     The primary feeder market for both casinos is the Denver/Boulder
metropolitan area.

RIVERBOAT CASINO ENTERTAINMENT DIVISION

JOLIET

     Harrah's Joliet, the Company's first riverboat casino, opened in May 1993,
in downtown Joliet, Illinois, on the Des Plaines River. The modern 210-foot
mega-yacht, Harrah's Northern Star, had 20,000 square feet of casino space with
50 table games and 606 slot machines at year end. The riverboat, which has three
levels, has the capacity to accommodate more than 1,000 guests per cruise. It
offers six cruises per day. Dockside facilities include a pavilion with two
restaurants, two lounges, including one with live entertainment, and a retail
shop. Parking is available for over 1,200 cars, including a 4-story parking
garage with 750 spaces.

     In January 1994, a second riverboat casino, Harrah's Southern Star, was
placed into operation in Joliet. This 210-foot long riverboat is designed in the
spirit of a traditional 1880's sternwheeler and contains approximately 13,440
square feet of casino space. The tri-level riverboat features a banquet room on
its third level, has 365 slot machines, 31 table games, and can accommodate more
than 800 guests per cruise. It offers six cruises per day with a seventh cruise
offered on Fridays, Saturdays and on holidays. With both riverboats in
operation, on a typical weekday Harrah's can serve 10,800 customers each day
based on a combined total of 12 excursions. With the opening of the Southern
Star, the casino space on the Northern Star was reconfigured to have 31 table
games and 565 slot machines.

     A joint venture in which an indirect subsidiary of the Company is the 80
percent general partner, developed and owns the dockside facilities and the
Harrah's Northern Star vessel. The Harrah's Southern Star vessel is owned by the
Company and is leased to the joint venture. Both of the Joliet riverboat
businesses are owned by the joint venture and are operated by Harrah's for a
fee.

     The Chicago metropolitan area is the primary feeder market for Harrah's
Joliet, with Joliet being only 35 miles from downtown Chicago.

                                       4



VICKSBURG

     In November 1993, the Company opened a dockside casino entertainment
complex in Vicksburg, Mississippi. The complex, which is located in downtown
Vicksburg on the Yazoo Diversion Canal of the Mississippi River, includes a
297-foot long stationary riverboat casino designed in the spirit of a
traditional 1800's riverboat with approximately 20,000 square feet of casino
space, 600 slot machines and 44 table games. The casino is docked next to the
Company's shoreside entertainment complex which features a food court, a 
restaurant/lounge and a retail outlet. Also adjacent to the riverboat is a 117 
room Harrah's hotel owned and operated by the Company and two covered parking 
garages with combined parking for 800 cars. The Company owns the riverboat and 
holds long-term rights to all real property pertaining to the project.

     The casino's primary feeder markets are western and central Mississippi and
eastern Louisiana.

TUNICA

     In November 1993, the Company opened a dockside riverboat casino in Tunica,
Mississippi, which is located approximately 25 miles south of downtown Memphis,
Tennessee. The stationary riverboat, with a classic antebellum design, has
32,000 square feet of casino space on three levels, with 1,201 slot machines, 54
table games and an entertainment lounge. Adjacent to the riverboat casino is a
30,000 square foot pavilion that houses a 255-seat buffet restaurant, employee
facilities and executive offices. On-site parking is available for 1,336 cars
with valet parking available.

     The Company owns the constructed facilities and the casino business. It is
anticipated that a limited partner will have a 25% minority interest subject to
its licensing by regulatory authorities. The underlying land, including
adjoining land used for a private access road and a sewage treatment facility,
is leased with options to purchase.

     The primary feeder market for Harrah's Tunica is the Memphis metropolitan
area.

UNDER DEVELOPMENT

SHREVEPORT

     In March 1993, a partnership in which an indirect subsidiary of the Company
is the general partner and Louisiana developers are limited partners, entered
into agreements with the City of Shreveport, Louisiana, to develop and operate a
casino entertainment complex in that city. The project, which will be managed by
Harrah's, will include a 210-foot long riverboat with 19,600 square feet of
casino space, an anticipated 760 slot machines and 40 table games, and dockside
facilities. The project, when completed and assuming the exercise of the option
discussed in the next paragraph, is expected to involve an investment by the
Company of approximately $71 million. Construction commenced in third quarter
1993, with opening expected in April 1994.

     The Company is currently a 85.72% partner in the venture which is
developing the Shreveport riverboat casino. However, an option agreement has
been entered into which could increase the Company's ownership interest in the
venture to 96%.

NORTH KANSAS CITY

     The Company entered into agreements with the City of North Kansas City,
Missouri, in February 1993 to develop and operate a riverboat casino
entertainment center in that city. It is anticipated that the Company will
invest approximately $83 million to develop the project, which is currently
expected to include a 295-foot long riverboat with 31,600 square feet of casino
space with an anticipated 1,225 slot machines and 55 table games, and related
shoreside facilities. Construction commenced in

                                       5



1993 with opening expected in third quarter 1994, subject to receipt of
necessary regulatory approvals. The project will be owned and operated by the
Company.

     A state-wide referendum is scheduled in Missouri on April 5, 1994, to
address the constitutional uncertainty of certain forms of gaming in that state.
Local referenda are being held at the same time in the municipalities where the
Company's planned riverboats will be located. If the results of the
state-wide referendum or either of the local referenda are unfavorable, this
could adversely affect the Company's planned riverboat operations in Missouri.

ST. LOUIS RIVERPORT

     Construction is expected to commence in second quarter 1994 on a riverboat
casino project along the Missouri River in Maryland Heights, Missouri, in
northwest St. Louis County, 16 miles from downtown St. Louis. The 254-foot long
19th-century-design Missouri paddlewheeler riverboat is expected to include
approximately 30,000 square feet of casino space with 1,000 slot machines and 55
table games. Completion of the riverboat is projected for fourth quarter 1994
with total project costs estimated at $82 million. Opening of the project is
subject to various regulatory approvals. The Company will own and operate the
riverboat casino project.

     See "North Kansas City" above concerning a state-wide referendum and 
local referenda in Missouri to be held on April 5, 1994.

INDIAN GAMING DIVISION

SODAK GAMING, INC.

     The Company owns a 13.8% ownership interest in Sodak Gaming, Inc.
("Sodak"). Under terms of an agreement with International Game Technology
("IGT") expiring in May 1998, Sodak is the exclusive distributor for IGT of its
gaming equipment in the states of North Dakota, South Dakota and Wyoming, and on
Native American Reservations within the 48 contiguous states, excluding Nevada
and New Jersey. The distribution agreement continues from year to year after May
1998, until it is cancelled.

JACKPOT JUNCTION

     The Company currently provides consulting services to the Lower Sioux
Indian Nation, the owner of Jackpot Junction Casino, near Morton, Minnesota.

UNDER DEVELOPMENT

AK-CHIN

     In August 1993, the Company entered into management and development
agreements with the Ak-Chin Indian Community for a planned $24.7 million casino
entertainment facility on the Community's land approximately 25 miles south of
Phoenix, Arizona. The planned approximate 72,000 square-foot facility will
feature 29,500 square feet of casino space with 475 slot machines, 40 gaming
tables, bingo, keno, a simulcast/off-track betting operation, food and beverage
outlets, meeting space and retail shops.

     Construction will commence upon receipt of approval by the National Indian
Gaming Commission and the Bureau of Indian Affairs, as appropriate, of the
management, development and other agreements. The U.S. Department of the
Interior has approved the Community's Tribal/State Compact with the State of
Arizona. Opening of the project is subject to various regulatory approvals.

                                       6



     The Company expects to guarantee repayment of bank financing equal to 100
percent of the project cost for the Ak-Chin facility with Sodak providing a 
guarantee to Promus for one-half of this financing.

LAND-BASED CASINOS UNDER DEVELOPMENT

NEW ORLEANS

     Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company (an indirect wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company) ("Harrah's Investment") is a partner in a two-party
partnership that was selected to exclusively negotiate for a contract to own and
operate the only land-based casino entertainment facility in New Orleans.
Subsequent to such selection, Harrah's Investment and its partner added a third
partner to the project and formed a new three-party general partnership under
the name Harrah's Jazz Company. Harrah's Investment is a one-third partner in
Harrah's Jazz Company. Harrah's Jazz Company plans to construct a new facility
called "Harrah's Casino New Orleans" on the site of the present Rivergate
Convention Center in downtown New Orleans (the "Rivergate site"), featuring
approximately 200,000 square feet of casino space, approximately 6,000 slot
machines and 200 table games (the "Permanent Casino").

     Pending the opening of the Permanent Casino, Harrah's Jazz Company plans to
open an approximate 76,000 square foot temporary casino in the New Orleans
Municipal Auditorium, with approximately 3,000 slot machines and 85 table games
(the "Temporary Casino"). It is anticipated that the Temporary Casino will open
in the third quarter 1994, and the Permanent Casino is expected to open
approximately one year after the opening of the Temporary Casino. (The Temporary
Casino and the Permanent Casino are sometimes referred to herein as the "New
Orleans Gaming Facilities".) The sites for the New Orleans Gaming Facilities 
have been leased from the City of New Orleans. The construction and opening of 
both casinos are subject to the securing of financing and receipt of necessary
regulatory and other governmental approvals, including execution of a casino
operating contract, or license, from the State of Louisiana.

     The total project cost is expected to be $720 million, which is expected to
be financed through a combination of partner capital contributions, public debt
securities and bank debt. Promus' total capital contribution to this project is
expected to be approximately $23.3 million. An indirect wholly-owned subsidiary
of the Company will manage the operations for a fee. In exchange for a fee to be
paid by Harrah's Jazz Company, the Company will agree to guarantee the
completion of the New Orleans Gaming Facilities, subject to certain exceptions
and qualifications.

     Harrah's Jazz Company has filed a Form S-1 Registration Statement with the
Commission to register $425 million of public debt securities to finance a
significant portion of the development of the New Orleans Gaming Facilities. The
Form S-1 Registration Statement, which includes a description of various risk
factors that could affect the development and operations of the New Orleans
Gaming Facilities, has not yet been declared effective.

     Litigation was instituted in the Civil District Court for the Parish of New
Orleans in 1993 styled Henry George McCall vs. Harry McCall, Jr. et. al (the
"McCall Litigation"). The plaintiffs asserted an ownership interest in certain
land underlying the Rivergate site and sought, among other things, certain
injunctive relief with respect to the Rivergate site. On February 22, 1994, the
Civil District Court granted summary judgment against the plaintiffs regarding
all of their claims, which was a favorable result for Harrah's Jazz Company.
However, the plaintiffs may appeal such judgment. If the McCall Litigation were
ultimately decided unfavorably, it could delay or prevent the opening of the 
Temporary Casino and/or the Permanent Casino or adversely affect their 
operations. If the Rivergate site is, for any reason, not available for the 
Permanent Casino, current law would not allow the Permanent Casino to be located
at another site. Harrah's Jazz Company will procure title insurance to cover, 
subject to certain limits, the losses that may result from

                                       7



loss of the sites for the Permanent Casino or the Temporary Casino. There can be
no assurance that the title insurance will be sufficient to cover losses
incurred by Harrah's Jazz Company as a result of an inability to use these sites
or that the title insurers will be able to fulfill their financial obligations
under the title policy.

NEW ZEALAND

     The Company and its venture partner have been granted a license by the New
Zealand Casino Control Authority for a casino entertainment facility currently
under construction in Auckland, New Zealand. The Company is a 20% partner in the
joint venture developing and constructing the casino, which will be managed by
the Company for a fee. The Company anticipates making an investment of up to $15
million in the joint venture. The proposed facility will feature 60,000 square
feet of casino space, a 344-room hotel, four major restaurants and two food
buffets, three lounges, a conference center, bus terminal, and a 2,770 car
parking garage. A special attraction of the facility will be a 1,076-foot Sky
Tower. Construction of the project currently budgeted at $150 million, to be
financed through a combination of partner contributions and non-recourse debt,
began in first quarter 1994. Opening of the project, which is expected in first
quarter 1996, is subject to receipt of necessary regulatory approvals.

CASINO ENTERTAINMENT-OTHER

     In addition to the above, the Company is actively pursuing numerous casino
entertainment opportunities in various jurisdictions both domestically and
abroad, including riverboat casino and Indian gaming projects in the United
States. A number of these projects, if they go forward, would require
significant capital investments by the Company.

                                     HOTELS

     For information on Hotel Segment operating results and a discussion of
those results, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis--Results of
Operations--Hotel" on pages 7 and 8 of Book Two of the Annual Report and
"Operating Results by Segment" on the inside front cover of Book Two of the
Annual Report, which pages are incorporated herein by reference.

GENERAL

     The Company's hotel business consists of the Embassy Suites, Hampton Inn
and Homewood Suites hotel brands. Each brand is targeted to a specific market
segment. In December 1993, the Company announced a new brand, Hampton Inn &
Suites.

     Embassy Suites hotels, of which there were 107 on December 31, 1993, appeal
to the traveler who has a need or desire for greater space and more focused
services than are available in traditional upscale hotels. Embassy Suites hotels
comprise the largest all-suite upscale hotel system in the United States by
number of suites and system revenues.

     Hampton Inn hotels are moderately priced hotels designed to attract the
business and leisure traveler desiring quality accommodations at affordable
prices. Since 1984, when the brand was introduced, the system has grown to 372
hotels as of December 31, 1993.

     Homewood Suites hotels, of which there were 24 on December 31, 1993,
represent the Company's entry in the extended stay market and target the
traveler who stays five or more consecutive nights, as well as the traditional
business and leisure traveler.

                                       8



     The Hampton Inn & Suites brand now under development will incorporate the
best features of the Hampton Inn and Homewood Suites brands, offering both
traditional hotel room accommodations and apartment-style suites.

     As of December 31, 1993, the Company's hotel brands included 401 properties
that are licensed by the Company, 70 properties that are managed by the Company,
and 32 properties that are owned and operated by the Company. These properties
total 72,950 rooms and suites.

     In October 1993, the senior management of the Company's hotel brands were
combined into a single management team responsible for all hotel brands.

     The Company pursues a strategy of growing its hotel brands more rapidly by
minimizing its ownership of hotel real estate and concentrating on obtaining new
franchise or management contracts. As a part of this strategy, owned or leased
hotels are sold thereby realizing the value of the underlying assets for its
stockholders and increasing returns on investment. Following the sale, the
hotels are operated either by the Company under a management contract or by the
purchaser under license from the Company. In 1993, the Company transferred
ownership of six Embassy Suites hotels, all of which remained in the system as
franchises and five of which are being managed by Embassy Suites under
management contracts.

     Each of the Company's hotel brands uses a centralized business system,
which includes access to reservation services, performance support or training,
operations management and revenue management. This network of business systems
is one of the most sophisticated systems in the hotel industry. The Embassy
Suites, Hampton Inn and Homewood Suites business systems' reservation module
receives reservation requests entered on terminals located at all of their
respective hotels and reservations centers, and major domestic airlines. The
systems immediately confirm reservations or indicate accommodations available at
alternate system hotels. Confirmations are transmitted automatically to the
hotel for which the reservation is made. The Company's computer center in
Memphis, Tennessee, houses the computers and satellite communications equipment
necessary for its reservations system, which is currently operational, and for
its new property management system, which is currently under development.

     Each of the Company's hotel brands now offers an unconditional money-back
guarantee of service satisfaction. The Hampton Inn "100% Satisfaction Guarantee"
and Homewood Suites "Suite Assurance" guarantee have been in place since 1989
and the Embassy Suites "The Embassy Suites Way" was initiated in 1991 and
expanded system-wide in second quarter 1992. All of the Company's hotel brands
offer suites/rooms exclusively for non-smoking guests.

EMBASSY SUITES HOTELS

     Embassy Suites hotels are all-suite hotels targeted at the traveler who has
a need or desire for greater space and more focused services than are available
in most traditional hotels. The following table sets forth information regarding
all Embassy Suites hotels, including company-owned hotels,

                                       9



hotels operated by Embassy under management contracts or joint venture
arrangements and hotels operated by licensees:

MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS/ LICENSED OWNED JOINT VENTURES ------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------ NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER OF OF OF OF OF OF HOTELS SUITES HOTELS SUITES HOTELS SUITES ------------- --------- ------------- --------- ------------- --------- Fiscal Year-End 1990........................ 42 9,824 8 1,716 50 12,788 1991 Activity: Additions................................. 2 476 6 1,519 4 1,254 Conversions, net(a)....................... 2 677 1 215 (3) (892) Sales/Terminations........................ (4)(b) (1,171) - - (7)(b) (1,698) -- --------- -- --------- -- --------- Fiscal Year-End 1991........................ 42 9,806 15 3,450 44 11,452 1992 Activity: Additions................................. 2 685 - - - (3) Conversions, net(a)....................... 1 221 - - (1) (221) -- --------- -- --------- -- --------- Fiscal Year-End 1992........................ 45 10,712 15 3,450 43 11,228 1993 Activity: Additions................................. 5 938 - - - (3) Conversions, net(a)....................... 3 900 (6) (1,423) 3 523 Sales/Terminations........................ (1) (196) - - - - -- --------- -- --------- -- --------- Fiscal/Year-End 1993........................ 52 12,354 9(c) 2,027 46(d) 11,748 -- --------- -- --------- -- --------- -- --------- -- --------- -- ---------
- --------------- (a) Conversions consist of transfers of properties among the licensed, managed and owned categories. (b) The decrease in number of hotels was due to litigation with an owner-licensee which was settled in 1991. (c) Includes one property in which the Company owns more than a 50% interest. (This property is under a license agreement to a third party and is managed by Embassy.) (d) Includes 44 hotels that are also licensed to third parties. On December 31, 1993, five Embassy Suites hotels were under construction, all of which will be licensee-operated. Embassy Suites hotels are located in 31 states and the District of Columbia in the United States and two hotels are located in Canada. One hotel is under construction in Thailand. Embassy Suites hotels generally have between 142 and 460 suites. Each guest suite has a separate living room and dining/work area, with a color television, refrigerator and wet bar, as well as a traditional bedroom where most feature a remote-controlled television. Most Embassy Suites hotels are built around an atrium lobby. All hotels offer a free breakfast and complimentary evening cocktails. The following table sets forth information concerning system occupancy, average daily rate per occupied suite and revenue per available suite for all Embassy Suites hotels:
AVERAGE DAILY OCCUPANCY RATE PER REVENUE PER FISCAL YEAR RATE OCCUPIED SUITE AVAILABLE SUITE - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------- --------------- --------------- 1993...................................................... 73.0% $ 93.91 $ 68.58 1992...................................................... 71.7% $ 90.97 $ 65.26 1991...................................................... 69.4% $ 88.19 $ 61.19
10 HAMPTON INN HOTELS Hampton Inn hotels are moderately priced hotels designed to attract business and leisure travelers desiring quality accommodations at affordable prices. The following table sets forth information regarding all Hampton Inn hotels, including company-owned hotels, hotels operated by Hampton Inns under management contracts or joint venture arrangements and hotels operated by licensees:
MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS/ LICENSED OWNED JOINT VENTURES ---------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------- NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER OF OF OF OF OF OF HOTELS ROOMS HOTELS ROOMS HOTELS ROOMS ----------- --------- ------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- Fiscal Year-End 1990................. 216 27,180 13 1,756 19 2,376 1991 Activity: Additions....................... 45 5,362 2 293 2 242 Terminations.................... (2) (239) - - - - ----- --------- -- ----------- -- ----------- Fiscal Year-End 1991................. 259 32,303 15 2,049 21 2,618 1992 Activity: Additions....................... 32 3,216 - (1) 2 292 Terminations.................... (2) (277) - - - - ----- --------- -- ----------- -- ----------- Fiscal Year-End 1992................. 289 35,242 15 2,048 23 2,910 1993 Activity: Additions....................... 46 4,147 - - 1 51 Terminations.................... (2) (236) - - - - ----- --------- -- ----------- -- ----------- Fiscal Year-End 1993................. 333(a) 39,153 15 2,048 24(b) 2,961 ----- --------- -- ----------- -- ----------- ----- --------- -- ----------- -- -----------
- --------------- (a) Includes one property open only on a seasonal basis. (b) These hotels are also licensed to third parties. On December 31, 1993, 41 Hampton Inn hotels were under construction, all of which will be licensee-operated. Hampton Inn hotels are currently located in 43 states in the United States, one hotel is in Canada, one hotel is in Mexico and one hotel is under construction in Chile. An average Hampton Inn hotel has from 100 to 150 rooms. The Hampton Inn hotel's standardized concept provides a guest room featuring a color television, free in-room movies, free local telephone calls and complimentary continental breakfast. Unlike full-service hotels, Hampton Inn hotels do not feature restaurants, lounges or large public spaces. Room rates typically are below those of traditional midscale hotels. Hampton Inns also has a modified lodging property for use in communities supporting hotels of fewer than 100 rooms. The building design for these smaller communities has the same features as a standard Hampton Inn hotel, but with fewer rooms and a smaller lobby. There are over 60 of these modified design hotels open and 26 currently under construction. Hampton Inn hotels compete in the segment of the lodging market that is directed primarily to business and leisure travelers desiring quality accommodations at reasonable prices. The following table sets forth information concerning system occupancy, average daily rate per occupied room and revenue per available room for all Hampton Inn hotels:
AVERAGE DAILY OCCUPANCY RATE PER REVENUE PER FISCAL YEAR RATE OCCUPIED ROOM AVAILABLE ROOM - --------------------------------------------------------- ------------- --------------- --------------- 1993................................................... 73.0% $ 50.81 $ 37.10 1992................................................... 71.2% $ 48.91 $ 34.82 1991................................................... 68.6% $ 47.22 $ 32.39
11 In December 1993, the Company announced the Hampton Inn & Suites brand which combines standard guest rooms with a significant block of two-room suites in a single property. Development of this new brand is targeted for commercial and suburban markets, as well as destination and resort markets. Each property will contain a centrally located "Lodge" which will serve as an expanded lobby and complimentary services area and will include an exercise room, convenience shop, meeting/hospitality room and coin-laundry. An expanded complimentary continental breakfast-buffet will be offered. The first Hampton Inn & Suites hotel is expected to open during 1995. HOMEWOOD SUITES HOTELS The Homewood Suites brand is the Company's entry in the extended stay market and is targeted for travelers who stay five or more consecutive nights, but is also a unique alternative to traditional business and leisure travelers. The following table sets forth information regarding all Homewood Suites hotels, including company-owned hotels and hotels operated by licensees:
LICENSED OWNED -------------------------- -------------------------- NUMBER OF NUMBER OF NUMBER OF NUMBER OF HOTELS SUITES HOTELS SUITES ------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- Fiscal Year-End 1990...................................................... 9 851 7 820 1991 Activity: Additions............................................................... 5 653 1 120 -- ----------- -- ----- Fiscal Year-End 1991...................................................... 14 1,504 8 940 1992 Activity: Additions............................................................... 2 250 - (8) -- ----------- -- ----- Fiscal Year-End 1992...................................................... 16 1,754 8 932 1993 Activity: Additions............................................................... - 40 - - -- ----------- -- ----- Fiscal Year-End 1993...................................................... 16 1,794 8 932 -- ----------- -- ----- -- ----------- -- -----
On December 31, 1993, four Homewood Suites hotels were under construction, all of which will be licensee operated. Homewood Suites hotels are currently located in 16 states and a hotel is under construction in one additional state. Homewood Suites hotels feature residential-style accommodations, which include a living room area (some with fireplaces), separate bedroom (with a king size bed) and bath, and a fully- equipped kitchen. The hotel buildings, generally two-or three-stories, are centered around a central community building, called the Lodge, which affords guests a high level of social interaction. Amenities include a limited complimentary breakfast and a complimentary evening social hour, a convenience store, shopping service, business center, outdoor pool, exercise center and limited meeting facilities. The Homewood Suites brand includes a smaller, modified prototype of its standard hotel for use in suburban areas of major cities, as well as secondary cities with active industrial or commercial areas. The modified prototype reflects the signature design and amenities of a traditional Homewood Suites hotel, but with fewer suites, a smaller Lodge and other construction modifications that will require less land. There is currently one modified prototype hotel under construction which will be licensee operated. 12 The following table sets forth information concerning system occupancy, average daily rate per occupied suite and revenue per available suite for all Homewood Suites hotels:
AVERAGE DAILY OCCUPANCY RATE PER REVENUE PER FISCAL YEAR RATE OCCUPIED SUITE AVAILABLE SUITE - ---------------------------------------------------------- ------------- --------------- --------------- 1993.................................................... 75.8% $ 72.47 $ 54.91 1992.................................................... 71.9% $ 69.65 $ 50.10 1991.................................................... 65.2% $ 66.84 $ 43.56
LICENSING AND MANAGEMENT CONTRACT OPERATIONS Revenues from licensing operations for all Embassy Suites, Hampton Inn and Homewood Suites hotels operated under license from Embassy's hotel divisions (referred to in this section as the "Company") consist of initial license application fees and continuing royalties. The initial license agreement application fee for an Embassy Suites license agreement is $500 per room, with a minimum of $100,000, and $400 per room, with a minimum of $40,000, for each Hampton Inn, Hampton Inn & Suites and Homewood Suites license agreement. The license agreements provide for a four percent royalty based upon gross rooms/suites revenues and also provide for a marketing and reservation contribution. In screening applicants for license agreements, the Company evaluates the character, operations ability, experience and financial responsibility of each applicant; the Company's prior business dealings, if any, with the applicant; market feasibility of the proposed hotel location and other factors. The license agreement establishes general requirements for service and quality of accommodations. The Company provides certain training for licensee management and makes regular inspections of licensed hotels. License agreements for new hotels generally have a 20-year term. The Company may terminate a license agreement if the licensee fails to timely cure a breach of the license agreement. In certain instances, a license agreement may be terminated by the licensee, but such termination generally requires a payment to the Company. Revenues from management contracts consist primarily of management fees which typically are five percent of adjusted gross revenues of the hotel. The contract terms governing management fees can vary depending on the size and location of the hotel and other factors relative to the property. Under the Company's management contracts, the Company, as the manager, operates or supervises all aspects of the hotel's operations. The hotel owner is generally responsible for all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with operating the hotel including the expenses and salaries of all hotel employees. The hotel owner also enters into a license agreement with the Company and pays the royalty and marketing and reservation contributions as provided in the license agreement. In addition, the hotel owner is often required to set aside a certain percentage of hotel revenues for capital replacement. The Company's management contracts typically have a term of 20 years and most give the Company specified renewal rights. The management contract may be terminated by either party due to an uncured default by the other party. See the inside front cover of Book Two of the Annual Report, which page is incorporated herein by reference, for revenues from licensing and management contract operations. 13 TRADEMARKS The following trademarks used herein are owned by the Company: Promus (R); Harrah's (R); Bill's (R); Embassy Suites (R); The Embassy Suites Way(SM); Hampton Inn (R); Hampton Inn & Suites(SM), Homewood Suites (R); Suite Assurance (R); Harrah's Northern Star(SM); Harrah's Southern Star(SM); A Great Time, Every Time(SM); and Harrah's Jazz Company(SM). The names "Harrah's", "Embassy Suites", "Hampton Inn" and "Homewood Suites" are registered as service marks in the United States and in certain foreign countries. The Company considers all of these marks, and the associated name recognition, to be valuable to its business. The Company acquired the name "Embassy" (as used in connection with hotels) in eleven countries in western Europe in 1991. The Company paid an initial fee to acquire the name and will pay an additional fee for each hotel opened under the name. OTHER TENNESSEE RESTAURANT COMPANY The Company owns approximately 33% of the outstanding common stock of Tennessee Restaurant Company ("TRC"), which owns Perkins Restaurants, Inc. ("Perkins"). Perkins owns a 50% limited partner's interest in Perkins Family Restaurants, L.P., which operates a chain of free-standing restaurants offering a family style menu. Pursuant to an agreement with the other principal owners of TRC, Embassy does not maintain day-to-day operational control of TRC or any of its affiliates. TRC also owns, on a fully diluted basis, approximately 76.3% of the outstanding stock of Friendly Ice Cream Corporation ("Friendly"). The trademarks Perkins (R) and Friendly's (R) are owned by Perkins and Friendly, respectively. COMPETITION CASINO ENTERTAINMENT Competitors within the casino entertainment industry generally compete on the basis of facility features such as theme/decor, location within a market, service or promotional activity. Harrah's competes throughout the casino entertainment industry by providing high levels of service to guests and a high level of interaction among employees and guests. In addition to creating this people-oriented entertainment experience, each Harrah's property identifies additional strategies and tactics based upon the customers and competitors that are unique to each specific operating market. Comfortable, high quality and fun surroundings are featured at every Harrah's operation. Harrah's targets the broad middle-market gaming customer segment and does not actively seek to attract the very high-end segment or the very low-end segment. Harrah's competes with numerous casinos and casino hotels of varying quality and size in the market areas where its properties are located, with other resort and vacation areas, and with various other casino gaming businesses such as riverboat casinos, Indian reservation casinos and limited stakes casinos. In 1993, the Company estimates that Harrah's accounted for approximately 7% of the total U.S. casino gaming industry's revenues, 8% of gaming revenue in Nevada and 8.5% of Atlantic City's gaming revenues. The Las Vegas market has seen the introduction of three mega-properties adding approximately 10,000 new hotel rooms and well over 350,000 square feet of gaming space in 1993. These new mega-properties, along with other existing properties, offer many attractions in addition to casino gaming to bring customers to their property, such as entertainment, shopping malls and theme parks. The Laughlin gaming market has changed significantly over the past three years with the virtual doubling of available rooms. Harrah's competes with nine other casinos in Laughlin. In 1993, approximately 1,100 rooms were added to the market, with other competitors planning possible expansions in 14 the future. Historically, the Laughlin market has been served primarily by road (car, bus and recreational vehicle) travel from either Arizona or California residents. Competition in Laughlin centers largely on price of rooms and food and beverage as few properties there offer any alternative entertainment options. Harrah's Atlantic City competes directly with 11 other casinos in Atlantic City, and to some extent also competes with a large Indian casino in Ledyard, Connecticut. Poker and simulcasting were legalized in 1993 in Atlantic City resulting in limited expansion and casino floor reconfigurations within the market by both competitors and Harrah's. The soft regional economy continued to make it difficult for Atlantic City operators to maintain operating margins as competition for market revenues intensified, leading to higher promotional activities and discounting. The Company competes with seven major casinos in the Reno area and with five casinos in the Lake Tahoe area. To the Company's knowledge, five major construction projects are planned for the Reno area in the next two years. One project is a major bowling facility being built to accommodate the American Bowling Congress and the Women's International Bowling Congress; the second project will add 1,720 hotel rooms and 60,000 square feet of casino space; the third will add approximately 250 hotel rooms and 12,000 square feet of casino space; the fourth will add 300 hotel rooms and 10,000 square feet of casino space; and the fifth will add 300 hotel rooms and 24,000 square feet of casino space. Legalization of casino gaming in states beyond Nevada and New Jersey has created the opportunity for Harrah's to expand into new casino entertainment markets. Harrah's' first riverboat casino opened in Joliet, Illinois, in May 1993 and its second opened in January 1994. In November 1993 Harrah's opened dockside gaming facilities in Vicksburg and Tunica, Mississippi. Harrah's also has riverboat projects under development in North Kansas City and Maryland Heights (St. Louis), Missouri, and Shreveport, Louisiana, and is considering additional riverboat projects in other markets. In Joliet, Harrah's competes with two other licensees within 50 miles of Chicago. Each licensee is allowed a maximum of 1,200 gaming positions on no more than two riverboats, which are required to cruise on approved routes. The most direct competition comes from another licensee near the City of Joliet which is operating two riverboats. A second competitor operates two riverboats in nearby Aurora, Illinois. A third competitor has been licensed to operate in Elgin, Illinois and has reported it expects to open in 1994. Riverboat casinos have also been approved in neighboring Indiana. Furthermore, there continues to be discussion of legalizing casino gaming in downtown Chicago. Harrah's Vicksburg faces competition from two dockside casinos in the city. Another casino is expected to open in Vicksburg in the second half of 1994, and additional competition is anticipated from an as yet unopened Indian facility in Philadelphia, Mississippi. In Tunica County, there are currently six dockside casinos operating including Harrah's. Some 10 to 15 additional dockside casinos are planned for Tunica County including at least eight which have substantial construction in progress. Harrah's Black Hawk and Harrah's Central City each compete with numerous gaming establishments in Black Hawk and Central City. Harrah's Indian Gaming Division has signed development contracts with the Ak-Chin Indian Community outside of Phoenix, Arizona. When this casino opens, it will compete with tribal owned casinos in Arizona, one of which already operates in the Phoenix area. Indian tribes in Arizona that own casinos are permitted to have a specified number of electronic gaming devices depending on the tribal population. However, any one tribal owned location is limited to a maximum of 500 electronic gaming devices and only certain types of table games are permitted. Tribal owned casinos in Arizona will compete for guests with Las Vegas and Laughlin casinos. When the New Orleans Permanent Casino is completed, it will be one of the largest casinos in the world offering approximately 200,000 square feet of gaming space. Due to their size and nature both the New Orleans Permanent Casino and the Temporary Casino are expected to compete with other major 15 casino destinations such as Las Vegas, as well as with 15 planned riverboat casinos in Louisiana, including several in the New Orleans metropolitan area, and dockside casinos in Mississippi. Harrah's and its partner have been selected to develop a casino in Auckland, New Zealand, Harrah's first international casino project. For a minimum of five years after opening, this casino will have no competition in the City of Auckland. It will compete to some extent with existing and future casinos in Australia. Harrah's believes it is well positioned to take advantage of the recent trends of proliferation of jurisdictions which allow casino gaming, positive consumer acceptance of casino gaming as an entertainment activity and increased visitation to casino facilities. This trend also presents competitive issues for the Company with regard to its existing and planned properties. HOTELS Intense competition among many chains exists for hotel guests, as well as in the sale of hotel franchises and in obtaining management contracts. Promus' hotels are in vigorous competition with a wide range of facilities offering various types of lodging options and related services to the public. The competition includes several large and moderate size chains and independent hotels offering all-suite, upper and lower upscale, midscale, and upper and lower economy accommodations. The hotel industry saw improvement in 1993. With improving occupancies and modest growth in average daily rate, revenue per available room in the industry grew by more than 5% in 1993 based on data provided by the major firm that tracks nationwide hotel statistics. In 1993 all of the Company's hotel brands outperformed their respective competitive market segments in revenue per available room/suite (RevPAR/S). In 1993 Embassy Suites increased its RevPAS to $68.58 giving it a $5.15 premium over upscale competition. Embassy Suites also posted occupancy and RevPAS premiums over the upscale all-suite segment of 2.8 percentage points and $4.83 respectively. Hampton Inns outperformed upper economy and midscale competition in 1993. Hampton Inns achieved RevPAR premiums over upper economy and midscale competition of $9.37 and $3.17, respectively. One out of every ten newly constructed hotels opened in the U.S. in 1993 was a Hampton Inn hotel. Homewood Suites posted a $5.87 RevPAR premium over competitive lower upscale chains. There are several competitors in this segment including one company with considerably more hotels than Homewood Suites. CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO THE MERGER AGREEMENT WITH BASS See information on pages 53 through 56, 58 and 59 of the Special Proxy Statement, which pages are incorporated herein by reference, regarding certain representations and warranties, indemnification agreements, insurance agreements and a Tax Sharing Agreement that became effective as a result of the Merger Agreement. These matters are further described in the Merger Agreement that is attached as Annex I to the Special Proxy Statement and the Tax Sharing Agreement that is attached as Annex II to the Special Proxy Statement, each of which agreements is incorporated herein by reference. (See "Legal Proceedings" below for a description of currently pending litigation brought by Bass.) 16 GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION GAMING-NEVADA The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in Nevada are subject to: (i) the Nevada Gaming Control Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, "Nevada Act"); and (ii) various local regulations. Promus' gaming operations are subject to the licensing and regulatory control of the Nevada Gaming Commission ("Nevada Commission"), the Nevada State Gaming Control Board ("Nevada Board"), the Clark County Liquor and Gaming Licensing Board ("CCLGLB"), the City of Reno ("Reno"), and the Douglas County Sheriff's Department ("Douglas"). The Nevada Commission, the Nevada State Gaming Control Board, the CCLGLB, Reno, and Douglas are collectively referred to as the "Nevada Gaming Authorities." The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada Gaming Authorities are based upon declarations of public policy which are concerned with, among other things: (i) the prevention of unsavory or unsuitable persons from having a direct or indirect involvement with gaming at any time or in any capacity; (ii) the establishment and maintenance of responsible accounting practices and procedures; (iii) the maintenance of effective controls over the financial practices of licensees, including the establishment of minimum procedures for internal fiscal affairs and the safeguarding of assets and revenues, providing reliable record keeping and requiring the filing of periodic reports with the Nevada Gaming Authorities; (iv) the prevention of cheating and fraudulent practices; and (v) to provide a source of state and local revenues through taxation and licensing fees. Changes in such laws, regulations and procedures could have an adverse effect on Promus' Nevada gaming operations. Harrah's Club, Harrah's Las Vegas, Inc. and Harrah's Laughlin, Inc., each an indirect subsidiary of Promus (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Gaming Subsidiaries"), are required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities to enable Promus to operate casinos at Harrah's Lake Tahoe, including Bill's Lake Tahoe Casino, Harrah's Reno, Harrah's Las Vegas, and Harrah's Laughlin. The gaming licenses require the periodic payment of fees and taxes and are not transferable. Promus is registered with the Nevada Commission as a publicly traded corporation ("Registered Corporation"), and as such, it is required periodically to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission and furnish any other information which the Nevada Commission may require. No person may become a stockholder of, or receive any percentage of profits from, the Gaming Subsidiaries without first obtaining licenses and approvals from the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Promus and the Gaming Subsidiaries have obtained from the Nevada Gaming Authorities the various registrations, approvals, permits and licenses required in order to engage in gaming activities in Nevada. Promus has been found suitable to be the sole shareholder of Embassy, which in turn is registered as a publicly-traded corporation (by virtue of being the obligor on certain outstanding debt securities) and has been found suitable to be the sole shareholder of Harrah's. Harrah's is registered as an intermediary company and has been found suitable to be the sole shareholder of Harrah's Club and Harrah's Laughlin, Inc. In addition to its gaming license, Harrah's Club is also licensed as a manufacturer and distributor of gaming devices, is registered as an intermediary company and has been found suitable to be the sole shareholder of Harrah's Las Vegas, Inc. The Nevada Gaming Authorities may investigate any individual who has a material relationship to, or material involvement with, Promus or the Gaming Subsidiaries in order to determine whether such individual is suitable or should be licensed as a business associate of a gaming licensee. Officers, directors and certain key employees of the Gaming Subsidiaries must file applications with the Nevada Gaming Authorities and may be required to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Officers, directors and key employees of Promus who are actively and directly involved in gaming activities of the Gaming Subsidiaries may be required to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. The Nevada Gaming Authorities may deny an application for licensing for any cause which they deem reasonable. A finding of suitability is comparable to licensing, and both require submission of detailed personal and financial information followed by a thorough investigation. 17 The applicant for licensing or a finding of suitability must pay all the costs of the investigation. Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the Nevada Gaming Authorities and in addition to their authority to deny an application for a finding of suitability or licensure, the Nevada Gaming Authorities have jurisdiction to disapprove a change in a corporate position. If the Nevada Gaming Authorities were to find an officer, director or key employee unsuitable for licensing or unsuitable to continue having a relationship with Promus or the Gaming Subsidiaries, the companies involved would have to sever all relationships with such person. In addition, the Nevada Commission may require Promus or the Gaming Subsidiaries to terminate the employment of any person who refuses to file appropriate applications. According to the Nevada Act, determinations of suitability or of questions pertaining to licensing are not subject to judicial review in Nevada. Promus and the Gaming Subsidiaries are required to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission. Substantially all material loans, leases, sales of securities and similar financing transactions by the Gaming Subsidiaries must be reported to, or approved by, the Nevada Commission. If it were determined that the Nevada Act was violated by the Gaming Subsidiaries, the gaming licenses they hold could be limited, conditioned, suspended or revoked, subject to compliance with certain statutory and regulatory procedures. In addition, the Gaming Subsidiaries, Promus, and the persons involved could be subject to substantial fines for each separate violation of the Nevada Act at the discretion of the Nevada Commission. Further, a supervisor could be appointed by the Nevada Commission to operate Promus' gaming properties and, under certain circumstances, earnings generated during the supervisor's appointment (except for the reasonable rental value of the Company's gaming properties) could be forfeited to the State of Nevada. Limitation, conditioning or suspension of any gaming license or the appointment of a supervisor could (and revocation of any gaming license would) materially adversely affect Promus' gaming operations. Any beneficial holder of Promus' voting securities, regardless of the number of shares owned, may be required to file an application, be investigated, and have his suitability as a beneficial holder of Promus' voting securities determined if the Nevada Commission has reason to believe that such ownership would otherwise be inconsistent with the declared policies of the state of Nevada. The applicant must pay all costs of investigation incurred by the Nevada Gaming Authorities in conducting any such investigation. The Nevada Act requires any person who acquires more than 5% of Promus' voting securities to report the acquisition to the Nevada Commission. The Nevada Act requires that beneficial owners of more than 10% of Promus' voting securities apply to the Nevada Commission for a finding of suitability within thirty days after the Chairman of the Nevada Board mails the written notice requiring such filing. Under certain circumstances, an "institutional investor," as defined in the Nevada Act, which acquires more than 10%, but not more than 15%, of Promus' voting securities may apply to the Nevada Commission for a waiver of such finding of suitability if such institutional investor holds the voting securities for investment purposes only. An institutional investor shall not be deemed to hold voting securities for investment purposes unless the voting securities were acquired and are held in the ordinary course of business as an institutional investor and not for the purpose of causing, directly or indirectly, the election of a majority of the members of the board of directors of Promus, any change in Promus' corporate charter, bylaws, management, policies or operations of Promus, or any of its gaming affiliates, or any other action which the Nevada Commission finds to be inconsistent with holding Promus' voting securities for investment purposes only. Activities which are not deemed to be inconsistent with holding voting securities for investment purposes only include: (i) voting on all matters voted on by stockholders; (ii) making financial and other inquiries of management of the type normally made by securities analysts for informational purposes and not to cause a change in its management, policies or operations; and (iii) such other activities as the Nevada Commission may determine to be consistent with such investment intent. If the beneficial holder of voting securities who must be found suitable is a 18 corporation, partnership or trust, it must submit detailed business and financial information including a list of beneficial owners. The applicant is required to pay all costs of investigation. Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a license within thirty days after being ordered to do so by the Nevada Commission or the Chairman of the Nevada Board may be found unsuitable. The same restrictions apply to a record owner if the record owner, after request, fails to identify the beneficial owner. Any stockholder found unsuitable and who holds, directly or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of the common stock of a Registered Corporation beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the Nevada Commission may be guilty of a criminal offense. Promus is subject to disciplinary action if, after it receives notice that a person is unsuitable to be a stockholder or to have any other relationship with Promus or the Gaming Subsidiaries, it: (i) pays that person any dividend or interest upon voting securities of Promus; (ii) allows that person to exercise, directly or indirectly, any voting right conferred through securities held by that person; (iii) pays remuneration in any form to that person for services rendered or otherwise; or (iv) fails to pursue all lawful efforts to require such unsuitable person to relinquish his voting securities for cash at fair market value. Additionally, the CCLGLB requires that any person who is required to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Commission must file a license application with the CCLGLB. The Nevada Commission may, in its discretion, require the holder of any debt security of a Registered Corporation to file applications, be investigated and be found suitable to own the debt security of a Registered Corporation. If the Nevada Commission determines that a person is unsuitable to own such security, then pursuant to the Nevada Act, the Registered Corporation can be sanctioned, including the loss of its approvals, if without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission, it: (i) pays to the unsuitable person any dividend, interest, or any distribution whatsoever; (ii) recognizes any voting right by such unsuitable person in connection with such securities; (iii) pays the unsuitable person remuneration in any form; or (iv) makes any payment to the unsuitable person by way of principal, redemption, conversion, exchange, liquidation, or similar transaction. Promus would normally be required to maintain a current stock ledger in Nevada which may be examined by the Nevada Gaming Authorities at any time, but it has received permission from the Nevada Gaming Commission to maintain its stock ledgers in the State of Tennessee. If any securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be required to disclose the identity of the beneficial owner to the Nevada Gaming Authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for finding the record holder unsuitable. Promus also is required to render maximum assistance in determining the identity of the beneficial owner. The Nevada Commission has the power to require the Company's stock certificates to bear a legend indicating that the securities are subject to the Nevada Act. However, to date, the Nevada Commission has not imposed such a requirement on Promus. Promus may not make a public offering of its securities without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission if the securities or the proceeds therefrom are intended to be used to construct, acquire or finance gaming facilities in Nevada, or to retire or extend obligations incurred for such purposes. Such approval, if given, does not constitute a finding, recommendation or approval by the Nevada Commission or the Nevada Board as to the accuracy or adequacy of the prospectus or the investment merits of the securities. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful. Changes in control of Promus through merger, consolidation, stock or asset acquisitions, management or consulting agreements, or any act or conduct by a person whereby he obtains control, may not occur without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission. Entities seeking to acquire control of a Registered Corporation must satisfy the Nevada Board and Nevada Commission in a variety of stringent standards prior to assuming control of such Registered Corporation. The Nevada Commission may also require controlling stockholders, officers, directors and other persons having a material relationship or involvement with the entity proposing to acquire control, to be investigated and licensed as part of the approval process relating to the transaction. 19 The Nevada legislature has declared that some corporate acquisitions opposed by management, repurchases of voting securities and corporate defense tactics affecting Nevada gaming licensees, and Registered Corporations that are affiliated with those operations, may be injurious to stable and productive corporate gaming. The Nevada Commission has established a regulatory scheme to ameliorate the potentially adverse effects of these business practices upon Nevada's gaming industry and to further Nevada's policy to: (i) assure the financial stability of corporate gaming operators and their affiliates; (ii) preserve the beneficial aspects of conducting business in the corporate form; and (iii) promote a neutral environmental for the orderly governance of corporate affairs. Approvals are, in certain circumstances, required from the Nevada Commission before the Company can make exceptional repurchases of voting securities above the current market price thereof and before a corporate acquisition opposed by management can be consummated. The Nevada Act also requires prior approval of a plan of recapitalization proposed by the Company's Board of Directors in response to a tender offer made directly to the Registered Corporation's stockholders for the purposes of acquiring control of the Registered Corporation. License fees and taxes, computed in various ways depending on the type of gaming or activity involved, are payable to the State of Nevada and to the counties and cities in which the Nevada licensee's respective operations are conducted. Depending upon the particular fee or tax involved, these fees and taxes are payable either monthly, quarterly or annually and are based upon either: (i) a percentage of the gross revenues received; (ii) the number of gaming devices operated; or (iii) the number of table games operated. A casino entertainment tax is also paid by casino operations where entertainment is furnished in connection with the selling of food or refreshments. Nevada licensees that hold a license as an operator of a slot route, or a manufacturer's or distributor's license, also pay certain fees and taxes to the State of Nevada. Any person who is licensed, required to be licensed, registered, required to be registered, or is under common control with such persons (collectively, "Licensees"), and who proposes to become involved in a gaming venture outside of Nevada is required to deposit with the Nevada Board, and thereafter maintain, a revolving fund in the amount of $10,000 to pay the expenses of investigation of the Nevada Board of their participation in such foreign gaming. The revolving fund is subject to increase or decrease in the discretion of the Nevada Commission. Thereafter, Licensees are required to comply with certain reporting requirements imposed by the Nevada Act. Licensees are also subject to disciplinary action by the Nevada Commission if they knowingly violate any laws of the foreign jurisdiction pertaining to the foreign gaming operation, fail to conduct the foreign gaming operation in accordance with the standards of honesty and integrity required of Nevada gaming operations, engage in activities that are harmful to the State of Nevada or its ability to collect gaming taxes and fees, or employ a person in the foreign operation who has been denied a license or finding of suitability in Nevada on the ground of personal unsuitability. GAMING-NEW JERSEY As a holding company of Marina Associates ("Marina"), which holds a license to operate Harrah's Atlantic City in New Jersey, Promus is subject to the provisions of the New Jersey Casino Control Act (the "New Jersey Act"). The ownership and operation of casino hotel facilities in Atlantic City, New Jersey, are the subject of pervasive state regulation under the New Jersey Act and the regulations adopted thereunder by the New Jersey Casino Control Commission (the "New Jersey Commission"). The New Jersey Commission is empowered to regulate a wide spectrum of gaming and non-gaming related activities and to approve the form of ownership and financial structure of not only the casino licensee, Marina, but also its intermediary and ultimate holding companies, including Promus and Embassy. In addition to taxes imposed by the State of New Jersey on all businesses, the New Jersey Act imposes certain fees and taxes on casino licensees, including an 8% gross gaming revenue tax, an investment alternative obligation of 1.25% (or an investment alternative tax of 2.5%) of gross gaming revenue and various license fees. 20 No casino hotel facility may operate unless the appropriate licenses and approvals are obtained from the New Jersey Commission, which has broad discretion with regard to the issuance, renewal and revocation or suspension of the non-transferable casino license (which licenses are issued initially for a one-year period and renewable for a one-year period for the first two renewal periods and two years thereafter), including the power to impose conditions which are necessary to effectuate the purposes of the New Jersey Act. Each applicant for a casino license must demonstrate, among other things, its financial stability (including establishing ability to maintain adequate casino bankroll, meet ongoing operating expenses, pay all local, state and federal taxes, make necessary capital improvements and pay, exchange, refinance, or extend all long and short term debt due and payable during the license term), its financial integrity and responsibility, its reputation for good character, honesty and integrity, the suitability of the casino and related facilities and that it has sufficient business ability and casino experience to establish the likelihood of creation or maintenance of a successful, efficient casino operation. With the exception of licensed lending institutions and certain "institutional investors" waived from the qualification requirements under the New Jersey Act, each applicant is also required to establish the reputation of its financial sources including, but not limited to, its financial backers, investors, mortgagees and bond holders. The New Jersey Act requires that all officers, directors and principal employees of the casino licensee be licensed. In addition, each person who directly or indirectly holds any beneficial interest or ownership of the casino licensee and any person who in the opinion of the New Jersey Commission has the ability to control the casino licensee must obtain qualification approval. Each holding and intermediary company having an interest in the casino licensee must also obtain qualification approval by meeting essentially the same standards as that required of the casino licensee. All directors, officers and persons who directly or indirectly hold any beneficial interest, ownership or control in any of the intermediary or ultimate holding companies of the casino licensee may have to seek qualification from the New Jersey Commission. Lenders, underwriters, agents, employees and security holders of both equity and debt of the intermediary and holding companies of the casino licensee and any other person whom the New Jersey Commission deems appropriate may also have to seek qualification from the New Jersey Commission. Since Promus and Embassy are publicly-traded holding companies (as defined by the New Jersey Act), however, the persons described in the two previous sentences may be waived from compliance with the qualification process if the New Jersey Commission, with the concurrence of the Director of the New Jersey Division of Gaming Enforcement, determines that they are not significantly involved in the activities of the Marina and, in the case of security holders, that they do not have the ability to control Promus (or its subsidiaries) or elect one or more of its directors. Any person holding 5% or more of a security in an intermediary or ultimate holding company, or having the ability to elect one or more of the directors of a company, is presumed to have the ability to control the company and thus may be required to seek qualification unless the presumption is rebutted. Notwithstanding this presumption of control, the New Jersey Act permits the waiver of the qualification requirements for passive "institutional investors" (as defined by the New Jersey Act), when such institutional holdings are for investment purposes only and where such securities represent less than 10% of the equity securities of a casino licensee's holding or intermediary companies or debt securities of a casino licensee's holding or intermediary companies not exceeding 20% of a company's total outstanding debt or 50% of an individual debt issue. The waiver, which is subject to certain specified conditions including, upon request, the filing of a certified statement that the investor has no intention of influencing the affairs of the issuer, may be granted to an "institutional investor" holding a higher percentage of such securities upon a showing of good cause. If an "institutional investor" is granted a waiver of the qualification requirements and subsequently changes its investment intent, the New Jersey Act provides that no action other than divestiture may be taken by the investor without compliance with the Interim Casino Authorization Act (the "Interim Act") described below. In the event a security holder of either equity or debt is required to qualify under the New Jersey Act, the provisions of the Interim Act may be triggered requiring, among other things, either: (i) the filing of a completed application for qualification within thirty days after being ordered to do so, which 21 application must include an approved Trust Agreement pursuant to which all securities of Promus (or its respective subsidiaries) held by the security holder must be placed in trust with a trustee who has been approved by the New Jersey Commission; or (ii) the divestiture of all securities of Promus (or its respective subsidiaries) within 120 days after the New Jersey Commission determines that qualification is required or declines to waive qualification, provided the security holder files a notice of intent to divest within 30 days after the determination of qualification. If a security holder files an application under the Interim Act, during the period the Trust Agreement remains in place, such holder may, through the approved trustee, continue to exercise all rights incident to the ownership of the securities with the exception that: (i) the security holder may only receive a return on its investment in an amount not to exceed the actual cost of the investment (as defined by the New Jersey Act) until the New Jersey Commission finds such holder qualified; and (ii) in the event the New Jersey Commission finds there is reasonable cause to believe that the security holder may be found unqualified, the Trust Agreement will become fully operative vesting the trustee with all rights incident to ownership of the securities pending a determination on such holder's qualifications; provided, however, that during the period the securities remain in trust, the security holder may petition the New Jersey Commission to: (a) direct the trustee to dispose of the trust property; and (b) direct the trustee to distribute proceeds thereof to the security holder in an amount not to exceed the lower of the actual cost of the investment or the value of the securities on the date the Trust became operative. If the security holder is ultimately not found to be qualified, the trustee is required to sell the securities and to distribute the proceeds of the sale to the applicant in an amount not exceeding the lower of the actual cost of the investment or the value of the securities on the date the Trust became operative (if not already sold and distributed at the direction of the security holder) and to distribute the remaining proceeds to the Casino Revenue Fund. If the security holder is found qualified, the Trust Agreement will be terminated. The New Jersey Commission can find that any holder of the equity or debt securities issued by Promus or its subsidiaries is not qualified to own such securities. If a security holder of Promus or its subsidiaries is found disqualified, the New Jersey Act provides that it is unlawful for the security holder to: (i) receive any dividends or interest payment on such securities; (ii) exercise, directly or indirectly, any rights conferred by the securities; or (iii) receive any remuneration from the company in which the security holder holds an interest. To implement these provisions, the New Jersey Act requires, among other things, casino licensees and their holding companies to adopt provisions in their certificate of incorporation providing for certain remedial action in the event that a holder of any security of such company is found disqualified. The required certificate of incorporation provisions vary depending on whether such company is a publicly or privately traded company as defined by the New Jersey Act. The Certificates of Incorporation of Promus and Embassy (both "publicly-traded companies" as defined by the New Jersey Act) contain provisions which provide Promus and Embassy, respectively, with the right to redeem the securities of disqualified holders, if necessary, to prevent the loss or to secure the reinstatement of any license or franchise held by Promus or Embassy or their subsidiaries. The Certificates of Incorporation of Promus and Embassy also contain provisions defining the redemption price and the rights of a disqualified security holder. In the event a security holder is disqualified, the New Jersey Commission is empowered to propose any necessary action to protect the public interest, including the suspension or revocation of the casino license of Marina. The New Jersey Act provides, however, that the New Jersey Commission shall not take action against a casino licensee or its parent companies with respect to the continued ownership of the security interest by the disqualified holder, if the New Jersey Commission finds that: (i) such company has a certificate of incorporation provision providing for the disposition of such securities as discussed above; (ii) such company has made a good faith effort to comply with any order requiring the divestiture of the security interest held by the disqualified holder; and (iii) the disqualified holder does not have the ability to control the casino licensee or its parent companies or to elect one or more members to the board of directors of such company. The Certificate of Incorporation of Embassy further provides that debt securities issued by Embassy are held subject to the condition that if a holder is found unsuitable by any governmental agency the corporation shall have the right to redeem the securities. 22 If, at any time, it is determined that Marina or its holding companies have violated the New Jersey Act or regulations promulgated thereunder or that such companies cannot meet the qualification requirements of the New Jersey Act, Marina could be subject to fines or its license could be suspended or revoked. If Marina's license is suspended or revoked, the New Jersey Commission could appoint a Conservator to operate and dispose of the casino hotel facilities of Marina. A Conservator would be vested with title to the assets of Marina, subject to valid liens, claims and encumbrances. The Conservator would be required to act under the general supervision of the New Jersey Commission and would be charged with the duty of conserving, preserving and, if permitted, continuing the operation of the casino hotel. During the period of any such conservatorship, the Conservator may not make any distributions of net earnings without the prior approval of the New Jersey Commission. The New Jersey Commission may direct that all or part of such net earnings be paid to the Casino Revenue Fund, provided, however, that a suspended or former licensee is entitled to a fair rate of return. The New Jersey Commission granted Marina a plenary casino license in connection with Harrah's Atlantic City in November 1981, and it has been renewed since then. In May 1992, the New Jersey Commission renewed the license for a two-year period and also found Promus, Embassy, Harrah's and Casino Holding Company to be qualified as holding companies of Marina. A license renewal hearing is scheduled for April 1994. GAMING-ILLINOIS The ownership and operation of a gaming riverboat in Illinois is subject to extensive regulation under Illinois gaming laws and regulations. A five-member Illinois Gaming Board is charged with such regulatory authority, including the issuance of riverboat gaming licenses not to exceed ten in number. The granting of a gaming license involves a preliminary approval procedure in which the Illinois Gaming Board issues a preliminary finding of suitability to a license applicant and effectively reserves a gaming license for such applicant. The Board has issued all ten licenses or preliminary findings of suitability. The Company's Joliet venture was issued a preliminary finding of suitability in 1992 and a license in 1993. To obtain a gaming license (and a preliminary finding of suitability), applicants must submit comprehensive application forms, be fingerprinted and undergo an extensive background investigation by the Illinois Gaming Board. Each license granted entitles a licensee to own and operate up to two riverboats (with a combined maximum of 1,200 gaming positions) and equipment thereon from a specific location. The duration of the license initially runs for a period of three years (with a fee of $25,000 for the first year and $5,000 for the following two years). Thereafter, the license is subject to renewal on an annual basis upon payments of a fee of $5,000 and a determination by the Illinois Gaming Board that the licensee continues to be eligible for an owner's license pursuant to the Illinois legislation and the Illinois Gaming Board's rules. A licensed owner is required to apply to the Illinois Gaming Board for, and, if approved therefor, will receive, all licenses from the Illinois Gaming Board necessary for the operation of a riverboat including a liquor license and a license to prepare and serve food. All use, occupancy and excise taxes which apply to food and beverages and all taxes imposed on the sale or use of tangible property apply to sales aboard riverboats. An applicant is ineligible to receive an owner's license if the applicant, any of its officers, directors or managerial employees or any person who participates in the management or operation of gaming operations: (i) has been convicted of a felony; (ii) has been convicted of any violation under Article 28 of the Illinois Criminal Code or any similar statutes in any other jurisdiction; (iii) has submitted an application which contains false information; or (iv) is a member of the Illinois Gaming Board. In addition, an applicant is ineligible to receive an owners' license if the applicant owns more than a 10% ownership interest in an entity holding another Illinois owner's license, or if a license of the applicant 23 issued under the Illinois legislation or a license to own or operate gaming facilities in any other jurisdiction has been revoked. In determining whether to grant a license, the Illinois Gaming Board considers: (i) the character, reputation, experience and financial integrity of the applicants; (ii) the type of facilities (including riverboat and docking facilities) proposed by the applicant; (iii) the highest prospective total revenue to be derived by the state from the conduct of riverboat gaming; (iv) affirmative action plans of the applicant, including minority training and employment; and (v) the financial ability of the applicant to purchase and maintain adequate liability and casualty insurance. Municipal (or county, if an operation is located outside of a municipality) approval of a proposed applicant is required, and all documents, resolutions, and letters of support must be submitted with the initial application. A holder of a license shall be subject to the imposition of fines, suspension or revocation of its license for any act that is injurious to the public health, safety, morals, good order, and general welfare of the people of the state of Illinois, or that would discredit or tend to discredit the Illinois gaming industry or the state of Illinois, including without limitation: (i) failing to comply with or make provision for compliance with the legislation, the rules promulgated thereunder or any federal, state or local law or regulation; (ii) failing to comply with any rule, order or ruling of the Illinois Gaming Board or its agents pertaining to gaming; (iii) receiving goods or services from a person or business entity who does not hold a supplier's license but who is required to hold such license by the rules; (iv) being suspended or ruled ineligible or having a license revoked or suspended in any state or gaming jurisdiction; (v) associating with, either socially or in business affairs, or employing persons of notorious or unsavory reputation or who have extensive police records, or who have failed to cooperate with any official constituted investigatory or administrative body and would adversely affect public confidence and trust in gaming; and (vi) employing in any Illinois riverboat's gaming operation any person known to have been found guilty of cheating or using any improper device in connection with any game. An ownership interest in a license or in a business entity, other than a publicly held business entity which holds an owner's license, may not be transferred without leave of the Illinois Gaming Board. In addition, an ownership interest in a license or in a business entity, other than a publicly held business entity, which holds either directly or indirectly an owner's license, may not be pledged as collateral to other than a regulated bank or saving and loan association without leave of the Illinois Gaming Board. A person employed at a riverboat gaming operation must hold an occupational license which permits the holder to perform only activities included within such holder's level of occupation license or any lower level of occupation license. In addition, the Illinois Gaming Board will issue suppliers licenses which authorize the supplier licensee to sell or lease gaming equipment and supplies to any licensee involved in the ownership and management of gaming operations. Riverboat cruises are limited to a duration of four hours, and no gaming may be conducted while the boat is docked, with the exceptions: (i) of 30-minute time periods at the beginning of and at the end of a cruise while the passengers are embarking and debarking (total gaming time is limited to four hours, however, including the pre-and post-docking periods); and (ii) when weather or mechanical problems prevent the boat from cruising. Minimum and maximum wagers on games are set by the licensee and wagering may not be conducted with money or other negotiable currency. No person under the age of 21 is permitted to wager, and wagers may only be taken from a person present on a licensed riverboat. With respect to electronic gaming devices, the payout percentage may not be less than 80% nor more than 100%. The legislation imposes a 20% wagering tax on adjusted receipts from gambling games. The tax imposed is to be paid by the licensed owner to the Illinois Gaming Board on the day after the day when the wagers were made. Of the proceeds of that tax, 25% goes to the local government where the home dock is located, a small portion goes to the Illinois Gaming Board for administration and enforcement expenses, and the remainder goes to the state education assistance fund. 24 The legislation also requires that licensees pay a $2.00 admission tax for each person admitted to a gaming cruise. Of this admission tax, the host municipality or county receives $1.00. The licensed owner is required to maintain public books and records clearly showing amounts received from admission fees, the total amount of gross receipts and the total amount of adjusted gross receipts. GAMING-MISSISSIPPI The ownership and operation of a gaming business in the State of Mississippi is subject to extensive laws and regulations, including the Mississippi Gaming Control Act (the "Mississippi Act") and the regulations (the "Mississippi Regulations") promulgated thereunder by the Mississippi Gaming Commission (the "Mississippi Commission"), which is empowered to oversee and enforce the Mississippi Act. Gaming in Mississippi can be legally conducted only on vessels of a certain minimum size in navigable waters within any county bordering the Mississippi River or in waters of the State of Mississippi which lie adjacent and to the south (principally in the Gulf of Mexico) of the Counties of Hancock, Harrison and Jackson, provided that the county in question has not voted by referendum not to permit gaming in that county. The voters in Jackson County, the southeasternmost county of Mississippi, have voted not to permit gaming in that county. However, gaming could be approved in Jackson County in any subsequently held referendum. The underlying policy of the Mississippi Act is to ensure that gaming operations in Mississippi are conducted: (i) honestly and competitively; (ii) free of criminal and corruptive influences; and (iii) in a manner which protects the rights of the creditors of gaming operations. The Mississippi Act requires that a person (including any corporation or other entity) be licensed to conduct gaming activities in the State of Mississippi. A license will be issued only for a specified location which has been approved in advance as a gaming site by the Mississippi Commission. In addition, a parent company of a company holding a license must register under the Mississippi Act. The Mississippi Act also requires that each officer or director of a gaming licensee, or other person who exercises a material degree of control over the licensee, either directly or indirectly, be found suitable by the Mississippi Commission. In addition, any employee of a licensee who is directly involved in gaming must obtain a work permit from the Mississippi Commission. The Mississippi Commission will not issue a license or make a finding of suitability unless it is satisfied, after an investigation paid for by the applicant, that the persons associated with the gaming licensee or applicant for a license are of good character, honesty and integrity, with no relevant or material criminal record. In addition, the Mississippi Commission will not issue a license unless it is satisfied that the licensee is adequately financed or has a reasonable plan to finance its proposed operations from acceptable sources, and that persons associated with the applicant have sufficient business probity, competence and experience to engage in the proposed gaming enterprise. The Mississippi Commission may refuse to issue a work permit to a gaming employee: (i) if the employee has committed larceny, embezzlement or any crime of moral turpitude, or has knowingly violated the Mississippi Act or Mississippi Regulations; or (ii) for any other reasonable cause. There can be no assurance that such persons will be found suitable by the Mississippi Commission. An application for licensing, finding of suitability or registration may be denied for any cause deemed reasonable by the issuing agency. Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the issuing agency. In addition to its authority to deny an application for a license, finding of suitability or registration, the Mississippi Commission has jurisdiction to disapprove a change in corporate position. If the Mississippi Commission were to find a director, officer or key employee unsuitable for licensing or unsuitable to continue having a relationship with the licensee, such entity would be required to suspend, dismiss and sever all relationships with such person. The licensee would have similar obligations with regard to any person who refuses to file appropriate applications. Each gaming employee must obtain a work permit which may be revoked upon the occurrence of certain specified events. 25 Any individual who is found to have a material relationship to, or material involvement with, Promus may be required to submit to an investigation in order to be found suitable or be licensed as a business associate of any subsidiary holding a gaming license. Key employees, controlling persons or others who exercise significant influence upon the management or affairs of Promus may be deemed to have such a relationship or involvement. The Mississippi Commission has the power to deny, limit, condition, revoke and suspend any license, finding of suitability or registration, or to fine any person, as it deems reasonable and in the public interest, subject to an opportunity for a hearing. The Mississippi Commission may fine any licensee or person who was found suitable up to $100,000 for each violation of the Mississippi Act or the Mississippi Regulations which is the subject of an initial complaint, and up to $250,000 for each such violation which is the subject of any subsequent complaint. The Mississippi Act provides for judicial review of any final decision of the Mississippi Commission by petition to a Mississippi Circuit Court, but the filing of such petition does not necessarily stay any action taken by the Mississippi Commission pending a decision by the Circuit Court. Each gaming licensee must pay a license fee to the State of Mississippi based upon "gaming receipts" (generally defined as gross receipts less payouts to customers as winnings). The license fee equals four percent of gaming receipts of $50,000 or less per month, six percent of gaming receipts over $50,000 and up to $134,000 per month, and 8 percent of gaming receipts over $134,000. The foregoing license fees are allowed as a credit against Mississippi State income tax liability for the year paid. A gaming operator may also be subject to local, municipal or county taxes equal to one-tenth of the license fee due to the State of Mississippi, as set forth above (.4 percent, .6 percent and .8 percent, respectively). An additional license fee, based upon the number of games conducted or planned to be conducted on the gaming premises, is payable to the State of Mississippi annually in advance. Based upon Promus' activities in Tunica and Vicksburg, this additional license fee is expected to be approximately $81,200, plus $100 for each game in excess of 35 games at each site. In addition to the state and local fees imposed under the Mississippi Act, taxes and fees also may be assessed by municipalities and counties in amounts varying from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Warren County and the City of Vicksburg have the authority to impose taxes on gaming receipts in an amount up to 3.2 percent in the aggregate. The Company also is subject to certain audit and record-keeping requirements, primarily intended to ensure compliance with the Mississippi Act, including compliance with the provisions relating to the payment of license fees. Under the Mississippi Regulations, a person is prohibited from acquiring control of Promus without prior approval of the Mississippi Commission. Promus also is prohibited from consummating a plan of recapitalization proposed by management in opposition to an attempted acquisition of control of Promus and which involves the issuance of a significant dividend to Common Stock holders, where such dividend is financed by borrowings from financial institutions or the issuance of debt securities. In addition, Promus is prohibited from repurchasing any of its voting securities under circumstances (subject to certain exemptions) where the repurchase involves more than one percent of Promus' outstanding Common Stock at a price in excess of 110 percent of the then-current market value of Promus' Common Stock from a person who owns and has for less than one year owned more than three percent of Promus' outstanding Common Stock, unless the repurchase has been approved by a majority of Promus' shareholders voting on the issue (excluding the person from whom the repurchase is being made) or the offer is made to all other shareholders of Promus. Under the Mississippi Regulations, a gaming license may not be held by a publicly held corporation, although an affiliated corporation, such as Promus, may be publicly held so long as Promus registers with and gets the approval of the Mississippi Commission. Promus must obtain prior approval from the Mississippi Commission for any subsequent public offering of the securities of Promus if any part of the proceeds from that offering are intended to be used to pay for or reduce debt used to pay for the construction, acquisition or operation of any gaming facility in Mississippi. In addition, in order to register with the Mississippi Commission as a publicly held holding corporation, Promus must provide further documentation which is satisfactory to the Mississippi Commission, which includes all documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 26 Any person who, directly or indirectly, or in association with others, acquires beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the Common Stock of Promus must notify the Mississippi Commission of this acquisition. Regardless of the amount of securities owned, any person who has any beneficial ownership in the Common Stock of Promus may be required to be found suitable if the Mississippi Commission has reason to believe that such ownership would be inconsistent with the declared policies of the State of Mississippi. Any person who is required to be found suitable must apply for a finding of suitability from the Mississippi Commission within 30 days after being requested to do so, and must deposit with the State Tax Commission a sum of money which is adequate to pay the anticipated investigatory costs associated with such finding. Any person who is found not to be suitable by the Mississippi Commission shall not be permitted to have any direct or indirect ownership in Promus' Common Stock. Any person who is required to apply for a finding of suitability and fails to do so, or who fails to dispose of his or her interest in Promus' Common Stock if found unsuitable, is guilty of a misdemeanor. If a finding of suitability with respect to any person is not applied for where required, or if it is denied or revoked by the Mississippi Commission, Promus is not permitted to pay such person for services rendered, or to employ or enter into any contract with such person. Promus will be required to maintain current stock ledgers in the State of Mississippi which may be examined by a representative of the Mississippi Commission at any time. If any securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be required to disclose the identity of the beneficial owner to the Mississippi Commission. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for finding the record holder unsuitable. Promus also is required to render maximum assistance in determining the identity of the beneficial owner. Because Promus will be licensed to conduct gaming in the State of Mississippi, neither Promus nor any subsidiary may engage in gaming activities in Mississippi while also conducting gaming operations outside of Mississippi without approval of the Mississippi Commission. The Mississippi Commission has approved the conduct of gaming in all jurisdictions in which Promus had ongoing operations or approved projects as of November 1993, but will need to approve any future gaming operations outside of Mississippi. There can be no assurance that such approvals can be obtained. The failure to obtain such approvals could have a materially adverse effect on Promus. GAMING-COLORADO The ownership and operation of limited gaming facilities in the State of Colorado are subject to extensive state and local regulation. In Colorado, the two casinos managed and partially owned by subsidiaries of Promus (Harrah's Central City and Harrah's Black Hawk) are subject to licensing by and regulatory control of both the State of Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission and the State of Colorado Division of Gaming (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Colorado Gaming Authorities"). As Promus is a public company, the casinos must comply with specific rules relating to public companies involved in limited gaming. The Colorado Gaming Authorities examine and decide upon the suitability of persons owning any interest in a limited gaming establishment, as well as those persons associated with such owners. Persons employed in connection with gaming operations must also be licensed as either "key employees" or "support employees." The State of Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission also has the power to levy substantial taxes with respect to gaming revenues, and with respect to gaming devices. The licenses held by Harrah's Central City and Harrah's Black Hawk are not transferable, and must be renewed on an annual basis. A Colorado constitutional amendment passed in November 1990, legalized limited stakes gaming ($5.00 or less per bet) in three Colorado cities: Central City, Black Hawk, and Cripple Creek. The constitutional amendment restricts limited gaming to the commercially zoned districts of each respective city. At each limited gaming location, no more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the total square footage of a building, and no more than fifty percent (50%) of the square footage of any single floor may be used for limited gaming purposes. The Colorado Gaming Authorities have broad power to insure compliance with the statute and regulations currently in force in the State of Colorado. The Colorado 27 Gaming Authorities may inspect, without notice, any premises where gaming is being conducted, and may seize, impound, or remove any gaming device. The statute and regulations require licensees to maintain certain minimum operating, security and payoff procedures, as well as books and records that are audited on an annual basis. There are specific reporting procedures and approval requirements for transfers of interests and other involvement with publicly traded corporations directly or indirectly involved in limited gaming in the State of Colorado. In addition to the reporting requirements, certain provisions must be included in the Articles of Organization or other similar chartering documents of any entity licensed as either an operator or retailer in the State of Colorado. The State of Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission may require that any individual who has a material relationship to or a material involvement with a licensee, or otherwise, must apply for a finding of suitability by the Commission, or apply for a key employee license. If an individual or person has been deemed to be unsuitable by the State of Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission, the Commission may require a licensee to pursue all lawful efforts to require that the unsuitable person relinquish all voting securities in addition to certain other powers granted to the Commission. The Colorado Gaming Authorities have full and complete access to any records of a licensee, as well as individuals associated with licensees, investigate the background and conduct of licensees and their employees, and are empowered to bring disciplinary actions against licensees. The Colorado Gaming Authorities have the power to investigate the background of creditors of licensees as well. No interest in a licensee, once approved by the Commission, may be alienated in any fashion without the prior approval of the State of Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission. Any person or entity may not have an interest in more than three retail gaming licenses. All persons, places or practices connected with limited gaming must be "suitable" as determined by the Colorado Gaming Authorities. In this regard, the burden is always on any applicant to prove by clear and convincing evidence that the applicant is qualified for the licenses applied for. Thus, licensees must be able to demonstrate that any equity holder, or any person providing financing in connection with the establishment or operation of a licensee, must be: (i) of good moral character; (ii) a person whose prior activities, criminal record, reputation, habits and associations do not pose a threat to the public interests of the State of Colorado; (iii) a person who has not served a sentence upon a conviction of a felony or been under the supervision of a probation department within ten years prior to the date of application; (iv) and, a person who has not seriously or repeatedly violated the provisions of the "Limited Gaming Act of 1991" in Colorado. At the request of the Colorado Gaming Authorities, any person connected with limited gaming must disclose personal background and financial information, including criminal records, and any and all other information requested by the Colorado Gaming Authorities. The constitutional amendment gave the State of Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission the power to tax up to forty percent (40%) of the adjusted gross proceeds received by a licensee from limited gaming. Effective October 1, 1993, the tax schedule for the gaming year (October 1, 1993 to September 30, 1994) is as follows:
ADJUSTED GROSS PROCEEDS PERCENTAGE TAX - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- Up to $1,000,000............................................................. 2% $1,000,001 to $2,000,000..................................................... 8% $2,000,001 to $3,000,000..................................................... 15% $3,000,001 and over.......................................................... 18%
For the same gaming year, the State gaming device fee is One Hundred Dollars ($100) per gaming device for the year. In addition, local device fees are assessed by both Central City and Black Hawk. In Central City the current device fee is Five Hundred Eighty-Two Dollars and Fifty Cents ($582.50) per device per six months. In Black Hawk Two Hundred Dollars ($200) per device per quarter is the current device fee. Changes in this regulatory scheme could adversely affect the operation of the Colorado properties. 28 GAMING-OTHER The Company has been granted a gaming license by the State of Louisiana in connection with its riverboat casino project which is under development in Shreveport. The Company will be subject to the regulations of such gaming authority which will be extensive. The Company has applied for a gaming license in Missouri and is negotiating a gaming operating contract in New Orleans, Louisiana in connection with its projects that are currently under development. In the event the Company's applications are approved, the Company will be subject to extensive regulations regarding these projects. The Company and its joint venture partner have been granted a gaming license in connection with the development of a casino entertainment facility in Auckland, New Zealand and will also be subject to extensive regulations in that jurisdiction. HOTEL LICENSING A number of states regulate the licensing of hotels and restaurants and the granting of liquor licenses by requiring registration, disclosure statements and compliance with specific standards of conduct. In addition, various federal and state regulations mandate certain disclosures and other practices with respect to the sales of license agreements and the licensor/licensee relationship. The Company's operations have not been materially affected by such legislation and regulations, but the Company cannot predict the effect of future legislation. FUEL SHORTAGES AND COSTS; WEATHER Although gasoline supplies are now in relative abundance, gasoline shortages and price increases may have adverse effects on the hotel business of Promus. The business of Harrah's in Nevada and Atlantic City is also sensitive to the cost and availability of gasoline. Access to the Lake Tahoe and Reno areas of northern Nevada and Atlantic City, New Jersey, may be restricted from time to time during the winter months by adverse weather conditions which can cause road closures. Such closures have at times adversely affected operating results at Harrah's Lake Tahoe, Harrah's Reno, Bill's Lake Tahoe Casino and Harrah's Atlantic City. EMPLOYEE RELATIONS Promus, through its subsidiaries, has approximately 25,300 employees. Labor relations with employees are good. Promus' subsidiaries have collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 3,000 employees. These agreements relate to certain casino, hotel and restaurant employees at Harrah's Atlantic City and Harrah's Las Vegas. Approximately 2,500 of these 3,000 employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements expiring in 1994. Negotiations for successor agreements will begin later this year prior to the expiration of the current contracts. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. Bass Public Limited Company, Bass International Holdings N.V., Bass (U.S.A.) Incorporated, Holiday Corporation and Holiday Inns, Inc. (collectively "Bass") v. The Promus Companies Incorporated ("Promus"). A complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against Promus on February 6, 1992, under Civil Action No. 92 Civ. 0969(SWK). The complaint alleges violation of Rule 10b-5 of the federal securities laws, intentional and negligent misrepresentation, breach of express warranties, breach of contract, and express and equitable indemnification. The complaint generally alleges breaches of representations and warranties under the Merger Agreement with respect to the 1990 spin-off of Promus and acquisition of the Holiday Inn hotel business 29 by Bass, violation of the federal securities laws due to such alleged breaches, and breaches of the Tax Sharing Agreement between Bass and Promus entered into at the closing of the Merger Agreement. The complaint seeks an unspecified amount of damages, unspecified punitive or exemplary damages, and declaratory relief. The Company believes that it has complied with all applicable laws and agreements with Bass in connection with the Merger and is defending its position vigorously. Promus has filed (a) an answer denying, and asserting affirmative defenses to, the substantive allegations of the complaint and (b) counterclaims alleging that Bass has breached the Tax Sharing Agreement and agreements ancillary to the Merger Agreement. The counterclaims request unspecified compensatory damages, injunctive and declaratory relief and Promus' costs, including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses. On April 17, 1992, Bass filed a motion seeking to disqualify the Company's outside counsel in the litigation, Latham & Watkins, on various grounds. That motion was denied by the trial court on January 7, 1994. Discovery has begun, but no trial date has been set. Certain tax matters. In connection with the Spin-off, Promus is liable, with certain exceptions, for taxes of Holiday and its subsidiaries for all pre-merger tax periods. Bass is obligated under the terms of the Tax Sharing Agreement to pay Promus the amount of any tax benefits realized from pre-merger tax periods of Holiday and its subsidiaries. All federal income taxes and interest assessed by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") for the 1978 through 1984 tax years were paid during 1992. The federal income taxes and interest thereon associated with the agreed issues from the IRS audit of the 1985 and 1986 tax years were paid in 1991. Negotiations with the IRS to resolve disputed issues for the 1985 and 1986 tax years were concluded and settlement reached during fourth quarter 1993. Final payment of the federal income taxes and related interest due under the settlement is expected to be made during second quarter 1994. The IRS has completed its examination of Holiday's federal income tax returns for 1987 through the Spin-off date and has issued its proposed adjustments to those returns. Federal income taxes and related interest assessed on agreed issues were paid subsequent to year-end. The total liability of approximately $23.7 million for the federal income tax and interest payments to be made, as discussed above, was included in current liabilities on December 31, 1993. A protest of all unagreed issues for the 1987 through Spin-off periods was filed with the IRS during the third quarter of 1993 and negotiations to resolve disputed issues are currently expected to begin during the second quarter of 1994. Final resolution of the disputed issues is not expected to have a materially adverse effect on Promus' consolidated financial position or its results of operations. ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS. Not Applicable. 30 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT POSITIONS AND OFFICES HELD AND PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS OR EMPLOYMENT DURING PAST 5 NAME AND AGE YEARS - ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------------ Michael D. Rose (52)............... Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Promus since November 1989. President of Promus (1989-1991). Chief Executive Officer (1981-1990), Chairman of the Board (1984-1990) and President (1988-1990) of Holiday. Effective April 29, 1994, Mr. Philip G. Satre will become Chief Executive Officer of Promus. Mr. Rose will continue as Chairman of the Board. Mr. Rose also is a director of Ashland Oil, Inc., First Tennessee National Corporation and General Mills, Inc. Philip G. Satre (44)............... Director, President and Chief Operating Officer of Promus since April 1991. Director and Senior Vice President of Promus (1989-1991). President (since 1984) and Chief Executive Officer (1984-1991) of Harrah's and Senior Vice President (1987-1990) and a Director (1988-1990) of Holiday. Effective April 29, 1994, Mr. Satre will become Chief Executive Officer of Promus in addition to his position as President. He also is a director of Goody's Family Clothing, Inc. John M. Boushy (39)................ Senior Vice President, Information Technology and Corporate Marketing of Promus since June 1993. Vice President, Strategic Marketing of Harrah's April 1989 to June 1993. Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr. (44)..... Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Promus since August 1990. Treasurer of Promus from November 1989 to February 1991. Vice President of Promus from November 1989 to August 1990. Vice President, Project Finance (1986-1990) of Holiday. He also is a director of Perkins Management Company, Inc., a privately-held general partner of Perkins Family Restaurants, L.P., a publicly-traded limited partnership. Ben C. Peternell (48).............. Senior Vice President, Corporate Human Resources and Communications of Promus since November 1989. Senior Vice President, Corporate Human Resources (1985-1990) of Holiday. Colin V. Reed (46)................. Senior Vice President, Corporate Development of Promus since May 1992. Vice President, Corporate Development of Promus from November 1989 to May 1992. Vice President (1988-1990) of Holiday. He also is a director of Sodak Gaming, Inc. E. O. Robinson, Jr. (54)........... Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Promus since April 1993 and Secretary of Promus since November 1989. Vice President and Associate General Counsel of Promus from November 1989 to April 1993. Vice President (1988-1990) of Holiday. 31 PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. Information as to the principal markets in which the Company's Common Stock is traded and the high and low prices of such stock for the last two years is set forth on the inside back cover of Book Two of the Annual Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference. On February 26, 1993, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a two-for-one stock split (the "First Stock Split"), in the form of a stock dividend, which was effected by the distribution on March 29, 1993 of one additional share of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock owned by stockholders of record on March 8, 1993. On October 29, 1993, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a three-for-two stock split (the "Second Stock Split"), in the form of a stock dividend, which was effected by the distribution on November 29, 1993 of one additional share Common Stock for each two shares of Common Stock owned by stockholders of record on November 8, 1993. All references herein to dividends paid, numbers of common shares, per share prices and earnings per share amounts have been restated to give retroactive effect to the First Stock Split and the Second Stock Split. The approximate number of holders of record of the Company's Common Stock as of March 4, 1994, is as follows:
APPROXIMATE NUMBER TITLE OF CLASS OF HOLDERS OF RECORD - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- Common Stock, Par Value $1.50 per share................................ 16,755
The Company paid a special, one-time $10 (retroactively adjusted for the First Stock Split and the Second Stock Split) per share dividend to its common stockholders on February 22, 1990. The Company does not presently intend to declare any other cash dividends. The terms of the Company's Bank Facility substantially limit the Company's ability to pay cash dividends on Common Stock and limitations are also contained in agreements covering other debt of the Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis--Intercompany Dividend Restriction" on page 9 of Book Two of the Annual Report and Note 6 to the financial statements on pages 16 and 17 of Book Two of the Annual Report, which pages are incorporated herein by reference. When permitted under the terms of the Bank Facility and the other debt, the declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Board of Directors of the Company intends to reevaluate its dividend policy in the future in light of the Company's results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. There can be no assurance that any cash dividends on Common Stock will be paid in the future. ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA. See the information for the years 1989 through 1993 set forth under "Selected Financial Data" in Book Two of the Annual Report on page 24, which page is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS. See the information set forth in Book Two of the Annual Report on pages 2 through 9, which pages are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA. See the information set forth in Book Two of the Annual Report on pages 10 through 24, which pages are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE. Not Applicable 32 PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS. DIRECTORS See the information regarding the names, ages, positions and prior business experience of the directors of the Company set forth on pages 4 through 6 of the Proxy Statement, which pages are incorporated herein by reference. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS See "Executive Officers of the Registrant" on page 31 in Part I hereof. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. See the information set forth in the Proxy Statement on pages 6 and 7 thereof entitled "Compensation of Directors" and the information on pages 13 through 23 thereof. The information on pages 6 and 7 of the Proxy Statement entitled "Compensation of Directors" and the information on pages 18 through 23 of the Proxy Statement entitled "Summary Compensation Table," "Option Grants in the Last Fiscal Year," "Aggregated Option Exercises in 1993 and December 31, 1993, Option Values," and "Certain Employment Arrangements" are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT. See the information set forth in the Proxy Statement on page 3 thereof entitled "Share Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers" and on pages 24 and 25 thereof entitled "Certain Stockholders," which information on said pages is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS. See the information set forth in the Proxy Statement entitled "Certain Transactions" on pages 23 and 24 thereof, which information is incorporated herein by reference. PART IV ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K. (a) 1. Financial statements (including related notes to consolidated financial statements)* filed as part of this report are listed below: Report of Independent Public Accountants Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1993 and December 31, 1992. Consolidated Statements of Income for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 1993, December 31, 1992, and January 3, 1992. Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 1993, December 31, 1992, and January 3, 1992. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 1993, December 31, 1992, and January 3, 1992. - --------------- * Incorporated by reference from pages 10 through 23 of Book Two of the Annual Report. 33 2. Schedules for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1993, December 31, 1992, and January 3, 1992, are as follows: NO. - ----- II -Consolidated amounts receivable from related parties and underwriters, promoters, and employees other than related parties III -Condensed financial information of registrant V -Consolidated property and equipment VI -Consolidated accumulated depreciation and amortization of property and equipment VIII -Consolidated valuation and qualifying accounts X -Consolidated supplementary income statement information Schedules I, IV, VII, IX, XI, XII, XIII and XIV are not applicable and have therefore been omitted. 3. Exhibits (footnotes appear on pages 38 and 39): NO. - ------- 3(1) -Certificate of Incorporation of The Promus Companies Incorporated. (1) 3(2) -Bylaws of The Promus Companies Incorporated, as amended. (16) 4(1) -Rights Agreement dated as of February 7, 1990, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and The Bank of New York as Rights Agent. (12) 4(2) -Offering Circular dated February 9, 1988, for $200,000,000 Holiday Inns, Inc. 8 5/8% Notes due 1993 and $200,000,000 9% Notes due 1995; Indenture dated as of February 15, 1988, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Holiday Corporation and Sumitomo Bank of New York Trust Company, Trustee; Irrevocable Letter of Credit dated February 25, 1988, by The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, New York Branch. (3) 4(3) -Indenture Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 7, 1990, under Indenture dated as of February 15, 1988, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Holiday Corporation and Sumitomo Bank of New York Trust Company, Trustee; Amendment No. 1 dated February 7, 1990, to Irrevocable Letter of Credit dated February 25, 1988, by The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, New York Branch. (12) 4(4) -Indenture dated as of March 30, 1987, between Holiday Inns, Inc., Issuer, Holiday Corporation, Guarantor, and Commerce Union Bank (now Sovran Bank/Central South), Trustee; Prospectus dated March 5, 1987, for $900,000,000 Holiday Inns, Inc. 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 1994. (4) 4(5) -First Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 12, 1990, with respect to the 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 1994, among Sovran Bank/Central South, as trustee, Holiday Corporation, as guarantor, The Promus Companies Incorporated and Holiday Inns, Inc., as issuer; Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 7, 1990, with respect to the 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 1994, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Holiday Corporation, Embassy Suites, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated and Sovran Bank/Central South; Form of Note for 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 1994. (12) 4(6) -Indenture dated as of March 30, 1987, between Holiday Inns, Inc., Issuer, Holiday Corporation, Guarantor, and LaSalle National Bank, Trustee; Prospectus dated March 5, 1987, for $500,000,000 Holiday Inns, Inc. 11% Subordinated Debentures due 1999. (5) 4(7) -First Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 8, 1988, under Indenture dated as of March 30, 1987, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Holiday Corporation and LaSalle National Bank. (3) 4(8) -Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 23, 1988, under Indenture dated as of March 30, 1987, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Holiday Corporation, Guarantor, and LaSalle National Bank. (3) 34 NO. - ------- 4(9) -Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 17, 1990, with respect to the 11% Subordinated Debentures due 1999, among LaSalle National Bank, as trustee, Holiday Corporation, as guarantor, The Promus Companies Incorporated and Holiday Inns, Inc., as issuer; Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 7, 1990, with respect to the 11% Subordinated Debentures due 1999, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Holiday Corporation, Embassy Suites, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated and LaSalle National Bank; Form of Debenture for 11% Subordinated Debentures due 1999. (12) 4(10) -Letter to Bank of New York dated March 18, 1993 constituting Certificate under Section 12 of the Rights Agreement dated as of February 7, 1990. (11) 4(11) -Interest Swap Agreement between Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated May 14, 1993. (6) 4(12) -Interest Swap Agreement between NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A. and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated May 18, 1993. (6) 4(13) -First Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 15, 1987, among Irving Trust Company, as resigning trustee with respect to the 1999 Notes, Indiana National Bank as successor trustee with respect to the 1999 Notes and Holiday Inns, Inc.; Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 8, 1988, under Indenture dated as of January 15, 1984, between Holiday Inns, Inc., and Irving Trust Company, as trustee with respect to 8 3/8% Notes due 1996; Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 8, 1988, under Indenture dated as of January 15, 1984, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Irving Trust Company, as resigning trustee with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996, and LaSalle National Bank as successor trustee with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996; Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 23, 1988, under Indenture dated as of January 15, 1984, between Holiday Inns, Inc. and LaSalle National Bank, as trustee with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996. (3) 4(14) -Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 23, 1990, with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996, among LaSalle National Bank, as trustee, The Promus Companies Incorporated and Holiday Inns, Inc., as issuer; Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 7, 1990, with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Embassy Suites, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated and LaSalle National Bank; Form of Note for 8 3/8% Notes due 1996. (12) 4(15) -Indenture dated as of April 1, 1992, with respect to the 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002, among The Bank of New York, as trustee, The Promus Companies Incorporated, as guarantor, and Embassy Suites, Inc., as issuer; Form of Note for 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002. (18) 4(16) -Indenture dated as of August 1, 1993, with respect to the 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2000, among The Bank of New York, as trustee, The Promus Companies Incorporated, as guarantor, and Embassy Suites, Inc., as issuer; Form of Note for 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2000. (6) 4(17) -Interest Swap Agreement between The Sumitomo Bank, Limited and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated October 22, 1992; Interest Swap Agreement between The Bank of Nova Scotia and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated October 22, 1992; Interest Swap Agreement between The Nippon Credit Bank and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated October 22, 1992; (18) 10(1) -Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger among Holiday Corporation, Holiday Inns, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated, Bass plc, Bass (U.S.A.) Hotels, Incorporated (a Delaware corporation) and Bass (U.S.A.) Hotels, Incorporated (a Tennessee corporation), dated as of August 24, 1989. (1) 10(2) -First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger among Holiday Corporation, Holiday Inns, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated, Bass plc and Bass (U.S.A.) Hotels, Incorporated, dated as of February 7, 1990. (2) 10(3) -Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of February 7, 1990, among Holiday Corporation, Holiday Inns, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated, Bass plc, Bass European Holdings, N.V., Bass (U.S.A.), Inc. and Bass (U.S.A.) Hotels, Incorporated. (12) +10(4) -Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by The Promus Companies Incorporated and each of its directors and executive officers. (1) +10(5) -The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Stock Option Plan. (12) - --------------- + Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 14(a)(3) of Form 10-K. 35 NO. - ------- +10(6) -The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Restricted Stock Plan. (12) +10(7) -The Promus Companies Incorporated Savings and Retirement Plan Trust Agreement. (12) +10(8) -Amendment to The Promus Companies Incorporated Savings and Retirement Plan dated May 1, 1991. (15) +10(9) -Financial Counseling Plan of The Promus Companies Incorporated as amended February 25, 1993. (11) +10(10) -Form of Severance Agreement dated July 30, 1993, entered into with E. O. Robinson, Jr. and John M. Boushy. (22) 10(11) -Credit Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated, the Banks parties thereto, Marina Associates and Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent. (19) 10(12) -Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated, Marina Associates and The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, New York Branch. (19) 10(13) -Master Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among The Promus Companies Incorporated, Embassy Suites, Inc., the other Collateral Grantors parties thereto, Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent, and Bankers Trust Company as Collateral Agent. (19) 10(14) -Security Agreement dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., the Collateral Grantors parties thereto and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent. (19) 10(15) -Deed of Trust, Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Financing Statement, dated as of July 22, 1993, from Embassy Suites, Inc., Harrah's Laughlin, Inc., and Harrah's Reno Holding Company, Inc., the Grantors, to First American Title Company of Nevada, as Trustee, for the benefit of Bankers Trust Company, as Beneficiary. (19) 10(16) -Mortgage, Leasehold Mortgage, Assignment, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, from Marina Associates and Embassy Suites, Inc., the Mortgagors, to Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent and the Mortgagee. (19) 10(17) -Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent. (19) 10(18) -Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., ESI Equity Development Corporation, Harrah's, Harrah's Club, Casino Holding Company, and Bankers Trust Company, as the General Collateral Agent, and Bank of America Nevada as the Nevada Collateral Agent. (19) 10(19) -Form of License Agreement for Hampton Inns. (7) 10(20) -Form of License Agreement for Hampton Inns revised 1988. (8) 10(21) -Form of License Agreement for Hampton Inns revised 1991. (15) 10(22) -Form of License Agreement for Hampton Inns revised 1992. (18) 10(23) -Form of License Agreement for Embassy Suites. (9) 10(24) -Form of License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1989. (12) 10(25) -Form of License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1990. (13) 10(26) -Form of License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1991. (15) 10(27) -Form of License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1992. (18) 10(28) -Form of Short-Term License Agreement for Embassy Suites. (12) 10(29) -Form of Short-Term License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1990. (13) 10(30) -Form of Short-Term License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1991. (15) 10(31) -Form of Short-Term License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1992. (18) 10(32) -Form of License Agreement for Homewood Suites. (3) 10(33) -Form of License Agreement for Homewood Suites revised 1992. (18) - --------------- + Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 14(a)(3) of Form 10-K. 36 NO. - ------- **10(34) -Form of License Agreement for Homewood Suites revised 1993. **10(35) -Form of License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1993. **10(36) -Form of Short-Term License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1993. **10(37) -Form of License Agreement for Hampton Inns revised 1993. **10(38) -Form of License Agreement for Hampton Inn & Suites. 10(39) -Management Agreement dated as of December 17, 1986, between Hampton Inns, Inc. and Hampton/GHI Associates No. 1. (10) 10(40) -Form of Management Agreement between Embassy Suites, Inc. and affiliates of General Electric Pension Trust. (10) +10(41) -Employment Agreement dated August 1, 1987 between Holiday Corporation and Michael D. Rose; Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of January 31, 1990 between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Michael D. Rose. (12) +10(42) -Amended and Restated Severance Agreement dated as of May 1, 1992 between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Michael D. Rose. (18) +10(43) -Summary Plan Description of Executive Term Life Insurance Plan. (18) +10(44) -Forms of Stock Option (1990 Stock Option Plan). (12) +10(45) -Revised Forms of Stock Option (1990 Stock Option Plan). (18) +10(46) -Form of The Promus Companies Incorporated's Annual Bonus Plan, as amended, for Managers and Executives. (13) +10(47) -Forms of Restricted Stock Award (1990 Restricted Stock Plan). (12) +10(48) -Deferred Compensation Plan dated October 16, 1991. (15) +10(49) -Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement. (12) +10(50) -Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement revised November 1991. (15) +10(51) -Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. (12) +10(52) -First Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of October 25, 1990. (13) +10(53) -Second Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of October 25, 1991. (15) +10(54) -Third Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of October 29, 1992. (18) +10(55) -Forms of Restricted Stock Award (1990 Restricted Stock Plan). (18) +10(56) -First Amendment to Escrow Agreement dated January 31, 1990 among Holiday Corporation, certain subsidiaries thereof and Sovran Bank, as escrow agent. (12) +10(57) -Escrow Agreement dated February 6, 1990 between The Promus Companies Incorporated, certain subsidiaries thereof, and Sovran Bank, as escrow agent. (12) +10(58) -Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement dated November 5, 1992, entered into with Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr., Ben C. Peternell, Philip G. Satre and Colin V. Reed. (18) +10(59) -Form of memorandum agreement dated July 2, 1991, eliminating stock appreciation rights under stock options held by Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr., Ben C. Peternell and Philip G. Satre. (14) +10(60) -The Promus Companies Incorporated Amended and Restated Savings and Retirement Plan dated as of February 6, 1990. (18) +10(61) -Administrative Regulations, Long Term Compensation Plan (Restricted Stock Plan and Stock Option Plan), dated as of January 1, 1992. (17) +10(62) -Amendment dated October 29, 1992 to The Promus Companies Incorporated Savings and Retirement Plan Trust Agreement; Amendment dated September 21, 1992 to The Promus Companies Incorporated Savings and Retirement Plan Trust Agreement (18) +10(63) -Revised Form of Stock Option. (21) +10(64) -The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Stock Option Plan (as amended as of April 30, 1993). (20) - --------------- ** Filed herewith + Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 14(a)(3) of Form 10-K. 37 NO. - ------- **10(65)-Limited Partnership Agreement of Des Plaines Limited Partnership between Harrah's Illinois Corporation and John Q. Hammons, dated February 28, 1992; First Amendment to Limited Partnership Agreement of Des Plaines Limited Partnership dated as of October 5, 1992. +**10(66)-Amendment to Escrow Agreement dated as of October 29, 1993 among The Promus Companies Incorporated, certain subsidiaries thereof, and NationsBank, formerly Sovran Bank. **10(67)-Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company, dated as of March 15, 1994, among Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company, New Orleans/Louisiana Development Corporation and Grand Palais Casino, Inc.; First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company, effective as of March 15, 1994. 10(68) -Form of Rivergate Ground Lease by and among Harrah's Jazz Company, Rivergate Development Corporation and the City of New Orleans. (23) 10(69) -Form of General Development Agreement among Harrah's Jazz Company, Rivergate Development Corporation and the City of New Orleans. (23) 10(70) -Form of Temporary Casino Lease by and among Harrah's Jazz Company, Rivergate Development Corporation and the City of New Orleans. (23) 10(71) -Form of Casino Management Agreement between Harrah's Jazz Company and Harrah's New Orleans Management Company. (23) **11 -Computations of per share earnings. **12 -Computations of ratios. **13 -Portions of Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993. (24) **21 -List of subsidiaries of The Promus Companies Incorporated. 99(1) -Proxy Statement--Information Statement--Prospectus dated December 13, 1989 of Holiday Corporation, The Promus Companies Incorporated and Bass Public Limited Company. (12) - --------------- ** Filed herewith + Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 14(a)(3) of Form 10-K. FOOTNOTES (1) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10, File No. 1-10410, filed on December 13, 1989. (2) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 16, 1990, File No. 1-10410. (3) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 1988, filed March 31, 1988, File No. 1-8900. (4) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Inns, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-3, File No. 33-11770, filed February 24, 1987. (5) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Inns, Inc's Registration Statement on Form S-3, File No. 33-11163, filed December 31, 1986. (6) Incorporated by reference from the Company's and Embassy Suites, Inc.'s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-4 Registration Statement, File No. 33-49509-01, filed July 16, 1993. (7) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Inns, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1983, filed March 21, 1984, File No. 1-4804. (8) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1988, filed March 30, 1989, File No. 1-8900. (9) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 1986, filed March 28, 1986, File No. 1-8900. (10) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 1987, filed March 27, 1987, File No. 1-8900. 38 (11) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1993, filed May 13, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (12) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1989, filed March 28, 1990, File No. 1-10410. (13) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 1990, filed March 21, 1991, File No. 1-10410. (14) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 27, 1991, filed November 8, 1991, File No. 1-10410. (15) Incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 2 to the Company's and Embassy's Registration Statement on Form S-1, file No. 33-43748, filed March 18, 1992. (16) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 1992, filed March 26, 1992, File No. 1-10410. (17) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1992, filed May 13, 1992, File No. 1-10410. (18) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992, filed March 12, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (19) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 6, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (20) Incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Form S-8 Registration Statement, File No. 33-32864-01, filed July 22, 1993. (21) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993, filed August 12, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (22) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1993, filed November 12, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (23) Incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement of Harrah's Jazz Company and Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp., File No. 33-73370, filed February 22, 1994. (24) Filed herewith to the extent provisions of such report are specifically incorporated herein by reference. (b) The following Reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fourth quarter of 1993 and thereafter through March 24, 1994: NONE 39 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 13 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REPORT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED. THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED Dated: March 28, 1994 By: MICHAEL D. ROSE .................................. (Michael D. Rose, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer) PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THIS REPORT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE REGISTRANT IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED. Signature Title Date - ------------------------------------- ------------------------ -------------- JAMES L. BARKSDALE Director March 28, 1994 ..................................... (James L. Barksdale) JAMES B. FARLEY Director March 28, 1994 ..................................... (James B. Farley) JOE M. HENSON Director March 28, 1994 ..................................... (Joe M. Henson) MICHAEL D. ROSE Director and Chief March 28, 1994 ..................................... Executive Officer (Michael D. Rose) WALTER J. SALMON Director March 28, 1994 ..................................... (Walter J. Salmon) PHILIP G. SATRE Director, President and March 28, 1994 ..................................... Chief Operating (Philip G. Satre) Officer BOAKE A. SELLS Director March 28, 1994 ..................................... (Boake A. Sells) RONALD TERRY Director March 28, 1994 ..................................... (Ronald Terry) EDDIE N. WILLIAMS Director March 28, 1994 ..................................... (Eddie N. Williams) SHIRLEY YOUNG Director March 28, 1994 ..................................... (Shirley Young) CHARLES A. LEDSINGER, JR. Chief Financial Officer March 28, 1994 ..................................... (Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr.) MICHAEL N. REGAN Controller and Principal March 28, 1994 ..................................... Accounting Officer (Michael N. Regan) 40 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To The Promus Companies Incorporated: We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the financial statements included in The Promus Companies Incorporated 1993 annual report to stockholders, incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, and have issued our report thereon dated February 8, 1994. Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on those statements taken as a whole. The schedules listed under Item 14(a)2 on page 34 are the responsibility of the Company's management and are presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and are not part of the basic financial statements. These schedules have been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements, and in our opinion, fairly state in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole. ARTHUR ANDERSEN & CO. Memphis, Tennessee, February 8, 1994. 41 SCHEDULE II THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED AMOUNTS RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTIES AND UNDERWRITERS, PROMOTERS, AND EMPLOYEES OTHER THAN RELATED PARTIES
(IN THOUSANDS) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COLUMN A COLUMN B COLUMN C COLUMN D COLUMN E - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BALANCE AT DEDUCTIONS END OF PERIOD -------------------------- -------------------------- BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF AMOUNTS AMOUNTS NAME OF DEBTOR PERIOD ADDITIONS COLLECTED WRITTEN OFF CURRENT NOT CURRENT - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 Clyde E. Culp, III................... $ 124 $ - $ 124 $ - $ - $ - Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr............. 126 - 126 - - - Craig H. Norville.................... 120 351 120 - 351 - Philip G. Satre...................... 240 - 240 - - - Kevin O. Servatius................... - 112 - - 112 - FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992 Clyde E. Culp, III................... $ - $ 124 $ - $ - $ 124 $ - Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr............. - 191 65 - 126 - Craig H. Norville.................... - 120 - - 120 - Philip G. Satre...................... - 358 118 - 240 - FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 3, 1992 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -
S-1 SCHEDULE III THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT BALANCE SHEETS (IN THOUSANDS)
DECEMBER 31, ------------------------ 1993 1992 ----------- ----------- ASSETS Cash.................................................................................... $ - $ - Investments in and advances to subsidiaries (eliminated in consolidation)............... 535,707 427,275 Organizational costs.................................................................... 302 573 ----------- ----------- $ 536,009 $ 427,848 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Accrued taxes, including federal income taxes........................................... $ (28) $ (82) ----------- ----------- Commitments and contingencies-see page S-5 Stockholders' equity Common stock, $1.50 par value, authorized-120,000,000 shares, outstanding-102,258,442 and 101,882,082 shares (excluding 25,251 and 44,442 shares held in treasury)....... 153,388 101,882 Capital surplus....................................................................... 201,035 229,913 Retained earnings..................................................................... 187,203 100,857 Deferred compensation related to restricted stock..................................... (5,589) (4,722) ----------- ----------- 536,037 427,930 ----------- ----------- $ 536,009 $ 427,848 ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these balance sheets. S-2 SCHEDULE III (CONTINUED) THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT STATEMENTS OF INCOME (IN THOUSANDS)
FISCAL YEAR ENDED -------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 3, 1993 1992 1992 ------------ ------------ ---------- Revenues................................................................. $ - $ - $ - Costs and expenses....................................................... 319 458 402 ------------ ------------ ---------- Loss before income taxes and equity in subsidiaries' continuing earnings............................................................... (319) (458) (402) Income tax benefit..................................................... 112 155 137 ------------ ------------ ---------- Loss before equity in subsidiaries' continuing earnings.................. (207) (303) (265) Equity in subsidiaries' continuing earnings.............................. 92,000 51,721 30,276 ------------ ------------ ---------- Income before extraordinary items........................................ 91,793 51,418 30,011 Extraordinary items, net of tax benefit (provision) of $3,415 and $(753) (Note 8)............................................................... (5,447) 1,074 - ------------ ------------ ---------- Net income............................................................... $ 86,346 $ 52,492 $ 30,011 ------------ ------------ ---------- ------------ ------------ ----------
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. S-3 SCHEDULE III (CONTINUED) THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS)
FISCAL YEAR ENDED ---------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 3, 1993 1992 1992 ------------ ------------ ------------ Cash flows from operating activities Net income.......................................................... $ 86,346 $ 52,492 $ 30,011 Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash flows from operating activities Extraordinary items............................................ 8,862 (1,827) - Amortization................................................... 271 265 276 Equity in undistributed continuing earnings of subsidiaries.... (92,000) (51,721) (30,276) Dividend received from subsidiary.............................. - 500 - Net change in working capital accounts......................... (3,479) 791 (11) ------------ ------------ ------------ Cash flows from operating activities........................ - 500 - ------------ ------------ ------------ Cash flows used in investing activities Advances and capital contributions to subsidiaries.................. - (500) (126,080) ------------ ------------ ------------ Cash flows provided by financing activities Proceeds from issuance of stock, net of issue costs of $6,920....... - - 126,080 ------------ ------------ ------------ Net change in cash.................................................... - - - Cash, beginning of period............................................. - - - ------------ ------------ ------------ Cash, end of period................................................... $ - $ - $ - ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. S-4 SCHEDULE III (CONTINUED) THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DECEMBER 31, 1993 NOTE 1--BASIS OF ORGANIZATION The Promus Companies Incorporated (Promus), a Delaware corporation, is a holding company, the principal assets of which are the capital stock of two subsidiaries, Embassy Suites, Inc. (Embassy) and Aster Insurance Ltd. (Aster). These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Promus and subsidiaries. NOTE 2--FISCAL YEAR As of the beginning of fiscal 1992, Promus changed from a fiscal year to a calendar year for financial reporting purposes. The impact of this change on Promus' financial statements was immaterial. NOTE 3--ORGANIZATIONAL COSTS Organizational costs are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a five year period. NOTE 4--OWNERSHIP OF ASTER The value of Promus' investment in Aster has been reduced below zero. Promus' negative investment in Aster at December 31, 1993 and 1992 was $12.8 million and $10.9 million, respectively, and is included in investments in and advances to subsidiaries on the accompanying balance sheets. In addition, Promus has guaranteed the future payment by Aster of certain insurance-related liabilities. NOTE 5--LONG-TERM DEBT Promus has no long-term debt obligations. Promus has guaranteed certain long-term debt obligations of Embassy. NOTE 6--STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY On October 29, 1993, Promus' Board of Directors approved a three-for-two stock split (the October split), in the form of a stock dividend, effected by a distribution on November 29, 1993, of one additional share for each two shares owned by stockholders of record on November 8, 1993. The October split followed a two-for-one split, also effected as a stock dividend, approved by the Board on February 26, 1993, and distributed on March 29, 1993. The $1.50 par value per share of Promus' common stock was unchanged by these splits. The par value of the additional shares issued as a result of these splits was capitalized into common stock on the accompanying balance sheets by means of a transfer from capital surplus. All references in these financial statements to numbers of common shares and earnings per share have been restated to give retroactive effect to both stock splits. During the second quarter of 1993, Sodak Gaming, Inc. (Sodak), in which a subsidiary of Embassy owns an equity investment, completed an initial public offering of its common stock. As required by equity accounting rules, Embassy's subsidiary increased the carrying value of its investment in Sodak by an amount equal to its pro rata share of the proceeds of Sodak's offering, approximately $6.4 million. A corresponding increase was recorded in the combination of the subsidary's capital surplus and S-5 SCHEDULE III (CONTINUED) THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DECEMBER 31, 1993 NOTE 6--STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED) deferred income tax liability accounts. As a result of this activity, Promus increased its investment in Embassy and its capital surplus by approximately $3.8 million. In addition to its common stock, Promus has the following classes of stock authorized but unissued: Preferred stock, $100 par value, 150,000 shares authorized Special stock, 5,000,000 shares authorized- Series B, $1.125 par value NOTE 7--INCOME TAXES Promus files a consolidated tax return with its subsidiaries. During 1992, Promus and its subsidiaries adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. The provisions of the statement were applied retroactively to the Spin-off date (February 7, 1990), and the cumulative effect of this change in accounting for income taxes of approximately $9.5 million was charged against stockholders' equity. There were no changes in the amounts of previously reported income from continuing operations or net income resulting from the application of this statement. NOTE 8--EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS Promus' equity in Embassy's net extraordinary items for fiscal 1993 and 1992 was as follows:
1993 1992 --------- --------- Loss on early extinguishments of debt............................................ $ (8,862) $ (5,558) Gain on forgiveness of joint venture debt........................................ - 4,353 Gain due to discounting of debt at extinguishment................................ - 3,032 --------- --------- (8,862) 1,827 Income tax benefit (provision)................................................... 3,415 (753) --------- --------- Extraordinary items, net of income taxes....................................... $ (5,447) $ 1,074 --------- --------- --------- ---------
S-6 SCHEDULE V THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
(IN THOUSANDS) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COLUMN A COLUMN B COLUMN C COLUMN D COLUMN E COLUMN F - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BALANCE AT OTHER BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF ADDITIONS CHANGES ADD CLOSE OF DESCRIPTION PERIOD AT COST(A) RETIREMENTS (DEDUCT) PERIOD - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 Owned Land and land rights......................... $ 203,392 $ 7,459 $ (6,862) $ (276) $ 203,713 Buildings, riverboats, improvements and other...................................... 1,004,858 110,067 (55,270) 448 1,060,103 Furniture, fixtures and equipment............ 371,768 93,439 (35,707) 44 429,544 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 1,580,018 210,965 (97,839) 216 1,693,360 Construction-in-progress..................... 53,370 25,488 (509) (104) 78,245 Property held for future use(B).............. 42,641 - - (99) 42,542 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 1,676,029 236,453 (98,348) 13 1,814,147 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- Leased Buildings, improvements and other............ 4,993 15 - - 5,008 Furniture, fixtures and equipment............ 2,508 3,007 (87) (150) 5,278 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 7,501 3,022 (87) (150) 10,286 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- Totals.................................. $ 1,683,530 $ 239,475 $ (98,435) $ (137) $ 1,824,433 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -------------
- --------------- (A) Principally construction of new casino facilities and refurbishment of existing casino and hotel properties, including transfers from construction-in-progress. (B) Land held for future development or disposition is included in property held for future use and amounted to $42.1 million, net of an $11.0 million reserve for property dispositions. S-7 SCHEDULE V (CONTINUED) THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
(IN THOUSANDS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COLUMN A COLUMN B COLUMN C COLUMN D COLUMN E COLUMN F - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BALANCE AT OTHER BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF ADDITIONS CHANGES ADD CLOSE OF DESCRIPTION PERIOD AT COST(A) RETIREMENTS (DEDUCT) PERIOD - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992 Owned Land and land rights........................... $ 199,108 $ 4,736 $ (559) $ 107 $ 203,392 Buildings, riverboats, improvements and other........................................ 935,225 70,543 (910) - 1,004,858 Furniture, fixtures and equipment.............. 335,107 42,393 (6,198) 466 371,768 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 1,469,440 117,672 (7,667) 573 1,580,018 Construction-in-progress....................... 54,404 (195) (369) (470) 53,370 Property held for future use(B)................ 42,641 - - - 42,641 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 1,566,485 117,477 (8,036) 103 1,676,029 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- Leased Buildings, improvements and other.............. 5,169 - - (176) 4,993 Furniture, fixtures and equipment.............. 1,703 551 - 254 2,508 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 6,872 551 - 78 7,501 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- Totals.................................... $ 1,573,357 $ 118,028 $ (8,036) $ 181 $ 1,683,530 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -------------
- --------------- (A) Principally refurbishment and expansion of casino and hotel properties, including transfers from construction-in-progress. (B) Land held for future development or disposition is included in property held for future use and amounted to $41.4 million, which is net of an $11.0 million reserve for property dispositions. S-8 SCHEDULE V (CONTINUED) THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
(IN THOUSANDS) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COLUMN A COLUMN B COLUMN C COLUMN D COLUMN E COLUMN F - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BALANCE AT OTHER BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF ADDITIONS CHANGES ADD CLOSE OF DESCRIPTION PERIOD AT COST(A) RETIREMENTS (DEDUCT)(B) PERIOD - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 3, 1992 Owned Land and land rights........................ $ 186,602 $ 12,590 $ (100) $ 16 $ 199,108 Buildings, riverboats, improvements and other..................................... 781,546 158,991 (5,572) 260 935,225 Furniture, fixtures and equipment........... 283,530 57,785 (7,237) 1,029 335,107 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 1,251,678 229,366 (12,909) 1,305 1,469,440 Construction-in-progress.................... 110,070 (60,562) (907) 5,803 54,404 Property held for future use(C)............. 39,314 4,106 (110) (669) 42,641 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 1,401,062 172,910 (13,926) 6,439 1,566,485 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- Leased Buildings, improvements and other........... 4,864 305 - - 5,169 Furniture, fixtures and equipment........... 1,415 356 (92) 24 1,703 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- 6,279 661 (92) 24 6,872 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- Totals................................. $ 1,407,341 $ 173,571 $ (14,018) $ 6,463 $ 1,573,357 ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -------------
- --------------- (A) Principally refurbishment and expansion of casino and hotel properties, including transfers from construction-in-progress. (B) Principally transfers from deferred charges of $7.8 million, partially offset by the transfer to investments in nonconsolidated affiliates of $1.0 million in assets contributed to a joint venture. (C) Land held for future development or disposition is included in property held for future use and amounted to $41.4 million, which is net of an $11.0 million reserve for property dispositions. S-9 SCHEDULE VI THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION OF PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
(IN THOUSANDS) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COLUMN A COLUMN B COLUMN C COLUMN D COLUMN E COLUMN F - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ESTIMATED ADDITIONS OTHER USEFUL BALANCE AT CHARGED TO CHANGES BALANCE AT LIFE IN BEGINNING COSTS AND ADD CLOSE OF DESCRIPTION YEARS OF PERIOD EXPENSES RETIREMENTS (DEDUCT) PERIOD - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 Owned Buildings, riverboats, improvements and other.................................. 5-40 $ 200,279 $ 33,649 $ (8,559) $ 28 $ 225,397 Furniture, fixtures and equipment........ 3-15 228,734 45,759 (21,049) 102 253,546 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- 429,013 79,408 (29,608) 130 478,943 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Leased Buildings, improvements and other........ 4-35 4,513 114 - - 4,627 Furniture, fixtures and equipment........ 1-10 1,513 1,193 (16) (29) 2,661 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- 6,026 1,307 (16) (29) 7,288 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Totals.............................. $ 435,039 $ 80,715 $ (29,624) $ 101 $ 486,231 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992 Owned Buildings, riverboats, improvements and other.................................. 5-40 $ 169,821 $ 32,402 $ (965) $ (979) $ 200,279 Furniture, fixtures and equipment........ 2-15 193,285 38,621 (4,562) 1,390 228,734 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- 363,106 71,023 (5,527) 411 429,013 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Leased Buildings, improvements and other........ 4-40 4,254 291 - (32) 4,513 Furniture, fixtures and equipment........ 2-10 969 391 - 153 1,513 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- 5,223 682 - 121 6,026 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Totals.............................. $ 368,329 $ 71,705 $ (5,527) $ 532 $ 435,039 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 3, 1992 Owned Buildings, riverboats, improvements and other.................................. 10-40 $ 141,016 $ 27,318 $ (237) $ 1,724 $ 169,821 Furniture, fixtures and equipment........ 3-15 164,402 37,537 (6,923) (1,731) 193,285 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- 305,418 64,855 (7,160) (7) 363,106 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Leased Buildings, improvements and other........ 4-40 3,735 519 - - 4,254 Furniture, fixtures and equipment........ 2-10 648 570 (256) 7 969 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- 4,383 1,089 (256) 7 5,223 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Totals.............................. $ 309,801 $ 65,944 $ (7,416) $ - $ 368,329 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
S-10 SCHEDULE VIII THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN THOUSANDS) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COLUMN A COLUMN B COLUMN C COLUMN D COLUMN E - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ADDITIONS ------------------------ CHARGED BALANCE AT TO COSTS CHARGED DEDUCTIONS BALANCE AT BEGINNING AND TO OTHER FROM CLOSE OF DESCRIPTION OF PERIOD EXPENSES ACCOUNTS RESERVES PERIOD - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 Allowance for doubtful accounts Current........................................ $ 11,598 $ 6,022 $ - $ 6,756(A) $ 10,864 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Long-term...................................... $ 644 $ - $ - $ - $ 644 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Allowance for losses on property dispositions..... $ 12,744 $ (128)(B) $ - $ 1,616(C) $ 11,000 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992 Allowance for doubtful accounts Current........................................ $ 12,710 $ 5,543 $ - $ 6,655(A) $ 11,598 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Long-term...................................... $ 1,696 $ 175 $ - $ 1,227 $ 644 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Allowance for losses on property dispositions..... $ 12,934 $ (190)(B) $ - $ - $ 12,744 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 3, 1992 Allowance for doubtful accounts Current........................................ $ 12,611 $ 6,421 $ (703) $ 5,619(A) $ 12,710 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Long-term...................................... $ 1,378 $ 57 $ 359 $ 98 $ 1,696 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Allowance for losses on property dispositions..... $ 13,107 $ (173)(B) $ - $ - $ 12,934 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
- --------------- (A) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of amounts recovered. (B) Amortization of reserve balance. (C) Write-off at time of property dispositions. S-11 SCHEDULE X THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED CONSOLIDATED SUPPLEMENTARY INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
(IN THOUSANDS) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COLUMN A COLUMN B - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM CHARGED TO COSTS AND EXPENSES - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FISCAL YEAR ------------------------------- 1993 1992 1991 --------- --------- --------- Maintenance and repairs........................................................ $ 24,624 $ 23,665 $ 18,506 Taxes other than payroll and income taxes Gaming taxes................................................................. 72,077 55,576 53,811 Property taxes............................................................... 19,152 18,993 16,186 Miscellaneous taxes.......................................................... 4,661 2,408 1,396 Advertising.................................................................... 33,071 31,366 25,930
S-12 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our reports dated February 8, 1994, included in or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993, into the Company's previously filed Registration Statements File Nos. 33-32863, 33-32864 and 33-32865. ARTHUR ANDERSEN & CO. Memphis, Tennessee, March 28, 1994. EXHIBIT INDEX NO. - ------- 3(1) -Certificate of Incorporation of The Promus Companies Incorporated. (1) 3(2) -Bylaws of The Promus Companies Incorporated, as amended. (16) 4(1) -Rights Agreement dated as of February 7, 1990, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and The Bank of New York as Rights Agent. (12) 4(2) -Offering Circular dated February 9, 1988, for $200,000,000 Holiday Inns, Inc. 8 5/8% Notes due 1993 and $200,000,000 9% Notes due 1995; Indenture dated as of February 15, 1988, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Holiday Corporation and Sumitomo Bank of New York Trust Company, Trustee; Irrevocable Letter of Credit dated February 25, 1988, by The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, New York Branch. (3) 4(3) -Indenture Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 7, 1990, under Indenture dated as of February 15, 1988, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Holiday Corporation and Sumitomo Bank of New York Trust Company, Trustee; Amendment No. 1 dated February 7, 1990, to Irrevocable Letter of Credit dated February 25, 1988, by The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, New York Branch. (12) 4(4) -Indenture dated as of March 30, 1987, between Holiday Inns, Inc., Issuer, Holiday Corporation, Guarantor, and Commerce Union Bank (now Sovran Bank/Central South), Trustee; Prospectus dated March 5, 1987, for $900,000,000 Holiday Inns, Inc. 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 1994. (4) 4(5) -First Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 12, 1990, with respect to the 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 1994, among Sovran Bank/Central South, as trustee, Holiday Corporation, as guarantor, The Promus Companies Incorporated and Holiday Inns, Inc., as issuer; Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 7, 1990, with respect to the 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 1994, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Holiday Corporation, Embassy Suites, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated and Sovran Bank/Central South; Form of Note for 10 1/2% Senior Notes due 1994. (12) 4(6) -Indenture dated as of March 30, 1987, between Holiday Inns, Inc., Issuer, Holiday Corporation, Guarantor, and LaSalle National Bank, Trustee; Prospectus dated March 5, 1987, for $500,000,000 Holiday Inns, Inc. 11% Subordinated Debentures due 1999. (5) 4(7) -First Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 8, 1988, under Indenture dated as of March 30, 1987, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Holiday Corporation and LaSalle National Bank. (3) 4(8) -Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 23, 1988, under Indenture dated as of March 30, 1987, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Holiday Corporation, Guarantor, and LaSalle National Bank. (3) 4(9) -Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 17, 1990, with respect to the 11% Subordinated Debentures due 1999, among LaSalle National Bank, as trustee, Holiday Corporation, as guarantor, The Promus Companies Incorporated and Holiday Inns, Inc., as issuer; Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 7, 1990, with respect to the 11% Subordinated Debentures due 1999, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Holiday Corporation, Embassy Suites, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated and LaSalle National Bank; Form of Debenture for 11% Subordinated Debentures due 1999. (12) 4(10) -Letter to Bank of New York dated March 18, 1993 constituting Certificate under Section 12 of the Rights Agreement dated as of February 7, 1990. (11) 4(11) -Interest Swap Agreement between Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated May 14, 1993. (6) 4(12) -Interest Swap Agreement between NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A. and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated May 18, 1993. (6) NO. - ------- 4(13) -First Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 15, 1987, among Irving Trust Company, as resigning trustee with respect to the 1999 Notes, Indiana National Bank as successor trustee with respect to the 1999 Notes and Holiday Inns, Inc.; Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 8, 1988, under Indenture dated as of January 15, 1984, between Holiday Inns, Inc., and Irving Trust Company, as trustee with respect to 8 3/8% Notes due 1996; Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 8, 1988, under Indenture dated as of January 15, 1984, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Irving Trust Company, as resigning trustee with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996, and LaSalle National Bank as successor trustee with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996; Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 23, 1988, under Indenture dated as of January 15, 1984, between Holiday Inns, Inc. and LaSalle National Bank, as trustee with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996. (3) 4(14) -Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 23, 1990, with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996, among LaSalle National Bank, as trustee, The Promus Companies Incorporated and Holiday Inns, Inc., as issuer; Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 7, 1990, with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Embassy Suites, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated and LaSalle National Bank; Form of Note for 8 3/8% Notes due 1996. (12) 4(15) -Indenture dated as of April 1, 1992, with respect to the 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002, among The Bank of New York, as trustee, The Promus Companies Incorporated, as guarantor, and Embassy Suites, Inc., as issuer; Form of Note for 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002. (18) 4(16) -Indenture dated as of August 1, 1993, with respect to the 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2000, among The Bank of New York, as trustee, The Promus Companies Incorporated, as guarantor, and Embassy Suites, Inc., as issuer; Form of Note for 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2000. (6) 4(17) -Interest Swap Agreement between The Sumitomo Bank, Limited and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated October 22, 1992; Interest Swap Agreement between The Bank of Nova Scotia and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated October 22, 1992; Interest Swap Agreement between The Nippon Credit Bank and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated October 22, 1992; (18) 10(1) -Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger among Holiday Corporation, Holiday Inns, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated, Bass plc, Bass (U.S.A.) Hotels, Incorporated (a Delaware corporation) and Bass (U.S.A.) Hotels, Incorporated (a Tennessee corporation), dated as of August 24, 1989. (1) 10(2) -First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger among Holiday Corporation, Holiday Inns, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated, Bass plc and Bass (U.S.A.) Hotels, Incorporated, dated as of February 7, 1990. (2) 10(3) -Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of February 7, 1990, among Holiday Corporation, Holiday Inns, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated, Bass plc, Bass European Holdings, N.V., Bass (U.S.A.), Inc. and Bass (U.S.A.) Hotels, Incorporated. (12) 10(4) -Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by The Promus Companies Incorporated and each of its directors and executive officers. (1) 10(5) -The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Stock Option Plan. (12) 10(6) -The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Restricted Stock Plan. (12) 10(7) -The Promus Companies Incorporated Savings and Retirement Plan Trust Agreement. (12) 10(8) -Amendment to The Promus Companies Incorporated Savings and Retirement Plan dated May 1, 1991. (15) NO. - ------- +10(9) -Financial Counseling Plan of The Promus Companies Incorporated as amended February 25, 1993. (11) +10(10) -Form of Severance Agreement dated July 30, 1993, entered into with E. O. Robinson, Jr. and John M. Boushy. (22) 10(11) -Credit Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated, the Banks parties thereto, Marina Associates and Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent. (19) 10(12) -Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated, Marina Associates and The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, New York Branch. (19) 10(13) -Master Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among The Promus Companies Incorporated, Embassy Suites, Inc., the other Collateral Grantors parties thereto, Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent, and Bankers Trust Company as Collateral Agent. (19) 10(14) -Security Agreement dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., the Collateral Grantors parties thereto and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent. (19) 10(15) -Deed of Trust, Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Financing Statement, dated as of July 22, 1993, from Embassy Suites, Inc., Harrah's Laughlin, Inc., and Harrah's Reno Holding Company, Inc., the Grantors, to First American Title Company of Nevada, as Trustee, for the benefit of Bankers Trust Company, as Beneficiary. (19) 10(16) -Mortgage, Leasehold Mortgage, Assignment, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, from Marina Associates and Embassy Suites, Inc., the Mortgagors, to Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent and the Mortgagee. (19) 10(17) -Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent. (19) 10(18) -Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., ESI Equity Development Corporation, Harrah's, Harrah's Club, Casino Holding Company, and Bankers Trust Company, as the General Collateral Agent, and Bank of America Nevada as the Nevada Collateral Agent. (19) 10(19) -Form of License Agreement for Hampton Inns. (7) 10(20) -Form of License Agreement for Hampton Inns revised 1988. (8) 10(21) -Form of License Agreement for Hampton Inns revised 1991. (15) 10(22) -Form of License Agreement for Hampton Inns revised 1992. (18) 10(23) -Form of License Agreement for Embassy Suites. (9) 10(24) -Form of License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1989. (12) 10(25) -Form of License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1990. (13) 10(26) -Form of License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1991. (15) 10(27) -Form of License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1992. (18) 10(28) -Form of Short-Term License Agreement for Embassy Suites. (12) 10(29) -Form of Short-Term License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1990. (13) 10(30) -Form of Short-Term License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1991. (15) 10(31) -Form of Short-Term License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1992. (18) 10(32) -Form of License Agreement for Homewood Suites. (3) 10(33) -Form of License Agreement for Homewood Suites revised 1992. (18) - --------------- + Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 14(a)(3) of Form 10-K. NO. - ------- **10(34) -Form of License Agreement for Homewood Suites revised 1993. **10(35) -Form of License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1993. **10(36) -Form of Short-Term License Agreement for Embassy Suites revised 1993. **10(37) -Form of License Agreement for Hampton Inns revised 1993. **10(38) -Form of License Agreement for Hampton Inn & Suites. 10(39) -Management Agreement dated as of December 17, 1986, between Hampton Inns, Inc. and Hampton/GHI Associates No. 1. (10) 10(40) -Form of Management Agreement between Embassy Suites, Inc. and affiliates of General Electric Pension Trust. (10) +10(41) -Employment Agreement dated August 1, 1987 between Holiday Corporation and Michael D. Rose; Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of January 31, 1990 between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Michael D. Rose. (12) +10(42) -Amended and Restated Severance Agreement dated as of May 1, 1992 between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Michael D. Rose. (18) +10(43) -Summary Plan Description of Executive Term Life Insurance Plan. (18) +10(44) -Forms of Stock Option (1990 Stock Option Plan). (12) +10(45) -Revised Forms of Stock Option (1990 Stock Option Plan). (18) +10(46) -Form of The Promus Companies Incorporated's Annual Bonus Plan, as amended, for Managers and Executives. (13) +10(47) -Forms of Restricted Stock Award (1990 Restricted Stock Plan). (12) +10(48) -Deferred Compensation Plan dated October 16, 1991. (15) +10(49) -Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement. (12) +10(50) -Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement revised November 1991. (15) +10(51) -Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. (12) +10(52) -First Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of October 25, 1990. (13) +10(53) -Second Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of October 25, 1991. (15) +10(54) -Third Amendment to Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of October 29, 1992. (18) +10(55) -Forms of Restricted Stock Award (1990 Restricted Stock Plan). (18) +10(56) -First Amendment to Escrow Agreement dated January 31, 1990 among Holiday Corporation, certain subsidiaries thereof and Sovran Bank, as escrow agent. (12) +10(57) -Escrow Agreement dated February 6, 1990 between The Promus Companies Incorporated, certain subsidiaries thereof, and Sovran Bank, as escrow agent. (12) +10(58) -Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement dated November 5, 1992, entered into with Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr., Ben C. Peternell, Philip G. Satre and Colin V. Reed. (18) +10(59) -Form of memorandum agreement dated July 2, 1991, eliminating stock appreciation rights under stock options held by Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr., Ben C. Peternell and Philip G. Satre. (14) +10(60) -The Promus Companies Incorporated Amended and Restated Savings and Retirement Plan dated as of February 6, 1990. (18) +10(61) -Administrative Regulations, Long Term Compensation Plan (Restricted Stock Plan and Stock Option Plan), dated as of January 1, 1992. (17) +10(62) -Amendment dated October 29, 1992 to The Promus Companies Incorporated Savings and Retirement Plan Trust Agreement; Amendment dated September 21, 1992 to The Promus Companies Incorporated Savings and Retirement Plan Trust Agreement (18) +10(63) -Revised Form of Stock Option. (21) +10(64) -The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Stock Option Plan (as amended as of April 30, 1993). (20) - --------------- ** Filed herewith + Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 14(a)(3) of Form 10-K. NO. - ------- **10(65)-Limited Partnership Agreement of Des Plaines Limited Partnership between Harrah's Illinois Corporation and John Q. Hammons, dated February 28, 1992; First Amendment to Limited Partnership Agreement of Des Plaines Limited Partnership dated as of October 5, 1992. +**10(66)-Amendment to Escrow Agreement dated as of October 29, 1993 among The Promus Companies Incorporated, certain subsidiaries thereof, and NationsBank, formerly Sovran Bank. **10(67)-Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company, dated as of March 15, 1994, among Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company, New Orleans/Louisiana Development Corporation and Grand Palais Casino, Inc.; First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company, effective as of March 15, 1994. 10(68) -Form of Ground Lease by and among Harrah's Jazz Company, Rivergate Development Corporation and the City of New Orleans. (23) 10(69) -Form of General Development Agreement among Harrah's Jazz Company, Rivergate Development Corporation and the City of New Orleans. (23) 10(70) -Form of Temporary Casino Lease by and among Harrah's Jazz Company, Rivergate Development Corporation and the City of New Orleans. (23) 10(71) -Form of Casino Management Agreement between Harrah's Jazz Company and Harrah's New Orleans Management Company. (23) **11 -Computations of per share earnings. **12 -Computations of ratios. **13 -Portions of Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993. (24) **21 -List of subsidiaries of The Promus Companies Incorporated. 99(1) -Proxy Statement--Information Statement--Prospectus dated December 13, 1989 of Holiday Corporation, The Promus Companies Incorporated and Bass Public Limited Company. (12) - --------------- ** Filed herewith + Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 14(a)(3) of Form 10-K. FOOTNOTES (1) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10, File No. 1-10410, filed on December 13, 1989. (2) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 16, 1990, File No. 1-10410. (3) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 1988, filed March 31, 1988, File No. 1-8900. (4) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Inns, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-3, File No. 33-11770, filed February 24, 1987. (5) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Inns, Inc's Registration Statement on Form S-3, File No. 33-11163, filed December 31, 1986. (6) Incorporated by reference from the Company's and Embassy Suites, Inc.'s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-4 Registration Statement, File No. 33-49509-01, filed July 16, 1993. (7) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Inns, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1983, filed March 21, 1984, File No. 1-4804. (8) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 1988, filed March 30, 1989, File No. 1-8900. (9) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 1986, filed March 28, 1986, File No. 1-8900. (10) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 1987, filed March 27, 1987, File No. 1-8900. (11) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1993, filed May 13, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (12) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1989, filed March 28, 1990, File No. 1-10410. (13) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 1990, filed March 21, 1991, File No. 1-10410. (14) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 27, 1991, filed November 8, 1991, File No. 1-10410. (15) Incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 2 to the Company's and Embassy's Registration Statement on Form S-1, file No. 33-43748, filed March 18, 1992. (16) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 1992, filed March 26, 1992, File No. 1-10410. (17) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1992, filed May 13, 1992, File No. 1-10410. (18) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992, filed March 12, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (19) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 6, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (20) Incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form S-8 Registration Statement, File No. 33-32864-01, filed July 22, 1993. (21) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993, filed August 12, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (22) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1993, filed November 12, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (23) Incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement, File No. 33-73370, filed February 22, 1994. (24) Filed herewith to the extent provisions of such report are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

                                        HOMEWOOD SUITES DIVISION
                                        6800 POPLAR AVENUE, SUITE 200
                                        MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE 38138

                                HOMEWOOD SUITES(R)
                                LICENSE AGREEMENT


dated _______________________________,  19__ between Homewood Suites Division of

Embassy Suites, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Licensor"), and _________________

________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                 individual
a ______________________________________________________________ corporation 
("Licensee"), whose                                              partnership

address is______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________.

                          THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
1.  The License.

     Licensor owns, operates and licenses a system designed to provide a
distinctive, high quality hotel service to the public under the name "Homewood
Suites" (the "System").  High standards established by Licensor are the essence
of the System.  Future investments may be required of Licensee under this
Agreement.  Licensee has independently investigated the risks of the business to
be operated hereunder, including current and potential market conditions,
competitive factors and risks, has read Licensor's "Offering Circular for
Prospective Franchisees", and has made an independent evaluation of all such
facts.  Aware of the relevant facts, Licensee desires to enter into this
Agreement in order to obtain a license to use the System in the operation of a
hotel (the "Hotel") located at 

_______________________________________________________________________________.

     a.  The Hotel.  The Hotel comprises all structures, facilities,
     appurtenances, furniture, fixtures, equipment, and entry, exit, parking and
     other areas from time to time located on the land identified on the plot
     plan most recently submitted to and acknowledged by Licensor in
     anticipation of the execution of this Agreement, or located on any land
     from time to time approved by Licensor for additions, signs or other
     facilities.  The Hotel now includes the facilities listed on Attachment A
     hereto.  No change in the number of approved suites or double bedded
     bedrooms (suites and double bedded bedrooms are hereinafter referred to
     collectively as "Suites") and no other significant change in the Hotel may
     be made without Licensor's approval.  Redecoration and minor structural
     changes that comply with Licensor's standards and specifications will not
     be considered significant.  Licensee represents that it is entitled to
     possession of the Hotel during the entire License Term without restrictions
     that would interfere with anything contemplated in this Agreement.

     b.  The System.  The System is composed of elements, as designated from
     time to time by Licensor, designed to identify Homewood Suites hotels to
     the consuming public and/or to contribute to such identification and its
     association with quality standards.  The System at present includes the
     service mark "Homewood Suites" and such other service marks and such
     copyrights, trademarks and similar property rights as may be designated
     from time to time by Licensor to be part of the System; access to a
     reservation service; distribution of advertising, publicity and other
     marketing programs and materials; furnishing of training programs and
     materials; standards, specifications and policies for construction,
     furnishing, operation, appearance and service of the Hotel, and other



     requirements as stated or referred to in this Agreement and from time to
     time in Licensor's Standards Manual (the "Manual") or in other
     communications to Licensee; and programs for inspecting the Hotel and
     consulting with Licensee.  Licensor may add elements to the System or
     modify, alter or delete elements of the System at its sole discretion from
     time to time.

     2.  Grant of License.  Licensor hereby grants to Licensee a nonexclusive
     license (the "License") to use the System only at the Hotel, only in
     accordance with this Agreement and only during the "License Term" beginning
     with the date hereof and terminating as provided in Paragraph 10 hereof. 
     The License applies to the location of the Hotel specified herein and no
     other.  This Agreement does not limit Licensor's right, or the rights of
     any parent, subsidiary, division or affiliate of Licensor, to use or
     license to others the System or any part thereof or to engage in or license
     any business activity at any other location.  Licensee acknowledges that
     Licensor, its parent, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates are and may in
     the future be engaged in other business activities including activities
     involving transient lodging and related activities which may be or may be
     deemed to be competitive with the System; that facilities, programs,
     services and/or personnel used in connection with the System may also be
     used in connection with such other business activities of Licensor, its
     parent, subsidiaries, divisions or affiliates; and that Licensee is
     acquiring no rights hereunder other than the right to use the System as
     specifically defined herein in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

3.  Licensee's Responsibilities.

     a.  Operational and Other Requirements.  During the License Term, Licensee
     will:

          (1)  maintain a high moral and ethical standard and atmosphere at the
          Hotel;

          (2)  maintain the Hotel in a clean, safe and orderly manner and in
          first class condition;

          (3)  provide efficient, courteous and high-quality service to the
          public;

          (4)  operate the Hotel 24 hours a day every day except as otherwise
          permitted by Licensor based on special circumstances;

          (5)  strictly comply in all respects with the Manual and with all
          other policies, procedures and requirements of Licensor which may be
          from time to time communicated to Licensee;

          (6)  strictly comply with Licensor's reasonable requirements to
          protect the System and the Hotel from unreliable sources of supply;

          (7)  strictly comply with Licensor's requirements as to:

               (a)  the types of services and products that may be used,
               promoted or offered at the Hotel;

               (b)  the types and quality of services and products that, to
               supplement services listed on Attachment A, must be used,
               promoted or offered at the Hotel;

               (c)  use, display, style and type of signage;

               (d)  directory and reservation service listings of the Hotel;

               (e)  training of persons to be involved in the operation of the
               Hotel;




               (f)  participation in all marketing, reservation service,
               advertising, training and operating programs designated by
               Licensor as Systemwide (or area-wide) programs in the best
               interests of hotels using the System;

               (g)  maintenance, appearance and condition of the Hotel; and

               (h)  quality and type of service offered to customers at the
               Hotel.

          (8)  use such automated guest service and/or hotel management and/or
          telephone system(s) which Licensor deems to be in the best interests
          of the System, including any additions, enhancements, supplements or
          variants thereof which may be developed during the term hereof;


          (9)  participate in and use those reservation services which Licensor
          deems to be in the best interests of the System, including any
          additions, enhancements, supplements or variants thereof which may be
          developed during the term hereof;


          (10)  adopt improvements or changes to the System as may be from time
          to time designated by Licensor;

          (11)  strictly comply with all governmental requirements including the
          filing and maintenance of any required trade name or fictitious name
          registrations, pay all taxes, and maintain all governmental licenses
          and permits necessary to operate the Hotel in accordance with the
          System;

          (12)  permit inspection of the Hotel by Licensor's representatives at
          any time and give them free lodging for such time as may be reasonably
          necessary to complete their inspections;

          (13)  promote the Hotel on a local or regional basis subject to
          Licensor's requirements as to form, content and prior approvals;

          (14)  insure that no part of the Hotel or the System is used to
          further or promote a competing business or other lodging facility,
          except as Licensor may approve for those competing businesses or
          lodging facilities owned, licensed, operated or otherwise approved by
          Licensor or its parent, divisions, subsidiaries and/or affiliates;

          (15)  use every reasonable means to encourage use of Homewood Suites
          facilities everywhere by the public;

          (16)  in all respects use Licensee's best efforts to reflect credit
          upon and create favorable public response to the name "Homewood
          Suites"; and

          (17)  promptly pay to Licensor all amounts due Licensor, its parent,
          divisions, subsidiaries and/or affiliates as royalties or fees or for
          goods or services purchased by Licensee; and

          (18)  comply with Licensor's requirements concerning confidentiality
          of information.

     b.  Upgrading of the Hotel.  Licensor may at any time during the term
     hereof require substantial modernization, rehabilitation and other
     upgrading of the Hotel.  Limited exceptions from those standards may be
     made by Licensor based on local conditions or special circumstances.  If
     the upgrading requirements contained in this Paragraph 3.b. cause Licensee
     undue hardship, Licensee may terminate this Agreement by paying a fee
     computed according to Paragraph 10.f.




     c.  Fees.

          (1)  For each month (or part of a month) during the License Term,
          Licensee will pay to Licensor by the 15th of  the following  month:

               (a)  a royalty fee of 4 percent of the gross revenues
               attributable to or payable for rental of Suites at the Hotel with
               deductions for sales and room taxes only ("Gross Rooms Revenue");

               (b)  a "Marketing/Reservation Contribution" of 4 percent of Gross
               Rooms Revenue ), this contribution being subject to change by
               Licensor from time to time, which payments do not include the
               cost of reservation services equipment or installation or
               maintenance of it or training; and

               (c)  an amount equal to any sales, gross receipts or similar tax
               imposed on Licensor and calculated solely on payment required
               hereunder, unless the tax is an optional alternative to an income
               tax otherwise payable by Licensor.


                    Licensee will operate the Hotel so as to maximize Gross
               Rooms Revenue of the Hotel consistent with sound marketing and
               industry practice and will not engage in any conduct which
               reduces Gross Rooms Revenue of the Hotel in order to further
               other business activities.

          (2)  Additional royalties may be charged on revenues (or upon any
          other basis, if so determined by Licensor) from any activity if it is
          added at the Hotel by mutual agreement and:

               (a)  it is not now offered at System hotels generally and it is
               likely to benefit significantly from or be identified
               significantly with the Homewood Suites name or other aspects of
               the System; or

               (b)  it is designed or developed by or for Licensor.

          (3)  Charges may be made by Licensor for optional products or services
          accepted by Licensee from Licensor either in accordance with current
          practice or as developed in the future.

          (4)  A standard initial fee for Suite additions to a hotel as set
          forth in Licensor's then current "Offering Circular for Prospective
          Franchisees" shall be paid by Licensee to Licensor on Licensee's
          submission of an application to add any Suites to the Hotel.  As a
          condition to Licensor granting its approval of such application,
          Licensor may require Licensee to upgrade the Hotel, subject to
          Paragraph 3.b.

          (5)  Local and regional marketing programs and related activities may
          be conducted by Licensee, but only at Licensee's expense and subject
          to Licensor's requirements.  Reasonable charges may be made by
          Licensor for optional advertising materials ordered or used by
          Licensee for such programs and activities.

          (6)  Licensee shall participate in Licensor's travel agent commission
          program(s) as it may be modified from time to time and shall reimburse
          Licensor on or before the 15th of each month for travel agent
          commissions paid by Licensor.

          (7)  Each payment under this Paragraph 3.c. shall be accompanied by
          the monthly statement referred to in Paragraph 6.  Licensor may apply
          any amounts received under this paragraph to any amounts due under
          this Agreement.  If any amounts are not paid when due, such
          non-payment shall constitute a breach of this Agreement and, in



          addition, such unpaid amounts will accrue interest beginning on the
          first day of the month following the due date at 1 1/2 percent per
          month but not to exceed the maximum interest permitted by applicable
          law.

4.  Licensor's Responsibilities.

     a.  Training.  During the License Term, Licensor will continue to specify
     and provide required and optional training programs at various locations. 
     Reasonable charges may be made for required training services and
     materials.  Charges may also be made by Licensor for optional training
     services and materials provided to Licensee.  Travel, lodging and other
     expenses of Licensee and its employees will be borne by Licensee.

     b.  Reservation Services.  During the License Term, so long as Licensee is
     in full compliance with its material obligations hereunder, Licensor will
     afford Licensee access to reservation services for the Hotel.

     c.  Consultation on Operations, Facilities and Marketing.  Licensor will,
     from time to time at Licensor's sole discretion, make available to Licensee
     consultation and advice in connection with operations, facilities and
     marketing.  Licensor shall have the right to establish fees in advance for
     its advice and consultation on a project-by-project basis.

     d.  Use of Marketing/Reservation Contribution.  The Marketing/Reservation
     Contribution will be used by Licensor for costs associated with
     advertising, promotion, publicity, market research and other marketing
     programs and related activities, including reservation programs and
     services.  Licensor is not obligated to expend funds for marketing or
     reservation services in excess of the amounts received from licensees using
     the System.

     e.  Application of Manual.  All hotels operated under the System will be
     subject to the Manual, as it may from time to time be modified or revised
     by Licensor, including limited exceptions which may be made by Licensor
     based on local conditions or special circumstances.  Each change in the
     Manual must be explained in writing to Licensee at least 30 days before it
     goes into effect.

     f.  Other Arrangements for Marketing, Etc.  Licensor may enter into
     arrangements for development, marketing, operations, administrative,
     technical and support functions, facilities, programs, services and/or
     personnel with any other entity and may use any facilities, programs,
     services and/or personnel used in connection with the System in connection
     with any business activities of its parent, subsidiaries, divisions or
     affiliates.

     g.  Compliance Assistance.  If the Hotel fails to comply with the standards
     and rules of operation set forth in the Manual, Licensor may, at its option
     and at Licensee's cost, meet with the Licensee at the Hotel to develop a
     plan to ensure that the Hotel thereafter complies with the standards and
     rules of operation set forth in the Manual.

5.  Proprietary Rights.

     a.  Ownership of System.  Licensee acknowledges and will not contest,
     either directly or indirectly, Licensor's unrestricted and exclusive
     ownership of the System and any element(s) or component(s) thereof, and
     acknowledges that Licensor has the sole right to grant licenses to use all
     or any element(s) or component(s) of the System.  Licensee specifically
     agrees and acknowledges that Licensor is the owner of all right, title and
     interest in and to the service mark "Homewood Suites" and all other marks
     associated with the System together with the goodwill symbolized thereby
     and that Licensee will not contest directly or indirectly the validity or
     ownership of the marks either during the term of this Agreement or at any
     time thereafter.  All improvements and additions whenever made to or
     associated with the System by the parties to this Agreement or anyone else,



     and all service marks, trademarks, copyrights, and service mark and
     trademark registrations at any time used, applied for or granted in
     connection with the System, and all goodwill arising from Licensee's use of
     Licensor's marks shall inure to the benefit of and become the property of
     Licensor.  Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, no monetary
     amount shall be assigned as attributable to any goodwill associated with
     Licensee's use of the System or any element(s) or component(s) of the
     System including the name or marks.

     b.  Trademark Disputes.  Licensor will have the sole right and
     responsibility to handle disputes with third parties concerning use of all
     or any part of the System, and Licensee will, at its reasonable expense,
     extend its full cooperation to Licensor in all such matters.  All
     recoveries made as a result of disputes with third parties regarding use of
     the System or any part thereof shall be for the account of Licensor. 
     Licensor need not initiate suit against alleged imitators or infringers and
     may settle any dispute by grant of a license or otherwise.  Licensee will
     not initiate any suit or proceeding against alleged imitators or infringers
     or any other suit or proceeding to enforce or protect the System.

     c.  Protection of Name and Marks.  Both parties will make every effort
     consistent with the foregoing to protect and maintain the name and mark
     "Homewood Suites" and its distinguishing characteristics (and the other
     service marks, trademarks, slogans, etc., associated with the System). 
     Licensee agrees to execute any documents deemed necessary by Licensor or
     its counsel to obtain protection for Licensor's marks or to maintain their
     continued validity and enforceability.  Licensee agrees to use the names
     and marks associated with the System only in the manner authorized by
     Licensor and acknowledges that any unauthorized use thereof shall
     constitute infringement of Licensor's rights.

6.  Records and Audits.

     a.  Monthly Reports.  At least monthly, Licensee shall prepare a statement
     which will include all information concerning Gross Rooms Revenue, other
     revenues generated at the Hotel, room occupancy rates, reservation data and
     other information required by Licensor that may be useful in connection
     with marketing and other functions of Licensor, its parent, subsidiaries,
     divisions or affiliates (the "Data").  The Data shall be the property of
     Licensor.  The Data will be permanently recorded and retained as may be
     reasonably required by Licensor.  By the 15th of each month, Licensee will
     submit to Licensor a statement setting forth the Data for the previous
     month and reflecting the computation of the amounts then due under
     Paragraph 3.c. The statement will be in such form and detail as Licensor
     may reasonably request from time to time, and may be used by Licensor for
     its reasonable purposes.

     b.  Daily Reports.  At the request of Licensor, Licensee shall prepare and
     deliver daily reports to Licensor, which reports will contain information
     reasonably requested by Licensor on a daily basis, such as daily rate and
     room occupancy, and which may be used by Licensor for its reasonable
     purposes.

     c.  Preparation and Maintenance of Records.  Licensee shall, in a manner
     and form satisfactory to, Licensor and utilizing accounting and reporting
     standards as reasonably required by Licensor, prepare on a current basis
     (and preserve for no less than four years), complete and accurate records
     concerning Gross Rooms Revenue and all financial, operating, marketing and
     other aspects of the Hotel, and maintain an accounting system which fully
     and accurately reflects all financial aspects of the Hotel and its
     business.  Such records shall include but not be limited to books of
     account, tax returns, governmental reports, register tapes, daily reports,
     and complete quarterly and annual financial statements (profit and loss
     statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements).

     d.  Audit.  Licensor may require Licensee to have the Gross Rooms Revenue



     or other monies due hereunder computed and certified as accurate by a
     certified public accountant.  During the License Term and for two years
     thereafter, Licensor and its authorized agents shall have the right to
     verify information required under this Agreement by requesting, receiving,
     inspecting and auditing, at all reasonable times, any and all records
     referred to above wherever they may be located (or elsewhere if reasonably
     requested by Licensor).  If any such inspection or audit discloses a
     deficiency in any payments due hereunder, Licensee shall immediately pay to
     Licensor the deficiency and Licensee shall also immediately pay to Licensor
     the entire cost of the inspection and audit, including but not limited to
     travel, lodging, meals, salaries and other expenses of the inspecting or
     auditing personnel.  Licensor's acceptance of Licensee's payment of any
     deficiency as provided for herein shall not waive Licensor's right to
     terminate this Agreement as provided for herein in Paragraph 10.  If the
     audit discloses an overpayment, Licensor shall immediately refund it to
     Licensee.

     e.  Annual Financial Statements.  Licensee will submit to Licensor as soon
     as available but not later than 90 days after the end of Licensee's fiscal
     year, complete financial statements for such year.  Licensee will certify
     them to be true and correct and to have been prepared in accordance with
     generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and any
     false certification will be a breach of this Agreement.

7.  Indemnity and Insurance.

     a.  Indemnity.  Licensee will indemnify, during and after the term of this
     Agreement, Licensor, its parent, and their respective subsidiaries,
     divisions and affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents,
     successors and assigns against, hold them harmless from, and promptly
     reimburse them for, all payments of money (fines, damages, legal fees,
     expenses, etc.) by reason of any claim, demand, tax, penalty, or judicial
     or administrative investigation or proceeding (even where negligence of
     Licensor and/or its parent, and/or their subsidiaries, divisions and
     affiliates and/or their officers, directors, employees, agents, successors
     and assigns is actual or alleged) arising from any claimed occurrence at
     the Hotel or arising from, as a result of or in connection with the design,
     construction, furnishings, equipment and acquisition of supplies or any
     other of Licensee's acts, omissions or obligations or those of anyone
     associated or affiliated with Licensee or the Hotel.  At the election of
     Licensor, Licensee will also defend Licensor and/or its parent, and their
     subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their officers, directors,
     employees, agents, successors and assigns against same.  In any event,
     Licensor will have the right, through counsel of its choice, to control any
     matter to the extent it could directly or indirectly affect Licensor and/or
     its parent and their subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their
     officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns financially.
     Licensee will also reimburse Licensor for all expenses, including
     attorneys' fees and court costs, reasonably incurred by Licensor to protect
     itself and/or its parent, and their subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates
     and/or their officers, directors, employees, agents and their successors
     and assigns from, or to remedy Licensee's defaults under this Agreement.

     b.  Insurance.  During the License Term, Licensee will comply with all
     insurance requirements of any lease or mortgage covering the Hotel, and
     Licensor's specifications for insurance as to amount and type of coverage
     as may be reasonably specified by Licensor from time to time in writing,
     and will in any event maintain as a minimum the following insurance
     underwritten by an insurer approved by Licensor:

          (1)  employer's liability and workers' compensation insurance as
          prescribed by applicable law; and

          (2)  liquor liability insurance naming Licensor, Embassy Suites, Inc.
          and The Promus Companies Incorporated as additional insureds with
          single-limit coverage for personal and bodily injury and property



          damage of at least $10,000,000 for each occurrence; and

          (3)  comprehensive general liability insurance (with products,
          completed operations and independent contractors coverage) and
          comprehensive automobile liability insurance, all on an occurrence
          basis naming Licensor, Embassy Suites, Inc. and The Promus Companies
          Incorporated as additional insureds and underwritten by an insurer
          approved by Licensor, with single-limit coverage for personal and
          bodily injury and property damage of at least $10,000,000 for each
          occurrence.  In connection with all significant construction at the
          Hotel during the License Term, Licensee will cause the general
          contractor to maintain with an insurer approved by Licensor
          comprehensive general liability insurance (with products, completed
          operations and independent contractors coverage) in at least the
          amount of $10,000,000 for each occurrence with Licensor, Embassy
          Suites, Inc. and The Promus Companies Incorporated named as additional
          insureds.

     c.  Changes in Insurance.  Simultaneously herewith, annually hereafter and
     each time a change is made in any insurance or insurance carrier, Licensee
     will furnish to Licensor certificates of insurance including the term and
     coverage of the insurance in force, the persons insured, and the fact that
     the coverage may not be cancelled, altered or permitted to lapse or expire
     without 30 days' advance written notice to Licensor.

8.  Transfer.

     a.  Transfer by Licensor.  Licensor shall have the right to transfer or
     assign this Agreement or any of Licensor's rights or obligations hereunder
     to any person or legal entity.

     b.  Transfer by Licensee.  Licensee understands and acknowledges that the
     rights and duties set forth in this Agreement are personal to Licensee, and
     that Licensor has entered into this Agreement in reliance on the business
     skill, financial capacity, and personal character of Licensee (if Licensee
     is an individual), and that of the partners or stockholders of Licensee (if
     Licensee is a partnership or corporation).  Accordingly, neither Licensee
     nor any immediate or remote successor to any part of Licensee's interest in
     this Agreement, nor any individual, partnership, corporation, or other
     legal entity which directly or indirectly owns an equity interest (as that
     term is defined herein) in Licensee, shall sell, assign, transfer, convey,
     pledge, mortgage, encumber, or give away any direct or indirect interest in
     this Agreement or equity interest in Licensee, except as provided in this
     Agreement.  Any purported sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge,
     mortgage, or encumbrance, by operation of law or otherwise, of any interest
     in this Agreement or any equity interest in Licensee not in accordance with
     the provisions of this Agreement, shall be null and void and shall
     constitute a material breach of this Agreement, for which Licensor may
     terminate this Agreement upon notice without opportunity to cure, pursuant
     to Paragraph 10.d.(4).

          (1)  For the purposes of this Paragraph 8, the term "equity interest"
          shall mean any stock or partnership interest in Licensee, the interest
          of any partner, whether general or limited, in any partnership, with
          respect to such partnership, and any stockholder of any corporation
          with respect to such corporation, which partnership or corporation is
          the Licensee hereunder or which partnership or corporation owns a
          direct or indirect beneficial interest in Licensee.  References in
          this Agreement to "publicly-traded equity interest" shall mean any
          equity interest which is traded on any securities exchange or is
          quoted in any publication or electronic reporting service maintained
          by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any of its
          successors.

          (2)  If Licensee is a partnership or corporation, Licensee represents
          that the equity interests in Licensee are directly and (if applicable)



          indirectly owned as shown in Attachment A hereto.

     c.  Transfer of Equity Interests that are not Publicly Traded.

          (1)  Except where otherwise provided in this Agreement, equity
          interests in Licensee that are not publicly traded may be transferred,
          issued, or eliminated with Licensor's prior written consent, which
          will not be unreasonably withheld, provided that, after the
          transaction:
 
               (a)  50 percent or less of all equity interests in Licensee will
               have changed hands since Licensee first became a party to this
               Agreement, or

               (b)  80 percent or less of all equity interests in Licensee will
               have changed hands since Licensee first became a party to this
               Agreement, and no equity interest will be held by other than
               those who held them when Licensee first became a party to this
               Agreement.

          (2)  In computing the percentages referred to in Paragraph 8.c.(1)
          above, limited partners will not be distinguished from general
          partners, and Licensor's judgment will be final if there is any
          question as to the definition of "equity interest" or as to the
          computation of relative equity interests, the principal considerations
          being:

               (a)  Direct and indirect power to exercise control over the
               affairs of Licensee; and

               (b)  Direct and indirect right to share in Licensee's profits;
               and

               (c)  Amounts directly or indirectly exposed to risk in Licensee's
               business.

     d.  Transfers of Publicly-Traded Equity Interests.

          (1)  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, publicly-traded
          equity interests in the Licensee may be transferred without the
          Licensor's consent, but only if:

               (a)  Immediately before the  proposed  transfer,  the  transferor
               owns  less  than  25  percent  of  the  equity interest of
               Licensee; and

               (b)  Immediately after the transfer the transferee will own less
               than 25 percent of the equity interest in Licensee; and

               (c)  The transfer is exempt from registration under federal
               securities law.

          (2)  Publicly-traded equity interests may be transferred with
          Licensor's written consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld, if
          the transfer is exempt from registration under federal securities law.

          (3)  The chief financial officer of Licensee shall certify annually to
          Licensor that Licensee is in compliance with the provisions of this
          Paragraph 8.d.  Such certification shall be delivered to Licensor with
          the Annual Financial Statements referred to in Paragraph 6.e. hereof.

     e.  Transfer of the License.

          (1)  Licensee, if a natural person, may with Licensor's consent, which
          will not be unreasonably withheld, transfer the License to Licensee's
          spouse, parent, sibling, niece, nephew, descendant, or spouse's



          descendant, provided that:

               (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and

               (b)  The transferee executes a new license agreement for the
               unexpired term of this Agreement, on the standard form then being
               used to license new hotels under the System, except that the fees
               charged then shall be the same as those contained herein; and

               (c)  Licensee guarantees, in Licensor's usual form, the
               performance of the transferee's obligations under the
               newly-executed license agreement.

          (2)  If Licensee is a natural person, he may, without the consent of
          Licensor, upon 30 days prior written notice to Licensor, transfer the
          License to a corporation entirely owned by him, provided that:

               (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and

               (b)  The transferee executes a new license agreement for the
               unexpired term of this Agreement, on the standard form then being
               used to license new hotels under the System, except that the fees
               charged then shall be the same as those contained herein; and

               (c)  The Licensee guarantees, in Licensor's usual form, the
               performance of the transferee's obligations under the
               newly-executed license agreement.

f.  Transfers of the License or Equity Interest in Licensee Upon Death.

          (1)  If Licensee is a natural person, upon the Licensee's death, the
          License will pass in accordance with Licensee's will, or, if Licensee
          dies intestate, in accordance with laws of intestacy governing the
          distribution of the Licensee's estate, provided that:

               (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and

               (b)  Licensor gives written consent, which consent will not be
               unreasonably withheld; and

               (c)  The transferee is one or more of the decedent's spouse,
               parents, siblings, nieces, nephews, descendants, or spouse's
               descendants; and

               (d)  Licensee's heirs or legatees promptly advise Licensor and
               promptly execute a new license agreement for the unexpired term
               of this Agreement, on the standard form then being used to
               license new hotels under the System, except the fees charged
               thereunder shall be the same contained herein.

          (2)  If an equity interest is owned by a natural person, the equity
          interest will pass upon such person's death in accordance with such
          person's will or, if such person dies intestate, in accordance with
          the laws of intestacy governing the distribution of such person's
          estate, provided that:

               (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and

               (b)  Licensor gives written consent, which consent will not be
               unreasonably withheld; and

               (c)  The transferee is one or more of the decedent's spouse,
               parents, siblings, nieces, nephews, descendants, or spouse's
               descendants; and

               (d)  The transferee assumes, in writing, on a continuing basis,



               the decedent's guarantee, if any, of Licensee's obligations
               hereunder.

     g.  Registration of a Proposed Transfer of Equity Interests.  If a proposed
     transfer of an equity interest in Licensee requires registration under any
     federal or state securities law, Licensee shall:

          (1)  Request Licensor's consent at least 45 days before the proposed
          effective date of the registration; and

          (2)  Accompany such request with one payment of a nonrefundable fee of
          $25,000; and

          (3)  Reimburse Licensor for expenses incurred by Licensor in
          connection with review of the materials concerning the proposed
          registration, including without limitation, attorneys' fees and travel
          expenses; and

          (4)  Agree, and all participants in the proposed offering subject to
          registration shall agree, to fully indemnify Licensor in connection
          with the registration; furnish Licensor all information requested by
          Licensor; avoid any implication of Licensor's participating in, or
          endorsing the offering; and use Licensor's service marks and
          trademarks only as directed by Licensor.


     h.  Management of the Hotel.  Licensee must at all times retain and
     exercise direct management control over the Hotel's business.  Licensee
     shall not enter into any lease, management agreement or other similar
     arrangement for the operation of the Hotel or any part thereof (including
     without limitation, food and/or beverage service facilities), with any
     independent entity without the prior consent of Licensor.

     i.  Application for New License Agreement upon Transfer of the Hotel.

          (1)  If Licensee wishes to transfer the Hotel, or any interest of
          Licensee in the Hotel, Licensee shall give prompt written notice
          thereof to Licensor, stating the identity of the prospective
          transferee and the terms and conditions of the transfer, including a
          copy of any proposed agreement and all other information with respect
          thereto, which Licensor may reasonably require.

          (2)  If Licensee proposes to transfer the Hotel or any interest of
          Licensee in the Hotel to a transferee who desires thereafter to
          operate the Hotel under the System, the proposed transferee must, with
          Licensee's consent, apply for a new license agreement to replace this
          Agreement for a term to be determined by Licensor.  Licensor shall
          process the application in good faith and in accordance with
          procedures, criteria and requirements regarding fees, upgrade of the
          Hotel, credit, operational abilities and capabilities, prior business
          dealings, if any, with Licensor, market feasibility and other factors
          deemed relevant by Licensor, then being applied by Licensor in issuing
          new licenses to use the System.  If the application is approved,
          Licensor and the transferee shall, upon surrender of this Agreement,
          enter into a commitment agreement to govern the Hotel until the time
          specified therein for the new license agreement to be entered into if
          the transferee fulfills specified upgrading and other requirements by
          that time.  The new license agreement shall be on the standard form,
          and contain the standard terms (except for duration), then being used
          to license new hotels under the System.  If the application is not
          approved by Licensor, then this Agreement shall terminate pursuant to
          Paragraph 10.d. hereof and Licensor shall be entitled to all of its
          remedies.



9.  Condemnation and Casualty.

     a.  Condemnation.  Licensee shall, at the earliest possible time, give
     Licensor full notice of any proposed taking by eminent domain.  If Licensor
     agrees that the Hotel or a substantial part thereof is to be taken,
     Licensor will give due and prompt consideration, without any obligation, to
     transferring this Agreement to a nearby location selected by Licensee and
     approved by Licensor as promptly as reasonably possible, and in any event
     within four months of the taking.  If the new location is approved by
     Licensor and the transfer authorized by Licensor and if Licensee opens a
     new hotel at the new location in accordance with Licensor's specifications
     within two years of the closing of the Hotel, the new hotel will
     thenceforth be deemed to be the Hotel licensed under this Agreement.  If a
     condemnation takes place and a new hotel does not, for whatever reason,
     become the Hotel under this Agreement in strict accordance with this
     paragraph (or if it is reasonably evident to Licensor that such will be the
     case), this Agreement will terminate forthwith upon notice thereof by
     Licensor to Licensee, without the payment of liquidated damages hereunder.

     b.  Casualty.  If the Hotel is damaged by fire or other casualty, Licensee
     will expeditiously repair the damage.  If the damage or repair requires
     closing the Hotel, Licensee will immediately notify Licensor, will repair
     or rebuild the Hotel in accordance with Licensor's standards, will commence
     reconstruction within four months after closing, and will reopen the Hotel
     for continuous business operations as soon as practicable (but in any event
     within 24 months after closing of the Hotel), giving Licensor ample advance
     notice of the date of reopening.  If the Hotel is not reopened in
     accordance with this paragraph, this Agreement will forthwith terminate
     upon notice thereof by Licensor to Licensee, with the payment of liquidated
     damages calculated in the manner set forth in Paragraph 10.f.

     c.  No Extensions of Term.  Nothing in this Paragraph 9 will extend the
     License Term but Licensee shall not be required to make any payments
     pursuant to paragraphs 3.c.( 1), (2) or (3) for periods during which the
     Hotel is closed by reason of condemnation or casualty.

10.  Termination.

     a.  Expiration of Term.  This Agreement will expire without notice 20 years
     from the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as set forth herein. 
     The parties recognize the difficulty of ascertaining damages to Licensor
     resulting from premature termination of this Agreement, and have provided
     for liquidated damages in Paragraph 10.f. below, which liquidated damages
     represent the parties' best estimate as to the damages arising from the
     circumstances in which they are provided.

     b.  Permitted Termination Prior to Expiration of Term.  Licensee may
     terminate this Agreement on its 10th or 15th anniversary by giving at least
     12 but less than 15 months advance notice to Licensor accompanied by a lump
     sum payment (as liquidated damages and not as a penalty or in lieu of any
     other payments required under this Agreement) equal to the total of all
     amounts required under paragraphs 3.c.(1), (2) and (3) for the 24 calendar
     months of operation preceding the notice.

     c.  Termination by Licensor on Advance Notice.

          (1)  In accordance with notice from Licensor to Licensee, this
          Agreement will terminate (without any further notice unless required
          by law) or, at Licensor's sole discretion with notice from Licensor to
          Licensee, Licensor may suspend its services hereunder (including
          reservation services), provided that:

               (a)  the notice is given at least 30 days (or longer, if required
               by law) in advance of the termination date;



               (b)  the notice reasonably identifies one or more breaches of
               Licensee's obligations hereunder; and

               (c)  the breach(es) are not fully remedied within the time period
               specified in the notice.

          (2)  If during the then preceding 12 months Licensee shall have
          engaged in a violation of this Agreement for which a notice of
          termination was given and termination failed to take effect because
          the default was remedied, the period given to remedy defaults
          thereafter will, if and to the extent permitted by law, be 10 days
          instead of 30.

          (3)  In any judicial proceeding in which the validity of termination
          is at issue, Licensor will not be limited to the reasons set forth in
          any notice sent under this Paragraph.

          (4)  Licensor's notice of termination or suspension of services shall
          not relieve Licensee of its obligations hereunder.

     d.  Immediate Termination by Licensor.  This Agreement may be immediately
     terminated upon notice from Licensor to Licensee (or at the earliest time
     permitted by applicable law), if:

          (1)  (a) Licensee or any guarantor of Licensee's obligations hereunder
               shall generally not pay its debts as they become due or shall
               admit in writing its inability to pay its debts, or shall make a
               general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

               (b)  Licensee or any such guarantor shall commence any case,
               proceeding or other action seeking reorganization, arrangement,
               adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its
               debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
               reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking appointment of a
               receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or
               for all or any substantial part of its property; or

               (c)  Licensee or any such guarantor shall take any corporate or
               other action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in
               paragraphs (a) or (b); or

               (d)  Any case, proceeding or other action against Licensee or any
               such guarantor shall be commenced seeking to have an order for
               relief entered against it as debtor, or seeking reorganization,
               arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition
               of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy,
               insolvency. reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking
               appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar
               official for it or for all or any substantial part of its
               property, and such case, proceeding or other action (i) results
               in the entry of an order for relief against it which is not fully
               stayed within seven business days after the entry thereof or (ii)
               remains undismissed for a period of 45 days; or


               (e)  An attachment remaining on all or a substantial part of the
               Hotel or of Licensee's or any such guarantor's assets for 30
               days; or

               (f)  Licensee or any such guarantor fails, within 60 days of the
               entry of a final judgment against Licensee in any amount
               exceeding $50,000, to discharge, vacate or reverse the judgment,
               or to stay execution of it, or if appealed, to discharge the
               judgment within 30 days after a final adverse decision in the
               appeal; or



          (2)  Licensee loses possession or the right to possession of all or
          a significant part of the Hotel, except as otherwise provided in
          Paragraph 9 hereof; or

          (3)  Licensee contests in any court or proceeding Licensor's ownership
          of the System or any part of it, or the validity of any service marks
          or trademarks associated with Licensor's business; or

          (4)  A breach of paragraph 8 hereof occurs; or

          (5)  Licensee fails to continue to identify itself to the public as a
          System hotel; or

          (6)  Any action is taken toward dissolving or liquidating Licensee or
          any such guarantor, if it is a corporation or partnership, except for
          death of a partner; or

          (7)  Licensee or any of its principals is, or is discovered to have
          been, convicted of a felony (or any other offense if it is likely to
          adversely reflect upon or affect the Hotel, the System, the Licensor,
          the Licensor's parent or its affiliates or subsidiaries in any way);
          or

          (8)  Licensee maintains false books and records of account or submits
          false reports or information to Licensor.

     e.  De-identification of Hotel Upon Termination.  Licensee will take
     whatever action is necessary to assure that no use is made of any part of
     the System at or in connection with the Hotel or otherwise after the
     License Term ends.  This will involve, among other things, returning to
     Licensor the Manual and all other materials proprietary to Homewood Suites
     and physical changes of distinctive System features of the Hotel, including
     removal of the primary freestanding sign down to the structural steel, and
     all other actions required to preclude any possibility of confusion on the
     part of the public that the Hotel is no longer using all or any part of the
     System or otherwise holding itself out to the public as a "Homewood Suites
     " hotel.  Anything not done by Licensee in this regard within 30 days after
     termination of this Agreement may be done at Licensee's expense by Licensor
     or its agents, who may enter upon the premises of the Hotel for that
     purpose.

     f.  Payment of Liquidated Damages.  If this Agreement terminates pursuant
     to paragraphs 3.b., 9.b., 10.c. or 10.d. above, Licensee will promptly pay
     Licensor (only as liquidated damages for the premature termination of this
     Agreement, and not as a penalty or as damages for breaching this Agreement
     or in lieu of any other payment) a lump sum equal to the total amounts
     required under paragraphs 3.c.(1), (2) and (3) during the 36 full calendar
     months of operation preceding the termination; or if the Hotel has not been
     in operation in the System for 36 full calendar months, the greater of: (i)
     36 times the monthly average of such amounts, or (ii) 36 times such amounts
     as are due for the one full calendar month preceding such termination.  If
     the Hotel has been authorized to open as a Homewood Suites hotel but has
     not been in operation for one full calendar month, the liquidated damages
     amount shall be equal to the product of the number of Suites in the Hotel
     multiplied by $3,000.00.

11.  Agreement is Non-Renewable.

     This Agreement is non-renewable.

12.  Relationship of Parties.

     a.  No Agency Relationship.  Licensee is an independent contractor. 
     Neither party is the legal representative or agent of, or has the power to
     obligate (or has the right to direct or supervise the daily affairs of) the
     other for any purpose whatsoever.  Licensor and Licensee expressly



     acknowledge that the relationship intended by them is a business
     relationship based entirely on, and defined by, the express provisions of
     this Agreement and that no partnership, joint venture, agency, fiduciary or
     employment relationship is intended or created by reason of this Agreement.

     b.  Licensee's Notices to Public Concerning Independent Status.  Licensee
     will take such steps as are necessary and such steps as Licensor may from
     time to time reasonably request to minimize the chance of a claim being
     made against Licensor for anything that occurs at the Hotel, or for acts,
     omissions or obligations of Licensee or anyone associated or affiliated
     with Licensee or the Hotel.  Such steps may, for example, include giving
     notice in Suites, public rooms and advertisements, on business forms and
     stationery, etc., making clear to the public that Licensor is not the owner
     or operator of the Hotel and is not accountable for what happens at the
     Hotel.  Unless required by law, Licensee will not use the word "Homewood"
     or any similar words in its corporate, partnership, or trade name, nor
     authorize or permit such use by anyone else.  Licensee will not use the
     word "Homewood" or any other name or mark associated with the System to
     incur any obligation or indebtedness on behalf of Licensor.

13.  Miscellaneous.

     a.  Severability and Interpretation.  The remedies provided in this
     Agreement are not exclusive.  In the event any provision of this Agreement
     is held to be unenforceable, void or voidable as being contrary to the law
     or public policy of the United States or any other jurisdiction entitled to
     exercise authority hereunder, all remaining provisions shall nevertheless
     continue in full force and effect unless deletion of the provision(s)
     deemed unenforceable, void or voidable impairs the consideration for this
     Agreement in a manner which frustrates the purpose of the parties or makes
     performance commercially impracticable.  In the event any provision of this
     Agreement requires interpretation, such interpretation shall be based on
     the reasonable intention of the parties in the context of this transaction
     without interpreting any provision in favor of or against any party hereto
     by reason of the drafting of the party or its position relative to the
     other party.  Any covenant, term or provision of this Agreement which, in
     order to effect the intent of the parties, must survive the termination of
     this Agreement, shall survive any such termination.

     b.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall become valid when executed and
     accepted by Licensor at Memphis, Tennessee.  It shall be deemed made and
     entered into in the state of Tennessee and shall be governed and construed
     under and in accordance with the laws of the state of Tennessee.  In
     entering into this Agreement, Licensee acknowledges that it has sought,
     voluntarily accepted and become associated with Licensor who is
     headquartered in Memphis, Tennessee and that this Agreement contemplates
     and will result in business relationships with Licensor's headquarter's
     personnel.  The choice of law designation permits, but does not require
     that all suits concerning this Agreement be filed in the state of
     Tennessee.

     c.  Exclusive Benefit.  This Agreement is exclusively for the benefit of
     the parties hereto and it shall not give rise to liability to a third
     party, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein.  No agreement
     between Licensor and anyone else is for the benefit of Licensee.

     d.  Entire Agreement.  This is the entire Agreement (and supersedes all
     previous agreements including without limitation, any commitment agreement
     between the parties concerning the Hotel) between the parties relating to
     the Hotel.  Neither Licensor nor any other person on Licensor's behalf has
     made any representation to Licensee concerning this Agreement or relating
     to the System, which representation is not fully set forth herein or in
     Licensor's "Offering Circular for Prospective Franchisees." No change in
     this Agreement will be valid unless in writing signed by both parties.  No
     failure to require strict performance or to exercise any right or remedy
     hereunder will preclude requiring strict performance or exercising any



     right or remedy in the future.

     e.  Licensor's Withholding of Consent.  Licensor's consent, wherever
     required, may be withheld if any default by Licensee exists under this
     Agreement.  Approvals and consents by Licensor will not be effective unless
     evidenced by a writing duly executed on behalf of Licensor.

     f.  Notices.  Notices will be effective hereunder when and only when they
     are reduced to writing and delivered personally or mailed by Federal
     Express or other express delivery service or by certified mail to the
     appropriate party at its address first stated above or to such person and
     at such address as may be designated by notice hereunder.

     g.  General Release.  Licensee and its respective heirs, administrators,
     executors, agents, representatives, and their respective successors and
     assigns, hereby release, remise, acquit and forever discharge Licensor and
     its parent, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their officers,
     directors, employees, agents, representatives and their respective
     successors and assigns from any and all actions, claims, causes of action,
     suits, rights, debts, liabilities, accounts, agreements, covenants,
     contracts, promises, warrants, judgments, executions, demands, damages,
     costs and expenses, whether known or unknown at this time, of any kind or
     nature, absolute or contingent, if any there be, at law or in equity, on
     account of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever which has happened,
     developed or occurred at any time from the beginning of time to and
     including the date of Licensee's execution and delivery to Licensor of this
     Agreement.  This release shall survive the termination of this Agreement. 
     Licensee shall take whatever steps are necessary or appropriate to carry
     out the terms of this release upon Licensor's request.

     h.  Descriptive Headings.  The descriptive headings in this Agreement are
     for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or
     construction of any provision in this Agreement.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first stated above.

          LICENSEE:                               LICENSOR:


_____________________________________   Homewood Suites Division of Embassy
                                        Suites Inc.



By:  ________________________________   By: ______________________________


Title:  _____________________________   Title: ___________________________


Date:  ______________________________   Date: ____________________________




                                    GUARANTY


     As an inducement to Homewood Suites Division of Embassy Suites, Inc.
("Licensor") to execute the above License Agreement, the undersigned, jointly
and severally, hereby unconditionally warrant to Licensor and its successors and
assigns that all of Licensee's representations in the License Agreement and the
application submitted by Licensee to obtain the License Agreement are true and
guarantee that all of Licensee's obligations under the above License Agreement,
including any amendments thereto whenever made (the "Agreement"), will be
punctually paid and performed.

     Upon default by Licensee or notice from Licensor, the undersigned will
immediately make each payment and perform each obligation required of Licensee
under the Agreement.  Without affecting the obligations of the undersigned under
this Guaranty, Licensor may without notice to the undersigned extend, modify or
release any indebtedness or obligation of Licensee, or settle, adjust or
compromise any claims against Licensee.  The undersigned waive notice of
amendment of the Agreement and notice of demand for payment or performance by
Licensee.

     Upon the death of an individual guarantor, the estate of such guarantor
will be bound by this Guaranty but only for defaults and obligations hereunder
existing at the time of death, and the obligations of the other guarantors will
continue in full force and effect.

     The Guaranty constitutes a guaranty of payment and performance and not of
collection, and each of the guarantors specifically waives any obligation of
Licensor to proceed against Licensee on any money or property held by Licensee
or by any other person or entity as collateral security, by way of set off or
otherwise.  The undersigned further agree that this Guaranty shall continue to
be effective or be reinstated as the case may be, if at any time payment or any
of the guaranteed obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or
returned by Licensor upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of
Licensee or any of the undersigned, all as though such payment has not been
made.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has signed this Guaranty as of
the date of the above Agreement.


Witnesses:                                                  Guarantors:


_____________________________________   ________________________________ (Seal)

_____________________________________   ________________________________ (Seal)

_____________________________________   ________________________________ (Seal)



                                  ATTACHMENT A


Facilities and Services (Paragraph 1):




   Site --- Area and general description:




        Fee owners (names and addresses):




        Leases (parties, terms, etc.), if any:




   Number of approved suites:




   Other concessions and shops:




   Parking facilities (number of spaces, description):




   Swimming pool:




   Other facilities and services:




Ownership of Licensee (Paragraph 8):









                                                            EMBASSY SUITES, INC.
                                                            850 Ridge Lake Blvd.
                                                                       Suite 400
                                                              Memphis, TN  38120

                                 EMBASSY SUITES(R)
                                LICENSE AGREEMENT


dated _______________________________________, 19__ between Embassy Suites,

Inc.  a Delaware corporation ("Licensor"), and _________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________     a

                                                                 resident
_________________________________________________________________corporation
(Licensee"), whose                                               partnership

address is  ___________________________________________________________________.


                          THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1.     The License.

     Licensor owns, operates and licenses a system designed to provide a
distinctive, high-quality hotel service to the public under the name "Embassy
Suites" (the "System").  High standards established by Licensor are the essence
of the System.  Future investments may be required of Licensee under this
Embassy Suites License Agreement ("this Agreement").  Licensee has independently
investigated the risks of the business to be operated hereunder, including
current and potential market conditions, competitive factors and risks, has read
Licensor's "Offering Circular for Prospective Franchisees," and has made an
independent evaluation of all such facts.  Neither Licensor nor any other person
on Licensor's behalf has made any representation to Licensee concerning this
Agreement not fully set forth herein.  Aware of the relevant facts, Licensee
desires to enter into this Agreement in order to obtain a license to use the
System in the operation of a hotel (the "Hotel") located at ____________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________.

     A.  The Hotel.  The Hotel comprises all structures, facilities,
     appurtenances, furniture, fixtures, equipment, and entry, exit, parking and
     other areas from time to time located on the land identified on the plot
     plan most recently acknowledged by Licensor in anticipation of the
     execution of this Agreement, or located on any land from time to time
     approved by Licensor for additions, signs or other facilities.  The Hotel
     now includes the facilities listed on Attachment A hereto.  No change in
     the number of approved guest suites and no significant change in the Hotel
     may be made without Licensor's prior approval.  Redecoration and minor
     structural changes that comply with Licensor's standards and specifications
     will not be considered significant.  Licensee represents that it is
     entitled to possession of the Hotel during the entire License Term (as
     hereinafter defined) without restrictions that would interfere with
     anything contemplated in this Agreement.

     B.  The System.  The System is composed of elements, as designated from
     time to time by Licensor, designed to identity "Embassy Suites hotels" to
     the consuming public and/or to contribute to such identification and its
     association with quality standards.  The System at present includes the
     trademark "Embassy Suites" and such other service marks and copyrights,
     trademarks and similar property rights as may be designated from time to



     time by Licensor to be part of the System; access to a reservation service;
     distribution of advertising, publicity and other marketing programs and
     materials; the furnishing of training programs and materials; standards,
     specifications and policies for construction, furnishing, operation,
     appearance and service of the Hotel, and other requirements as stated or
     referred to in this Agreement and from time to time in Licensor's Standards
     Manual (the "Manual") or in other communications to Licensee; and programs
     for inspecting the Hotel and consulting with Licensee.  Licensor may add
     elements to the System or modify, alter or delete elements of the System at
     its sole discretion from time to time.

2.  Grant of License.

     Licensor hereby grants to Licensee a nonexclusive license (the "License")
to use the System only at the Hotel, only in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and only during the term of this Agreement (the
"License Term") beginning with the date hereof and terminating under paragraph
12 hereof.  This Agreement applies to the specified location and no other.  This
Agreement does not limit Licensor's right or the rights of any parent,
subsidiary, division or affiliate of Licensor, to use or license the System or
any part thereof or to engage in or license any business activity at any other
location.  Licensee acknowledges that Licensor, its divisions, subsidiaries and
affiliates and parent are and may in the future be engaged in other business
activities including activities involving transient lodging and related
activities which may be or may be deemed to be competitive with the System; that
facilities, programs, services and/or personnel used in connection with the
System may also be used in connection with such other business activities of
Licensor, its parent, subsidiaries, divisions or affiliates; and that Licensee
is acquiring no rights hereunder other than the right to use the System as
specifically defined herein in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

3.  Licensee's Responsibilities.

     A.  Operational and Other Requirements.   During the License Term, Licensee
     will:

          (1)  maintain a high moral and ethical standard and atmosphere at the
          Hotel;

          (2)  maintain the Hotel in a clean, safe and orderly manner and in
          first-class condition;

          (3)  provide efficient, courteous and high-quality service to the
          public;

          (4)  operate the Hotel 24 hours a day every day except as otherwise
          permitted by Licensor based on special circumstances;

          (5)  strictly comply in all respects with the Manual and with all
          other policies, procedures and requirements of Licensor which may be
          from time to time communicated to Licensee;

          (6)  strictly comply with Licensor's reasonable requirements to
          protect the System and the Hotel from unreliable sources of supply;

          (7)  strictly comply with Licensor's requirements as to:

              (a)  the types of services and products that may be used, promoted
              or offered at the Hotel;
              (b)  the types and quality of services and products that, to
              supplement services listed on Attachment A, must be used, promoted
              or offered at the Hotel;
              (c)  use, display, style and type of signage;
              (d)  directory and reservation service listings of the Hotel;
              (e)  training of persons to be involved in the operation of the
              Hotel;



              (f)  participation in all marketing, reservation service,
              advertising, training and operating programs designated by
              Licensor as System-wide programs in the best interests of hotels
              using the System;
              (g)  maintenance, appearance and condition of the Hotel; and
              (h)  quality and type of service offered to customers at the
              Hotel.

          (8) use such automated guest service and/or hotel management and/or
          telephone system(s) which Licensor deems to be in the best interests
          of the System and adopts System-wide (including use in its own
          hotels), including any additions, enhancements, supplements or
          variants thereof which may be developed during the term hereof;

          (9)  participate in and use those reservation services which Licensor
          deems to be in the best interests of the System, including any
          additions, enhancements, supplements or variants thereof which may be
          developed during the term hereof;

          (10)  strictly comply with all requirements, improvements or changes
          to the System as may be from time to time designated by Licensor;

          (11)  strictly comply with all governmental requirements, including
          but not limited to the filing and maintenance of any required trade
          name or fictitious name registrations, pay all taxes, and maintain all
          governmental licenses and permits necessary to operate the Hotel in
          accordance with the System;

          (12)  permit inspection of the Hotel by Licensor's representatives at
          any time and give them free lodging for such time as may be reasonably
          necessary to complete their inspections;

          (13)  promote the Hotel on a local or regional basis subject to
          Licensor's requirements as to form, content and prior approvals;

          (14)  insure that no part of the Hotel or the System is used to
          further or promote a competing business or other lodging facility,
          except as Licensor may approve for those competing businesses or
          lodging facilities owned, licensed, operated or otherwise approved by
          Licensor, its parent or their respective divisions, subsidiaries and
          affiliates;

          (15)  use every reasonable means to encourage use of Embassy Suites
          facilities everywhere by the public;

          (16)  upon request by Licensor provide to Licensor statistics on hotel
          operations in the form specified by Licensor and using definitions
          specified by Licensor;

          (17)  in all respects use Licensee's best efforts to reflect credit
          upon and create favorable public response to the name "Embassy
          Suites";

          18)  promptly pay to Licensor all amounts due Licensor, its parent,
          subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates as royalties or fees or for
          goods or services purchased by Licensee; and

          (19)  comply with Licensor's requirements concerning confidentiality
          of information.

     B.  Upgrading of the Hotel.  The Hotel shall be maintained in a first-class
     condition at all times.  Using the Standards applicable to the System,
     Licensor may during the term hereof require substantial modernization,
     rehabilitation and other upgrading of the Hotel.  Limited exceptions from
     those standards may be made by Licensor based on local conditions or
     special circumstances.  If the upgrading requirements contained in this



     paragraph 3.B cause Licensee undue hardship, Licensee may terminate this
     Agreement by paying a fee computed in accordance with paragraph 12.F.

     C.  Fees.

          (1)  For each month (or part of a month) during the License Term,
          Licensee will pay to Licensor by the 15th of the following month:

              (a)  a royalty of 4% of the gross revenues attributable to or
              payable for rental of guest suites at the Hotel with no deductions
              except for sales and room taxes ("Gross Suites Revenue"); and

              (b)  a "Marketing and Reservation Contribution" of 3.5% of Gross
              Suites Revenue (but no less then $1.75 per guest suite per night),
              this contribution being subject to change by Licensor from time to
              time if approved by a majority of members (which shall be counted
              on the basis of one suite, one vote) of the "ESOA" (the Embassy
              Suites Owners' Association or successor sanctioned as such by
              Licensor) who represent a majority of the suites to be subject to
              the increase, at an annual ESOA meeting or at a meeting of System
              Licensees as may be convened by Licensor upon no less than 45
              days' advance notice or by mail ballot with no less than
              forty-five day deadline to cast ballot;

                  (i)  Licensor may, in its sole discretion upon 30 days prior
                  written notice, increase this Contribution by an amount not to
                  exceed .5% of Gross Suites Revenue and such increase shall be
                  effective for a period that shall not exceed 12 months. 
                  Licensor may not implement any additional discretionary
                  increase(s) within 24 months after the expiration of such
                  increase; and

              (c)  a special additional Reservation Contribution assessment of
              one-eighth of one percent (.125%) of Gross Suites Revenue to be
              paid in 1993; and

              (d)  an amount equal to any sales, gross receipts or similar tax
              imposed on Licensor and calculated solely on payments required
              hereunder, unless the tax is an optional alternative to an income
              tax otherwise payable by Licensor.

          Licensee will operate the Hotel so as to maximize Gross Suites Revenue
          of the Hotel consistent with sound marketing and industry practice and
          will not engage in any conduct which reduces Gross Suites Revenue of
          the Hotel in order to further other business activities.

          (2)  A standard initial fee as set forth in Licensor's current
          "Offering Circular for Prospective Franchisees" will be charged by
          Licensor upon application for any guest suites to be added to the
          Hotel.

          (3)  Additional royalties may be charged by Licensor on revenues (or
          upon any other basis, if so determined by Licensor) from any activity
          if it is added at the Hotel by mutual agreement and:
              (a)  it is not now offered at System hotels generally and it is
              likely to benefit significantly from or be identified
              significantly with the Embassy Suites name or other aspects of the
              System; or
              (b)  it is designed or developed by or for Licensor.

          (4)  Charges may be made by Licensor for optional products or services
          accepted by Licensee from Licensor either in accordance with current
          practice or as developed in the future.

          (5)  If Licensee chooses to participate in any optional program
          available through Licensor or its parent, or any other program



          certified by Licensor, for payment of travel agent commissions,
          Licensee will pay to Licensor or its designated agent by the 15th of
          the month following receipt of a statement therefor, all amounts due.

          (6)  Each payment under this paragraph 3.C. shall be accompanied by
          the monthly statement referred to in paragraph 8.A. Licensor may apply
          any amounts received under this paragraph 3.C. to any amounts due
          under this Agreement.  If any amounts are not paid when due such non-
          payment shall constitute a breach of this Agreement and in addition,
          such unpaid amounts will accrue interest beginning on the first day of
          the month following the due date at 1 1/2 % per month but not to
          exceed the maximum interest permitted by applicable law.

          (7)  Local and regional marketing programs and related activities may
          be conducted by Licensee, but only at Licensee's expense and subject
          to Licensor's requirements.  Reasonable charges may be made by
          Licensor for optional advertising materials ordered or used by
          Licensee for such programs and activities.

4.  Licensor's Responsibilities.

   A.  Training.  During the License Term, Licensor will continue to specify and
   provide required training programs and may, at its discretion, provide
   certain optional training programs at various locations.  No tuition charge 
   will  be  made  for any training required by Licensor, but travel, lodging
   and other expenses of Licensee and its employees will be borne by  Licensee. 
   Reasonable charges may be made by Licensor for optional training programs and
   for all training materials provided to Licensee.

   B.  Reservation Services.  During the License Term, so long as Licensee is in
   full compliance with its material obligations hereunder, Licensor will afford
   Licensee access to Reservation Services for the Hotel.

   C.  Consultation on Operations, Facilities and Marketing.  Licensor will,
   from time to time at Licensor's sole discretion, make available to Licensee
   at no charge consultation and advice in connection with operations,
   facilities and marketing.

   D.  Use of Marketing and Reservation Contribution.  The Marketing and
   Reservation Contribution will be used by and at the sole discretion of
   Licensor for costs associated with advertising, promotion, publicity, market
   research and other systemwide marketing programs and related activities and
   for reservation programs and related activities.  Licensor will make
   available and use for the same purposes marketing and reservation funds
   computed on the basis generally applicable to licensees of the System. 
   Licensor is not obligated to expend funds for marketing or reservation
   services in excess of the amounts received by Licensor from licensees using
   the System and those funds made available by Licensor as set out hereinabove.

   E.  Application of Manual.  All hotels operated under the System will be
   subject to the Manual, as it may from time to time be modified or revised by
   Licensor, including limited exceptions from compliance which may be made
   based on local conditions or special circumstances.

   F.  Other Arrangements for Marketing, etc.  Licensor may enter into
   arrangements for development, marketing, operations, administrative,
   technical and support functions, facilities, programs, services and/or
   personnel with any other entity and may use any facilities, programs,
   services or personnel used in connection with the System in connection with
   any business activities of its parent, subsidiaries, divisions or affiliates.

   G.  If the Hotel fails to comply with the standards and rules of operation
   set forth in the Manual, the LIcensor may, at the Licensee's written request
   and cost, meet with the Licensee or the Licensee's representative at the
   Hotel to develop an action plan to correct the deficiencies.  The Licensee's
   failure to develop an approved plan within 30 days of receipt of notice of



   noncompliance or to timely perform the requirements of the plan shall be an
   additional ground for declaring Licensee to be in breach of the Agreement. 
   Licensor's participation in the development of an action plan and approval of
   such plan shall not be a condition precedent for Licensor declaring Licensee
   to be in breach of this Agreement based on the failure of the Hotel to comply
   with standards and rules of operation set forth in the Manual.

5.  Appeals, Changes in the Manual.

   A.  Appeals.  Decisions, other than termination notices, made on behalf of
   Licensor specifically with reference to the Hotel may be appealed to
   Licensor's Franchise Committee if done promptly after Licensee has diligently
   sought relief through Licensor's normal channels of authority.  With the
   approval in writing of any member of the Franchise Committee, the decision
   may be further appealed to the members of the ESOA Executive Committee who
   are also officers of Licensor or its Embassy Suites Hotel Division.

   B.  Changes in the Manual.  Any change in the Manual must be explained in
   writing to Licensee at least 30 days before it goes into effect.  Any change
   in the Manual that is shown to be arbitrary or capricious will be rescinded
   by Licensor.  A committee designated by Licensor which includes its Chief
   Executive Officer or its Chief Operating Officer must determine that the
   change was formulated in good faith in the best interests of the System, and
   that it was approved by Licensor's Franchise Committee after seeking the
   advice and counsel of the Operations Standards Subcommittee of the ESOA. 
   After it has been in effect 60 days, but less than 180 days, a change in the
   Manual may be appealed to the members of the ESOA Executive Committee who are
   also officers of Licensor or its Embassy Suites Hotel Division by ESOA
   members representing at least 30% of the hotels authorized to use the System.

   C.  Decision on Appeal.  Licensor shall have the right to decide appeals
   under this paragraph solely in its discretion and may require that such
   appeals be made solely on the basis of written submissions.  No appeal will
   suspend a decision or change until and unless the appeal is successful.

   D.  Limitation on Appeal Rights.  Licensee will not be arbitrary, capricious
   or unreasonable in exercising its appeal (or any other) rights under this
   Agreement, and will use them only for the purposes for which intended.

6. ESOA.

   A.  Eligibility.  Licensee, other licensees of the System, and Licensor are
   eligible for membership in the ESOA in accordance with the By-laws of the
   ESOA and are entitled to vote at its meetings on the basis of one open suite,
   one vote.  The purposes of the ESOA will be to consider and discuss, and make
   recommendations on, common problems relating to the operation of System
   hotels.  Licensor will seek the advice and counsel of the ESOA Executive
   Committee and its subcommittees.

   B.  Function of Committees.  ESOA committees, their functions and their
   members will be subject to approval in writing by Licensor, which approval
   will not be unreasonably withheld.  Recognizing that the ESOA must function
   in a manner consistent with the best interests of all persons using the
   System, the Licensee and Licensor will use their best efforts to cause the
   governing rules of the ESOA to be consistent with this Agreement.


7.  Proprietary Rights.

   A.  Ownership of System.  The Licensee acknowledges and will not contest,
   either directly or indirectly, Licensor's unrestricted and exclusive
   ownership of the System and any element(s) or component(s) thereof, or that
   Licensor has the sole right to grant licenses to use all or any element(s) or
   component(s) of the System.  Licensee specifically agrees and acknowledges
   that Licensor is the owner of all right, title and interest in and to the
   mark "Embassy Suites" and all other marks associated with the System together



   with the goodwill symbolized thereby and that Licensee will not contest
   directly or indirectly the validity or ownership of the marks either during
   the License Term or after its termination.  All improvements and additions
   whenever made to or associated with the System by the parties to this
   Agreement or anyone else, and all service marks, trademarks, copyrights, and
   service mark and trademark registrations at any time used, applied for or
   granted in connection with the System, and all goodwill arising from
   Licensee's use of Licensor's marks shall inure to the benefit of and become
   the property of Licensor.  Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement,
   no monetary amount shall be assigned as attributable to any goodwill
   associated with Licensee's use of the System or any element(s) or
   component(s) of the System including the name or marks.

   B.  Trademark Disputes.  Licensor will have the sole right and responsibility
   to handle disputes with third parties concerning use of all or any part of
   the System, and Licensee will, at its reasonable expense, extend its full
   cooperation to Licensor in all such matters.  All recoveries made as a result
   of disputes with third parties regarding use of the System or any part
   thereof shall be for the account of Licensor.  Licensor need not initiate
   suit against alleged imitators or infringers and may settle any dispute by
   grant of a license or otherwise.  Licensee will not initiate any suit or
   proceeding against alleged imitators or infringers, or any other suit or
   proceeding to enforce or protect the System.  Both parties will make every
   effort consistent with the foregoing to protect, maintain, and promote the
   name "Embassy Suites" and its distinguishing characteristics (and the other
   service marks, trademarks, slogans, etc., associated with the System) as
   standing for the System and only the System; provided, however, both parties
   acknowledge that Licensor may allow certain hotels which had written
   franchise commitments or licenses in the Granada Royale Hometel franchise
   system to use the name "Embassy Suites" and other related marks of the
   System.

   C.  Protection of Name and Marks.  Both parties will make every effort
   consistent with the foregoing to protect and maintain the name and mark
   "Embassy Suites" and its distinguishing characteristics (and the other
   service marks, trademarks, slogans, etc., associated with the System). 
   Licensee agrees to execute any documents deemed necessary by Licensor or its
   counsel to obtain protection for Licensor's marks or to maintain their
   continued validity and enforceability.  Licensee agrees to use the names and
   marks associated with the System only in the manner authorized by Licensor
   and acknowledges that any unauthorized use thereof shall constitute
   infringement of Licensor's rights.

8.  Records and Audits.

   A.   Monthly Reports.  At least monthly, Licensee shall prepare a statement
   which will include all information concerning Gross Suites Revenue, other
   revenues generated at the Hotel, suite occupancy rates, reservation data and
   other information required by Licensor that may be useful in connection with
   marketing and other functions of Licensor, its parent, subsidiaries,
   divisions or affiliates (the "Data").  The Data shall be the property of
   Licensor.  The Data will be permanently recorded and retained as may be
   reasonably required by Licensor.  By the 15th of each month, Licensee will
   submit to Licensor a statement setting forth the Data for the previous month
   and reflecting the computation of the amounts then due under paragraph 3.C.
   The statement shall be in such form and detail and shall use such definitions
   as Licensor may reasonably request from time to time, and may be used by
   Licensor for its reasonable purposes.

   B.  Daily Reports.  At the request of Licensor, Licensee shall prepare and
   deliver daily reports to Licensor, which reports will contain information
   reasonably requested by Licensor on a daily basis such as daily rate and
   suite occupancy, and which may be used by Licensor for its reasonable
   purposes.





   C.  Preparation and Maintenance of Records.  Licensee will, in a manner and
   form satisfactory to Licensor and utilizing accounting and reporting
   standards as reasonably required by Licensor, prepare on a current basis (and
   preserve for no less then four years), complete and accurate records
   concerning Gross Suites Revenue and all financial, operating, marketing and
   other aspects of the Hotel, and maintain an accounting system which fully and
   accurately reflects all financial aspects of the Hotel and its business. 
   Such records shall include but not be limited to books of account, tax
   returns, governmental reports, register tapes, daily reports, and complete
   quarterly and annual financial statements (profit and loss statements,
   balance sheets and cash flow statements).

   D.  Audit.  Licensor may require Licensee to have the Gross Suites Revenue or
   other monies due hereunder computed and certified as accurate by a certified
   public accountant.  During the License Term and for two years afterward,
   Licensor and its authorized agents will have the right to verify information
   required under this Agreement by requesting, receiving, inspecting and
   auditing, at all reasonable times, any and all records referred to above
   wherever they may be located (or elsewhere if reasonably requested by
   Licensor).  If any such inspection or audit discloses a deficiency in any
   payments due hereunder, Licensee shall immediately pay to Licensor the
   deficiency, plus interest thereon as provided in paragraph 3.C.(6). In
   addition, if the deficiency in any payment for any 12-month period exceeds 5%
   of the correct amount and is not offset by overpayments, Licensee shall also
   immediately pay to Licensor the entire cost of the inspection and audit,
   including but not limited to travel, lodging, meals, salaries and other
   expenses of the inspecting or auditing personnel.  Licensor's acceptance of
   Licensee's payment of any deficiency as provided for herein shall not waive
   Licensor's right to terminate this Agreement as provided for herein in
   paragraph 12.  If the audit discloses an overpayment, Licensor will
   immediately refund it to Licensee.

   E.  Annual Financial Statements.  Licensee will submit to Licensor as soon as
   available but not later than 90 days after the end of Licensee's fiscal year,
   complete financial statements for the Hotel for such year.  Licensee will
   certify them to be true and correct and to have been prepared in accordance
   with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and any
   false certification will be a breach of this Agreement.

9.  Indemnity and Insurance.

   A.  Indemnity.  Licensee will indemnify Licensor, its parent, and its
   subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their officers, directors,
   employees, agents, successors and assigns against, hold them harmless from,
   and promptly reimburse them for, all payments of money (fines, damages, legal
   fees, expenses, etc.) by reason of any claim, demand, tax, penalty, or
   judicial or administrative investigation or proceeding (even where negligence
   of Licensor and/or its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates is alleged)
   arising from any claimed occurrence at the Hotel or any act, omission or
   obligation of Licensee or anyone associated or affiliated with Licensee or
   the Hotel.  At the election of Licensor, Licensee will also defend Licensor
   and/or its parent, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their officers,
   directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns against same.  In any
   event, Licensor will have the right, through counsel of its choice, to
   control any matter to the extent it could directly or indirectly affect
   Licensor and/or its parent, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their
   officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns financially. 
   Licensee will also reimburse Licensor for all expenses including attorneys'
   fees and court costs reasonably incurred by Licensor to protect itself and/or
   its parent, subsidiaries, divisions, affiliates and their officers,
   directors, employees, agents and their successors and assigns from, or to
   remedy defaults of Licensee under this Agreement.

   B.  Insurance.  During the License Term, Licensee will comply with all
   insurance requirements of any lease or mortgage covering the Hotel, and
   Licensor's specifications for insurance as to amount and type of coverage as



   may be reasonably increased by Licensor from time to time in writing, and
   will in any event maintain as a minimum the following insurance underwritten
   by an insurer approved by Licensor:

     (1)  employer's liability and workers' compensation insurance as prescribed
     by applicable law; and

     (2)  liquor liability insurance naming Licensor and its parent as
     additional insureds with single-limit coverage for personal and bodily
     injury and property damage of at least $10,000,000 for each occurrence; and

     (3)  comprehensive general liability insurance (with products, completed
     operations and independent contractors coverage) and comprehensive
     automobile liability insurance, all on an occurrence basis naming Licensor
     and its parent as additional insureds and underwritten by an insurer
     approved by Licensor, with single-limit coverage for personal and bodily
     injury and property damage of at least $10,000,000 for each occurrence.  In
     connection with all significant construction at the Hotel during the
     License Term, Licensee will cause the general contractor to maintain with
     an insurer approved by Licensor comprehensive general liability insurance
     (with products, completed operations and independent contractors coverage)
     in at least the amount of $10,000,000 for each occurrence with Licensor and
     its parent named as additional insureds.

   C.  Changes in Insurance.  Simultaneously herewith, annually hereafter and
   each time a change is made in any insurance or insurance carrier, Licensee
   will furnish to Licensor copies of the policies of insurance setting forth
   the term and coverage of the insurance in force, the persons insured, and the
   fact that the coverage may not be cancelled, altered or permitted to lapse or
   expire without 30 days' advance written notice to Licensor.

10.  Transfer.

   A.  Transfer by Licensor.  Licensor shall have the right to transfer or
   assign this Agreement or any of Licensor's rights or obligations hereunder to
   any person or legal entity.

   B.  Transfer by Licensee.  Licensee understands and acknowledges that the
   rights and duties set forth in this Agreement are personal to Licensee, and
   that Licensor has entered into this Agreement in reliance on the business
   skill, financial capacity, and personal character of Licensee (if Licensee is
   an individual), and upon that of the partners or stockholders of Licensee (if
   Licensee is a partnership or corporation).  Accordingly, neither Licensee nor
   any immediate or remote successor to any part of Licensee's interest in this
   Agreement, nor any individual, partnership, corporation, or other legal
   entity which directly or indirectly owns an equity interest (as that term is
   defined herein) in Licensee, shall sell, assign, transfer, convey, pledge,
   mortgage, encumber, or give away, any direct or indirect interest in this
   Agreement or equity interest in Licensee, except as provided in this
   Agreement.  Any purported sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge,
   mortgage, or encumbrance, by operation of law or otherwise, of any interest
   in this Agreement or any equity interest in Licensee not in accordance with
   the provisions of this Agreement, shall be null and void and shall constitute
   a material breach of this Agreement, for which Licensor may terminate this
   Agreement upon notice without opportunity to cure pursuant to paragraph
   12.C.(4) of this Agreement.

     (1)  For the purposes of this paragraph 10, the term "equity interest"
     shall mean any stock or partnership interest in Licensee, the interest of
     any partner, whether general or limited, in any partnership, with respect
     to such partnership, and any stockholder of any corporation with respect to
     such corporation, which partnership or corporation is the Licensee
     hereunder or which partnership or corporation owns a direct or indirect
     beneficial interest in Licensee.  References in this Agreement to
     "publicly-traded equity interest" shall mean any equity interest which is
     traded on any securities exchange or is quoted in any publication or



     electronic reporting service maintained by the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc. or any of its successors.

     (2)  If Licensee is a partnership or corporation, Licensee represents that
     the equity interests in Licensee are directly and (if applicable)
     indirectly owned as shown in Attachment A.

   C.  Transfer of Equity Interests that are not Publicly Traded.

     (1) Except where otherwise provided in this Agreement, equity interests in
     the Licensee that are not publicly-traded may be transferred, issued, or
     eliminated with Licensor's prior written consent, which will not be
     unreasonably withheld, provided that, after the transaction:

          (a)  50% or less of all equity interests in Licensee will have changed
          hands since Licensee first became a party to this Agreement; or
          (b)  80% or less of all equity interests in Licensee will have changed
          hands since Licensee first became a party to this Agreement, and no
          equity interest will be held by other than those who held them when
          Licensee first became a party to this Agreement.

     (2)  In computing the percentages referred to in paragraph 10.C.(1) above,
     limited partners will not be distinguished from general partners, and
     Licensor's judgment will be final if there is any question as to the
     definition of "equity interest" or as to the computation of relative equity
     interest, the principal considerations being:

          (a)  Direct and indirect power to exercise control over the affairs of
          Licensee; and
          (b)  Direct and indirect right to share in Licensee's profits; and
          (c)  Amounts directly or indirectly exposed to risk in the Licensee's
          business.

   D.  Transfers of Publicly-Traded Equity Interests.

     (1)  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, publicly-traded equity
     interests in the Licensee may be transferred without the Licensor's
     consent, but only if:

          (a)  Immediately before the  proposed  transfer,  the  transferor 
          owns  less  than  25%  of  the  equity  interest  of Licensee; and
          (b)  Immediately after the transfer the transferee will own less than
          25% of the equity interest in Licensee; and
          (c)  The transfer is exempt from registration under federal securities
          law.

     (2)  Publicly-traded equity interests may be transferred with Licensor's
     written consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld, if the transfer is
     exempt from registration under federal securities law.

     (3)  The chief financial officer of Licensee shall certify annually to
     Licensor that Licensee is in compliance with the provisions of this
     paragraph 10.D. Such certification shall be delivered to Licensor with the
     Annual Financial Statements referred to in paragraph 8.E. hereof.

E.  Transfer of  this Agreement.

     (1)  Licensee, if a natural person, may with Licensor's consent, which will
     not be unreasonably withheld, transfer this Agreement to Licensee's spouse,
     parent, sibling, niece, nephew, descendant, or spouse's descendant,
     provided that:

          (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and
          (b)  The transferee executes a new license agreement for the unexpired
          term of this Agreement on the standard form then being used to license
          new Hotels under the System, except that the fees charged then shall



          be the same as those contained herein; and
          (c)  Licensee guarantees, in Licensor's usual form, the performance of
          the transferee's obligations under the newly-executed license
          agreement.

     (2)  If Licensee is a natural person, he may, without the consent of
     Licensor upon 30 days prior written notice to Licensor, transfer this
     Agreement to a corporation entirely owned by him, provided that:

          (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and
          (b)  The transferee executes a new license agreement for the unexpired
          term of this Agreement on the standard form then being used to license
          new hotels under the System, except that the fees charged in the new
          license agreement shall be the same as those contained herein; and
          (c)  The Licensee guarantees, in Licensor's usual form, the
          performance of the transferee's obligations under the newly-executed
          license agreement.

   F.     Transfers of  this Agreement or Equity Interest in this Agreement Upon
   Death.

     (1)  If Licensee is a natural person, upon the Licensee's death this
     Agreement will pass in accordance with Licensee's will, or, if Licensee
     dies intestate, in accordance with laws of intestacy governing the
     distribution of the Licensee's estate, provided that:

          (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and
          (b)  The Licensor gives written consent, which consent will not be
          unreasonably withheld; and
          (c)  The transferee is one or more of the decedent's spouse, parents,
          siblings, nieces, nephews, descendants, or spouse's descendants; and
          (d)  Licensee's heirs or legatees promptly advise Licensor and
          promptly execute a new license agreement for the unexpired term of
          this Agreement on the standard form then being used to license new
          Hotels under the System, except the fees charged thereunder shall be
          the same contained herein.

     (2)  If an equity interest is owned by a natural person, the equity
     interest will pass upon such person's death in accordance with such
     person's will or, if such person dies intestate, in accordance with the
     laws of intestacy governing the distribution of the Licensee's estate,
     provided that:

          (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and
          (b)  The Licensor gives written consent, which consent will not be
          unreasonably withheld; and
          (c)  The transferee is one or more of the decedent's spouse, parents,
          siblings, nieces, nephews, descendants, or spouse's descendants; and
          (d)  Transferee assumes, in writing, on a continuing basis, the
          decedent's guarantee, if any, of the Licensee's obligations hereunder.

   G.  Registration of a Proposed Transfer of Equity Interests.  If a proposed
   transfer of an equity interest in the Licensee requires registration under
   any federal or state securities law, Licensee shall:

     (1)  Request the Licensor's consent at least 45 days before the proposed
     effective date of the registration; and

     (2)  Accompany such request with one payment of a nonrefundable fee of
     $25,000; and

     (3)  Reimburse Licensor for expenses incurred by Licensor in connection
     with review of the materials concerning the proposed registration,
     including without limitation, attorneys' fees and travel expenses; and

     (4)  Agree, and all participants in the proposed offering subject to



     registration agree, to fully indemnify Licensor in connection with the
     registration; furnish the Licensor all information requested by Licensor;
     avoid any implication of Licensor's participating in, or endorsing the
     offering; and use the Licensor's service marks and trademarks only as
     directed by Licensor.

   H.  Management of the Hotel.  Licensee must at all times retain and exercise
   management control over the Hotel's business, either directly or through a
   management company approved by Licensor.  Licensee shall not enter into any
   lease, management agreement, or other similar arrangement for the operation
   of the Hotel or any part thereof (including without limitation, food and/or
   beverage service facilities), with any independent entity without the prior
   written consent of Licensor.

   I.  Application for New License Agreement upon Transfer of the Hotel.

     (1)  If Licensee receives an offer to purchase or lease the Hotel or any
     portion thereof and Licensee, pursuant to the terms of such offer, desires
     to sell or lease the Hotel or any portion thereof, Licensee shall give
     prompt written notice thereof to Licensor stating the identity of the
     prospective purchaser or lessee, the price or rental and furnish a copy of
     the proposed agreement concerning said offer and all other information with
     respect thereto which may be reasonably requested by Licensor.

     (2)  If the proposed lessee or transferee desires to operate the Hotel
     under the System, the proposed lessee or transferee will, with Licensee's
     consent, apply for a new license agreement to replace this Agreement for a
     term to be determined by Licensor.  Licensor will process the application
     in good faith and in accordance with procedures, criteria and requirements
     regarding fees, upgrade of the Hotel, credit, operational abilities and
     capabilities, prior business dealings, if any, with the Licensor, market
     feasibility and other factors deemed relevant by Licensor, then being
     applied by Licensor in issuing new licenses to use the System.  If the
     application is not approved by Licensor and Licensee proceeds with the
     purchase or lease of the Hotel, then this Agreement shall terminate
     pursuant to paragraph 12.C; and Licensor shall be entitled to all of its
     remedies.  If the application is approved, Licensor and the transferee
     will, upon surrender of this Agreement, enter into a commitment agreement
     to govern the Hotel until the time specified therein for the new license
     agreement to be entered into if the transferee fulfills specified upgrading
     and other requirements.  The new license agreement will be on the standard
     form, and contain the standard terms (except for duration) then being used
     to license new Hotels under the System.

11.  Condemnation and Casualty.

   A.  Condemnation.  Licensee shall, at the earliest possible time, give
   Licensor full notice of any proposed taking by eminent domain.  If Licensor
   agrees that the Hotel or a substantial part thereof is to be taken, Licensor
   will give due and prompt consideration, without any obligation, to
   substituting a nearby location selected by Licensee and approved by Licensor
   as the Hotel hereunder as promptly as reasonably possible, and in any event
   within four months of the taking.  If the new location is approved by
   Licensor and the substitution authorized by Licensor and if Licensee opens a
   new hotel at the new location in accordance with Licensor's specifications
   within two years of the closing of the Hotel, the new hotel will thenceforth
   be deemed to be the Hotel licensed under this Agreement.  If a condemnation
   takes place and a new hotel does not, for whatever reason, become the Hotel
   under this Agreement in strict accordance with this paragraph (or if it is
   reasonably evident to Licensor that such will be the case), this Agreement
   will terminate forthwith upon notice thereof by Licensor to Licensee without
   the payment of liquidated damages required by paragraph 12.F.

   B.  Casualty.

     (1) If the Hotel is destroyed or substantially destroyed during the License



     Term by fire or other casualty and the cost of repairing, restoring,
     rebuilding and replacing the same shall exceed the proceeds of the
     insurance collectible with respect to such fire or other casualty (for this
     purpose the deductible amount under the insurance policy shall be deemed to
     be collectible proceeds) and the Hotel

          (a)  for at least the full twelve month period preceding the casualty,
          did not have a positive cash flow after payment of all operating and
          ownership costs; or
          (b)  can be shown by appraisal to have an economic value less than the
          total cost to repair, restore, rebuild or replace.

     Licensee shall have the right upon notice served upon Licensor within sixty
     (60) days after such fire or casualty, to terminate this Agreement without
     the payment of liquidated damages required by paragraph 12.F.

     (2)  If the cost of repairing, restoring, rebuilding or replacing the
     damage shall be equal to or less than the proceeds of the insurance
     collectible with respect to such fire or other casualty, or, if greater and
     the Licensee did not meet (a) or (b) above or, if greater and the Licensee
     did meet (a) or (b) above, but did not give notice to Licensor within the
     sixty (60) day time period, Licensee shall expeditiously repair the damage.
     If the damage or repair requires closing the Hotel, Licensee will
     immediately notify Licensor, will repair or rebuild the Hotel in accordance
     with Licensor's standards, will commence reconstruction within four months
     after closing, and will reopen the Hotel for continuous business operations
     as soon as practicable (but in any event within 24 months after closing of
     the Hotel), giving Licensor ample advance notice of the date of reopening. 
     If the Hotel is not reopened in accordance with this paragraph, this
     Agreement will forthwith terminate upon notice thereof from Licensor to
     Licensee, with the payment of liquidated damages required by paragraph
     12.F.

   C.  No Extensions of Term.  Nothing in this paragraph 11 will extend the
   License Term but Licensee shall not be required to make any payments pursuant
   to paragraphs 3.C.(1), (3) and (4) for periods during which the Hotel is
   closed by reason of condemnation or casualty.

12.  Termination.

   A.  Expiration of Term.  This Agreement will expire without notice 20 years
   from the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as set forth herein. 
   The parties recognize the difficulty of ascertaining damages to Licensor
   resulting from premature termination of this Agreement, and have provided for
   liquidated damages in paragraph 12.F. below, which represent the parties'
   best estimate as to the damages arising from the circumstances in which they
   are provided.

   B.  Termination by Licensor on Advance Notice.

     (1)  In accordance with notice from Licensor to Licensee, this Agreement
     will terminate (without any further notice unless required by law) or, at
     Licensor's sole discretion with notice from Licensor to Licensee, Licensor
     may cease to provide its services hereunder (including Reservation
     Services), provided that:

          (a)  the notice is mailed at least 30 days (or longer, if required by
          law) in advance of the termination date;
          (b)  the notice reasonably identifies one or more breaches of the
          Licensee's obligations; and
          (c)  the breach(es) are not fully remedied within the time period
          specified in the notice.

     (2)  If during the then preceding 12 months, Licensee shall have engaged in
     a violation of this Agreement for which a notice of termination was given
     and termination failed to take effect because the default was remedied, the



     period given to remedy defaults thereafter will, if and to the extent
     permitted by law, thereafter be 10 days instead of 30.

     (3)  In any judicial proceeding in which the validity of termination is at
     issue, Licensor will not be limited to the reasons set forth in any notice
     sent under this paragraph.

     (4)  Licensor's notice of termination or suspension of services shall not
     relieve Licensee of its obligations under this Agreement.

   C.   Immediate Termination by Licensor.  This Agreement may be immediately
   terminated upon notice from Licensor to Licensee (or at the earliest time
   permitted by applicable law) if:

     (1)(a)  Licensee or any guarantor of Licensee's obligations hereunder
        generally does not pay its debts as they become due or shall admit in
        writing its inability to pay its debts, or shall make a general
        assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
        (b)  Licensee or any such guarantor shall commence any case, proceeding
        or other action seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
        liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law
        relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors,
        or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other
        similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its
        property; or
        (c)  Licensee or any such guarantor shall take any corporate or other
        action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in paragraphs (a)
        or (b); or
        (d)  Any case, proceeding or other action against Licensee or any such
        guarantor shall be commenced seeking to have an order for relief entered
        against it as debtor, or seeking reorganization, arrangement,
        adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts
        under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
        relief of debtors, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee,
        custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial
        part of its property, and such case, proceeding or other action (i)
        results in the entry of an order for relief against it which is not
        fully stayed within seven business days after the entry thereof or (ii)
        remains undismissed for a period of 45 days; or
        (e)  An attachment remains on all or a substantial part of the Hotel or
        of Licensee's or any such guarantor's assets for 30 days; or
        (f)  Licensee or any such guarantor fails, within 60 days of the entry
        of a final judgment against Licensee in any amount exceeding $50,000, to
        discharge, vacate or reverse the judgment, or to stay execution of it,
        or if appealed, to discharge the judgment within 30 days after a final
        adverse decision in the appeal; or

     (2)  Licensee loses possession or the right to possession of all or a
     significant part of the Hotel, except as otherwise provided in paragraph
     11; or

     (3)  Licensee contests in any court or proceeding Licensor's ownership of
     the System or any part of it, or the validity of any service marks or
     trademarks associated with Licensor's business; or

     (4)  A breach of paragraph 10 hereof occurs; or

     (5)  Licensee fails to continue to identify itself to the public as a
     System hotel; or

     (6)  Any action is taken toward dissolving or liquidating Licensee or any
     guarantor, if it is a corporation or partnership, except for death of a
     partner; or

     (7)  Licensee or any equity holder in Licensee is, or is discovered to have
     been, convicted of a felony (or any other offense if it is likely to



     adversely reflect upon or affect the Hotel, the System, the Licensor, the
     Licensor's parent or its affiliates or subsidiaries in any way); or

     (8)  Licensee knowingly maintains false books and records of account or
     knowingly submits false reports or information to Licensor.

   D.   Termination by Licensee.  This Agreement may be terminated by Licensee
   as provided in paragraph 3.B. herein.

   E.  De-identification of Hotel Upon Termination.  Licensee will take whatever
   action is necessary to assure that no use is made of any part of the System
   at or in connection with the Hotel after the License Term ends.  This will
   involve, among other things, returning to Licensor the Manual and all other
   materials proprietary to Licensor, physical changes of distinctive System
   features of the Hotel, including removal of the primary freestanding sign,
   and all other actions required to preclude any possibility of confusion on
   the part of the public that the Hotel is no longer using all or any part of
   the System or otherwise holding itself out to the public as an Embassy Suites
   hotel.  Anything not done by Licensee in this regard within 30 days after
   termination may be done at Licensee's expense by Licensor or its agents who
   may enter upon the premises of the Hotel for that purpose.

   F.  Payment of Liquidated Damages.  If the Agreement terminates pursuant to
   paragraphs 11.B(2), 12.B or 12.C above, Licensee will promptly pay Licensor
   (as liquidated damages for the premature termination only, and not as penalty
   or forfeiture, or in lieu of any other payment), a lump sum equal to the
   total amounts required under paragraph 3.C(1) and 3.C(3) during the lesser of
   the following:  (i)  36 months of operation; or (ii) a number of months equal
   to one-half of the number of the calendar months remaining prior to the date
   of the License expiration set forth in this Agreement, as measured from the
   date of termination of this Agreement.  The liquidated damages shall then be
   calculated by multiplying the applicable number of months (36 months or less)
   times the monthly average of the amounts required under paragraph 3.C(1) and
   3.C(3) for the 12 months preceding the date of termination, or if the hotel
   has not been in operation as an Embassy Suites hotel for 12 months, then the
   actual number of months preceding the date of termination.

13.  Agreement is Non-Renewable.

   This Agreement is non-renewable, except where otherwise may be provided by
   applicable law.  Licensee may apply for a new license agreement to use the
   System at the Hotel for a term not to exceed 10 years by applying for a
   commitment agreement for a new license agreement on Licensor's then-current
   form.  Licensee agrees that such application shall be made by Licensee in
   accordance with Licensor's procedures, criteria, and requirements regarding
   fees, and upgrade of the Hotel, credit, operational abilities and
   capabilities, prior business relationship with Licensor, market feasibility
   and such other factors deemed relevant by Licensor, as are then being applied
   by Licensor in issuing new licenses to use the System.

14.  Relationship of Parties.

   A.  No Agency Relationship.  Licensee is an independent contractor.  Neither
   party is the legal representative or agent of, or has the power to obligate
   (or has the right to direct or supervise the daily affairs of) the other for
   any purpose whatsoever.  Licensor and Licensee expressly acknowledge that the
   relationship intended by them is a business relationship based entirely on
   and circumscribed by the express provisions of this Agreement and that no
   partnership, joint venture, agency, fiduciary or employment relationship is
   intended or created by reason of this Agreement.

   B.  Licensee's Notices to Public Concerning Independent Status.  Licensee
   will take such steps as are necessary and such steps as Licensor may from
   time to time reasonably request to minimize the chance of a claim being made
   against Licensor for anything that occurs at the Hotel, or for acts,
   omissions or obligations of Licensee or anyone associated or affiliated with



   Licensee or the Hotel.  Such steps may, for example, include giving notice in
   guest suites, public rooms and advertisements, on business forms and
   stationery, etc., making clear to the public that Licensor is not the owner
   or operator of the Hotel and is not accountable for what happens at the
   Hotel.  Licensee shall not enter or execute any contracts in the name
   "Embassy Suites hotel," and all contracts for the Hotel's operations and
   services at the Hotel shall be in the name of Licensee or Licensee's approved
   management company.  Unless required by law, Licensee will not use the word
   "Embassy," "Embassy Suites," or any similar words in its corporate,
   partnership, or trade name, nor authorize or permit such use by anyone else. 
   Likewise the words "Embassy," "Embassy Suites," or any similar words will not
   be used to name or identify developments adjacent to or associated with the
   Hotel, nor will Licensee use such names in its general business in any manner
   separated from the business of the Hotel.  Licensee will not use the words
   "Embassy" or "Embassy Suites" or any other name or mark associated with the
   System to incur any obligation or indebtedness on behalf of Licensor.

15.  Miscellaneous.

   A.  Severability and Interpretation.  The remedies provided in this Agreement
   are not exclusive.  In the event any provision of this Agreement is held to
   be unenforceable, void or voidable as being contrary to the law or public
   policy of the United States or any other jurisdiction entitled to exercise
   authority hereunder, all remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in
   full force and effect unless deletion of the provision(s) deemed
   unenforceable, void or voidable impairs the consideration for this Agreement
   in a manner which frustrates the purpose of the parties or makes performance
   commercially impracticable.  In the event any provision of this Agreement
   requires interpretation, such interpretation shall be based on the reasonable
   intention of the parties in the context of this transaction without
   interpreting any provision in favor of or against any party hereto by reason
   of the draftsmanship of the party or its position relative to the other
   party.  Any covenant, term or provision of this Agreement which, in order to
   effect the intent of the parties, must survive the termination of this
   Agreement, shall survive any such termination.

   B.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall become valid when executed and
   accepted by Licensor at Memphis, Tennessee, and it shall be deemed made and
   entered into in the state of Tennessee and shall be governed and construed
   under and in accordance with the laws of the state of Tennessee.  In entering
   into this Agreement, Licensee acknowledges that it has sought, voluntarily
   accepted and become associated with Licensor who is headquartered in Memphis,
   Tennessee and that this Agreement contemplates and will result in business
   relationships with Licensor's headquarter's personnel.  The choice of law
   designation permits, but does not require that all lawsuits concerning this
   Agreement be filed in the state of Tennessee.

   C.  Exclusive Benefit.  This Agreement is exclusively for the benefit of the
   parties hereto and it may not give rise to liability to a third party.  No
   agreement between Licensor and anyone else is for the benefit of Licensee.

   D.  Entire Agreement.  This is the entire Agreement (and supersedes all
   previous agreements including without limitation, any commitment agreement
   between the parties concerning the Hotel) between the parties relating to the
   Hotel.  Neither Licensor nor any other person on Licensor's behalf has made
   any representations to Licensee concerning this Agreement or relating to the
   System which representation is not fully set forth herein or in Licensor's
   "Offering Circular for Prospective Franchisees." No change in this Agreement
   will be valid unless in writing signed by both parties.  No failure to
   require strict performance or to exercise any right or remedy hereunder will
   preclude requiring strict performance or exercising any right or remedy in
   the future.

   E.   Licensor Withholding Consent.  Licensor's consent, wherever required,
   may be withheld if any default by Licensee exists under this Agreement. 
   Approvals and consents by Licensor will not be effective unless evidenced by



   a writing duly executed on behalf of Licensor.

   F.  Notices.  Notices will be effective hereunder when and only when they are
   reduced to writing and delivered personally or mailed by Federal Express or
   comparable overnight delivery service or by certified mail to the appropriate
   party at its address first stated above or to such person and at such address
   as may be designated by notice hereunder.

   G.  General Release and Covenant Not to Sue.  Licensee and its respective
   heirs, administrators, executors, agents, representatives, successors or
   assigns, hereby release, remise, acquit and forever discharge Licensor and
   its parent, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their officers,
   directors, employees, agents, successors or assigns from any and all actions,
   claims, causes of action, suits, rights, debts, liabilities, accounts,
   agreements, covenants, contracts, promises, warrants, judgments, executions,
   demands, damages, costs and expenses, whether known or unknown, of any kind
   or nature, absolute or contingent, if any there be, at law or in equity from
   the beginning of time to and including the date this Agreement is signed by
   Licensor.  Licensee and its respective heirs, representatives, successors and
   assigns do hereby covenant and agree that they will not institute any suit or
   action at law or otherwise against Licensor directly or indirectly relating
   to any claim released hereby by Licensee.  This release and covenant not to
   sue shall survive the termination of this Agreement.  Licensee shall take
   whatever steps are necessary or appropriate to carry out the terms of this
   release and covenant not to sue upon Licensor's request.

   H.  Descriptive Headings.  The descriptive headings in this Agreement are for
   convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction
   of any provision in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first stated above.

LICENSEE:                     LICENSOR:



                              EMBASSY SUITES, INC.


                              By:  ___________________________________________


                              Name:  _________________________________________


                              Title:  ________________________________________
                                   Embassy Suites Hotel Division

                              Attest:  _______________________________________
                                   Assistant Secretary


                              Date:  _________________________________________



                                  ATTACHMENT A

Facilities and Services (paragraph 1):


   Site-Area and general description:



     Fee owners (names and addresses):


     Leases (parties, terms, etc.), if any:


     Separate parcels for signs:


     Number of approved guest suites:


   Hotel Management Company:


   Restaurant(s) and lounge(s) (number, seating capacity, names and description,
   tenant):


   Meeting and function space:


   Indoor and outdoor recreational facilities (pool, whirlpool, exercise room,
   sauna, etc.):


   Atrium:


   Gift shop:


   Other concessions and shops:


   Parking facilities (number of spaces, description):


   Other facilities and services:


Ownership of Licensee:


   Authorized signatories:



                                    GUARANTY

                      EXECUTED ___________________ , 199__


   As an inducement to Embassy Suites, Inc. ("Licensor") to execute the
_________ Agreement dated _________ with ____________ (the  "Agreement"), the
undersigned ("Guarantor"), jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally warrant
to Licensor and its successors and assigns that all of Licensee's representa-
tions in the Agreement and the application submitted by Licensee to obtain the
License are true and further guarantee, absolutely, unconditionally and
irrevocably to Licensor that all of Licensee's obligations under the Agreement,
including any amendments thereto whenever made, will be punctually paid and
performed.

   Upon default or failure to cure within the time specified in the Agreement by
Licensee or notice from Licensor, the undersigned Guarantor will immediately
make each payment (including reasonable counsel fees) and perform each
obligation required of Licensee under the Agreement.  Without affecting the
obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty, Licensor may without notice to
Guarantor extend, modify or release any indebtedness or obligation of Licensee,
or settle, adjust or compromise any claims against Licensee.  Guarantor waives
notice of amendment of the Agreement and notice of demand for payment or
performance by Licensee.

   All monies available to the Licensor for application in payment or reduction
of the indebtedness or obligations of Licensee may be applied by the Licensor in
such manner and in such amounts and at such time or times and in such order and
priority as the Licensor may see fit to the payment or reduction of such portion
of the indebtedness or obligations as the Licensor may elect.

   Guarantor hereby waives (a) notice of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the
making of the Agreement by the Licensor to the Licensee; (b) presentment and
demand for payment of the indebtedness or obligations under the Agreement or any
portion thereof; (c) protest and notice of dishonor or default to the
undersigned or to any other person or party with respect to the Agreement or any
portion thereof; (d) all other notices to which the undersigned might otherwise
be entitled; and (e) any demand for payment under this Guaranty.

   The Guaranty constitutes a guaranty of payment and performance and not of
collection, and each Guarantor specifically waives any obligation of Licensor to
proceed against Licensee on any money or property held by Licensee or by any
other person or entity as collateral security, by way of set off or otherwise. 
Guarantor further agrees that this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be
reinstated as the case may be, if at any time payment or any of the guaranteed
obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by Licensor
upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Licensee or any of the
undersigned, all as though such payment has not been made.

   No delay on the part of the Licensor in exercising any rights hereunder or
under the documents executed in connection with the Agreement or the failure to
exercise the same shall operate as a waiver of such rights; no notice to or
demand on Guarantor shall be deemed to be a waiver of the obligation of
Guarantor or of the right of the Licensor to take further action without notice
or demand as provided herein; nor in any event shall any modification or waiver
of the provisions of this Guaranty be effective unless in writing nor shall any
such waiver be applicable except in the specific instance for which given.

   Notwithstanding any payments made by the undersigned pursuant to the
provisions of this Guaranty, Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation in and
to the Agreement or the payment of the obligations thereof until the
indebtedness or performance has been paid in full to the Licensor.

   Each reference herein to the Licensor shall be deemed to include its
successors and assigns, in whose favor the provisions of this Guaranty shall
also inure.  Each reference herein to Guarantor shall be deemed to include the



heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns
of Guarantor, all of whom shall be bound by the provisions of this Guaranty.

   Upon the death of an individual Guarantor, the estate of such Guarantor will
be bound by this Guaranty but only for defaults and obligations hereunder
existing at the time of death, and the obligations of the other Guarantors will
continue in full force and effect.

   This Guaranty is, and shall be deemed to be, a contract entered into under
and pursuant to the laws of the state of Tennessee and shall be in all respects
governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the laws of said
state.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has signed this Guaranty as of the
date of the above Agreement.


Witnesses:                                        Guarantors:

______________________________________  _________________________________ (Seal)

______________________________________  _________________________________ (Seal)

______________________________________  _________________________________ (Seal)











                                                           EMBASSY SUITES,  INC.
                                                            850 Ridge Lake Blvd.
                                                                       Suite 400
                                                              Memphis, TN  38120




                                 EMBASSY SUITES(R)
                          SHORT-TERM LICENSE AGREEMENT


Dated ____________________________, 19__ between Embassy Suites, Inc. a Delaware

corporation ("Licensor"), and __________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                 resident
a ______________________________________________________________ corporation
("Licensee"), whose                                              partnership

address is _____________________________________________________________________

                          THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

   1.   The License.

   Licensor owns, operates and licenses a system designed to provide a
distinctive, high-quality hotel service to the public under the name "Embassy
Suites" (the "System").  High standards established by Licensor are the essence
of the System.  Future investments may be required of Licensee under this
Embassy Suites License Agreement ("this Agreement").  Licensee has independently
investigated the risks of the business to be operated hereunder, including
current and potential market conditions, competitive factors and risks, has read
Licensor's "Offering Circular for Prospective Franchisees," and has made an
independent evaluation of all such facts.  Neither Licensor nor any other person
on Licensor's behalf has made any representation to Licensee concerning this
Agreement not fully set forth herein.  Aware of the relevant facts, Licensee
desires to enter into this Agreement in order to obtain a license to use the
System in the operation of a hotel (the "Hotel") located at ____________________

________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

   A.   The Hotel.  The Hotel comprises all structures, facilities,
   appurtenances, furniture, fixtures, equipment, and entry, exit, parking and
   other areas from time to time located on the land identified on the plot plan
   most recently acknowledged by Licensor in anticipation of the execution of
   this Agreement, or located on any land from time to time approved by Licensor
   for additions, signs or other facilities.  The Hotel now includes the
   facilities listed on Attachment A hereto.  No change in the number of
   approved guest suites and no significant change in the Hotel may be made
   without Licensor's prior approval.  Redecoration and minor structural changes
   that comply with Licensor's standards and specifications will not be
   considered significant.  Licensee represents that it is entitled to
   possession of the Hotel during the entire License Term (as hereinafter
   defined) without restrictions that would interfere with anything contemplated
   in this Agreement.

   B.   The System.  The System is composed of elements, as designated from time
   to time by Licensor, designed to identify "Embassy Suites hotels" to the
   consuming public and/or to contribute to such identification and its
   association with quality standards.  The System at present includes the
   trademark "Embassy Suites" and such other service marks and copyrights,
   trademarks and similar property rights as may be designated from time to time



   by Licensor to be part of the System; access to a reservation service;
   distribution of advertising, publicity and other marketing programs and
   materials; the furnishing of training programs and materials; standards,
   specifications and policies for construction, furnishing, operation,
   appearance and service of the Hotel, and otherrequirements as stated or
   referred to in this Agreement and from time to time in Licensor's Standards
   Manual (the "Manual") or in other communications to Licensee; and programs
   for inspecting the Hotel and consulting with Licensee.  Licensor may add
   elements to the System or modify, alter or delete elements of the System at
   its sole discretion from time to time.

2.   Grant of License.

   Licensor hereby grants to Licensee a non-exclusive license (the "License") to
   use the System only at the Hotel, only in accordance with the terms and
   conditions of this Agreement and only during the term of this Agreement (the
   "License Term") beginning with the date hereof and terminating under
   paragraph 12 hereof.  This Agreement applies to the specified location and no
   other.  This Agreement does not limit Licensor's right or the rights of any
   parent, subsidiary, division or affiliate of Licensor, to use or license the
   System or any part thereof or to engage in or license any business activity
   at any other location.  Licensee acknowledges that Licensor, its divisions,
   subsidiaries and affiliates and parent are and may in the future be engaged
   in other business activities including activities involving transient lodging
   and related activities which may be or may be deemed to be competitive with
   the System; that facilities, programs, services and/ or personnel used in
   connection with the System may also be used in connection with such other
   business activities of Licensor, its parent, subsidiaries, divisions or
   affiliates; and that Licensee is acquiring no rights hereunder other than the
   right to use the System as specifically defined herein in accordance with the
   terms of this Agreement.

3. Licensee's Responsibilities.

   A.  Operational and Other Requirements.  During the License Term, Licensee
   will:

     (1)  maintain a high moral and ethical standard and atmosphere at the
     Hotel;

     (2)  maintain the Hotel in a clean, safe and orderly manner and in
     first-class condition;

     (3)  provide efficient, courteous and high-quality service to the public;

     (4)  operate the Hotel 24 hours a day every day except as otherwise
     permitted by Licensor based on special circumstances;

     (5)  strictly comply in all respects with the Manual and with all other
     policies, procedures and requirements of Licensor which may be from time to
     time communicated to Licensee;

     (6)  strictly comply with Licensor's reasonable requirements to protect the
     System and the Hotel from unreliable sources of supply;

     (7)  strictly comply with Licensor's requirements as to:

        (a)  the types of services and products that may be used, promoted or
        offered at the Hotel;
        (b)  the types and quality of services and products that, to supplement
        services listed on Attachment A,must be used, promoted or offered at the
        Hotel;
        (c)  use, display, style and type of signage;
        (d)  directory and reservation service listings of the Hotel;
        (e)  training of persons to be involved in the operation of the Hotel;
        (f) participation in all marketing, reservation service, advertising,



        training and operating programs designated by Licensor as System-wide
        programs in the best interests of hotels using the System;
        (g)  maintenance, appearance and condition of the Hotel; and
        (h)  quality and type of service offered to customers at the Hotel.

     (8)  use such automated guest service and/or hotel management and/or
     telephone system(s) which Licensor deems to be in the best interests of the
     System and adopts System-wide (including use in its own hotels), including
     any additions, enhancements, supplements or variants thereof which may be
     developed during the term hereof;

     (9)  participate in and use those reservation services which Licensor deems
     to be in the best interests of the System, including any additions,
     enhancements, supplements or variants thereof which may be developed during
     the term hereof;

     (10)  strictly comply with all requirements, improvements or changes to the
     System as may be from time to time designated by Licensor;

     (11)  strictly comply with all governmental requirements, including but not
     limited to the filing and maintenance of any required trade name or
     fictitious name registrations, pay all taxes, and maintain all governmental
     licenses and permits necessary to operate the Hotel in accordance with the
     System;

     (12)  permit inspection of the Hotel by Licensor's representatives at any
     time and give them free lodging for such time as may be reasonably
     necessary to complete their inspections;

     (13)  promote the Hotel on a local or regional basis subject to Licensor's
     requirements as to form, content and prior approvals;

     (14)  insure that no part of the Hotel or the System is used to further or
     promote a competing business or other lodging facility, except as Licensor
     may approve for those competing businesses or lodging facilities owned,
     licensed, operated or otherwise approved by Licensor, its parent or their
     respective divisions, subsidiaries and affiliates;

     (15)  use every reasonable means to encourage use of Embassy Suites
     facilities everywhere by the public;

     (16)  upon request by Licensor provide to Licensor statistics on hotel
     operations in the form specified by Licensor and using definitions
     specified by Licensor;

     (17)  in all respects use Licensee's best efforts to reflect credit upon
     and create favorable public response to the name "Embassy Suites";

     (18)  promptly pay to Licensor all amounts due Licensor, its parent,
     subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates as royalties or fees or for goods or
     services purchased by Licensee; and

     (19)  comply with Licensor's requirements concerning confidentiality of
     information.

   B.   Fees.

     (1)  For each month (or part of a month) during the License Term, Licensee
     will pay to Licensor by the 15th of the following month:

        (a)  a royalty of 4% of the gross revenues attributable to or payable
        for rental of guest suites at the Hotel with no deductions except for
        sales and room taxes ("Gross Suites Revenue"); and

        (b)  a "Marketing and Reservation Contribution" of 3.5% of Gross Suites
        Revenue (but no less then $1.75 per guest suite per night), this



        contribution being subject to change by Licensor from time to time if
        approved by a majority of members (which shall be counted on the basis
        of one suite, one vote) of the "ESOA" (the Embassy Suites Owners'
        Association or successor sanctioned as such by Licensor) who represent a
        majority of the suites to be subject to the increase, at an annual ESOA
        meeting or at a meeting of System Licensees as may be convened by
        Licensor upon no less than 45 days' advance notice or by mail ballot
        with no less than forty-five day deadline to cast ballot.

          (i)  Licensor may, in its sole discretion upon 30 days prior written
          notice, increase this Contribution by an amount not to exceed .5% of
          Gross Suites Revenue and such increase shall be effective for a period
          that shall not exceed 12 months.  Licensor may not implement any
          additional discretionary increase(s) within 24 months after the
          expiration of such increase; and

        (c)  a special additional Reservation Contribution assessment of
        one-eighth of one percent (.125%) of Gross Suites Revenue to be paid in
        1993;  and

        (d)  an amount equal to any sales, gross receipts or similar tax imposed
        on Licensor and calculated solely on payments required hereunder, unless
        the tax is an optional alternative to an income tax otherwise payable by
        Licensor.

        Licensee will operate the Hotel so as to maximize Gross Suites Revenue
        of the Hotel consistent with sound marketing and industry practice and
        will not engage in any conduct which reduces Gross Suites Revenue of the
        Hotel in order to further other business activities.

     (2)  A standard initial fee as set forth in Licensor's current "Offering
     Circular for Prospective Franchisees" will be charged by Licensor upon
     application for any guest suites to be added to the Hotel.

     (3)  Additional royalties may be charged by Licensor on revenues (or upon
     any other basis, if so determined by Licensor) from any activity if it is
     added at the Hotel by mutual agreement and:

        (a)  it is not now offered at System hotels generally and it is likely
        to benefit significantly from or be identified significantly with the
        Embassy Suites name or other aspects of the System; or
        (b)  it is designed or developed by or for Licensor.

     (4)  Charges may be made by Licensor for optional products or services
     accepted by Licensee from Licensor either in accordance with current
     practice or as developed in the future.

     (5)  If Licensee chooses to participate in any optional program available
     through Licensor or its parent, or any other program certified by Licensor,
     for payment of travel agent commissions, Licensee will pay to Licensor or
     its designated agent by the 15th of the month following receipt of a
     statement therefor, all amounts due.

     (6)  Each payment under this paragraph 3.B. shall be accompanied by the
     monthly statement referred to in paragraph 8.A. Licensor may apply any
     amounts received under this paragraph 3.B. to any amounts due under this
     Agreement.  If any amounts are not paid when due such nonpayment shall
     constitute a breach of this Agreement and in addition, such unpaid amounts
     will accrue interest beginning on the first day of the month following the
     due date at 1 1/2% per month but not to exceed the maximum interest
     permitted by applicable law.

     (7)  Local and regional marketing programs and related activities may be
     conducted by Licensee, but only at Licensee's expense and subject to
     Licensor's requirements.  Reasonable charges may be made by Licensor for
     optional advertising materials ordered or used by Licensee for such



     programs and activities.

4.  Licensor's Responsibilities.

   A.   Training.  During the License Term, Licensor will continue to specify
   and provide required training programs and may, at its discretion, provide
   certain optional training programs at various locations.  No tuition charge
   will be made for any training required by Licensor, but travel, lodging and
   other expenses of Licensee and its employees will be borne by Licensee. 
   Reasonable charges may be made by Licensor for optional training programs and
   for all training materials provided to Licensee.

   B.   Reservation Services.  During the License Term, so long as Licensee is
   in full compliance with its material obligations hereunder, Licensor will
   afford Licensee access to Reservation Services for the Hotel.

   C.   Consultation on Operations, Facilities and Marketing.  Licensor will,
   from time to time at Licensor's sole discretion, make available to Licensee
   at no charge consultation and advice in connection with operations,
   facilities and marketing.

   D.   Use of Marketing and Reservation Contribution.  The Marketing and
   Reservation Contribution will be used by and at the sole discretion of
   Licensor for costs associated with advertising, promotion, publicity, market
   research and other systemwide marketing programs and related activities and
   for reservation programs and related activities.  Licensor will make
   available and use for the same purposes marketing and reservation funds
   computed on the basis generally applicable to licensees of the System. 
   Licensor is not obligated to expend funds for marketing or reservation
   services in excess of the amounts received by Licensor from licensees using
   the System and those funds made available by Licensor as set out hereinabove.

   E.   Application of Manual.  All hotels operated under the System will be
   subject to the Manual, as it may from time to time be modified or revised by
   Licensor, including limited exceptions from compliance which may be made
   based on local conditions or special circumstances.

   F.   Other Arrangements for Marketing, etc.  Licensor may enter into
   arrangements for development, marketing, operations, administrative,
   technical and support functions, facilities, programs, services and/or
   personnel with any other entity and may use any facilities, programs,
   services or personnel used in connection with the System in connection with
   any business activities of its parent, subsidiaries, divisions or affiliates.

   G.  If the Hotel fails to comply with the standards and rules of operation
   set forth in the Manual, the LIcensor may, at the Licensee's written request
   and cost, meet with the Licensee or the Licensee's representative at the
   Hotel to develop an action plan to correct the deficiencies.  The Licensee's
   failure to develop an approved plan within 30 days of receipt of notice of
   noncompliance or to timely perform the requirements of the plan shall be an
   additional ground for declaring Licensee to be in breach of the Agreement. 
   Licensor's participation in the development of an action plan and approval of
   such plan shall not be a condition precedent for Licensor declaring Licensee
   to be in breach of this Agreement based on the failure of the Hotel to comply
   with standards and rules of operation set forth in the Manual.

5.  Appeals, Changes in the Manual.

   A.  Appeals.  Decisions, other than termination notices, made on behalf of
   Licensor specifically with reference to the Hotel may be appealed to
   Licensor's Franchise Committee if done promptly after Licensee has diligently
   sought relief through Licensor's normal channels of authority.  With the
   approval in writing of any member of the Franchise Committee, the decision
   may be further appealed to the members of the ESOA Executive Committee who
   are also officers of Licensor or its Embassy Suites Hotel Division.




   B.  Changes in the Manual.  Any change in the Manual must be explained in
   writing to Licensee at least 30 days before it goes into effect.  Any change
   in the Manual that is shown to be arbitrary or capricious will be rescinded
   by Licensor.  A committee designated by Licensor which includes its Chief
   Executive Officer or its Chief Operating Officer must determine that the
   change was formulated in good faith in the best interests of the System, and
   that it was approved by Licensor's Franchise Committee after seeking the
   advice and counsel of the Operations Standards Subcommittee of the ESOA. 
   After it has been in effect 60 days, but less than 180 days, a change in the
   Manual may be appealed to the members of the ESOA Executive Committee who are
   also officers of Licensor or its Embassy Suites Hotel Division by members
   representing at least 30% of the hotels authorized to use the System.

   C.  Decision on Appeal.  Licensor shall have the right to decide appeals
   under this paragraph solely in its discretion and may require that such
   appeals be made solely on the basis of written submissions.  No appeal will
   suspend a decision or change until and unless the appeal is successful.

   D.  Limitation on Appeal Rights.  Licensee will not be arbitrary, capricious
   or unreasonable in exercising its appeal (or any other) rights under this
   Agreement, and will use them only for the purposes for which intended.

6.  ESOA.

   A.  Eligibility.  Licensee, other licensees of the System, and Licensor are
   eligible for membership in the ESOA in accordance with the By-laws of the
   ESOA and are entitled to vote at its meetings on the basis of one open suite,
   one vote.  The purposes of the ESOA will be to consider and discuss, and make
   recommendations on, common problems relating to the operation of System
   hotels.  Licensor will seek the advice and counsel of the ESOA Executive
   Committee and its subcommittees.

   B.  Function of Committees.  ESOA committees, their functions and their
   members will be subject to approval in writing by Licensor, which approval
   will not be unreasonably withheld.  Recognizing that the ESOA must function
   in a manner consistent with the best interests of all persons using the
   System, the Licensee and Licensor will use their best efforts to cause the
   governing rules of the ESOA to be consistent with this Agreement.

7.  Proprietary Rights.

   A.  Ownership of System.  The Licensee acknowledges and will not contest,
   either directly or indirectly, Licensor's unrestricted and exclusive
   ownership of the System and any element(s) or component(s) thereof, or that
   Licensor has the sole right to grant licenses to use all or any element(s) or
   component(s) of the System.  Licensee specifically agrees and acknowledges
   that Licensor is the owner of all right, title and interest in and to the
   mark "Embassy Suites" and all other marks associated with the System together
   with the goodwill symbolized thereby and that Licenses will not contest
   directly or indirectly the validity or ownership of the marks either during
   the License Term or after its termination.  All improvements and additions
   whenever made to or associated with the System by the parties to this
   Agreement or anyone else, and all service marks, trademarks, copyrights, and
   service mark and trademark registrations at any time used, applied for or
   granted in connection with the System, and all goodwill arising from
   Licensee's use of Licensor's marks shall inure to the benefit of and become
   the property of Licensor.  Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement,
   no monetary amount shall be assigned as attributable to any goodwill
   associated with Licensee's use of the System or any element(s) or
   component(s) of the System including the name or marks.

   B.  Trademark Disputes.  Licensor will have the sole right and responsibility
   to handle disputes with third parties concerning use of all or any part of
   the System, and Licensee will, at its reasonable expense, extend its full
   cooperation to Licensor in all such matters.  All recoveries made as a result
   of disputes with third parties regarding use of the System or any part



   thereof shall be for the account of Licensor.  Licensor need not initiate
   suit against alleged imitators or infringers and may settle any dispute by
   grant of a license or otherwise.  Licensee will not initiate any suit or
   proceeding against alleged imitators or infringers, or any other suit or
   proceeding to enforce or protect the System.  Both parties will make every
   effort consistent with the foregoing to protect, maintain, and promote the
   name "Embassy Suites" and its distinguishing characteristics (and the other
   service marks, trademarks, slogans, etc., associated with the System) as
   standing for the System and only the System; provided, however, both parties
   acknowledge that Licensor may allow certain hotels which had written
   franchise commitments or licenses in the Granada Royale Hometel franchise
   system to use the name "Embassy Suites" and other related marks of the
   System.

   C.  Protection of Name and Marks.  Both parties will make every effort
   consistent with the foregoing to protect and maintain the name and mark
   "Embassy Suites" and its distinguishing characteristics (and the other
   service marks, trademarks, slogans, etc. associated with the System). 
   Licensee agrees to execute any documents deemed necessary by Licensor or its
   counsel to obtain protection for Licensor's marks or to maintain their
   continued validity and enforceability.  Licensee agrees to use the names and
   marks associated with the System only in the manner authorized by Licensor
   and acknowledges that any unauthorized use thereof shall constitute
   infringement of Licensor's rights.

8.  Records and Audits.

   A.  Monthly Reports.  At least monthly, Licensee shall prepare a statement
   which will include all information concerning Gross Suites Revenue, other
   revenues generated at the Hotel, suite occupancy rates, reservation data and
   other information required by Licensor that may be useful in connection with
   marketing and other functions of Licensor, its parent, subsidiaries,
   divisions or affiliates (the "Data").  The Data shall be the property of
   Licensor.  The Data will be permanently recorded and retained as may be
   reasonably required by Licensor.  By the 15th of each month, Licensee will
   submit to Licensor a statement setting forth the Data for the previous month
   and reflecting the computation of the amounts then due under paragraph 3.B.
   The statement shall be in such form and detail and shall use such definitions
   as Licensor may reasonably request from time to time, and may be used by
   Licensor for its reasonable purposes.

   B.  Daily Reports.  At the request of Licensor, Licensee shall prepare and
   deliver daily reports to Licensor, which reports will contain information
   reasonably requested by Licensor on a daily basis such as daily rate and
   suite occupancy, and which may be used by Licensor for its reasonable
   purposes.

   C.  Preparation and Maintenance of Records.  Licensee will, in a manner and
   form satisfactory to Licensor and utilizing accounting and reporting
   standards as reasonably required by Licensor, prepare on a current basis (and
   preserve for no less than four years), complete and accurate records
   concerning Gross Suites Revenue and all financial, operating, marketing and
   other aspects of the Hotel, and maintain an accounting system which fully and
   accurately reflects all financial aspects of the Hotel and its business. 
   Such records shall include but not be limited to books of account, tax
   returns, governmental reports, register tapes, daily reports, and complete
   quarterly and annual financial statements (profit and loss statements,
   balance sheets and cash flow statements).

   D.   Audit.  Licensor may require Licensee to have the Gross Suites Revenue
   or other monies due hereunder computed and certified as accurate by a
   certified public accountant.  During the License Term and for two years
   afterward, Licensor and its authorized agents will have the right to verify
   information required under this Agreement by requesting, receiving,
   inspecting and auditing, at all reasonable times, any and all records
   referred to above wherever they may be located (or elsewhere if reasonably



   requested by Licensor).  If any such inspection or audit discloses a
   deficiency in any payments due hereunder, Licensee shall immediately pay to
   Licensor the deficiency, plus interest thereon as provided in paragraph
   3.B.(6). In addition, if the deficiency in any payment for any 12-month
   period exceeds 5% of the correct amount and is not offset by overpayments,
   Licensee shall also immediately pay to Licensor the entire cost of the
   inspection and audit, including but not limited to travel, lodging, meals,
   salaries and other expenses of the inspecting or auditing personnel. 
   Licensor's acceptance of Licensee's payment of any deficiency as provided for
   herein shall not waive Licensor's right to terminate this Agreement as
   provided for herein in paragraph 12.  If the audit discloses an overpayment,
   Licensor will immediately refund it to Licensee.

   E.  Annual Financial Statements.  Licensee will submit to Licensor as soon as
   available but not later than 90 days after the end of Licensee's fiscal year,
   complete financial statements for the Hotel for such year.  Licensee will
   certify them to be true and correct and to have been prepared in accordance
   with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and any
   false certification will be a breach of this Agreement.

9.  Indemnity and Insurance.

   A.  Indemnity.  Licensee will indemnify Licensor, its parent, and its
   subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their officers, directors,
   employees, agents, successors and assigns against, hold them harmless from,
   and promptly reimburse them for, all payments of money (fines, damages, legal
   fees, expenses, etc.) by reason of any claim, demand, tax, penalty, or
   judicial or administrative investigation or proceeding (even where negligence
   of Licensor and/or its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates is alleged)
   arising from any claimed occurrence at the Hotel or any act, omission or
   obligation of Licensee or anyone associated or affiliated with Licensee or
   the Hotel.  At  the election of Licensor, Licensee will also defend Licensor
   and/or its parent, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their officers,
   directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns against same.  In any
   event, Licensor will have the right, through counsel of its choice, to
   control any matter to the extent it could directly or indirectly affect
   Licensor and/or its parent, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their
   officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns financially. 
   Licensee will also reimburse Licensor for all expenses including attorneys'
   fees and court costs reasonably incurred by Licensor to protect itself and/or
   its parent, subsidiaries, divisions, affiliates and their officers,
   directors, employees, agents and their successors and assigns from, or to
   remedy defaults of Licensee under this Agreement.

   B.  Insurance.  During the License Term, Licensee will comply with all
   insurance requirements of any lease or mortgage covering the Hotel, and
   Licensor's specifications for insurance as to amount and type of coverage as
   may be reasonably increased by Licensor from time to time in writing, and
   will in any event maintain as a minimum the following insurance underwritten
   by an insurer approved by Licensor:

     (1)  employer's liability and workers' compensation insurance as prescribed
     by applicable law; and

     (2)  liquor liability insurance naming Licensor and its parent as
     additional insureds with single-limit coverage for personal and bodily
     injury and property damage of at least $10,000,000 for each occurrence; and

     (3)  comprehensive general liability insurance (with products, completed
     operations and independent contractors coverage) and comprehensive
     automobile liability insurance, all on an occurrence basis naming Licensor
     and its parent as additional insureds and underwritten by an insurer
     approved by Licensor, with single-limit coverage for personal and bodily
     injury and property damage of at least $10,000,000 for each occurrence.  In
     connection with all significant construction at the Hotel during the
     License Term, Licensee will cause the general contractor to maintain with



     an insurer approved by Licensor comprehensive general liability insurance
     (with products, completed operations and independent contractors coverage)
     in at least the amount of $10,000,000 for each occurrence with Licensor and
     its parent named as additional insureds.

   C.  Changes in Insurance.  Simultaneously herewith, annually hereafter and
   each time a change is made in any insurance or insurance carrier, Licensee
   will furnish to Licensor copies of the policies of insurance setting forth
   the term and coverage of the insurance in force, the persons insured, and the
   fact that the coverage may not be cancelled, altered or permitted to lapse or
   expire without 30 days' advance written notice to Licensor.

10.  Transfer.

   A.  Transfer by Licensor.  Licensor shall have the right to transfer or
   assign this Agreement or any of Licensor's rights or obligations hereunder to
   any person or legal entity.

   B.  Transfer by Licensee.  Licensee understands and acknowledges that the
   rights and duties set forth in this Agreement are personal to Licensee, and
   that Licensor has entered into this Agreement in reliance on the business
   skill, financial capacity, and personal character of Licensee (if Licensee is
   an individual), and upon that of the partners or stockholders of Licensee (if
   Licensee is a partnership or corporation).  Accordingly, neither Licensee nor
   any immediate or remote successor to any part of Licensee's interest in this
   Agreement, nor any individual partnership, corporation, or other legal entity
   which directly or indirectly owns an equity interest (as that term is defined
   herein) in Licensee, shall sell, assign, transfer, convey, pledge, mortgage,
   encumber, or give away, any direct or indirect interest in this Agreement or
   equity interest in Licensee, except as provided in this Agreement.  Any
   purported sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, mortgage, or
   encumbrance, by operation of law or otherwise, of any interest in this
   Agreement or any equity interest in Licensee not in accordance with the
   provisions of this Agreement, shall be null and void and shall constitute a
   material breach of this Agreement for which Licensor may terminate this
   Agreement upon notice without opportunity to cure, pursuant to paragraph
   12.C.(4) of this Agreement.

     (1)  For the purposes of this paragraph 10, the term "equity interest"
     shall mean any stock or partnership interest in Licensee, the interest of
     any partner, whether general or limited, in any partnership, with respect
     to such partnership, and any stockholder of any corporation with respect to
     such corporation, which partnership or corporation is the Licensee
     hereunder or which partnership or corporation owns a direct or indirect
     beneficial interest in Licensee.  References in this Agreement to
     "publicly-traded equity interest" shall mean any equity interest which is
     traded on any securities exchange or is quoted in any publication or
     electronic reporting service maintained by the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc. or any of its successors.

     (2)  If Licensee is a partnership or corporation, Licensee represents that
     the equity interests in Licensee are directly and (if applicable)
     indirectly owned as shown in Attachment A.

   C.  Transfer of Equity Interests that are not Publicly Traded.

     (1)  Except where otherwise provided in this Agreement, equity interests in
     the Licensee that are not publicly traded may be transferred, issued, or
     eliminated with Licensor's prior written consent, which will not be
     unreasonably withheld provided that, after the transaction:

        (a)  50% or less of all equity interests in Licensee will have changed
        hands since Licensee first became a party to this Agreement; or
        (b)  80% or less of all equity interests in Licensee will have changed
        hands since Licensee first became a party to this Agreement, and no
        equity interest will be held by other than those who held them when



        Licensee first became a party to this Agreement.

     (2)  In computing the percentages referred to in paragraph 10.C.(1) above,
     limited partners will not be distinguished from general partners, and
     Licensor's judgment will be final if there is any question as to the
     definition of "equity interest" or as to the computation of relative equity
     interest, the principal considerations being:

        (a)  Direct and indirect power to exercise control over the affairs of
        Licensee;
        (b)  Direct and indirect right to share in Licensee's profits; and
        (c)  Amounts directly or indirectly exposed to risk in Licensee's
        business.

   D.  Transfers of Publicly-Traded Equity Interests.

     (1)  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, publicly-traded equity
     interests in the Licensee may be transferred without the Licensor's
     consent, but only if:

        (a)  Immediately before the proposed transfer the transferor owns less
        than 25% of the equity interest of Licensee; and
        (b)  Immediately after the transfer the transferee will own less than
        25% of the equity interest in Licensee; and
        (c)  The transfer is exempt from registration under federal securities
        law.

     (2)  Publicly-traded equity interests may be transferred with Licensor's
     written consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld, if the transfer is
     exempt from registration under federal securities law.

     (3)  The chief financial officer of Licensee shall certify annually to
     Licensor that Licensee is in compliance with the provisions of this
     paragraph 10.D. Such certification shall be delivered to Licensor with the
     Annual Financial Statements referred to in paragraph 8.E. hereof.

   E.  Transfer of  this Agreement.

     (1)  Licensee, if a natural person, may with Licensor's consent, which will
     not be unreasonably withheld, transfer this Agreement to Licensee's spouse,
     parent, sibling, niece, nephew, descendant, or spouse's descendant provided
     that:

        (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and
        (b)  The transferee executes a new license agreement for the unexpired
        term of this Agreement on the standard form then being used to license
        new Hotels under the System, except  that  the  fees  charged  then 
        shall  be  the  same as those contained herein; and
        (c)  Licensee guarantees, in Licensor's usual form, the performance of
        the transferee's obligations under the newly-executed license agreement.

     (2)  If Licensee is a natural person, he may, without the  consent  of 
     Licensor  upon  30  days'  prior  written  notice  to Licensor, transfer 
     this Agreement to a corporation entirely owned by him provided that:

        (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and
        (b)  The transferee executes a new license agreement for the unexpired
        term of this Agreement on the standard form then being used to license
        new hotels under the System, except that the fees charged then shall be
        the same as those contained herein; and
        (c)  The Licensee guarantees, in Licensor's usual form, the performance
        of the transferee's obligations under the newly-executed license
        agreement.

   F.  Transfers of  this Agreement or Equity Interest in this Agreement Upon
   Death.



     (1)  If Licensee is a natural person, upon the Licensee's death this
     Agreement will pass in accordance with Licensee's will, or, if Licensee
     dies intestate, in accordance with laws of intestacy governing the
     distribution of the Licensee's estate provided that:

        (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and
        (b)  The Licensor gives written consent, which consent will not be
        unreasonably withheld; and
        (c)  The transferee is one or more of the decedent's spouse, parents,
        siblings, nieces, nephews, descendants, or spouse's descendants; and
        (d)  Licensee's heirs or legatees promptly advise Licensor and promptly
        execute a new license agreement for the unexpired term of this Agreement
        on the standard form then being used to license new Hotels under the
        System, except the fees charged thereunder shall be the same contained
        herein.

     (2)  If an equity interest is owned by a natural person, the equity
     interest will pass upon such person's death in accordance with such
     person's will or, if such person dies intestate, in accordance with the
     laws of intestacy governing the distribution of Licensee's estate provided
     that:

        (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and
        (b)  The Licensor gives written consent, which consent will not be
        unreasonably withheld; and
        (c)  The transferee is one or more of the decedent's spouse, parents,
        siblings, nieces, nephews, descendants, or spouse's descendants; and
        (d)  Transferee assumes, in writing, on a continuing basis, the
        decedent's guarantee, if any, of the Licensee's obligations hereunder.


   G.  Registration of a Proposed Transfer of Equity Interests.  If a proposed
   transfer of an equity interest in the Licensee requires registration under
   any federal or state securities law, Licensee shall:

     (1)  Request the Licensor's consent at least 45 days before the proposed
     effective date of the registration; and

     (2)  Accompany such request with one payment of a nonrefundable fee of
     $25,000; and

     (3)  Reimburse Licensor for expenses incurred by Licensor in connection
     with review of the materials concerning the proposed registration,
     including without limitation, attorneys' fees and travel expenses; and

     (4)  Agree, and all participants in the proposed offering subject to
     registration shall agree, to fully indemnity Licensor in connection with
     the registration; furnish the Licensor all information requested by
     Licensor; avoid any implication of Licensor's participating in, or
     endorsing the offering; and use the Licensor's service marks and trademarks
     only as directed by Licensor.

   H.  Management of the Hotel.  Licensee must at all times retain and exercise
   direct management control over the Hotel's business, either directly or
   through a management company approved by Licensor.  Licensee shall not enter
   into any lease, management agreement, or other similar arrangement for the
   operation of the Hotel or any part thereof (including without limitation,
   food and/or beverage service facilities), with any independent entity without
   the prior written consent of Licensor.

   I.  Application for New License Agreement upon Transfer of the Hotel.

     (1)  If Licensee receives an offer to purchase or lease the Hotel or any
     portion thereof and Licensee, pursuant to the terms of such offer, desires
     to sell or lease the Hotel or any portion thereof, Licensee shall give
     prompt written notice thereof to Licensor stating the identity of the



     prospective purchaser or lessee, the price or rental and furnish a copy of
     the proposed agreement concerning said offer and all other information with
     respect thereto which may be reasonably requested by Licensor.

     (2)  If the proposed lessee or transferee desires to operate the Hotel
     under the System, the proposed lessee or transferee will, with Licensee's
     consent, apply for a new license agreement to replace this Agreement for a
     term to be determined by Licensor.  Licensor will process the application
     in good faith and in accordance with procedures, criteria and requirements
     regarding fees, upgrade of the Hotel, credit, operational abilities and
     capabilities, prior business dealings, if any, with the Licensor, market
     feasibility and other factors deemed relevant by Licensor, then being
     applied by Licensor in issuing new licenses to use the System.  If the
     application is not approved by Licensor and Licensee proceeds with the
     purchase or lease of the Hotel, then this Agreement shall terminate
     pursuant to paragraph 12.C., and Licensor shall be entitled to all of its
     remedies.  If the application is approved, Licensor and the transferee
     will, upon surrender of this Agreement, enter into a commitment agreement
     to govern the Hotel until the time specified therein for the new license
     agreement to be entered into if the transferee fulfills specified upgrading
     and other requirements.  The new license agreement will be on the standard
     form, and contain the standard terms (except for duration) then being used
     to license new Hotels under the System.

11.  Condemnation and Casualty.

   A.  Condemnation.  Licensee shall, at the earliest possible time, give
   Licensor full notice of any proposed taking by eminent domain.  If Licensor
   agrees that the Hotel or a substantial part thereof is to be taken, Licensor
   will give due and prompt consideration, without any obligation, to
   substituting a nearby location selected by Licensee and approved by Licensor
   as the Hotel hereunder as promptly as reasonably possible, and in any event
   within four months of the taking.  If the new location is approved by
   Licensor and the substitution authorized by Licensor and if Licensee opens a
   new hotel at the new location in accordance with Licensor's specifications
   within two years of the closing of the Hotel, the new hotel will thenceforth
   be deemed to be the Hotel licensed under this Agreement.  If a condemnation
   takes place and a new hotel does not, for whatever reason, become the Hotel
   under this Agreement in strict accordance with this paragraph (or if it is
   reasonably evident to Licensor that such will be the case), this Agreement
   will terminate forthwith upon notice thereof by Licensor to Licensee without
   the payment of liquidated damages required by paragraph 12.E.

   B.  Casualty.

     (1)  If the Hotel is destroyed or substantially destroyed during the
     License Term by fire or other casualty and the cost of repairing,
     restoring, rebuilding and replacing the same shall exceed the proceeds of
     the insurance collectible with respect to such fire or other casualty (for
     this purpose the deductible amount under the insurance policy shall be
     deemed to be collectible proceeds) and the Hotel
        (a)  for at least the full twelve month period preceding the casualty,
        did not have a positive cash flow after payment of all operating and
        ownership costs; or
        (b)  can be shown by appraisal to have an economic value less than the
        total cost to repair, restore, rebuild or replace, Licensee shall have
        the right upon notice served upon Licensor within sixty (60) days after
        such fire or casualty, to terminate this Agreement without the payment
        of liquidated damages required by paragraph 12.E.

     (2)  If the cost of repairing, restoring, rebuilding or replacing the
     damage shall be equal to or less than the proceeds of the insurance
     collectible with respect to such fire or other casualty, or, if greater and
     the Licensee did not meet (a) or (b) above or, if greater and the Licensee
     did meet (a) or (b) above, but did not give notice to Licensor within the
     sixty (60) day time period, Licensee shall expeditiously repair the damage.



     If the damage or repair requires closing the Hotel, Licensee will
     immediately notify Licensor, will repair or rebuild the Hotel in accordance
     with Licensor's standards, will commence reconstruction within four months
     after closing, and will reopen the Hotel for continuous business operations
     as soon as practicable (but in any event within 24 months after closing of
     the Hotel), giving Licensor ample advance notice of the date of reopening. 
     If the Hotel is not reopened in accordance with this paragraph, this
     Agreement will forthwith terminate upon notice thereof from Licensor to
     Licensee, with the payment of liquidated damages required by paragraph
     12.E.

   C.  No Extensions of Term.  Nothing in this paragraph 11 will extend the
   License Term but Licensee shall not be required to make any payments pursuant
   to paragraphs 3.B.(1), (3) and (4) for periods during which the Hotel is
   closed by reason of condemnation or casualty.

12.  Termination.

   A.  Expiration of Term.  This Agreement will expire without notice ___ years
   from the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as set forth herein. 
   The parties recognize the difficulty of ascertaining damages to Licensor
   resulting from premature termination of this Agreement, and have provided for
   liquidated damages in paragraph 12.E. below, which represent the parties'
   best estimate as to the damages arising from the circumstances in which they
   are provided.

   B.  Termination by Licensor on Advance Notice.

     (1)  In accordance with notice from Licensor to Licensee, this Agreement
     will terminate (without any further notice unless required by law), or, at
     Licensor's sole discretion with notice from Licensor to Licensee, Licensor
     may cease to provide its services hereunder (including reservation
     services), provided that:

        (a)  the notice is mailed at least 30 days (or longer, if required by
        law) in advance of the termination date;
        (b)  the notice reasonably identifies one or more breaches of the
        Licensee's obligations hereunder; and
        (c)  the breach(es) are not fully remedied within the time period
        specified in the notice.

     (2)  If during the then preceding 12 months, Licensee shall have engaged in
     a violation of this Agreement for which a notice of termination was given
     and termination failed to take effect because the default was remedied, the
     period given to remedy defaults will, if and to the extent permitted by
     law, thereafter be 10 days instead of 30.

     (3)  In any judicial proceeding in which the validity of termination is at
     issue, Licensor will not be limited to the reasons set forth in any notice
     sent under this paragraph.

     (4)  Licensor's notice of termination or suspension of services shall not
     relieve Licensee of its obligations under this Agreement.

   C.  Immediate Termination by Licensor.  This Agreement may be immediately
   terminated upon notice from Licensor to Licensee (or at the earliest time
   permitted by applicable law) if:

     (1)(a)  Licensee or any guarantor of Licensee's obligations hereunder
        generally does not pay its debts as they become due or shall admit in
        writing its inability to pay its debts, or shall make a general
        assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

        (b)  Licensee or any such guarantor shall commence any case, proceeding
        or other action seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
        liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law



        relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors,
        or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other
        similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its
        property; or

        (c)  Licensee or any such guarantor shall take any corporate or other
        action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in paragraphs (a)
        or (b); or

        (d)  Any case, proceeding or other action against Licensee or any such
        guarantor shall be commenced seeking to have an order for relief entered
        against it as debtor, or seeking reorganization, arrangement,
        adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts
        under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
        relief of debtors, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee,
        custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial
        part of its property, and such case, proceeding or other action (i)
        results in the entry of an order for relief against it which is not
        fully stayed within seven business days after the entry thereof or (ii)
        remaining undismissed for a period of 45 days; or

        (e)  An attachment remains on all or a substantial part of the Hotel or
        of Licensee's or any such guarantor's assets for 30 days; or

        (f)  Licensee or any such guarantor fails, within 60 days of the entry
        of a final judgment against Licensee in any amount exceeding $50,000, to
        discharge, vacate or reverse the judgment, or to stay execution of it,
        or if appealed, to discharge the judgment within 30 days after a final
        adverse decision in the appeal; or

     (2)  Licensee loses possession or the right to possession of all or a
     significant part of the Hotel, except as otherwise provided in paragraph
     11; or

     (3)  Licensee contests in any court or proceeding Licensor's ownership of
     the System or any part of it, or the validity of any service marks or
     trademarks associated with Licensor's business; or

     (4)  A breach of paragraph 10 hereof occurs; or

     (5)  Licensee fails to continue to identify itself to the public as a
     System hotel; or

     (6)  Any action is taken toward dissolving or liquidating Licensee or any
     such guarantor, if it is a corporation or partnership, except for death of
     a partner; or

     (7)  Licensee or any of its principals is, or is discovered to have been,
     convicted of a felony (or any other offense if it is likely to adversely
     reflect upon or affect the Hotel, the System, the Licensor, the Licensor's
     parent or its affiliates or subsidiaries in any way); or

     (8)  Licensee knowingly maintains false books and records of account or
     knowingly submits false reports or information to Licensor.

   D.  De-identification of Hotel Upon Termination.  Licensee will take whatever
   action is necessary to assure that no use is made of any part of the System
   at or in connection with the Hotel or otherwise after the License Term ends. 
   This will involve, among other things, returning to Licensor the Manual and
   all other materials proprietary to Licensor, physical changes of distinctive
   System features of the Hotel, including removal of the primary freestanding
   sign, and all other actions required to preclude any possibility of confusion
   on the part of the public that the Hotel is no longer using all or any part
   of the System or otherwise holding itself out to the public as an Embassy
   Suites hotel.  Anything not done by Licensee in this regard within 30 days
   after termination may be done at Licensee's expense by Licensor or its agents



   who may enter upon the promises of the Hotel for that purpose.

   E.  Payment of Liquidated Damages.  If the Agreement terminates pursuant to
   paragraphs 11.B(2), 12.B or 12.C above, Licensee will promptly pay Licensor
   (as liquidated damages for the premature termination only, and not as penalty
   or forfeiture, or in lieu of any other payment), a lump sum equal to the
   total amounts required under paragraph 3.B(1) and 3.B(3) during the lesser of
   the following:  (i)  36 months of operation; or (ii) a number of months equal
   to one-half of the number of the calendar months remaining prior to the date
   of the License expiration set forth in this Agreement, as measured from the
   date of termination of this Agreement.  The liquidated damages shall then be
   calculated by multiplying the applicable number of months (36 months or less)
   times the monthly average of the amounts required under paragraph 3.B(1) and
   3.B(3) for the 12 months preceding the date of termination, or if the hotel
   has not been in operation as an Embassy Suites hotel for 12 months, then the
   actual number of months  preceding the date of termination.

13.  Agreement is Non-Renewable.

   This Agreement is nonrenewable, except where otherwise may be provided by
   applicable law.

14.  Relationship of Parties.

     A.  No Agency Relationship.  Licensee is an independent contractor. 
     Neither party is the legal representative or agent of or has the power to
     obligate (or has the right to direct or supervise the daily affairs of) the
     other for any purpose whatsoever.  Licensor and Licensee expressly
     acknowledge that the relationship intended by them is a business
     relationship based entirely on and circumscribed by the express provisions
     of this Agreement and that no partnership, joint venture, agency, fiduciary
     or employment relationship is intended or created by reason of this
     Agreement.

     B.  Licensee's Notices to Public Concerning Independent Status.  Licensee
     will take such steps as are necessary and such steps as Licensor may from
     time to time reasonably request to minimize the chance of a claim being
     made against Licensor for anything that occurs at the Hotel or for acts,
     omissions or obligations of Licensee or anyone associated or affiliated
     with Licensee or the Hotel.  Such steps may, for example, include giving
     notice in guest rooms, public rooms and advertisements, on business forms
     and stationery, etc., making clear to the public that Licensor is not the
     owner or operator of the Hotel and is not accountable for what happens at
     the Hotel.  Licensee shall not enter or execute any contracts in the name
     "Embassy Suites hotel," and all contracts for the Hotel's operations and
     services at the Hotel shall be in the name of Licensee or Licensee's
     approved management company.  Unless required by law, Licensee will not use
     the word "Embassy," "Embassy Suites," or any similar words in its
     corporate, partnership, or trade name, nor authorize or permit such use by
     anyone else.  Likewise the words "Embassy," "Embassy Suites," or any
     similar words will not be used to name or identify developments adjacent to
     or associated with the Hotel, nor will Licensee use such names in its
     general business in any manner separated from the business of the Hotel. 
     Licensee will not use the words "Embassy" or "Embassy Suites" or any other
     name or mark associated with the System to incur any obligation or
     indebtedness on behalf of Licensor.

15.  Miscellaneous.

     A.  Severability and Interpretation.  The remedies provided in this
     Agreement are not exclusive.  In the event any provision of this Agreement
     is held to be unenforceable, void or voidable as being contrary to the law
     or public policy of the United States or any other jurisdiction entitled to
     exercise authority hereunder, all remaining provisions shall nevertheless
     continue in full force and effect unless deletion of the provision(s)
     deemed unenforceable, void or voidable impairs the consideration for this



     Agreement in a manner which frustrates the purpose of the parties or makes
     performance commercially impracticable.  In the event any provision of this
     Agreement requires interpretation, such interpretation shall be based on
     the reasonable intention of the parties in the context of this transaction
     without interpreting any provision in favor of or against any party hereto
     by reason of the draftsmanship of the party or its position relative to the
     other party.  Any covenant, term or provision of this Agreement which, in
     order to effect the intent of the parties, must survive the termination of
     this Agreement, shall survive any such termination.

     B.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall become valid when executed and
     accepted by Licensor at Memphis, Tennessee and it shall be deemed made and
     entered into in the state of Tennessee and shall be governed and construed
     under and in accordance with the laws of the state of Tennessee.  In
     entering into this Agreement, Licensee acknowledges that it has sought,
     voluntarily accepted and become associated with Licensor who is
     headquartered in Memphis, Tennessee, and that this Agreement contemplates
     and will result in business relationships with Licensor's headquarter's
     personnel.  The choice of law designation permits, but does not require,
     that all lawsuits concerning this Agreement be filed in the state of
     Tennessee.

     C.  Exclusive Benefit.  This Agreement is exclusively for the benefit of
     the parties hereto, and it may not give rise to liability to a third party.
     No agreement between Licensor and anyone else is for the benefit of
     Licensee.

     D.  Entire Agreement.  This is the entire Agreement (and supersedes all
     previous agreements including without limitation, any commitment agreement
     between the parties concerning the Hotel) between the parties relating to
     the Hotel.  Neither Licensor nor any other person on Licensor's behalf has
     made any representation to Licensee concerning this Agreement or relating
     to the system which representation is not fully set forth herein or in
     Licensor's "Offering Circular for Prospective Franchisees." No change in
     this Agreement will be valid unless in writing signed by both parties.  No
     failure to require strict performance or to exercise any right or remedy
     hereunder will preclude requiring strict performance or exercising any
     right or remedy in the future.

     E.  Licensor's Withholding Consent.  Licensor's consent, wherever required,
     may be withheld if any default by Licensee exists under this Agreement. 
     Approvals and consents by Licensor will not be effective unless evidenced
     by a writing duly executed on behalf of Licensor.

     F.  Notices.  Notices will be effective hereunder when and only when they
     are reduced to writing and delivered personally or mailed by Federal
     Express or comparable overnight delivery service or by certified mail to
     the appropriate party at its address first stated above or to such person
     and at such address as may be designated by notice hereunder.

     G.  General Release and Covenant Not to Sue.  Licensee and its respective
     heirs, administrators, executors, agents, representatives, successors or
     assigns, hereby release, remise, acquit and forever discharge Licensor and
     its parent, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their officers,
     directors, employees, agents, successors or assigns from any and all
     actions, claims, causes of action, suits, rights, debts, liabilities,
     accounts, agreements, covenants, contracts, promises, warrants, judgments,
     executions, demands, damages, costs and expenses, whether known or unknown,
     of any kind or nature, absolute or contingent, if any there be, at law or
     in equity from the beginning of time to and including the date this
     Agreement is signed by Licensor.  Licensee and its respective heirs,
     representatives, successors and assigns do hereby covenant and agree that
     they will not institute any suit or action at law or otherwise against
     Licensor directly or indirectly relating to any claim released hereby by
     Licensee.  This release and covenant not to sue shall survive the
     termination of this Agreement.  Licensee shall take whatever steps are



     necessary or appropriate to carry out the terms of this release and
     covenant not to sue upon Licensor's request.

     H.  Descriptive Headings.  The descriptive headings in this Agreement are
     for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or
     construction of any provision in this Agreement.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first stated above.

LICENSEE:                          LICENSOR:

                                   EMBASSY SUITES, INC.

                                   By: _________________________________________

                                   Name:  ______________________________________

                                   Title:  _____________________________________
                                        Embassy Suites Hotel Division

                                   Attest: _____________________________________
                                        Assistant Secretary


                                   Date:  ______________________________________



                                  ATTACHMENT A

Facilities and Services (paragraph 1):


   Site-Area and general description:



     Fee owners (names and addresses):


     Leases (parties, terms, etc.), if any:


     Separate parcels for signs:


     Number of approved guest suites:


   Hotel Management Company:


   Restaurant(s) and lounge(s) (number, seating capacity, names and description,
   tenant):


   Meeting and function space:


   Indoor and outdoor recreational facilities (pool, whirlpool, exercise room,
   sauna, etc.):


   Atrium:


   Gift shop:


   Other concessions and shops:


   Parking facilities (number of spaces, description):


   Other facilities and services:


Ownership of Licensee:


   Authorized signatories:



                                    GUARANTY

                      EXECUTED ___________________ , 199__


   As an inducement to Embassy Suites, Inc. ("Licensor") to execute the
_________ Agreement dated _________ with ____________ (the  "Agreement"), the
undersigned ("Guarantor"), jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally warrant
to Licensor and its successors and assigns that all of Licensee's representa-
tions in the Agreement and the application submitted by Licensee to obtain the
License are true and further guarantee, absolutely, unconditionally and
irrevocably to Licensor that all of Licensee's obligations under the Agreement,
including any amendments thereto whenever made, will be punctually paid and
performed.

   Upon default or failure to cure within the time specified in this Agreement
by Licensee or notice from Licensor, the undersigned Guarantor will immediately
make each payment (including reasonable counsel fees) and perform each
obligation required of Licensee under the Agreement.  Without affecting the
obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty, Licensor may without notice to
Guarantor extend, modify or release any indebtedness or obligation of Licensee,
or settle, adjust or compromise any claims against Licensee.  Guarantor waives
notice of amendment of the Agreement and notice of demand for payment or
performance by Licensee.

   All monies available to the Licensor for application in payment or reduction
of the indebtedness or obligations of Licensee may be applied by the Licensor in
such manner and in such amounts and at such time or times and in such order and
priority as the Licensor may see fit to the payment or reduction of such portion
of the indebtedness or obligations as the Licensor may elect.

   Guarantor hereby waives (a) notice of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the
making of the Agreement by the Licensor to the Licensee; (b) presentment and
demand for payment of the indebtedness or obligations under the Agreement or any
portion thereof; (c) protest and notice of dishonor or default to the
undersigned or to any other person or party with respect to the Agreement or any
portion thereof; (d) all other notices to which the undersigned might otherwise
be entitled; and (e) any demand for payment under this Guaranty.

   The Guaranty constitutes a guaranty of payment and performance and not of
collection, and each Guarantor specifically waives any obligation of Licensor to
proceed against Licensee on any money or property held by Licensee or by any
other person or entity as collateral security, by way of set off or otherwise. 
Guarantor further agrees that this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be
reinstated as the case may be, if at any time payment or any of the guaranteed
obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by Licensor
upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Licensee or any of the
undersigned, all as though such payment has not been made.

   No delay on the part of the Licensor in exercising any rights hereunder or
under the documents executed in connection with the Agreement or the failure to
exercise the same shall operate as a waiver of such rights; no notice to or
demand on Guarantor shall be deemed to be a waiver of the obligation of
Guarantor or of the right of the Licensor to take further action without notice
or demand as provided herein; nor in any event shall any modification or waiver
of the provisions of this Guaranty be effective unless in writing nor shall any
such waiver be applicable except in the specific instance for which given.

   Notwithstanding any payments made by the undersigned pursuant to the
provisions of this Guaranty, Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation in and
to the Agreement or the payment of the obligations thereof until the
indebtedness or performance has been paid in full to the Licensor.

   Each reference herein to the Licensor shall be deemed to include its
successors and assigns, in whose favor the provisions of this Guaranty shall
also inure.  Each reference herein to Guarantor shall be deemed to include the



heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns
of Guarantor, all of whom shall be bound by the provisions of this Guaranty.

   Upon the death of an individual Guarantor, the estate of such Guarantor will
be bound by this Guaranty but only for defaults and obligations hereunder
existing at the time of death, and the obligations of the other Guarantors will
continue in full force and effect.

   This Guaranty is, and shall be deemed to be, a contract entered into under
and pursuant to the laws of the state of Tennessee and shall be in all respects
governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the laws of said
state.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has signed this Guaranty as of the
date of the above Agreement.


Witnesses:                                        Guarantors:

__________________________________      _________________________________ (Seal)

__________________________________      _________________________________ (Seal)

__________________________________      _________________________________ (Seal)







                                                      HAMPTON INN HOTEL DIVISION
                                                   6800 POPLAR AVENUE, SUITE 200
                                                       MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE  38138

                                  HAMPTON INN(R)
                                LICENSE AGREEMENT


Dated _____________________________,  19__ between Hampton Inn Hotel Division of

Embassy Suites, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Licensor"), and 


                                                                 resident
a ______________________________________________________________ corporation 
("Licensee"), whose                                              partnership

address is _____________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________.

                          THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1.  The License.

     Licensor owns, operates and licenses a system designed to provide a
distinctive, high quality hotel service to the public under the name "Hampton
Inn" and "Hampton Inn & Suites" (the "System").  High standards established by
Licensor are the essence of the System.  Future investments may be required of
Licensee under this Agreement.  Licensee has independently investigated the
risks of the business to be operated hereunder, including current and potential
market conditions, competitive factors and risks, has read Licensor's "Offering
Circular for Prospective Franchisees," and has made an independent evaluation of
all such facts.  Aware of the relevant facts, Licensee desires to enter into
this Agreement in order to obtain a license to use the System in the operation
of a Hampton Inn  hotel  located  at ___________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ (the "Hotel")

       a.  The Hotel.  The Hotel comprises all structures, facilities,
     appurtenances, furniture, fixtures, equipment, and entry, exit, parking and
     other areas from time to time located on the land identified on the plot
     plan most recently submitted to and acknowledged by Licensor in
     anticipation of the execution of this Agreement, or located on any land
     from time to time approved by Licensor for additions, signs or other
     facilities.  The Hotel now includes the facilities listed on Attachment A
     hereto.  No change in the number of approved guest rooms and no other
     significant change in the Hotel may be made without Licensor's approval. 
     Redecoration and minor structural changes that comply with Licensor's
     standards and specifications will not be considered significant.  Licensee
     represents that it is entitled to possession of the Hotel during the entire
     License Term without restrictions that would interfere with anything
     contemplated in this Agreement.

       b.  The System.  The System is composed of elements, as designated from
     time to time by Licensor, designed to identify "Hampton Inn hotels" and
     "Hampton Inn & Suites hotels" to the consuming public and/or to contribute
     to such identification and its association with quality standards.  The
     System at present includes the service marks "Hampton Inn" and "Hampton Inn
     & Suites" and such other service marks and such copyrights, trademarks and
     similar property rights as may be designated from time to time by Licensor
     to be part of the System; access to a reservation service; distribution of
     advertising, publicity and other marketing programs and materials; the
     furnishing of training programs and materials, standards, specifications
     and policies for construction, furnishing, operation, appearance and



     service of the Hotel, and other requirements as stated or referred to in
     this Agreement and from time to time in Licensor's Standards Manual (the
     "Manual") or in other communications to Licensee; and programs for
     inspecting the Hotel and consulting with Licensee.  Licensor may add
     elements to the System or modify, alter or delete elements of the System at
     its sole discretion from time to time.  Licensee is only authorized to use
                                                         ----
     "Hampton Inn" service marks and trademarks at or in connection with the
     Hotel.

2.  Grant of License.

     Licensor hereby grants to Licensee a nonexclusive license (the "License")
to use the System only at the Hotel, but only in connection with the operation
of a Hampton Inn hotel and only in accordance with this Agreement and only
during the "License Term" beginning with the date hereof and terminating as
provided in Paragraph 10.  The License applies to the location of the Hotel
specified herein and no other.  This Agreement does not limit Licensor's right,
or the rights of any parent, subsidiary, division or affiliate of Licensor, to
use or license to others the System or any part thereof or to engage in or
license any business activity at any other location.  Licensee acknowledges that
Licensor, its parent, subsidiaries, divisions, and affiliates are and may in the
future be engaged in other business activities including activities involving
transient lodging and related activities which may be or may be deemed to be
competitive with the System; that facilities, programs, services and/or
personnel used in connection with the System may also be used in connection with
such other business activities of Licensor, its parent, subsidiaries, divisions
or affiliates; and that Licensee is acquiring no rights hereunder other than the
right to use the System in connection with a Hampton Inn hotel as specifically
defined herein in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

3.  Licensee's Responsibilities.

       a.  Operational and Other Requirements.  During the License Term,
     Licensee will:

          (1)  maintain a high moral and ethical standard and atmosphere at the
          Hotel;

          (2)  maintain the Hotel in a clean, safe and orderly manner and in
          first class condition;

          (3)  provide efficient, courteous and high-quality service to the
          public;

          (4)  operate the Hotel 24 hours a day every day except as otherwise
          permitted by Licensor based on special circumstances;

          (5)  strictly comply in all respects with the Manual and with all
          other policies, procedures and requirements of Licensor which may be
          from time to time communicated to Licensee;

          (6)  strictly comply with Licensor's reasonable requirements to
          protect the System and the Hotel from unreliable sources of supply;

          (7)  strictly comply with Licensor's requirements as to:

               (a)  the types of services and products that may be used,
               promoted or offered at the Hotel;

               (b)  the types and quality of services and products that, to
               supplement services listed on Attachment A, must be used,
               promoted or offered at the Hotel;

               (c)  use, display, style and type of signage;

               (d)  directory and reservation service listings of the Hotel;


               (e)  training of persons to be involved in the operation of the
               Hotel;

               (f)  participation in all marketing, reservation service,
               advertising, training and operating programs designated by
               Licensor as System-wide  (or  area-wide)  programs  in  the  best
               interests  of  hotels  using  the  System;

               (g)  maintenance, appearance and condition of the Hotel; and

               (h)  quality and type of service offered to customers at the
               Hotel.

          (8)  use such automated guest service and/or hotel management and/or
          telephone system(s) which Licensor deems to be in the best interests
          of the System, including any additions, enhancements, supplements or
          variants thereof which may be developed during the term hereof;

          (9)  participate in and use those reservation services which Licensor
          deems to be in the best interests of the System, including any
          additions, enhancements, supplements or variants thereof which may be
          developed during the term hereof;

          (10)  adopt improvements or changes to the System as may be from time
          to time designated by Licensor;

          (11)  strictly comply with all governmental requirements, including
          the filing and maintenance of any required trade name or fictitious
          name registrations, pay all taxes, and maintain all governmental
          licenses and permits necessary to operate the Hotel in accordance with
          the System;

          (12)  permit inspection of the Hotel by Licensor's representatives at
          any time and give them free lodging for such time as may be reasonably
          necessary to complete their inspections;

          (13)  promote the Hotel on a local or regional basis subject to
          Licensor's requirements as to form, content and prior approvals;

          (14)  insure that no part of the Hotel or the System is used to
          further or promote a competing business or other lodging facility,
          except as Licensor may approve for those competing businesses or
          lodging facilities owned, licensed, operated or otherwise approved by
          Licensor or its parent, divisions, subsidiaries and/or affiliates;

          (15)  use every reasonable means to encourage use of Hampton Inn and
          Hampton Inn & Suites facilities everywhere by the public;

          (16)  in all respects use Licensee's best efforts to reflect credit
          upon and create favorable public response to the name "Hampton Inn"
          and "Hampton Inn & Suites";

          (17)  promptly pay to Licensor all amounts due Licensor, its parent,
          divisions, subsidiaries and/or affiliates as royalties or fees or for
          goods or services purchased by Licensee; and

          (18)  comply with Licensor's requirements concerning confidentiality
          of information.

     b.  Upgrading of the Hotel.  Licensor may at any time during the term
     hereof require substantial modernization, rehabilitation and other
     upgrading of the Hotel.  Limited exceptions from those standards may be
     made by Licensor based on local conditions or special circumstances.  If
     the upgrading requirements contained in this Paragraph 3.b. cause Licensee
     undue hardship, Licensee may terminate this Agreement by paying a fee
     computed according to Paragraph 10.f.


     c.  Fees.

          (1)  For each month (or part of a month) during the License Term,
          Licensee will pay to Licensor by the 15th of the following month:

               (a)  a royalty fee of 4 percent of the gross revenues
               attributable to or payable for rental of guest rooms at the Hotel
               with deductions for sales and room taxes only ("Gross Rooms
               Revenue");

               (b)  a "Marketing/Reservation Contribution" of 4 percent of Gross
               Rooms Revenue, this contribution being subject to change by
               Licensor from time to time, which payments do not include the
               cost of reservation services equipment or installation or
               maintenance of it or training; and

               (c)  an amount equal to any sales, gross receipts or similar tax
               imposed on Licensor and calculated solely on payment required
               hereunder, unless the tax is an optional alternative to an income
               tax otherwise payable by Licensor.

                    Licensee will operate the Hotel so as to maximize Gross
               Rooms Revenue of the Hotel consistent with sound marketing and
               industry practice and will not engage in any conduct which
               reduces Gross Rooms Revenue of the Hotel in order to further
               other business activities.

          (2)  Additional royalties may be charged on revenues (or upon any
          other basis, if so determined by Licensor) from any activity if it is
          added at the Hotel by mutual agreement and:

               (a)  it is not now offered at System hotels generally and it is
               likely to benefit significantly from or be identified
               significantly with the Hampton Inn or Hampton Inn & Suites name
               or other aspects of the System; or

               (b)  it is designed or developed by or for Licensor.

          (3)  Charges may be made by Licensor for optional products or services
          accepted by Licensee from Licensor either in accordance with current
          practice or as developed in the future.

          (4)  A standard initial fee for quest room additions to a hotel as set
          forth in Licensor's then current "Offering Circular for Prospective
          Franchisees" shall be paid by Licensee to Licensor on Licensee's
          submission of an application to add any guest rooms to the Hotel.  As
          a condition to Licensor granting its approval of such application,
          Licensor may require Licensee to upgrade the Hotel, subject to
          Paragraph 3.b.

          (5)  Local and regional marketing programs and related activities may
          be conducted by Licensee, but only at Licensee's expense and subject
          to Licensor's requirements.  Reasonable charges may be made by
          Licensor for optional advertising materials ordered or used by
          Licensee for such programs and activities.

          (6)  Licensee shall participate in Licensor's travel agent commission
          program(s) as it may be modified from time to time and shall reimburse
          Licensor on or before the 15th of each month for travel agent
          commissions paid by Licensor.

          (7)  Each payment under this Paragraph 3.c. shall be accompanied by
          the monthly statement referred to in Paragraph 6. Licensor may apply
          any amounts received under this paragraph to any amounts due under
          this Agreement.  If any amounts are not paid when due, such
          non-payment shall constitute a breach of this Agreement and, in


          addition, such unpaid amounts will accrue interest beginning on the
          first day of the month following the due date at 1 1/2 percent per
          month but not to exceed the maximum interest permitted by applicable
          law.

4.  Licensor's Responsibilities.

     a.  Training.  During the License Term, Licensor will continue to specify
     and provide required and optional training programs at various locations. 
     Reasonable charges may be made for required training services and
     materials.  Charges may also be made by Licensor for optional training
     services and materials provided to Licensee.  Travel, lodging and other
     expenses of Licensee and its employees will be borne by Licensee.

     b.  Reservation Services.  During the License Term, so long as Licensee is
     in full compliance with its material obligations hereunder, Licensor will
     afford Licensee access to reservation services for the Hotel.

     c.  Consultation on Operations, Facilities and Marketing.  Licensor will,
     from time to time at Licensor's sole discretion, make available to Licensee
     consultation and advice in connection with operations, facilities and
     marketing.  Licensor shall have the right to establish fees in advance for
     its advice and consultation on a project-by-project basis.

     d.  Use of Marketing/Reservation Contribution.  The Marketing/Reservation
     Contribution will be used by Licensor for costs associated with
     advertising, promotion, publicity, market research and other marketing
     programs and related activities, including reservation programs and
     services.  Licensor is not obligated to expend funds for marketing or
     reservation services in excess of the amounts received from licensees using
     the System.

     e.  Application of Manual.  All hotels operated under the System will be
     subject to the Manual, as it may from time to time be modified or revised
     by Licensor, including limited exceptions from compliance which may be made
     based on local conditions or special circumstances.  Each change in the
     Manual must be explained in writing to Licensee at least 30 days before it
     goes into effect.

     f.   Other Arrangements for Marketing, Etc.  Licensor may enter into
     arrangements for development, marketing, operations, administrative,
     technical and support functions, facilities, programs, services and/or
     personnel with any other entity and may use any facilities, programs,
     services and/or personnel used in connection with the System in connection
     with any business activities of its parent, subsidiaries, divisions or
     affiliates.

     g.  Compliance Assistance.  If the Hotel fails to comply with the standards
     and rules of operation set forth in the Manual, Licensor may, at its option
     and at Licensee's cost, meet with the Licensee at the Hotel to develop a
     plan to ensure that the Hotel thereafter complies with the standards and
     rules of operation set forth in the Manual.

5.  Proprietary Rights.

     a.  Ownership of System.  Licensee acknowledges and will not contest,
     either directly or indirectly, Licensor's unrestricted and exclusive
     ownership of the System and any element(s) or component(s) thereof, and
     acknowledges that Licensor has the sole right to grant licenses to use all
     or any element(s) or component(s) of the System.  Licensee specifically
     agrees and acknowledges that Licensor is the owner of all right, title and
     interest in and to the service mark "Hampton Inn" and all other marks
     associated with the System together with the goodwill symbolized thereby
     and that Licensee will not contest directly or indirectly the validity or
     ownership of the marks either during the term of this Agreement or at any
     time thereafter.  All improvements and additions whenever made to or
     associated with the System by the parties to this Agreement or anyone else,


     and all service marks, trademarks, copyrights, and service mark and
     trademark registrations at any time used, applied for or granted in
     connection with the System, and all goodwill arising from Licensee's use of
     Licensor's marks shall inure to the benefit of and become the property of
     Licensor.  Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, no monetary
     amount shall be assigned as attributable to any goodwill associated with
     Licensee's use of the System or any element(s) or component(s) of the
     System including the name or marks.

     b.  Trademark Disputes.  Licensor will have the sole right and
     responsibility to handle disputes with third parties concerning use of all
     or any part of the System, and Licensee will, at its reasonable expense,
     extend its full cooperation to Licensor in all such matters.  All
     recoveries made as a result of disputes with third parties regarding use of
     the System or any part thereof shall be for the account of Licensor. 
     Licensor need not initiate suit against alleged imitators or infringers and
     may settle any dispute by grant of a license or otherwise.  Licensee will
     not initiate any suit or proceeding against alleged imitators or infringers
     or any other suit or proceeding to enforce or protect the System.

     c.  Protection of Name and Marks.  Both parties will make every effort
     consistent with the foregoing to protect and maintain the names and marks
     "Hampton Inn", "Hampton Inn & Suites" and its distinguishing
     characteristics (and the other service marks, trademarks, slogans, etc.,
     associated with the System).  Licensee agrees to execute any documents
     deemed necessary by Licensor or its counsel to obtain protection for
     Licensor's marks or to maintain their continued validity and
     enforceability.  Licensee agrees to use the names and marks associated with
     the System only in connection with the operation of a Hampton Inn hotel and
     in the manner authorized by Licensor and acknowledges that any unauthorized
     use thereof shall constitute infringement of Licensor's rights.

6.  Records and Audits.

     a.  Monthly Reports.  At least monthly, Licensee shall prepare a statement
     which will include all information concerning Gross Rooms Revenue, other
     revenues generated at the Hotel, room occupancy rates, reservation data and
     other information required by Licensor that may be useful in connection
     with marketing and other functions of Licensor, its parent, subsidiaries,
     divisions or affiliates (the "Data").  The Data shall be the property of
     Licensor.  The Data will be permanently recorded and retained as may be
     reasonably required by Licensor.  By the 15th of each month, Licensee will
     submit to Licensor a statement setting forth the Data for the previous
     month and reflecting the computation of the amounts then due under
     Paragraph 3.c. The statement will be in such form and detail as Licensor
     may reasonably request from time to time, and may be used by Licensor for
     its reasonable purposes.

     b.  Daily Reports.  At the request of Licensor, Licensee shall prepare and
     deliver daily reports to Licensor, which reports will contain information
     reasonably requested by Licensor on a daily basis, such as daily rate and
     room occupancy, and which may be used by Licensor for its reasonable
     purposes.

     c.  Preparation and Maintenance of Records.  Licensee shall, in a manner
     and form satisfactory to Licensor and utilizing accounting and reporting
     standards as reasonably required by Licensor, prepare on a current basis
     (and preserve for no less than four years), complete and accurate records
     concerning Gross Rooms Revenue and all financial, operating, marketing and
     other aspects of the Hotel, and maintain an accounting system which fully
     and accurately reflects all financial aspects of the Hotel and its
     business.  Such records shall include but not be limited to books of
     account, tax returns, governmental reports, register tapes, daily reports,
     and complete quarterly and annual financial statements (profit and loss
     statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements).



     d.  Audit.  Licensor may require Licensee to have the Gross Rooms Revenue
     or other monies due hereunder computed and certified as accurate by a
     certified public accountant.  During the License Term and for two years
     thereafter, Licensor and its authorized agents shall have the right to
     verify information required under this Agreement by requesting, receiving,
     inspecting and auditing, at all reasonable times, any and all records
     referred to above wherever they may be located (or elsewhere if reasonably
     requested by Licensor).  If any such inspection or audit discloses a
     deficiency in any payments due hereunder, Licensee shall immediately pay to
     Licensor the deficiency and Licensee shall also immediately pay to Licensor
     the entire cost of the inspection and audit, including but not limited to,
     travel, lodging, meals, salaries and other expenses of the inspecting or
     auditing personnel.  Licensor's acceptance of Licensee's payment of any
     deficiency as provided for herein shall not waive Licensor's right to
     terminate this Agreement as provided for herein in Paragraph 10.  If the
     audit discloses an overpayment, Licensor shall immediately refund it to
     Licensee.

     e.  Annual Financial Statements.  Licensee will submit to Licensor as soon
     as available but not later than 90 days after the end of Licensee's fiscal
     year, complete financial statements for such year.  Licensee will certify
     them to be true and correct and to have been prepared in accordance with
     generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and any
     false certification will be a breach of this Agreement.

7.  Indemnity and Insurance.

     a.  Indemnity.  Licensee will indemnify, during and after the term of this
     Agreement, Licensor, its parent, and their respective subsidiaries,
     divisions and affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents,
     successors and assigns against, hold them harmless from, and promptly
     reimburse them for, all payments of money (fines, damages, legal fees,
     expenses, etc.) by reason of any claim, demand, tax, penalty, or judicial
     or administrative investigation or proceeding (even where negligence of
     Licensor and/or its parent, and/or their subsidiaries, divisions and
     affiliates and/or their officers, directors, employees, agents, successors
     and assigns is actual or alleged) arising from any claimed occurrence at
     the Hotel or arising from, as a result of or in connection with the design,
     construction, furnishings, equipment and acquisition of supplies or any
     other of Licensee's acts, omissions or obligations or those of anyone
     associated or affiliated with Licensee or the Hotel.  At the election of
     Licensor, Licensee will also defend Licensor and/or its parent, and their
     subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and/or their officers, directors,
     employees, agents, successors and assigns against same.  In any event,
     Licensor will have the right, through counsel of its choice, to control any
     matter to the extent it could directly or indirectly affect Licensor and/or
     its parent, and their subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their
     officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns financially.
     Licensee will also reimburse Licensor for all expenses, including
     attorneys' fees and court costs, reasonably incurred by Licensor to protect
     itself and/or its parent, and their subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates
     and/or their officers, directors, employees, agents and their successors
     and assigns from, or to remedy Licensee's defaults under this Agreement.


     b.  Insurance. During the License Term, Licensee will comply with all
     insurance requirements of any lease or mortgage covering the Hotel, and
     Licensor's specifications for insurance as to amount and type of coverage
     as may be reasonably specified by Licensor from time to time in writing,
     and will in any event maintain as a minimum the following insurance
     underwritten by an insurer approved by Licensor:

          (1)  employer's liability and workers' compensation insurance as
          prescribed by applicable law; and

          (2)  liquor liability insurance, if applicable, naming Licensor,


          Embassy Suites, Inc. and The Promus Companies Incorporated as
          additional insureds with single-limit coverage for personal and bodily
          injury and property damage of at least $10,000,000 for each
          occurrence; and

          (3)  comprehensive general liability insurance (with products,
          completed operations and independent contractors coverage) and
          comprehensive automobile liability insurance, all on an occurrence
          basis naming Licensor, Embassy Suites, Inc. and The Promus Companies
          Incorporated as additional insureds and underwritten by an insurer
          approved by Licensor, with single-limit coverage for personal and
          bodily injury and property damage of at least $10,000,000 for each
          occurrence.  In connection with all significant construction at the
          Hotel during the License Term, Licensee will cause the general
          contractor to maintain with an insurer approved by Licensor
          comprehensive general liability insurance (with products, completed
          operations and independent contractors coverage) in at least the
          amount of $10,000,000 for each occurrence with Licensor, Embassy
          Suites, Inc. and The Promus Companies Incorporated named as additional
          insureds.

     c.  Changes in Insurance.  Simultaneously herewith, annually hereafter and
     each time a change is made in any insurance or  insurance carrier, Licensee
     will furnish to Licensor certificates of insurance including the term and
     coverage of the insurance in force, the persons insured, and the fact that
     the coverage may not be cancelled, altered or permitted to lapse or expire
     without 30 days advance written notice to Licensor.

8.  Transfer.

     a.  Transfer by Licensor.  Licensor shall have the right to transfer or
     assign this Agreement or any of Licensor's rights or obligations hereunder
     to any person or legal entity.

     b.  Transfer by Licensee.  Licensee understands and acknowledges that the
     rights and duties set forth in this Agreement are personal to Licensee, and
     that Licensor has entered into this Agreement in reliance on the business
     skill, financial capacity, and personal character of Licensee (if Licensee
     is an individual), and that of the partners or stockholders of Licensee (if
     Licensee is a partnership or corporation).  Accordingly, neither Licensee
     nor any immediate or remote successor to any part of Licensee's interest in
     this Agreement, nor any individual, partnership, corporation, or other
     legal entity which directly or indirectly owns an equity interest (as that
     term is defined herein) in Licensee, shall sell, assign, transfer, convey,
     pledge, mortgage, encumber, or give away any direct or indirect interest in
     this Agreement or equity interest in Licensee, except as provided in this
     Agreement.  Any purported sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge,
     mortgage, or encumbrance, by operation of law or otherwise, of any interest
     in this Agreement or any equity interest in Licensee not in accordance with
     the provisions of this Agreement, shall be null and void and shall
     constitute a material breach of this Agreement, for which Licensor may
     terminate this Agreement upon notice without opportunity to cure pursuant
     to Paragraph 10.d.(4).

          (1)  For the purposes of this Paragraph 8, the term "equity interest"
          shall mean any stock or partnership interest in Licensee, the interest
          of any partner, whether general or limited, in any partnership with
          respect to such partnership, and any stockholder of any corporation
          with respect to such corporation, which partnership or corporation is
          the Licensee hereunder or which partnership or corporation owns a
          direct or indirect beneficial interest in Licensee.  References in
          this Agreement to "publicly-traded equity interest" shall mean any
          equity interest which is traded on any securities exchange or is
          quoted in any publication or electronic reporting service maintained
          by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any of its
          successors.


          (2)  If Licensee is a partnership or corporation, Licensee represents
          that the equity interests in Licensee are directly and (if applicable)
          indirectly owned as shown in Attachment A hereto.

     c.  Transfer of Equity Interests that are not Publicly Traded.

          (1)  Except where otherwise provided in this Agreement, equity
          interests in the Licensee that are not publicly traded may be
          transferred, issued, or eliminated with Licensor's prior written
          consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld, provided that after
          the transaction:

               (a)  50 percent or less of all equity interests in Licensee will
               have changed hands since Licensee first became a party to this
               Agreement, or

               (b)  80 percent or less of all equity interests in Licensee will
               have changed hands since Licensee first became a party to this
               Agreement, and no equity interest will be held by other than
               those who held them when Licensee first became a party to this
               Agreement.

          (2)  In computing the percentages referred to in Paragraph 8.c.(1)
          above, limited partners will not be distinguished from general
          partners, and Licensor's judgment will be final if there is any
          question as to the definition of "equity interest" or as to the
          computation of relative equity interests, the principal considerations
          being:

               (a)  Direct and indirect power to exercise control over the
               affairs of Licensee; and

               (b)  Direct and indirect right to share in Licensee's profits;
               and

               (c)  Amounts directly or indirectly exposed to risk in Licensee's
               business.

     d.  Transfers of Publicly-Traded Equity interests.

          (1)  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, publicly-traded
          equity interests in the Licensee may be transferred without the
          Licensor's consent, but only if:

               (a)  Immediately before the proposed transfer the transferor owns
               less than 25 percent of the equity interest of Licensee; and

               (b)  Immediately after the transfer the transferee will own less
               than 25 percent of the equity interest in Licensee; and

               (c)  The transfer is exempt from registration under federal
               securities law.

          (2)  Publicly-traded equity interests may be transferred with
          Licensor's written consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld, if
          the transfer is exempt from registration under federal securities law.

          (3)  The chief financial officer of Licensee shall certify annually to
          Licensor that Licensee is in compliance with the provisions of this
          Paragraph 8.d. Such certification shall be delivered to Licensor with
          the Annual Financial Statements referred to in Paragraph 6.e. hereof.

     e.  Transfer of the License.

          (1)  Licensee, if a natural person, may with Licensor's consent, which
          will not be unreasonably withheld, transfer the License to Licensee's


          spouse, parent, sibling, niece, nephew, descendant, or spouse's
          descendant provided that:

               (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and

               (b)  The transferee executes a new license agreement for the
               unexpired term of this Agreement, on the standard form then being
               used to license new hotels under the System, except that the fees
               charged then shall be the same as those contained herein; and

               (c)  Licensee guarantees, in Licensor's usual form, the
               performance of the transferee's obligations under the
               newly-executed license agreement.

          (2)  If Licensee is a natural person, he may, without the consent of
          Licensor, upon 30 days prior written notice to Licensor, transfer the
          License to a corporation entirely owned by him, provided that:

               (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and

               (b)  The transferee executes a new license agreement for the
               unexpired term of this Agreement on the standard form then being
               used to license new hotels under the System, except that the fees
               charged then shall be the same as those contained herein; and

               (c)  The Licensee guarantees in Licensor's usual form, the
               performance of the transferee's obligations under  the
               newly-executed license agreement.

     f.  Transfers of the License or Equity Interest in the Licensee Upon Death.

          (1)  If Licensee is a natural person, upon the Licensee's death, the
          License will pass in accordance with Licensee's will, or, if Licensee
          dies intestate, in accordance with laws of intestacy governing the
          distribution of the Licensee's estate, provided that:

               (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and

               (b)  Licensor gives written consent, which consent will not be
               unreasonably withheld; and

               (c)  The transferee is one or more of the decedent's spouse,
               parents, siblings, nieces, nephews, descendants, or spouse's
               descendants; and

               (d)  Licensee's heirs or legatees, promptly advise Licensor and
               promptly execute a new license agreement for the unexpired term
               of this Agreement, on the standard form then being used to
               license new hotels under the System, except the fees charged
               thereunder shall be the same contained herein.

          (2)  If an equity interest is owned by a natural person, the equity
          interest will pass upon such person's death in accordance with such
          person's will or, if such person dies intestate, in accordance with
          the laws of intestacy governing the distribution of such person's
          estate, provided that:

               (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and

               (b)  Licensor gives written consent, which consent will not be
               unreasonably withheld; and

               (c)  The transferee is one or more of the decedent's spouse,
               parents, siblings, nieces, nephews, descendants, or spouse's
               descendants; and



               (d)  The transferee assumes, in writing, on a continuing basis,
               the decedent's guarantee, if any, of the Licensee's obligations
               hereunder.

     g.  Registration of a Proposed Transfer of Equity Interests.  If a proposed
     transfer of an equity interest in the Licensee requires registration under
     any federal or state securities law, Licensee shall:

          (1)  Request Licensor's consent at least 45 days before the proposed
          effective date of the registration; and

          (2)  Accompany such request with one payment of a nonrefundable fee of
          $25,000; and

          (3)  Reimburse Licensor for expenses incurred by Licensor in
          connection with review of the materials concerning the proposed
          registration, including without limitation, attorneys' fees and travel
          expenses; and

          (4)  Agree, and all participants in the proposed offering subject to
          registration shall agree, to fully indemnify Licensor in connection
          with the registration; furnish Licensor all information requested by
          Licensor; avoid any implication of Licensor's participating in, or
          endorsing the offering; and use Licensor's service marks and
          trademarks only as directed by Licensor.

     h.  Management of the Hotel.  Licensee must at all times retain and
     exercise direct management control over the Hotel's business.  Licensee
     shall not enter into any lease, management agreement, or other similar
     arrangement for the operation of the Hotel or any part thereof with any
     independent entity without the prior written consent of Licensor.

     i.  Application for New License Agreement upon Transfer of the Hotel.

          (1)  If Licensee wishes to transfer the Hotel, or any interest of
          Licensee in the Hotel, Licensee shall give prompt written notice
          thereof to Licensor, stating the identity of the prospective
          transferee and the terms and conditions of the transfer, including a
          copy of any proposed agreement and all other information with respect
          thereto, which Licensor may reasonably require.

          (2)  If Licensee proposes to transfer the Hotel or any interest of
          Licensee in the Hotel to a transferee who desires thereafter to
          operate the Hotel under the System, the proposed transferee must, with
          Licensee's consent, apply for a new license agreement to replace this
          Agreement for a term to be determined by Licensor.  Licensor shall
          process the application in good faith and in accordance with
          procedures, criteria and requirements regarding fees, upgrade of the
          Hotel, credit, operational abilities and capabilities, prior business
          dealings, if any, with Licensor, market feasibility and other factors
          deemed relevant by Licensor, then being applied by Licensor in issuing
          new licenses to use the System.  If the application is approved,
          Licensor and the transferee shall, upon surrender of this Agreement,
          enter into a commitment agreement to govern the Hotel until the time
          specified therein for the new license agreement to be entered into if
          the transferee fulfills specified upgrading and other requirements by
          that time.  The new license agreement shall be on the standard form,
          and contain the standard terms (except for duration), then being used
          to license new hotels under the System.  If the application is not
          approved by Licensor, then this Agreement shall terminate pursuant to
          Paragraph 10.d. hereof and Licensor shall be entitled to all of its
          remedies.

9. Condemnation and Casualty.

     a.  Condemnation.  Licensee shall, at the earliest possible time, give


     Licensor full notice of any proposed taking by eminent domain.  If Licensor
     agrees that the Hotel or a substantial part thereof is to be taken,
     Licensor will give due and prompt consideration, without any obligation, to
     transferring this Agreement to a nearby location selected by Licensee and
     approved by Licensor as promptly as reasonably possible, and in any event
     within four months of the taking.  If the new location is approved by
     Licensor and the transfer authorized by Licensor and if Licensee opens a
     new hotel at the new location in accordance with Licensor's specifications
     within two years of the closing of the Hotel, the new hotel will
     thenceforth be deemed to be the Hotel licensed under this Agreement.  If a
     condemnation takes place and a new hotel does not, for whatever reason,
     become the Hotel under this Agreement in strict accordance with this
     paragraph (or if it is reasonably evident to Licensor that such will be the
     case), this Agreement will terminate forthwith upon notice thereof by
     Licensor to Licensee, without the payment of liquidated damages hereunder.

     b.  Casualty.  If the Hotel is damaged by fire or other casualty, Licensee
     will expeditiously repair the damage.  If the damage or repair requires
     closing the Hotel, Licensee will immediately notify Licensor, will repair
     or rebuild the Hotel in accordance with Licensor's standards, will commence
     reconstruction within four months after closing, and will reopen the Hotel
     for continuous business operations as soon as practicable (but in any event
     within 24 months after closing of the Hotel), giving Licensor ample advance
     notice of the date of reopening.  If the Hotel is not reopened in
     accordance with this paragraph, this Agreement will forthwith terminate,
     upon notice thereof by Licensor to Licensee, with the payment of liquidated
     damages calculated in the manner set forth in Paragraph 10.f.

     c.  No Extensions of Term.  Nothing in this Paragraph 9 will extend the
     License Term but Licensee shall not be required to make any payments
     pursuant to paragraphs 3.c.(l), (2) and (3) for periods during which the
     Hotel is closed by reason of condemnation or casualty.



10.  Termination.

     a.  Expiration of Term.  This Agreement will expire without notice 20 years
     from the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as set forth herein. 
     The parties recognize the difficulty of ascertaining damages to Licensor
     resulting from premature termination of this Agreement, and have provided
     for liquidated damages in Paragraph 10.f. below, which liquidated damages
     represent the parties' best estimate as to the damages arising from the
     circumstances in which they are provided.

     b.  Permitted Termination Prior to Expiration of Term.  Licensee may
     terminate this Agreement on its 10th or 15th anniversary by giving at least
     12 but less than 15 months advance notice to Licensor accompanied by a lump
     sum payment (as liquidated damages and not as a penalty or in lieu of any
     other payments required under this Agreement) equal to the total of all
     amounts required under paragraphs 3.c.(l), (2) and (3) for the 24 calendar
     months of operation preceding the notice.

     c.  Termination by Licensor on Advance Notice.

          (1)  In accordance with notice from Licensor to Licensee, this
          Agreement will terminate (without any further notice unless required
          by law) or, at Licensor's sole discretion with notice from Licensor to
          Licensee, Licensor may suspend its services hereunder (including
          reservation services), provided that:

               (a)  the notice is mailed at least 30 days (or longer, if
               required by law) in advance of the termination date;

               (b)  the notice reasonably identifies one or more breaches of
               Licensee's obligations hereunder; and


               (c)  the breach(es) are not fully remedied within the time period
               specified in the notice.

          (2)  If during the then preceding 12 months Licensee shall have
          engaged in a violation of this Agreement for which a notice of
          termination was given and termination failed to take effect because
          the default was remedied, the period given to remedy defaults
          thereafter will, if and to the extent permitted by law, thereafter be
          10 days instead of 30.

          (3)  In any judicial proceeding in which the validity of termination
          is at issue, Licensor will not be limited to the reasons set forth in
          any notice sent under this paragraph.

          (4)  Licensor's notice of termination or suspension of services shall
          not relieve Licensee of its obligation hereunder.

     d.  Immediate Termination by Licensor.  This Agreement may be immediately
     terminated upon notice from Licensor to Licensee (or at the earliest time
     permitted by applicable law) if:

          (1)  (a)  Licensee or any guarantor of Licensee's obligations
               hereunder shall generally not pay its debts as they become due or
               shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts, or shall
               make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

               (b)  Licensee or any such guarantor shall commence any case,
               proceeding or other action seeking reorganization, arrangement,
               adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its
               debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
               reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking appointment of a
               receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or
               for all or any substantial part of its property; or

               (c)  Licensee or any such guarantor shall take any corporate or
               other action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in
               paragraphs (a) or (b); or

               (d)  Any case, proceeding or other action against Licensee or any
               such guarantor shall be commenced seeking to have an order for
               relief entered against it as debtor, or seeking reorganization,
               arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition
               of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy,
               insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking
               appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar
               official for it or for all or any substantial part of its
               property, and such case, proceeding or other action (i) results
               in the entry of an order for relief against it which is not fully
               stayed within seven business days after the entry thereof or (ii)
               remains undismissed for a period of 45 days; or

               (e)  An attachment remains on all or a substantial part of the
               Hotel or of Licensee's or any such guarantor's assets for 30
               days; or

               (f)  Licensee or any such guarantor fails, within 60 days of the
               entry of a final judgment against Licensee in any amount
               exceeding $50,000, to discharge, vacate or reverse the judgment,
               or to stay execution of it, or if appealed, to discharge the
               judgment within 30 days after a final adverse decision in the
               appeal; or

          (2)   Licensee loses possession or the right to possession of all or a
          significant part of the Hotel, except as otherwise provided in
          Paragraph 9; or



          (3)  Licensee contests in any court or proceeding Licensor's ownership
          of the System or any part of it, or the validity of any service marks
          or trademarks associated with Licensor's business; or

          (4)  A breach of Paragraph 8 hereof occurs; or

          (5)  Licensee fails to continue to identify itself to the public as a
          System hotel; or

          (6)  Any action is taken toward dissolving or liquidating Licensee or
          any such guarantor, if it is a corporation or partnership, except for
          death of a partner; or

          (7)  Licensee or any of its principals is, or is discovered to have
          been, convicted of a felony (or any other offense if it is likely to
          adversely reflect upon or affect the Hotel, the System, the Licensor,
          the Licensor's parent or its affiliates or subsidiaries in any way);
          or

          (8)  Licensee maintains false books and records of account or submits
          false reports or information to Licensor.

     e.  De-identification of Hotel Upon Termination.  Licensee will take
     whatever action is necessary to assure that no use is made of any part of
     the System at or in connection with the Hotel or otherwise after the
     License Term ends.  This will involve, among other things, returning to
     Licensor the Manual and all other materials proprietary to Licensor,
     physical changes of distinctive System features of the Hotel, including
     removal of the primary freestanding sign down to the structural steel, and
     all other actions required to preclude any possibility of confusion on the
     part of the public that the Hotel is no longer using all or any part of the
     System or otherwise holding itself out to the public as a Hampton Inn
     hotel.  Anything not done by Licensee in this regard within 30 days after
     termination of this Agreement may be done at Licensee's expense by Licensor
     or its agents, who may enter upon the premises of the Hotel for that
     purpose.

     f.  Payment of Liquidated Damages.  If this Agreement terminates pursuant
     to paragraphs 3.b., 9.b., 10.c. or 10.d. above, Licensee will promptly pay
     Licensor (only as liquidated damages for the premature termination of this
     Agreement, and not as a penalty or as damages for breaching this Agreement
     or in lieu of any other payment) a lump sum equal to the total amounts
     required under paragraphs 3.c.(1), (2) and (3) during the 36 full calendar
     months of operation preceding the termination; or if the Hotel has not been
     in operation in the System for 36 full calendar months, the greater of: (i)
     36 times the monthly average of such amounts, or (ii) 36 times such amounts
     as are due for the one full calendar month preceding such termination.  If
     the Hotel has been authorized to open as a Hampton Inn hotel but has not
     been in operation for one full calendar month, the liquidated damages
     amount shall be equal to the product of the number of guest rooms in the
     Hotel multiplied by $3,000.00.

11.  Renewal.

     This Agreement is non-renewable.

12.  Relationship of Parties.

     a. No Agency Relationship.  Licensee is an independent contractor.  Neither
     party is the legal representative or agent of, or has the power to obligate
     (or has the right to direct or supervise the daily affairs of) the other
     for any purpose whatsoever.  Licensor and Licensee expressly acknowledge
     that the relationship intended by them is a business relationship based
     entirely on, and defined by, the express provisions of this Agreement and
     that no partnership, joint venture, agency, fiduciary or employment
     relationship is intended or created by reason of this Agreement.


     b.  Licensee's Notices to Public Concerning Independent Status.  Licensee
     will take such steps as are necessary and such steps as Licensor may from
     time to time reasonably request to minimize the chance of a claim being
     made against Licensor for anything that occurs at the Hotel, or for acts,
     omissions or obligations of Licensee or anyone associated or affiliated
     with Licensee or the Hotel.  Such steps may, for example, include giving
     notice in guest rooms, public rooms and advertisements, on business forms
     and stationery, etc., making clear to the public that Licensor is not the
     owner or operator of the Hotel and is not accountable for what happens at
     the Hotel.  Unless required by law, Licensee will not use the word
     "Hampton" or any similar words in its corporate, partnership, or trade
     name, nor authorize or permit such use by anyone else.  Licensee will not
     use the words "Hampton" or "Hampton Inn" or any other name or mark
     associated with the System to incur any obligation or indebtedness on
     behalf of Licensor.

13.  Miscellaneous.

     a.  Severability and Interpretation.  The remedies provided in this
     Agreement are not exclusive.  In the event any provision of this Agreement
     is held to be unenforceable, void or voidable as being contrary to the law
     or public policy of the United States or any other jurisdiction entitled to
     exercise authority hereunder, all remaining provisions shall nevertheless
     continue in full force and effect unless deletion of the provision(s)
     deemed unenforceable, void or voidable impairs the consideration for this
     Agreement in a manner which frustrates the purpose of the parties or makes
     performance commercially impracticable.  In the event any provision of this
     Agreement requires interpretation, such interpretation shall be based on
     the reasonable intention of the parties in the context of this transaction
     without interpreting any provision in favor of or against any party hereto
     by reason of the drafting of the party or its position relative to the
     other party.  Any covenant, term or provision of this Agreement which, in
     order to effect the intent of the parties, must survive the termination of
     this Agreement, shall survive any such termination.

     b.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall become valid when executed and
     accepted by Licensor at Memphis, Tennessee.  It shall be deemed made and
     entered into in the state of Tennessee and shall be governed and construed
     under and in accordance with the laws of the state of Tennessee.  In
     entering into this Agreement, Licensee acknowledges that it has sought,
     voluntarily accepted and become associated with Licensor who is
     headquartered in Memphis, Tennessee, and that this Agreement contemplates
     and will result in business relationships with Licensor's headquarter's
     personnel.  The choice of law designation permits, but does not require
     that all suits concerning this Agreement be filed in the state of
     Tennessee.

     c.  Exclusive Benefit.  This Agreement is exclusively for the benefit of
     the parties hereto, and it may not give rise to liability to a third party,
     except as otherwise specifically set forth herein.  No agreement between
     Licensor and anyone else is for the benefit of Licensee.

     d.  Entire Agreement.  This is the entire Agreement (and supersedes all
     previous agreements including without limitation, any commitment agreement
     between the parties concerning the Hotel) between the parties relating to
     the Hotel.  Neither Licensor nor any other person on Licensor's behalf has
     made any representation to Licensee concerning this Agreement or relating
     to the system which representation is not fully set forth herein or in
     Licensor's "Offering Circular for Prospective Franchisees." No change in
     this Agreement will be valid unless in writing signed by both parties.  No
     failure to require strict performance or to exercise any right or remedy
     hereunder will preclude requiring strict performance or exercising any
     right or remedy in the future.

     e.  Licensor's Withholding Consent.  Licensor's consent, wherever required,
     may be withheld if any default by Licensee exists under this Agreement. 


     Approvals and consents by Licensor will not be effective unless evidenced
     by a writing duly executed on behalf of Licensor.

     f.  Notices.  Notices will be effective hereunder when and only when they
     are reduced to writing and delivered personally or mailed by Federal
     Express or other express delivery service or by certified mail to the
     appropriate party at its address first stated above or to such person and
     at such address as may be designated by notice hereunder.

     g.  General Release.  Licensee and its respective heirs, administrators,
     executors, agents, representatives and their respective successors and
     assigns, hereby release, remise, acquit and forever discharge Licensor and
     its parent, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their officers,
     directors, employees, agents, representatives and their respective
     successors and assigns from any and all actions, claims, causes of action,
     suits, rights, debts, liabilities, accounts, agreements, covenants,
     contracts, promises, warrants, judgments, executions, demands, damages,
     costs and expenses, whether known or unknown at this time, of any kind or
     nature, absolute or contingent, if any there be, at law or in equity, on
     account of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever which has happened,
     developed or occurred at any time from the beginning of time to and
     including the date of Licensee's execution and delivery to Licensor of this
     Agreement.  This release shall survive the termination of this Agreement,
     Licensee shall take whatever steps are necessary or appropriate to carry
     out the terms of this release upon Licensor's request.

     h.  Descriptive Headings.  The descriptive headings in this Agreement are
     for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or
     construction of any provision in this Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first stated above.



               LICENSEE:                          LICENSOR:

                                             HAMPTON INN HOTEL DIVISION
______________________________________        OF EMBASSY SUITES, INC.


By:  _________________________________       By:  ______________________________


Name:  _______________________________       Name:  ____________________________


Title:  ______________________________       Title:  ___________________________


                                    GUARANTY

                                                  Date:  

     As an inducement to the Hampton Inn Hotel Division of Embassy Suites, Inc.
("Licensor") to execute the above License Agreement, the undersigned, jointly
and severally, hereby unconditionally warrant to Licensor and its successors and
assigns that all of Licensee's representations in the License Agreement and the
application submitted by Licensee to obtain the License Agreement are true and
guarantee that all of Licensee's obligations under the above License Agreement,
including any amendments thereto whenever made (the "Agreement"), will be
punctually paid and performed.

     Upon default by Licensee or notice from Licensor, the undersigned will
immediately make each payment and perform each obligation required of Licensee
under the Agreement.  Without affecting the obligations of the undersigned under
this Guaranty, Licensor may without notice to the undersigned extend, modify or
release any indebtedness or obligation of Licensee, or settle, adjust or
compromise any claims against Licensee.  The undersigned waive notice of
amendment of the Agreement and notice of demand for payment or performance by
Licensee.

     Upon the death of an individual guarantor, the estate of such guarantor
will be bound by this Guaranty but only for defaults and obligations hereunder
existing at the time of death, and the obligations of the other guarantors will
continue in full force and effect.

     The Guaranty constitutes a guaranty of payment and performance and not of
collection, and each of the guarantors specifically waives any obligation of
Licensor to proceed against Licensee on any money or property held by Licensee
or by any other person or entity as collateral security, by way of set off or
otherwise.  The undersigned further agree that this Guaranty shall continue to
be effective or be reinstated as the case may be, if at any time payment or any
of the guaranteed obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or
returned by Licensor upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of
Licensee or any of the undersigned, all as though such payment has not been
made.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has signed this Guaranty as of
the date of the above Agreement.


Witnesses:                                                  Guarantors:

___________________________________   ___________________________________ (Seal)

___________________________________   ___________________________________ (Seal)

___________________________________   ___________________________________ (Seal)


                                  ATTACHMENT A


Facilities and Services (Paragraph 1):




   Site-Area and general description:




     Fee owners (names and addresses):




     Leases (parties, terms, etc.), if any:





   Number of approved guest rooms:




   Parking facilities (number of spaces, description):




   Swimming pool:




   Other facilities and services:




Ownership of Licensee (Paragraph 8):











                                                      HAMPTON INN HOTEL DIVISION
                                                   6800 POPLAR AVENUE, SUITE 200
                                                       MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE  38138

                             HAMPTON INN & SUITESsm
                                LICENSE AGREEMENT


Dated _____________________________,  19__ between Hampton Inn Hotel Division of

Embassy Suites, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Licensor"), and 


                                                                 resident
a ______________________________________________________________ corporation 
("Licensee"), whose                                              partnership

address is ____________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________.

                          THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1.  The License.

   Licensor owns, operates and licenses a system designed to provide a
distinctive, high quality hotel service to the public under the name "Hampton
Inn" and "Hampton Inn & Suites" (the "System").  High standards established by
Licensor are the essence of the System.  Future investments may be required of
Licensee under this Agreement.  Licensee has independently investigated the
risks of the business to be operated hereunder, including current and potential
market conditions, competitive factors and risks, has read Licensor's "Offering
Circular for Prospective Franchisees," and has made an independent evaluation of
all such facts.  Aware of the relevant facts, Licensee desires to enter into
this Agreement in order to obtain a license to use the System in the operation
of a Hampton Inn & Suites hotel located at  ____________________________________

_________________________________________________________________ (the "Hotel").

     a.  The Hotel.  The Hotel comprises all structures, facilities,
   appurtenances, furniture, fixtures, equipment, and entry, exit, parking and
   other areas from time to time located on the land identified on the plot plan
   most recently submitted to and acknowledged by Licensor in anticipation of
   the execution of this Agreement, or located on any land from time to time
   approved by Licensor for additions, signs or other facilities.  The Hotel now
   includes the facilities listed on Attachment A hereto.  No change in the
   number of approved guest rooms and/or suites (guest rooms and suites
   hereinafter collectively referred to as "Guest Rooms") and no other
   significant change in the Hotel may be made without Licensor's approval. 
   Redecoration and minor structural changes that comply with Licensor's
   standards and specifications will not be considered significant.  Licensee
   represents that it is entitled to possession of the Hotel during the entire
   License Term without restrictions that would interfere with anything
   contemplated in this Agreement.

     b.  The System.  The System is composed of elements, as designated from
   time to time by Licensor, designed to identify "Hampton Inn" hotels and
   "Hampton Inn & Suites hotels" to the consuming public and/or to contribute to
   such identification and its association with quality standards.  The System
   at present includes the service marks "Hampton Inn" and "Hampton Inn &
   Suites" and such other service marks and such copyrights, trademarks and
   similar property rights as may be designated from time to time by Licensor to
   be part of the System; access to a reservation service; distribution of
   advertising, publicity and other marketing programs and materials; the



   furnishing of training programs and materials, standards, specifications and
   policies for construction, furnishing, operation, appearance and service of
   the Hotel, and other requirements as stated or referred to in this Agreement
   and from time to time in Licensor's Standards Manual (the "Manual") or in
   other communications to Licensee; and programs for inspecting the Hotel and
   consulting with Licensee.  Licensor may add elements to the System or modify,
   alter or delete elements of the System at its sole discretion from time to
   time.  Licensee is only authorized to use the "Hampton Inn & Suites" service
                      ----
   marks and trademarks at or in connection with the Hotel.

2.  Grant of License.

   Licensor hereby grants to Licensee a nonexclusive license (the "License") to
use the System only at the Hotel, but only in connection with the operation of a
Hampton Inn & Suites hotel and only in accordance with this Agreement and only
during the "License Term" beginning with the date hereof and terminating as
provided in Paragraph 10.  The License applies to the location of the Hotel
specified herein and no other.  This Agreement does not limit Licensor's right,
or the rights of any parent, subsidiary, division or affiliate of Licensor, to
use or license to others the System or any part thereof or to engage in or
license any business activity at any other location.  Licensee acknowledges that
Licensor, its parent, subsidiaries, divisions, and affiliates are and may in the
future be engaged in other business activities including activities involving
transient lodging and related activities which may be or may be deemed to be
competitive with the System; that facilities, programs, services and/or
personnel used in connection with the System may also be used in connection with
such other business activities of Licensor, its parent, subsidiaries, divisions
or affiliates; and that Licensee is acquiring no rights hereunder other than the
right to use the System in connection with a Hampton Inn & Suites hotel as
specifically defined herein in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

3.  Licensee's Responsibilities.

     a.  Operational and Other Requirements.  During the License Term, Licensee
   will:

     (1)  maintain a high moral and ethical standard and atmosphere at the
     Hotel;

     (2)  maintain the Hotel in a clean, safe and orderly manner and in first
     class condition;

     (3)  provide efficient, courteous and high-quality service to the public;

     (4)  operate the Hotel 24 hours a day every day except as otherwise
     permitted by Licensor based on special circumstances;

     (5)  strictly comply in all respects with the Manual and with all other
     policies, procedures and requirements of Licensor which may be from time to
     time communicated to Licensee;

     (6)  strictly comply with Licensor's reasonable requirements to protect the
     System and the Hotel from unreliable sources of supply;

     (7)  strictly comply with Licensor's requirements as to:

        (a)  the types of services and products that may be used, promoted or
        offered at the Hotel;

        (b)  the types and quality of services and products that, to supplement
        services listed on Attachment A, must be used, promoted or offered at
        the Hotel;

        (c)  use, display, style and type of signage;

        (d)  directory and reservation service listings of the Hotel;


        (e)  training of persons to be involved in the operation of the Hotel;

        (f)  participation in all marketing, reservation service, advertising,
        training and operating programs designated by Licensor as System-wide 
        (or  area-wide)  programs  in  the  best  interests  of  hotels  using 
        the  System;

        (g)  maintenance, appearance and condition of the Hotel; and

        (h)  quality and type of service offered to customers at the Hotel.

     (8)  use such automated guest service and/or hotel management and/or
     telephone system(s) which Licensor deems to be in the best interests of the
     System, including any additions, enhancements, supplements or variants
     thereof which may be developed during the term hereof;

     (9)  participate in and use those reservation services which Licensor deems
     to be in the best interests of the System, including any additions,
     enhancements, supplements or variants thereof which may be developed during
     the term hereof;

     (10)  adopt improvements or changes to the System as may be from time to
     time designated by Licensor;

     (11)  strictly comply with all governmental requirements, including the
     filing and maintenance of any required trade name or fictitious name
     registrations, pay all taxes, and maintain all governmental licenses and
     permits necessary to operate the Hotel in accordance with the System;

     (12)  permit inspection of the Hotel by Licensor's representatives at any
     time and give them free lodging for such time as may be reasonably
     necessary to complete their inspections;

     (13)  promote the Hotel on a local or regional basis subject to Licensor's
     requirements as to form, content and prior approvals;

     (14)  insure that no part of the Hotel or the System is used to further or
     promote a competing business or other lodging facility, except as Licensor
     may approve for those competing businesses or lodging facilities owned,
     licensed, operated or otherwise approved by Licensor or its parent,
     divisions, subsidiaries and/or affiliates;

     (15)  use every reasonable means to encourage use of Hampton Inn and
     Hampton Inn & Suites facilities everywhere by the public;

     (16)  in all respects use Licensee's best efforts to reflect credit upon
     and create favorable public response to the name "Hampton Inn" and "Hampton
     Inn & Suites";

     (17)  promptly pay to Licensor all amounts due Licensor, its parent,
     divisions, subsidiaries and/or affiliates as royalties or fees or for goods
     or services purchased by Licensee; and

     (18)  comply with Licensor's requirements concerning confidentiality of
     information.

   b.  Upgrading of the Hotel.  Licensor may at any time during the term hereof
   require substantial modernization, rehabilitation and other upgrading of the
   Hotel.  Limited exceptions from those standards may be made by Licensor based
   on local conditions or special circumstances.  If the upgrading requirements
   contained in this Paragraph 3.b. cause Licensee undue hardship, Licensee may
   terminate this Agreement by paying a fee computed according to Paragraph
   10.f.





   c.  Fees.

     (1)  For each month (or part of a month) during the License Term, Licensee
     will pay to Licensor by the 15th of the following month:

        (a)  a royalty fee of 4 percent of the gross revenues attributable to or
        payable for rental of Guest Rooms at the Hotel with deductions for sales
        and room taxes only ("Gross Rooms Revenue");

        (b)  a "Marketing/Reservation Contribution" of 4 percent of Gross Rooms
        Revenue, this contribution being subject to change by Licensor from time
        to time, which payments do not include the cost of reservation services
        equipment or installation or maintenance of it or training; and

        (c)  an amount equal to any sales, gross receipts or similar tax imposed
        on Licensor and calculated solely on payment required hereunder, unless
        the tax is an optional alternative to an income tax otherwise payable by
        Licensor.

          Licensee will operate the Hotel so as to maximize Gross Rooms Revenue
        of the Hotel consistent with sound marketing and industry practice and
        will not engage in any conduct which reduces Gross Rooms Revenue of the
        Hotel in order to further other business activities.

     (2)  Additional royalties may be charged on revenues (or upon any other
     basis, if so determined by Licensor) from any activity if it is added at
     the Hotel by mutual agreement and:

        (a)  it is not now offered at System hotels generally and it is likely
        to benefit significantly from or be identified significantly with the
        Hampton Inn and/or the Hampton Inn & Suites name or other aspects of the
        System; or

        (b)  it is designed or developed by or for Licensor.

     (3)  Charges may be made by Licensor for optional products or services
     accepted by Licensee from Licensor either in accordance with current
     practice or as developed in the future.

     (4)  A standard initial fee for Guest Room additions to a hotel as set
     forth in Licensor's then current "Offering Circular for Prospective
     Franchisees" shall be paid by Licensee to Licensor on Licensee's submission
     of an application to add any Guest Rooms to the Hotel.  As a condition to
     Licensor granting its approval of such application, Licensor may require
     Licensee to upgrade the Hotel, subject to Paragraph 3.b.

     (5)  Local and regional marketing programs and related activities may be
     conducted by Licensee, but only at Licensee's expense and subject to
     Licensor's requirements.  Reasonable charges may be made by Licensor for
     optional advertising materials ordered or used by Licensee for such
     programs and activities.

     (6)  Licensee shall participate in Licensor's travel agent commission
     program(s) as it may be modified from time to time and shall reimburse
     Licensor on or before the 15th of each month for travel agent commissions
     paid by Licensor.

     (7)  Each payment under this Paragraph 3.c. shall be accompanied by the
     monthly statement referred to in Paragraph 6. Licensor may apply any
     amounts received under this paragraph to any amounts due under this
     Agreement.  If any amounts are not paid when due, such non-payment shall
     constitute a breach of this Agreement and, in addition, such unpaid amounts
     will accrue interest beginning on the first day of the month following the
     due date at 1 1/2  percent per month but not to exceed the maximum interest
     permitted by applicable law.



4.  Licensor's Responsibilities.

   a.  Training.  During the License Term, Licensor will continue to specify and
   provide required and optional training programs at various locations. 
   Reasonable charges may be made for required training services and materials. 
   Charges may also be made by Licensor for optional training services and
   materials provided to Licensee.  Travel, lodging and other expenses of
   Licensee and its employees will be borne by Licensee.

   b.  Reservation Services.  During the License Term, so long as Licensee is in
   full compliance with its material obligations hereunder, Licensor will afford
   Licensee access to reservation services for the Hotel.

   c.  Consultation on Operations, Facilities and Marketing.  Licensor will,
   from time to time at Licensor's sole discretion, make available to Licensee
   consultation and advice in connection with operations, facilities and
   marketing.  Licensor shall have the right to establish fees in advance for
   its advice and consultation on a project-by-project basis.

   d.  Use of Marketing/Reservation Contribution.  The Marketing/Reservation
   Contribution will be used by Licensor for costs associated with advertising,
   promotion, publicity, market research and other marketing programs and
   related activities, including reservation programs and services.  Licensor is
   not obligated to expend funds for marketing or reservation services in excess
   of the amounts received from licensees using the System.

   e.  Application of Manual.  All hotels operated under the System will be
   subject to the Manual, as it may from time to time be modified or revised by
   Licensor, including limited exceptions from compliance which may be made
   based on local conditions or special circumstances.  Each change in the
   Manual must be explained in writing to Licensee at least 30 days before it
   goes into effect.

   f.   Other Arrangements for Marketing, Etc.  Licensor may enter into
   arrangements for development, marketing, operations, administrative,
   technical and support functions, facilities, programs, services and/or
   personnel with any other entity and may use any facilities, programs,
   services and/or personnel used in connection with the System in connection
   with any business activities of its parent, subsidiaries, divisions or
   affiliates.

   g.  Compliance Assistance.  If the Hotel fails to comply with the standards
   and rules of operation set forth in the Manual, Licensor may, at its option
   and at Licensee's cost, meet with the Licensee at the Hotel to develop a plan
   to ensure that the Hotel thereafter complies with the standards and rules of
   operation set forth in the Manual.

5.  Proprietary Rights.

   a.  Ownership of System.  Licensee acknowledges and will not contest, either
   directly or indirectly, Licensor's unrestricted and exclusive ownership of
   the System and any element(s) or component(s) thereof, and acknowledges that
   Licensor has the sole right to grant licenses to use all or any element(s) or
   component(s) of the System.  Licensee specifically agrees and acknowledges
   that Licensor is the owner of all right, title and interest in and to the
   service marks "Hampton Inn, "Hampton Inn & Suites" and all other marks
   associated with the System together with the goodwill symbolized thereby and
   that Licensee will not contest directly or indirectly the validity or
   ownership of the marks either during the term of this Agreement or at any
   time thereafter.  All improvements and additions whenever made to or
   associated with the System by the parties to this Agreement or anyone else,
   and all service marks, trademarks, copyrights, and service mark and trademark
   registrations at any time used, applied for or granted in connection with the
   System, and all goodwill arising from Licensee's use of Licensor's marks
   shall inure to the benefit of and become the property of Licensor.  Upon
   expiration or termination of this Agreement, no monetary amount shall be


   assigned as attributable to any goodwill associated with Licensee's use of
   the System or any element(s) or component(s) of the System including the name
   or marks.

   b.  Trademark Disputes.  Licensor will have the sole right and responsibility
   to handle disputes with third parties concerning use of all or any part of
   the System, and Licensee will, at its reasonable expense, extend its full
   cooperation to Licensor in all such matters.  All recoveries made as a result
   of disputes with third parties regarding use of the System or any part
   thereof shall be for the account of Licensor.  Licensor need not initiate
   suit against alleged imitators or infringers and may settle any dispute by
   grant of a license or otherwise.  Licensee will not initiate any suit or
   proceeding against alleged imitators or infringers or any other suit or
   proceeding to enforce or protect the System.

   c.  Protection of Name and Marks.  Both parties will make every effort
   consistent with the foregoing to protect and maintain the names and marks
   "Hampton Inn," "Hampton Inn & Suites," and its distinguishing characteristics
   (and the other service marks, trademarks, slogans, etc., associated with the
   System).  Licensee agrees to execute any documents deemed necessary by
   Licensor or its counsel to obtain protection for Licensor's marks or to
   maintain their continued validity and enforceability.  Licensee agrees to use
   the names and marks associated with the System only in connection with the
   operation of a Hampton Inn & Suites hotel and  in the manner authorized by
   Licensor and acknowledges that any unauthorized use thereof shall constitute
   infringement of Licensor's rights.

6.  Records and Audits.
   a.  Monthly Reports.  At least monthly, Licensee shall prepare a statement
   which will include all information concerning Gross Rooms Revenue, other
   revenues generated at the Hotel, room occupancy rates, reservation data and
   other information required by Licensor that may be useful in connection with
   marketing and other functions of Licensor, its parent, subsidiaries,
   divisions or affiliates (the "Data").  The Data shall be the property of
   Licensor.  The Data will be permanently recorded and retained as may be
   reasonably required by Licensor.  By the 15th of each month, Licensee will
   submit to Licensor a statement setting forth the Data for the previous month
   and reflecting the computation of the amounts then due under Paragraph 3.c.
   The statement will be in such form and detail as Licensor may reasonably
   request from time to time, and may be used by Licensor for its reasonable
   purposes.

   b.  Daily Reports.  At the request of Licensor, Licensee shall prepare and
   deliver daily reports to Licensor, which reports will contain information
   reasonably requested by Licensor on a daily basis, such as daily rate and
   room occupancy, and which may be used by Licensor for its reasonable
   purposes.

   c.  Preparation and Maintenance of Records.  Licensee shall, in a manner and
   form satisfactory to Licensor and utilizing accounting and reporting
   standards as reasonably required by Licensor, prepare on a current basis (and
   preserve for no less than four years), complete and accurate records
   concerning Gross Rooms Revenue and all financial, operating, marketing and
   other aspects of the Hotel, and maintain an accounting system which fully and
   accurately reflects all financial aspects of the Hotel and its business. 
   Such records shall include but not be limited to books of account, tax
   returns, governmental reports, register tapes, daily reports, and complete
   quarterly and annual financial statements (profit and loss statements,
   balance sheets and cash flow statements).

   d.  Audit.  Licensor may require Licensee to have the Gross Rooms Revenue or
   other monies due hereunder computed and certified as accurate by a certified
   public accountant.  During the License Term and for two years thereafter,
   Licensor and its authorized agents shall have the right to verify information
   required under this Agreement by requesting, receiving, inspecting and
   auditing, at all reasonable times, any and all records referred to above


   wherever they may be located (or elsewhere if reasonably requested by
   Licensor).  If any such inspection or audit discloses a deficiency in any
   payments due hereunder, Licensee shall immediately pay to Licensor the
   deficiency and Licensee shall also immediately pay to Licensor the entire
   cost of the inspection and audit, including but not limited to, travel,
   lodging, meals, salaries and other expenses of the inspecting or auditing
   personnel.  Licensor's acceptance of Licensee's payment of any deficiency as
   provided for herein shall not waive Licensor's right to terminate this
   Agreement as provided for herein in Paragraph 10.  If the audit discloses an
   overpayment, Licensor shall immediately refund it to Licensee.

   e.  Annual Financial Statements.  Licensee will submit to Licensor as soon as
   available but not later than 90 days after the end of Licensee's fiscal year,
   complete financial statements for such year.  Licensee will certify them to
   be true and correct and to have been prepared in accordance with generally
   accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and any false
   certification will be a breach of this Agreement.

7.  Indemnity and Insurance.

   a.  Indemnity.  Licensee will indemnify, during and after the term of this
   Agreement, Licensor, its parent, and their respective subsidiaries, divisions
   and affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents, successors
   and assigns against, hold them harmless from, and promptly reimburse them
   for, all payments of money (fines, damages, legal fees, expenses, etc.) by
   reason of any claim, demand, tax, penalty, or judicial or administrative
   investigation or proceeding (even where negligence of Licensor and/or its
   parent, and/or their subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and/or their
   officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns is actual or
   alleged) arising from any claimed occurrence at the Hotel or arising from, as
   a result of or in connection with the design, construction, furnishings,
   equipment and acquisition of supplies or any other of Licensee's acts,
   omissions or obligations or those of anyone associated or affiliated with
   Licensee or the Hotel.  At the election of Licensor, Licensee will also
   defend Licensor and/or its parent, and their subsidiaries, divisions and
   affiliates and/or their officers, directors, employees, agents, successors
   and assigns against same.  In any event, Licensor will have the right,
   through counsel of its choice, to control any matter to the extent it could
   directly or indirectly affect Licensor and/or its parent, and their
   subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their officers, directors,
   employees, agents, successors and assigns financially.  Licensee will also
   reimburse Licensor for all expenses, including attorneys' fees and court
   costs, reasonably incurred by Licensor to protect itself and/or its parent,
   and their subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and/or their officers,
   directors, employees, agents and their successors and assigns from, or to
   remedy Licensee's defaults under this Agreement.

   b.  Insurance. During the License Term, Licensee will comply with all
   insurance requirements of any lease or mortgage covering the Hotel, and
   Licensor's specifications for insurance as to amount and type of coverage as
   may be reasonably specified by Licensor from time to time in writing, and
   will in any event maintain as a minimum the following insurance underwritten
   by an insurer approved by Licensor:

     (1)  employer's liability and workers' compensation insurance as prescribed
     by applicable law; and

     (2)  liquor liability insurance, if applicable, naming Licensor, Embassy
     Suites, Inc. and The Promus Companies Incorporated as additional insureds
     with single-limit coverage for personal and bodily injury and property
     damage of at least $10,000,000 for each occurrence; and

     (3)  comprehensive general liability insurance (with products, completed
     operations and independent contractors coverage) and comprehensive
     automobile liability insurance, all on an occurrence basis naming Licensor,
     Embassy Suites, Inc. and The Promus Companies Incorporated as additional


     insureds and underwritten by an insurer approved by Licensor, with
     single-limit coverage for personal and bodily injury and property damage of
     at least $10,000,000 for each occurrence.  In connection with all
     significant construction at the Hotel during the License Term, Licensee
     will cause the general contractor to maintain with an insurer approved by
     Licensor comprehensive general liability insurance (with products,
     completed operations and independent contractors coverage) in at least the
     amount of $10,000,000 for each occurrence with Licensor, Embassy Suites,
     Inc. and The Promus Companies Incorporated named as additional insureds.

   c.  Changes in Insurance.  Simultaneously herewith, annually hereafter and
   each time a change is made in any insurance or  insurance carrier, Licensee
   will furnish to Licensor certificates of insurance including the term and
   coverage of the insurance in force, the persons insured, and the fact that
   the coverage may not be cancelled, altered or permitted to lapse or expire
   without 30 days advance written notice to Licensor.

8.  Transfer.

   a.  Transfer by Licensor.  Licensor shall have the right to transfer or
   assign this Agreement or any of Licensor's rights or obligations hereunder to
   any person or legal entity.

   b.  Transfer by Licensee.  Licensee understands and acknowledges that the
   rights and duties set forth in this Agreement are personal to Licensee, and
   that Licensor has entered into this Agreement in reliance on the business
   skill, financial capacity, and personal character of Licensee (if Licensee is
   an individual), and that of the partners or stockholders of Licensee (if
   Licensee is a partnership or corporation).  Accordingly, neither Licensee nor
   any immediate or remote successor to any part of Licensee's interest in this
   Agreement, nor any individual, partnership, corporation, or other legal
   entity which directly or indirectly owns an equity interest (as that term is
   defined herein) in Licensee, shall sell, assign, transfer, convey, pledge,
   mortgage, encumber, or give away any direct or indirect interest in this
   Agreement or equity interest in Licensee, except as provided in this
   Agreement.  Any purported sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge,
   mortgage, or encumbrance, by operation of law or otherwise, of any interest
   in this Agreement or any equity interest in Licensee not in accordance with
   the provisions of this Agreement, shall be null and void and shall constitute
   a material breach of this Agreement, for which Licensor may terminate this
   Agreement upon notice without opportunity to cure pursuant to Paragraph
   10.d.(4).

     (1)  For the purposes of this Paragraph 8, the term "equity interest" shall
     mean any stock or partnership interest in Licensee, the interest of any
     partner, whether general or limited, in any partnership with respect to
     such partnership, and any stockholder of any corporation with respect to
     such corporation, which partnership or corporation is the Licensee
     hereunder or which partnership or corporation owns a direct or indirect
     beneficial interest in Licensee.  References in this Agreement to
     "publicly-traded equity interest" shall mean any equity interest which is
     traded on any securities exchange or is quoted in any publication or
     electronic reporting service maintained by the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc. or any of its successors.

     (2)  If Licensee is a partnership or corporation, Licensee represents that
     the equity interests in Licensee are directly and (if applicable)
     indirectly owned as shown in Attachment A hereto.

   c.  Transfer of Equity Interests that are not Publicly Traded.

     (1)  Except where otherwise provided in this Agreement, equity interests in
     the Licensee that are not publicly traded may be transferred, issued, or
     eliminated with Licensor's prior written consent, which will not be
     unreasonably withheld, provided that after the transaction:



        (a)  50 percent or less of all equity interests in Licensee will have
        changed hands since Licensee first became a party to this Agreement, or

        (b)  80 percent or less of all equity interests in Licensee will have
        changed hands since Licensee first became a party to this Agreement, and
        no equity interest will be held by other than those who held them when
        Licensee first became a party to this Agreement.

     (2)  In computing the percentages referred to in Paragraph 8.c.(1) above,
     limited partners will not be distinguished from general partners, and
     Licensor's judgment will be final if there is any question as to the
     definition of "equity interest" or as to the computation of relative equity
     interests, the principal considerations being:

        (a)  Direct and indirect power to exercise control over the affairs of
        Licensee; and

        (b)  Direct and indirect right to share in Licensee's profits; and

        (c)  Amounts directly or indirectly exposed to risk in Licensee's
        business.

   d.  Transfers of Publicly-Traded Equity interests.

     (1)  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, publicly-traded equity
     interests in the Licensee may be transferred without the Licensor's
     consent, but only if:

        (a)  Immediately before the proposed transfer the transferor owns less
        than 25 percent of the equity interest of Licensee; and

        (b)  Immediately after the transfer the transferee will own less than 25
        percent of the equity interest in Licensee; and

        (c)  The transfer is exempt from registration under federal securities
        law.

     (2)  Publicly-traded equity interests may be transferred with Licensor's
     written consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld, if the transfer is
     exempt from registration under federal securities law.

     (3)  The chief financial officer of Licensee shall certify annually to
     Licensor that Licensee is in compliance with the provisions of this
     Paragraph 8.d. Such certification shall be delivered to Licensor with the
     Annual Financial Statements referred to in Paragraph 6.e. hereof.

   e.  Transfer of the License.

     (1)  Licensee, if a natural person, may with Licensor's consent, which will
     not be unreasonably withheld, transfer the License to Licensee's spouse,
     parent, sibling, niece, nephew, descendant, or spouse's descendant provided
     that:

        (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and

        (b)  The transferee executes a new license agreement for the unexpired
        term of this Agreement, on the standard form then being used to license
        new hotels under the System, except that the fees charged then shall be
        the same as those contained herein; and

        (c)  Licensee guarantees, in Licensor's usual form, the performance of
        the transferee's obligations under the newly-executed license agreement.

     (2)  If Licensee is a natural person, he may, without the consent of
     Licensor, upon 30 days prior written notice to Licensor, transfer the
     License to a corporation entirely owned by him, provided that:



        (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and

        (b)  The transferee executes a new license agreement for the unexpired
        term of this Agreement on the standard form then being used to license
        new hotels under the System, except that the fees charged then shall be
        the same as those contained herein; and

        (c)  The Licensee guarantees in Licensor's usual form, the performance
        of the transferee's obligations under  the newly-executed license
        agreement.

   f.  Transfers of the License or Equity Interest in the Licensee Upon Death.

     (1)  If Licensee is a natural person, upon the Licensee's death, the
     License will pass in accordance with Licensee's will, or, if Licensee dies
     intestate, in accordance with laws of intestacy governing the distribution
     of the Licensee's estate, provided that:

        (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and

        (b)  Licensor gives written consent, which consent will not be
        unreasonably withheld; and

        (c)  The transferee is one or more of the decedent's spouse, parents,
        siblings, nieces, nephews, descendants, or spouse's descendants; and

        (d)  Licensee's heirs or legatees, promptly advise Licensor and promptly
        execute a new license agreement for the unexpired term of this
        Agreement, on the standard form then being used to license new hotels
        under the System, except the fees charged thereunder shall be the same
        contained herein.

     (2)  If an equity interest is owned by a natural person, the equity
     interest will pass upon such person's death in accordance with such
     person's will or, if such person dies intestate, in accordance with the
     laws of intestacy governing the distribution of such person's estate,
     provided that:

        (a)  Adequate provision is made for management of the Hotel; and

        (b)  Licensor gives written consent, which consent will not be
        unreasonably withheld; and

        (c)  The transferee is one or more of the decedent's spouse, parents,
        siblings, nieces, nephews, descendants, or spouse's descendants; and

        (d)  The transferee assumes, in writing, on a continuing basis, the
        decedent's guarantee, if any, of the Licensee's obligations hereunder.

   g.  Registration of a Proposed Transfer of Equity Interests.  If a proposed
   transfer of an equity interest in the Licensee requires registration under
   any federal or state securities law, Licensee shall:

     (1)  Request Licensor's consent at least 45 days before the proposed
     effective date of the registration; and

     (2)  Accompany such request with one payment of a nonrefundable fee of
     $25,000; and

     (3)  Reimburse Licensor for expenses incurred by Licensor in connection
     with review of the materials concerning the proposed registration,
     including without limitation, attorneys' fees and travel expenses; and

     (4)  Agree, and all participants in the proposed offering subject to
     registration shall agree, to fully indemnify Licensor in connection with


     the registration; furnish Licensor all information requested by Licensor;
     avoid any implication of Licensor's participating in, or endorsing the
     offering; and use Licensor's service marks and trademarks only as directed
     by Licensor.

   h.  Management of the Hotel.  Licensee must at all times retain and exercise
   direct management control over the Hotel's business.  Licensee shall not
   enter into any lease, management agreement, or other similar arrangement for
   the operation of the Hotel or any part thereof with any independent entity
   without the prior written consent of Licensor.

   i.  Application for New License Agreement upon Transfer of the Hotel.

     (1)  If Licensee wishes to transfer the Hotel, or any interest of Licensee
     in the Hotel, Licensee shall give prompt written notice thereof to
     Licensor, stating the identity of the prospective transferee and the terms
     and conditions of the transfer, including a copy of any proposed agreement
     and all other information with respect thereto, which Licensor may
     reasonably require.

     (2)  If Licensee proposes to transfer the Hotel or any interest of Licensee
     in the Hotel to a transferee who desires thereafter to operate the Hotel
     under the System, the proposed transferee must, with Licensee's consent,
     apply for a new license agreement to replace this Agreement for a term to
     be determined by Licensor.  Licensor shall process the application in good
     faith and in accordance with procedures, criteria and requirements
     regarding fees, upgrade of the Hotel, credit, operational abilities and
     capabilities, prior business dealings, if any, with Licensor, market
     feasibility and other factors deemed relevant by Licensor, then being
     applied by Licensor in issuing new licenses to use the System.  If the
     application is approved, Licensor and the transferee shall, upon surrender
     of this Agreement, enter into a commitment agreement to govern the Hotel
     until the time specified therein for the new license agreement to be
     entered into if the transferee fulfills specified upgrading and other
     requirements by that time.  The new license agreement shall be on the
     standard form, and contain the standard terms (except for duration), then
     being used to license new hotels under the System.  If the application is
     not approved by Licensor, then this Agreement shall terminate pursuant to
     Paragraph 10.d. hereof and Licensor shall be entitled to all of its
     remedies.

9. Condemnation and Casualty.

   a.  Condemnation.  Licensee shall, at the earliest possible time, give
   Licensor full notice of any proposed taking by eminent domain.  If Licensor
   agrees that the Hotel or a substantial part thereof is to be taken, Licensor
   will give due and prompt consideration, without any obligation, to
   transferring this Agreement to a nearby location selected by Licensee and
   approved by Licensor as promptly as reasonably possible, and in any event
   within four months of the taking.  If the new location is approved by
   Licensor and the transfer authorized by Licensor and if Licensee opens a new
   hotel at the new location in accordance with Licensor's specifications within
   two years of the closing of the Hotel, the new hotel will thenceforth be
   deemed to be the Hotel licensed under this Agreement.  If a condemnation
   takes place and a new hotel does not, for whatever reason, become the Hotel
   under this Agreement in strict accordance with this paragraph (or if it is
   reasonably evident to Licensor that such will be the case), this Agreement
   will terminate forthwith upon notice thereof by Licensor to Licensee, without
   the payment of liquidated damages hereunder.

   b.  Casualty.  If the Hotel is damaged by fire or other casualty, Licensee
   will expeditiously repair the damage.  If the damage or repair requires
   closing the Hotel, Licensee will immediately notify Licensor, will repair or
   rebuild the Hotel in accordance with Licensor's standards, will commence
   reconstruction within four months after closing, and will reopen the Hotel
   for continuous business operations as soon as practicable (but in any event


   within 24 months after closing of the Hotel), giving Licensor ample advance
   notice of the date of reopening.  If the Hotel is not reopened in accordance
   with this paragraph, this Agreement will forthwith terminate, upon notice
   thereof by Licensor to Licensee, with the payment of liquidated damages
   calculated in the manner set forth in Paragraph 10.f.

   c.  No Extensions of Term.  Nothing in this Paragraph 9 will extend the
   License Term but Licensee shall not be required to make any payments pursuant
   to paragraphs 3.c.(l), (2) and (3) for periods during which the Hotel is
   closed by reason of condemnation or casualty.

10.  Termination.

   a.  Expiration of Term.  This Agreement will expire without notice 20 years
   from the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as set forth herein. 
   The parties recognize the difficulty of ascertaining damages to Licensor
   resulting from premature termination of this Agreement, and have provided for
   liquidated damages in Paragraph 10.f. below, which liquidated damages
   represent the parties' best estimate as to the damages arising from the
   circumstances in which they are provided.

   b.  Permitted Termination Prior to Expiration of Term.  Licensee may
   terminate this Agreement on its 10th or 15th anniversary by giving at least
   12 but less than 15 months advance notice to Licensor accompanied by a lump
   sum payment (as liquidated damages and not as a penalty or in lieu of any
   other payments required under this Agreement) equal to the total of all
   amounts required under paragraphs 3.c.(l), (2) and (3) for the 24 calendar
   months of operation preceding the notice.



   c.  Termination by Licensor on Advance Notice.

     (1)  In accordance with notice from Licensor to Licensee, this Agreement
     will terminate (without any further notice unless required by law) or, at
     Licensor's sole discretion with notice from Licensor to Licensee, Licensor
     may suspend its services hereunder (including reservation services),
     provided that:

        (a)  the notice is mailed at least 30 days (or longer, if required by
        law) in advance of the termination date;

        (b)  the notice reasonably identifies one or more breaches of Licensee's
        obligations hereunder; and

        (c)  the breach(es) are not fully remedied within the time period
        specified in the notice.

     (2)  If during the then preceding 12 months Licensee shall have engaged in
     a violation of this Agreement for which a notice of termination was given
     and termination failed to take effect because the default was remedied, the
     period given to remedy defaults thereafter will, if and to the extent
     permitted by law, thereafter be 10 days instead of 30.

     (3)  In any judicial proceeding in which the validity of termination is at
     issue, Licensor will not be limited to the reasons set forth in any notice
     sent under this paragraph.

     (4)  Licensor's notice of termination or suspension of services shall not
     relieve Licensee of its obligation hereunder.

   d.  Immediate Termination by Licensor.  This Agreement may be immediately
   terminated upon notice from Licensor to Licensee (or at the earliest time
   permitted by applicable law) if:

     (1)  (a)  Licensee or any guarantor of Licensee's obligations hereunder


          shall generally not pay its debts as they become due or shall admit in
          writing its inability to pay its debts, or shall make a general
          assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

        (b)  Licensee or any such guarantor shall commence any case, proceeding
        or other action seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
        liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law
        relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors,
        or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other
        similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its
        property; or

        (c)  Licensee or any such guarantor shall take any corporate or other
        action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in paragraphs (a)
        or (b); or

        (d)  Any case, proceeding or other action against Licensee or any such
        guarantor shall be commenced seeking to have an order for relief entered
        against it as debtor, or seeking reorganization, arrangement,
        adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts
        under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
        relief of debtors, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee,
        custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial
        part of its property, and such case, proceeding or other action (i)
        results in the entry of an order for relief against it which is not
        fully stayed within seven business days after the entry thereof or (ii)
        remains undismissed for a period of 45 days; or

        (e)  An attachment remains on all or a substantial part of the Hotel or
        of Licensee's or any such guarantor's assets for 30 days; or

        (f)  Licensee or any such guarantor fails, within 60 days of the entry
        of a final judgment against Licensee in any amount exceeding $50,000, to
        discharge, vacate or reverse the judgment, or to stay execution of it,
        or if appealed, to discharge the judgment within 30 days after a final
        adverse decision in the appeal; or

     (2)   Licensee loses possession or the right to possession of all or a
     significant part of the Hotel, except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 9;
     or

     (3)  Licensee contests in any court or proceeding Licensor's ownership of
     the System or any part of it, or the validity of any service marks or
     trademarks associated with Licensor's business; or

     (4)  A breach of Paragraph 8 hereof occurs; or

     (5)  Licensee fails to continue to identify itself to the public as a
     System hotel; or

     (6)  Any action is taken toward dissolving or liquidating Licensee or any
     such guarantor, if it is a corporation or partnership, except for death of
     a partner; or

     (7)  Licensee or any of its principals is, or is discovered to have been,
     convicted of a felony (or any other offense if it is likely to adversely
     reflect upon or affect the Hotel, the System, the Licensor, the Licensor's
     parent or its affiliates or subsidiaries in any way); or

     (8)  Licensee maintains false books and records of account or submits false
     reports or information to Licensor.

   e.  De-identification of Hotel Upon Termination.  Licensee will take whatever
   action is necessary to assure that no use is made of any part of the System
   at or in connection with the Hotel or otherwise after the License Term ends. 
   This will involve, among other things, returning to Licensor the Manual and


   all other materials proprietary to Licensor, physical changes of distinctive
   System features of the Hotel, including removal of the primary freestanding
   sign down to the structural steel, and all other actions required to preclude
   any possibility of confusion on the part of the public that the Hotel is no
   longer using all or any part of the System or otherwise holding itself out to
   the public as a Hampton Inn & Suites hotel.  Anything not done by Licensee in
   this regard within 30 days after termination of this Agreement may be done at
   Licensee's expense by Licensor or its agents, who may enter upon the premises
   of the Hotel for that purpose.

   f.  Payment of Liquidated Damages.  If this Agreement terminates pursuant to
   paragraphs 3.b., 9.b., 10.c. or 10.d. above, Licensee will promptly pay
   Licensor (only as liquidated damages for the premature termination of this
   Agreement, and not as a penalty or as damages for breaching this Agreement or
   in lieu of any other payment) a lump sum equal to the total amounts required
   under paragraphs 3.c.(1), (2) and (3) during the 36 full calendar months of
   operation preceding the termination; or if the Hotel has not been in
   operation in the System for 36 full calendar months, the greater of: (i) 36
   times the monthly average of such amounts, or (ii) 36 times such amounts as
   are due for the one full calendar month preceding such termination.  If the
   Hotel has been authorized to open as a Hampton Inn & Suites hotel but has not
   been in operation for one full calendar month, the liquidated damages amount
   shall be equal to the product of the number of Guest Rooms in the Hotel
   multiplied by $3,000.00.

11.  Renewal.

   This Agreement is non-renewable.

12.  Relationship of Parties.

   a. No Agency Relationship.  Licensee is an independent contractor.  Neither
   party is the legal representative or agent of, or has the power to obligate
   (or has the right to direct or supervise the daily affairs of) the other for
   any purpose whatsoever.  Licensor and Licensee expressly acknowledge that the
   relationship intended by them is a business relationship based entirely on,
   and defined by, the express provisions of this Agreement and that no
   partnership, joint venture, agency, fiduciary or employment relationship is
   intended or created by reason of this Agreement.

   b.  Licensee's Notices to Public Concerning Independent Status.  Licensee
   will take such steps as are necessary and such steps as Licensor may from
   time to time reasonably request to minimize the chance of a claim being made
   against Licensor for anything that occurs at the Hotel, or for acts,
   omissions or obligations of Licensee or anyone associated or affiliated with
   Licensee or the Hotel.  Such steps may, for example, include giving notice in
   Guest Rooms, public rooms and advertisements, on business forms and
   stationery, etc., making clear to the public that Licensor is not the owner
   or operator of the Hotel and is not accountable for what happens at the
   Hotel.  Unless required by law, Licensee will not use the word "Hampton" or
   any similar words in its corporate, partnership, or trade name, nor authorize
   or permit such use by anyone else.  Licensee will not use the words
   "Hampton," "Hampton Inn," "Hampton Inn & Suites" or any other name or mark
   associated with the System to incur any obligation or indebtedness on behalf
   of Licensor.

13.  Miscellaneous.

   a.  Severability and Interpretation.  The remedies provided in this Agreement
   are not exclusive.  In the event any provision of this Agreement is held to
   be unenforceable, void or voidable as being contrary to the law or public
   policy of the United States or any other jurisdiction entitled to exercise
   authority hereunder, all remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in
   full force and effect unless deletion of the provision(s) deemed
   unenforceable, void or voidable impairs the consideration for this Agreement
   in a manner which frustrates the purpose of the parties or makes performance


   commercially impracticable.  In the event any provision of this Agreement
   requires interpretation, such interpretation shall be based on the reasonable
   intention of the parties in the context of this transaction without
   interpreting any provision in favor of or against any party hereto by reason
   of the drafting of the party or its position relative to the other party. 
   Any covenant, term or provision of this Agreement which, in order to effect
   the intent of the parties, must survive the termination of this Agreement,
   shall survive any such termination.

   b.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall become valid when executed and
   accepted by Licensor at Memphis, Tennessee.  It shall be deemed made and
   entered into in the state of Tennessee and shall be governed and construed
   under and in accordance with the laws of the state of Tennessee.  In entering
   into this Agreement, Licensee acknowledges that it has sought, voluntarily
   accepted and become associated with Licensor who is headquartered in Memphis,
   Tennessee, and that this Agreement contemplates and will result in business
   relationships with Licensor's headquarter's personnel.  The choice of law
   designation permits, but does not require that all suits concerning this
   Agreement be filed in the state of Tennessee.

   c.  Exclusive Benefit.  This Agreement is exclusively for the benefit of the
   parties hereto, and it may not give rise to liability to a third party,
   except as otherwise specifically set forth herein.  No agreement between
   Licensor and anyone else is for the benefit of Licensee.

   d.  Entire Agreement.  This is the entire Agreement (and supersedes all
   previous agreements including without limitation, any commitment agreement
   between the parties concerning the Hotel) between the parties relating to the
   Hotel.  Neither Licensor nor any other person on Licensor's behalf has made
   any representation to Licensee concerning this Agreement or relating to the
   system which representation is not fully set forth herein or in Licensor's
   "Offering Circular for Prospective Franchisees." No change in this Agreement
   will be valid unless in writing signed by both parties.  No failure to
   require strict performance or to exercise any right or remedy hereunder will
   preclude requiring strict performance or exercising any right or remedy in
   the future.

   e.  Licensor's Withholding Consent.  Licensor's consent, wherever required,
   may be withheld if any default by Licensee exists under this Agreement. 
   Approvals and consents by Licensor will not be effective unless evidenced by
   a writing duly executed on behalf of Licensor.

   f.  Notices.  Notices will be effective hereunder when and only when they are
   reduced to writing and delivered personally or mailed by Federal Express or
   other express delivery service or by certified mail to the appropriate party
   at its address first stated above or to such person and at such address as
   may be designated by notice hereunder.

   g.  General Release.  Licensee and its respective heirs, administrators,
   executors, agents, representatives and their respective successors and
   assigns, hereby release, remise, acquit and forever discharge Licensor and
   its parent, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and their officers,
   directors, employees, agents, representatives and their respective successors
   and assigns from any and all actions, claims, causes of action, suits,
   rights, debts, liabilities, accounts, agreements, covenants, contracts,
   promises, warrants, judgments, executions, demands, damages, costs and
   expenses, whether known or unknown at this time, of any kind or nature,
   absolute or contingent, if any there be, at law or in equity, on account of
   any matter, cause or thing whatsoever which has happened, developed or
   occurred at any time from the beginning of time to and including the date of
   Licensee's execution and delivery to Licensor of this Agreement.  This
   release shall survive the termination of this Agreement, Licensee shall take
   whatever steps are necessary or appropriate to carry out the terms of this
   release upon Licensor's request.




   h.  Descriptive Headings.  The descriptive headings in this Agreement are for
   convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction
   of any provision in this Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first stated above.



        LICENSEE:                            LICENSOR:


______________________________________  HAMPTON INN HOTEL DIVISION OF EMBASSY
                                        SUITES, INC.


By:  _________________________________  By:  ___________________________________


Name:  _______________________________  Name:  _________________________________


Title:  ______________________________  Title:  ________________________________



                                    GUARANTY

                                        Date: __________________________________

   As an inducement to the Hampton Inn Hotel Division of Embassy Suites, Inc.
("Licensor") to execute the above License Agreement, the undersigned, jointly
and severally, hereby unconditionally warrant to Licensor and its successors and
assigns that all of Licensee's representations in the License Agreement and the
application submitted by Licensee to obtain the License Agreement are true and
guarantee that all of Licensee's obligations under the above License Agreement,
including any amendments thereto whenever made (the "Agreement"), will be
punctually paid and performed.

   Upon default by Licensee or notice from Licensor, the undersigned will
immediately make each payment and perform each obligation required of Licensee
under the Agreement.  Without affecting the obligations of the undersigned under
this Guaranty, Licensor may without notice to the undersigned extend, modify or
release any indebtedness or obligation of Licensee, or settle, adjust or
compromise any claims against Licensee.  The undersigned waive notice of
amendment of the Agreement and notice of demand for payment or performance by
Licensee.

   Upon the death of an individual guarantor, the estate of such guarantor will
be bound by this Guaranty but only for defaults and obligations hereunder
existing at the time of death, and the obligations of the other guarantors will
continue in full force and effect.

   The Guaranty constitutes a guaranty of payment and performance and not of
collection, and each of the guarantors specifically waives any obligation of
Licensor to proceed against Licensee on any money or property held by Licensee
or by any other person or entity as collateral security, by way of set off or
otherwise.  The undersigned further agree that this Guaranty shall continue to
be effective or be reinstated as the case may be, if at any time payment or any
of the guaranteed obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or
returned by Licensor upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of
Licensee or any of the undersigned, all as though such payment has not been
made.

   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has signed this Guaranty as of
the date of the above Agreement.


Witnesses:                                                  Guarantors:

__________________________________    ___________________________________ (Seal)

__________________________________    ___________________________________ (Seal)

__________________________________    ___________________________________ (Seal)


                                  ATTACHMENT A


Facilities and Services (Paragraph 1):




   Site-Area and general description:




     Fee owners (names and addresses):






   Other facilities and services:




Ownership of Licensee (Paragraph 8):












 





                          LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT


                                       OF


                   DES PLAINES DEVELOPMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP


                                     between


                          HARRAH'S ILLINOIS CORPORATION


                                       and


                                 JOHN Q. HAMMONS


                             Dated February 28, 1992



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------



                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


R E C I T A L S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1

ARTICLE 2 - FORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5

               2.01 Partnership Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
               2.02 Organization and Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
               2.03 Place of Business and Principal Office; 
                         Registered Agent and Registered Office . . . . . .    5
               2.04 Purpose and Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
               2.05 Term  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6

ARTICLE 3 - CONTRIBUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6

               3.01 Capital Contributions; Partnership Interests  . . . . .    6
               3.02 Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
               3.03 Assignment of Entitlements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

ARTICLE 4 - ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

               4.01 Allocations of Taxable Income . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
               4.02 Allocations of Tax Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
               4.03 Timing and Amount of Allocations of Taxable 
                         Income and Tax Loss  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
               4.04 Distributions of Proceeds of a Major Capital 
                         Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
               4.05 Distribution of Cash Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
               4.06 Priority and Distribution of Property . . . . . . . . .   11
               4.07 Additional Allocation Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . .   11

ARTICLE 5 - GENERAL PARTNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15

               5.01 Management Authority of the General Partner . . . . . .   15
               5.02 Limitation on Authority of the General Partner  . . . .   19
               5.03 Delegation of Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
               5.04 Compensation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
               5.05 Extent of Management Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
               5.06 Transactions with Related Parties . . . . . . . . . . .   20
               5.07 Liability for Acts and Omissions  . . . . . . . . . . .   20
               5.08 Right to Rely Upon the Authority of the General . . . .   22
               5.09 Continuing Liability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
               5.10 Effect of Bankruptcy of the General Partner . . . . . .   22
               5.11 Transfer of General Partnership Interest  . . . . . . .   23
               5.12 Right to Own Limited Partnership Interest . . . . . . .   25

ARTICLE 6 - LIMITED PARTNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25

               6.01 Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners . . . . . .   25
               6.02 Management of the Partnership . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
               6.03 Power of Attorney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
               6.04 Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
               6.05 Restriction on Transfer of Limited Partnership  . . . .   28
               6.06 Disposition if No Gaming Qualification  . . . . . . . .   30
               6.07 Effect of Bankruptcy, Death or Incompetency 
                         of Limited Partner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
               6.08 Notices to Limited Partner  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31

ARTICLE 7 - EVENTS OF DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32



ARTICLE 8 - REMEDIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34

               8.01 Remedies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
               8.02 Choice of Remedies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
               8.03 Buy and Sell  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35
               8.04 Advances; Buy-Down  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37
               8.05 Appraisal Buy Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
               8.06 Forbearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41

ARTICLE 9 - VALUATION AND APPRAISAL PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41

               9.01 Voluntary Appraisal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
               9.02 Appraisal Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
               9.03 Appraised Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
               9.04 Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
               9.05 Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43

ARTICLE 10 - ADMINISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43

               10.01  Bank Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
               10.02  Title to Partnership Property . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
               10.03  Books and Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
               10.04  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
               10.05  Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
               10.06  Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45

ARTICLE 11 - FISCAL MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45

               11.01  Fiscal Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
               11.02  Method of Accounting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
               11.03  Accountants and Accounting Principles . . . . . . . .   46
               11.04  Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46
               11.05  Tax Returns; Tax Matters Partner  . . . . . . . . . .   46
               11.06  Basis Election  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46
               11.07  Partnership Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
               11.08  Change in Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47

ARTICLE 12 - TERMINATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48

               12.01  Events of Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48
               12.02  Winding Up  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48
               12.03  Distribution on Dissolution and Termination . . . . .   49

ARTICLE 13 - MISCELLANEOUS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   50

               13.01  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   50
               13.02  Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   50
               13.03  Grammatical Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
               13.04  Captions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
               13.05  Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
               13.06  Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
               13.07  Other Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
               13.08  Private Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
               13.09  Waiver of Right to Court Decree of Dissolution 
                       and Partition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
               13.10  Competing Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
               13.11  Personal Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
               13.12  No Third Party Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
               13.13  Consent of Bank Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53

EXHIBIT A - Capital Contributions and Percentage Share  . . . . . . . . . .    1

               General Partner  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
               Limited Partner  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1

EXHIBIT B - Legal Description of Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1



                          LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
                                       OF
                   DES PLAINES DEVELOPMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP


     THIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT of Des Plaines Development Limited
Partnership (the "Partnership Agreement" or "Agreement") is made and entered as
of the 28th day of February, 1992, by and among Harrah's Illinois Corporation, a
Nevada corporation, and John Q. Hammons, an individual.   

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

     A.   The General Partner is a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of
Harrah's, a Nevada corporation ("Harrah's").  Harrah's and the General Partner
are in the business of operating gaming facilities.

     B.   The Limited Partner is the sole owner of Des Plaines Development
Corporation, an Illinois corporation ("DPDC"), which has applied for a license
to operate a riverboat gaming facility on the Des Plaines River in Joliet,
Illinois, and has received a finding of preliminary suitability from the
Illinois Gaming Board.

     C.   The Limited Partner desires that the General Partner invest in such
riverboat gaming facility, and rather than continue the corporate form of
ownership through DPDC, the General Partner and the Limited Partner desire to
undertake a joint venture to develop and operate a riverboat gaming facility on
the Des Plaines River in Joliet, Illinois on the terms set forth herein and
desire that any funding of preliminary suitability of DPDC be transferred to
such joint venture consistent with the rules of the Illinois Gaming Board. 


                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements of the parties
hereto and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, it is hereby agreed as
follows:


                                    ARTICLE 1
                                    ---------

                                   DEFINITIONS
                                   -----------


     Unless otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise
requires, each of the following terms when used herein shall have the following
defined meanings:

     "Act" means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del. C.
                                                                         ---  -
Sec. 17-101, et seq. as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.
             -- ---

     "Adjusted Capital Account Deficit" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4.07(g)(i) hereof.

     "Affiliate," when used with reference to a specified Person, means (i) any
relative or spouse of the specified Person; (ii) any Person who is an officer,
partner or trustee of, or serves in a similar capacity with respect to, the
specified Person; (iii) any partnership, corporation, trust or other entity of
which the specified Person is a partner, officer, trustee or serves in a similar
capacity or is directly or indirectly the owner of a partnership interest, any
portion of a class of equity securities, or in which the specified Person has a
substantial beneficial interest; and (iv) any Person that directly or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by or is under
common control with the specified Person.  "Affiliate" when used in reference to
any of the Partners shall also include any Person that directly or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by or is under
common control with any one or more of the beneficial owners of such Partner.



     "Agreement" means this Limited Partnership Agreement of Des Plaines
Development Limited Partnership, as amended, modified or supplemented from time
to time.

     "Capital Account" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a)
hereof.

     "Capital Contribution" means the total amount of money and the fair market
value of any property (determined net of any liabilities secured by such
property that the Partnership is considered to assume or take subject to and
determined consistently with Code Section 752(c) and without regard to Code
Section 7701(g)) contributed, or to be contributed, as the case may be, to the
Partnership by a Partner. 

     "Cash Flow" means all cash received by the Partnership from all sources in
excess of all cash expended or reserved in the discretion of the General Partner
for (i) currently due and maturing obligations and liabilities (excluding
Partner loans) and expenses of the Partnership or obligations secured by
Partnership assets including but not limited to debt service upon any
indebtedness incurred by the Partnership, (ii) capital expenditures, (iii)
contingent liabilities or (iv) such other purposes as the General Partner shall
determine to be necessary or proper.  Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, all amounts received from the City of Joliet, Illinois or any other
governmental agencies as reimbursements, subsidies or payments in respect of the
Project, including without limitation reimbursements of gaming tax, shall be
included in the calculations of "Cash Flow".

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "Default Loan" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(a) hereof.

     "Defaulting Partner" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.01
hereof.

     "Distributions" means all distributions or other payments to Partners by
the Partnership of cash or the fair market value of any property (determined net
of any liabilities secured by such property that the distributee is considered
to assume or take subject to and determined consistently with Code Section
752(c) and without regard to Code Section 7701(g)) distributed to the Partners
pursuant to Article 4 or Section 12.03 hereof.

     "Event of Default" shall have the meaning set forth in Article 7 hereof.

     "General Partner" means Harrah's Illinois Corporation, a Nevada
corporation, or any Person who, at the time of reference thereto, has been
admitted to the Partnership as a successor or additional general partner of the
Partnership, in each such Person's capacity as a General Partner.

     "Initial Capital Loan" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(d)
hereof.

     "Initial Capital Loan Documents" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.01(d) hereof.

     "Limited Partner" means John Q. Hammons, an individual, or any Person who,
at the time of reference thereto, has been admitted to the Partnership as a
successor or additional limited partner of the Partnership, in each such
Person's capacity as a Limited Partner.

     "Major Capital Event" means any borrowings or financings (except short term
borrowing in the ordinary course of business) by the Partnership or otherwise
relating to the Project, any sale of all or a portion of the Project or any
Partnership assets (except dispositions of personal property and equipment in
the ordinary course of business) or any insured casualty loss or condemnation or
other involuntary conversion (including losses covered by title insurance).




     "Net Invested Capital" means the initial Capital Contribution for such
Partner set forth on Exhibit A hereto plus the amount of capital hereafter
                     ---------
contributed to the Partnership by such Partner and credited to its Capital
Account, less all distributions hereafter made by the Partnership to such
Partner and debited against its Capital Account, but in no event less than zero.

     "Nondefaulting Partner" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.01
hereof.

     "Partner Minimum Gain" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
4.07(g)(iii) hereof.

     "Partners" means the General Partner(s) and the Limited Partner(s).

     "Partnership" means the Delaware limited partnership governed by this
Agreement.

     "Partnership Minimum Gain" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
4.07(g)(ii) hereof.

     "Percentage Share" means the percentage assigned to each Partner by which
each such Partner shall share in various allocations and distributions of the
Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  The Percentage
Share initially allocated to each Partner is set forth in Section 3.01(f)
hereof, and is subject to the provisions of Section 8.04(b) hereof.

     "Person" means any individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated
association, trust or other entity.

     "Prime Rate" means the prime rate of interest charged by Citibank, N.A.,
New York, New York to borrowers on ninety (90) day unsecured commercial loans,
as the same may be changed from time to time.

     "Project" means the gaming/recreational business conducted with respect to
the Property.  

     "Property" means the real property and improvements thereto located in the
City of Joliet, Will County, Illinois, generally described in Exhibit B hereto
                                                              ---------
and by this reference incorporated herein, together with such additional real
property as the General Partner may determine to acquire and one or more
riverboats, berthing and docking facilities, reception buildings, parking
facilities, offices and storage areas, restaurants, hotels, gaming devices and
other property relating to the business of the Partnership.

     "Treasury Regulation" shall mean the income tax regulations promulgated
under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including
corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

                                    ARTICLE 2
                                    ---------

                                    FORMATION
                                    ---------


     2.01      Partnership Agreement.  The Partnership is a limited partnership
               ---------------------
organized under and pursuant to the terms of the Act and this Partnership
Agreement.  From and after its execution, this Partnership Agreement shall
constitute the only agreement of limited partnership of the Partnership, except
as it may hereafter be amended pursuant to the provisions of this Partnership
Agreement.  This Partnership Agreement represents the entire agreement and
understanding of the parties hereto, and all prior or concurrent agreements,
understandings, representations and warranties in regard to the subject matter
hereof are and have been merged herein.

     2.02      Organization and Name.  The Partnership is and shall be a limited
               ---------------------
partnership organized under and pursuant to the Act. The name of the Partnership
is "Des Plaines Development Limited Partnership."  The General Partner and the



Limited Partner of the Partnership shall be the parties designated aforesaid. 
The Partners agree to execute such certificates or documents and do such filings
and recordings and all other acts, including the filing of a Certificate of
Limited Partnership of the Partnership and any amendments thereto in appropriate
governmental offices as may be required in order to comply with all applicable
laws.

     2.03      Place of Business and Principal Office; Registered Agent and
               ------------------------------------------------------------
Registered Office
- -----------------

               (a)  The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be
Joliet, Illinois and its principal office shall be at 1023 Cherry Road, Memphis,
Tennessee 38117, or at such other place as the General Partner may designate by
notice to all Partners.

               (b)  The name and address of the registered agent for service of
process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust
Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle
County, Delaware 19801.  The registered office of the Partnership is located at
such address.  The General Partner may designate any other Person as the
registered agent and any other location as the registered office, respectively,
as the General Partner deems appropriate subject to applicable law.

     2.04      Purpose and Title.  The purpose and business of the Partnership
               -----------------
shall be to own, develop and operate the Property and the Project.  The
Partnership shall have the power to do all acts and things necessary,
appropriate, convenient or useful in connection with the foregoing, including
without limitation, all of the powers that may be exercised by the General
Partner on behalf of the Partnership under this Agreement.  Title to any or all
of the Property (or the interest of the Partnership therein) may be taken and
held in the name of the Partnership or in the name of an Illinois land trust in
which the entire beneficial interest shall be owned by the Partnership and the
power of direction vested in the Partnership or its designees, as provided in
this Agreement.  The Partnership shall be a partnership only for the purposes
described in this Section 2.04, and this Agreement shall not be deemed to create
a partnership between the Partners with respect to any activities whatsoever
other than the activities contemplated hereby or incident thereto.

     2.05      Term.  The Partnership commenced on the date of first filing of
               ----
the Partnership's Certificate of Limited Partnership with the office of the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in full force and
effect until the date which is fifty (50) years from such date, or until
dissolution prior thereto pursuant to the provisions hereof or by operation of
law.


                                    ARTICLE 3
                                    ---------

                                  CONTRIBUTIONS
                                  -------------


     3.01      Capital Contributions; Partnership Interests
               --------------------------------------------

               (a)   Capital Contributions by the General Partner.  The General
                     --------------------------------------------
Partner shall contribute Twenty Five Million Nine Hundred Twenty Thousand
Dollars ($25,920,000) to the Partnership when called for pursuant to Section
3.01(c) hereof as an initial Capital Contribution which shall be credited to the
General Partner's Capital Account.  The General Partner shall make additional
Capital Contributions as and when called for by the General Partner in its sole
discretion, which shall be credited to the General Partner's Capital Account.

               (b)   Capital Contributions by the Limited Partner.  The Limited
                     --------------------------------------------
Partner shall contribute Six Million Four Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars
($6,480,000) to the Partnership when called for pursuant to Section 3.01(c)
hereof as an initial Capital Contribution which shall be credited to the Limited
Partner's Capital Account.  The Limited Partner shall make additional Capital



Contributions as and when called for by the General Partner in its sole
discretion, which shall be credited to the Limited Partner's Capital Account.

               (c)   Calls for Contributions.  The General Partner may at any
                     -----------------------
time or from time to time call for Capital Contributions, including initial
Capital Contributions, from the Partners by not less than three (3) days written
notice to the Partners.  The Partners shall make such Capital Contributions to
the Partnership on or before the date specified in any such notice from the
General Partner.

               (d)   Initial Capital Loan.  The General Partner shall
                     --------------------
contribute, on behalf of the Limited Partner, the Limited Partner's initial
Capital Contribution set forth in Section 3.01(b) hereof as a loan to the
Limited Partner (the "Initial Capital Loan").  The Limited Partner hereby grants
authority to the General Partner to disburse portions of the Initial Capital
Loan to the Partnership when portions of the Limited Partner's initial Capital
Contribution are called for pursuant to Section 3.01(c) hereof.  The Initial
Capital Loan shall be deemed a Default Loan hereunder and the rights of the
Partners hereunder in respect of the Initial Capital Loan shall include all
rights of the Partners in respect of Default Loans, including, without
limitation, the distribution provisions of Sections 4.04, 4.05 and 8.04(d)
hereof and Article 12 hereof; provided that (x) nothing herein shall be
construed as causing the Limited Partner to be in default as a result of the
Initial Capital Loan being deemed to be a Default Loan unless the Limited
Partner shall fail to pay or perform under the Initial Capital Loan Documents
(as defined below) and (y) the General Partner may not exercise any right under
Article 8 hereof with respect to the Initial Capital Loan, unless and until an
Event of Default shall have occurred hereunder.  The Initial Capital Loan shall
(i) be evidenced by a promissory note in form and substance acceptable to the
General Partner, (ii) be secured by the Limited Partner's interest in the
Partnership pursuant to a security agreement and UCC financing statements in
form and substance acceptable to the General Partner and any other documents as
may be necessary to further assure and perfect a security interest in the
Limited Partner's Partnership interest (such promissory note, security agreement
and UCC-1 financing statements are the "Initial Capital Loan Documents"), (iii)
bear interest on the outstanding principal balance, payable on the first day of
each calendar quarter in arrears (the first such payment to be due on July 1,
1992), at a rate equal to the lower of (x) the then current Prime Rate plus two
percent (2%) per annum or (y) the maximum rate of interest permitted under
applicable law, from the date hereof until payment in full by the Limited
Partner, (iv) be prepayable at any time, and (v) be due and payable (including
all principal and accrued interest outstanding) on the earlier of the date which
is four (4) years from the date hereof, or the occurrence of an Event of Default
hereunder (unless accelerated earlier pursuant to the terms of the promissory
note evidencing such loan).  The Initial Capital Loan shall be made to the
Limited Partner and guaranteed by the spouse of the Limited Partner pursuant to
the Guarantee attached hereto, with full recourse to the assets of the Limited
Partner and the spouse of the Limited Partner.

               (e)   Evidence of Partnership Interest.  No certificates or other
                     --------------------------------
evidence of ownership shall be issued with respect to the partnership interests
in the Partnership except this Agreement which, when executed, shall solely
represent and evidence the partnership interests in the Partnership owned by
each Partner.

               (f)   Percentage Share.  Effective as of the date hereof, the
                     ----------------
partnership interests hereunder are allocated between the Partners such that the
Percentage Share which is attributed to each Partner is as follows:

                     (i)  80% - General Partner

                   (ii)   20% - Limited Partner

Such Percentage Shares are subject to revision pursuant to Section 8.04(b)
hereof.




               (g)   Withdrawal of Capital; Loans.  No Partner shall have any
                     ----------------------------
right to withdraw or make a demand for withdrawal of all or any portion of such
Partner's capital (or the amount, if any, reflected in such Partner's Capital
Account).  No interest or additional share of profits shall be paid or credited
to the Partners on their Capital Accounts, or on any undistributed profits or
funds left on deposit with the Partnership; provided, however, that nothing
                                            --------  -------
herein contained shall be construed to prevent or prohibit the payment of
interest on account of loans made by the Partners to the Partnership.  Any loans
made to the Partnership by a Partner shall not increase its Capital Account or
interest in the profits, losses, or Cash Flow, but shall be a debt due from the
Partnership and repaid accordingly only out of Cash Flow or the Partnership
assets in the discretion of the General Partner.

     3.02      Capital Accounts
               ----------------

               (a)  There shall be established for each Partner on the books of
the Partnership, as of the date hereof, a capital account (the "Capital
Account") reflecting the excess (deficit) of (i) the sum of (A) such Partner's
initial Capital Account balance which initial balance reflects the deemed
contributions of such Partner to the Partnership in exchange for such Partner's
interest in the Partnership, (B) such Partner's additional Capital Contributions
(if any) to its Capital Account made in accordance with this Agreement, (C) such
Partner's share of taxable income and (D) such Partner's share of tax-exempt
income of the Partnership over (ii) the sum of (A) such Partner's share of tax
losses, (B) such Partner's share of other Partnership expenditures that are not
deductible for federal income tax purposes and (C) any Distributions to such
Partner, (iii) as adjusted by such Partner's share of income, gain, deduction or
loss described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g).  

               (b)  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 3.02 or
elsewhere in this Agreement, each Partner's Capital Account shall be maintained
and adjusted in accordance with the Code and the Treasury Regulations, including
Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).  It is intended that appropriate
adjustments shall thereby be made to Capital Accounts to give effect to any
income, gain, loss or deduction (or items thereof) that is specially allocated
pursuant to this Agreement.

               (c)  A Partner's Capital Account shall be reduced by the fair
market value (determined without regard to Code Section 7701(g)) of any property
(net of liabilities secured by such property that the Partner is considered to
assume or take subject to and determined consistently with Code Section 752(c))
distributed by the Partnership to such Partner, whether in connection with a
liquidation of the Partnership or of such Partner's partnership interests or
otherwise.  Accordingly, Capital Accounts shall first be adjusted to reflect the
manner in which the unrealized income, gain, loss and deduction inherent in such
property (that has not been previously reflected in Capital Accounts) would be
allocated, pursuant to Article 4 hereof, among the Partners if there were a
taxable disposition of such property for its fair market value (taking Code
Section 7701(g) into account) on the date of distribution.

               (d)   The foregoing provisions and other provisions of this
Agreement relating to the maintenance of capital accounts are intended to comply
with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1, and shall be interpreted and applied
in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulation.  In the event the General
Partner shall determine, in its sole discretion, that it is prudent to modify
the manner in which the capital accounts, or any debits or credits thereto, are
computed in order to comply with such Treasury Regulation, the General Partner
may make such modification, provided that it will not have a material adverse
effect on the amounts distributable to any Limited Partner during the operation
of, or upon the dissolution of, the Partnership.

     3.03      Assignment of Entitlements.  Without any adjustments to the
               --------------------------
Partners' Percentage Shares or to the Partners' Capital Accounts, the General
Partner and the Limited Partner hereby (and the Limited Partner shall cause DPDC
to) irrevocably assign and transfer by quitclaim conveyance any and all of their
respective rights and interest in any studies, plans, engineering reports,



environmental reports, wetlands reports or other marketing materials, property,
contracts, agreements, options, licenses, permits, or other rights or interests
relating to the development and operation of the Project, including without
limitation, any easements, gaming applications or licenses, variances, consents,
approvals or entitlements from any Port Authorities, the U.S. Army Corp of
Engineers, the City of Joliet, Illinois, or any other federal, state, county or
municipal authority or any governmental or quasi-governmental entity necessary
for the development and use of the Property in connection with the Project.


                                    ARTICLE 4
                                    ---------

                          ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                          -----------------------------


     4.01      Allocations of Taxable Income.  Except as provided in Section
               -----------------------------
4.07 hereof, taxable income of the Partnership (including any gain realized in a
Major Capital Event) shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with
their Percentage Shares.  

     4.02      Allocations of Tax Loss.  Except as provided in Section 4.07
               -----------------------
hereof, tax loss of the Partnership (including any loss realized in a Major
Capital Event) shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their
Percentage Shares. 

     4.03      Timing and Amount of Allocations of Taxable Income and Tax Loss. 
               ---------------------------------------------------------------
Taxable income and tax loss of the Partnership shall be determined and allocated
with respect to each fiscal year of the Partnership as of the end of such year. 
Subject to the other provisions of this Article 4, an allocation to a Partner of
a share of taxable income or tax loss shall be treated as an allocation of the
same share of each item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is taken into
account in computing taxable income or tax loss.

     4.04      Distributions of Proceeds of a Major Capital Event.  The proceeds
               --------------------------------------------------
of any Major Capital Event (other than in connection with or in contemplation of
a liquidation of the Partnership) shall be applied as follows:

                     (a)  First, to pay all expenses incurred in connection with
     the Major Capital Event;

                     (b)  Second, to pay all accrued and unpaid interest on and
     the principal balance of all Default Loans made by the Nondefaulting
     Partner under Section 8.04(a) hereof and accounted for as set forth in
     Section 8.04(d) hereof;

                    (c)   Third, to repay, at the discretion of the General
     Partner, any or all indebtedness of the Partnership secured by liens on the
     Property;

                    (d)   Fourth, to repay any Capital Contribution by a Partner
     in excess of its Percentage Share of the total Capital Contributions in the
     Partnership; and

                    (e)   Fifth, the balance, if any, to the Partners in
     accordance with their Percentage Shares.

     4.05      Distribution of Cash Flow.  Cash Flow (other than proceeds of any
               -------------------------
Major Capital Event or in connection with or in contemplation of a liquidation
of the Partnership) shall be applied as follows:

                    (a)   First, to pay all accrued and unpaid interest on and
     the principal balance of all Default Loans made by the Nondefaulting
     Partner under Section 8.04(a) hereof and accounted for as set forth in
     Section 8.04(d) hereof;

                    (b)   Second, to repay any Capital Contribution by a Partner



     in excess of its Percentage Share of the total Capital Contributions in the
     Partnership; and

                    (c)  Third, the balance, if any, to and among the Partners
     in accordance with their Percentage Shares.

     4.06      Priority and Distribution of Property.  Except as herein
               -------------------------------------
expressly provided, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner as to
the return of capital, income or losses, or Distributions of Cash Flow.  No
Partners shall have the right to demand or receive property other than cash for
its Capital Contributions to the Partnership or in payment of its share of Cash
Flow.

     4.07      Additional Allocation Provisions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
               --------------------------------
provisions of this Article 4:

               (a)  The losses allocated under Section 4.02 hereof to any
Partner shall not exceed the maximum amount of losses that can be so allocated
without causing such Partner to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the
end of any fiscal year.  If some but not all of the Partners would have Adjusted
Capital Account Deficits as a consequence of an allocation of losses pursuant to
Section 4.02 hereof, then the limitation set forth in this Section 4.07(a) shall
be applied so as to allocate the maximum permissible loss to each Partner under
the preceding sentence and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d). 
Losses, the allocation of which to any Partner are prohibited under the first
sentence of this Section 4.07(a), shall be allocated to the remaining Partners
in proportion to their respective Percentage Shares.

               (b)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4.07,
if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership
fiscal year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership
income and gain (as specified in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-
2(j)(2)(i)) for such year (and, if necessary, for subsequent years, as provided
in Regulation Section 1.704-2(j)(2)(iii)) in an amount equal to the portion of
such Partner's share of the net decrease in such Partnership Minimum Gain,
determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(2).

The items of income and gain to be so specially allocated  pursuant to this
Section 4.07(b) shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation
Section 1.704-2(f).  This Section 4.07(b) is intended to comply with the minimum
gain chargeback requirement of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall
be interpreted consistently therewith.

               (c)  Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 4.07 to the
contrary (except Section 4.07(b) hereof), if there is a net decrease in Partner
Minimum Gain attributable to a "partner nonrecourse debt" (within the meaning of
Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) during any Partnership fiscal year,
each Partner who has a share of the Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such
partner nonrecourse debt, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation
Section 1.704-2(i)(5), shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income
and gain (as specified in Regulation Section 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii)) for such fiscal
year (and, if necessary, subsequent years, as provided in Regulation Section
1.704-2(j)(2)(iii)) in an amount equal to the portion of such Partner's share of
the net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such partner
nonrecourse debt, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-2(g)(2).

The items of income and gain to be so specially allocated pursuant to this
Section 4.07(c) shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation
Section 1.704-2(i)(4).  This Section 4.07(c) is intended to comply with the
partner minimum gain chargeback requirement of Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

               (d)  Subject to the priority rules of Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-2, if any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or
distribution described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),



1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6) that causes or increases an
Adjusted Capital Account Deficit with respect to such Partner, items of
Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an
amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit
of such Partner as quickly as possible.  It is intended that this Section
4.07(d) qualify and be construed as a "qualified income offset" within the
meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).

               (e)  If special allocations are required under Sections 4.07(b),
4.07(c) and/or 4.07(d) hereof in any fiscal year, such  allocations shall be
made in the priorities required by Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b) and
1.704-2.

               (f)  "Nonrecourse deductions" (within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(1) and 1.704-2(c)) for any fiscal year or other
period shall be specially allocated to the Partners in proportion to their
Percentage Shares.  "Partner nonrecourse deductions" (within the meaning of
Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)) for any fiscal year or other period
shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss
with respect to the "partner nonrecourse debt" (within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) to which such partner nonrecourse deductions
are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i).

               (g)  As used herein, the following terms shall have the following
meanings associated with them:

                     (i)  The term "Adjusted Capital Account Deficit" means,
     with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any in such Partner's
     Capital Account as of the end of the relevant fiscal year, after giving
     effect to the following adjustments:

                          (A)  Add to such Capital Account the
               following items:  (1) the amount, if any, which such
               Partner is obligated to contribute to the Partnership
               upon liquidation of such Partner's interest; and (2)
               the amount which such Partner is deemed to be obligated
               to restore to the Partnership pursuant to the
               penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulation Sections
               1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

                          (B)  Subtract from such Capital Account such
               Partner's share of the items described in Treasury
               Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),
               1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6).

                     (ii)  The term "Partnership Minimum Gain" shall have the
     meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b) and
     1.704-2(d).

                     (iii)  The term "Partner Minimum Gain" means an amount,
     with respect to each "partner nonrecourse debt" (within the meaning of
     Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4)), equal to the Partnership
     Minimum Gain that would result if such partner nonrecourse debt were
     treated as a "nonrecourse liability" (within the meaning of Treasury
     Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(3) and 1.752-1(a)(2)), determined in
     accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i).

               (h)  The Partners acknowledge that all Distributions  (including
distributions upon liquidation of the Partnership) are intended to be made in
accordance with the priorities set forth in Sections 4.04, 4.05 and 12.03 hereof
and that the Partners' Capital Accounts are intended to reflect the manner in
which such distributions are intended to be made.  The allocations set forth in
Sections 4.07(a) (last sentence), 4.07(b), 4.07(c), 4.07(d) and/or 4.07(f)
hereof (the "Regulatory Allocations") are intended to comply with certain
requirements of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2, but may



result in distortions of the Partners' Capital Accounts in relation to the
Distributions that each Partner is intended to receive from the Partnership. 
Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 and 4.07 hereof
(other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Regulatory Allocations shall be
taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction
among the Partners so that, to the extent possible, at any point in time the
Partners' Capital Accounts shall reflect the manner in which Distributions would
be made to the Partners, if the Partnership were liquidated and the proceeds of
such liquidation were distributed to the Partners in accordance with Section
12.03 hereof.

               (i)  For any fiscal year during which (a) a Partner's interest in
the Partnership is assigned by such Partner (or by an assignee or successor in
interest to a Partner) or (b) a Partner's Percentage Share changes, the portion
of the taxable income and tax loss of the Partnership that is allocable in
respect of such Partner's transferred or modified interest shall be apportioned
between the assignor and the assignee of such Partner's interest, in the case of
an assignment, or allocated, as otherwise provided in this Article 4, in the
case of a change in Percentage Shares, on the basis of an interim closing of the
Partnership's books, without regard to any payments or distributions made to the
Partners before or after such assignment or change, except as otherwise provided
in and required by Code Section 706(d)(2); provided that in any event any
assignments or transfers of any interest in the Partnership shall be subject to
the provisions of Sections 5.11 and 6.05 hereof.

               (j)  In the event that any amount claimed by the Partnership to
constitute a deductible expense in any fiscal year is treated for federal income
tax purposes as a distribution made to a Partner in its capacity as a partner of
the Partnership and not a guaranteed payment as defined in Code Section 707(c)
or a payment to a Partner not acting in its capacity as a partner under Code
Section 707(a), then the Partner who is deemed to have received such
distribution shall first be allocated an amount of Partnership gross income
equal to such payment, its Capital Account shall be reduced to reflect the
distribution, and for purposes of this Article 4, taxable income and tax loss
shall be determined after making the allocation required by this Section
4.07(j).

               (k)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
allocations of items for book and tax purposes and adjustments to the Partners'
Capital Accounts shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2.  In particular, as required by
Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(i), income, gain, loss and deduction
for tax purposes with respect to Partnership property  revalued on the
Partnership's books and records shall be shared among the Partners so as to take
account of the variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property and its
book value in the same manner as variations between the adjusted tax basis and
fair market value of property contributed to a partnership are to be taken into
account in determining the partners' shares of tax items under Code Section
704(c).

               (l)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 4,
income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to property contributed to the
Partnership by a Partner shall be shared among the Partners, pursuant to
Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(c), so as to take
account of the variation, if any, between the basis of the property to the
Partnership and its fair market value at the time of contribution.

               (m)  In the event that the Code or any Treasury Regulations
promulgated thereunder require allocations of items of income, gain, loss,
deduction or credit different from those set forth in this Agreement, upon the
advice of the Partnership's counsel or accountants, the General Partner is
hereby authorized to make new allocations in reliance upon the Code, the
Treasury Regulations and such advice of the Partnership's counsel or
accountants, and no such new allocation shall give rise to any claim or cause of
action by the Limited Partner or the Partnership.




                                    ARTICLE 5
                                    ---------

                                 GENERAL PARTNER
                                 ---------------


     5.01      Management Authority of the General Partner.  The General Partner
               -------------------------------------------
shall have full, complete and exclusive discretion to manage and control the
business of the Partnership for the purposes herein stated, shall make all
decisions affecting the business of the Partnership, and shall manage and
control the affairs of the Partnership.  In addition to the rights and powers
herein conferred, the General Partner shall possess and may exercise all of the
rights and powers of a general partner as provided in (but subject to the
limitations and restrictions of) the Act.  The General Partner, on behalf of the
Partnership and in furtherance of the business of the Partnership, shall have
the power and authority to perform all acts which the Partnership is authorized
to perform, and to (without limitation) do any of the following:

                     (a)  enter into such sales agreements, construction
     agreements, leases, licenses, easements, covenants, conditions or
     restrictions, agreements with other land owners, construction contracts,
     set aside agreements, or other contracts, agreements, documents, or
     arrangements with respect to all or any portion of the Property or the
     other Partnership assets, whether or not such arrangements (including
     renewal terms) shall extend beyond the date of the termination of the
     Partnership, at such rental or amount, or for such consideration, and upon
     such terms, as it deems proper;

                     (b)  compromise, submit to arbitration, sue on or defend
     all claims in favor of or against the Partnership;

                     (c)  make and revoke any election permitted the Partnership
     by any taxing authority;

                     (d)  borrow money for Partnership purposes and as security
     therefor to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber all or any part of
     the Property or other assets of the Partnership, and to repay, prepay,
     refinance, increase, modify, recast, consolidate or extend, in whole or in
     part, all such loans and indebtedness, as and when it shall see fit and
     enter into any loan agreements, notes, mortgages, financing statements,
     assignment of rents, guarantees, letters of credit, or other documents,
     agreements, security arrangements or other arrangements in connection
     therewith;

                     (e)  acquire rights, title or interests in, manage,
     maintain and improve all or any portion of the Property consistent with the
     purposes of the Partnership;

                     (f)  do all acts it deems necessary, appropriate,
     incidental or convenient for the operation, development, management,
     disposition, improvement, protection or preservation of the Partnership
     business;

                     (g)  obtain and keep in force such forms of insurance in
     such amounts, and upon such terms and with such carriers, as it shall
     determine;

                     (h)  employ, engage or contract with persons for the
     operation, development, management, disposition, improvement, protection or
     presentation of the Partnership business, including but not limited to,
     land managers, construction managers, property managers, casino managers,
     riverboat operators, appraisers, consulting engineers, architects,
     contractors, developers, agents, insurance brokers, real estate brokers,
     leasing agents, loan brokers, accountants and attorneys, on such terms, for
     such compensation and pursuant to any such contracts or agreements as the
     General Partner shall determine;




                     (i)  establish reserve funds for Partnership purposes from
     revenues derived from Partnership operations or from financing,
     refinancing, sales or other dispositions of the Property or any of the
     Partnership assets;

                     (j)  enter into agreements, options or any other
     arrangements for the lease, sale, exchange or other disposition of all or
     any portion of the Property or any of the Partnership assets,
     notwithstanding that such activity may constitute a sale or disposition of
     all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed
     that such a sale or disposition shall not be deemed to constitute an act
     which would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the
     Partnership;

                     (k)  execute, acknowledge, deliver and perform any and all
     deeds, agreements, documents and instruments to effectuate the foregoing;

                    (l)   obtain and maintain all necessary permits, licenses,
     rezoning, variances, consents, approvals or entitlements from any Port
     Authorities, the U.S. Army Corp of Engineers, the Illinois Gaming Board,
     the City of Joliet, Illinois, the County of Will, the State of Illinois or
     any other federal, state, county or municipal authority or any governmental
     or quasi-governmental entity necessary for the development and use of the
     Property in connection with the Project; 

                    (m)   develop and improve shore facilities, acquire and
     renovate vessels, appear before the Illinois Gaming Board or other
     governmental authorities and manage and control the relationship of the
     Partnership with such governmental authorities, and commission and obtain
     environmental, wetlands, engineering and other reports and studies;

                     (n) execute, acknowledge, deliver and perform a
     Construction Contract with Service Marine Industries, Inc. or any other
     contractor for construction of a vessel as General Partner shall determine,
     and a Development Agreement with The City of Joliet, each on terms and
     conditions it deems appropriate;

                     (o)  execute, acknowledge, deliver and perform a Management
     Agreement with the General Partner or any of its Affiliates on the terms
     and conditions set forth on the term sheet attached hereto as Exhibit C,
                                                                   ---------
     which agreement the Partners hereby agree complies with the provisions of
     Section 5.06 hereof, and the Limited Partner hereby acknowledges its
     understanding that said Management Agreement will be between the
     Partnership with the General Partner acting on behalf of the Partnership,
     as Owner, and the General Partner or its Affiliate, as Manager, and the
     Limited Partner hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that the General
     Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, as Owner under such Management
     Agreement, shall have the sole authority, in its discretion, to (defined
     terms used in the following items shall have the meanings specified in said
     Management Agreement):

               (1)   approve any Pre-Opening Budget;

               (2)   approve any Pre-Opening Program;

               (3)   approve any plans and specifications in connection with the
                     construction and renovation of the Building or the Vessel;

               (4)   inspect and approve for occupancy or use the Building or
                     the Vessel;

               (5)   incur and approve Capital Expenditures;

               (6)   approve any Annual Plan;

               (7)   exercise any right of first offer under the Management



                     Agreement;

               (8)   declare or waive any Event of Default under the Management
                     Agreement and exercise or forebear from exercising any
                     remedy to which the Partnership, as Owner, is entitled
                     under the Management Agreement;

               (9)   submit to arbitration any dispute arising under the
                     Management Agreement;

               (10)  enter any agreement with the Manager to amend or modify the
                     Management Agreement; or

               (11)  perform any other action, give any consent, or approval or
                     exercise any other right on behalf of the Partnership, as
                     Owner, under the Management Agreement.

                     (p)  admit additional general and limited partners of the
     Partnership on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall
     determine; provided, however, that (1) if the General Partner shall admit
                --------  -------
     an additional general partner who is not an Affiliate of the General
     Partner, then the General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partner
     of such impending admission no less than thirty (30) days prior to such
     admission, and the Limited Partner shall have the right, for a period of
     thirty (30) days after the date of such notice, to notify the General
     Partner in writing of its objection to such admission and require the
     General Partner to exercise the remedies set forth in either Section
     8.01(c) or Section 8.01(d) hereof, at the sole election of the General
     Partner and (2) the General Partner's right to admit additional limited
     partners, other than in the case of a transfer of any interest of the
     Limited Partner or the General Partner, shall be limited to admitting
     additional limited partners which limited partners' aggregate Percentage
     Share does not exceed fifty percent (50%), and any such admission of
     additional limited partners shall ratably reduce the Percentage Shares of
     existing partners.  For the purposes of any exercise of remedies pursuant
     to this Section 5.01(p), (i) the Limited Partner shall be deemed the
     Defaulting Partner, and (ii) the Appraisal Buyout Price (as defined in
     Section 8.05(b) hereof) shall be calculated by using one hundred percent
     (100%) of the Appraised Value (as defined in Section 9.03 hereof). 

Any and all of the foregoing powers of the General Partner as set forth in this
Section 5.01 shall be exercised in the sole determination of the General
Partner, and the Limited Partner shall have no right to approve, veto or vote on
any such decision.

     5.02      Limitation on Authority of the General Partner.  The General
               ----------------------------------------------
Partner shall have no authority without the prior written consent of the Limited
Partner to:

                     (a)  do any act in contravention of this Agreement;

                     (b)  do any act which would make it impossible to carry on
     the ordinary business of the Partnership (it being expressly understood
     that the General Partner may consummate a sale, financing, or other
     disposition of all or any portion of the assets of the Partnership,
     including the Property, without obtaining the prior consent or approval of
     the Limited Partner and that such action is not inconsistent with this
     Subsection 5.02(b));

                     (c)  possess Partnership property or assign the rights of
     the Partnership in specific Partnership assets for other than a Partnership
     purpose;

                     (d)  on behalf of the Partnership, become a surety or
     guarantor of, or an accommodation party to, an obligation of any other
     person, except as may be necessary in connection with the development,



     financing, refinancing, operation or sale or other disposition of the
     Property or any of the Partnership assets; or

                     (e)  assign the Partnership assets in trust for creditors
     or on the assignee's promise to pay the debts of the Partnership.

     5.03  Delegation of Authority.  The General Partner may delegate any of its
           -----------------------
powers, rights and obligations hereunder, and may appoint, employ, contract or
otherwise deal with any person for the transaction of the business of the
Partnership, which person may, under supervision of the General Partner, perform
any acts or services for the Partnership as the General Partner may approve. 
Any delegation of powers, rights or obligations pursuant to this Section 5.03
shall at all times be subject to the supervision of the General Partner.

     5.04      Compensation.   The General Partner shall receive no compensation
               ------------
for its activities as General Partner, except as otherwise authorized in Section
5.06 hereof; provided that nothing herein shall restrict reimbursement to the
General Partner of any costs or expense incurred by it in connection with the
Partnership.

     5.05      Extent of Management Duties.  The General Partner and its
               ---------------------------
officers and directors, shall not be required to devote their full time to the
management of the Partnership business, and the General Partner and its officers
and directors, shall devote only such time to the Partnership business as they,
in their sole discretion, shall deem to be necessary to manage and supervise the
Partnership business and affairs in an efficient manner; but nothing in this
Agreement shall preclude the employment, at the expense of the Partnership, of
any agent or third party manager to manage or provide other services in respect
of the Partnership assets, subject to the supervision by the General Partner of
any such agent or party.

     5.06      Transactions with Related Parties
               ---------------------------------

               (a)  The General Partner may engage the individual services of
any Partner (including the General Partner), or any Affiliate of a Partner, and
nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the payment as a Partnership expense to
such Partner or Affiliate of compensation for such services rendered; provided,
                                                                      --------
however, that any such compensation, fee, commission or other payment shall not
- -------
exceed the rates generally charged by others for similar services.

               (b)  Except as herein provided or as permitted under Section
5.06(a) hereof, no Partner shall receive any fee or other compensation for its
services to the Partnership; provided that the Partnership shall reimburse the
General Partner for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses authorized by the
General Partner and incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership
in connection with the business and affairs of the Partnership, including,
without limitation, all legal, accounting, travel, lodging, telephone, third
party consulting charges and other similar expenses.  

     5.07      Liability for Acts and Omissions
               --------------------------------

               (a)  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the
General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner, and any agents, officers,
directors, stockholders and employees of the General Partner or such Affiliate
(each an "Indemnified Person") shall not be liable, responsible or accountable
in damages or otherwise to the Partnership, or to any of the Partners, for any
act or omission performed or omitted by them in good faith on behalf of the
Partnership and in a manner reasonably believed by them to be within the scope
of their authority and in the best interests of the Partnership; provided,
                                                                 --------
however, that this exculpation shall not apply to acts or omissions which are
- -------
determined, by final decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, to
constitute either fraud, bad faith, gross negligence, or wilful misconduct.

               (b)   To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Partnership,
its receiver or its trustee, shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified
Person from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, expense or liability,



including, without limitation, fees and expenses of attorneys and other experts
and advisors and any and all court costs incurred by them or any of them, which
relate to or arise out of the Partnership, the Property, the Project or the
Partnership's business or affairs, regardless of whether such Indemnified Person
continues to be the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner, and
any agents, officers, directors, stockholders and employees of the General
Partner or such Affiliate at the time any such liability or expense is paid or
incurred, if the Indemnified Person's conduct did not constitute fraud, bad
faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

               (c)  To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified
Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto
to the Partnership or to the Partners, any Indemnified Person acting under this
Agreement or otherwise shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner
for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.  The provisions
of this Agreement, to the extent that they expand or restrict the duties and
liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are
agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of such
Indemnified Person.

               (d)   Whenever in this Agreement the General Partner is permitted
or required to make a decision (i) in its "sole discretion" or "discretion," or
under a similar grant of authority or latitude, the General Partner shall make
such decision in good faith considering only the best interests of the
Partnership and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to
any interest of or factors affecting any Limited Partner, or (ii) in its "good
faith" or under another express standard, the General Partner shall act under
such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different
standards imposed by this Agreement or by law or any other agreement
contemplated herein.  Any agreement made in good faith by the General Partner
shall be binding on the Partners and the Partnership.  The Limited Partner
hereby agrees that any standard of care or duty imposed in this Agreement or any
other agreement contemplated herein or under the Act or any other applicable
law, rule or regulations shall be modified, waived or limited in each case as
required to permit the General Partner to act under this Agreement or any other
agreement contemplated herein and to make any decision pursuant to the authority
prescribed in this Agreement so long as such action or decision does not
constitute wilful misconduct and is reasonably believed by the General Partner
to be consistent with the overall purposes of the Partnership.

     5.08      Right to Rely Upon the Authority of the General Partner.  Persons
               -------------------------------------------------------
dealing with the Partnership may rely upon the representation of the General
Partner that it has the authority to make any commitment or undertaking on
behalf of the Partnership.  No person dealing with the General Partner shall be
required to ascertain its authority to make any such commitment or undertaking,
or any other fact or circumstance bearing upon the existence of its authority. 
In no event shall any person dealing with the General Partner, with respect to
any of the Partnership assets, be obligated to see to the application of any
purchase money, rent or money borrowed or advanced thereon, or be obligated to
see that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with, or be obligated to
inquire into the necessity or expediency of any act or action of such General
Partner, and every contract, agreement, deed, mortgage, lease, promissory note
or other instrument or document executed by the General Partner, with respect to
any of the Partnership's assets, shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any
and every person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time or
times of the execution and/or delivery thereof, the Partnership was in full
force and effect, (b) such instrument or document was duly executed and
authorized and is binding upon the Partnership and all of the Partners and (c)
the General Partner executing and delivering the same was duly authorized and
empowered to execute and deliver any and every such instrument or document for
and on behalf of the Partnership.

     5.09      Continuing Liability.  In the event that the General Partner
               --------------------
withdraws from the Partnership, or sells, transfers or assigns its entire
partnership interest, the General Partner shall be free of any obligation or
liability incurred on account of the activities of the Partnership from and



after such time, and unless the General Partner's successor assumes the
obligations and liabilities incurred by the General Partner prior to such date,
the General Partner shall remain liable for all such obligations and liabilities
incurred by it as General Partner prior to the effective date of such
occurrence.

     5.10      Effect of Bankruptcy of the General Partner.  None of the events
               -------------------------------------------
described in Section 17-402(a)(4) or (5) of the Act with respect to the General
Partner shall cause the General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the
Partnership or the dissolution of the Partnership, and the business of the
Partnership shall continue.  Upon the occurrence of any of the events described
in Section 17-402(a)(4) or (5) of the Act with respect to the General Partner,
the Limited Partner at its option by written notice to the General Partner may
assume all rights of the General Partner for the purpose of managing the affairs
of the Partnership or designate a successor General Partner to replace the
General Partner.  

     5.11      Transfer of General Partnership Interest; Right of First Refusal
               ----------------------------------------------------------------

               (a)   If the General Partner desires to sell, assign or otherwise
transfer its Partnership interest to a person or entity (other than an Affiliate
of the General Partner), it shall not sell, assign or otherwise transfer its
Partnership interest to any person, or other entity not then a Partner (other
than an Affiliate of the General Partner), until such Partnership interest is
first offered for sale to the Limited Partner.  Such first refusal offer to the
Limited Partner shall be made in writing setting forth all of the terms and
conditions on which the General Partner proposes to sell its Partnership
interest (whether or not the General Partner has received a bona fide offer for
the purchase of its Partnership interest) and shall state the name of the
prospective purchasers, if any, who have indicated a willingness to purchase on
such terms and conditions.  Said terms and conditions shall include at a minimum
the purchase price, timing, method of payment and financing terms, if any.  The
Limited Partner shall then have a first refusal right for fifteen (15) days
after the date of the receipt of such first refusal offer to elect to acquire
the General Partner's Partnership interest upon the same terms and conditions as
those set forth in such first refusal offer.

               (b)   For the purposes of this Section 5.11, the General Partner
may grant to a prospective purchaser an option or contingent contract to
purchase its Partnership interest without offering to grant the Limited Partner
a similar option or contingent contract and without making a first refusal offer
pursuant to this Section 5.11 to the Limited Partner, but the Partnership
interest may not be sold to such prospective purchaser, pursuant to the exercise
of such option or contingent contract or otherwise unless such Partnership
interest is first offered to the Limited Partner pursuant to a first refusal
offer under this Section 5.11.  

               (c)   If the Limited Partner shall not exercise the right to
acquire the General Partner's Partnership interest by notifying the General
Partner of its election to do so within fifteen (15) days of such offer,
accepting a conveyance of the Partnership interest and making payment therefor
within such period on the above terms, the General Partner may, within a period
of six (6) months from the date of such first refusal offer, either (i) dispose
of the Partnership interest upon terms and conditions no more favorable to the
prospective purchaser than those set forth in such first refusal offer, or (ii)
arrange for the sale of both its interest and the Limited Partner's interest in
the Partnership on such terms and conditions as it deems acceptable, and the
Limited Partner hereby agrees to dispose of its entire Partnership interest to
the prospective purchaser on such terms and conditions.  The proceeds from such
sale of all of the Partnership interest shall be distributed in accordance with
Article 12 hereof. 

               (d)   If during the six (6) month period from the date of such
first refusal offer the General Partner receives an offer for its Partnership
interest from a prospective purchaser on terms less favorable to the General
Partner than the terms specified in such first refusal offer, prior to accepting



such offer the General Partner shall give notice (the "Subsequent Offer") to the
Limited Partner and specify that the General Partner is willing to sell its
Partnership interest on such terms.  The Limited Partner shall have the right
for a period of fifteen (15) days after the Subsequent Offer to elect to
purchase the Partnership interest of the General Partner, on the terms less
favorable to the General Partner than the terms specified in the Subsequent
Offer.  If the Limited Partner shall not exercise the right to acquire the
General Partner's Partnership interest by notifying the General Partner of its
election to do so within fifteen (15) days thereafter, accepting a conveyance of
the Partnership interest and making payment therefor within such period on the
terms set forth in the Subsequent Offer, such Partnership interest may be
disposed of by the General Partner to a prospective purchaser upon terms and
conditions no more favorable to such prospective purchaser than those set forth
in the Subsequent Offer.  The General Partner may reinstitute the procedure set
forth in this Section 5.11(d) if no disposition is made within the six (6) month
period. 

               (e)   In the event that the General Partner, pursuant to this
Section 5.11, transfers all or a portion of its interest in the Partnership as a
general partner of the Partnership to another Person (a "Transferee"), the
admission to the Partnership of the Transferee as a successor or additional
General Partner, as the case may be, shall be conditioned upon the receipt by
the General Partner of the following:  (1) the successor or additional General
Partner's agreement in writing to be bound by all of the terms of this
Agreement, including acting as a General Partner hereunder, (2) such other
documents or instruments as may be required in order to effect its admission as
a General Partner under this Agreement and applicable law, and (3) the
Transferee expressly assumes all of the obligations of this Agreement, including
without limitation, those in this Section 5.11.  In the event the transfer by
the General Partner is of its entire interest in the Partnership as a general
partner of the Partnership, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
items (1), (2) and (3) above, the admission of the Transferee to the Partnership
as a successor General Partner shall occur, and for all purposes shall be deemed
to have occurred, immediately prior to the transfer by the General Partner of
its interest in the Partnership.  Upon a transfer by the General Partner of its
entire interest in the Partnership, the General Partner shall cease to be a
general partner of the Partnership and the successor General Partner shall
continue, and is hereby authorized to continue, the business of the Partnership
without dissolution.  In the event that the General Partner, pursuant to this
Section 5.11, transfers a portion of its interest in the Partnership as a
general partner of the Partnership to a Transferee, the admission of the
Transferee to the Partnership as an additional General Partner shall occur upon
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in items (1), (2) and (3) above.  In
accordance with the Act, upon the admission of a successor or additional General
Partner to the Partnership as set forth above, an appropriate amendment to the
Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership shall be filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

               (f)   For purposes of this Section, such terms and conditions of
the prospective purchaser's offer will be considered more favorable to such
prospective purchaser if the present value of the purchase price in such offer
(discounted at a rate of fifteen percent (15%)) is less than the present value
of the purchase price in such first refusal offer.

     5.12  Right to Own Limited Partnership Interest.  Nothing herein shall
           -----------------------------------------
prevent the General Partner or an officer, shareholder, director or Affiliate of
the General Partner from owning any limited partner interest herein, and to the
extent of such ownership, said officer, shareholder or director shall not be
deemed to be a General Partner and shall be considered as a Limited Partner and
shall be governed by all of the rights, privileges, duties and responsibilities
attendant upon said limited partner interest.








                                    ARTICLE 6
                                    ---------

                                 LIMITED PARTNER
                                 ---------------

     6.01      Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners.  The Limited Partner
               -------------------------------------------
shall not be liable for the debts, liabilities, contracts or any other
obligations of the Partnership in excess of its contribution to the capital of
the Partnership (which has not been previously returned to it), its obligations
to make other payments provided for in this Agreement, and its share of the
Partnership's assets and undistributed profits (subject to the obligation of a
Limited Partner to repay any funds wrongfully distributed to it).  The Limited
Partner shall be liable to make its Capital Contributions as and when required
pursuant to Section 3.01(c) hereof or otherwise under the terms of this
Agreement, and to contribute any negative balance in its Capital Account when
and as required hereby.  The Limited Partner shall not be required to lend any
funds to the Partnership.

     6.02      Management of the Partnership.  The Limited Partner shall not
               -----------------------------
take part in the management or control of the business of the Partnership, nor
transact any business in the name of the Partnership, nor shall have any right
or authority to act for or bind the Partnership, except as shall be expressly
required pursuant to this Agreement.

     6.03      Power of Attorney.  The Limited Partner, by execution hereof,
               -----------------
hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the General Partner with full power
of substitution as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, in its name, place and
stead to make, execute, sign, acknowledge, swear to, record and file, on behalf
of the Limited Partner and on behalf of the Partnership, the following:

                     (a)  the Partnership's Certificate of Limited Partnership,
     a certificate of doing business under an assumed name, and any other
     certificates or instruments which may be required to be filed by the
     Partnership or the Partners under applicable law;

                     (b)  a certificate of cancellation of the Partnership and
     such other instruments or documents as may be deemed necessary or desirable
     by said attorney upon the dissolution and winding up of the affairs of the
     Partnership;

                     (c)  any and all amendments of the instruments  described
     in Subsections (a) and (b) above and amendments to this Agreement, provided
     such amendments are either required by law to be filed, permitted to be
     made by the General Partner pursuant to Section 10.06 hereof or have been
     authorized by the Partners;

                     (d)  any and all notes, security agreements, mortgages and
     UCC-1 financing statements, as may be necessary to grant and perfect a
     security interest in the Defaulting Partner's Partnership interest to
     secure any Default Loan made by a Nondefaulting Partner pursuant to Section
     8.04(a) hereof; and

                     (e)  any and all such other instruments as may be deemed
     necessary or desirable by said attorney to carry out fully the provisions
     hereof in accordance with its terms.

     The foregoing appointments and grants of authority (i) are special powers
of attorney, coupled with an interest, (ii) shall survive the death, bankruptcy,
dissolution, or adjudication of incompetency of the Limited Partner and (iii)
may be exercised by the General Partner for the Limited Partner by a facsimile
signature of the General Partner.  Pursuant to the power of attorney granted by
the Limited Partner to the General Partner as hereinabove described, the Limited
Partner authorizes said attorney to take any further action which said attorney
shall consider necessary or convenient in connection with any of the foregoing,
hereby giving said attorney full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in and about
the foregoing as fully as the Limited Partner might or could do if personally



present, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney shall
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     6.04      Representations
               ---------------

               (a)  No registration statement relating to the limited
partnership interests in the Partnership or otherwise, has been or shall be
filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the
federal Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the securities laws of any state.

               (b)  The Limited Partner represents and warrants to the General
Partner and to the Partnership that:

                     (i)  The Limited Partner has the power and authority to
     execute and comply with the terms and provisions hereof;

                     (ii)  The Limited Partner's Partnership interest has been
     or will be acquired solely by and for the account of the Limited Partner
     for investment purposes only and is not being purchased for, or with a view
     to, subdivision, fractionalization, resale or distribution; except as
     provided in this Agreement, the Limited Partner has no contract,
     undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or
     pledge to such person or anyone else the Limited Partner's Partnership
     interest (or any part thereof); and the Limited Partner has no present
     plans or intentions to enter into any such contract, undertaking or
     arrangement; and agrees not to sell, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of
     all or any part of its partnership interest;

                     (iii)  The Limited Partner's partnership interest has not
     and will not be registered under the federal Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended, and cannot be sold or transferred without compliance with the
     registration provisions of said Act or compliance with exemptions, if any,
     available thereunder.  The Limited Partner understands that neither the
     Partnership nor its General Partner have any obligation or intention to
     register the partnership interests under any federal or state securities
     act or law, or to file the reports to make public the information required
     by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

                     (iv)  The Limited Partner represents that:  (A) the Limited
     Partner has knowledge and experience in financial and business matters in
     general, and in investments of the type made by the Partnership in
     particular; (B) the Limited Partner is capable of evaluating the merits and
     risks of an investment in the Partnership; (C) the Limited Partner's
     financial condition is such that the Limited Partner has no need for
     liquidity with respect to the Limited Partner's investment in the
     Partnership to satisfy any existing or contemplated undertaking or
     indebtedness; (D) the Limited Partner is able to bear the economic risk of
     the Limited Partner's investment in the Partnership for an indefinite
     period of time, including the risk of losing all of such investment, and
     loss of such investment would not materially adversely affect the Limited
     Partner; (E) the Limited Partner has either secured independent tax advice
     with respect to the investment in the Partnership, upon which the Limited
     Partner is solely relying, or the Limited Partner is sufficiently familiar
     with the income taxation of partnerships that the Limited Partner has
     deemed such independent advice unnecessary;

                     (v)  The Limited Partner acknowledges that it has received
     or has access to all material information and documents with respect to the
     Partnership and has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers
     thereto and to verify and clarify any information available to the General
     Partner;

                     (vi)  The Limited Partner has relied solely upon
     independent investigation made by the Limited Partner, and not on any
     statements, actions or representations of the General Partner or any
     Affiliate of the General Partner, in making the decision to acquire the



     Limited Partner's partnership interest; and

                     (vii)  The Limited Partner acknowledges that:  (A) no
     federal or state agency has reviewed or passed upon the adequacy or
     accuracy of the information set forth in the documents submitted to the
     Limited Partner or made any finding or determination as to the fairness for
     investment, or any recommendation or endorsement of an investment in the
     Partnership; (B) there are restrictions on the transferability of the
     Limited Partner's interest hereunder; (C) there will be no public market
     for the Limited Partner's partnership interest, and, accordingly, it may
     not be possible for the Limited Partner to liquidate its investment in the
     Partnership; and (D) any anticipated federal or state income tax benefits
     applicable to the Limited Partner's partnership interest may be lost
     through changes in, or adverse interpretations of, existing laws and
     regulations.

                     (viii)  The Limited Partner is the sole owner of DPDC, and
     DPDC and the Limited Partner, in connection with the investigation of DPDC
     by the Illinois Gaming Board, have been found suitable by the Illinois
     Gaming Board.

     6.05      Restriction on Transfer of Limited Partnership Interest; Right of
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
First Refusal
- -------------

               (a)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
the Limited Partner may not sell, transfer or assign, in whole or in part, its
partnership interest without first obtaining the General Partner's prior written
consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or denied. 

               (b)   If the Limited Partner desires to sell, assign or otherwise
transfer its Partnership interest, it shall not sell, assign or otherwise
transfer its Partnership interest to any person, or other entity not then a
Partner, until such Partnership interest is first offered for sale to the
General Partner.  Such first refusal offer to the General Partner shall be made
in writing setting forth all of the terms and conditions on which the Limited
Partner proposes to sell its Partnership interest (whether or not the Limited
Partner has received a bona fide offer for the purchase of its Partnership
interest) and shall state the name of the prospective purchasers, if any, who
have indicated a willingness to purchase on such terms and conditions.  Said
terms and conditions shall include at a minimum the purchase price, timing,
method of payment and financing terms, if any.  The General Partner shall then
have a first refusal right for fifteen (15) days after the date of the receipt
of such first refusal offer to elect to acquire the Limited Partner's
Partnership interest upon the same terms and conditions as those set forth in
such first refusal offer.

               (c)   For the purposes of this Section 6.05 and subject to the
provisions of Section 6.05(a) hereof, the Limited Partner may grant to a
prospective purchaser an option or contingent contract (which such option or
contingent contract expressly states that any sale thereunder is subject to the
first refusal offer under this Section) to purchase its Partnership interest
without offering to grant the General Partner a similar option or contingent
contract and without making a first refusal offer pursuant to this Section 6.05
to the General Partner, but the Partnership interest may not be sold to such
prospective purchaser, pursuant to the exercise of such option or contingent
contract or otherwise unless such Partnership interest is first offered to the
General Partner pursuant to a first refusal offer under this Section 6.05.  

               (d)   If the General Partner shall not exercise the right to
acquire the Limited Partner's Partnership interest by notifying the Limited
Partner of its election to do so within fifteen (15) days of such offer,
accepting a conveyance of the Partnership interest and making payment therefor
within such period on the above terms, such Partnership interest may and subject
to the provisions of Section 6.05(a) hereof, within a period of six (6) months
from the date of such first refusal offer, be disposed of by the Limited Partner
upon terms and conditions no more favorable to the prospective purchaser than



those set forth in such first refusal offer, but not otherwise.  

               (e)   If during the six (6) month period from the date of such
first refusal offer the Limited Partner receives an offer for its Partnership
interest from a prospective purchaser on terms less favorable to the Limited
Partner than the terms specified in such first refusal offer, prior to accepting
such offer the Limited Partner shall give notice (the "Subsequent Offer") to the
General Partner and specify that the Limited Partner is willing to sell its
Partnership interest on such terms.  The General Partner shall have the right
for a period of fifteen (15) days after the Subsequent Offer to elect to
purchase the Partnership interest of the Limited Partner, on the terms specified
in the Subsequent Offer.  If the General Partner shall not exercise the right to
acquire the Limited Partner's Partnership interest by notifying the Limited
Partner of its election to do so within fifteen (15) days thereafter, accepting
a conveyance of the Partnership interest and making payment therefor within such
period on the terms set forth in the Subsequent Offer, such Partnership interest
may be disposed of by the Limited Partner to a prospective purchaser upon terms
and conditions no more favorable to the purchaser than those set forth in the
Subsequent Offer.  The Limited Partner may reinstitute the procedure set forth
in this Section 6.05(e) if no disposition is made within the six (6) month
period.

               (f)  If, in accordance with this Section, the General Partner
approves a transfer by the Limited Partner of a portion of its Partnership
interest to another Person (an "Assignee"), such Assignee shall be admitted to
the Partnership as a limited partner of the Partnership upon (1) its execution
of a counterpart to this Agreement, (2) when such Assignee is listed as a
Limited Partner of the Partnership on the books and records of the Partnership,
and (3) the Assignee expressly assumes all of the obligations of this Agreement,
including without limitation, those contained in this Section 6.05.  In the
event the transfer by the Limited Partner is of its entire interest in the
Partnership as a limited partner of the Partnership, upon satisfaction of
conditions (1), (2) and (3) above, the admission of the Assignee to the
Partnership as a successor Limited Partner shall occur, and for all purposes
shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the transfer by the
Limited Partner of its interest in the Partnership.

               (g)   For purposes of this Section, such terms and conditions of
the prospective purchaser's offer will be considered more favorable to such
prospective purchaser if the present value of the purchase price in such offer
(discounted at a rate of fifteen percent (15%)) is less than the present value
of the purchase price in such first refusal offer.

     6.06      Disposition if No Gaming Qualification.  Affiliates of the
               --------------------------------------
General Partner own and operate or will own and operate casino gaming facilities
in the states of Nevada and New Jersey, and other jurisdictions, which are
subject to extensive state and local regulation.  The Partnership and the
Partners will be subject to gaming laws and regulations in the State of
Illinois.  If in the sole judgment and discretion of the General Partner
(without regard for the interests of the Partnership or the Limited Partner) the
status of the Limited Partner or any Affiliate of the Limited Partner as they
may be associated with the General Partner may result in a disciplinary action
or the loss of or inability to reinstate any registration, application or
license or any rights or entitlements held by the Partnership, the General
Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner under any state or local gaming
laws, or if the Limited Partner or any Affiliate of the Limited Partner fails to
remain qualified in Illinois or is required to qualify or be found suitable
under any other state or local gaming laws under which the General Partner, the
Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner is licensed, registered,
qualified or found suitable, and the Limited Partner or any Affiliate of the
Limited Partner does not so qualify (at its own expense), then (i) the General
Partner shall deliver written notice of the foregoing to the Limited Partner,
and (ii) if in the sole judgment and discretion of the General Partner (without
regard for the interests of the Partnership or the Limited Partner) the
foregoing is either not curable within ten (10) days or less from the date of
such notice, or if curable within such time period the Limited Partner does not



effect such cure within such time period, then the Limited Partner shall be
deemed to be in default in accordance with paragraph (e) of Article 7 hereof and
the General Partner shall be deemed the Nondefaulting Partner under Section 8.01
hereof and be entitled, in its sole discretion (without regard for the interest
of the Partnership or the Limited Partner), to exercise the remedies in Section
8.01(b) hereof or Section 8.01(c) hereof (subject to applicable gaming
regulations); provided, however, that for purposes of any exercise of remedies
              --------  -------
pursuant to this Section 6.06 the Appraisal Buyout Price (as defined in Section
8.05(b) hereof) shall be calculated by using One Hundred percent (100%) of the
Appraised Value (as defined in Section 9.03 hereof), and shall be subject to
applicable gaming regulations.

     6.07      Effect of Bankruptcy, Death or Incompetency of Limited Partner. 
               --------------------------------------------------------------
The Limited Partner shall have no right to withdraw, retire or resign from the
Partnership.  The bankruptcy, dissolution, death or adjudication of incompetency
of the Limited Partner shall not in and of itself cause the termination or
dissolution of the Partnership, and the business of the Partnership shall
continue.  Upon any such occurrence, the trustee, receiver, executor,
administrator, committee, guardian or conservator of the Limited Partner shall
have all the rights of the Limited Partner for the purpose of settling or
managing their estate or property.

     6.08      Notices to Limited Partner.  Prior to entering into any of the
               --------------------------
following transactions, the General Partner agrees to give the Limited Partner
written notice of the following:

               (a)   execution by the Partnership of any contract, including
without limitation any contract to borrow money, which by its express terms
commits the Partnership to pay an amount in excess of One Million Dollars
($1,000,000);

               (b)   entering into a binding agreement for any capital
expenditure item which agreement by its express terms commits the Partnership to
pay an amount in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); 

               (c)   prior to the commencement of each fiscal year, a copy of
the Partnership's annual budget for the coming fiscal year; and

               (d)   proposed action or undertaking by the Partnership which
shall require an additional Capital Contribution by the Limited Partner in
excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

     The General Partner further agrees that within fifteen (15) days of such
notice the Limited Partner shall have the opportunity to call a meeting of the
Partners in accordance with Section 10.05 hereof to discuss any such proposed
action or undertaking of the Partnership.  The Limited Partner acknowledges and
agrees that the right of the Limited Partner to call such meeting and discuss
the proposed action under this Section 6.08(d) shall in no way be construed as
granting the Limited Partner any right to consent, approve or disapprove of the
contemplated action or undertaking by the Partnership set forth in the notice
provided for in this Section 6.08(d).  The Limited Partner acknowledges and
agrees that the General Partner, after such meeting with the Limited Partner,
shall in its sole discretion (as set forth in Section 5.07(d)) decide what
action shall be taken.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                                    ---------

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT
                                -----------------

     It shall be an event of default (an "Event of Default") if any one or more
of the following events shall occur: 

               (a)   the failure of either Partner to make any Capital
Contributions when and as required by Section 3.01(c) hereof or otherwise
hereunder;




               (b)   the failure of either Partner to perform any of its
obligations under this Agreement or the breach by either Partner of any of the
other terms, conditions or covenants of this Agreement or the failure of any
representation or warranty in this Agreement to be true in all material respects
and a continuation of such failure or breach for more than thirty (30) days
after written notice by the Nondefaulting Partner to the Defaulting Partner that
such Defaulting Partner has failed to perform any of its obligations under, or
has breached, this Agreement; provided, that no Event of Default shall exist
hereunder if cure of such default has been commenced within such thirty (30)
days and is thereafter diligently prosecuted; 

               (c)   a case or proceeding shall be commenced by either Partner
seeking relief under any provision or chapter of the federal Bankruptcy Code or
any other federal or state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or
reorganization; an adjudication that either Partner is insolvent or bankrupt;
the entry of an order for relief under the federal Bankruptcy Code with respect
to either Partner; the filing of any such petition or the commencement of any
such case or proceeding against either Partner, unless such petition and the
case or proceeding initiated thereby are dismissed within ninety (90) days from
the date of such filing; the filing of an answer by either Partner admitting the
allegations of any such petition; the appointment of a trustee, receiver or
custodian for all or substantially all of the assets of either Partner unless
such appointment is vacated or dismissed within ninety (90) days from the date
of such appointment but not less than five (5) days before the proposed sale of
any assets of either Partner; the insolvency of either Partner or the execution
by either Partner of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; the
convening by either Partner of a meeting of its creditors, or any class thereof,
for purposes of effecting a moratorium upon or extension or composition of its
debts; the failure of either Partner to pay its debts as they mature, or the
failure generally of either Partner to pay its debts as they become due; the
levy, attachment, execution or other seizure of the Project or other assets of
the Partner or all or substantially all of the assets or the Partner's
Partnership interest where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30)
days thereafter; or the admission by either Partner in writing of its inability
to pay its debts as they mature or that it is generally not paying its debts as
they become due; 

               (d)   the failure of either Partner to make payment on any
purchase obligation or otherwise close any purchase arising under Section 8.03
hereof for a period of five (5) days after notice from the Partner to whom
payment was due or to whom the interest in the Partnership is to be transferred.


               (e)   after notice to the Limited Partner and expiration of the
cure period (if applicable) provided in Section 6.06 hereof, the failure of the
Limited Partner to remain qualified under the Illinois gaming laws and
regulations to own and operate a casino gaming facility or the finding that the
Limited Partner is unsuitable under any other state or local gaming laws under
which the General Partner, the Partnership or any Affiliates of the General
Partner are licensed, registered and qualified, or if, in the sole judgment and
discretion of the General Partner (without regard for the interests of the
Partnership or the Limited Partner), the status of the Limited Partner or any
Affiliate of the Limited Partner as they may be associated with the General
Partner might result in a disciplinary action or the loss of or inability to
reinstate any registration, application or license or any rights or entitlements
held by the Partnership, the General Partner or an Affiliate of the General
Partner.

               (f)   the failure of the Limited Partner to pay or perform under
the Initial Capital Loan Documents.

               (g)   the death, incapacity or insanity of the Limited Partner.







                                    ARTICLE 8
                                    ---------

                                    REMEDIES
                                    --------

     8.01      Remedies.  In accordance with Section 8.02 hereof, upon the
               --------
occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to a Partner (the "Defaulting
Partner") which shall not have been cured prior to an election by the other
Partner (the "Nondefaulting Partner") under this Section 8.01, the Nondefaulting
Partner may elect to do one or more of the following by written notice of such
election to the Defaulting Partner: 

               (a)   advance money to the Defaulting Partner and exercise the
rights as provided in Section 8.04 hereof; 

               (b)   wind up the affairs of, and dissolve, the Partnership, or
sell the Property and any other assets of the Partnership; as provided in
Section 12.01 hereof, with the proceeds of such liquidation to be applied as
provided in Section 12.03 hereof; 

               (c)   purchase the Defaulting Partner's Partnership interest as
provided in Section 8.05 hereof; 

               (d)   exercise the buy/sell as provided in Section 8.03 hereof; 

               (e)   enforce any covenant by the Defaulting Partner to advance
money (including, without limitation, any contributions required pursuant to
Section 3.01(c) hereof and the contribution of a negative Capital Account
balance) or to take or forbear from any other action hereunder; 

               (f)   pursue any other remedy permitted at law or in equity;

     8.02      Choice of Remedies.  The election to pursue any other remedies at
               ------------------
law or in equity pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof may be made alone or in
combination with any other remedies.  Nothing contained herein shall limit any
rights to sue a Defaulting Partner for amounts owing to the Partnership
hereunder, or for any other breach of this Agreement. 

     8.03      Buy and Sell
               ------------

               (a)   If an Event of Default occurs, the Nondefaulting Partner
(the "Offeror") may by written notice establish a gross sales price for the
Partnership ("Partnership Price"), which shall be the price to be used in the
calculation procedures set forth in Section 8.03(b) hereof.  Any offer made
pursuant to this Section 8.03(a) shall be the "Offer" and any notice of an Offer
shall be a "Notice."  The Offeror shall prepare the Notice which shall (i) state
the Partnership Price, and (ii) summarize in reasonable detail the calculations
described in Section 8.03(b) hereof which determine the terms on which the
Offeror would be willing either (x) to purchase from the other Partner (the
"Offeree") the Offeree's partnership interest or (y) to sell to the Offeree the
Offeror's partnership interest, and (iii) state the liabilities to be assumed
pursuant to Section 8.03(d) hereof.  If the Offeror shall become a Defaulting
Partner at any time after making an Offer, the buy/sell initiated pursuant to
such Offer shall terminate.  

               (b)   The prices payable to the Offeror or Offeree, as the case
may be, shall be determined as follows: (i) first, the Offeror shall designate a
Partnership Price as the basis for the further calculations to be made pursuant
to this Section 8.03(b); (ii) second, the Partnership Price shall be treated as
hypothetical proceeds of liquidation pursuant to Section 12.03 hereof, and the
portions of such hypothetical proceeds which would be respectively distributed
to each Partner under Section 12.03 hereof (assuming that all debts and
liabilities of the Partnership to third parties shall be paid from such
hypothetical proceeds or assumed by the purchasing Partner) shall be calculated,
and (iii) third, (a) the portion so calculated of such hypothetical proceeds
that the Offeror would receive for its Partnership interest (including or less
any amounts as are payable to such Partner in respect of Default Loans pursuant



to Section 8.04(d) hereof) shall be defined as the Offeror's "Net Partnership
Price", and (b) the portion so calculated of such hypothetical proceeds that the
Offeree would receive for its interest in the Partnership (including or less any
amounts as are payable to such Partner in respect of Default Loans pursuant to
Section 8.04(d) hereof) shall be defined as the Offeree's "Net Partnership
Price."

               (c)   From the date the Notice is given, the Offeree shall have
thirty (30) days to notify the Offeror of its election either to purchase the
Offeror's partnership interest or sell its own partnership interest at the
prices so offered. 

                     (1)  If the Offeree determines to purchase the Offeror's
partnership interest, the Offeree shall serve written notice of such election
specifying a closing date for such purchase not more than ninety (90) days from
the date of such notice of election (including the escrow period) within which
it must purchase the partnership interest of the Offeror at the Offeror's Net
Partnership Price as calculated above. 

                     (2)  If the Offeree determines to sell its partnership
interest, it shall give written notice of such election to the Offeror, who
shall, within ten (10) days of the Offeree's election, designate a closing date
for such sale not more than ninety (90) days thereafter and shall purchase the
Offeree's partnership interest at the Offeree's Net Partnership Price as
calculated above.

                     (3)  If the Offeree does not elect either to buy or sell
within the thirty (30) day period referred to above, the Offeror may elect to
buy the Offeree's partnership interest and the Offeror shall have the ten (10)
days following expiration of such thirty (30) day period in which to designate a
closing date for such purchase not more than one hundred twenty (120) days from
the date of such deemed election.

               (d)   The closing of the purchase and sale contemplated by
Section 8.03(c) hereof shall occur at a specific time and place designated by
the buying Partner and at the time for closing designated in accordance with
Section 8.03(c) hereof.  The Partners understand and agree that, under certain
circumstances, the Net Partnership Price applicable to a Partner may be less
than zero (0) and require a reimbursement from the selling Partner to the buying
Partner rather than a payment from the buying Partner to the selling Partner
(as, for example, in the case where the selling Partner has a Capital Account
with a negative balance).  The Net Partnership Price for any purchase and sale
pursuant to Section 8.03(c) hereof shall be paid in cash at the closing.  At the
closing of the purchase of a partnership interest pursuant to this Section
8.03(d), the Partnership and the buying Partner shall, and do hereby, save,
protect, defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the selling Partner from all debts
and liabilities owed by the Partnership to third parties.  Costs of any sale of
a partnership interest, including recording fees, escrow costs, if any, and
other fees (but not attorneys' fees) shall be divided equally between the
Partners.  A Partner selling its interest in the Partnership pursuant to Section
8.03(c) hereof shall deliver all appropriate documents of transfer at closing
and shall convey its Partnership interest to the buying Partner, or its nominee,
free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or other charges of any kind
whatsoever.  In the event the Partnership interest is conveyed to a nominee of
the buying Partner, the admission of such nominee to the Partnership as a
successor to the selling Partner shall occur, and for all purposes shall be
deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the transfer by the selling Partner
of its Partnership interest.  From and after the closing of any such sale of a
partnership interest, the selling Partner shall have no further interest in the
assets, profits or management of the Partnership and shall not be responsible
for any of its obligations or losses except for uninsured tort claims by third
parties arising out of incidents which occurred prior to the closing, and all
obligations of the Partnership to the selling Partner, including all capital
accounts, loans and advances, shall be deemed satisfied and discharged. 

               (e)   If the buying Partner shall fail to close a purchase



pursuant to Section 8.03(d) hereof, the selling Partner may, in addition to any
other rights hereunder, elect to purchase the buying Partner's partnership
interest at the Net Partnership Price which would otherwise have been payable to
the buying Partner pursuant to Section 8.03(b) hereof. 

     8.04      Advances; Buy-Down
               ------------------
 
               (a)   If the Defaulting Partner shall have failed to make any
Capital Contribution or to pay any other amount as required under this Agree-
ment, the Nondefaulting Partner may advance to the Partnership on behalf of the
Defaulting Partner the amount of such delinquency, with each such advance to be
treated as a loan by the Nondefaulting Partner to the Defaulting Partner (a
"Default Loan").  Each separate advance by a Nondefaulting Partner shall be a
separate Default Loan.  The amount of each such advance shall be credited to the
Defaulting Partner's Capital Account.  Each Default Loan shall be (i) secured by
the Defaulting Partner's interest in the Partnership, (ii) payable on demand,
and (iii) bear interest, payable monthly, at a rate equal to the lower of (x)
the then Prime Rate plus three percent (3%) or (y) the maximum rate permitted
under applicable law, from the date of such Default Loan to the earlier of the
date of payment in full by the Defaulting Partner or the date of the Nonde-
faulting Partner's exercise of its rights pursuant to Sections 8.04(b) or
8.04(c) hereof.  The Defaulting Partner hereby grants the Nondefaulting Partner
a security interest in its Partnership interest and all proceeds thereof to
secure any Default Loans made by the Nondefaulting Partner to the Defaulting
Partner.  The Nondefaulting Partner shall give written notice to the Defaulting
Partner of the making of any such Default Loan, and the Defaulting Partner shall
have one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter within which to repay the
Nondefaulting Partner the amount of such Default Loan.  Any interest paid on
such Default Loan shall be paid directly to the Nondefaulting Partner and shall
not affect either the Nondefaulting Partner's or the Defaulting Partner's
Capital Account.  Upon the payment in full of the principal of and all accrued
interest on a Default Loan within such one hundred twenty (120) day period or
pursuant to Sections 8.04(b) or 8.04(c) hereof, the Defaulting Partner's
default, with respect to which a Default Loan was made, shall be deemed cured. 
The making of a Default Loan shall not be deemed to cure a default with respect
to which a Default Loan has been made, and such cure may be made only in the
manner set forth in the immediately preceding sentence or in Sections 8.04(b),
8.04(c) and 8.04(d) hereof.  Any Default Loan made pursuant hereto shall be made
to the Limited Partner, and guaranteed by the spouse of the Limited Partner
pursuant to the Guarantee attached hereto, with full recourse to the assets of
the Limited Partner and the spouse of the Limited Partner.

               (b)   If the Defaulting Partner fails to repay the Nondefaulting
Partner with respect to any one or more Default Loans within the one hundred
twenty (120) day period referred to in Section 8.04(a) hereof, the Nondefaulting
Partner may, at any time after the expiration of such one hundred twenty (120)
day period and before the repayment of such Default Loan or Default Loans by the
Defaulting Partner (including a repayment pursuant to Section 8.04(c) hereof),
elect, by one hundred twenty (120) days prior written notice (the "Conversion
Notice") with respect to any one or more Default Loans to the Defaulting
Partner, to increase the Nondefaulting Partner's Percentage Share and decrease
the Defaulting Partner's Percentage Share as of the date of and immediately
following the date thirty (30) days following the Conversion Notice.  If a
Defaulting Partner has not repaid the Default Loan or Default Loans specified in
the Conversion Notice within said thirty (30) days, the Nondefaulting Partner
may elect to increase its Percentage Share (but not to exceed One Hundred
percent (100%)) to equal a percentage derived from a fraction the numerator of
which equals the Adjusted Capital Contribution (as defined below) of the
Nondefaulting Partner and the denominator of which equals the aggregate sum of
both Partners' Capital Contributions.  The Defaulting Partner's Percentage Share
shall be correspondingly decreased so that it shall be equal to One Hundred
percent (100%) minus the Nondefaulting Partner's Percentage Share as increased
in accordance with the preceding sentence.  "Adjusted Capital Contribution"
shall mean the sum of all Capital Contributions, not including the Contribution
representing the Default Loan, actually made by the Nondefaulting Partner as of
the time of the recalculation plus an amount equal to One Hundred and Twenty



percent (120%) of the sum of all Default Loans which the Nondefaulting Partner
has made to the Defaulting Partner with respect to which such adjustments were
made.  The parties acknowledge that in the event this remedy is exercised,
additional Capital Contributions will be of critical value to the Partnership,
and the parties further acknowledge that such value is not readily ascertainable
as of the date hereof and a reasonable estimate of such value is achieved by the
formula contained herein.  Such formula for the "buy-down" reflects such
estimate of the parties, and is not intended to be a penalty.  Upon any such
election, the Defaulting Partner's default, with respect to which the Default
Loan or Default Loans specified in the Conversion Notice was made, shall be
deemed cured, the Nondefaulting Partner's advance pursuant to 8.04(a) hereof
with respect to which such Default Loan or Default Loans was made shall be added
to the Nondefaulting Partner's Capital Account, and the amount of such advance
shall be deducted from the Defaulting Partner's Capital Account.  Upon such
recalculations of the Partners' Percentage Shares and the corresponding
adjustments of the Partners' respective Percentage Share, the default associated
with the Default Loan with respect to which such adjustments were made shall be
deemed cured, to the extent such Default Loan made by the Nondefaulting Partner,
as of the date of such adjustments.  

               (c)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Section 8.04 (b) hereof, in the event that the Percentage Share is adjusted as
set forth in Section 8.04(b) hereof, and the Defaulting Partner's Percentage
Share, as readjusted, is equal to zero (0), then the General Partner shall have
the right (but not the obligation), in its sole discretion, to either (i) admit
to the Partnership as an additional limited partner of the Partnership a nominee
of the General Partner, and to deem the Limited Partner to have transferred its
entire interest in the Partnership to such nominee (instead of increasing the
General Partner's Percentage Share by such amount), whereupon the Limited
Partner will cease to be a limited partner of and to have any interest in the
Partnership, or (ii) take all steps necessary to dissolve and wind up the
affairs of the Partnership, and to cause all assets to be liquidated and the net
proceeds therefrom to be distributed solely to the General Partner, with the
Limited Partner having no right to receive any such Distribution.  The General
Partner is expressly authorized to make any filings or take any actions on
behalf of the Limited Partner or the Partnership to effectuate the provisions of
this Section 8.04(c).

               (d)   At any time when any Default Loan shall be outstanding, all
distributions of cash pursuant to Article 4 or Article 12 hereof from and after
the making of such Default Loan to which the Defaulting Partner would otherwise
be entitled shall be paid to the Nondefaulting Partner to be applied first
against interest and then against the principal of any Default Loans until the
repayment in full of all accrued interest and principal of any Default Loans or
an election or elections by the Nondefaulting Partner pursuant to Sections
8.04(b) or 8.04(c) hereof to increase the Nondefaulting Partner's Percentage
Share with respect to all Default Loans which have not previously been repaid in
full.  Any such amounts so applied to accrued and unpaid interest and then to
principal on a Default Loan shall be deducted from the Defaulting Partner's
Capital Account.  Upon request by the Nondefaulting Partner at any time from the
date of the Nondefaulting Partner's advance pursuant to Section 8.04(a) hereof
until any such Default Loan shall be repaid in full or converted to an increased
in Percentage Share, the Defaulting Partner (or, if the Defaulting Partner
should refuse to do so, the General Partner pursuant to the power of attorney
granted herein) shall execute any and all documents reasonably requested by the
Nondefaulting Partner, including, without limitation, notes, security agreements
and UCC-1 financing statements which notes, security agreements and UCC-1
financing statements shall be in the form provided by the Nondefaulting Partner
to the Defaulting Partner, as may be necessary to further assure and perfect a
security interest in the Defaulting Partner's Partnership interest to secure the
Nondefaulting Partner's Default Loan.  

     8.05      Appraisal Buy Out
               -----------------

               (a)   Except as otherwise provided in this Article 8, upon the
occurrence of any Event of Default, the Nondefaulting Partner may give the



Defaulting Partner notice that it intends to exercise its right to buy the
Defaulting Partner's Partnership interest pursuant to this Section 8.05.  Upon
such notice the fair market value of the assets of the Partnership shall be
determined pursuant to Article 9 hereof.  The Nondefaulting Partner shall have
thirty (30) days from the earlier of the date on which the Partners agree upon a
fair market value pursuant to Section 9.01 hereof or the date on which the
Partners receive notice of the decision of the appraisers pursuant to Section
9.02 hereof (the "Valuation Date") in which to purchase the Defaulting Partner's
partnership interest by payment, in cash, to the Defaulting Partner of an amount
equal to the Appraisal Buyout Price, as determined pursuant to Section 8.05(b)
hereof. 

               (b)   The "Appraisal Buyout Price" shall be an amount equal to
the amount derived from the following calculations:  (i) first, ninety percent
(90%) of the Appraised Value (as established pursuant to Section 9.03 hereof) of
the assets of the Partnership shall be treated as hypothetical sales proceeds
for distribution under Section 12.03 hereof, and the portions of such hypothet-
ical sales proceeds which would be respectively distributed to each Partner
pursuant to Section 12.03 hereof (assuming that all debts and liabilities of the
Partnership to third parties shall be paid from such hypothetical sales proceeds
and that any gain or loss realized upon such hypothetical sale shall have been
allocated to the Partners' Capital Accounts) shall be calculated; and (ii)
second, the portion so calculated of such hypothetical sales proceeds that the
Defaulting Partner would receive, if any (including or less any amounts as are
payable to a Partner in respect of Default Loans pursuant to Section 8.04(d)
hereof), shall be the Appraisal Buyout Price. 

               (c)   The closing of the Nondefaulting Partner's purchase of the
Defaulting Partner's partnership interest shall occur at a place and time
designated by the Nondefaulting Partner within thirty (30) days after the
Valuation Date and shall be paid in cash in the amount of the Appraisal Buyout
Price at the closing.  At the closing of the purchase of a partnership interest
pursuant to this Section 8.05(c), the Partnership and the buying Partner shall,
and do hereby, save, protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the selling
Partner from all debts and liabilities owed by the Partnership to third
parties.  The Partners understand and agree that under certain circumstances the
Appraisal Buyout Price may be less than zero and require a reimbursement from
the selling Partner to the buying Partner rather than a payment from the buying
Partner to the selling Partner (as, for example, in the case where the selling
Partner has a Capital Account with a negative balance).  

               (d)   Costs of the transaction, including recording fees, escrow
costs, if any, and other fees (but not attorneys' fees) shall be borne by the
Defaulting Partner.  The Defaulting Partner shall deliver all appropriate
documents of transfer at the closing and shall convey its entire partnership
interest to the Nondefaulting Partner, or the Nondefaulting Partner's nominee,
free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances, or other charges of any kind
whatsoever on its partnership interest.  In the event the Partnership interest
is transferred to a nominee of the Nondefaulting Partner, the admission of such
nominee to the Partnership as a successor to the Defaulting Partner shall occur,
and for all purposes shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the
transfer by the Defaulting Partner of its Partnership interest.  From and after
the closing, the Defaulting Partner shall have no further interest in the
assets, profits or management of the Partnership and shall not be responsible
for any of its obligations or losses except uninsured tort claims by third
parties arising out of incidents which occurred prior to the closing, and all
obligations of the Partnership to the Defaulting Partner, including all capital
accounts, loans and advances, shall be satisfied and discharged. 

     8.06  Forbearance.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
           -----------
Articles 8 hereof, the General Partner agrees to forebear from exercising any
remedies hereunder for failure of the Limited Partner to make any Capital
Contributions pursuant to Section 3.01(c) hereof (other than the initial Capital
Contribution of $6,480,000) until the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days
after the opening of the Project for business.  Nothing herein shall restrict
the exercise of any remedies with respect to the initial Capital Contribution.




                                    ARTICLE 9
                                    ---------

                        VALUATION AND APPRAISAL PROCEDURE
                        ---------------------------------

     9.01  Voluntary Appraisal.  Upon an election under Section 8.05 hereof, the
           -------------------
Partners shall promptly attempt, in good faith, to agree upon the fair market
value of all or a part of the assets of the Partnership.

     9.02  Appraisal Panel
           ---------------

               (a)   If the Partners cannot agree within fifteen (15) days
following an election under Section 8.05 hereof by a Nondefaulting Partner upon
the fair market value of some or all of the assets of the Partnership, either
Partner shall have the right to call for an appraisal, and the electing Partner
may give the other Partner written notice that it intends to exercise its right
to call for an appraisal pursuant to this Section 9.02.  Such notice shall
designate those assets of the Partnership the value of which has not been agreed
upon.  The Partners shall thereupon attempt, in good faith, to agree upon a
single appraiser to appraise the assets of the Partnership.  If the Partners
cannot agree upon a single appraiser within fifteen (15) days, either Partner
may give the other Partner a written notice calling for appointment of an
appraisal panel (the "Appraisal Panel"), and such notice shall designate a
disinterested person who is familiar with gaming operations and recognized by
those in the business of operating gaming facilities as one who could fairly and
accurately evaluate a gaming operation (the "First Appraiser") selected by the
electing Partner to serve on the Appraisal Panel provided for below.

               (b)   Upon receipt of such notice from the electing Partner, the
other Partner shall have seven (7) days in which to designate a disinterested
person who is familiar with gaming operations and recognized by those in the
business of operating gaming facilities as one who could fairly and accurately
evaluate a gaming operation (the "Second Appraiser") to serve on the Appraisal
Panel by serving notice of such designation on the electing Partner.  If the
Second Appraiser is not so appointed and designated within or by the time so
specified, then the First Appraiser shall be the sole appraiser to determine the
value of the assets of the Partnership.

               (c)   Upon the designation, if any, of the Second Appraiser, the
First Appraiser and the Second Appraiser shall themselves appoint a third
disinterested person who is familiar with gaming operations and recognized by
those in the business of operating gaming facilities as one who could fairly and
accurately evaluate a gaming operation (the "Third Appraiser") within seven (7)
days.  If the First Appraiser and the Second Appraiser are unable to agree upon
such appointment within said seven (7) days, then the electing Partner shall
request such appointment by the president or executive committee of the Chapter
of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers which includes the Property
within its jurisdiction.

               (d)   In the event of failure, refusal or inability of any
appraiser to act, a new appraiser shall be appointed in the stead thereof, which
appointment shall be made in the same manner as provided in this Section 9.02
for the appointment of such appraiser so failing, refusing or being unable to
act.

               (e)   The one or three appraisers appointed as the appraisal
panel pursuant to Section 9.02 hereof (the "Appraisal Panel") shall each
appraise the assets designated in the electing Partner's notice taking into
account appropriate indicators of the fair market value of such assets in a cash
sale between a willing buyer and seller not under undue duress and shall report
their findings to the Partners in writing.  In the case of a three appraiser
Appraisal Panel, if one or more appraisers fail to deliver their reports within
sixty (60) days after the appointment of the Third Appraiser, the electing
Partner may dismiss the delinquent appraiser and a new appraiser may be
appointed in accordance with Section 9.02(d) above.




     9.03  Appraised Value.  The "Appraised Value" of the assets to be
           ---------------
appraised shall be equal to the mean of the two closest appraised values
reported by the Appraisal Panel; provided that if such values are equally
distributed, the "Appraised Value" of the assets to be appraised shall be equal
to the mean of the three appraised values reported by the Appraisal Panel.

     9.04  Expenses.  Except as otherwise provided herein, each Partner shall
           --------
pay the fees and expenses of the appraiser appointed by such Partner, or in
whose stead, as above provided, such appraiser was appointed, and the fees and
expenses of the third appraiser, and all other expenses, if any, shall be borne
equally by both parties.

     9.05  Qualification.  To be qualified to be selected or designated as an
           -------------
appraiser for purposes of this Article 9, such appraiser must demonstrate (a)
current good standing as a licensed appraiser, and (b) past appraising experi-
ence of at least five years, which experience shall include the appraisal of
riverboat or casino gaming operations.


                                   ARTICLE 10
                                   ----------

                                 ADMINISTRATION
                                 --------------


     10.01  Bank Accounts.  All funds of the Partnership not otherwise invested
            -------------
shall be deposited as the General Partner shall determine, and withdrawals shall
be made only on the signature of the General Partner or such other person or
persons as the General Partner may from time to time designate.

     10.02  Title to Partnership Property.  Title to the Property shall be held
            -----------------------------
either in the name of the Partnership, or in the name of any bank or trust
company authorized to accept land trusts under the laws of the State of
Illinois, or as the General Partner may from time to time determine.

     10.03  Books and Records.  The books and records of the Partnership shall
            -----------------
be maintained at the principal office of the Partnership and shall be available
for examination there by any Partner, or its duly authorized representatives, at
any and all reasonable times during regular business hours.  The Partnership
shall maintain such books and records and provide such financial or other
statements as the General Partner in its sole discretion deems advisable.  Such
financial statements may be prepared with or without audit in the sole
discretion of the General Partner.  A current list of the full name and last
known address of each Partner, a copy of the Partnership's Certificate of
Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto and executed copies of all powers
of attorney pursuant to which such Certificate or any certificate of amendment
has been executed, copies of the Partnership's federal, state and local income
tax returns and reports, if any, for the three most recent years after the date
hereof, and copies of this Agreement, any amendments thereto, and of any
financial statements of the Partnership for the three most recent years after
the date hereof, and the Partnership's books, shall be maintained at the
principal office of the Partnership.

     10.04  Notices.  The address of each of the parties shall for all purposes
            -------
be as set forth below unless otherwise changed by the applicable party by notice
to the other as provided herein.

               General Partner:

                                   Harrah's Illinois Corporation
                                   c/o  The Promus Companies     Incorporated
                                   1023 Cherry Road
                                   Memphis, Tennessee  38117
                                   Phone:  (901) 762-8724
                                   Fax:  (901) 762-8777

                                   Attn:  Corporate Secretary



                     with a copy to:

                                   The Promus Companies Incorporated
                                   1023 Cherry Road
                                   Memphis, Tennessee  38117
                                   Phone:  (901) 762-8724
                                   Fax:  (901) 762-8777

                                   Attn:  Stephen H. Brammell


               The Limited Partner:

                                   John Q. Hammons
                                   300 John Q. Hammons Parkway
                                   Suite 900
                                   Springfield, Missouri  65806
                                   Phone:________________
                                   Fax:________________

                     with a copy to:

                                   William J. Hart
                                   Farrington & Curtis
                                   750 North Jefferson
                                   Springfield, Missouri   65802
                                   Phone:  (417) 862-6726
                                   Fax:  (417) 862-6948

All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant
to the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be considered
as properly given if mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid,
registered or certified with return receipt requested, or by overnight courier
service, or by telecopier or facsimile, or by delivering the same in person to
the intended addressee, or by prepaid telegram.  Notices hereunder in any manner
shall be effective only if and when received by the addressee.

     10.05  Meetings.  The General Partner may but shall not be obligated to
            --------
call meetings of the Partnership from time to time, for the purpose of having a
vote by the Partners, or for any other purpose which the General Partner deems
appropriate.  The Limited Partner may but shall not be obligated to call
meetings of the Partnership for the purposes set forth in Section 6.08(d)
hereof.  Such meetings shall be called by notice duly given to each of the
Partners not less than five (5) days prior to the date of such meeting, or by
telephone or telegram communication, confirmed afterwards in writing.  The
meetings shall be at the principal office of the Partnership, or at such other
place as is designated in writing by the General Partner and shall be at the
specific time designated in such notice.

     10.06  Amendment.  Amendments may be made to this Agreement from time to
            ---------
time by the General Partner without the consent of the Limited Partner;
provided, however, that without the consent of the Limited Partner, this
- --------  -------
Agreement may not be amended so as to (a) convert the Limited Partner's interest
into a General Partner's interest; (b) modify the limited liability of the
Limited Partner; (c) limit the rights of the Limited Partner hereunder; (d)
modify the allocation of taxable income and tax losses or the distribution
provisions contained herein so as adversely to affect the Limited Partner; or
(e) modify the capital account provisions contained herein so as adversely to
affect the Limited Partner.










                                   ARTICLE 11
                                   ----------

                                 FISCAL MATTERS
                                 --------------


     11.01  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the
            -----------
calendar year, or such other period as may be determined by the General Partner,
as permitted by the Code.

     11.02  Method of Accounting.  The General Partner, in its sole discretion,
            --------------------
may cause the Partnership to make or revoke the election regarding cash or
accrual method tax treatment referred to in Section 446 of the Code or any
similar provision enacted in lieu thereof.  The expense of preparing the
Partnership's annual Federal and Illinois tax returns shall be borne by the
Partnership.

     11.03  Accountants and Accounting Principles.  The General Partner shall
            -------------------------------------
keep, or cause to be kept, full and accurate books and records of all
transactions of the Partnership, which books and records shall be maintained in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  If the General
Partner elects to have the financial statements prepared with an audit, the 
records and books of account shall be audited by a certified public accountant
selected by the General Partner as of the end of each fiscal year of the
Partnership and at any other time that the General Partner may deem it necessary
or desirable.

     11.04  Reports.  As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal
            -------
quarter of the Partnership, the General Partner shall deliver to each Partner
quarterly financial reports of the Partnership.  As soon as practicable after
the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall
deliver to each Partner such information as is necessary for the preparation by
such Partner of its federal and state or other income tax returns, and such
other information as in the judgment of the General Partner shall be reasonably
necessary for the Partners to be advised of the results of the operations of the
Partnership.  All elections and options available to the Partnership for federal
or state income tax purposes shall be taken or rejected by the Partnership in
the sole discretion of the General Partner.

     11.05  Tax Returns; Tax Matters Partner.  The General Partner shall
            --------------------------------
prepare, or cause to be prepared, income tax returns for the Partnership and, in
connection therewith, make any available or necessary elections, including
elections with respect to the rates of depreciation of such assets.  The General
Partner shall be the "tax matters partner" for purposes of Code Sections 6221
through 6232 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.  The General
Partner shall use its best efforts to prepare, or cause to be prepared, the
Partnership's income tax return for any fiscal year on or before April 1 of the
succeeding calendar year.  The Limited Partner shall furnish to the General
Partner a copy of the Limited Partner's federal and state tax returns each year
concurrently with its filing of such tax returns.

     11.06  Basis Election.  Upon the transfer of an interest in the
            --------------
Partnership, or a distribution of its property, the General Partner, on behalf
of the Partnership, may, in its sole discretion, elect to adjust the basis of
the partnership assets as allowed by Code Sections 734(b) and 743(b) or any
successors to said Sections.  Except insofar as such an election pursuant to the
aforesaid Sections has been made with respect to the interest of any Partner,
the determination of taxable income, tax loss, or Cash Flow shall be made as
provided for in this Agreement.  Each Partner agrees to furnish the Partnership
with all information necessary to give effect to such election.

     11.07  Partnership Expenses.  The Partnership shall pay or reimburse the
            --------------------
General Partner for all expenses (which expenses may be billed directly to the
Partnership) of the Partnership which may include, but are not limited to: (a)
all costs of personnel employed by the Partnership and involved in the business
of the Partnership; (b) all costs of borrowed money, taxes and assessments on
the Property and other taxes applicable to the Partnership; (c) legal, audit,



accounting, brokerage and other fees; (d) printing and other expenses and taxes
incurred in connection with the issuance, distribution, transfer, registration
and recording of documents evidencing ownership of an interest in the
Partnership or in connection with the business of the Partnership; (e) fees and
expenses paid to independent contractors, mortgage bankers, brokers and
servicers, leasing agents, consultants, on-site managers, real estate brokers,
insurance brokers and other agents; (f) expenses in connection  with the
disposition, replacement, alteration, repair, remodeling, refurbishment,
leasing, refinancing and operation of the Property or other Partnership assets
(including the costs and expenses of foreclosures, insurance premiums, real
estate brokerage and leasing commissions, and maintenance); (g) the cost of
insurance as required in connection with the business of the Partnership; (h)
expenses of organizing, revising, amending, converting, modifying or terminating
the Partnership; (i) expenses in connection with distributions made by the
Partnership to, and communications and bookkeeping and clerical work necessary
in maintaining relations with, the Partners, including the cost of printing and
mailing to such persons various notices or other communications; (j) expenses in
connection with preparing and mailing reports required to be furnished to the
Partners for investor, tax reporting or other purposes, or which reports the
General Partner deems the furnishing thereof to be in the best interests of the
Partnership; (k) costs of any accounting, statistical or bookkeeping equipment
necessary for the maintenance of the books and records of the Partnership,  (l)
the cost of preparation and dissemination of the information, material and
documentation relating to a potential sale, refinancing or other disposition of
the Property or other Partnership assets, (m) the cost of any appraisals of the
Property as may be required by, financings, General Partner's internal
procedures or any regulatory reporting requirements on an annual or special
basis, and (n) any letter of credit fees or expenses incurred by the General
Partner or its Affiliates in connection with development of the Property.

     11.08     Change in Control.  If (i) the majority of the outstanding stock
               -----------------
of the General Partner shall cease to be owned directly or indirectly by
Harrah's or The Promus Companies Incorporated, and (ii) within ninety (90) days
after the close of such transaction there is a change in the majority of the
directors on the board of the General Partner, then the Limited Partner shall
have the right to exercise the "Buy and Sell" remedy in accordance with Section
8.03 hereof by written notice within thirty (30) days from the date of notice to
the Limited Partner of the transfer of the majority of the outstanding stock of
the General Partner or the Promus Companies Incorporated and change in the
majority of the directors of the General Partner; provided, however, that if the
                                                  --------  -------
Limited Partner fails to deliver such written notice to the General Partner
within such thirty (30) day period, the Limited Partner shall be deemed to have
consented to such transfer or change.


                                   ARTICLE 12
                                   ----------

                                   TERMINATION
                                   -----------


     12.01  Events of Dissolution.  The Partnership shall be dissolved on the
            ---------------------
earliest to occur of:

               (a)  the expiration of the term of the Partnership;

               (b)  the passage of thirty (30) days after the conversion to cash
or its equivalent, sale or other disposition of all of the Partnership assets;

               (c)  the election by the General Partner to dissolve the
Partnership, notice of which is given to the Limited Partner;

               (d)  the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner, or the
filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent, for the General
Partner, or the revocation of its charter and the expiration of ninety (90) days
after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation without a
reinstatement of its charter, unless (i) at the time of occurrence of such event



there is at least one other general partner who is hereby authorized to and
agrees to continue the business of the Partnership without dissolution, or (ii)
within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such event, all Partners agree
in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment,
effective as of the date of such event, of one or more additional general
partners of the Partnership; or

               (e)  any other event requiring the dissolution of the Partnership
under the laws of the State of Delaware.

     12.02  Winding Up
            ----------

               (a)  Upon the dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to Section
12.01 hereof, the Partnership business shall be wound up and its assets
liquidated by the Liquidator, as defined herein, as provided in this Section
12.02, and the net proceeds of such liquidation shall be distributed in
accordance with Section 12.03 hereof.  The "Liquidator," as used herein shall
mean the General Partner, or, if there is none at the time in question, such
other person who may be appointed by the Partners (or in accordance with
applicable law if the Partners fail to make such appointment).  The Liquidator
shall be responsible for taking all action necessary or appropriate to wind up
the affairs and distribute the assets of the Partnership upon its dissolution.

               (b)  The Liquidator shall file all certificates and notices of
the dissolution of the Partnership required by law.  The Liquidator shall
proceed without any unnecessary delay to sell and otherwise liquidate the
Partnership's assets; provided, however, that if the Liquidator shall determine
that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership assets would cause
undue loss to the Partners, then, in order to avoid such loss, the Liquidator
may defer the liquidation, to the extent permitted by law.

     12.03  Distribution on Dissolution and Termination
            -------------------------------------------

               (a)  Upon dissolution of the Partnership, the net proceeds of
such liquidation shall be applied and distributed in the following order of
priority; provided that the higher level(s) of priority have been fully
satisfied and provided, further that if the Capital Account of any Partner shall
have a negative balance after giving effect to the allocation of tax items, such
Partner shall pay to the Partnership the amount of such negative balance not
later than ten (10) days from the date of written notice to such effect:

                     (i)  first, to the payment of debts and liabilities of the
     Partnership to third parties (including any loans or advances that may have
     been made by any of the Partners to the Partnership) and the expenses of
     liquidation, and to the setting up of any reserves which may be deemed
     reasonably necessary for any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or
     obligations of the Partnership.  Such reserves shall be paid over to an
     escrowee designated by the Liquidator to be held for the purpose of
     disbursing such reserves in payment of any of the aforementioned
     contingencies and, at the expiration of such period as shall be deemed
     advisable, to distribute the balance hereafter remaining in the manner
     provided in this Section 12.03;

                     (ii)  second, according to the order of priority set forth
     in Section 4.04 (a) through (c) hereof; provided, however, that all Capital
     Account balances shall be determined after taking into account all Capital
     Account adjustments for the Partnership taxable year during which such
     liquidation occurs; and

                     (iii)  thereafter, to the Partners in respect of the
     balances, if any, remaining in their Capital Accounts.

               (b)  If there is not a pro rata distribution of each asset, asset
distributions in kind shall be appraised by appraisers retained by the
Liquidator, if necessary, so that each Partner receives his pro rata share of
net Partnership assets as appraised.  It shall not be a requirement that each



Partner receive a pro rata share of each asset available for distribution to the
Partners on dissolution.  In the event valuation of the assets of the
Partnership cannot be agreed upon, such assets shall be valued at their fair
market value as determined by appraisers retained by the Liquidator.  The
Liquidator may retain such appraisers and other consultants as may be necessary
and advisable, all at the expense of the Partnership, in connection with the
wind-up of the Partnership affairs.  No Partner shall have any right to demand
or receive property other than cash upon dissolution and termination of the
Partnership.

               (c)  A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly
liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the discharge of liabilities as
to creditors.

               (d)  Within ninety (90) days after the complete liquidation of
the Partnership, the Liquidator shall furnish to each of the Partners a
financial statement for the period from the first day of the then current fiscal
year through the date of such complete liquidation certified by the
Partnership's certified public accountant.  Such statement shall include a
Partnership statement of operation for such period and a Partnership balance
sheet as to the date of such complete liquidation.  

               (e)  Each Partner shall look solely to the assets of the
Partnership for all distributions with respect to the Partnership and its
Capital Contribution thereto and share of profits and losses thereof, and shall
have no recourse therefor (upon dissolution or otherwise) against the General
Partner or the Liquidator.  It is expressly understood and agreed that the
General Partner shall not be personally liable for the return or repayment of
all or any portion of the capital of any Partner.


                                   ARTICLE 13
                                   ----------

                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------


     13.01  Governing Law.  This Agreement and the rights of the parties
            -------------
hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in  accordance with the laws of
the State of Delaware.

     13.02  Successors and Assigns.  Any person acquiring or claiming an
            ----------------------
interest in the Partnership, in any manner whatsoever, shall be subject to and
bound by all terms, conditions and obligations of this Agreement to which its or
his predecessor in interest was subject or bound, without regard to whether such
a person has executed a counterpart hereof or any  other document contemplated
hereby.  No person, including the legal representative, heir or legatee of a
deceased Partner, shall have any rights or obligations greater than those set
forth in this Agreement and no person shall acquire an interest in the
Partnership or become a Partner hereof except as permitted by the terms of this
Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto, their successors, assigns, heirs, legal representatives,
executors and administrators.

     13.03  Grammatical Changes.  Whenever from the context it appears
            -------------------
appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include
the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, the
feminine or the neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter
gender as the circumstances require.

     13.04  Captions.  Captions contained in this Agreement are inserted only as
            --------
a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit or extend the scope or
intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

     13.05  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement, or the
            ------------
application of such provision to any person or circumstance, shall be held
invalid, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such provision



to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall
not be affected thereby; provided that the parties shall attempt to reformulate
such invalid provision to give effect to such portions thereof as may be valid
without defeating the intent of such provision; and further provided that this
Section 13.05 shall not apply to change the status of any Limited Partner to a
General Partner, or to alter the classification of the Partnership as a
partnership under the Code.

     13.06  Counterparts.  This Agreement, or any amendment hereto may be
            ------------
executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, notwithstanding that
all of the Partners are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.
In addition, this Agreement, or any amendment hereto, may contain more than one
counterpart of the signature pages, and this Agreement, or any amendment hereto,
may be executed by the affixing of the signatures of each of the Partners to one
of such counterpart signature pages; all of such counterpart signature pages
shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as
though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

     13.07  Other Matters.  Matters not covered in this Agreement relating to
            -------------
limited partnerships shall be governed and controlled by the Act.

     13.08  Private Litigation
            ------------------

               (a)  In the event the Partnership is made a party to any
litigation, or otherwise incurs any losses or expenses as a result of or in
connection with any Partner's personal obligations or liabilities unconnected
with Partnership business, such Partner shall reimburse the Partnership for all
such expenses incurred (including attorneys' fees and court costs), and the
interest of such Partner in this Partnership may be charged thereof.

               (b)  If either the General Partner or the Limited Partner brings
any judicial action or proceeding to enforce its rights under this Agreement,
the prevailing party shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedy, to
recover from the other, regardless of whether such action or proceeding is
prosecuted to judgment, all costs and expenses, including without limitation
reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred therein by the prevailing party.

     13.09  Waiver of Right to Court Decree of Dissolution and Partition.  The
            ------------------------------------------------------------
Partners agree that irreparable damage would be done to the good will and
reputation of the Partnership if any Partner should bring an action in court to
dissolve this Partnership.  To the extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby
waives and renounces its right to seek a court decree of dissolution or to seek
the appointment by a court of a liquidator for the Partnership.  The Partners
further agree that the Property is not and will not be suitable for partition
and, accordingly, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of the
Partners hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights which it may have to
maintain an action for partition of the Property, or any portion thereof, or to
otherwise divide (whether through an action in equity or through some other
means) the beneficial interest in any nominee holding title thereto.

     13.10  Competing Business.  The Partners agree as follows:
            ------------------

               (a)  Any Partner may engage and possess an interest in any other
business venture of any nature, kind of description, including, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, any business venture engaged in the same type
of business as the Partnership, even if such other business is competitive with
that of the Partnership, and the ownership, financing and management of casino
and other gaming operations of any kind whatsoever.  Further, the Partners agree
that except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Partners:

                     (i)  Neither the Partnership nor any of its Partners shall
     have the right in and to such other business venture or the income or
     profits derived therefrom.

                     (ii)  No Partner need disclose to any other Partner or the



     Partnership any other business venture in which he may have an interest or
     any other business opportunity presented to him, even if such opportunity
     is of a character which, if presented to the Partnership, could be taken by
     the Partnership, and the General Partner shall have the right to take for
     its own account or to recommend to others any such particular investment
     opportunity or business venture.

                     (iii)  As a natural part of the consideration for the
     execution of this Agreement by the General Partner, the Limited Partner
     hereby waives, relinquishes and renounces any right or claim of
     participation in another business venture of the General Partner.

               (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Partner
or any Affiliate of such Partner engage in any business venture to the extent
same is prohibited under any agreement to which the Partnership is a party, or
by which any of its property or assets are bound.

     13.11  Personal Property.  This Agreement shall not be deemed to create in
            -----------------
any Partner any right, title, interest or lien in, to or on all or any portion
of the Property, it being understood that any right or interest of any Partner
created by this Agreement shall solely be an interest in the Partnership and
shall be personal property.

     13.12  No Third Party Rights.  This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive
            ---------------------
benefit of the Partners designated herein and the Partnership and no other
person or entity (including any creditors of the Partnership or the Partners)
shall under any circumstances be deemed to be a beneficiary of any of the
rights, remedies, terms and provisions of this Agreement.

     13.13  Consent of Bank Group.  The effectiveness of this Agreement is
            ---------------------
expressly conditioned upon and shall not be effective until receipt of the
approval by certain lenders to The Promus Companies Incorporated (the indirect
parent of the General Partner) of investments of the type contemplated by this
Agreement on or before April 15, 1992.  Upon obtaining such notice, the General
Partner shall promptly give written notice of such approval to the Limited
Partner and the giving of such notice shall be conclusive evidence of
satisfaction of the condition contained in this Section 13.13.  If such approval
is not obtained prior to such date, this Agreement shall be void and of no
further force or effect.  The General Partner shall give written notice to the
Limited Partner if such approval is not obtained prior to such date, and such
notice shall be conclusive evidence that this Agreement is void and of no force
or effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first written above.

                                        GENERAL PARTNER:

                                        HARRAH'S ILLINOIS CORPORATION, 
                                        a Delaware corporation

                                        By: /s/ Philip G. Satre
                                            -------------------------------
                                            Name: Philip G. Satre
                                                  -------------------------
                                            Title: President
                                                   ------------------------


                                        LIMITED PARTNER:


                                             /s/ John Q. Hammons
                                        -------------------------------
                                        John Q. Hammons, an individual







                                    Guarantee


Mrs. Juanita Hammons (the "Guarantor") joins in this Agreement for the purpose
of guarantying the Limited Partner's obligations hereunder and hereby
unconditionally guarantees any and all obligations of the Limited Partner under
this Agreement, including and without limitation, the repayment by the Limited
Partner of the Initial Capital Loan and any Default Loans (the "Guaranteed
Obligations").  Except as specifically set forth above, the Guarantor shall have
no obligation or liability under this Agreement.  

The Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed and the Guarantor will be
bound under this guarantee notwithstanding any extension, renewal, or alteration
of the Guaranteed Obligations.  The Guarantor hereby waives presentation of,
demand of, and protest of the Guaranteed Obligations and waives notice of
protest for nonpayment.  This guarantee shall not be affected by: 

                     (a)  the failure of any party to assert any claim or demand
     or to enforce any right or remedy against the Limited Partner under this
     Agreement, 

                     (b)  any extension or renewal of any provision thereof, or

                     (c)  any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of
     any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

The Guarantor further agrees that this guarantee constitutes a guarantee of
payment when due and not of collection and waives any right to require that any
resort be had by any party to any of the security held for payment of any of the
Guaranteed Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the
books of any party in favor of any person. 

The obligations of the Guarantor shall not be subject to any reduction,
limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including, without
limitation, any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise of
any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and shall not be subject to any defense or
setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the
invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any of the Guaranteed Obligations,
discharge of the Limited Partner from obligations in a bankruptcy or similar
proceeding or otherwise.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
obligations of the Guarantor shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise
affected by its failure to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy
under this Agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any
default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of any of
the Guaranteed Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to
do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary
the risk of the Guarantor or which would otherwise operate as a discharge of the
Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 

The Guarantor further agrees that this guarantee shall continue to be effective
or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part
thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded
or must otherwise be restored by any party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization
of the Limited Partner or otherwise. 

Upon payment by the Guarantor of any sum as provided above so long as any of the
Guaranteed Obligations shall remain outstanding hereunder, all rights of the
Guarantor against the Limited Partner arising as a result thereof by way of
right of subrogation or otherwise, shall in all respects be subordinated and
junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full of all the
Guaranteed Obligations. 

The Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes all rights and remedies accorded by
applicable law to sureties or guarantors and agrees not to assert or take
advantage of any such rights or remedies, including without limitation (a) any
right to require the General Partner to proceed against or exhaust its recourse



against the Limited Partner or any security or collateral held by the Limited
Partner or to pursue any other remedy in its power before being entitled to
payment from the Limited Partner; (b) any defense that may arise by reason of
(i) the incapacity, lack of authority, death or disability of the Guarantor,
(ii) the revocation or repudiation hereof or the revocation or repudiation of
the Partnership Agreement unless caused by a Partner other than the Limited
Partner, (iii) the failure of the General Partner to file or enforce a claim
against the estate (either in administration, bankruptcy or any other
proceeding) of the Limited Partner, (iv) the unenforceability in whole or in
part of the Partnership Agreement or any other instrument, document or agreement
referred to herein unless caused by a Partner other than Limited Partner, (v)
the General Partner's election, in any proceeding instituted under the federal
Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the federal
Bankruptcy Code, or (vi) any borrowing or grant of a security interest under
Section 364 of the federal Bankruptcy Code; (c) presentment, demand for payment,
protest, notice of discharge, notice of acceptance of this Agreement, and
indulgences and notices of any other kind whatsoever; (d) any defense based upon
an election of remedies (including, if available, an election to proceed by
non-judicial foreclosure) by the General Partner which destroys or otherwise
impairs the subrogation rights of the Guarantor to proceed against the Limited
Partner for reimbursement; (e) any defense based upon any taking, modification
or release of any collateral or guarantees for any indebtedness of the Limited
Partner to the General Partner, or any failure to perfect any security interest
in, or the taking of or failure to take any other action with respect to any
collateral; or (f) any rights or defenses based upon an offset by the Guarantor
against any obligation now or hereafter owed to the Guarantor by the Limited
Partner; it being the intention hereof that Guarantor shall remain liable as
principal, to the extent set forth herein, until the full payment of the
Guaranteed Obligations notwithstanding any act, omission or thing which might
otherwise operate as a legal or equitable discharge of Guarantor. 

The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants as follows:  (i) the Guarantor has
the capacity and legal right to execute, deliver, and perform this Agreement,
(ii) this Agreement and all other documents required to be executed and
delivered hereunder, when executed and delivered, will constitute legal, valid
and binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in
accordance with their terms, (iii) neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will,
with or without notice and/or lapse of time:  constitute a breach of any of the
terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any note, contract,
document, instrument, agreement or undertaking, whether written or oral, to
which the Guarantor is a party or to which the Guarantor's property is subject;
accelerate or constitute an event entitling the holder of any indebtedness of
the Guarantor to accelerate the maturity of any such indebtedness; conflict with
or result in a breach of any writ, order, injunction or decree against the
Guarantor any court or governmental agency or instrumentality, whether national,
state, local or other; or conflict with or be prohibited by any federal, state,
local or other governmental law, statute, rule or regulation. 

The General Partner may maintain successive actions for other defaults.  The
rights of the General Partner hereunder shall not be exhausted by its exercise
of any of its rights or remedies or by any such action or by any number of
successive actions so long as this Agreement is in force and effect.  

No delay or omission by the General Partner to exercise any right under this
guarantee shall impair any such right, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver
thereof.  No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of
any guarantee, or consent to any departure by the Guarantor therefrom, shall in
any event be effective without the written concurrence of the General Partner. 
No waiver of any single breach of default under this guarantee shall be deemed a
waiver of any other breach or default.  

Guarantor agrees that any proceeding to enforce, or otherwise relating to or
arising from, this Agreement may be brought in federal court located in the
State of Illinois if such court has jurisdiction, or if no such jurisdiction
exists, then state court in the State of Illinois, each as the General Partner



may elect.  By executing this Agreement, Guarantor irrevocably accepts and
submits to the nonexclusive personal jurisdiction of each of the aforesaid
courts, generally and unconditionally with respect to any such proceeding. 
Guarantor agrees not to assert any basis for transferring jurisdiction of any
such proceeding to another court.  Guarantor further agrees 
that a final judgment no longer subject to appeal against Guarantor in any
proceeding shall be conclusive evidence of Guarantor's liability for the full
amount of such judgment.


                                        /s/ Mrs. Juanita Hammons
                                        --------------------------
                                        Mrs. Juanita Hammons
                                        GUARANTOR




                                    EXHIBIT A


                    Capital Contributions and Percentage Share
                    ------------------------------------------


General Partner
- ---------------

     Initial Percentage Share - 80%

     Initial Capital Contribution                                    $25,920,000



Limited Partner
- ---------------

     Initial Percentage Share - 20%

     Initial Capital Contribution                                    $ 6,480,000


                                       A-1




                                    EXHIBIT B


                          Legal Description of Property
                          -----------------------------

                           (See Article 1, "Property")






                              [Diagram of property]






                                       B-1




                                    EXHIBIT C

                       Term Sheet for Management Agreement
                       -----------------------------------


                           JOLIET MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
                                SUMMARY OF TERMS



1.   Terms and Renewals

     (a)       Initial Term:            20

     (b)       Renewals:                3 ten-year terms

2.   Development of the boat and ancillary shoreside facilities

     (a)       Party responsible:       Owner constructs and furnishes boat and
                                        ancillary shoreside facilities

     (b)       Plans and                Prepared on Owner's behalf, subject to
               Specifications:          Manager's approval of design/layout

                                        No material changes of design/layout
                                        allowed without Manager's approval

     (c)       Deadline for             If boat and facilities are not
               completion:              operational by April 1, 1993 (unless
                                        extended by Manager), Manager may
                                        terminate Management Agreement

3.   Pre-Opening

     (a)       Budget:                  Agreed by Owner and Manager 120 days
                                        prior to opening.  Budget line items may
                                        be exceeded by 10% for reasonable
                                        unanticipated expenditures.  Budget may
                                        be exceeded to cover additional expenses
                                        caused by construction delays

     (b)       Programs                 Agreed by Owner and Manager 90 days
                                        after execution of Management Agreement
                                        (will include, among other things,
                                        recruiting and training of staff and
                                        advertisement and marketing)

     (c)       Payment of Expenses:     Owner deposits funds into accounts
                                        established in Owner's name by Manager;
                                        payment is made by Manager

4.   Operations

     (a)       Manager control:         Manager determines operating policies
                                        and standards, including guest
                                        admittance, gaming policies, labor
                                        policies, food and beverage policies,
                                        credit policies, etc.

     (b)       Contractual              Manager has authority to lease space in
               Authority:               the boat and shoreside facilities in
                                        Owner's name (restaurant, gift shop,
                                        other retail space),

                                    



                                        supervise such lessees and their
                                        operations and enforce the agreements
                                        with such lessees until any court action
                                        is required, and lease equipment in the
                                        Owner's Name

     (c)       Permits:                 Manager obtains and maintains all
                                        licenses and permits at Owner's expense

     (d)       Personnel:               Manager employs on-site personnel

                                        Manager hires, supervises and discharges
                                        all personnel

                                        Owner responsible for all salaries and
                                        expenses of on-site personnel and all
                                        expenses of other Manager employees who
                                        perform services for operation

     (e)       Marketing:               Manager responsible for all marketing
                                        decisions and expenditures at Owner's
                                        expense, subject to annual budget

     (f)       Maintenance:             Manager responsible for all maintenance
                                        of the boat and other facilities at
                                        Owner's expense, subject to annual
                                        budget

     (g)       Capital Replacements:    Annual capital reserve of 3.5% of gross
                                        revenues

                                        Owner responsible for designing and
                                        implementing capital replacements of a
                                        structural or extraordinary nature,
                                        subject to Manager's approval

                                        Manager responsible for designing and
                                        implementing, at Owner's expense,
                                        capital replacements of a non-structural
                                        or ordinary nature, subject to the
                                        annual budget (except in the case of
                                        expenditures occasioned by emergencies
                                        or legal requirements)

5.   Accounting matters

     (a)       Books/records:           Manager maintains

     (b)       Auditors:                To be agreed by Owner and Manager

     (c)       Statements:              Manager delivers quarterly and annual
                                        profit and loss statements to Owner

6.   Budget                             Manager submits proposed budget to Owner
                                        for approval at least 60 days prior to
                                        opening and 60 days prior to each fiscal
                                        year thereafter

                                        Any budget disputes submitted to
                                        arbitration

                                        Manager may reallocate budgeted items
                                        within departments


                                    



                                        Manager may exceed budget (within limits
                                        to be agreed on) for unexpected
                                        expenditures

7.   Bank Accounts                      Manager establishes bank accounts in
                                        name of Owner with Manager entitled to
                                        withdraw funds

                                        Minimum cash reserve (funded by Owner)
                                        to be agreed by Owner and Manager

8.   Management Fee (includes           6% of gross revenue
     license fee; use of
     separate license 
     arrangement to be 
     determined)

9.   Priority of Funds Disbursement

     Manager disburses funds from bank account monthly in the following order of
     priority:

     (a)       Operating costs (including management fee and Manager's
               reimbursable expenses)

     (b)       Replenishment of bank account or capital reserve fund for payment
               of emergency expenditures

     (c)       Deposits into the bank accounts to maintain minimum cash reserve

     (d)       Deposits into the capital reserve fund

     (e)       Payment of debt service

     (f)       Payment to Owner

10.  Insurance

     Owner obtains and maintains customary liability, priority and other
     insurance

11.  Indemnification

     (a)       To Manager:              Owner indemnifies Manager against all
                                        claims pertaining to ownership,
                                        management or use of boat and shoreside
                                        facilities unless caused by Manager's
                                        gross negligence or willful misconduct

     (b)       To Owner:                Manager indemnifies Owner against all
                                        claims pertaining to management or use
                                        of boat and shoreside facilities caused
                                        by Manager's gross negligence or willful
                                        misconduct

12.  Termination Rights

     (a)       For cause:               Either party may terminate in the case
                                        of customary events of default,
                                        including uncured breach under
                                        Management Agreement, bankruptcy and
                                        insolvency

     (b)       Termination fees/        Management fees for previous 3

                                   



               liquidated damages       years (including termination as a result
                                        of casualty, default of Owner and
                                        certain other circumstances)

13.  Governing Law                      Illinois

14.  Assignment/Mortgage

     (a)       By Manager:              Manager may assign to affiliate, entity
                                        that acquires substantially all of
                                        Joliet riverboat gaming business, or as
                                        part of corporate reorganization or
                                        recapitalization

                                        Manager may assign management fees in
                                        connection with any financing

     (b)       By Owner:                Owner may not sell boat or shoreside
                                        facilities without Manager's consent

                                        Owner may mortgage the boat and
                                        shoreside facilities if the financing
                                        meets coverage and other financial tests
                                        acceptable to Manager

                                        Owner will be required to dispose of
                                        interests in the boat and shoreside
                                        facilities to the extent their ownership
                                        jeopardizes any Harrah's gaming license

15.  Boat Operation                     Owner appoints boat operator subject to
                                        Manager's consent

                                        If boat is operated in manner which
                                        interferes with Manager's ability to
                                        conduct successful operations, Manager
                                        may appoint new boat operator, subject
                                        to Owner's approval; if Owner refuses to
                                        approve Manager's appointment, Manager
                                        may terminate Management Agreement and
                                        collect termination fee






                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                        LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF
                   DES PLAINES DEVELOPMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP


           This First Amendment (this "Amendment") to Limited Partnership
Agreement of Des Plaines Development Limited Partnership is made as of this 5th
day of October, 1992 by and between Harrah's Illinois Corporation, a Nevada
corporation, and John Q. Hammons, an individual.

                                    Recitals
                                    --------

           A. The parties hereto are parties to that certain Limited Partnership
Agreement of Des Plaines Development Limited Partnership, dated as of February
28, 1992 (as amended hereby, the "Partnership Agreement").  Capitalized terms
used herein and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the
Partnership Agreement.

           B. The Partnership Agreement provides for the General Partner to loan
to the Limited Partner the Limited Partner's initial Capital Contribution, and
the parties hereto desire that any amounts so advanced by the General Partner
shall be repaid, and such loan shall no longer be available to the Limited
Partner upon such repayment.  After such repayment, the Limited Partner shall
make contributions to the Partnership pursuant to Section 3.01 of the
Partnership Agreement, as amended hereby.

           C. The parties hereto desire to enter into certain other agreements
with respect to the Partnership, and to amend certain provisions of the
Partnership Agreement, all as more fully set forth herein.

                                    Agreement
                                    ---------

           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements of the
parties hereto and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the parties
hereto agree as follows:

           1. Repayment of Initial Capital Loan.  The Limited Partner agrees to
              ---------------------------------
repay all outstanding principal and accrued interest of the Initial Capital
Loan, in immediately available funds, on or before October 13, 1992.  The
failure to make such payment shall constitute an Event of Default.  Upon such
payment, the promissory note evidencing the Initial Capital Loan shall be
returned to the Limited Partner, the Security Agreement securing the Initial
Capital Loan shall be of no further force or effect, and the General Partner
shall deliver to the Limited Partner appropriate UCC termination statements
terminating the UCC financing statements on file with respect to the Initial
Capital Loan.

           2. Termination of Initial Capital Loan Availability.    Effective
              ------------------------------------------------
upon the repayment of the Initial Capital Loan required by paragraph 1 hereof,
the Partnership Agreement shall be amended as follows:

              a.  The following definitions are hereby deleted from Article I of
the Partnership Agreement:  (i) "Initial Capital Loan," and (ii) "Initial
Capital Loan Documents."

              b.  Section 3.01(d) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby deleted
in its entirety, and subsections (e), (f) and (g) shall be relettered (d), (e)
and (f), respectively.

              c.  Item (f) in Article VII of the Partnership Agreement is hereby
deleted in its entirety, and item (g) is hereby relettered as (f).

           3. Amendment to Section 3.01(c).  Section 3.01(c) of the Partnership
              -----------------------------
Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following is hereby



substituted therefor:

              (c) Calls for Contributions.  The General Partner may at any time
                  ------------------------
or from time to time call for Capital Contributions, including initial Capital
Contributions, from the Partners by not less than seven (7) business days
written notice to the Partners.  The Partners shall make such Capital
Contributions to the Partnership on or before the date specified in any such
notice from the General Partner.

           4. Amendment to Buy-Down Remedy.  Sections 8.04(a) and (b) of the
              ----------------------------
Partnership Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety, and the following is
hereby substituted therefor:

              (a) If the Defaulting Partner shall have failed to make any
Capital Contribution or to pay any other amount as required under this Agreement
prior to the opening of the Project for business, the Nondefaulting Partner may
advance to the Partnership on behalf of the Defaulting Partner the amount of
such delinquency (a "Default Contribution").  If the Defaulting Partner shall
have failed to make any Capital Contribution or to pay any other amount as
required under this Agreement after the opening of the Project for business, the
Nondefaulting Partner may advance to the Partnership on behalf of the Defaulting
Partner the amount of such delinquency, with each such advance to be treated as
a loan by the Nondefaulting Partner to the Defaulting Partner (a "Default
Loan").  Each separate advance by a Nondefaulting Partner shall be a separate
Default Contribution or Default Loan, as the case may be.  The amount of any
Default Loan shall be credited to the Defaulting Partner's Capital Account.

              Each Default Loan shall be (i) secured by the Defaulting Partner's
interest in the Partnership, (ii) payable on demand, and (iii) bear interest,
payable monthly, at a rate equal to the lower of (x) the then Prime Rate plus
three percent (3%) or (y) the maximum rate permitted under applicable law, from
the date of such Default Loan to the earlier of the date of payment in full by
the Defaulting Partner or the date of the Nondefaulting Partner's exercise of
its rights pursuant to Sections 8.04(b) or 8.04(c) hereof.  The Defaulting
Partner hereby grants the Nondefaulting Partner a security interest in its
Partnership interest and all proceeds thereof to secure any Default Loans made
by the Nondefaulting Partner to the Defaulting Partner.  The Nondefaulting
Partner shall give written notice to the Defaulting Partner of the making of any
such Default Loan, and the Defaulting Partner shall have one hundred twenty
(120) days thereafter within which to repay the Nondefaulting Partner the amount
of such Default Loan.  Any interest paid on such Default Loan shall be paid
directly to the Nondefaulting Partner and shall not affect either the
Nondefaulting Partner's or the Defaulting Partner's Capital Account.  Upon the
payment in full of the principal of and all accrued interest on a Default Loan
within such one hundred twenty (120) day period or pursuant to Sections 8.04(b)
or 8.04(c) hereof, the Defaulting Partner's default, with respect to which a
Default Loan was made, shall be deemed cured.  The making of a Default Loan
shall not be deemed to cure a default with respect to which a Default Loan has
been made, and such cure may be made only in the manner set forth in the
immediately preceding sentence or in Sections 8.04(b), 8.04(c) and 8.04(d)
hereof.  Any Default Loan made pursuant hereto to the Limited Partner shall be
guaranteed by the spouse of the Limited Partner pursuant to the Guarantee
attached hereto, with full recourse to the assets of the Limited Partner and the
spouse of the Limited Partner.

              (b) In the event a Nondefaulting Partner shall make a Default
Contribution the Nondefaulting Partner's Percentage Share shall be increased and
the Defaulting Partner's Percentage Share shall be decreased as of the date of
such advance.  At such time the Nondefaulting Partner's Percentage Share shall
increase to a percentage (but not to exceed One Hundred percent (100%)) that is
equal to a percentage derived from a fraction the numerator of which equals the
sum of all Capital Contributions, including the Default Contribution, actually



made by the Nondefaulting Partner as of the time of the recalculation, and the
denominator of which equals the aggregate sum of both Partners' Capital
Contributions.  The Defaulting Partner's Percentage Share shall be
correspondingly decreased so that it shall be equal to One Hundred percent
(100%) minus the Nondefaulting Partner's Percentage Share as increased in
accordance with the preceding sentence.  The Nondefaulting Partner's advance
pursuant to 8.04(a) constituting such Default Contribution(s) shall be added to
the Nondefaulting Partner's Capital Account.  Upon such recalculations of the
Partners' Percentage Shares and the corresponding adjustments of the Partners'
respective Percentage Shares, the default associated with the Default
Contribution(s) with respect to which such adjustments were made shall be deemed
cured, to the extent of such Default Contribution(s) made by the Nondefaulting
Partner, as of the date of such adjustments.

              If the Defaulting Partner fails to repay the Nondefaulting Partner
with respect to any one or more Default Loans within the one hundred twenty
(120) day period referred to in Section 8.04(a) hereof, the Nondefaulting
Partner may, at any time after the expiration of such one hundred twenty (120)
day period and before the repayment of such Default Loan or Default Loans by the
Defaulting Partner (including a repayment pursuant to Section 8.04(c) hereof),
elect, by one hundred twenty (120) days prior written notice (the "Conversion
Notice") with respect to any one or more Default Loans to the Defaulting
Partner, to increase the Nondefaulting Partner's Percentage Share and decrease
the Defaulting Partner's Percentage Share as of the date of and immediately
following the date thirty (30) days following the Conversion Notice.  If a
Defaulting Partner has not repaid the Default Loan or Default Loans specified in
the Conversion Notice within said thirty (30) days, the Nondefaulting Partner
may elect to increase its Percentage Share (but not to exceed One Hundred
percent (100%)) to equal a percentage derived from a fraction the numerator of
which equals the Adjusted Capital Contribution (as defined below) of the
Nondefaulting Partner and the denominator of which equals the aggregate sum of
both Partners' Capital Contributions.  The Defaulting Partner's Percentage Share
shall be correspondingly decreased so that it shall be equal to One Hundred
percent (100%) minus the Nondefaulting Partner's Percentage Share as increased
in accordance with the preceding sentence.  "Adjusted Capital Contribution"
shall mean the sum of all Capital Contributions, not including the Contribution
representing the Default Loan, actually made by the Nondefaulting Partner as of
the time of the recalculation plus an amount equal to One Hundred and Twenty
percent (120%) of the sum of all Default Loans which the Nondefaulting Partner
has made to the Defaulting Partner with respect to which such adjustments were
made.  The parties acknowledge that in the event this remedy is exercised,
additional Capital Contributions will be of critical value to the Partnership,
and the parties further acknowledge that such value is not readily ascertainable
as of the date hereof and a reasonable estimate of such value is achieved by the
formula contained herein.  Such formula for the "buy-down" reflects such
estimate of the parties, and is not intended to be a penalty.  Upon any such
election, the Defaulting Partner's default, with respect to which the Default
Loan(s) specified in the Conversion Notice was made, shall be deemed cured, the
Nondefaulting Partner's advance pursuant to 8.04(a) hereof with respect to which
such Default Loan(s) were made shall be added to the Nondefaulting Partner's
Capital Account, and the amount of such advance shall be deducted from the
Defaulting Partner's Capital Account.  Upon such recalculations of the Partner's
Percentage Shares and the corresponding adjustments of the Partner's respective
Percentage Shares, the default associated with the Default Loan(s) with respect
to which such adjustments were made shall be deemed cured, to the extent of such
Default Loan(s) made by the Nondefaulting Partner, as of the date of such
adjustments.

           5. Amendment to Appraisal But Out Remedy.  Section 8.05(b) of the
              -------------------------------------
Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to delete the number "ninety percent
(90%) from the third line thereof, and the following is hereby substituted
therefor:  "(x) prior to the opening of the Project for business, one hundred



percent (100%), or (y) after the opening of the Project for business, ninety
percent (90%),".

           6. Amendment to Section 8.06.  Section 8.06 of the Partnership
              -------------------------
Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

           7. Amendment to Section 9.03.  Section 9.03 of the Partnership
              -------------------------
Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following is hereby
substituted therefor:

           The "Appraised Value" of the assets shall be equal to the following
     amounts: (a) prior to the opening of the Project for business, the
     aggregate Capital Contributions of the Partners plus the outstanding
     principal balance of any debt owed by the Partnership; (b) after the
     opening of the Project for business and if the Partners are in agreement as
     to the fair market value of the assets, such agreed value; or (c) after the
     opening of the Project for business if the Partners are unable to agree as
     to fair market value, the mean of the two closest appraised values reported
     by the Appraisal Panel; provided that if such values are equally
     distributed, the "Appraised Value" of the assets to be appraised shall be
     equal to the mean of the three appraised values reported by the Appraisal
     Panel.

           8. Amendment to Section 13.13.  Section 13.13 of the Partnership
              --------------------------
Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

           9. References.  All references to the Partnership Agreement contained
              ----------
therein shall be deemed to refer to the Partnership Agreement as amended hereby.

           10.    Modification.  Except as modified hereby, the Partnership
                  ------------
Agreement remains in full force and effect.  In the case of any inconsistency
between this Amendment and the Partnership Agreement this Amendment shall
control.

           11.    Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in one or more
                  ------------
counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one
agreement.

           12.    Gaming Approval.  The parties hereto confirm that the
                  ---------------
Partnership Agreement, as amended hereby, is subject to all statutes and
regulations regulating gaming in the State of Illinois, and that certain acts
contemplated by the Partnership Agreement as amended hereby, including without
limitation transfers of partnership interests, are subject to the approval of
the Illinois Gaming Board.



[SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]





           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment
as of the date first written above.

                                             GENERAL PARTNER:


                                             HARRAH'S ILLINOIS CORPORATION,


                                             By: /s/ Philip G. Satre
                                             ------------------------------

                                             Name: Philip G. Satre
                                             ------------------------------

                                             Title: President
                                             ------------------------------


                                             LIMITED PARTNER:


                                             /s/ John Q. Hammons
                                             ------------------------------
                                             John Q. Hammons, an individual


I hereby consent to the foregoing Amendment, and confirm and ratify my guarantee
contained in the Partnership Agreement in all respects.



                                            /s/ Mrs. Juanita Hammons
                                            ---------------------------
                                            Mrs. Juanita Hammons
                                            Guarantor






                          AMENDMENT TO ESCROW AGREEMENT
                          -----------------------------


     Amendment ("this Amendment") dated as of October 29, 1993 to that certain
Escrow Agreement (the "Escrow Agreement") dated February 6, 1990, by and between
The Promus Companies Incorporated (the "Company"), the subsidiaries of the
Company listed on the execution page of this Amendment, and NationsBank,
formerly Sovran Bank (the "Escrow Agent").

     WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Escrow Agreement to allow the
Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer jointly, to direct
the Escrow Agent to borrow funds from any insurance policies in the Escrow Fund
and to use such funds to purchase other life insurance policies, as may be
jointly directed by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer; 

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein
and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follow:

     1.  The following paragraph is hereby added at the end of Section 2.02(b).

     "Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company's Chief
     Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, jointly, shall have
     authority to direct the Escrow Agent in writing, from time to time, to
     borrow from any Life Insurance Policies in the Escrow Fund and use the
     funds received from such borrowing to purchase other life insurance
     policies, including variable insurance or annuity contracts, as may be
     directed in writing by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief
     Financial Officer, jointly, which other insurance policies shall be
     assets of the Escrow Fund subject to the terms and provisions of the
     Escrow Agreement, as amended.  The Escrow Agent shall act only as an
     administrative agent in carrying out directed investment transactions
     in accordance with this paragraph and shall not be responsible for the
     investment decision.  If a directed investment transaction violates
     any duty to diversify, to maintain liquidity or to meet any other
     investment standard or other requirement under this Escrow Agreement
     or applicable law, the entire responsibility shall rest upon the
     Company.  The Escrow Agent shall be fully protected in acting upon or
     complying with any restrictions or directions provided in accordance
     with this paragraph."



     2.  The parties understand that Holiday Inns, Inc. is no longer a
Subsidiary of the Company, no employees of Holiday Inns, Inc. are Participants,
and Holiday Inns, Inc. is no longer a party hereto and has no rights or
obligations under the Escrow Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date
first written above.


THE PROMUS COMPANIES                    NATIONSBANK (Formerly
INCORPORATED                            Sovran Bank)



BY:  /s/ William S. McCalmont           BY:  /s/ John H. Pylant
     --------------------------              -----------------------
TITLE:  VP & Treasurer                  TITLE:  VP
        -----------------------                 --------------------



HARRAH'S



BY:  /s/ John M. Boushy
     --------------------------
TITLE:  SVP-IT & Corp. Mktg.
        -----------------------



EMBASSY SUITES, INC.



BY:  /s/ William S. McCalmont
     --------------------------
TITLE:  VP & Treasurer
        -----------------------



HAMPTON INNS, INC.



BY:  /s/ William S. McCalmont
     --------------------------
TITLE:  VP & Treasurer
        -----------------------


          




















                                 AMENDED AND RESTATED



                                PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT



                               OF HARRAH'S JAZZ COMPANY





                                        AMONG





                       HARRAH'S NEW ORLEANS INVESTMENT COMPANY,



                    NEW ORLEANS/LOUISIANA DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION



                                         AND



                              GRAND PALAIS CASINO, INC.





                                     dated as of



                                    March 15, 1994
















                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  -----------------



                                                                       PAGE



          ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2



          ARTICLE 2 - FORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

               2.01   Partnership Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

               2.02   Organization and Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21

               2.03   Place of Business and Principal Office;

                      Registered Agent and Registered Office  . . . . .  21

               2.04   Purpose and Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21

               2.05   Term  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22





          ARTICLE 3 - CONTRIBUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

               3.01   Initial Capital Contributions . . . . . . . . . .  22

               3.02   Value of Purchased Property . . . . . . . . . . .  25

               3.03   Additional Capital Contributions  . . . . . . . .  25

               3.04   Financing.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26

               3.05   Evidence of Partnership Interest  . . . . . . . .  26

               3.06   Percentage Share  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

               3.07   Withdrawal of Capital; Loans  . . . . . . . . . .  27

               3.08   Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27



          ARTICLE 4 - ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS . . . . . . . . . .  29

               4.01   Allocations of Taxable Income . . . . . . . . . .  29

               4.02   Allocations of Tax Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29




                                          i








               4.03   Timing and Amount of Allocations of Taxable

                      Income and Tax Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29

               4.04   Distributions of Cash Flow and Proceeds of Major

                      Capital Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

               4.05   Reallocation of Distribution Priorities . . . . .  31

               4.06   Priority and Distribution of Property . . . . . .  32

               4.07   Distribution of Tax Reserve . . . . . . . . . . .  33

               4.08   Additional Allocation Provisions  . . . . . . . .  33

               4.09   Guaranteed Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39

               4.10   Unpermitted Payments, Distributions and

                      Reimbursements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42



          ARTICLE 5 - DECISIONS AND MANAGEMENT  . . . . . . . . . . . .  40

               5.01   Management  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40

               5.02   Budget  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51

               5.03   Compensation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52

               5.04   Transactions with Related Parties . . . . . . . .  53

               5.05   Partner Groups  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53



          ARTICLE 6 - TRANSFERS AND ASSIGNMENT  . . . . . . . . . . . .  55

               6.01   Restrictions on Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . .  55

               6.02   Right of First Refusal  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58

               6.03   Grant of Security Interest  . . . . . . . . . . .  63

               6.04   Conditions on Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63

               6.05   Limit on Transferability  . . . . . . . . . . . .  67



          ARTICLE 7 - EVENTS OF DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68

               7.01   Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68




                                          ii








          ARTICLE 8 - REMEDIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71

               8.01   Remedies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71

               8.02   Choice of Remedies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72

               8.03   Buy/Sell  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73

               8.04   Advances; Buy-Down  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80

               8.05   Appraisal Buyout  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  85

               8.06   Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout . . . . . .  89

               8.07   Waiver  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  95

               8.08   Waiver Regarding Embassy  . . . . . . . . . . . .  95

               8.09   Waiver Regarding Harrah's and Manager . . . . . .  96



          ARTICLE 9 - VALUATION AND APPRAISAL PROCEDURES  . . . . . . .  96

               9.01   Voluntary Appraisal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  96

               9.02   Appraisal Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  96

               9.03   Appraised Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  98

               9.04   Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  98

               9.05   Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  99

               9.06   Continued Use of Appraisal  . . . . . . . . . . .  99



          ARTICLE 10 - REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES  . .  99

               10.01  Representations and Warranties by the Partners  .  99

               10.02  Indemnities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

               10.03  Security For Certain Indemnities  . . . . . . . . 105

               10.04  Additional Indemnities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

               10.05  Liability for Acts and Omissions  . . . . . . . . 107

               10.06  Joint and Several Liability . . . . . . . . . . . 108

               10.07  Indemnity Procedures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108



          ARTICLE 11 - GAMING QUALIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111


                                         iii








               11.01  Gaming Qualifications in the State  . . . . . . . 111

               11.02  Other Gaming Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . 113

               11.03  Lender Suitability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115



          ARTICLE 12 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

               12.01  Buy/Sell  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

               12.02  Arbitration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116



          ARTICLE 13 - ADMINISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

               13.01  Bank Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

               13.02  Books and Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

               13.03  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120



          ARTICLE 14 - FISCAL MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

               14.01  Fiscal Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

               14.02  Accounting Decisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

               14.03  Tax Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

               14.04  Elections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

               14.05  Partnership Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124



          ARTICLE 15 - TERMINATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

               15.01  Events of Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

               15.02  Winding Up  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

               15.03  Distribution on Dissolution and Termination . . . 127



          ARTICLE 16 - COVENANTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

               16.01  Competing Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

               16.02  Prohibited Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

               16.03  Securities Law Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 133


                                          iv








               16.04  Regulatory Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

               16.05  Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

               16.06  Holding Entity Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 134

               16.07  Lender Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

               16.08  Supplementary Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . 138



          ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

               17.01  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

               17.02  Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

               17.03  Grammatical Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

               17.04  Captions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

               17.05  Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

               17.06  Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

               17.07  Other Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

               17.08  Waiver of Right to Court Decree of Dissolution

                      and Partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

               17.09  Amendments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

               17.10  Succeeding Business Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

               17.11  Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

               17.12  Personal Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

               17.13  No Third Party Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

               17.14  Voluntary Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

               17.15  Advice From Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

               17.16  Judicial Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

               17.17  Attorneys' Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142










                                          v










               EXHIBITS



               EXHIBIT A    INITIAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

               EXHIBIT B    REAL ESTATE AND EXISTING LIENS AND OBLIGATIONS

               EXHIBIT C    CONTRIBUTED STUDIES, PLANS, REPORTS AND

                            SPECIFICATIONS

               EXHIBIT D    OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES INCURRED ON BEHALF

                            OF THE PARTNERSHIP

               EXHIBIT E    CLAIMS AND LITIGATION OF THE PARTNERS

               EXHIBIT F    CASINO CONCEPTUAL PLANS

               EXHIBIT G    FORM UCC-1 FINANCING STATEMENT

               EXHIBIT H    FORM OF REDEMPTION PROVISIONS TO BE INCLUDED IN

                            HOLDING ENTITY ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OR

                            OTHER FORMATIVE DOCUMENTS






























                                          vi








            

           1   AMENDED AND RESTATED                    UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
               PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT                   STATE OF LOUISIANA
           2   OF HARRAH'S JAZZ COMPANY                PARISH OF ORLEANS
                         AMONG
           3   HARRAH'S NEW ORLEANS INVESTMENT COMPANY,
               NEW ORLEANS/LOUISIANA DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
           4             AND
               GRAND PALAIS CASINO, INC.
           5
                         On this 14th day of March, 1994, before me, the
           6
               undersigned Notary Public, duly commissioned and qualified in and
           7
               for the State of Louisiana, Parish of Orleans, and in the
           8
               presence of the undersigned competent witnesses, personally came
           9
               and appeared:
          10

          11
                    HARRAH'S NEW ORLEANS INVESTMENT COMPANY, a Nevada
          12
                    corporation, having an office and mailing address at
          13
                    206 N. Virginia Street, Reno, Nevada 89501 (Taxpayer ID
          14
                    No. 62-1534758), represented herein by Colin V. Reed,
          15
                    its duly authorized Senior Vice President ("Harrah's");
          16

          17
                    NEW ORLEANS/LOUISIANA DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, a
          18
                    Louisiana corporation having an office and mailing
          19
                    address at 3500 North Hullen, Metairie, Louisiana 70002
          20
                    (Taxpayer ID No. 72-1213495), represented herein by
          21
                    Wendell H. Gauthier, its duly authorized Chairman of
          22
                    the Board ("NOLDC"); and
          23

          24
                    GRAND PALAIS CASINO, INC., a Delaware corporation
          25
                    (f/k/a Celebration Park Casino, Inc.), having an office
          26
                    and mailing address at 111 Rue D'Iberville, New
          27
                    Orleans, Louisiana 70130 (Taxpayer ID No. 72-1214224),
          28
                    represented herein by Christopher B. Hemmeter, its duly

                    authorized Chairman of the Board ("Grand Palais");








            

           1   who, being duly sworn, declared that they hereby enter into an

           2   Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement effective as of March

           3   15, 1994, for purposes of amending, restating and superseding in

           4   its entirety that certain Partnership Agreement dated November

           5   29, 1993, among Harrah's, NOLDC and Grand Palais (the "Original

           6   Agreement"), and adopt Articles of Partnership of HARRAH'S JAZZ

           7   COMPANY as follows:

           8

           9

          10                               ARTICLE 1

          11

          12                              DEFINITIONS

          13

          14             Unless otherwise expressly provided herein or unless

          15   the context otherwise requires, each of the following terms when

          16   used herein shall have the following defined meanings:

          17

          18             "Additional Capital Contributions" means all capital

          19   contributions to the Partnership in excess of the Initial Capital

          20   Contributions.

          21

          22             "Adjusted Capital Account Deficit" has the meaning set

          23   forth in Section 4.08(g)(i) hereof.

          24

          25             "Affiliate" means, as to any Partner (or as to any

          26   other Person the affiliates of whom are relevant for purposes of

          27   any provisions of this Agreement), (i) any Person owned or

          28   Controlled by, under common ownership or Control with, or which

                                               2









            

           1   owns or Controls, directly or indirectly, such Partner or other

           2   Person or any trustee of a Partner or other Person or limited

           3   partner of a Partner or other Person owning a majority interest

           4   in such Partner or other Person, and (ii) any members of such

           5   Partner's or other Person's immediate family.  For purposes

           6   hereof, shares or other ownership interests held by a trust shall

           7   be deemed to be owned pro rata by the beneficiaries of such

           8   trust, and members of the immediate family of any Partner or

           9   other Person shall mean the children, spouse and parents of such

          10   Partner or other Person and ownership shall mean ownership of any

          11   direct or indirect beneficial interest in the Person with respect

          12   to whom Affiliation is being determined.

          13

          14             "Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Partnership

          15   Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company, as amended, modified or

          16   supplemented from time to time.

          17

          18             "Appraisal Buyout" has the meaning set forth in Section

          19   8.05(a) hereof.

          20

          21             "Appraisal Buyout Price" has the meaning set forth in

          22   Section 8.05(b) hereof.

          23

          24             "Appraisal Panel" has the meaning set forth in Section

          25   9.02(e) hereof.

          26

          27             "Appraised Value" has the meaning set forth in Section

          28   9.03 hereof.

                                               3









            

           1             "Assembled Real Estate" means the real property

           2   described in Exhibit B-1 attached hereto and by this reference

           3   incorporated herein.

           4

           5             "Budget" means any or all of the Operating Budget,

           6   Temporary Casino Project Budget, Permanent Casino Project Budget

           7   and Remaining Property Project Budget.

           8

           9             "Business Day" means any day other than Saturday,

          10   Sunday or any day which is a federal or State holiday.

          11

          12             "Capital Account" has the meaning set forth in Section

          13   3.08(a) hereof.

          14

          15             "Capital Contribution" means the total amount of

          16   Initial Capital Contributions, Additional Capital Contributions

          17   and any other money and the agreed value of any property

          18   (determined net of any liabilities secured by such property that

          19   the Partnership is considered to assume or take subject to and

          20   determined consistently with Code Section 752(c) and without

          21   regard to Code Section 7701(g)) contributed, or to be

          22   contributed, as the case may be, to the Partnership by a Partner.

          23

          24             "Cash Flow" means all cash received by the Partnership

          25   from all sources (except Major Capital Events) remaining after

          26   payment of current expenses, liabilities, debts or obligations of

          27   the Partnership, including without limitation the deduction of

          28

                                               4









            

           1   any Contingent Payments under and as defined in the Rivergate

           2   Lease and the Temporary Casino Lease.

           3

           4             "Casino Act" means Act 384 of 1992, codified as L.R.S.

           5   4:601, et seq., as amended.

           6

           7             "Casino Operating Contract" means the contract to be

           8   entered into between Louisiana Jazz Company and LEDGC pursuant to

           9   the LEDGC Proposal with respect to the Temporary Casino and/or

          10   the Permanent Casino as defined by Section 605 (6) of the Casino

          11   Act, as such contract may be amended from time to time by the

          12   parties thereto.

          13

          14             "City" means the City of New Orleans in the State.

          15

          16             "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as

          17   amended.

          18

          19             "Collateral" has the meaning set forth in Section

          20   10.03(d)(i) hereof.

          21

          22             "Completion Loan Agreement" means that certain

          23   Completion Loan Agreement contemplated to be entered into by and

          24   among the Partnership, Embassy Suites, Inc. and The Promus

          25   Companies Incorporated.

          26

          27             "Control" means the ability, whether by the direct or

          28   indirect ownership of shares or other equity interest, by

                                               5









            

           1   contract or otherwise, to elect a majority of the directors of a

           2   corporation, to select the managing partner of a partnership (in

           3   the case of this Partnership, the power to direct the votes of

           4   two (2) of the three (3) members of the Executive Committee

           5   representing any Represented Group), or otherwise to select, or

           6   have the power to remove and select, a majority of those Persons

           7   exercising governing authority over an entity, and, in the case

           8   of a limited partnership shall mean the sole general partner, all

           9   of the general partners to the extent each has equal management

          10   control and authority, or the managing general partner or

          11   managing general partners thereof.

          12

          13             "Conversion Notice" has the meaning set forth in

          14   Section 8.04(b) hereof.

          15

          16             "Default Lender" has the meaning set forth in Section

          17   8.04(a)(ii) hereof.

          18

          19             "Default Loan" has the meaning set forth in Section

          20   8.04(a) hereof.

          21

          22             "Defaulted Obligations" has the meaning set forth in

          23   Section 10.03(d) hereof.

          24

          25             "Defaulting Indemnifying Partner" has the meaning set

          26   forth in Section 10.03(d) hereof.

          27

          28

                                               6









          

         1             "Defaulting Partner" has the meaning set forth in

         2   Section 8.01 hereof.

         3

         4             "Disqualified Buyer" means any Person (i) engaged in a

         5   gaming business that generates in excess of Fifty Million Dollars

         6   ($50,000,000) in annual gross revenues; (ii) who has at any time

         7   in the 5-year period preceding any proposed Transfer been

         8   involved in any litigation set forth in any filing of a Form 10-

         9   Q, 10-K or 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission by

        10   Harrah's or any Affiliates that are Controlled by, under common

        11   Control with, or Controlling Harrah's, or (iii) any Person which

        12   has more than one-third ( 1/3) of its direct or indirect beneficial

        13   ownership interest owned or Controlled by any Person described in

        14   the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii).

        15

        16             "Distributions" means all distributions or other

        17   payments to Partners by the Partnership of cash or the fair

        18   market value of any property (determined net of any liabilities 

        19   secured by such property that the distributee is considered to

        20   assume or take subject to and determined consistently with Code

        21   Section 752(c) and without regard to Code Section 7701(g))

        22   distributed to the Partners pursuant to Article 4 or Section

        23   15.03 hereof.

        24

        25             "Electing Partner" means a Nondefaulting Partner as

        26   determined pursuant to any of Sections 8.03, 8.04 or 8.06 hereof.

        27

        28

                                             7









            

           1             "Embassy" means Embassy Suites, Inc., a Delaware

           2   corporation and an indirect parent of Harrah's.

           3

           4             "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section

           5   7.01 hereof.

           6

           7             "Exercising Partners' Percentage Share" means for

           8   purposes of any election by a Material Partner pursuant to

           9   Sections 6.02, 8.03, 8.04 or 8.06 hereof a percentage equal to a

          10   fraction the numerator of which is any one electing Material

          11   Partner's aggregate Percentage Share and the denominator of which

          12   is the sum of all electing Material Partners' aggregate

          13   Percentage Shares.

          14

          15             "Executive Committee" has the meaning set forth in

          16   Section 5.01(a) hereof.

          17

          18             "First Appraiser" has the meaning set forth in Section

          19   9.02(a) hereof.

          20

          21             "Force Majeure", when used with reference to a

          22   specified Person, means any event beyond the reasonable control

          23   of such Person, including, without limitation, strike, lockout,

          24   breakdown, accident or other acts of God, acts of war,

          25   insurrection, civil strife and commotion, labor unrest, failure

          26   of supply despite the exercise of reasonable diligence by such

          27   Person, order or regulation of any governmental authority, and

          28   any litigation not instituted or caused by such Person

                                               8









            

           1   interfering with the normal development or operation of the

           2   Project.

           3

           4             "Grand Palais" means Grand Palais Casino, Inc., a

           5   Delaware corporation (f/k/a Celebration Park Casino, Inc.).

           6

           7             "Grand Palais Riverboat" means a single riverboat

           8   gaming vessel, the rights to which are currently owned by Grand

           9   Palais Riverboat, Inc., which is to be located on the Mississippi

          10   River in Orleans Parish in the State together with any ownership

          11   or participating interest in any one terminal facility at a

          12   single location related thereto, and any joint venture with, or

          13   other participation in the revenues or management of, any other

          14   riverboat sharing such terminal facility.

          15

          16             "Gross Revenues" has the meaning set forth in the

          17   Management Agreement.

          18

          19             "Harrah's" means Harrah's New Orleans Investment

          20   Company, a Nevada corporation.

          21

          22             "Holding Entity" means the Partners and any

          23   corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company,

          24   limited partnership or other entity or Person that, directly or

          25   remotely, holds any interest in the Partnership or any beneficial

          26   interest in any Partner's Partnership Interest.

          27

          28

                                               9









            

           1             "House Bank" has the meaning set forth in Article

           2   1.01(gg) of the Management Agreement.

           3

           4             "Indemnified Person" means as to any Partner

           5   indemnified under Article 10 hereof, such Partner and any

           6   Affiliate of such Partner, and any agents, attorneys, officers,

           7   members, directors, stockholders or employees of such Partner or

           8   such Affiliate.

           9

          10             "Indemnifying Partner" has the meaning set forth in

          11   Section 4.05(b) hereof.

          12

          13             "Indemnifying Partner Default" has the meaning set

          14   forth in Section 10.03(d) hereof.

          15

          16             "Initial Capital Contributions" has the meaning set

          17   forth in Section 3.01(a) hereof.

          18

          19             "Institutional Investor" means a lender or

          20   institutional investor which is exempt from a suitability

          21   determination by LEDGC, or has been waived from a suitability

          22   determination by LEDGC.

          23

          24             "Keeper" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(g)

          25   hereof.

          26

          27             "LEDGC" means Louisiana Economic Development and Gaming

          28   Corporation, a special purpose corporation formed by the State

                                               10









            

           1   pursuant to the Casino Act, or any successor governmental

           2   authority succeeding to its responsibilities to regulate the

           3   Temporary Casino and/or Permanent Casino.

           4

           5             "LEDGC Proposal" means the proposal, as amended, of

           6   Louisiana Jazz Company (f/k/a Harrah's Jazz Company), a Louisiana

           7   general partnership whose sole partners are NOLDC and Harrah's, 

           8   to develop and operate the Project in response to the Second

           9   Request For Qualifications and Proposals from LEDGC dated

          10   July 21, 1993.

          11

          12             "Letter of Intent" means the letter dated October 13,

          13   1993, among Grand Palais Enterprises, Inc., Grand Palais, NOLDC

          14   and Harrah's, and the side letters thereto of even date therewith

          15   among NOLDC, Harrah's, Grand Palais and Grand Palais Enterprises,

          16   Inc., and among Harrah's, Harrah's New Orleans Management Company

          17   and NOLDC.

          18

          19             "Liquidator" has the meaning set forth in Section

          20   15.02(a) hereof.

          21

          22             "Major Capital Event" means any borrowings or equity or

          23   debt financings (except short term borrowing in the ordinary

          24   course of business) by the Partnership or otherwise relating to

          25   the Project (excluding any loan made pursuant to the Completion

          26   Loan Agreement, Partner Loans and any other loans to the

          27   Partnership made by a Partner or its Affiliate that is Controlled

          28   by, under common Control with, or Controlling such Partner), any

                                               11









            

           1   sale of all or a portion of the Project or any Partnership assets

           2   (except dispositions of personal property and equipment in the

           3   ordinary course of business), any insured casualty loss or any

           4   condemnation or other involuntary conversion with respect to the

           5   Project (including losses covered by title insurance), or any

           6   revocation or breach by LEDGC under the Casino Operating

           7   Contract.

           8

           9             "Major Decisions" has the meaning set forth in Section

          10   5.01(d) hereof.

          11

          12             "Manager" means Harrah's New Orleans Management

          13   Company, a Nevada corporation.

          14

          15             "Management Agreement" means that certain Amended and

          16   Restated Management Agreement by and between the Louisiana Jazz

          17   Company (f/k/a Harrah's Jazz Company) and Manager, of even date

          18   herewith, and as it may be amended from time to time by the

          19   Partnership and Manager.

          20

          21             "Material Change Order" means any modification or

          22   change order with respect to any of the Remaining Project Budget,

          23   the Temporary Casino Project Budget, Temporary Casino Conceptual

          24   Plans, Permanent Casino Project Budget, or Permanent Casino

          25   Conceptual Plans which either (i) result in incremental increases

          26   or decreases in costs of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars

          27   ($250,000) per change order or One Million Dollars ($1,000,000)

          28   in the aggregate for all modifications or change orders with

                                               12









            

           1   respect to the Temporary Casino or the Permanent Casino

           2   considered separately, or (ii) materially change the design or

           3   character of the Temporary Casino or Permanent Casino from that

           4   which is described in the Temporary Casino Conceptual Plans or

           5   the Permanent Casino Conceptual Plans; in either case excluding

           6   any modifications or change orders that result from (A) a Force

           7   Majeure with respect to the Partnership, (B) delays caused by the

           8   City, RDC, LEDGC or any other governmental agency, (C) changes in

           9   law or changes in the interpretation of existing law, (D) change

          10   in interest rates, (E) title encumbrances or defects, or (F)

          11   delays resulting from the conditional use, zoning and other land

          12   use entitlements necessary for the Project.

          13

          14             "Material Partner" means any Partner owning or

          15   controlling a twenty-six percent (26%) or greater Percentage

          16   Share in the Partnership.

          17

          18             "Minimum Balance" has the meaning set forth in Article

          19   8.03 of the Management Agreement.

          20

          21             "Monetary Default" means (i) the failure to make an

          22   Initial Capital Contribution when and as required by Section 3.01

          23   hereof, (ii) the failure to make an Additional Capital

          24   Contribution when and as required by Section 3.03 hereof, (iii)

          25   the failure to repay a Default Loan at its maturity date, (iv)

          26   the failure to pay any indemnity obligations to the Partnership

          27   pursuant to Sections 10.02 and 10.04 hereof when due pursuant to

          28   Section 10.07(c) hereof, and (v) the failure timely to contribute

                                               13









            

           1   the amount of a negative Capital Account balance pursuant to

           2   Section 15.03 hereof.

           3

           4             "Named Parishes" has the meaning set forth in Section

           5   16.01(a) hereof.

           6

           7             "Net Partnership Price" has the meaning set forth in

           8   Section 8.03(e) hereof. 

           9

          10             "NOLDC" means New Orleans/Louisiana Development

          11   Corporation, a Louisiana corporation.

          12

          13             "NOLDC Loan" means (i) fifty percent (50%) of the

          14   November Real Estate Loan, and (ii) a non-revolving loan from an

          15   Institutional Investor to NOLDC secured by its Partnership

          16   Interest in a principal amount equal to Twenty-Three Million

          17   Three Hundred and Thirty-Three Thousand, Three Hundred and Thirty

          18   Three and 33/100 Dollars ($23,333,333.33), plus any interest or

          19   other amounts due pursuant to the loan documents for such loan,

          20   the proceeds of which are solely used to fund Initial Capital

          21   Contributions or Additional Capital Contributions; provided that

          22   in no event may such NOLDC Loan exceed Forty Million Dollars

          23   ($40,000,000) in principal amount plus interest or other amounts

          24   due thereon.

          25

          26             "Non-Casino Investments" has the meaning set forth in

          27   Section 16.01(a) hereof.

          28

                                               14









            

           1             "Nondefaulting Partners" has the meaning set forth in

           2   Section 8.01 hereof.

           3

           4             "Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout" has the meaning

           5   set forth in Section 8.06(a) hereof.

           6

           7             "Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout Price" has the

           8   meaning set forth in Section 8.06(b) hereof.

           9

          10             "Non-Material Partner Appraisal Purchaser" has the

          11   meaning set forth in Section 8.06(a)(ii) hereof.

          12

          13             "November Real Estate" means the real property

          14   described on Exhibit B-2 attached hereto and by this reference

          15   incorporated herein.

          16

          17             "November Real Estate Loan" means that certain Term

          18   Note in the original principal amount of $17,827,177.49 by and

          19   between First National Bank of Commerce and Louisiana Jazz

          20   Company, dated as of November 30, 1993, secured by a collateral

          21   mortgage encumbering the November Real Estate.

          22

          23             "Offer" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.03(b)

          24   hereof.

          25

          26             "Offer Related Partnership Interest" means a portion of

          27   the Partnership Interest of the Partner in which a Holding Entity

          28   directly or indirectly owns an interest determined by multiplying

                                               15









            

           1   the Percentage Share of such Partner by the percentage of the

           2   ownership interest in such Partner directly or indirectly owned

           3   by the Holding Entity.

           4

           5             "Offer Related Partnership Interest Price" has the

           6   meaning set forth in Section 6.02(b) hereof.

           7

           8             "Offeree" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.03(d)

           9   hereof.

          10

          11             "Offered Interest" has the meaning set forth in Section

          12   6.02(b) hereof.

          13

          14             "Offeror" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.03(c)

          15   hereof.

          16

          17             "Operating Budget" means the pre-opening expense budget

          18   and annual budgets for the operation of the Temporary Casino or

          19   the Permanent Casino, as the case may be, attached to, or

          20   presented by the Manager and as approved by the Partnership

          21   pursuant to Article 8.02 of the Management Agreement.

          22

          23             "Operating Cash Deficiency" has the meaning set forth

          24   in Section 3.03(a) hereof.

          25

          26             "Original Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the

          27   recital to this Agreement.

          28

                                               16









            

           1             "Partners" means Harrah's, NOLDC and Grand Palais, or

           2   any other Person who, at the time of reference thereto, has been

           3   admitted to the Partnership as a successor or additional Partner

           4   of the Partnership, in each such Person's capacity as a general

           5   partner.

           6

           7             "Partner Group" has the meaning set forth in Section

           8   5.05(a) hereof.

           9

          10             "Partner Group Representative" has the meaning set

          11   forth in Section 5.05(b) hereof.

          12

          13             "Partner Loans" means loans to the Partnership by any

          14   Partner made from time to time by any Partner with the approval

          15   of the Partnership or deemed to have been made pursuant to

          16   Section 3.03(c) hereof.

          17

          18             "Partner Minimum Gain" has the meaning set forth in

          19   Section 4.08(g)(iii) hereof.

          20

          21             "Partnership" means the partnership continued hereby.

          22

          23             "Partnership Agreement" means this Agreement as it may

          24   be amended from time to time pursuant to Section 17.09 hereof.

          25

          26             "Partnership Interest" means each Partner's total

          27   interest in the Partnership, including, without limitation, its

          28   Percentage Share, its Capital Account, its right to

                                               17









            

           1   Distributions, and its right, if any, to participate in the

           2   management of the Partnership.

           3

           4             "Partnership Minimum Gain" has the meaning set forth in

           5   Section 4.08(g)(ii) hereof.

           6

           7             "Percentage Share" means the percentage assigned to

           8   each Partner by which each such Partner shall share in various

           9   allocations and Distributions of the Partnership in accordance

          10   with the terms of this Agreement.  The Percentage Share initially

          11   allocated to each Partner is set forth in Section 3.06 hereof,

          12   and is subject to the provisions of Section 8.04(b) hereof.

          13

          14             "Permanent Casino" means the official gaming

          15   establishment described in Sections 605 and 641 of the Casino Act

          16   to be constructed pursuant to the Permanent Casino Conceptual

          17   Plans and any further plans and specifications approved by the

          18   Partnership pursuant to Section 5.01(b) hereof or by Harrah's

          19   pursuant to Section 5.01(c) hereof.

          20

          21             "Permanent Casino Conceptual Plans" means conceptual

          22   plans and specifications for the Permanent Casino approved by the

          23   Partnership prior to the date of this Agreement as described in

          24   Exhibit F-2 attached hereto and by this reference incorporated

          25   herein and as thereafter modified from time to time by the

          26   Partnership pursuant to Section 5.01(b) hereof or by Harrah's

          27   pursuant to Section 5.01(c) hereof.

          28

                                               18









            

           1             "Permanent Casino Project Budget" has the meaning set

           2   forth in Section 5.02(a) hereof.

           3

           4             "Permanent Casino Project Costs" has the meaning set

           5   forth in Section 5.02(b) hereof.

           6

           7             "Permanent/Temporary Casino Financing" means financing

           8   which meets the following criteria: (i) maximum required equity

           9   investment: Seventy Million Dollars ($70,000,000); (ii) non-

          10   recourse to the Partners; (iii) maximum interest rate of fourteen

          11   percent (14%) per annum; (iv) no equity sharing or contingent

          12   interest; (v) security consisting of first leasehold mortgage on

          13   the Temporary Casino and the Permanent Casino and a first lien on

          14   tangible personal property which is part of the Property; (vi)

          15   principal amount sufficient to obtain the Casino Operating

          16   Contract, acquire the Assembled Real Estate and the November Real

          17   Estate and to design, construct, complete, equip, furnish and

          18   open the Temporary Casino and the Permanent Casino (including,

          19   without limitation, any payments by the Partnership to the City,

          20   RDC, LEDGC or any Partner in connection therewith) according to

          21   the Permanent Casino Conceptual Plans and the Temporary Casino

          22   Conceptual Plans, but in no event less than Six Hundred Million

          23   Dollars ($600,000,000); (vii) weighted average maturity of any

          24   public bond financing portion of the financing of no less than

          25   seven (7) years, and no more than Two Hundred Million Dollars

          26   ($200,000,000) of principal payments required in any year; (viii)

          27   institutional lender or public debt with institutional lender

          28   trustee approved by LEDGC; and (ix) other terms and conditions

                                               19









            

           1   customary for major casino financing transactions; or such other

           2   financing as may be approved by the Partnership to obtain the

           3   Casino Operating Contract, acquire the Assembled Real Estate and

           4   the November Real Estate and to design, construct, complete,

           5   equip, furnish and open the Temporary Casino and the Permanent

           6   Casino (including, without limitation, any payments by the

           7   Partnership to the City, RDC, LEDGC or any Partner in connection

           8   therewith).

           9

          10             "Person" means any individual, partnership, limited

          11   liability company, corporation, unincorporated association, trust

          12   or other entity.

          13

          14             "Prime Rate" means the prime rate of interest charged

          15   by Bankers Trust Company, New York, New York to borrowers on

          16   ninety (90) day unsecured commercial loans, as the same may be

          17   changed from time to time, but if such rate shall cease to be

          18   published, the Prime Rate shall be the prime rate of interest

          19   published in the Wall Street Journal, adjusted monthly on the

          20   first weekday of every month, or, if such rate shall cease to be

          21   published, an equivalent published rate of interest as determined

          22   by the Partnership.

          23

          24             "Proceeds of Major Capital Events" means the net

          25   proceeds of any Major Capital Event after deducting any closing

          26   costs or expenses arising in connection with the Major Capital

          27   Event, debt repaid in connection with such Major Capital Event

          28   out of such proceeds and any amounts reinvested in the Project or

                                               20









            

           1   the Property or held in any escrow or other restricted accounts

           2   for investment in the Project, including without limitation the

           3   deduction of any Contingent Payments under and as defined in the

           4   Rivergate Lease and the Temporary Casino Lease.

           5

           6             "Project" means any business conducted at or with

           7   respect to the Property.

           8

           9             "Property" means the Temporary Casino, the Permanent

          10   Casino, the Assembled Real Estate, the November Real Estate and

          11   such additional movable and immovable property as the Partnership

          12   may determine to lease or acquire, that is either located thereat

          13   or used in connection with or relates to the business of the

          14   Partnership and, following its assignment to the Partnership

          15   pursuant to Section 3.01(b) hereof, the Casino Operating

          16   Contract.

          17

          18             "Public Offering" means the issuance and sale of stock

          19   or other equity interest in a Person pursuant to a public

          20   offering of such stock or equity interest registered with the

          21   Securities and Exchange Commission.

          22

          23             "Public Transfer" means a Transfer of (i) publicly-held

          24   stock or other equity interests in a Person provided that such

          25   stock or other equity interests are publicly held immediately

          26   prior to, at the time of, and immediately following such

          27   Transfer, or (ii) shares issued in an initial public offering

          28

                                               21









            

           1   pursuant to a registration statement duly filed with and declared

           2   effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

           3

           4             "Qualified Institutional Buyer" means a qualified

           5   institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities and

           6   Exchange Commission promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of

           7   1933, as amended.

           8

           9             "RDC" means Rivergate Development Corporation, a public

          10   benefit corporation formed by the City to act as the Landlord

          11   under the Rivergate Lease.

          12

          13             "Redeemed Interest" has the meaning set forth in

          14   Section 8.05(a) hereof.

          15

          16             "Regulatory Allocations" has the meaning set forth in

          17   Section 4.08(h) hereof.

          18

          19             "Remaining Partner" means a Partner who is eligible to

          20   exercise, but does not initiate, any remedy for purposes of any

          21   of Sections 8.03, 8.04 or 8.06 hereof.

          22

          23             "Remaining Property Project Budget" has the meaning set

          24   forth in Section 5.02(a) hereof.

          25

          26             "Remaining Property Project Costs" has the meaning set

          27   forth in Section 5.02(b) hereof.

          28

                                               22









            

           1             "Representatives" has the meaning set forth in Section

           2   5.01(a)(i) hereof.

           3

           4             "Represented Group" means a Partner Group having at

           5   least one Material Partner as a member.

           6

           7             "Restricted Parties" has the meaning set forth in

           8   Section 16.01(a) hereof.

           9

          10             "Rivergate Lease" means that certain Amended Lease

          11   Agreement for the Permanent Casino by and among RDC, as Landlord;

          12   City, as Intervenor; and the Partnership, as Tenant, of even date

          13   herewith, and all documents incorporated therein by reference, as

          14   such lease and documents may be amended by the parties thereto

          15   from time to time.

          16

          17             "Second Appraiser" has the meaning set forth in Section

          18   9.02(b) hereof.

          19

          20             "Secured Party" has the meaning set forth in Section

          21   10.03(d) hereof.

          22

          23             "Securities Act" has the meaning set forth in Section

          24   10.03(d)(vi) hereof.

          25

          26             "Star Casino Riverboat" means that certain riverboat

          27   gaming vessel (and license authorizing the development and

          28   operation thereof) owned by Star Casino, Inc. (whose shareholders

                                               23









            

           1   include Carl J. Eberts and Louie Roussel, III, shareholders of

           2   NOLDC) and located in Orleans Parish in the State.

           3

           4             "State" means the State of Louisiana.

           5

           6             "Subsequent Offer" has the meaning set forth in Section

           7   6.02(h) hereof.

           8

           9             "Tax Liabilities" means income tax liabilities which

          10   may be chargeable to any Partner, or, if such Partner is not a

          11   tax-paying entity, each beneficial owner of such Partner who is a

          12   tax-paying entity (using the maximum income tax rate applicable

          13   to such Partner or such tax-paying entity) for each fiscal year

          14   of the Partnership, in respect of the taxable income of the

          15   Partnership (net of any prior taxable loss of the Partnership not

          16   previously used to offset taxable income of the Partnership)

          17   shown on the information returns of the Partnership as of the end

          18   of the fiscal year of the Partnership as to which such

          19   determination is being made.

          20

          21             "Tax Reserve" means a reserve of the Partnership

          22   against Tax Liabilities to be established each year and to be

          23   equal to the estimated Tax Liabilities of the Partner or

          24   applicable tax-paying entity with the highest tax rate for its

          25   estimated Tax Liabilities for such year divided by such Partner's

          26   Percentage Share (or the Percentage Share beneficially owned by

          27   such tax-paying entity).  To the extent Tax Liabilities of the

          28   Partner or applicable tax-paying entity with the highest actual

                                               24









            

           1   tax rate for Tax Liabilities in any one year exceeds the

           2   estimated amount in the Tax Reserve for such Partner or entity

           3   times its Percentage Share (or the Percentage Share beneficially

           4   owned by such tax-paying entity), the Tax Reserve shall be

           5   replenished from Cash Flow to an amount equal to its actual Tax

           6   Liabilities divided by its Percentage Share (or the Percentage

           7   Share beneficially owned by such tax-paying entity).

           8

           9             "Temporary Casino" means the temporary gaming

          10   establishment to be located at such site as shall be determined

          11   by the Partnership, subject to approval by LEDGC pursuant to

          12   Section 641(J) of the Casino Act, constructed pursuant to the 

          13   Temporary Casino Conceptual Plans and any further plans and

          14   specifications approved by the Partnership pursuant to Section

          15   5.01(b) hereof or by Harrah's pursuant to Section 5.01(c) hereof.

          16

          17             "Temporary Casino Conceptual Plans" means conceptual

          18   plans and specifications for the Temporary Casino approved by the

          19   Partnership prior to the date of this Agreement as described on

          20   Exhibit F-1 attached hereto and by this reference incorporated

          21   herein and as thereafter modified from time to time by the

          22   Partnership pursuant to Section 5.01(b) hereof or by Harrah's

          23   pursuant to Section 5.01(c) hereof.

          24

          25             "Temporary Casino Lease" means that certain Temporary

          26   Casino Lease by and among the RDC, as Landlord; City, as

          27   intervenor; and the Partnership as Tenant, of even date herewith,

          28   and all documents incorporated therein, as such lease and

                                               25









            

           1   documents may be amended by the parties thereto from time to

           2   time.

           3

           4             "Temporary Casino Project Budget" has the meaning set

           5   forth in Section 5.02(a) hereof.

           6

           7             "Temporary Casino Project Costs" has the meaning set

           8   forth in Section 5.02(b) hereof.

           9

          10             "Third Appraiser" has the meaning set forth in Section

          11   9.02(c) hereof.

          12

          13             "Transfer" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(a)

          14   hereof.

          15

          16             "Treasury Regulation" means the income tax regulations

          17   promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended

          18   from time to time (including corresponding provisions of

          19   succeeding regulations).

          20

          21             "Unanimous Approval" means unanimous approval by the

          22   Represented Groups expressed by vote of their Representatives.

          23

          24             "Unsuitability Determination" has the meaning set forth

          25   in Section 11.01(b) hereof.

          26

          27             "Valuation Date" has the meaning set forth in Section

          28   8.05(a) hereof.

                                               26









            

           1

           2                               ARTICLE 2

           3

           4                               FORMATION

           5

           6             2.01 Partnership Agreement.  The Partnership is a
                              ---------------------

           7   general partnership organized under and pursuant to the terms of

           8   the partnership laws of the State and the Original Agreement. 

           9   From and after its execution, this Agreement shall constitute the

          10   only agreement of partnership of the Partners, except as it may

          11   hereafter be amended pursuant to the provisions of this

          12   Agreement.  This Agreement represents the entire agreement and

          13   understanding of the parties hereto, and all prior agreements,

          14   understandings, representations and warranties in regard to the

          15   subject matter hereof, including without limitation, the Letter

          16   of Intent and the Original Agreement, are superseded hereby.

          17

          18             2.02 Organization and Name.  The name of the
                              ---------------------

          19   Partnership is "Harrah's Jazz Company".  At any such time as

          20   Harrah's or any Affiliates that are Controlled by, under common

          21   Control with, or Controlling Harrah's shall no longer be a

          22   Partner in the Partnership, the Partnership shall no longer be

          23   entitled to use the word "Harrah's" as a part of its name and

          24   shall thereupon change the name of the Partnership to eliminate

          25   the use of the word "Harrah's".  The partners of the Partnership

          26   shall be the Partners.  The Partners agree to execute such

          27   certificates or documents and make such filings and recordings

          28   and perform all other acts, including the filing of this

                                               27









            

           1   Agreement and any amendments hereto, in appropriate governmental

           2   offices as may be required to effect any name change of the

           3   Partnership or otherwise in order to comply with all applicable

           4   laws.

           5

           6             2.03 Place of Business and Principal Office; Registered
                              --------------------------------------------------

           7   Agent and Registered Office
               ---------------------------

           8

           9             (a)  The principal place of business of the Partnership

          10   shall be the City and its principal office shall be One Canal

          11   Place, 365 Canal Street, New Orleans, Louisiana 70130, or at such

          12   other place as the Partners may agree.

          13

          14             (b)  The name and address of the registered agent for

          15   service of process on the Partnership in the State is The

          16   Prentice Hall Corporation System, Inc., 203 Carondelet Street,

          17   Suite 811, New Orleans, Louisiana 70130.  The registered office

          18   of the Partnership is located at such address.  The Partnership

          19   may designate any other Person as the registered agent and any

          20   other location as the registered office, respectively, as the

          21   Partnership deems appropriate, subject to applicable law.

          22

          23             2.04 Purpose and Title.  The purpose and business of
                              -----------------

          24   the Partnership shall be to own, develop and operate the Property

          25   and the Project.  The Partnership shall have the power to do all

          26   acts and things necessary, appropriate, convenient or useful in

          27   connection with the foregoing.  Title to any or all of the

          28   Property (or the interest of the Partnership therein) may be

                                               28









            

           1   taken and held in the name of the Partnership and the power of

           2   direction vested in the Partnership or its designees, as provided

           3   in this Agreement.  The Partnership shall be a partnership only

           4   for the purposes described in this Section 2.04, and this

           5   Agreement shall not be deemed to create a partnership between the

           6   Partners with respect to any activities whatsoever other than the

           7   activities contemplated hereby or incident thereto.

           8

           9             2.05 Term.  The Partnership commenced on November 29,
                              ----

          10   1993 and shall continue in full force and effect until the date

          11   which is sixty-one (61) years from date of this Agreement, or

          12   until dissolution prior thereto pursuant to the provisions hereof

          13   or by operation of law.  Each Partner agrees not to withdraw from

          14   the Partnership prior to the end of the term of the Partnership

          15   set forth in this Section 2.05 or to terminate or dissolve the

          16   Partnership other than pursuant to Section 15.01 hereof.  If the

          17   Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 15.01(f) hereof

          18   following the bankruptcy of any Partner, any succession of the

          19   Partnership Interest of such Partner shall be deemed a Transfer,

          20   subject to and effective upon compliance with all terms and

          21   conditions of this Agreement.

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

                                               29









            

           1                               ARTICLE 3

           2

           3                             CONTRIBUTIONS

           4

           5             3.01 Initial Capital Contributions
                              -----------------------------

           6

           7             (a)  The Partners have previously made capital

           8   contributions to the Partnership.  The purchases, assignments and

           9   transfers to the Partnership pursuant to Section 3.01(b) hereof

          10   shall not result in any adjustments to the Capital Accounts of

          11   the Partners.  The Partners may from time to time hereafter prior

          12   to the closing of the Permanent/Temporary Casino Financing make

          13   additional capital contributions.  Prior to the closing of the

          14   Permanent/Temporary Casino Financing, the aggregate initial

          15   capital contributions to the Partnership (the "Initial Capital

          16   Contributions") shall be not less than the amounts set forth on

          17   Exhibit A attached hereto and by this reference incorporated

          18   herein.

          19

          20             (b)  The Partnership has purchased the Assembled Real

          21   Estate subject to existing debt and liens identified in Exhibit

          22   B-1 attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein. 

          23   The Partnership has purchased the November Real Estate subject to

          24   existing debt and liens identified in Exhibit B-2 hereto.  The

          25   Partnership has purchased and the Partners have assigned and

          26   transferred to the Partnership those certain studies, plans,

          27   specifications, engineering reports, environmental reports, and

          28   contracts relating to the development and operation of the

                                               30









            

           1   Project (excluding the LEDGC Proposal) identified in Exhibit C

           2   attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein

           3   together with all other intangibles and predevelopment assets

           4   relating to the Project.  NOLDC and Harrah's as partners of

           5   Louisiana Jazz Company shall apply for, and together with Grand

           6   Palais shall take all action within their control to obtain

           7   approval of LEDGC to the transfer of the Casino Operating

           8   Contract to the Partnership concurrently with its issuance of the

           9   Casino Operating Contract, such transfer to be in consideration

          10   of the assumption of all the obligations thereunder by the

          11   Partnership.  If LEDGC should refuse to approve the transfer of

          12   the Casino Operating Contract to the Partnership, and if such

          13   alternate procedure is available under the Casino Act, Harrah's

          14   and NOLDC shall apply for (i) the approval of LEDGC to the

          15   admission of Grand Palais to Louisiana Jazz Company, as an

          16   additional general partner; (ii) the approval of LEDGC to the

          17   amendment and restatement of the partnership agreement of

          18   Louisiana Jazz Company to replicate this Partnership Agreement;

          19   and (iii) the approval of RDC and the City to the assignment of

          20   the Rivergate Lease and Temporary Casino Lease to Louisiana Jazz

          21   Company in consideration of the assumption by Louisiana Jazz

          22   Company of such leases.  The events described in (i), (ii) and

          23   (iii) above shall be undertaken only if all three events are

          24   approved and closed simultaneously.  The Partners agree that each

          25   of the Partners acting alone may enforce the covenants set forth

          26   in the three (3) preceding sentences.  Each Partner agrees to

          27   execute such documents as may be necessary to consummate such

          28   events.

                                               31









            

           1             (c)  The Partners agree that they shall receive

           2   reimbursements of their separate costs and expenses incurred by

           3   them for negotiating documents and performing acts necessary to

           4   form the Partnership, amend this Agreement, and acquire the

           5   Assembled Real Estate and November Real Estate, and enter into

           6   the Temporary Casino Lease and the Rivergate Lease, in the period

           7   between October 1, 1993 and the closing of the

           8   Permanent/Temporary Casino Financing, not to exceed Three Million

           9   Dollars ($3,000,000) to each Partner in the amounts as agreed

          10   upon by the Partnership only from the proceeds of the

          11   Permanent/Temporary Casino Financing, to the extent permitted by

          12   the lenders thereof.

          13

          14             (d)  The Partnership shall assume all principal and

          15   unpaid interest on each loan described on Exhibits B-1 and B-2

          16   hereto as obligations of the Partnership which shall be

          17   nonrecourse to the Partners.

          18

          19             (e)  All interest, property taxes, insurance and other

          20   carry costs incurred by Grand Palais with respect to the

          21   Assembled Real Estate and Louisiana Jazz Company with respect to

          22   the November Real Estate, during the period from October 1, 1993

          23   through March 15, 1994, shall be reimbursed pari passu to Grand
                                                           ---- -----

          24   Palais in respect of the Assembled Real Estate and Louisiana Jazz

          25   Company in respect of the November Real Estate, only from the

          26   Proceeds of a Major Capital Event following payment of amounts

          27   payable under Section 3.01(f) hereof.  Any interest, property

          28   tax, insurance or other carry costs with respect to the Assembled

                                               32









            

           1   Real Estate or the November Real Estate which come due after

           2   March 15, 1994, and relate to the period from October 1, 1993

           3   through March 15, 1994, shall be prorated between the Partnership

           4   and Grand Palais or Louisiana Jazz Company, as the case may be. 

           5   As any such costs hereafter come due, (i) the Partnership shall

           6   pay in cash the portion of any such costs allocable to the period

           7   after March 15, 1994, for the Assembled Real Estate and the

           8   November Real Estate, (ii) Grand Palais shall pay in cash the

           9   portion of any such costs allocable to the period prior to March

          10   15, 1994, for the Assembled Real Estate, and (iii) Louisiana Jazz

          11   Company shall pay in cash the portion of any such costs allocable

          12   to the period prior to March 15, 1994, for the November Real

          13   Estate.  All reimbursements made pursuant to this Section 3.01(e)

          14   shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

          15

          16                (A)    such costs shall be audited and otherwise

          17   documented to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive

          18   Committee; and

          19

          20                (B)    payment or reimbursement by the Partnership

          21   of such costs shall not be restricted by the Casino Act or other

          22   applicable law, rules, regulations or orders or be in violation

          23   of Section 16.02 hereof.

          24

          25             (f)  The Partnership shall pay and each Partner shall

          26   receive a payment for soft costs incurred prior to September 1,

          27   1993 in preparation for the development of the Temporary Casino

          28   and Permanent Casino and related personalty sold to the

                                               33









            

           1   Partnership, as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.  Such payment

           2   shall be made only from and to the extent of any Proceeds of, and

           3   upon the occurrence of any Major Capital Events pari passu.  Such
                                                               ---- -----

           4   payment may only be used by such Partners for purposes of payment

           5   of, or reimbursement for, such soft costs for which it was

           6   distributed.  Each Partner will, within sixty (60) days following

           7   its receipt of such funds, provide an accurate accounting to the

           8   Partnership of all payments made with such funds and shall refund

           9   to the Partnership, and not otherwise use or distribute, any

          10   amounts not applied to the costs for which they were paid.  Any

          11   funds so refunded to the Partnership shall be held by the

          12   Partnership, if requested by the refunding Partner, for later

          13   disbursement to pay the costs for which it was reimbursed,

          14   provided that if such costs are not paid within one hundred

          15   twenty (120) days, the Partnership shall be excused from any

          16   obligation to pay the Partners for such costs.

          17

          18             3.02 Value of Purchased Property.  The Partners agree
                              ---------------------------

          19   that no credit or other amount in respect of any property

          20   purchased by or assigned or transferred to, the Partnership

          21   pursuant to Sections 3.01(b) and 3.01(f) hereof shall be credited

          22   or attributed to the Capital Account of any Partner.

          23

          24             3.03 Additional Capital Contributions
                              --------------------------------

          25

          26             (a)  Additional Capital Contributions shall be made in 

          27   accordance with each Partner's Percentage Share within five (5)

          28   Business Days of written notice from the Partnership that such

                                               34









            

           1   amount is needed because the Partnership lacks sufficient funds

           2   in excess of the Minimum Balance and House Bank, to pay its

           3   current costs, liabilities or expenses or any contractually

           4   required reserve (an "Operating Cash Deficiency").

           5

           6             (b)  Prior to making a call for an Additional Capital

           7   Contribution for any reason other than to fund an Operating Cash

           8   Deficiency, the Partnership shall first use reasonable efforts

           9   for at least twenty (20) days to obtain non-recourse financing

          10   from at least two (2) Institutional Investors.

          11

          12             (c)  If any Partners shall timely make all or any

          13   portion of any Additional Capital Contributions in response to

          14   any call for Additional Capital Contributions made from time to

          15   time pursuant to this Section 3.03 and any other Partner or

          16   Partners shall fail timely to make corresponding Additional

          17   Capital Contributions in an equal amount pursuant to any such

          18   call for Additional Capital Contributions, the portion of any

          19   Additional Capital Contribution contributed by any Partner or

          20   Partners in excess of the lowest amount of Additional Capital

          21   Contribution contributed by any other Partner shall be deemed to

          22   be Partner Loans bearing interest at a fixed rate equal to the

          23   greater of (i) the then Prime Rate plus three percent (3%) or

          24   (ii) nine and one-quarter percent (9 1/4%) per annum, but in no

          25   event greater than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law,

          26   from the date such amount was advanced until the date such amount

          27   is repaid; provided that such deemed Partner Loan shall not cure

          28   the default of the Partner failing to make an Additional Capital

                                               35









            

           1   Contribution.  If NOLDC fails timely to make any Additional

           2   Capital Contributions pursuant to this Section 3.03, each

           3   Nondefaulting Partner shall have the option either to make a

           4   Default Loan to NOLDC pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof, or to fund

           5   directly to the Partnership all or any portion of NOLDC's

           6   Additional Capital Contribution as a Partner Loan on the same

           7   terms as a Partner Loan pursuant to the preceding sentence.  To

           8   the extent that every Partner failing timely to make an

           9   Additional Capital Contribution shall cure its default by

          10   thereafter making such Additional Capital Contribution or to the

          11   extent such Partner's failure to make such Additional Capital

          12   Contribution shall be cured by a Default Loan subsequently made

          13   to the Partner failing timely to make its Additional Capital

          14   Contribution, any Partner Loan deemed to have been made pursuant

          15   to this Section 3.03(c) shall from and after the date of such

          16   cure be thereafter deemed to be an equity contribution pursuant

          17   to Section 3.03(a) hereof but the Partnership shall remain liable

          18   for any interest accruing on any such Partner Loan up to the date

          19   of such cure or repayment of such Partner Loan.

          20

          21             3.04 Financing.  The Partnership desires to obtain
                              ---------

          22   Permanent/Temporary Casino Financing to fund all costs necessary

          23   to lease, design, construct, complete, equip, furnish and open

          24   the Temporary Casino and the Permanent Casino.

          25

          26             3.05 Evidence of Partnership Interest.  No certificates
                              --------------------------------

          27   or other evidence of ownership shall be issued with respect to

          28   the Partnership Interests except this Agreement which, when

                                               36









            

           1   executed, shall solely represent and evidence the interest owned

           2   by each Partner.  In the event Partnership certificates are

           3   issued with respect to the Partnership Interests, such

           4   certificates shall be legended in accordance with the Casino Act

           5   and this Agreement and shall represent and evidence the interest

           6   owned by each Partner and shall bear a legend stating that such

           7   Partnership Interests are subject to any restrictions required by

           8   the Rivergate Lease and all the terms and conditions of this

           9   Partnership Agreement.

          10

          11             3.06 Percentage Share.  The Percentage Share which is
                              ----------------

          12   attributed to each Partner shall be as follows:

          13

          14                  Harrah's            33 1/3%

          15                  NOLDC               33 1/3%

          16                  Grand Palais        33 1/3%.

          17

          18   Such Percentage Shares are subject to revision pursuant to

          19   Article 8 hereof.

          20

          21             3.07 Withdrawal of Capital; Loans.  No Partner shall
                              ----------------------------

          22   have any right to withdraw or make a demand for withdrawal of all

          23   or any portion of such Partner's capital (or the amount, if any,

          24   reflected in such Partner's Capital Account).  No interest or

          25   additional share of profits shall be paid or credited to the

          26   Partners on their Capital Accounts, or on any undistributed

          27   profits or funds left on deposit with the Partnership; provided,

          28   however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to

                                               37









            

           1   prevent or prohibit the payment of interest on account of Partner

           2   Loans.  Any Partner Loans shall not increase a Partner's Capital

           3   Account or interest in the profits, losses, or Distributions, but

           4   shall be a debt due from the Partnership.  No Partner shall make

           5   Partner Loans to the Partnership unless such Partner Loans are

           6   approved by the Partnership or are made or deemed made pursuant

           7   to Section 3.03(c) hereof.

           8

           9             3.08 Capital Accounts
                              ----------------

          10

          11             (a)  There shall be established for each Partner on the

          12   books of the Partnership, as of the date hereof, a capital

          13   account (the "Capital Account") reflecting the excess (deficit)

          14   of (i) the sum of (A) such Partner's initial Capital Account

          15   balance which initial balance reflects the Initial Capital

          16   Contributions of such Partner to the Partnership, (B) such

          17   Partner's Additional Capital Contributions (if any) to its

          18   Capital Account made in accordance with this Agreement, (C) such

          19   Partner's share of taxable income and (D) such Partner's share of

          20   tax-exempt income of the Partnership over (ii) the sum of (A)

          21   such Partner's share of tax losses, (B) such Partner's share of

          22   other Partnership expenditures that are not deductible for

          23   federal income tax purposes and (C) any Distributions to such

          24   Partner, (iii) as adjusted by such Partner's share of income,

          25   gain, deduction or loss described in Treasury Regulation Section

          26   1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g) to reflect differences between adjusted

          27   basis for tax purposes and the value reflected in the Capital

          28   Accounts.

                                               38









            

           1             (b)  Notwithstanding any other provision in this

           2   Section 3.08 or elsewhere in this Agreement, each Partner's

           3   Capital Account shall be maintained and adjusted in accordance

           4   with the Code and the Treasury Regulations, including Treasury

           5   Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).  It is intended that

           6   appropriate adjustments shall thereby be made to Capital Accounts

           7   to give effect to any income, gain, loss or deduction (or items

           8   thereof) that is specially allocated pursuant to this Agreement.

           9

          10             (c)  A Partner's Capital Account shall be reduced by

          11   the fair market value (determined without regard to Code Section

          12   7701(g)) of any property (net of liabilities secured by such

          13   property that the Partner is considered to assume or take subject

          14   to and determined consistently with Code Section 752(c))

          15   distributed by the Partnership to such Partner, whether in

          16   connection with a liquidation of the Partnership or of such

          17   Partner's Partnership Interest or otherwise.  Accordingly,

          18   Capital Accounts shall first be adjusted to reflect the manner in

          19   which the unrealized income, gain, loss and deduction inherent in

          20   such property (that has not been previously reflected in Capital

          21   Accounts) would be allocated, pursuant to Article 4 hereof, among

          22   the Partners if there were a taxable disposition of such property

          23   for its fair market value (taking Code Section 7701(g) into

          24   account) on the date of distribution.

          25

          26             (d)  The foregoing provisions and other provisions of

          27   this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts

          28   are intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1,

                                               39









            

           1   and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with

           2   such Treasury Regulation.  In the event the Partnership shall

           3   determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the

           4   Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto, are computed

           5   in order to comply with such Treasury Regulation, the Partnership

           6   may make such modification, provided that it will not have a

           7   material adverse effect on the amounts distributable to any

           8   Partner during the operation of, or upon the dissolution of, the

           9   Partnership.

          10

          11

          12                               ARTICLE 4

          13

          14                     ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

          15

          16             4.01 Allocations of Taxable Income.  Except as provided
                              -----------------------------

          17   in Section 4.08 hereof, taxable income of the Partnership

          18   (including any gain realized in a Major Capital Event) shall be

          19   allocated among the Partners in accordance with their Percentage

          20   Shares.

          21

          22             4.02 Allocations of Tax Loss.  Except as provided in
                              -----------------------

          23   Section 4.08 hereof, tax loss of the Partnership (including any

          24   loss realized in a Major Capital Event) shall be allocated among

          25   the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Shares.

          26

          27             4.03 Timing and Amount of Allocations of Taxable Income
                              --------------------------------------------------

          28   and Tax Loss.  Taxable income and tax loss of the Partnership
               ------------

                                               40









            

           1   shall be determined and allocated with respect to each fiscal

           2   year of the Partnership as of the end of such year.  Subject to

           3   the other provisions of this Article 4, an allocation to a

           4   Partner of a share of taxable income or tax loss shall be treated

           5   as an allocation of the same share of each item of income, gain,

           6   loss or deduction that is taken into account in computing taxable

           7   income or tax loss of the Partnership.

           8

           9             4.04 Distributions of Cash Flow and Proceeds of Major
                              ------------------------------------------------

          10   Capital Event.  Cash Flow and Proceeds of Major Capital Events
               -------------

          11   shall be reserved or distributed as follows:

          12

          13             (a) to establish reserves for: (i) contingent or

          14   unforeseen obligations, debts or liabilities of the Partnership

          15   which may be deemed reasonably necessary by the Partnership's

          16   accountants, (ii) amounts required by any contracts or agreements

          17   of the Partnership, or (iii) such other purposes as the

          18   Partnership may decide;

          19

          20             (b)  to repay any principal and interest on Partner

          21   Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 3.03(c) hereof on a first

          22   in - first out basis, and if there are more than one Partner Loan

          23   made or deemed made pursuant to Section 3.03(c) hereof of equal

          24   priority, on a pari passu basis; 
                              ---- -----

          25

          26             (c)  to establish the Tax Reserve to be held by the

          27   Partnership and distributed in accordance with Section 4.07

          28   hereof;

                                               41









            

           1             (d) subject to Section 4.05 hereof, to repayment to the

           2   Partners first of any interest due on any Partner Loans other

           3   than those made or deemed made pursuant to Section 3.03(c) hereof

           4   pari passu in accordance with the total amount of interest
               ---- -----

           5   outstanding on all such Partner Loans and, second of any

           6   principal due on any Partner Loans other than those made or

           7   deemed made pursuant to Section 3.03(c) hereof pari passu in
                                                              ---- -----

           8   accordance with the total amount of principal outstanding on all

           9   such Partner Loans, or in such other order of priority as the

          10   Partnership shall agree upon at the time any Partner Loan other

          11   than those made or deemed made pursuant to Section 3.03(c) hereof

          12   is approved by the Partnership; and

          13

          14             (e)  subject to Section 4.05 hereof, to the Partners in

          15   accordance with their respective Percentage Shares.

          16

          17             4.05 Reallocation of Distribution Priorities
                              ---------------------------------------

          18

          19             (a)  At any time when any Default Loan shall be

          20   outstanding, all Distributions pursuant to Sections 4.04 or 15.03

          21   hereof from and after the making of such Default Loan to which

          22   the Defaulting Partner would otherwise be entitled shall be

          23   considered a Distribution to the Defaulting Partner but shall be

          24   paid directly to the Default Lender to be applied first against

          25   interest and then against the principal of any Default Loans

          26   until the repayment in full of all accrued interest and principal

          27   of any Default Loans or an election or elections by any Default

          28   Lender pursuant to Sections 8.04(b) or 8.04(c) hereof to increase

                                               42









            

           1   the Default Lender's Percentage Share with respect to all Default

           2   Loans which have not previously been repaid in full.  If there

           3   are more than one Default Loans outstanding to a Nondefaulting

           4   Partner or Partners, any Distributions to be paid directly to any

           5   Default Lender pursuant to this Section 4.05(a) shall be applied

           6   to such Default Loans on a first in-first out basis.  If there

           7   are more than one Default Loans of equal priority, such

           8   Distributions shall be applied to such Default Loans on a pari
                                                                         ----

           9   passu basis.  Any such amounts so applied to accrued and unpaid
               -----

          10   interest and then to principal on a Default Loan shall be

          11   considered a Distribution to, and deducted from the Capital

          12   Account of, the Defaulting Partner to whom such Default Loan was

          13   made.  At any time when payments are currently due and owing on

          14   the NOLDC Loan, Distributions otherwise payable to the Default

          15   Lender of a Default Loan to NOLDC shall be paid to NOLDC, but

          16   only to the extent that NOLDC in fact applies such Distributions

          17   to the repayment of the NOLDC Loan.  The Partnership shall make

          18   any such payment by a check to the lender of the NOLDC Loan.  Any

          19   such amounts so applied to the NOLDC Loan shall be considered a

          20   Distribution to, and shall be deducted from the Capital Account

          21   of, NOLDC.

          22

          23             (b)  Where a Distribution is otherwise available to a

          24   Partner pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Section 15.03 hereof

          25   and any such Partner shall owe or have its Partnership Interest

          26   encumbered to secure any amount due to any Indemnified Person

          27   pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof or Section 10.04 hereof (an

          28   "Indemnifying Partner"), such Distribution shall be considered a

                                               43









            

           1   Distribution to such Partner but shall be paid directly to the

           2   Indemnified Person, subject and subordinate to any rights of a

           3   secured Institutional Investor holding a valid and enforceable

           4   security interest therein to receive Distributions and the rights

           5   of Harrah's pursuant to its security interest in NOLDC's

           6   Partnership Interest granted by that certain Harrah's/NOLDC Loan

           7   Agreement of even date herewith, until such amount owed under

           8   Section 10.02 hereof or Section 10.04 hereof shall have been

           9   satisfied; provided that if the Indemnifying Partner also is a

          10   Defaulting Partner to whom a Default Loan is outstanding, any

          11   Distributions otherwise payable to such Defaulting Partner shall

          12   first be applied pursuant to Section 4.05(a) hereof until its

          13   Default Loans are repaid and thereafter shall be applied pursuant

          14   to this Section 4.05(b).  Any such amounts so applied to

          15   indemnity obligations or Default Loans shall be considered a

          16   Distribution to such Partner and shall be deducted from the

          17   Indemnifying Partner's Capital Account. 

          18

          19             4.06 Priority and Distribution of Property.  Except as
                              -------------------------------------

          20   provided in Section 4.05 hereof or otherwise expressly provided

          21   in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other

          22   Partner as to the return of capital, allocation of income or

          23   losses, or distributions of Cash Flow or Proceeds of Major

          24   Capital Events or any other Distributions.  No Partner shall have

          25   the right to demand or receive property other than cash for its

          26   Capital Contributions to the Partnership or in payment of its

          27   share of Cash Flow, Proceeds of Major Capital Events or other

          28   Distributions.

                                               44









            

           1             4.07 Distribution of Tax Reserve.  Within sixty (60)
                              ---------------------------

           2   days after the end of each Partnership fiscal year during which a

           3   Tax Reserve has been created, the Partnership shall distribute

           4   such Tax Reserve to the Partners, such Distribution to be

           5   allocated among the Partners based on each Partner's Percentage

           6   Share.

           7

           8             4.08 Additional Allocation Provisions.  Notwithstanding
                              --------------------------------

           9   the foregoing provisions of this Article 4:

          10

          11             (a)  The losses allocated under Section 4.02 hereof to

          12   any Partner shall not exceed the maximum amount of losses that

          13   can be so allocated without causing such Partner to have an

          14   Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of any fiscal year. 

          15   If some but not all of the Partners would have Adjusted Capital

          16   Account Deficits as a consequence of an allocation of losses

          17   pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, then the limitation set forth in

          18   this Section 4.08(a) shall be applied so as to allocate the

          19   maximum permissible loss to each Partner under the preceding

          20   sentence and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d). 

          21   Losses, the allocation of which to any Partner are prohibited

          22   under the first sentence of this Section 4.08(a), shall be

          23   allocated to the remaining Partners in proportion to their

          24   respective Percentage Shares.

          25

          26             (b)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this

          27   Section 4.08, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum

          28   Gain during any Partnership fiscal year, each Partner shall be

                                               45









            

           1   specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain (as

           2   specified in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and

           3   1.704-2(j)(2)(i)) for such year (and, if necessary, for

           4   subsequent years, as provided in Treasury Regulation Section

           5   1.704-2(j)(2)(iii)) in an amount equal to the portion of such

           6   Partner's share of the net decrease in such Partnership Minimum

           7   Gain, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section

           8   1.704-2(g)(2).  The items of income and gain to be so specially

           9   allocated pursuant to this Section 4.08(b) shall be determined in

          10   accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f).  This

          11   Section 4.08(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain

          12   chargeback requirement of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f)

          13   and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

          14

          15             (c)  Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 4.08

          16   to the contrary (except Section 4.08(b) hereof), if there is a

          17   net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to a "partner

          18   nonrecourse debt" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation

          19   Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) during any Partnership fiscal year, each

          20   Partner who has a share of the Partner Minimum Gain attributable

          21   to such partner nonrecourse debt, determined in accordance with

          22   Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(5), shall be specially

          23   allocated items of Partnership income and gain (as specified in

          24   Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii)) for such fiscal

          25   year (and, if necessary, subsequent years, as provided in

          26   Regulation Section 1.704-(j)(2)(iii)) in an amount equal to the

          27   portion of such Partner's share of the net decrease in Partner

          28   Minimum Gain attributable to such partner nonrecourse debt,

                                               46









            

           1   determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section

           2   1.704-2(g)(2).  The items of income and gain to be so specially

           3   allocated pursuant to this Section 4.08(c) shall be determined in

           4   accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4).  This

           5   Section 4.08(c) is intended to comply with the partner minimum

           6   gain chargeback requirement of Treasury Regulation Section

           7   1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

           8

           9             (d)  Subject to the priority rules of Treasury

          10   Regulation Section 1.704-2, if any Partner unexpectedly receives

          11   any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury

          12   Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-

          13   1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6) that causes or

          14   increases an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit with respect to

          15   such Partner, items of Partnership income and gain shall be

          16   specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner

          17   sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by Treasury

          18   Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2, the Adjusted Capital

          19   Account Deficit of such Partner as quickly as possible.  It is

          20   intended that this Section 4.08(d) qualify and be construed as a

          21   "qualified income offset" within the meaning of Treasury

          22   Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).

          23

          24             (e)  If special allocations are required under Sections

          25   4.08(b), 4.08(c) and/or 4.08(d) hereof in any fiscal year, such

          26   allocations shall be made in the priorities required by Treasury

          27   Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2.

          28

                                               47









            

           1             (f)  "Nonrecourse deductions" (within the meaning of

           2   Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(1) and 1.704-2(c)) for

           3   any fiscal year or other period shall be specially allocated to

           4   the Partners in proportion to their Percentage Shares.  "Partner

           5   nonrecourse deductions" (within the meaning of Treasury

           6   Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)) for any fiscal year or other

           7   period shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the

           8   economic risk of loss with respect to the "partner nonrecourse

           9   debt" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section

          10   1.704-2(b)(4)) to which such partner nonrecourse deductions are

          11   attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section

          12   1.704-2(i).

          13

          14             (g)  As used herein, the following terms shall have the

          15   following meanings associated with them:

          16

          17                (i)    The term "Adjusted Capital Account Deficit"

          18   means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any

          19   in such Partner's Capital Account as of the end of the relevant

          20   fiscal year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

          21

          22                       (A)  Add to such Capital Account the

          23   following items: (1) the amount, if any, which such Partner is

          24   obligated to contribute to the Partnership upon liquidation of

          25   such Partner's interest; and (2) the amount which such Partner is

          26   deemed to be obligated to restore to the Partnership pursuant to

          27   the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulation Sections

          28   1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

                                               48









            

           1                       (B)  Subtract from such Capital Account such

           2   Partner's share of the items described in Treasury Regulation

           3   Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) and

           4   1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6).

           5

           6               (ii)    The term "Partnership Minimum Gain" shall

           7   have the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Sections

           8   1.704-2(b) and 1.704-2(d).

           9

          10              (iii)    The term "Partner Minimum Gain" means an

          11   amount, with respect to each "partner nonrecourse debt" (within

          12   the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4)), equal

          13   to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such partner

          14   nonrecourse debt were treated as a "nonrecourse liability"

          15   (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(3)

          16   and 1.752-1 (a)(2)), determined in accordance with Treasury

          17   Regulation Section 1.704-2(i).

          18

          19             (h)  The Partners acknowledge that all Distributions

          20   (including distributions upon liquidation of the Partnership) are

          21   intended to be made in accordance with the priorities set forth

          22   in Sections 4.04, 4.05 and 15.03 hereof and that the Partners'

          23   Capital Accounts are intended to reflect the manner in which such

          24   distributions are intended to be made.  The allocations set forth

          25   in Sections 4.08(a) (last sentence), 4.08(b), 4.08(c), 4.08(d)

          26   and/or 4.08(e) hereof (the "Regulatory Allocations") are intended

          27   to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulation

          28   Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2, but may result in distortions of

                                               49









            

           1   the Partners' Capital Accounts in relation to the Distributions

           2   that each Partner is intended to receive from the Partnership. 

           3   Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 and

           4   4.08 hereof (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the

           5   Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating

           6   other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the

           7   Partners so that, to the extent possible, at any point in time

           8   the Partners' Capital Accounts shall reflect the manner in which

           9   Distributions would be made to the Partners if the Partnership

          10   were liquidated and the proceeds of such liquidation were

          11   distributed to the Partners in accordance with Section 15.03

          12   hereof.

          13

          14             (i)  For any fiscal year during which (i) a Partner's

          15   Partnership Interest is assigned by such Partner (or by an

          16   assignee or successor in interest to a Partner) or (ii) a

          17   Partner's Percentage Share changes, the portion of the taxable

          18   income and tax loss of the Partnership that is allocable in

          19   respect of such Partner's Transferred or modified Partnership

          20   Interest shall be apportioned between the assignor and the

          21   assignee of such Partner's Partnership Interest, in the case of

          22   an assignment, or allocated, as otherwise provided in this

          23   Article 4, in the case of a change in Percentage Shares, on the

          24   basis of a monthly interim closing of the Partnership's books

          25   (with all items prorated equally to each day of such month),

          26   without regard to any payments or distributions made to the

          27   Partners before or after such assignment or change, except as

          28   otherwise provided in and required by Code Section 706(d)(2);

                                               50









            

           1   provided that in any event any assignments or Transfers of any

           2   Partnership Interest shall be subject to the provisions of

           3   Article 6 hereof.

           4

           5             (j)  Amounts paid to a Person who is deemed a partner

           6   for federal income tax purposes shall be treated as either

           7   payments to a partner not acting as a partner under Code Section

           8   707(a) or as guaranteed payments under Code Section 707(c).  In

           9   the event that any amount claimed by the Partnership to

          10   constitute a deductible expense in any fiscal year is treated for

          11   federal income tax purposes as a distribution made to a Partner

          12   (or a Person deemed to be a partner for federal income tax

          13   purposes) in its capacity as a partner of the Partnership and not

          14   a guaranteed payment as defined in Code Section 707(c) or a

          15   payment to a Partner not acting in its capacity as a partner

          16   under Code Section 707(a), then the Partner (or other Person) who

          17   is deemed to have received such distribution shall first be

          18   allocated an amount of Partnership gross income equal to such

          19   payment, its Capital Account shall be reduced to reflect the

          20   distribution, and for purposes of this Article 4, taxable income

          21   and tax loss shall be determined after making the allocation

          22   required by this Section 4.08(j).

          23

          24             (k)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this

          25   Agreement, allocations of items for book and tax purposes and

          26   adjustments to the Partners' Capital Accounts shall be made in

          27   accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Sections

          28   1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2.  In particular, as required by Treasury

                                               51









            

           1   Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(i), income, gain, loss and

           2   deduction for tax purposes with respect to Partnership property

           3   revalued on the Partnership's books and records shall be shared

           4   among the Partners so as to take account of the variation between

           5   the adjusted tax basis of such property and its book value in the

           6   same manner as variations between the adjusted tax basis and fair

           7   market value of property contributed to a partnership are to be

           8   taken into account in determining the Partners' shares of tax

           9   items under Code Section 704(c).

          10

          11             (l)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this

          12   Article 4, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to

          13   property contributed to the Partnership by a Partner shall be

          14   shared among the Partners, pursuant to Treasury Regulations

          15   promulgated under Code Section 704(c), so as to take account of

          16   the variation, if any, between the basis of the property to the

          17   Partnership and its fair market value at the time of

          18   contribution.

          19

          20             (m)  In the event that the Code or any Treasury

          21   Regulations promulgated thereunder require allocations of items

          22   of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit different from those

          23   set forth in this Agreement, upon the advice of the Partnership's

          24   counsel or accountants, the Partners shall make new allocations

          25   in reliance upon the Code, the Treasury Regulations and such

          26   advice of the Partnership's counsel or accountants.

          27

          28

                                               52









            

           1             4.09 Guaranteed Payments  
                              -------------------

           2

           3             (a)  If any Partner or its Affiliate has been required

           4   to pay to the Landlord a portion of its Profit (as Profit and

           5   Affiliate are defined in the Temporary Casino Lease and in the

           6   Rivergate Lease) upon a sale, assignment, transfer or other

           7   disposition of any ownership interest in such Partner or its

           8   Affiliate pursuant to Section 24.1 of the Rivergate Lease or

           9   Section 24.1 of the Temporary Casino Lease, upon a subsequent

          10   sale or other disposition of the Temporary Casino or Permanent

          11   Casino, as the case may be, which results in a credit to the

          12   Partnership against payments to Landlord pursuant to Section 4.8

          13   of the Rivergate Lease or Section 4.8 of the Temporary Casino

          14   Lease, as the case may be, such Partner shall receive a

          15   guaranteed payment in an amount equal to the credit received by

          16   the Partnership against the amount paid by the Partnership to the

          17   Landlord pursuant to Section 22.2 of the Rivergate Lease or

          18   Section 22.2 of the Temporary Casino Lease in respect of such

          19   subsequent sale or other disposition; provided that if the

          20   guaranteed payment as a result of such subsequent sale or other

          21   disposition is less than the amount of the previous payment to

          22   the Landlord by a Partner, any remaining amount of such previous

          23   payment shall be paid as a guaranteed payment to such Partner

          24   upon any sales or dispositions by the Partnership thereafter

          25   until such Partner has received guaranteed payments equal to the

          26   full amount of such previous payments.  If any guaranteed

          27   payments are due to more than one Partner pursuant to this

          28   Section 4.09(a), such guaranteed payments shall be made pari
                                                                       ----

                                               53









            

           1   passu to such Partners from the proceeds of any such subsequent
               -----

           2   sale or other disposition.

           3

           4             (b)  To the extent a Partner does not receive

           5   reimbursements of costs and expenses of Three Million Dollars

           6   ($3,000,000) as provided in Section 3.01(c) hereof, such Partner

           7   shall receive a guaranteed payment in an amount equal to the

           8   difference between the amount actually received pursuant to

           9   Section 3.01(c) hereof and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000). 

          10   Such guaranteed payment shall be determined without regard to the

          11   income of the Partnership and shall constitute a guaranteed

          12   payment pursuant to Section 707(c) of the Code.  Such guaranteed

          13   payment shall be payable from the first Cash Flow or Proceeds of

          14   Major Capital Event available to the Partnership.

          15

          16             4.10 Unpermitted Payments, Distributions and
                              ---------------------------------------

          17   Reimbursements.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this
               --------------

          18   Agreement, the Partners agree that no payment, Distribution or

          19   reimbursement shall be made by the Partnership to any Partner if

          20   and to the extent any such payment, Distribution or reimbursement

          21   would be in violation of any gaming law, rule or regulation, or

          22   administrative determination applicable to such Partner or the

          23   Partnership and such Partner shall be otherwise subject to any

          24   other remedies as shall be required by applicable law.

          25

          26

          27

          28

                                               54









            

           1                               ARTICLE 5

           2

           3                        DECISIONS AND MANAGEMENT

           4

           5             5.01 Management
                              ----------

           6

           7             (a)  Except as provided in Section 5.01(c) hereof,

           8   management and control of the Partnership shall be vested in the

           9   Executive Committee pursuant to this Section 5.01.  Except as

          10   otherwise provided in Sections 5.01(f) and (h) hereof, all

          11   decisions arising under this Agreement shall require Unanimous

          12   Approval.  No Partner shall hold itself out as having actual or

          13   apparent authority to bind the Partnership without first

          14   obtaining Unanimous Approval.  The Partnership shall act through

          15   a nine (9) member executive committee (the "Executive Committee")

          16   appointed and acting pursuant to the following procedures: 

          17

          18                (i)    Each Represented Group shall appoint three

          19   (3) natural persons to be members on the Executive Committee (the

          20   "Representatives").  If any Represented Group fails at any time

          21   to have at least one of its three (3) Representatives duly

          22   appointed to the Executive Committee, such Represented Group

          23   shall forfeit its right to representation on the Executive

          24   Committee until such time as such Represented Group appoints at

          25   least one (1) natural person to be a Representative.  Each

          26   Represented Group shall have the right to replace any

          27   Representative appointed by such Represented Group at any time at

          28   its sole discretion by written notice to the Material Partner(s)

                                               55









            

           1   who are members of the other Represented Groups.  One

           2   Representative of each three (3) Representative group

           3   representing a Represented Group on the initial Executive

           4   Committee shall be a member of a minority group.

           5

           6               (ii)    Each three (3) member group of

           7   Representatives representing a Represented Group on the Executive

           8   Committee shall be obligated to vote as a block and shall be

           9   controlled by a majority vote of such group of three

          10   Representatives.

          11

          12              (iii)    The Representatives may adopt by-laws to

          13   govern the conduct of the Executive Committee.

          14

          15               (iv)    Any Representative may participate in any

          16   duly noticed meeting through the use of any means of

          17   communication by which all Representatives participating may

          18   simultaneously hear and speak to each other during the meeting. 

          19   A Representative participating in a meeting by this means shall

          20   be deemed to be present in person at such meeting.

          21

          22                (v)    Any action required or permitted to be taken

          23   by the Executive Committee may be taken without a meeting if the

          24   action is taken by at least two (2) Representatives of each three

          25   (3) member group of Representatives.  Any such action shall be

          26   evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action

          27   taken, signed by at least two (2) Representatives appointed by

          28   each Represented Group, and included in Partnership records

                                               56









            

           1   reflecting such action.  Any such action shall be effective when

           2   the last required Representative signs the consent, unless the

           3   consent specifies a different effective date.

           4

           5               (vi)    Any Representative may waive any notice

           6   requirement of this Section 5.01 before or after the date and

           7   time stated in such notice.  Except as provided below, a

           8   Representative's waiver must be in writing, signed by such

           9   Representative and included in Partnership records with respect

          10   to such meeting.  A Representative's attendance at or

          11   participation in a meeting waives any required notice to such

          12   Representative unless the Representative objects at the beginning

          13   of the meeting to holding the meeting or to transacting business

          14   at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to

          15   action taken at such meeting.

          16

          17              (vii)    No Person other than the Material Partners

          18   who are members of any Represented Group shall have Control of,

          19   or the right to select, more than one Representative of any three

          20   (3) member group of Representatives on the Executive Committee

          21   unless the Partner Group Representatives of the remaining

          22   Represented Groups otherwise unanimously agree.  If any Partner

          23   Group no longer has a Material Partner as a member of its Partner

          24   Group, such Partner Group shall no longer be entitled to have

          25   representation on the Executive Committee.  Following any

          26   suspension of a right of representation by a Material Partner

          27   which is a Defaulting Partner pursuant to Section 8.01(e) hereof,

          28   such Represented Group of which such Material Partner is a member

                                               57









            

           1   shall no longer be entitled to representation on the Executive

           2   Committee until such time as the Event of Default is cured.

           3

           4             (viii)    Unless otherwise agreed by the Partnership,

           5   all meetings of the Executive Committee shall be held in the City

           6   between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on any Tuesday, Wednesday or

           7   Thursday which is a Business Day.  Any Represented Group may call

           8   a meeting of the Executive Committee upon not less than three (3)

           9   days advance notice from a Material Partner who is a member of

          10   such Represented Group to the Material Partners who are members

          11   of each other Represented Group.  If no Representatives of a

          12   Represented Group appear at a duly noticed meeting, or if all

          13   Representatives of a Represented Group who do appear abstain from

          14   voting at a duly noticed meeting, Unanimous Approval shall be

          15   deemed to mean the unanimous consent of those Represented Groups

          16   whose Representatives appear at such duly noticed meeting and who

          17   vote at such duly noticed meeting of the Executive Committee. 

          18   Members of Represented Groups may vote by proxies for any other

          19   members of their three (3) member group of Representatives on the

          20   Executive Committee.  A Represented Group shall be deemed to have

          21   appeared at a duly noticed meeting of the Executive Committee if

          22   at least one Representative appointed by such Represented Group

          23   appears at such meeting and at least two (2) of its three (3)

          24   Representatives are represented in person or by proxy.

          25

          26             (b)  The Represented Groups, acting in accordance with

          27   Section 5.01(a) hereof, shall have the power and authority to

          28

                                               58









            

           1   carry out all Partnership purposes, including (without

           2   limitation) to do any of the following: 

           3

           4                (i)    enter into such sales agreements,

           5   construction agreements, leases, licenses, easements, servitudes,

           6   rights of way, covenants, conditions or restrictions, agreements

           7   with other landowners, construction contracts, set aside

           8   agreements, or other contracts, agreements, documents, or

           9   arrangements with respect to all or any portion of the Property

          10   or the other Partnership assets, whether or not such arrangements

          11   (including renewal terms) shall extend beyond the date of the

          12   termination of the Partnership, at such rental or amount, or for

          13   such consideration, and upon such terms, as it deems proper;

          14

          15               (ii)    incur any debts, liabilities or obligations

          16   or enter into any contracts or agreements on behalf of the

          17   Partnership or binding upon the Partnership;

          18

          19              (iii)    make and revoke any election permitted the

          20   Partnership by any taxing authority;

          21

          22               (iv)    obtain the Permanent/Temporary Casino

          23   Financing or otherwise borrow money for Partnership purposes and

          24   as security therefor to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber

          25   all or any part of the Property or other assets of the

          26   Partnership, and to repay, prepay, refinance, increase, modify,

          27   recast, consolidate or extend, in whole or in part, all such

          28   loans and indebtedness, as and when it shall see fit and enter

                                               59









            

           1   into any loan agreements, notes, mortgages, financing statements,

           2   assignment of rents, guarantees, letters of credit, or other

           3   documents, agreements, security arrangements or other

           4   arrangements in connection therewith, and any such mortgages or

           5   security agreements may contain a confession of judgment, pact de
                                                                         -------

           6   non alienado, waiver of delay and appraisement and all other
               ------------

           7   security clauses usual and customary in the State, or to incur

           8   any obligation in respect of any of the foregoing;

           9

          10                (v)    acquire rights, title or interests in,

          11   manage, maintain and improve all or any portion of the Property

          12   consistent with the purposes of the Partnership;

          13

          14               (vi)    do all acts they deem necessary, appropriate,

          15   incidental or convenient for the operation, development,

          16   management, disposition, improvement, protection or preservation

          17   of the Project;

          18

          19              (vii)    obtain and keep in force such forms of

          20   insurance in such amounts, and upon such terms and with such

          21   carriers, as they shall determine or as otherwise required by law

          22   or by contract;

          23

          24             (viii)    employ, engage or contract with Persons for

          25   the operation, development, management, disposition, improvement,

          26   protection or presentation of the Partnership business, including

          27   but not limited to, land managers, construction managers,

          28   property managers, casino managers, appraisers, consulting

                                               60









            

           1   engineers, architects, contractors, developers, agents, insurance

           2   brokers, real estate brokers, leasing agents, loan brokers,

           3   accountants and attorneys, on such terms, for such compensation

           4   and pursuant to any such contracts or agreements as determined by

           5   the Partnership;

           6

           7               (ix)    establish reserve funds for Partnership

           8   purposes from revenues derived from Partnership operations or

           9   from financing, refinancing, sales or other dispositions of the

          10   Property or any of the Partnership assets;

          11

          12                (x)    enter into agreements, options or any other

          13   arrangements for the lease, sale, exchange or other disposition

          14   of all or any portion of the Property or any of the Partnership

          15   assets;

          16

          17               (xi)    execute, acknowledge, deliver and perform any

          18   and all deeds, agreements, documents and instruments to

          19   effectuate the foregoing, including any agreements with the City

          20   and the State;

          21

          22              (xii)    pursue the LEDGC Proposal and any other bids

          23   or proposals to develop and operate the Project, on such terms as

          24   the Partnership shall approve;

          25

          26             (xiii)    obtain, maintain and perform all necessary

          27   permits, licenses, rezoning, variances, conditional use permits,

          28   consents, approvals or entitlements from LEDGC, the City, the

                                               61









            

           1   State, or any other federal, state, parish or municipal authority

           2   or any governmental or quasi-governmental entity necessary for

           3   the development and use of the Property in connection with the

           4   Project;

           5

           6              (xiv)    perform the obligations of the Partnership

           7   under, or to terminate, amend or modify, the Management

           8   Agreement, the Rivergate Lease, the Temporary Casino Lease, the

           9   Open Access Program established pursuant to the Rivergate Lease,

          10   the General Development Agreement with the RDC pursuant to the

          11   Rivergate Lease, or the Casino Operating Contract;

          12

          13               (xv)    other than admission of transferees of

          14   Partners in connection with any Transfer made in accordance with

          15   Article 6 hereof, admit any additional or substitute Partners to

          16   the Partnership or approve any Transfer to any such additional or

          17   substitute Partner on such terms and conditions as the

          18   Partnership shall determine;

          19

          20              (xvi)    determine the suitability of a proposed

          21   transferee pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof;

          22

          23             (xvii)    approve any item of an Operating Budget, the

          24   Temporary Casino Project Budget, the Permanent Casino Project

          25   Budget, the Remaining Property Project Budget, the Temporary

          26   Casino Conceptual Plans or Permanent Casino Conceptual Plans,

          27   except for items permitted without Partnership approval under

          28   Section 5.01(c) hereof;

                                               62









            

           1            (xviii)    commence, discontinue, settle, compromise,

           2   submit to arbitration, defend or participate in any actions in

           3   the nature of legal proceedings as to Partnership matters in any

           4   court, before any governmental agency, or in arbitration, other

           5   than actions arising out of the ordinary course of business and

           6   as specifically provided herein; and

           7

           8              (xix)    make any other decisions affecting the

           9   business and affairs of the Partnership, including, but not

          10   limited to, the development, financing, refinancing, sale or

          11   leasing of the Property.

          12

          13             (c)  Notwithstanding Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b)

          14   hereof:

          15

          16                (i)    Harrah's shall have exclusive authority to

          17   act as developer and control the Permanent/Temporary Casino

          18   Financing and the construction and development of the Temporary

          19   Casino, including administering contractors, consultants,

          20   architects, engineers, attorneys or other third party firms in

          21   connection therewith on behalf of the Partnership, and Harrah's

          22   may make changes in the Temporary Casino Project Budget and the

          23   Temporary Casino Conceptual Plans so long as such changes are not

          24   the result of any Material Change Orders;

          25

          26               (ii)    Harrah's shall have exclusive authority to

          27   act as developer and control the Permanent/Temporary Casino

          28   Financing and the construction and development of the Permanent

                                               63









            

           1   Casino,  including administering contractors, consultants,

           2   architects, engineers, attorneys or other third party firms in

           3   connection therewith on behalf of the Partnership, and Harrah's

           4   may make changes in the Permanent Casino Project Budget, and the

           5   Permanent Casino Conceptual Plans so long as such changes are not

           6   the result of any Material Change Orders;

           7

           8              (iii)    Manager will have the exclusive authority to

           9   operate the Temporary Casino and Permanent Casino pursuant to the

          10   Management Agreement; and

          11

          12               (iv)    Harrah's will be the tax matters partner of

          13   the Partnership, provided that all material tax elections will be

          14   made by the Partnership.

          15

          16             (d)  "Major Decision" shall mean decisions of the

          17   Partnership to:

          18

          19                (i)    incur (A) the Permanent/Temporary Casino

          20   Financing or (B) any other debt, liability or obligation not

          21   provided for in the Operating Budget or the Temporary Casino

          22   Project Budget or the Permanent Casino Project Budget and which

          23   involves an amount in excess of One Hundred Million Dollars

          24   ($100,000,000) in the aggregate;

          25

          26               (ii)    terminate the Manager or the Management

          27   Agreement or to hire any new manager for the Temporary Casino or

          28   for the Permanent Casino or to enter into any new management

                                               64









            

           1   agreement or amendment of the Management Agreement for the

           2   Temporary Casino or the Permanent Casino;

           3

           4              (iii)    sell, assign, transfer, hypothecate, pledge,

           5   lease, encumber or otherwise dispose of all or any substantial

           6   portion of the Property or to enter into any agreement to do so;

           7

           8               (iv)    commence, discontinue, settle, compromise,

           9   submit to arbitration, defend or participate in any actions in

          10   the nature of legal proceedings in any court, before any

          11   governmental agency, or in arbitration, other than actions

          12   arising out of the ordinary course of business and as

          13   specifically provided herein, involving any potential liabilities

          14   to, or claims by or against, the Partnership not provided for in

          15   the Operating Budget or the Temporary Casino Project Budget or

          16   the Permanent Casino Project Budget and which involve in excess

          17   of Seventy-Five Million Dollars ($75,000,000); and

          18

          19                (v)    terminate or, enter into, amend or modify the

          20   Casino Operating Contract, the Rivergate Lease or the Temporary

          21   Casino Lease in any manner which has a material adverse economic

          22   effect on the Partnership, which for the purposes of this

          23   provision shall be an economic effect of One Hundred Million

          24   Dollars ($100,000,000) or more.

          25

          26             (e)  Decisions which require Unanimous Approval but

          27   which shall not be subject to the dispute resolution provisions

          28   of Article 12 hereof are decisions to:

                                               65









            

           1                (i)    invest in any business or project other than

           2   the Temporary Casino, the Permanent Casino, the Assembled Real

           3   Estate and the November Real Estate;

           4

           5               (ii)    enter into the Casino Operating Contract, the

           6   Rivergate Lease, the Temporary Casino Lease or the General

           7   Development Agreement with the RDC pursuant to the Rivergate

           8   Lease;

           9

          10              (iii)    other than admission of transferees of

          11   Partners in connection with any Transfer made in accordance with

          12   Article 6 hereof, admit any additional or substitute Partners to

          13   the Partnership or approve any Transfer to any such additional or

          14   substitute Partner on such terms and conditions as the

          15   Partnership shall determine; 

          16

          17               (iv)    except as provided in Section 15.01 hereof,

          18   terminate or dissolve the Partnership, or merge the Partnership

          19   into another entity;

          20

          21                (v)    subject to the provisions of Section 5.01(i)

          22   hereof, amend or modify the Partnership Agreement pursuant to

          23   Section 17.09(a) hereof;

          24

          25               (vi)    adopt by-laws of the Executive Committee; and

          26

          27

          28

                                               66









            

           1              (vii)    permit a Partner Loan other than pursuant to

           2   Section 3.03(c) hereof. 

           3

           4             (f)  A decision of the Partners to elect to continue

           5   the Partnership on the same basis as provided in this Partnership

           6   Agreement following the dissolution of any Partner, the

           7   bankruptcy of any Partner, or the occurrence of any other event

           8   requiring the dissolution of the Partnership under the laws of

           9   the State pursuant to Sections 15.01(e), 15.01(f) or 15.01(g)

          10   hereof shall be by majority vote of the remaining Partners whose

          11   Partnership Interests entitle them to at least a majority of the

          12   Percentage Shares.  Any such decision shall not be subject to the

          13   dispute resolution provisions of Article 12 hereof.

          14

          15             (g)  In the event of any failure of Unanimous Approval

          16   with respect to any Partnership decision other than as provided 

          17   in Sections 5.01(e) and 5.01(f) hereof, an arbitration shall be

          18   available pursuant to Section 12.02 hereof.  In the event of any

          19   failure of Unanimous Approval with respect to a Major Decision, 

          20   in addition to such arbitration the buy/sell remedy shall be

          21   available pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof.

          22

          23             (h)  Grand Palais agrees that (i) it shall not

          24   participate in any decisions of the Partnership with respect to

          25   riverboat or dockside gaming in the State and (ii) it shall not

          26   directly or indirectly through Affiliates, agents or other

          27   Persons engage in any lobbying activities with respect to

          28   dockside gaming in the State or any amelioration of the currently

                                               67









            

           1   existing laws or regulations of the State, the City or any

           2   regulatory body with jurisdiction within the State requiring

           3   riverboats to limit access according to established cruising

           4   schedules.  No Partners shall participate in any decisions of the

           5   Partnership in connection with any claims, arbitration,

           6   litigation, or other adversary proceedings, between the

           7   Partnership and Affiliates of any Partner that are Controlled by,

           8   under common Control with or, Controlling such Partner.  Without

           9   limiting the foregoing, Harrah's agrees that it shall not

          10   participate in any decisions of the Partnership with respect to

          11   approval of the Operating Budget or arbitration thereof pursuant

          12   to Article 20.02 of the Management Agreement or the determination

          13   to declare a default of Manager or exercise remedies against

          14   Manager under the Management Agreement; provided that nothing

          15   herein shall limit or restrict the Manager's rights of approval

          16   or action pursuant to the Management Agreement.  In each case set

          17   forth in this Section 5.01(h), the Representatives appointed by

          18   each applicable Partner shall not be entitled to vote on such

          19   matters, and resolutions of the Executive Committee may be

          20   adopted with respect to such matters without the vote of such

          21   Representatives; provided, however, if any Partner shall have a

          22   right to initiate a buy/sell pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof in

          23   connection with any Partnership decision which is subject to this

          24   Section 5.01(h), all Represented Groups shall have the right to

          25   exercise a buy/sell with respect to such decision whether or not

          26   any Partner Group had the right to participate in such decision

          27   as a result of this Section 5.01(h).

          28

                                               68









            

           1             (i)  A decision of the Partnership to modify or amend

           2   the Partnership Agreement pursuant to Section 17.09(a) hereof

           3   shall be by the unanimous written consent of the Material

           4   Partners provided that no amendment or modification may be made

           5   without the prior written consent of such Partner if the effect

           6   of such amendment or modification shall be adversely to change

           7   the economic rights of any Partner.

           8

           9             (j)  The Partners agree that fewer than all of the

          10   Partners may commence an involuntary proceeding under either

          11   chapter 7 or 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, Title 11 of the United

          12   States Code; provided that any such involuntary case may only be

          13   commenced upon the consent of at least two Material Partners one

          14   of which shall be Harrah's until such time as any Completion

          15   Guaranty (as defined in the Completion Loan Agreement) shall have

          16   been satisfied and released.

          17

          18             5.02 Budget
                              ------

          19

          20             (a)  The Partnership shall pay all costs and expenses

          21   incurred by the Partnership for all of the Partnership's costs of

          22   designing, leasing, renovating, constructing, financing,

          23   equipping, furnishing, licensing and opening the Temporary Casino

          24   as described on one or more budgets for the Temporary Casino as

          25   approved by the Partnership (as it may from time to time be

          26   modified by the Partnership, collectively and separately the

          27   "Temporary Casino Project Budget").  The Partnership shall pay

          28   all costs of acquiring, designing, leasing, renovating,

                                               69









            

           1   constructing, financing, equipping, furnishing, licensing and

           2   opening the Permanent Casino, demolishing existing structures at

           3   the site of the Permanent Casino, and acquiring the Assembled

           4   Real Estate and November Real Estate and ancillary property

           5   pursuant to one or more budgets for the Permanent Casino as

           6   approved by the Partnership (as it may from time to time be

           7   modified by the Partnership, collectively and separately the

           8   "Permanent Casino Project Budget").  The Partnership shall pay

           9   all costs and expenses of designing, leasing, renovating,

          10   constructing, financing, equipping, furnishing and opening any

          11   development on that portion of the Assembled Real Estate and

          12   November Real Estate that is excluded from the Rivergate Lease,

          13   pursuant to one or more budgets as approved by the Partnership

          14   (as it may from time to time be modified by the Partnership,

          15   collectively and separately the "Remaining Property Project

          16   Budget").

          17

          18             (b)  The costs set forth in the Temporary Casino

          19   Project Budget together with any Material Change Orders or other

          20   changes approved by the Partnership and additional changes not

          21   requiring such approval are referred to herein as the "Temporary

          22   Casino Project Costs".  The costs set forth in the Permanent

          23   Casino Project Budget together with any Material Change Orders

          24   and other changes approved by the Partnership and additional

          25   changes not requiring such approval are referred to herein as the

          26   "Permanent Casino Project Costs".  The costs set forth in the

          27   Remaining Property Project Budget together with any Material

          28   Change Orders or other changes approved by the Partnership and

                                               70









            

           1   additional changes not requiring such approval are referred to

           2   herein as the "Remaining Property Project Costs."  The

           3   Partnership shall pay the Temporary Casino Project Costs, the

           4   Permanent Casino Project Costs and the Remaining Property Project

           5   Costs as such costs are incurred.

           6

           7             5.03 Compensation.  No Partner or Affiliate Controlled
                              ------------

           8   by, under common Control with, or Controlling such Partner shall

           9   receive any compensation for its activities as Partner or

          10   otherwise from the Partnership except (i) charges and fees paid

          11   to Manager under the Management Agreement, (ii) fees payable to

          12   designees of Christopher B. Hemmeter and NOLDC or its permitted

          13   designee pursuant to consulting agreements of even date herewith,

          14   (iii) amounts payable pursuant to the Completion Loan Agreement,

          15   and (iv) as otherwise approved by the Partnership.

          16

          17             5.04 Transactions with Related Parties.  The fact that
                              ---------------------------------

          18   a Partner or an Affiliate thereof, or a stockholder, director,

          19   officer, member, or employee of a Partner or an Affiliate

          20   thereof, is employed by, or is directly or indirectly interested

          21   in or connected with, any Person, firm, or corporation which may

          22   be employed by the Partnership to render or perform a service, or

          23   from which the Partnership may purchase any property, shall not

          24   prohibit the Partnership from employing such Person, firm or

          25   corporation, or otherwise dealing with him or it, provided such

          26   employment or dealing is on a basis which is fair to the

          27   Partnership, is disclosed to all Partners in advance, and is

          28   approved in writing by the Partnership.  The Partners hereby

                                               71









            

           1   agree and consent to the compensation and other agreements

           2   referenced in Section 5.03 hereof. 

           3

           4             5.05 Partner Groups
                              --------------

           5

           6             (a)  If any portion of the Partnership Interest of

           7   Harrah's, NOLDC or Grand Palais is Transferred, the transferor

           8   and all direct and indirect transferees shall be treated as a

           9   single Partner Group (the "Partner Group") for the purposes

          10   expressly set forth in this Agreement.  To the extent any of

          11   Harrah's, NOLDC or Grand Palais retains its entire Partnership

          12   Interest, such Partner shall constitute its Partner Group.  To

          13   the extent that any Material Partner acquires any additional

          14   Partnership Interest, such Material Partner's Partner Group prior

          15   to such acquisition together with any such acquired Partnership

          16   Interest, shall constitute a single Partner Group.  If any

          17   portion of the Partnership Interest of any Partner is Transferred

          18   to a Partner other than a Material Partner, the transferee shall

          19   remain a member of its Partner Group with respect to its

          20   Partnership Interest before such Transfer and of the Partner

          21   Group of its transferor with respect to the Partnership Interest

          22   acquired in such Transfer.

          23

          24             (b)  It shall be the sole responsibility of the members

          25   of each Partner Group to designate in writing to the Partnership

          26   a single natural person with full power and authority to accept

          27   notice on behalf of, or otherwise act on behalf of, each Partner

          28   Group (the "Partner Group Representative"); provided that the

                                               72









            

           1   Partner Group Representative shall not act in lieu of or have any

           2   powers of any Representative.  Any act, approval or consent of a

           3   Partner Group Representative shall be deemed to be the act,

           4   approval or consent of the Partner Group which designated such

           5   Partner Group Representative, and neither the Partnership nor any

           6   Partner shall be required to inquire into the authority of such

           7   Partner Group Representative as to such act, approval or consent

           8   on behalf of the Partner Group that designated such Partner Group

           9   Representative.  Each such Partner Group Representative shall be

          10   appointed by an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an

          11   interest, a duplicate of which shall be filed with the

          12   Partnership, and in connection with any Transfer as may be

          13   permitted pursuant to this Agreement, as a condition to the

          14   effectiveness of such Transfer such power of attorney for such

          15   Partner Group Representative shall be affirmed by the transferee

          16   or a new irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest

          17   shall be filed with the Partnership.  Any such Partner Group

          18   Representative may be replaced by a successor Partner Group

          19   Representative by notice to the other Partner Groups and

          20   designation of a substitute for such Partner Group

          21   Representative.  Until another Representative is appointed, the

          22   Partner Group Representatives of the Partner Groups shall be

          23   those natural persons to whose attention notices must be sent on

          24   behalf of the Partner Groups pursuant to Section 13.03 hereof.

          25

          26             (c)  If any Partner Group contains more than one

          27   Material Partner, such Represented Group must select a single

          28   Partner Group Representative pursuant to Section 5.05(b) hereof

                                               73









            

           1   and a single group of three (3) Representatives to be appointed

           2   to the Executive Committee pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof.

           3

           4             (d)  Each Partner and its permitted transferees agree

           5   to hold, save and defend each other Partner and their permitted

           6   transferees free and harmless from any liability whatsoever

           7   arising out of the such Partner's and their permitted

           8   transferees' reliance on any statement or act by such Partner's

           9   Representatives or Partner Group Representative, regardless of

          10   whether the relying party has any knowledge that another party

          11   objects to said action.

          12

          13

          14                               ARTICLE 6

          15

          16                        TRANSFERS AND ASSIGNMENT

          17

          18             6.01 Restrictions on Transfers  
                              -------------------------

          19

          20             (a)  Except as specifically provided in Sections 6.02

          21   and 6.03 hereof and subject to Sections 6.01(b), 6.01(d), 

          22   6.01(e), 6.04, and 6.05 hereof, any Partner or any other Holding

          23   Entity may, directly or indirectly, (i) sell, assign, transfer,

          24   hypothecate, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of all or any

          25   portion of its Partnership Interest or its ownership interest in

          26   any Holding Entity, (ii) merge or consolidate with or into any

          27   other entity, or (iii) liquidate, wind up, or dissolve itself

          28   (collectively, a "Transfer") without prior approval or consent of

                                               74









            

           1   any other Partner; provided that income, voting or other rights

           2   of a Partner may not be divided other than in connection with a

           3   Transfer of a Percentage Interest to a new Partner or existing

           4   Partner or a pledge of Distributions.

           5

           6             (b)  All Transfers which LEDGC is authorized by law to

           7   consider shall require a prior suitability determination of

           8   LEDGC.  Where LEDGC is not authorized by law to consider a

           9   Transfer, refuses to consider a Transfer on grounds of

          10   administrative discretion granted by applicable law, or otherwise

          11   fails to consider a Transfer, such Transfer shall not be

          12   permitted without the prior written approval of each Material

          13   Partner other than the Material Partner containing the interest

          14   to be Transferred as to the gaming suitability of the transferee;

          15   provided, however, that no Material Partner approval shall be

          16   required if the proposed transferee:

          17

          18                (i)  (A) has been and continues to be determined

          19   suitable and licensed or otherwise approved or entitled to

          20   conduct gaming by the applicable state gaming regulatory agency

          21   in any of Colorado, Illinois, Mississippi, Nevada or New Jersey,

          22   and (B) there are no administrative, investigative or judicial

          23   proceedings pending by any such state gaming regulations agency

          24   pursuant to which any civil or criminal penalty may be imposed on

          25   such Person or an Affiliate that is Controlled by, under common

          26   Control with, or Controlling such Person, or any license, permit,

          27   approval, contract or entitlement of such Person or an Affiliate 

          28   that is Controlled by, under common Control with, or Controlling

                                               75









            

           1   such Person has been suspended, revoked, terminated, not renewed,

           2   not granted or rescinded, such matters set forth in the foregoing

           3   clauses (A) and (B) to be confirmed in writing to the Partnership

           4   by a letter from the applicable state gaming regulatory agency or

           5   other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the remaining Material

           6   Partners;

           7

           8               (ii)    is an entity which is an Institutional

           9   Investor or has been approved by LEDGC;

          10

          11              (iii)    acquires an ownership interest in a Public

          12   Transfer which is exempt from a suitability determination by

          13   LEDGC or has been waived from a suitability determination by

          14   LEDGC; or

          15

          16               (iv)    acquires a Transferred Partnership Interest

          17   as a result of a reorganization, merger or other business

          18   combination of one or more Partner that results in no new

          19   beneficial owners of the Partnership and following which the

          20   aggregate net worth of the Partner(s) so reorganizing, merging or

          21   otherwise combining is equal to or greater than the aggregate net

          22   worth of such Partner(s) prior to the reorganization, merger or

          23   other combination.

          24

          25             (c)  In approving any Transfer requiring approval

          26   pursuant to Section 6.01(b) hereof, the Material Partners shall

          27   only disapprove such Transfer if they reasonably determine that

          28   the proposed transferee does not comply with the LEDGC

                                               76









            

           1   suitability standards or reasonably determine that the proposed

           2   transferee would jeopardize any gaming or alcoholic beverage

           3   license, permit, approval or other entitlement of such Material

           4   Partner.  Such decision shall not be unreasonably delayed after

           5   the delivery of all reasonably requested documents.  A decision

           6   to approve such a Transfer shall not preclude a subsequent

           7   buy/sell or Appraisal Buyout pursuant to Article 11 hereof in the

           8   event such transferee is subject to the provisions of Article 11

           9   hereof.

          10

          11             (d)  Notwithstanding any provision of this Article 6,

          12   the Partners agree that none of Harrah's, NOLDC or Grand Palais

          13   or their successors or assigns or any direct or indirect

          14   transferee of its initial Partnership Interest may make a

          15   Transfer such that at any time initial Partnership Interest of

          16   each of Harrah's, NOLDC and Grand Palais shall be divided into

          17   more than three (3) parts with the effect that at no time shall

          18   there be more than nine (9) Partners.

          19

          20             (e)  Except for (i) Transfers to any lender, (ii)

          21   Transfers pursuant to Article 8 hereof, (iii) Transfers to any

          22   Partner or any Affiliate of any Partner that is Controlled by,

          23   under common Control with, or Controlling such Partner, (iv)

          24   Transfers of any asset group more than fifty percent (50%) of the

          25   value of which is attributable to assets other than the interest

          26   in the Partnership being Transferred, and (v) Transfers pursuant

          27   to Section 6.01(b)(iv) hereof, no Partner shall Transfer all or

          28   any portion of its Partnership Interest without first notifying

                                               77









            

           1   the Material Partners that it is interested in making such

           2   Transfer and negotiating in good faith for sixty (60) days with

           3   any such Material Partner with respect to such Transfer and shall

           4   notify such Partner within ten (10) days of receipt of the notice

           5   from such Partner that such Material Partner has an interest in

           6   entering into such negotiations.

           7

           8             6.02 Right of First Refusal
                              ----------------------

           9

          10             (a)  In the case of a Transfer to a Disqualified Buyer

          11   by any Partner other than Harrah's or any Holding Entity of any

          12   Partner other than an Affiliate of Harrah's that is Controlled

          13   by, under common Control with, or Controlling such Partner, such

          14   Transfer may be made only subject to a right of first refusal

          15   pursuant to this Section 6.02 and only for an all cash price.

          16

          17             (b)  If a Partner other than Harrah's or an Affiliate

          18   that is Controlled by, under common Control with, or Controlling

          19   Harrah's desires to Transfer its Partnership Interest or portion

          20   thereof or if any Person owning an interest in a Holding Entity

          21   of any Partner other than Harrah's that is Controlled by, under

          22   common Control with, or Controlling such Partner desires to

          23   Transfer any legal or beneficial interest in any such Holding

          24   Entity (such legal or beneficial interest in a Holding Entity,

          25   the "Offered Interest") to a Disqualified Buyer, it may Transfer

          26   such Partnership Interest or Offered Interest if such Partner

          27   desiring to Transfer its Partnership Interest or the Partner in

          28   which such Holding Entity directly or indirectly owns an interest

                                               78









            

           1   first offers for sale to the Material Partners the right at the

           2   election of such Material Partners to purchase any of (A) in the

           3   case of a proposed Transfer of a Partnership Interest, such

           4   Partnership Interest, or (B) in the case of proposed Transfer of

           5   an interest in a Holding Entity, the Offer Related Partnership

           6   Interest.

           7

           8                (i)    Such first refusal offer shall be made in

           9   writing setting forth at a minimum the cash purchase price,

          10   timing, method of payment and financing terms, if any, on which

          11   the Partner proposes to Transfer the offered Partnership Interest

          12   or the Holding Entity proposes to Transfer the Offered Interest

          13   and shall state the name of the prospective transferees and all

          14   Persons having a legal or beneficial interest therein, if any,

          15   who have indicated a willingness to be a transferee on such terms

          16   and conditions.  At the election of the Partner making the first

          17   refusal offer, such offer may set forth any other terms and

          18   conditions of the prospective transferee's offer.

          19

          20               (ii)    In the case of a proposed Transfer of an

          21   interest in a Holding Entity, the first refusal notice shall also

          22   set forth the Appraised Value (and it shall be the responsibility

          23   of the offering Partner to initiate the appraisal procedures of

          24   Article 9 hereof to determine such Appraised Value), and the

          25   Offer Related Partnership Interest, and the calculation of the

          26   corresponding price for the Offer Related Partnership Interest

          27   (the "Offer Related Partnership Interest Price").  The Offer

          28   Related Partnership Interest Price shall be calculated as

                                               79









            

           1   follows:  (A) the Appraised Value of the assets of the

           2   Partnership shall be treated as the hypothetical sales proceeds

           3   for distribution under Section 15.03 hereof and the amount which

           4   would be distributed to such offering Partner or in respect of

           5   the Offer Related Partnership Interest on liquidation shall be

           6   calculated, (B) all debts on the portion of the Partnership

           7   Interest or the Offer Related Partnership Interest being

           8   Transferred shall be deducted from such hypothetical sales

           9   proceeds which would be distributed to the offering Partner.

          10

          11              (iii)    If any Material Partner elects to acquire the

          12   Offer Related Partnership Interest, it shall pay the Offer

          13   Related Partnership Interest Price to the Partner in which such

          14   Holding Entity directly or indirectly owns an interest.  Such

          15   Partner may at its election redeem the Offered Interest with such

          16   payment but whether or not such redemption is made, in no such

          17   event may such Holding Entity Transfer such Offered Interest to

          18   any Person other than such Partner.

          19

          20             (c)  Such Material Partner shall have a first refusal

          21   right for fifteen (15) days after the date of the receipt of the

          22   first refusal offer pursuant to Section 6.02(b) hereof to elect

          23   by written notice to the other Material Partner and the offering

          24   Partner to elect as specified in the notice of election to

          25   acquire either the offered Partnership Interest or the Offer

          26   Related Partnership Interest on the same terms and conditions as

          27   those set forth in such first refusal offer and in the case of an

          28

                                               80









            

           1   Offer Related Partnership Interest at the price set forth in the

           2   first refusal notice.

           3

           4             (d)  If more than one Material Partner timely give

           5   notice of an election to acquire the offered Partnership Interest

           6   or the Offer Related Partnership Interest, such electing Material

           7   Partner shall each acquire a pro rata portion of the offered

           8   Partnership Interest or the Offer Related Partnership Interest,

           9   as the case may be, in accordance with their Exercising Partner's

          10   Percentage Share.

          11

          12             (e)  For the purposes of this Section 6.02, a Partner

          13   or Holding Entity may not grant to a Disqualified Buyer an option

          14   or contingent contract to purchase a Partnership Interest or

          15   Offered Interest without the Partner offering to grant the other

          16   Material Partners a right of first refusal pursuant to this

          17   Section 6.02 with respect to such option or contingent contract

          18   for the Partnership Interest or Offer Related Partnership

          19   Interest, as the case may be.

          20

          21             (f)  Unless one or more Material Partner shall exercise

          22   the right to acquire the offered Partnership Interest or the

          23   Offer Related Partnership Interest by notifying the offering

          24   Partner and the other Material Partners of its or their election

          25   to do so within fifteen (15) days of receiving such offer,

          26   accepting a conveyance of the offered Partnership Interest or the

          27   Offer Related Partnership Interest and making payment therefor on

          28   the price and terms offered to the Material Partner, such

                                               81









            

           1   offering Partner may, or if a Holding Entity is involved, the

           2   Holding Entity owning the Offered Interest may, within a period

           3   of six (6) months from the date of such first refusal offer,

           4   dispose of the offered Partnership Interest or Offered Interest

           5   upon terms and conditions no more favorable to the prospective

           6   purchaser than those set forth in such first refusal offer. 

           7   Where more than one Material Partner elect to exercise their

           8   first refusal rights, if a Material Partner fails to close on its

           9   portion of the acquisition, any other electing Material Partner

          10   shall, by written notice to the other Material Partner within an

          11   additional twenty (20) day period, either elect to purchase the

          12   entire offered Partnership Interest or Offer Related Partnership

          13   Interest without any further participation by the Material

          14   Partner that failed to close or elect not to proceed further with

          15   the first refusal.  Such closing shall occur on a date within

          16   said additional twenty (20) day period as designated in said

          17   notice by the Material Partner making such election to close.

          18

          19             (g)  Following the failure of any Material Partner to

          20   elect to purchase an offered Partnership Interest or Offer

          21   Related Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.02(c) hereof,

          22   if no disposition is made on the terms specified in such offer

          23   within the six (6) month period, or if a disposition is proposed

          24   on terms less favorable to the offering Partner or Holding Entity

          25   than the terms specified in such offer within the six (6) month

          26   period, an offering Partner or Holding Entity desiring to

          27   Transfer such offered Partnership Interest or Offered Interest

          28

                                               82









            

           1   must reinstitute the procedure set forth in this Section 6.02

           2   prior to any Transfer to a Disqualified Buyer.

           3

           4             (h)  Notwithstanding Section 6.02(a) hereof, Grand

           5   Palais, free of any first refusal requirements but subject to the

           6   requirements of Section 6.01(b) hereof, Section 6.04 hereof and

           7   Section 6.05 hereof, may:  (i) acquire, as the surviving

           8   corporation in a merger or by asset acquisition, any entity that

           9   is a Disqualified Buyer; (ii) acquire or be acquired by NOLDC; or

          10   (iii) be acquired by, or merged into, any Affiliate of Grand

          11   Palais (including Hemmeter Enterprises, Inc.) that is not owned

          12   or controlled in whole or in part by any Disqualified Buyer which

          13   Affiliate may also acquire NOLDC; provided that this exception

          14   shall apply only so long as Grand Palais owns the Transferred

          15   Partnership Interest and shall not apply to any subsequent

          16   Transfers of any Partnership Interest that has been Transferred

          17   by Grand Palais.

          18

          19             (i)  Notwithstanding Section 6.02(a) hereof but subject

          20   to Section 6.01(b) hereof, Section 6.04 hereof and Section 6.05

          21   hereof, any Partner or Holding Entity of any Partner may Transfer

          22   its Offered Interest to any Person, or agree to do so, free of

          23   any first refusal requirements:

          24

          25                (i)    in a Public Transfer of an interest in a

          26   Partner or a Holding Entity; or

          27

          28

                                               83









            

           1               (ii)    pursuant to a Public Offering of an interest

           2   in a Partner or a Holding Entity in which the Partner or Holding

           3   Entity and the underwriters of such Public Offering do not

           4   promote, and such Partner or Holding Entity has no knowledge of,

           5   at the time of the Public Offering, the acquisition of such

           6   Offered Interest by a Disqualified Buyer.

           7

           8             (j)  The provisions of this Section 6.02 shall not

           9   apply to Holding Entities (i) which own a direct or indirect

          10   beneficial interest of less than five percent (5%) of the

          11   Partnership and where such proposed transferee would not

          12   following such Transfer be in Control of the Partnership or any

          13   three (3) member group of Representatives, or (ii) where at least

          14   fifty percent (50%) (in fair market value) of the assets of such

          15   Holding Entity are assets other than its direct or indirect

          16   beneficial interest in the Partnership and where such proposed

          17   transferee would not following such Transfer be in Control of the

          18   Partnership or any three (3) member group of Representatives.

          19

          20             6.03 Grant of Security Interest
                              --------------------------

          21

          22             (a)  Subject to Sections 6.01, 11.03 and 16.07 hereof,

          23   any Partner shall have the right, without the consent of the

          24   other Partners but with notice to the Represented Groups, to

          25   grant a security interest in, pledge or encumber all or any

          26   portion of its Partnership Interest or in any Distributions to be

          27   made by the Partnership but, in such event, the party to or with

          28   whom such grant of security interest is made shall not become a

                                               84









            

           1   substitute Partner but shall only be entitled to receive the

           2   Distributions applicable to such Partnership Interest, subject to

           3   the prior rights of the Partnership and other Partners under the

           4   provisions of this Agreement, and the documents pursuant to which

           5   the interest in such Distributions has been assigned, pledged or

           6   encumbered shall so provide.  Such Person to whom a security

           7   interest is granted may not be, or be Controlled by, a

           8   Disqualified Buyer.  Prior to the grant of any such security

           9   interest, the Executive Committee shall be provided a copy of the

          10   documents creating such security interest for its review and

          11   shall be entitled to require changes thereto for the sole purpose

          12   of conforming such documents to the provisions of this Agreement.

          13

          14             (b)  The Partnership agrees to provide the lender of

          15   any such loan a copy of any notice of default to any such lender,

          16   and to accept performance by any such lender of any obligations

          17   under this Agreement in the place of the Partner to whom it has

          18   made such loan after any default by such Partner in the

          19   performance of its obligations under this Agreement; provided

          20   that such performance shall not entitle such lender to admission

          21   to the Partnership except in accordance with the terms of this

          22   Agreement.

          23

          24             (c)  Subject to compliance with Sections 6.01(b),

          25   6.01(d) and 6.04 hereof, the Partners hereby consent to the grant

          26   of a security interest by NOLDC in its Partnership Interest to

          27   secure the NOLDC Loan.

          28

                                               85









            

           1             (d)  Subject to compliance with Sections 6.01(b) and

           2   6.04 hereof, the Partners consent to any purchaser at a

           3   foreclosure sale of any security interest becoming a Partner in

           4   the Partnership so long as such Purchaser is not a Disqualified

           5   Buyer.

           6

           7             6.04 Conditions on Transfers
                              -----------------------

           8

           9             (a)  No Transfer by a Partner of all or any part of its

          10   Partnership Interest permitted to be made under this Article 6

          11   shall be binding on the non-assigning Partners or on the

          12   Partnership unless (i) the transferee shall execute and

          13   acknowledge an instrument, in form reasonably satisfactory to the

          14   Material Partners, whereby it agrees to assume and be bound by

          15   all of the covenants, terms and conditions of this Agreement as

          16   it may be amended from time to time and makes on its own behalf

          17   each of the representations and warranties contained in Section

          18   10.01 hereof, or, in the case of a grant of security interest,

          19   pledge or encumbrance, the transferee executes and acknowledges

          20   an instrument, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Material

          21   Partners, whereby it acknowledges that its security interest,

          22   pledge or encumbrance is subject to all of the covenants, terms

          23   and conditions of this Agreement as it may be amended from time

          24   to time, (ii) a duplicate original of each instrument of

          25   transfer, assumption, grant of security interest, pledge or

          26   encumbrance (and any related loan documents), duly executed in

          27   each case, is delivered to the Material Partners, (iii) the

          28   transferee shall (if required) execute and acknowledge an

                                               86









            

           1   agreement amending the Partnership Agreement in order to reflect

           2   such change or take any other action that may be required in

           3   connection therewith, including provisions whereby the transferee

           4   acknowledges the provision of Section 6.05 hereof, (iv) the

           5   transferee shall pay all reasonable expenses of the Partnership

           6   in connection with such Transfer, including, but not limited to,

           7   the cost (including reasonable attorneys' fees) of preparing the

           8   agreement referred to in subsection (iii) above and reviewing any

           9   documents pursuant to Section 6.04(g) hereof, and (v) unless such

          10   Transfer is made pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(iv) hereof, the

          11   transferor shall have cured all of its defaults and repaid all of

          12   its Default Loans.

          13

          14             (b)  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this

          15   Agreement, all Transfers made in accordance with this Article 6

          16   shall be subject to any liens created pursuant to Section 10.03

          17   hereof to secure indemnity obligations and further subject to any

          18   then existing indemnity obligations pursuant to Article 10 hereof

          19   with respect to the Transferor and the Transferor's Partnership

          20   Interest. 

          21

          22             (c)  Upon any Transfer of a Partnership Interest

          23   (excluding any grant of security interest, pledge or encumbrance)

          24   made in accordance with this Article 6, and provided that the

          25   provisions of this Article 6 are complied with, (i) the

          26   Transferring Partner shall be relieved of all of its obligations

          27   under or in respect to the Partnership and this Agreement

          28   thereafter accruing, except for any indemnity obligations

                                               87









            

           1   pursuant to Article 10 hereof with respect to matters occurring

           2   prior to the date of such Transfer, and (ii) the transferee shall

           3   be admitted as a substitute Partner in the Partnership in the

           4   place and stead of the Transferring Partner and shall own the

           5   Transferred Partnership Interest subject to any indemnity or

           6   other obligations of the Transferring Partner under this

           7   Agreement with respect to matters occurring prior to the date of

           8   such Transfer.

           9

          10             (d)  In the event of any permitted Transfer of a

          11   Partnership Interest or interest in a Holding Entity, a duly

          12   authorized member of the Executive Committee shall, upon the

          13   request of the Transferring Partner or Partner in which such

          14   Holding Entity owns a direct or indirect interest, execute such

          15   reasonable documentation as may be required to confirm that such

          16   Transfer is permitted.

          17

          18             (e)  A purported Transfer shall be null and void at its

          19   inception unless such Transfer shall comply with the provisions

          20   of this Article 6.

          21

          22             (f)  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding,

          23   no Transfer shall be made under this Article 6 which would effect

          24   a termination or dissolution of the Partnership for tax purposes

          25   or otherwise create adverse tax consequences to the Partnership

          26   or result in any violations of securities laws.  In connection

          27   with any proposed Transfer, the transferee, at its sole expense,

          28   shall provide the Material Partners with a satisfactory legal

                                               88









            

           1   opinion of counsel, addressed to the Partnership and the

           2   Partners, and satisfactory to the Material Partners confirming

           3   that (i) there is no and will not be any termination,

           4   dissolution, change in tax status of the Partnership or other

           5   adverse tax consequences as a result of such Transfer, (ii) there

           6   is no and will not be any violations of any securities laws as a

           7   result of such Transfer and (iii) any agreements executed

           8   pursuant to Section 6.01(a) hereof shall be valid, binding and

           9   enforceable.

          10

          11             (g)  As to Transfers pursuant to a Public Offering,

          12   each of the Material Partners will have rights to join in any

          13   Public Offering of any other Partner on a basis which is

          14   reasonably acceptable to the underwriters for the Public

          15   Offering, and each of the Material Partners will have the right

          16   to review and comment on the prospectus and other offering

          17   materials for fifteen (15) days as to an initial review, or for a

          18   reasonable period of time under the circumstances as to an

          19   amendment to such materials for such Public Offering to assure

          20   that there is no misrepresentation or omission of facts which

          21   would in any manner mischaracterize or misrepresent,

          22   intentionally or otherwise, facts concerning the Partnership,

          23   such Material Partner or any Affiliates that are Controlled by,

          24   under common Control with, or Controlling such Material Partner. 

          25   The Partner initiating the Public Offering shall indemnify the

          26   Partnership and all other Partners against all loss, cost and

          27   damage relating to its Public Offering and shall deliver such

          28   assurance as the Partnership or its legal counsel may reasonably

                                               89









            

           1   request to assure that there is no adverse tax or other liability

           2   as a result of such Public Offering to the Partnership or the

           3   Material Partners.

           4

           5             (h)  Except in respect of Transfers described in

           6   Section 6.02(h) hereof, if a Partner who was not a Disqualified

           7   Buyer at the time it initially acquired a Transferred Partnership

           8   Interest subsequently indicates its intent to operate any casino

           9   gaming business, or actually operates any such casino gaming

          10   business, then: (i) if such Partner is a non-Material Partner, it

          11   shall immediately forego its right to receive any Partnership

          12   information regarding marketing strategies or methods of

          13   operation or any proprietary information; or (ii) if such Partner

          14   is a Material Partner, the Partners who are members of the

          15   Partner Group of which such Partner is a member shall immediately

          16   forgo their right to receive competitive or gaming sensitive

          17   Partnership information and the Partner Group Representatives

          18   representing such Partner is a member shall immediately forego

          19   their right to vote with respect to any decisions of the

          20   Partnership related to any competitive or gaming sensitive

          21   matters.  If any Partner shall challenge the right of the

          22   Partnership to withhold such Partnership information regarding

          23   marketing strategies or methods of operation or any proprietary

          24   information, other than a challenge to determine what constitutes

          25   such information, each Material Partner shall have the option to

          26   initiate an appraisal buyout of the Partner making such challenge

          27   to be exercised in the manner of Section 8.05 hereof with the

          28   purchase price to be the lower of the Appraisal Buyout Price

                                               90









            

           1   calculated using one hundred percent (100%) of Appraised Value or

           2   the actual acquisition cost of such non-Material Partner, or such

           3   Material Partner and any other Partners in the Partner Group of

           4   which such Material Partner is a member, as the case may be.  Any

           5   such option to initiate any such Appraisal Buyout shall be

           6   effective only at such time as the Partnership shall have been

           7   required pursuant to a final adjudication to provide such

           8   information to any such Partner.

           9

          10             6.05 Limit on Transferability.  Any Represented Group
                              ------------------------

          11   as to which a Transfer occurs may only make or permit such

          12   Transfer on the condition that the transferee shall have rights

          13   of management or control in respect of the Partnership only

          14   through its Represented Group as set forth in Section 5.05

          15   hereof.

          16

          17

          18                               ARTICLE 7

          19

          20                           EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          21

          22             7.01 Events of Default.  It shall be an event of 
                              -----------------

          23   default (an "Event of Default") if any one or more of the

          24   following events shall occur:

          25

          26             (a)  a Monetary Default; 

          27

          28

                                               91









            

           1             (b)  except for any Events of Default set forth in any

           2   of Sections 7.01(a), 7.01(c), 7.01(d), 7.01(e), 7.01(f), 7.01(g)

           3   and 7.01(h) hereof, the failure of any Partner to perform any of

           4   its other obligations under this Agreement or the breach by any

           5   Partner of any of the other terms, conditions or covenants of

           6   this Agreement or the failure of any representation or warranty

           7   in this Agreement to be true in all material respects and a

           8   continuation of such failure or breach for more than thirty (30)

           9   days after written notice by any Nondefaulting Partner to the

          10   Defaulting Partner that such Partner has failed to perform any of

          11   its obligations under, or has breached, this Agreement; provided,

          12   that no Event of Default shall exist hereunder if (i) such

          13   default is not capable of being cured within such thirty (30)

          14   days, (ii) such default is capable of cure in a longer period of

          15   time, (iii) such default is not also a default under any of the

          16   Temporary Casino Lease, Rivergate Lease or Casino Operating

          17   Contract and, (iv) cure of such default has been promptly

          18   commenced within such thirty (30) days and such cure is

          19   thereafter diligently and expeditiously prosecuted to completion,

          20   but in no event shall any cure period under this Agreement for

          21   any default be longer than the cure period provided in the

          22   Temporary Casino Lease, Rivergate Lease or Casino Operating

          23   Contract for such default;

          24

          25             (c)  a case or proceeding shall be commenced by any

          26   Partner seeking relief under any provision or chapter of the

          27   federal Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state law

          28   relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization; an

                                               92









            

           1   adjudication that any Partner is insolvent or bankrupt; the entry

           2   of an order for relief under the federal Bankruptcy Code with

           3   respect to any Partner; the filing of any such petition or the

           4   commencement of any such case or proceeding against any Partner,

           5   unless such petition and the case or proceeding initiated thereby

           6   are dismissed within ninety (90) days from the date of such

           7   filing; the filing of an answer by any Partner admitting the

           8   allegations of any such petition; the appointment of a trustee,

           9   receiver or custodian for all or substantially all of the assets

          10   of any Partner unless such appointment is vacated or dismissed

          11   within ninety (90) days from the date of such appointment but not

          12   less than five (5) days before the proposed sale of any assets of

          13   any Partner; the execution by any Partner of a general assignment

          14   for the benefit of creditors; the convening by any Partner of a

          15   meeting of its creditors, or any class thereof, for purposes of

          16   effecting a moratorium upon or extension or composition of its

          17   debts; except in the case of a holder of a permitted security

          18   interest in a Partnership Interest, the levy, attachment,

          19   execution or other seizure of all or substantially all of the

          20   assets of any Partner or any Partner's Partnership Interest,

          21   except as otherwise provided in Section 6.03 hereof, where such

          22   seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter; or

          23   the admission by any Partner in writing of its inability to pay

          24   its debts as they mature or that it is generally not paying its

          25   debts as they become due;

          26

          27             (d)  the failure of any Partner to make payment or

          28   perform any other obligation in connection with any purchase

                                               93









            

           1   arising under Sections 6.02 or 8.03 hereof for a period of five

           2   (5) days after notice from the Partner or Represented Group, as

           3   the case may be, to whom payment or performance was due or to

           4   whom the Transfer was to be made;

           5

           6             (e)  if any Partner or an Affiliate of such Partner is

           7   required to qualify or be found suitable under gaming laws of the

           8   State and such Partner (or such Affiliate) does not so qualify or

           9   is not found so suitable, or if it becomes so qualified or is

          10   found so suitable and it fails to remain so, or if it is found

          11   unsuitable or unqualified under such gaming laws; provided that

          12   no Event of Default shall exist hereunder if a cure provision is

          13   available under the Casino Act or any rule or regulation

          14   promulgated thereunder and the default is cured within such cure

          15   period;

          16

          17             (f)  the dissolution of any Partner other than as

          18   permitted under Section 6.01(a) hereof;

          19

          20             (g)  any Transfer in violation of Article 6 hereof by a

          21   Partner or by a Holding Entity of any Partner; provided that no

          22   Event of Default shall exist hereunder if a cure provision is

          23   available under the Casino Act or any rule or regulation

          24   promulgated thereunder and the default is cured within such cure

          25   period, or, if no cure period is available, if the default is not

          26   cured within thirty (30) days; or

          27

          28

                                               94









            

           1             (h)  the attempted withdrawal of any Partner from the

           2   Partnership other than in connection with any Transfer not in

           3   violation of Article 6 hereof; provided that in the case of

           4   Section 6.01(b) hereof no Event of Default shall exist hereunder

           5   if a cure provision is available under the Casino Act or any

           6   rules or regulations promulgated thereunder and the default is

           7   cured within such cure period.

           8

           9

          10                               ARTICLE 8

          11

          12                                REMEDIES

          13

          14             8.01 Remedies.  Upon the occurrence of any Event of
                              --------

          15   Default with respect to any Partner (the "Defaulting Partner")

          16   which shall not have been cured prior to an election by any one

          17   or more Material Partners which is not a Defaulting Partner (the

          18   "Nondefaulting Partners") under this Section 8.01, any

          19   Nondefaulting Partner may elect to do one or more of the

          20   following by written notice of such election to the Defaulting

          21   Partner:

          22

          23             (a)  in the case of a Monetary Default, (i) if the

          24   default is by a Material Partner, (A) advance money to the

          25   Defaulting Partner, (B) at any time after the expiration of

          26   thirty (30) days from the occurrence of such Monetary Default,

          27   exercise any buy/sell remedy as provided in Section 8.03 hereof,

          28   or (C) exercise any Default Loan and dilution rights as provided

                                               95









            

           1   in Section 8.04 hereof, (ii) if the default is by a non-Material

           2   Partner, advance money to the Defaulting Partner, exercise any

           3   buy/sell remedy as provided in Section 8.03 hereof, exercise any

           4   Default Loan and dilution rights as provided in Section 8.04

           5   hereof, or elect to exercise the Non-Material Partner Appraisal

           6   Buyout remedy as provided in Section 8.06 hereof or (iii) in

           7   either case, exercise any rights provided in Section 3.03(c)

           8   hereof;

           9

          10             (b)  if the Event of Default occurs pursuant to Section

          11   7.01(g) hereof, the Nondefaulting Partners may specifically

          12   enforce their rights to acquire the Offered Interest or the Offer

          13   Related Partnership Interest;

          14

          15             (c)  together with any other Nondefaulting Partner,

          16   wind up the affairs of, and dissolve, the Partnership, or sell

          17   the Property and any other assets of the Partnership, as provided

          18   in Section 15.01 hereof, with the proceeds of such liquidation to

          19   be applied as provided in Section 15.03 hereof;

          20

          21             (d)  enforce any covenant by the Defaulting Partner to

          22   advance money (including, without limitation, the contribution of

          23   a negative Capital Account balance) or to take or forbear from

          24   any other action hereunder;

          25

          26             (e)  following any Event of Default pursuant to any of

          27   Sections 7.01(c), 7.01(e) and 7.01(f) hereof as to any Partner,

          28   suspend any right of the Partner Group of which a Defaulting

                                               96









            

           1   Partner is a member to be a Represented Group and to be entitled

           2   to be represented on the Executive Committee until such time as

           3   the Event of Default is cured; provided that the rights of such

           4   Partner Group, with respect to amendments and modifications of

           5   the Partnership Agreement as specified in Section 5.01(e)(v)

           6   hereof shall not be so suspended; or 

           7

           8             (f)  pursue any other remedy permitted at law or in

           9   equity.

          10

          11             8.02 Choice of Remedies  
                              ------------------

          12

          13             (a)  From and after the date a Nondefaulting Partner

          14   has elected to exercise any remedy pursuant to Section 8.01

          15   hereof, such exercise of remedies may be continued thereafter by

          16   the Nondefaulting Partner regardless of whether the Defaulting

          17   Partners thereafter cures such Event of Default.

          18

          19             (b)  The election to pursue any other remedies pursuant

          20   to Section 8.01 hereof may be made alone or in combination with 

          21   any other remedies; provided that a buy/sell pursuant to Section

          22   8.03 hereof, an Appraisal Buyout pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof

          23   or a Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout pursuant to Section

          24   8.06 hereof, as the case may be, may not be pursued

          25   simultaneously against any one Partner Group or Defaulting

          26   Partner, as the case may be.  

          27

          28

                                               97









            

           1             (c)  Nothing contained herein shall limit any rights to

           2   sue a Partner Group or Defaulting Partner, as the case may be,

           3   for amounts owing to the Partnership hereunder, or for any other

           4   breach of this Agreement.  A Defaulting Partner shall have no

           5   right to demand the immediate valuation and payment of its

           6   Partnership Interest.

           7

           8             (d)  In any action against a Defaulting Partner for a

           9   failure to make any Initial Capital Contribution pursuant to

          10   Section 3.01 hereof or any Additional Capital Contribution

          11   pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof or in any levy or enforcement of

          12   any judgment against a Defaulting Partner for any such failure to

          13   contribute, the recovery against such Defaulting Partner may

          14   include any assets of such Defaulting Partner but shall not

          15   include any taking or Transfer of such Defaulting Partner's

          16   Partnership Interests other than any Transfer as may occur

          17   pursuant to any exercise of rights under Sections 8.03, 8.04,

          18   8.05 or 8.06 hereof.

          19

          20             (e)  Upon any Transfer of a Partnership Interest

          21   pursuant to Sections 8.03, 8.04, 8.05 or 8.06 hereof, the

          22   transferee shall acquire the Partnership Interest free and clear

          23   of any lien or security interest with respect to such Partnership

          24   Interest; provided that nothing herein shall restrict or impair

          25   the lien of any lender holding any such security interest to any

          26   proceeds payable to the Partner so Transferring its Partnership

          27   Interest or any right of such lender to receive directly such

          28   proceeds.

                                               98









            

           1             8.03 Buy/Sell
                              --------

           2

           3             (a)  The provisions of this Section 8.03 may be

           4   exercised (i) by a Nondefaulting Partner pursuant to Section

           5   8.01(a) hereof as to either the Partner Group if a Material

           6   Partner is the Defaulting Partner or as to the Defaulting Partner

           7   if a non-Material Partner is the Defaulting Partner, (ii) by a

           8   Material Partner pursuant to Section 11.02 hereof as to either

           9   the Partner Group if a Material Partner is the Defaulting Partner

          10   or as to the Defaulting Partner if a non-Material Partner is the

          11   Defaulting Partner, and (iii) by a Material Partner pursuant to

          12   Section 12.01 hereof as to any Partner Group.  In any case where

          13   a Material Partner exercises a buy/sell pursuant to Section

          14   8.01(a) hereof, the Material Partner shall have the option to

          15   offer in such buy/sell its entire Partnership Interest or a

          16   portion of its Partnership Interest containing a Percentage Share

          17   equal to the Percentage Share of the Defaulting Partner or

          18   Partner Group, as the case may be.  If such Defaulting Partner or

          19   Partner Group, as the case may be, has a Percentage Share greater

          20   than the Percentage Share of the Material Partner exercising the

          21   buy/sell, the Material Partner shall offer its entire Partnership

          22   Interest in the buy/sell.

          23

          24             (b)  Any Material Partner eligible to elect a buy/sell

          25   pursuant to Section 8.03(a) hereof may, by written notice to the

          26   Partner Group or Partner, as the case may  be, with respect to

          27   which the buy/sell is being exercised and any other Material

          28   Partners, establish a gross sales price for the Partnership

                                               99









            

           1   ("Partnership Price"), which shall be the price to be used in the

           2   calculation procedures set forth in Section 8.03(e) hereof.  The

           3   Material Partner first to exercise its right under this Section

           4   8.03 shall be the Electing Partner for the purposes of this

           5   Section 8.03.  Any offer made pursuant to this Section 8.03(b)

           6   shall be the "Offer".  Any Material Partner other than the

           7   Electing Partner and the Partner or Partner Group with respect to

           8   whom such buy/sell has been exercised shall be a Remaining

           9   Partner for the purposes of this Section 8.03, so long as such

          10   Material Partner is not a Defaulting Partner.

          11

          12             (c)  A Remaining Partner shall have the option for ten

          13   (10) days after notice of the Offer is given by the Electing

          14   Partner to the other Material Partners to participate in the

          15   Offer made by the Electing Partner.  If a Remaining Partner by

          16   written notice to the other Material Partners within said ten

          17   (10) day period elects to join the Electing Partner in the Offer,

          18   such Material Partners shall participate in the buy/sell pursuant

          19   to this Section 8.03(b) on a pro rata basis in accordance with

          20   each such Exercising Partner's Percentage Share.  If any

          21   Remaining Partner does not by timely written notice to the other

          22   Material Partners elect to join the Electing Partner in the

          23   Offer, such Remaining Partner shall have no right of

          24   participation in the buy/sell pursuant to this Section 8.03(b). 

          25   If more than one Material Partner elect to exercise this buy/sell

          26   right concurrently, each shall act jointly with the other

          27   exercising Material Partners and shall participate in the

          28   buy/sell pursuant to this Section 8.03 on a pro rata basis in

                                              100









            

           1   accordance with each such Material Partner's Exercising Partner's

           2   Percentage Share.  The Material Partner(s) participating in the

           3   Offer shall be the "Offeror".

           4

           5             (d)  The Electing Partner shall in the notice of the

           6   Offer (i) designate the Partner Group or Partner, as the case may

           7   be, with respect to which the buy/sell is being exercised (the

           8   "Offeree"), (ii) state the Partnership Price, (iii) summarize in

           9   reasonable detail the calculations described in Section 8.03(e)

          10   hereof which determine the terms on which the Offeror would be

          11   willing either (A) to purchase from the Offeree the Offeree's

          12   Partnership Interest or (B) to sell to the Offeree the Offeror's

          13   Partnership Interest, and (iv) state the liabilities to be

          14   assumed pursuant to Section 8.03(g) hereof.  The notice of the

          15   Offer may designate any date, so long as such date is not more

          16   than ninety (90) days prior to the date such notice of the Offer

          17   is given and no later than the date on which the buy/sell closes,

          18   as to the effective date on which the hypothetical liquidation

          19   pursuant to Section 8.03(e) hereof shall occur.  If the Offeror

          20   shall become a Defaulting Partner at any time after making an

          21   Offer, the buy/sell initiated pursuant to such Offer shall

          22   terminate.  Where more than one Material Partner are

          23   participating in the buy/sell remedy, if any of such Material

          24   Partners becomes a Defaulting Partner, the remaining

          25   Nondefaulting Partners may proceed with the buy/sell without any

          26   further participation by any Material Partner which becomes a

          27   Defaulting Partner.

          28

                                              101









            

           1             (e)  For purposes of calculating the Partnership Price

           2   payable to the Offeror or Offeree, the Partnership Price shall be

           3   treated as hypothetical proceeds of liquidation pursuant to

           4   Section 15.03 hereof, and the portions of such hypothetical

           5   proceeds which would be respectively distributed to each of the

           6   Offeror and the Offeree under Section 15.03 hereof (assuming that

           7   all debts and liabilities of the Partnership to third parties

           8   (including any loans or advances that may have been made by any

           9   Partner to the Partnership) shall be paid from such hypothetical

          10   proceeds or assumed by the purchasing Partner(s)) shall be

          11   calculated (as well as any negative Capital Account balance of

          12   the Offeror and the Offeree which would result in such

          13   hypothetical liquidation).  The portion so calculated of such

          14   hypothetical proceeds that the Offeree would receive for its

          15   Partnership Interest (including any amounts as are payable to the

          16   Offeree in respect of Default Loans pursuant to Section 8.04

          17   hereof or in respect of indemnity obligations pursuant to Section

          18   10.02 and 10.04 hereof) shall be defined as the "Net Partnership

          19   Price" of the Offeree.  The portion so calculated of such

          20   hypothetical proceeds that the Offeror(s) would receive for its

          21   Partnership Interest(s) (including any amounts as are payable to

          22   the Offeror(s) in respect of Default Loans pursuant to Section

          23   8.04 hereof or in respect of indemnity obligations pursuant to

          24   Sections 10.02 and 10.04 hereof) shall be defined as the "Net

          25   Partnership Price" of the Offeror(s).  If the Offeror or Offeree,

          26   as the case may be, would have a negative Capital Account and be

          27   required to pay the amount of such negative Capital Account to

          28   the Partnership pursuant to Section 15.03 hereof in connection

                                              102









            

           1   with such hypothetical liquidation, the amount of such negative

           2   Capital Account shall be the "Net Partnership Price" as to such

           3   Offeror or Offeree.  The Partners understand and agree that in

           4   such circumstances, the Net Partnership Price applicable to an

           5   Offeror or Offeree will require a payment from the selling

           6   Partner or Partner Group(s), as the case may be, to the buying

           7   Partner or Partner Group(s), as the case may be, rather than a

           8   payment from the buying Partner or Partner Group(s) to the

           9   selling Partner or Partner Group(s) as the case may be.

          10

          11             (f)  From the date the notice of the Offer is given,

          12   the Offeree shall have sixty (60) days to notify the Offeror(s)

          13   of its election either to purchase the Partnership Interest of

          14   the Offeror(s) or to sell its own Partnership Interest at the

          15   prices so offered.

          16

          17                (i)    If the Offeree determines to purchase the

          18   Partnership Interest of the Offeror(s), the Offeree shall serve

          19   written notice of such election specifying a closing date for

          20   such purchase not more than ninety (90) days from the date of

          21   such notice of election (including the escrow period) within

          22   which it must purchase the Partnership Interest of the Offeror(s)

          23   at the Net Partnership Price of the Offeror(s) as calculated

          24   above.

          25

          26               (ii)    If the Offeree determines to sell its

          27   Partnership Interest, it shall give written notice of such

          28   election to the Offeror(s), who shall, within ten (10) days of

                                              103









            

           1   the Offeree's election, designate a closing date for such sale

           2   not more than ninety (90) days thereafter and shall purchase the

           3   Partnership Interest of the Offeree at the Net Partnership Price

           4   of the Offeree as calculated above.

           5

           6              (iii)    If the Offeree does not elect either to buy

           7   or sell within the thirty (30) day period referred to above, the

           8   Offeror(s) may elect to buy the Partnership Interest of the

           9   Offeree and the Offeror(s) shall have the ten (10) days following

          10   expiration of such thirty (30) day period in which to designate a

          11   closing date for such purchase not more than one hundred twenty

          12   (120) days from the date of such deemed election.

          13

          14               (iv)    If the Partnership Interest of Harrah's is

          15   being purchased, the notice of offer or election, as the case may

          16   be must state whether the purchaser will elect to acquire the

          17   interest of Manager and must request the Partnership's

          18   accountants to determine the appraised value of such interest as

          19   provided in Section 17.02 of the Management Agreement.  If such

          20   election is made, the purchaser shall purchase the interests of

          21   Harrah's and Manager simultaneously.

          22

          23             (g)  The closing of the purchase and sale contemplated

          24   by Section 8.03(f) hereof shall be subject to the following terms

          25   and conditions:

          26

          27                (i)    The closing shall occur at the offices of the

          28   Partnership at 9:00 a.m. on the date specified on the notice of

                                              104









            

           1   the Offer or the next succeeding Business Day which is also a

           2   Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday.

           3

           4               (ii)    The Net Partnership Price for any purchase

           5   and sale pursuant to Section 8.03(f) hereof and purchase price

           6   for the interest of Manager, if applicable, shall be paid in cash

           7   at the closing.  Costs of any sale of a Partnership Interest,

           8   including recording fees, escrow costs, if any, and other fees

           9   (but not attorneys' fees) shall be divided equally between the

          10   Offeror(s) and the Offeree.

          11

          12              (iii)    At the closing of the purchase of a

          13   Partnership Interest pursuant to this Section 8.03(g), the

          14   Partnership and the buying Partner(s) or Partner Group, as the

          15   case may be, shall save, protect, defend, indemnify, and hold

          16   harmless the selling Partner(s) or Partner Group, as the case may

          17   be, from all debts and liabilities owed by the Partnership to

          18   third parties but the selling Partner(s) or Partner Group, as the

          19   case may be, shall not be relieved of any of their indemnity

          20   obligations pursuant to Article 10 hereof for liabilities arising

          21   out of events occurring prior to or during the period any selling

          22   Partner was a Partner in the Partnership.

          23

          24               (iv)    A Partner Group or Partner selling its

          25   Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 8.03(f) hereof shall

          26   deliver all appropriate documents of Transfer at closing and

          27   shall convey its Partnership Interest to the buying Partner

          28   Group(s) or Partner, or its nominee or their respective nominees,

                                              105









            

           1   free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or other

           2   charges of any kind whatsoever.  In the event the Partnership

           3   Interest is conveyed to any such nominee or nominees of the

           4   buying Partner Group(s) or Partner, the admission of such nominee

           5   or nominees to the Partnership as a successor to the selling

           6   Partner Group(s) or Partner shall occur, and for all purposes

           7   shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the

           8   transfer by the selling Partner Group(s) or Partner of its

           9   Partnership Interest.

          10

          11                (v)    From and after the closing of any such sale

          12   of a Partnership Interest, the selling Partner Group(s) or

          13   Partner shall have no further interest in the assets, profits or

          14   management of the Partnership and shall not be responsible for

          15   any of the obligations or losses of the Partnership, and all

          16   obligations of the Partnership to the selling Partner Group(s) or

          17   Partner, including all capital accounts, loans and advances,

          18   shall be deemed satisfied and discharged, but the selling Partner

          19   Group(s) or Partner shall not be relieved of any indemnity

          20   obligations pursuant to Article 10 hereof for liabilities arising

          21   out of events occurring prior to or during the period any selling

          22   Partner was a Partner in the Partnership.

          23

          24             (h)  If the buying Partner Group(s) or Partner shall

          25   fail to close a purchase pursuant to Section 8.03(g) hereof, the

          26   selling Partner Group(s) or Partner may, in addition to any other

          27   rights hereunder, elect to purchase the buying Partner Group(s)'

          28   or Partner's Partnership Interest at the Net Partnership Price

                                              106









            

           1   which would otherwise have been payable to the buying Partner

           2   Group(s) or Partner pursuant to Section 8.03(e) hereof.  Where

           3   more than one Partner Group or Partners are buying Partner Groups

           4   or Partners and one such buying Partner Group or Partners shall

           5   fail to close a purchase under Section 8.03(g) hereof, any other

           6   buying Partner Group or Partners shall, by written notice to the

           7   other participating Partner Groups or Partners within an

           8   additional twenty (20) day period, elect either to act as the

           9   Buying Partner for the entire purchase without any further

          10   participation by the Partner Group or Partners that failed to

          11   close or elect not to proceed with the purchase.  Such closing

          12   shall occur on a date at the expiration of said additional twenty

          13   (20) day period as designated in said notice by the Partner Group

          14   or Partners making such election to close.

          15

          16             8.04 Advances; Buy-Down
                              ------------------

          17

          18             (a)  If a Defaulting Partner shall have failed to make 

          19   any Capital Contribution pursuant to either Section 3.01 or

          20   Section 3.03 hereof, any Nondefaulting Partner may, but shall not

          21   be obligated to, advance to the Partnership on behalf of the

          22   Defaulting Partner the amount of all or any part of such

          23   delinquency, with each such advance to be treated as a loan by

          24   the Nondefaulting Partner to the Defaulting Partner (a "Default

          25   Loan").

          26

          27                (i)    Any Nondefaulting Partner may elect to make a

          28   Default Loan at any time until six (6) months after the later to

                                              107









            

           1   occur of the date of a call for Additional Capital Contributions

           2   pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof or the date on which a cash

           3   deficiency occurs as a result of a failure of a Partner to

           4   contribute pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof.  Any Nondefaulting

           5   Partner first to exercise its right under this Section 8.04(a)

           6   shall be the Electing Partner for the purposes of this Section

           7   8.04.  If more than one Nondefaulting Partner concurrently

           8   exercise their rights under this Section 8.04(a), all such

           9   concurrently electing Nondefaulting Partners shall jointly be the

          10   Electing Partner.  The Electing Partner shall promptly give

          11   written notice to the Defaulting Partner and any other Material

          12   Partners of making such advance to the Partnership.

          13

          14               (ii)    Any Material Partner(s) other than a

          15   Defaulting Partner and the Material Partner first electing to

          16   make a Default Loan, so long as it is not a Defaulting Partner,

          17   shall be a Remaining Partner for the purposes of this Section

          18   8.04.  Any Remaining Partner shall have the option for ten (10)

          19   days after such notice is given to join the Electing Partner and

          20   participate in the Default Loan.  If any Remaining Partner elects

          21   by written notice to the other Material Partners within the said

          22   ten (10) day period to participate in the Default Loan, such

          23   Remaining Partner shall, upon such election, advance to the

          24   Electing Partner an amount so that such Remaining Partner shares

          25   in such Default Loan with the Electing Partner pro rata in

          26   accordance with its Exercising Partner's Percentage Share.  If

          27   such Remaining Partner does not give timely written notice of

          28   such election to join the Electing Partner, such Remaining

                                              108









         

        1   Partner shall have no right to participate in such Default Loan. 

        2   The Nondefaulting Partner(s) participating in the Default Loan

        3   shall be the "Default Lender".

        4

        5              (iii)    Each separate advance by a Default Lender

        6   shall be a separate Default Loan.  The amount of each such

        7   advance to the Partnership shall be credited to the Capital

        8   Account of the Defaulting Partner.

        9

       10               (iv)    Each Default Loan shall be (i) for a term of

       11   two (2) years, and (ii) bear interest, payable monthly, at a

       12   fixed rate equal to the greater of (A) the then Prime Rate plus

       13   three percent (3%) or (B) nine and one-quarter percent (9 1/4%) per

       14   annum, but in no event greater than the maximum rate permitted by

       15   applicable law, from the date of such Default Loan to the earlier

       16   of the date of payment in full by the Defaulting Partner or the

       17   date of the Default Lender's exercise of its rights pursuant to

       18   Sections 8.04(b) or 8.04(c) hereof.

       19

       20                (v)    The Defaulting Partner shall have two (2)

       21   years after the making of any Default Loan within which to repay

       22   the principal amount of such Default Loan (provided that any

       23   portion of a Default Loan in connection with an Additional

       24   Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof attributable

       25   to NOLDC shall have no stated maturity, and shall remain

       26   outstanding until paid by the application of Distributions

       27   otherwise distributable to NOLDC in accordance with Section 4.05

       28   hereof).  Any interest payable by the Defaulting Partner on any

                                           109









            

           1   Default Loan shall be paid directly to the Default Lender by the

           2   Defaulting Partner and any such payment shall not affect either

           3   the Nondefaulting Partners' or the Defaulting Partner's Capital

           4   Accounts.

           5

           6               (vi)    Upon the payment in full of the principal of

           7   and all accrued interest on a Default Loan within such two (2)

           8   year period (or with respect to NOLDC with respect to a Default

           9   Loan in connection with an Additional Capital Contribution

          10   pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof at any time) or pursuant to

          11   Sections 8.04(b) or 8.04(c) hereof, the Defaulting Partner's

          12   default, with respect to which a Default Loan was made, shall be

          13   deemed cured.  The making of a Default Loan shall not be deemed

          14   to cure an Event of Default with respect to which a Default Loan

          15   has been made, and such cure may be made only in the manner set

          16   forth in the immediately preceding sentence or in Sections

          17   4.05(a), 8.04(b) and 8.04(c) hereof.

          18

          19             (b)  If the Defaulting Partner fails to repay the

          20   Default Lender(s) with respect to any one or more Default Loan

          21   within the two (2) year period referred to in Section 8.04(a)(v)

          22   hereof, any Default Lender may, at any time after the expiration

          23   of such two (2) year period elect, by written notice (the

          24   "Conversion Notice") with respect to all or any portion of the

          25   Default Loans from such Default Lender to the Defaulting Partner

          26   to increase such Default Lender's aggregate Percentage Share and

          27   decrease the Defaulting Partner's Percentage Share as of the date

          28

                                              110









            

           1   of the Conversion Notice as herein set forth with respect to such

           2   Default Lender's portion of any such outstanding Default Loan.

           3

           4                (i)    The Default Lender that delivered the

           5   Conversion Notice shall, as to its portion of any Default Loan,

           6   increase its aggregate Percentage Share (but not to exceed one

           7   hundred percent (100%)) by a percentage derived from a fraction,

           8   the numerator of which equals one hundred ten percent (110%) of

           9   all outstanding principal and interest of the Default Loan being

          10   converted and the denominator of which equals the positive amount

          11   the Defaulting Partner would receive upon a hypothetical

          12   liquidation of the Partnership treating one hundred percent

          13   (100%) of Appraised Value of the assets of the Partnership as

          14   hypothetical sales proceeds for distribution under Section 15.03

          15   hereof (assuming all debts and liabilities of the Partnership to

          16   third parties, including any loans or advances permitted or

          17   required under the terms of this Agreement or approved by the

          18   Partnership that may have been made by any of the Partners to the

          19   Partnership, shall have been paid from such hypothetical sales

          20   proceeds) and that any gain or loss realized from such

          21   hypothetical sale shall have been allocated to the Partners'

          22   Capital Accounts.  If such hypothetical liquidation of the

          23   Partnership results in a negative Capital Account for the

          24   Defaulting Partner, the Default Lender shall acquire all of the

          25   Percentage Interest of the Defaulting Partner upon any such

          26   conversion and the Defaulting Partner shall remain liable to

          27   restore such negative Capital Account balance.  If the Default

          28   Lender consists of more than one Partner, such Partners shall

                                              111









            

           1   share such increased Percentage Interest pro rata in accordance

           2   with their respective Exercising Partner's Percentage Share.  If

           3   the Defaulting Partner's Percentage Share is decreased to zero as

           4   a result of any conversion pursuant to this Section 8.05(b), the

           5   Defaulting Partner shall thereupon cease to be a Partner in the

           6   Partnership and the Defaulting Partner shall remain liable to

           7   restore any negative Capital Account balance resulting from such

           8   hypothetical liquidation.  The Defaulting Partner shall have its

           9   Percentage Share correspondingly decreased by the amount by which

          10   the Default Lender's Percentage Share is increased.

          11

          12               (ii)    The Partners acknowledge that Capital

          13   Contributions will be of critical importance to the Partnership,

          14   and the Partners further acknowledge that the value of Capital

          15   Contributions or Default Loans made to Partners who have failed

          16   to make Capital Contributions is not readily ascertainable as of

          17   the date hereof and a reasonable estimate of such value is

          18   achieved by the formula contained in Section 8.04(b)(i) hereof. 

          19   Such formula reflects such estimate of the Partners, and is not

          20   intended to be a penalty.

          21

          22              (iii)    Upon such recalculation and the corresponding

          23   adjustments of Percentage Shares, if all of the Default Loan has

          24   been converted pursuant to this Section 8.04(b), the Event of

          25   Default associated with the Default Loan with respect to which

          26   such adjustments were made shall be deemed cured as of the date

          27   of such conversion.

          28

                                              112









            

           1             (c)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained

           2   in Section 8.04(b) hereof, in the event that any Percentage

           3   Shares are adjusted as set forth in Section 8.04(b) hereof, and

           4   the Defaulting Partner's Percentage Share, as readjusted, is

           5   equal to zero (0), then the Default Lender shall have the right

           6   (but not the obligation), in its or their sole discretion, either

           7   to (i) admit to the Partnership as an additional Partner of the

           8   Partnership a nominee of the Default Lender, and to deem the

           9   Defaulting Partner to have Transferred its remaining Partnership

          10   Interest to such nominee (instead of increasing the Default

          11   Lender's Percentage Share by such amount), whereupon the

          12   Defaulting Partner will cease to be a Partner in the Partnership,

          13   and to have any Partnership Interest and such Partner shall not

          14   be relieved of any indemnity obligations pursuant to Article 10

          15   hereof for liabilities arising out of events occurring prior to

          16   or during the period any selling Partner was a Partner in the

          17   Partnership, or (ii) if, after the exercise of the dilution

          18   remedy in Section 8.04(b) hereof no other Partner remains, take

          19   all steps necessary to dissolve and wind up the affairs of the

          20   Partnership, and to cause all assets to be liquidated and the net

          21   proceeds therefrom to be distributed solely to the Default

          22   Lender, with the Defaulting Partner having no right to receive

          23   any such Distribution.

          24

          25             (d)  Upon request by any Default Lender at any time

          26   from the date of the Default Lender's advance pursuant to Section

          27   8.04(a) hereof until any such Default Loan shall be repaid in

          28   full or converted to an increased Percentage Share, the

                                              113









            

           1   Defaulting Partner shall execute any and all documents reasonably

           2   requested by any Default Lender, including, without limitation,

           3   notes and any other documents which may be necessary to evidence

           4   the Default Loan.

           5

           6             (e)  The dilution remedy in Section 8.04(b) hereof may

           7   not be elected by any Material Partner with respect to NOLDC with

           8   respect to Default Loans made in connection with an Additional

           9   Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof, to the

          10   extent NOLDC retains all or any part of its original Partnership

          11   Interest.  This exception shall not apply to any Partnership

          12   Interest subsequently acquired by NOLDC by purchase, merger or

          13   otherwise, or to any part of NOLDC's Partnership Interest which

          14   is Transferred other than to First National Bank of Commerce or

          15   any successor Institutional Investor holding the NOLDC Loan or a

          16   nominee who holds title for such bank or Institutional Investor

          17   in respect of any existing Default Loans to NOLDC prior to

          18   foreclosure of the NOLDC Loan.

          19

          20             8.05 Appraisal Buyout
                              ----------------

          21

          22             (a)  Upon the occurrence of an Unsuitability

          23   Determination, the Partnership shall exercise promptly its right

          24   pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof to redeem (i) the Partnership

          25   Interest of the Partner Group containing the Defaulting Partner

          26   in the case of an Unsuitability Determination with respect to a

          27   Material Partner, (ii) the Partnership Interest of a non-Material

          28   Partner in the case of an Unsuitability Determination with

                                              114









            

           1   respect to a non-Material Partner, or (iii) the entire

           2   Partnership Interest of a Partner who has failed to redeem an

           3   unsuitable Holding Entity pursuant to Section 11.01(b)(iii)

           4   hereof or Section 16.06(e) hereof, as the case may be (the

           5   "Redeemed Interest"), pursuant to this Section 8.05 (the

           6   "Appraisal Buyout").  Upon such notice the fair market value of

           7   the assets of the Partnership shall be determined pursuant to

           8   Article 9 hereof.  The Partnership shall have sixty (60) days or

           9   such period of time allowed or required by LEDGC from the earlier

          10   of the date on which the Represented Groups agree upon a fair

          11   market value pursuant to Section 9.01 hereof or the date on which

          12   the Remaining Partners receive notice of the decision of the

          13   appraisers pursuant to Section 9.02 hereof (the "Valuation Date")

          14   in which to purchase the Redeemed Interest by payment, in

          15   accordance with Section 8.05(c) hereof, to the Partner Group or

          16   Partner of an amount equal to the Appraisal Buyout Price.

          17

          18             (b)  For purposes of calculating the "Appraisal Buyout

          19   Price", ninety percent (90%) of the Appraised Value of the assets

          20   of the Partnership shall be treated as hypothetical sales

          21   proceeds for distribution under Section 15.03 hereof, and the

          22   portions of such hypothetical sales proceeds which would be

          23   respectively distributed to each Partner in respect of its

          24   Redeemed Interest pursuant to Section 15.03 hereof (assuming that

          25   all debts and liabilities of the Partnership to third parties,

          26   including any loans or advances permitted or required by the

          27   terms of this Agreement or approved by the Partnership that may

          28   have been made by any of the Partners to the Partnership, shall

                                              115









            

           1   be paid from such hypothetical sales proceeds and that any gain

           2   or loss realized upon such hypothetical sale shall have been

           3   allocated to the Partners' Capital Accounts) shall be calculated

           4   (as well as any negative Capital Account balance of any Partner

           5   which would result from such a hypothetical liquidation).

           6

           7                (i)    The notice may designate any date, so long as

           8   such date is not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date

           9   such notice is given and no later than the date on which the

          10   Appraisal Buyout closes, as to the effective date on which the

          11   hypothetical liquidation pursuant to Section 8.05(b) hereof shall

          12   occur.

          13

          14               (ii)    The portion so calculated of such

          15   hypothetical sales proceeds that the Partner Group or Partner

          16   with respect to which the Unsuitability Determination was made

          17   would receive, if any (including, or less, any amounts as are

          18   payable to any Partners in respect of Default Loans pursuant to

          19   Section 8.04 hereof or indemnity obligations pursuant to Sections

          20   10.02 and 10.04 hereof), or such lesser amounts to be paid to the

          21   Partner Group or Partner as may be necessary to comply with

          22   applicable laws, rules, regulations or requirements of any

          23   governmental entity, shall be the Appraisal Buyout Price for such

          24   Redeemed Interest.

          25

          26              (iii)    If any Partner Group or Partner would have a

          27   negative Capital Account and be required to pay the amount of

          28   such negative Capital Account to the Partnership pursuant to

                                              116









            

           1   Section 15.03 hereof in such hypothetical liquidation, the amount

           2   of such negative Capital Account (including, or less, any amounts

           3   as are payable to any Partners in respect of Default Loans

           4   pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or indemnity obligations pursuant

           5   to Sections 10.02 and 10.04 hereof) shall be the Appraisal Buyout

           6   Price for its Redeemed Interest.  The Partners understand and

           7   agree that in such circumstances of a negative Capital Account,

           8   the Appraisal Buyout Price applicable to a Partner Group or

           9   Partner for its Redeemed Interest will require a payment from the

          10   selling Partner Group or Partner to the Partnership rather than a

          11   payment from the Partnership to the selling Partner Group or

          12   Partner, as the case may be. 

          13

          14               (iv)    If the Partnership Interest of Harrah's is

          15   being purchased, the notice must state whether the Management

          16   Agreement will be terminated pursuant to Section 17.02 of the

          17   Management Agreement, and all amounts due to Manager in

          18   connection with such termination must be paid in full to Manager

          19   at the closing of such purchase.

          20

          21             (c)  Whenever an Offer Related Partnership Interest is

          22   being purchased pursuant to Section 8.05(a) hereof, the Appraisal

          23   Buyout Price of the Offer Related Partnership Interest shall be

          24   the amount of hypothetical sales proceeds which would be

          25   allocable to the Offer Related Partnership Interest based on its

          26   pro rata share of the Percentage Share of the subject Partnership

          27   Interest.

          28

                                              117









            

           1             (d)  The closing of the Partnership's purchase of a

           2   Redeemed Interest and, if applicable, termination of the

           3   Management Agreement, shall occur at a place and time designated

           4   by the Partnership in its written notice pursuant to Section

           5   8.05(a) hereof within sixty (60) days or such other period as

           6   allowed or required by LEDGC after the Valuation Date.  The

           7   Appraisal Buyout Price as determined in Section 8.05(b) hereof,

           8   to the extent not prohibited by law, shall be paid from

           9   Distributions otherwise distributable to the Partner or Partner

          10   Group which owns the Redeemed Interest had such purchase not

          11   occurred, without interest.  At the closing of the purchase of a

          12   Redeemed Interest pursuant to this Section 8.05(d), the

          13   Partnership shall, in virile shares, save, protect, defend,

          14   indemnify and hold harmless the selling Partner Group or Partner

          15   from all debts and liabilities owed by the Partnership to third

          16   parties, excluding any personal guarantee incurred by a Partner

          17   prior to the date of this Agreement, the obligation to repay any

          18   Default Loans pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the obligation

          19   to pay to the Partnership any negative Capital Account balance

          20   pursuant to Section 15.03 hereof, and the selling Partner Group

          21   or Partner shall not be relieved of any indemnity obligation

          22   pursuant to Article 10 hereof arising out of events occurring

          23   prior to or during the period of time any selling Partner was a

          24   Partner in the Partnership.

          25

          26             (e)  Costs of the transaction, including recording

          27   fees, escrow costs, if any, and other fees (but not attorneys'

          28   fees) shall be borne by the Partner Group or Partner, as the case

                                              118









            

           1   may be, which owned the Redeemed Interest.  The Partner Group or

           2   Partner, as the case may be, shall deliver all appropriate

           3   documents of Transfer and, if applicable, termination of the

           4   Management Agreement, to any nominee of the Partnership at the

           5   closing and shall cause its entire Redeemed Interest to be free

           6   and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances, or other charges of

           7   any kind whatsoever.  If a Partner's entire Partnership Interest

           8   is Transferred pursuant to this Section 8.05, such Partner shall

           9   thereupon cease to be a Partner in the Partnership.  The

          10   Percentage Share of any Partnership Interest or Offer Related

          11   Redeemed Interest acquired by the Partnership pursuant to this

          12   Section 8.05 shall be reallocated among the remaining Material

          13   Partners, pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage

          14   Shares.  If the Partnership Interest or Offer Related Redeemed

          15   Interest is Transferred to a nominee of the Partnership, the

          16   admission of such nominee to the Partnership as a successor to

          17   the Partner Group or Partner which owned the Redeemed Interest,

          18   as the case may be, shall occur, and for all purposes shall be

          19   deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the Transfer by the

          20   Partner Group or Partner, as the case may be, of the Redeemed

          21   Interest.  From and after the closing, the Partner Group or

          22   Partner which owned the Redeemed Interest, as the case may be,

          23   shall have no further interest in the assets, profits or

          24   management of the Partnership and shall not be responsible for

          25   any of its obligations or losses in respect of the Redeemed

          26   Interest, and all obligations other than indemnity obligations of

          27   the Partnership to the Partner Group or Partner which owned the

          28   Redeemed Interest shall be satisfied and discharged in respect of

                                              119









            

           1   the Redeemed Interest Transferred, including all Capital

           2   Accounts, Partner Loans or any other amounts advanced to the

           3   Partnership or owed by the Partnership to the Partner Group or

           4   Partner which owned the Redeemed Interest, excluding any personal

           5   guarantee incurred by a Partner prior to the date of this

           6   Agreement, the obligation to repay any Default Loans pursuant to

           7   Section 8.04 hereof, or the obligation to pay to the Partnership

           8   the negative Capital Account balance pursuant to Section 15.03

           9   hereof, and the selling Partner Group or Partner shall not be

          10   relieved of any indemnity obligation pursuant to Article 10

          11   hereof arising out of events occurring prior to or during the

          12   period of time any selling Partner was a Partner in the

          13   Partnership.

          14

          15             8.06 Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout
                              -------------------------------------

          16

          17             (a)  Upon a Monetary Default by a non-Material Partner,

          18   any Nondefaulting Partner may give to the other Material Partners

          19   written notice that it intends to exercise its right to buy any

          20   defaulting non-Material Partner's Partnership Interest pursuant

          21   to this Section 8.06 (the "Non-Material Partner Appraisal

          22   Buyout").  By Unanimous Approval of such Nondefaulting Partners

          23   within the ten (10) day notice period provided in Section

          24   8.06(a)(ii) hereof, the Nondefaulting Partners may elect to have

          25   the Partnership exercise the Non-Material Partner Appraisal

          26   Buyout remedy pursuant to this Section 8.06.  If the

          27   Nondefaulting Partners so elect to have the Partnership be the

          28

                                              120









            

           1   purchaser, the Partnership shall be the Electing Partner for the

           2   purposes of this Section 8.06.

           3

           4                (i)    Any Nondefaulting Partner first to exercise

           5   its right under this Section 8.06(a) shall be the Electing

           6   Partner for the purposes of this Section 8.06(a).  If more than

           7   one Nondefaulting Partner concurrently exercise their rights

           8   under this Section 8.06(a), such concurrently exercising

           9   Nondefaulting Partners shall jointly be the Electing Partner.

          10

          11               (ii)    Any Material Partner other than a Defaulting

          12   Partner and the Electing Partner, so long as it is not a

          13   Defaulting Partner, shall be a Remaining Partner for the purposes

          14   of this Section 8.06.  Any Remaining Partner shall have the

          15   option for ten (10) days after first notice of an Electing

          16   Partner is given to elect by written notice to the other Material

          17   Partners to join the Electing Partner and participate in the Non-

          18   Material Partner Appraisal Buyout.  If any Remaining Partner

          19   timely elects by written notice to the other Material Partners to

          20   participate in the Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout, each

          21   Electing Partner will participate in the Non-Material Partner

          22   Appraisal Buyout pursuant to this Section 8.06(a) on a pro rata

          23   basis in accordance with each Material Partner's Exercising

          24   Partner's Percentage Share.  If any Remaining Partner does not

          25   elect by timely written notice to join the Electing Partner, such

          26   Remaining Partner shall have no participation in the Non-Material

          27   Partner Appraisal Buyout.  The Nondefaulting Partner(s)

          28   participating in the Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout (e.g.,

                                              121









            

           1   the Electing Partner(s) and Remaining Partners giving notice as

           2   aforesaid) shall be the "Non-Material Partner Appraisal

           3   Purchaser".

           4

           5              (iii)    Upon the first notice of an Electing Partner

           6   the fair market value of the assets of the Partnership shall be

           7   determined pursuant to Article 9 hereof.  The Non-Material

           8   Partner Appraisal Purchaser shall have sixty (60) days from the

           9   earlier of the date on which the Electing Partners agree upon a

          10   fair market value pursuant to Section 9.01 hereof or the

          11   Valuation Date in which to purchase the defaulting non-Material

          12   Partner's Partnership Interest by payment, in accordance with

          13   Section 8.06(c) hereof, to the defaulting non-Material Partner of

          14   an amount equal to the Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout

          15   Price, as determined pursuant to Section 8.06(b) hereof.

          16

          17               (iv)    If more than one Material Partners are acting

          18   jointly as the Non-Material Partner Appraisal Purchaser under

          19   this Section 8.06 and one becomes a Defaulting Partner, any other

          20   Nondefaulting Partner may, at its sole discretion, within an

          21   additional twenty (20) day period, elect to act as the Non-

          22   Material Partner Appraisal Purchaser without the participation of

          23   such Defaulting Partner in which case the closing date pursuant

          24   to Section 8.06(c) hereof shall be extended by twenty (20) days.

          25

          26             (b)  For purposes of calculating the "Non-Material

          27   Partner Appraisal Buyout Price", ninety percent (90%) of the

          28   Appraised Value (as established pursuant to Section 9.03 hereof)

                                              122









            

           1   of the assets of the Partnership shall be treated as hypothetical

           2   sales proceeds for distribution under Section 15.03 hereof, and

           3   the portion of such hypothetical sales proceeds which would be

           4   distributed to the defaulting non-Material Partner pursuant to

           5   Section 15.03 hereof (assuming that all debts and liabilities of

           6   the Partnership to third parties (including any loans or advances

           7   permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement or approved

           8   by the Partnership that may have been made by any of the Partners

           9   to the Partnership) shall be paid from such hypothetical sales

          10   proceeds and that any gain or loss realized upon such

          11   hypothetical sale shall have been allocated to the Partners'

          12   Capital Accounts) shall be calculated (as well as any negative

          13   Capital Account balance of any Partner which would result from

          14   such a hypothetical liquidation).

          15

          16                (i)    The notice may designate any date, so long as

          17   such date is not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date

          18   such notice is given and no later than the date on which the Non-

          19   Material Partner Appraisal Buyout closes, as to the effective

          20   date on which the hypothetical liquidation pursuant to Section

          21   8.06(b) hereof shall occur.

          22

          23               (ii)    The portion so calculated of such

          24   hypothetical sales proceeds that the defaulting non-Material

          25   Partner would receive, if any (including, or less, any amounts as

          26   are payable to any Partners in respect of Default Loans pursuant

          27   to Section 8.04 hereof or indemnity obligations pursuant to

          28   Sections 10.02 and 10.04 hereof), or such lesser amounts to be

                                              123









            

           1   paid to the defaulting non-Material Partner as may be necessary

           2   to comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations or

           3   requirements of any governmental entity, shall be the Non-

           4   Material Partner Appraisal Buyout Price.

           5

           6              (iii)    If any defaulting non-Material Partner would

           7   have a negative Capital Account and be required to pay the amount

           8   of such negative Capital Account to the Partnership pursuant to

           9   Section 15.03 hereof in such hypothetical liquidation, the amount

          10   of such negative Capital Account shall be the Non-Material

          11   Partner Appraisal Buyout Price.  The Partners understand and

          12   agree that in such circumstances of a negative Capital Account

          13   (including, or less, any amounts as are payable to any Partners

          14   in respect of Default Loans pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or

          15   indemnity obligations pursuant to Sections 10.02 or 10.04

          16   hereof), the Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout Price

          17   applicable to a defaulting non-Material Partner will require a

          18   payment from the selling Partner to the Non-Material Partner

          19   Appraisal Purchaser rather than a payment from the Non-Material

          20   Partner Appraisal Purchaser to the selling Partner.

          21

          22             (c)  The closing of the Non-Material Partner Appraisal

          23   Purchaser's purchase of the defaulting non-Material Partner's

          24   Partnership Interest shall occur at a place and time designated

          25   by the Non-Material Partner Appraisal Purchaser in written notice

          26   to the Remaining Partners and non-Material Partner whose

          27   Partnership Interest is to be purchased.  Such notice shall be

          28   given in writing within ten (10) days after the Valuation Date. 

                                              124









            

           1   If the Partnership is the Non-Material Partner Appraisal

           2   Purchaser, the Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout Price as

           3   determined in Section 8.06(b) hereof, to the extent not

           4   prohibited by law, shall be paid from Distributions otherwise

           5   distributable to the non-Material Partner whose Partnership

           6   Interest is being purchased had it remained a Partner, without

           7   interest.  Otherwise the Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout

           8   Price shall be paid in such manner as shall be elected by the

           9   Non-Material Partner Appraisal Purchaser.

          10

          11                (i)    At the closing of the purchase of a

          12   Partnership Interest pursuant to this Section 8.06(c), the

          13   Partnership and the Non-Material Partner Appraisal Purchaser

          14   shall, in virile shares, save, protect, defend, indemnify and

          15   hold harmless the selling non-Material Partner from all debts and

          16   liabilities owed by the Partnership to third parties, excluding

          17   any debts upon which a Partner has personal liabilities, any

          18   indemnity obligations pursuant to Article 10 hereof, the

          19   obligation to repay any Default Loans pursuant to Section 8.04

          20   hereof, or the obligation to pay to the Partnership any negative

          21   capital balance of a Capital Account pursuant to Section 15.03

          22   hereof, and the selling non-Material Partner shall not be

          23   relieved of any indemnity obligation pursuant to Article 10

          24   hereof arising out of events occurring prior to or during the

          25   period the selling non-Material Partner was a Partner in the

          26   Partnership.

          27

          28

                                              125









            

           1               (ii)    Where more than one Material Partner are

           2   acting jointly as the Non-Material Partner Appraisal Purchaser

           3   and one such Material Partner fails to close a Non-Material

           4   Partner Appraisal Buyout under this Section 8.06, any other

           5   purchasing Material Partner shall by written notice to the other

           6   participating Material Partners within an additional twenty (20)

           7   day period, either elect to act as the Non-Material Partner

           8   Appraisal Purchaser without the participation by the Partner

           9   Group that failed to close or elect not to proceed further with

          10   the Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout.  Such closing shall

          11   occur on a date at the expiration of said additional twenty (20)

          12   day period as designated in such notice by the Material Partner

          13   making such election to close.

          14

          15             (d)  Costs of the transaction, including recording

          16   fees, escrow costs, if any, and other fees (but not attorneys'

          17   fees) shall be borne by the defaulting non-Material Partner.  The

          18   defaulting non-Material Partner shall deliver all appropriate

          19   documents of Transfer at the closing and shall convey its entire

          20   Partnership Interest to the Non-Material Partner Appraisal

          21   Purchaser, or its or their nominee(s), free and clear of all

          22   liens, claims, encumbrances, or other charges of any kind

          23   whatsoever on its Partnership Interest.  In the event such

          24   Partnership Interest is Transferred to a nominee of any

          25   Nondefaulting Partner, the admission of such nominee to the

          26   Partnership as a successor to the defaulting non-Material Partner

          27   shall occur, and for all purposes shall be deemed to have

          28   occurred immediately prior to the Transfer by the defaulting non-

                                              126









            

           1   Material Partner of its Partnership Interest.  From and after the

           2   closing, the defaulting non-Material Partner shall have no

           3   further interest in the assets, profits or management of the

           4   Partnership and shall not be responsible for any of its

           5   obligations or losses, excluding any debts upon which a Partner

           6   has personal liabilities, any indemnity obligations pursuant to

           7   Article 10 hereof, the obligation to repay any Default Loans

           8   pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof, or the obligation to pay to the

           9   Partnership any negative capital balance of a Capital Account

          10   pursuant to Section 15.03 hereof, and the selling non-Material

          11   Partner shall not be relieved of any indemnity obligation

          12   pursuant to Article 10 hereof arising out of events occurring

          13   prior to or during the period of time any selling Partner was a

          14   Partner in the Partnership.

          15

          16             (e)  In the event a Material Partner has elected to

          17   exercise a buy/sell against a defaulting non-Material Partner

          18   pursuant to Section 8.03 hereof, any other Material Partner shall

          19   have the option, for a period of ten (10) days following written

          20   notice as required by Section 8.03(b) hereof, to elect by written

          21   notice to the other Material Partners and the Defaulting Partner

          22   to exercise the Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout pursuant to

          23   this Section 8.06.  If such notice is timely given, the buy/sell

          24   pursuant to Section 8.03 hereof shall be terminated effective as

          25   of the date of such notice and the Non-Material Appraisal Buyout

          26   shall be initiated effective as of the date of such notice with

          27   the Material Partner making such election being the Electing

          28   Partner pursuant to Section 8.06(a) hereof. 

                                              127









            

           1             8.07 Waiver.  Each Partner hereby acknowledges and
                              ------

           2   agrees that any exercise of the buy/sell pursuant to the

           3   provisions of Section 8.03 hereof, the dilution pursuant to the

           4   provisions of Section 8.04 hereof, the Appraisal Buyout pursuant

           5   to the provisions of Section 8.05 hereof, or the Non-Material

           6   Partner Appraisal Buyout pursuant to the provisions of Section

           7   8.06 hereof, for any reason or at any time in accordance with the

           8   terms of such Sections shall not be deemed to be in bad faith or

           9   a breach of any fiduciary or other Partnership duty, and each

          10   Partner hereby expressly waives any claim of bad faith or breach

          11   of fiduciary or other Partnership duty as a result of any

          12   exercise of a buy/sell pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.03

          13   hereof, a dilution pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.04

          14   hereof, an Appraisal Buyout pursuant to the provisions of Section

          15   8.05 hereof or a Non-Material Partner Appraisal Buyout pursuant

          16   to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof.

          17

          18             8.08 Waiver Regarding Embassy.  Each Partner hereby
                              ------------------------

          19   acknowledges and agrees that Embassy may take any separate action

          20   or actions as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be in

          21   its own best interest with respect to the Partnership in

          22   connection with any of its roles as (i) a lender to the

          23   Partnership under the Completion Loan Agreement, (ii) an

          24   Affiliate of a Partner, or (iii) a completion guarantor in

          25   respect of any loan to the Partnership, and that Embassy shall

          26   not be deemed to have acted in bad faith or to have breached any

          27   fiduciary or other Partnership duty for so acting in its best

          28   interest.  Each Partner hereby expressly waives any claim of bad

                                              128









            

           1   faith or breach of fiduciary or other Partnership duty as a

           2   result of any such action or actions which Embassy may take in

           3   its own best interest in any such separate roles to the

           4   Partnership.

           5

           6             8.09 Waiver Regarding Harrah's and Manager.  Each
                              -------------------------------------

           7   Partner hereby acknowledges and agrees that Harrah's and Manager

           8   may take any separate action or actions as they individually

           9   shall determine in their sole discretion to be in their own

          10   respective best interest in connection with their respective

          11   roles as (i) a Partner and (ii) Manager, and that Harrah's and

          12   Manager shall not be deemed to have breached any fiduciary or

          13   other Partnership duty for so acting in their respective best

          14   interests.  Each Partner hereby expressly waives any claim of bad

          15   faith or breach of fiduciary or other Partnership duty as a

          16   result of any such act in or actions which Harrah's or Manager

          17   may take in their own respective best interests in any such

          18   separate role with respect to the Partnership.

          19

          20

          21                               ARTICLE 9

          22

          23                   VALUATION AND APPRAISAL PROCEDURES

          24

          25             9.01 Voluntary Appraisal.  Upon an election of any
                              -------------------

          26   Material Partner(s) to exercise their rights pursuant to any of

          27   Sections 8.04, 8.05 or 8.06 hereof, the electing Material

          28   Partners shall promptly attempt, in good faith, to agree upon the

                                              129









            

           1   fair market value of all of the assets of the Partnership for a

           2   period of fifteen (15) days from written notice of any electing

           3   Material Partners to exercise its rights pursuant to Sections

           4   8.04, 8.05 or 8.06 hereof.

           5

           6             9.02 Appraisal Panel
                              ---------------

           7

           8             (a)  If the participating Material Partners, within the

           9   fifteen (15) day period specified in Section 9.01 hereof, do not

          10   agree upon the fair market value of the assets of the

          11   Partnership, any participating Material Partners shall have the

          12   right to call for an appraisal by written notice to all other

          13   participating Material Partners involved designating a

          14   disinterested Appraiser (the "First Appraiser") to serve on the

          15   Appraisal Panel provided for below.

          16

          17             (b)  The Defaulting Partner in the case of an exercise

          18   of rights pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof, the Partner owning the

          19   Redeemed Interest in the case of an exercise of rights pursuant

          20   to Section 8.05 hereof, or the defaulting non-Material Partner in

          21   the case of an exercise of rights pursuant to Section 8.06 hereof

          22   shall have seven (7) days from receipt of notice invoking Section

          23   9.02(a) hereof appointing the First Appraiser in which to

          24   designate a disinterested appraiser (the "Second Appraiser") to

          25   serve on the Appraisal Panel by serving notice of such

          26   designation on the electing Material Partner(s).  If the Second

          27   Appraiser is not so appointed and designated within or by the

          28   time so specified, then the First Appraiser shall be the sole

                                              130









            

           1   appraiser to determine the value of the assets of the

           2   Partnership.

           3

           4             (c)  Within seven (7) days after the designation, if

           5   any, of the Second Appraiser, the First Appraiser and the Second

           6   Appraiser shall themselves appoint a third disinterested

           7   appraiser (the "Third Appraiser").  If the First Appraiser and

           8   the Second Appraiser are unable to agree upon such appointment

           9   within said seven (7) days, then the electing Material Partner(s)

          10   shall request such appointment of a qualified independent

          11   appraiser to act as the Third Appraiser by the New York office of

          12   one of the following certified public accounting firms or its

          13   successor (other than Arthur Andersen & Co.), such firm to be

          14   selected by lot by the First Appraiser and the Second Appraiser: 

          15   Coopers & Lybrand, Deloitte & Touche, Ernst & Young, KMPG Peat

          16   Marwick, and Price Waterhouse or a firm of equivalent status.

          17

          18             (d)  In the event of failure, refusal or inability of

          19   any appraiser to act, a new appraiser shall be appointed in the

          20   stead thereof, which appointment shall be made in the same manner

          21   as provided in this Section 9.02 for the appointment of such

          22   appraiser so failing, refusing or being unable to act.

          23

          24             (e)  The one or three appraisers appointed as the

          25   appraisal panel pursuant to this Section 9.02 hereof (the

          26   "Appraisal Panel") shall each appraise the assets of the

          27   Partnership taking into account appropriate indicators of the

          28   fair market value of such assets in a cash sale between a willing

                                              131









            

           1   buyer and seller not under undue duress and shall report their

           2   findings to the Partnership and the Material Partners in writing

           3   within sixty (60) days after the appointment of the Third

           4   Appraiser.  In the case of a three appraiser Appraisal Panel, if

           5   one or more appraiser fails to deliver their reports within sixty

           6   (60) days after the appointment of the Third Appraiser, the party

           7   which appointed the delinquent appraiser may dismiss the

           8   delinquent appraiser and a new appraiser may be appointed in

           9   accordance with Section 9.02(d) above whose report shall be

          10   submitted to the Partnership within thirty (30) days of its

          11   appointment.

          12

          13             9.03 Appraised Value.  The "Appraised Value" of the
                              ---------------

          14   Partnership's assets shall be equal to the mean of the two (2)

          15   closest appraised values reported by the appraisers on the

          16   Appraisal Panel; provided that if such values are equally

          17   distributed, the "Appraised Value" of the assets to be appraised

          18   shall be equal to the mean of the three appraised values reported

          19   by the appraisers on the Appraisal Panel.

          20

          21             9.04 Expenses.  Except as otherwise provided herein,
                              --------

          22   each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the appraiser

          23   appointed by such party, or in whose stead, as above provided,

          24   such appraiser was appointed, and the fees and expenses of the

          25   Third Appraiser, and all other expenses, if any, shall be borne

          26   one half by the Partner or Partners appointing the First

          27   Appraiser and one half by the Partner or Partners appointing the

          28   Second Appraiser.

                                              132









            

           1             9.05 Qualification.  To be qualified to be selected or
                              -------------

           2   designated as an appraiser for purposes of this Article 9, such

           3   appraiser must demonstrate (a) current good standing as a

           4   licensed appraiser, and (b) past appraising experience of at

           5   least five (5) years, which experience shall include the

           6   appraisal of casino gaming operations.

           7

           8             9.06 Continued Use of Appraisal.  If an Appraised Value
                              --------------------------

           9   shall have been established pursuant to the procedures of this

          10   Article 9 after the opening of the Temporary Casino or the

          11   Permanent Casino, as the case may be, such Appraised Value shall

          12   be used for purposes of any subsequent election pursuant to

          13   Sections 8.04, 8.05 or 8.06 hereof for a period of nine (9)

          14   months after the date such Appraised Value was established. 

          15

          16

          17                               ARTICLE 10

          18

          19              REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES

          20

          21             10.01  Representations and Warranties by the Partners. 
                                ----------------------------------------------

          22   Each Partner represents and warrants to and with the Partnership

          23   and each other Partner as of the date hereof or the date of its

          24   admission to the Partnership that:

          25

          26             (a)  it is, and shall continue to be, validly existing

          27   and duly organized under the laws of the state of its formation,

          28   and the Persons acting in its behalf have all the requisite power

                                              133









            

           1   and authority to execute, deliver and comply with the terms and

           2   provisions hereof and consummate the transactions contemplated

           3   herein;

           4

           5             (b)  its execution, delivery and performance of this

           6   Agreement do not require the consent or approval of any

           7   governmental body or regulatory authority or other entity, is not

           8   in contravention of or in conflict with any applicable law or

           9   regulation and this Agreement is, and will continue to be, the

          10   valid, binding and legally enforceable obligation of such Partner

          11   in accordance with its terms;

          12

          13             (c)  except for Transfers permitted by Article 6

          14   hereof, its Partnership Interest has been or will be acquired

          15   solely by and for its account for investment purposes only and is

          16   not being purchased for, or with a view to, subdivision,

          17   fractionalization, resale or distribution; except as provided in

          18   this Agreement, it has no contract, undertaking, agreement or

          19   arrangement with any Person to Transfer to such Person or anyone

          20   else its Partnership Interest (or any part thereof); and it has

          21   no present plans or intentions to enter into any such contract,

          22   undertaking or arrangement; and agrees not to Transfer all or any

          23   part of its Partnership Interest, except that subject to

          24   compliance with the terms of this Partnership Agreement,

          25   Rivergate Lease, Temporary Casino Lease, and Casino Operating

          26   Contract and all applicable laws, Grand Palais and NOLDC have

          27   indicated their intent to obtain financing secured by a loan on

          28   their Partnership Interest and an interest in considering a

                                              134









            

           1   public offering of direct or indirect interests in the

           2   Partnership;

           3

           4             (d)  it has no knowledge of, and has not caused to

           5   exist, any liens or encumbrances on the Property or Project or

           6   any Partnership Interest, except as set forth in Exhibits B and D

           7   hereto and hereafter will not cause or suffer to exist any liens

           8   or encumbrances on the Property or Project or any Partnership

           9   Interest, except as otherwise provided by Section 6.03 hereof and

          10   as set forth in Exhibits B and D hereto; 

          11

          12             (e)  Harrah's, NOLDC, Grand Palais and Grand Palais

          13   Enterprises, Inc. have incorporated provisions into their

          14   articles of incorporation, charters, partnership agreements or

          15   other formative documents as required by Section 16.06 hereof and

          16   placed legends on their shares of capital stock substantially in

          17   the form of Exhibits H-3 and H-5 attached hereto and by this

          18   reference incorporated herein;

          19

          20             (f)  except as set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto

          21   and by this reference incorporated herein, it is not in violation

          22   or default under any agreement with any Person, or under any law,

          23   judgment, order, decree, license, permit, approval, rule, or

          24   regulation of any court, arbitrator, administrative agency, or

          25   other governmental authority to which it may be subject which

          26   might have a material adverse impact on the Partnership, and

          27   hereafter shall take no action which shall be in violation or

          28   cause a default under any agreement with any Person, or under any

                                              135









            

           1   law, judgment, order, decree, license, permit, approval, rule, or

           2   regulation of any court, arbitrator, administrative agency, or

           3   other governmental authority to which it may be subject which

           4   might have a material adverse impact on the Partnership;

           5

           6             (g)  Harrah's, NOLDC and Grand Palais have placed

           7   legends on their shares of capital stock substantially in the

           8   form of Exhibit H-4 attached hereto and by this reference

           9   incorporated herein;

          10

          11             (h)  with respect to its investment in the Partnership:

          12

          13                (i)    it has knowledge and experience in financial

          14   and business matters in general, and in investments of the type

          15   made by the Partnership in particular;

          16

          17               (ii)    it is capable of evaluating the merits and

          18   risks of an investment in the Partnership;

          19

          20              (iii)    it has either secured independent tax advice

          21   with respect to the investment in the Partnership, upon which it

          22   is solely relying, or it is sufficiently familiar with the income

          23   taxation of partnerships that it has deemed such independent

          24   advice unnecessary;

          25

          26               (iv)    it has received or has access to all material

          27   information and documents with respect to the Partnership and has

          28   had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers thereto

                                              136









            

           1   and to verify and clarify any information available to the other

           2   Partners;

           3

           4                (v)    except as otherwise expressly set forth in

           5   this Agreement, it has relied solely upon its independent

           6   investigation, and not on any statements, actions or represen-

           7   tations of the other Partners or any Affiliate of the other

           8   Partners, in making the decision to acquire its Partnership

           9   Interest;

          10

          11               (vi)    no federal or state agency has reviewed or

          12   passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of the information set forth

          13   in the documents submitted to it or made any finding or

          14   determination as to the fairness for investment, or any

          15   recommendation or endorsement of an investment in the

          16   Partnership;

          17

          18              (vii)    there are restrictions on the transferability

          19   of its Partnership Interest hereunder;

          20

          21             (viii)    there will be no public market for its

          22   Partnership Interest, and, accordingly, it may not be possible to

          23   liquidate its investment in the Partnership; and 

          24

          25               (ix)    any anticipated federal or state income tax

          26   benefits applicable to its Partnership Interest may be lost

          27   through changes in, or adverse interpretations of, existing laws

          28   and regulations;

                                              137









            

           1             (i)  each of the following is true and correct:

           2

           3                (i)    none of it or any Affiliate that are

           4   Controlled by, under common Control with, or Controlling such

           5   Person is a party to any other agreement or other arrangement

           6   which would interfere with the development or operation of the

           7   Project or the Property;

           8

           9               (ii)    its performance under this Agreement will not

          10   violate any other material agreement or other arrangement to

          11   which it, or to the best of its knowledge, its Affiliates

          12   Controlled by, under common Control with, or Controlling such

          13   Partner, is a party;

          14

          15              (iii)    except as provided in Exhibit E hereto, it,

          16   and to the best of its knowledge, its Affiliates Controlled by,

          17   under common Control with, or Controlling such Partner, have not

          18   received notice of any claim which would interfere with its

          19   performance under this Agreement;

          20

          21               (iv)    it has Transferred to the Partnership all of

          22   its right, title and interest in any rights or property related

          23   to the Property and the Project;

          24

          25                (v)    none of it, its Affiliates Controlled by,

          26   under common Control with, or Controlling such Partner, or the

          27   shareholders of NOLDC, Grand Palais and Grand Palais Enterprises,

          28   Inc., has incurred any material liabilities or obligations on

                                              138









            

           1   behalf of the Partnership or has knowledge of any liabilities or

           2   obligations of the Partnership other than those described on

           3   Exhibit D attached hereto and by this reference incorporated

           4   herein or pursuant to a Budget and agrees hereafter that it will

           5   not, nor cause any of its Affiliates, to incur any liability or

           6   obligation on behalf of the Partnership, except as otherwise

           7   expressly provided herein;

           8

           9               (vi)    it knows of no actions or lawsuits, pending,

          10   planned or threatened, by or against it, the Partnership, or its

          11   Affiliates, other than those described on Exhibit E attached

          12   hereto, which could create an obligation or liability for the

          13   Partnership or any of the other Partners; and

          14

          15              (vii)    none of such Partner, Affiliates that are

          16   Controlled by, under common Control with, or Controlling such

          17   Person, or to the best of its knowledge, its Holding Entities has

          18   been determined by LEDGC to be unsuitable, has had any

          19   application for any gaming license or permit rejected, or has had

          20   any gaming license or permit, once having been issued, rescinded,

          21   suspended, revoked or not renewed or reinstated, and no Partner

          22   has knowledge that the affiliation of any member of its Partner

          23   Group with any other Partner will threaten any gaming license,

          24   permit, entitlement or approval in any jurisdiction other than

          25   the State of any member of a Partner Group of which it is not a

          26   member;

          27

          28

                                              139









            

           1             (j)  the execution, delivery and performance of this

           2   Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated

           3   hereby, will not

           4

           5                (i)    violate any law, judgment, order, decree,

           6   license, permit, approval, rule or regulation of any court,

           7   arbitrator, administrative agency, or other governmental

           8   authority to which it may be subject;

           9

          10               (ii)    result in a breach or default under any

          11   contract or other binding commitment or any provision of the

          12   charter or by-laws or partnership agreement or other

          13   organizational documents, as the case may be, of such entity; or

          14

          15              (iii)    require any consent, or approval or vote of

          16   any court or governmental authority or of any Person that, as of

          17   the date hereof, has not been given or taken, and does not remain

          18   effective. 

          19

          20             10.02  Indemnities
                                -----------

          21

          22             (a)  Grand Palais shall and does hereby indemnify,

          23   defend and hold harmless the Partnership, the Indemnified Persons

          24   of Harrah's and the Indemnified Persons of NOLDC, and each of

          25   them separately, from and against all loss, cost, or damage

          26   whatsoever (including attorneys fees) resulting from any act,

          27   claim or omission of or by Grand Palais and all Affiliates that

          28   are Controlled by, under common Control with, or Controlling

                                              140









            

           1   Grand Palais or Caesar's New Orleans, Inc. and all Affiliates

           2   that are Controlled by, under common Control with, or Controlling

           3   Caesar's New Orleans, Inc. prior to the date hereof, including

           4   without limitation those matters described on Exhibit E hereto.

           5

           6             (b)  Harrah's shall and does hereby indemnify, defend

           7   and hold harmless the Partnership, the Indemnified Persons of

           8   Grand Palais and the Indemnified Persons of NOLDC, and each of

           9   them separately, from and against any loss, cost, or damage

          10   whatsoever (including attorneys fees) resulting from any act,

          11   claim or omission of or by Harrah's and all Affiliates that are

          12   Controlled by, under common Control with, or Controlling Harrah's

          13   prior to the date hereof.

          14

          15             (c)  NOLDC shall and hereby does indemnify, defend and

          16   hold harmless the Partnership, the Indemnified Persons of Grand

          17   Palais and the Indemnified Persons of Harrah's, and each of them

          18   separately, from and against any loss, cost, or damage whatsoever

          19   (including attorneys fees) resulting from any act, claim or

          20   omission of or by NOLDC and all Affiliates that are Controlled

          21   by, under common Control with, or Controlling NOLDC prior to the

          22   date hereof.

          23

          24             (d)  As and to the extent provided in Section 10.03

          25   hereof, the rights of the Indemnified Persons pursuant to this

          26   Section 10.02 shall be subject and subordinate to any rights of

          27   any secured Institutional Investor holding a valid and

          28   enforceable security interest in a Partnership Interest.

                                              141









            

           1             10.03  Security For Certain Indemnities
                                --------------------------------

           2

           3             (a)  (i)  Each of Grand Palais, Harrah's and NOLDC,

           4   respectively, hereby grants to each other on behalf of their

           5   respective Indemnified Persons a first security interest in a

           6   Percentage Share of one percent (1%) and all proceeds thereof to

           7   secure its indemnity obligations under Section 10.02 hereof.  At

           8   such time as Grand Palais shall deliver to Harrah's and NOLDC an

           9   indemnity from Hemmeter Enterprises, Inc. in a form satisfactory

          10   to Harrah's and NOLDC indemnifying Harrah's and NOLDC in respect

          11   of the matters set forth in Section 10.02(a) hereof together with

          12   satisfactory evidence that Hemmeter Enterprises, Inc. is a public

          13   company with capitalization adequate to satisfy such indemnity,

          14   the security interest granted hereby by Grand Palais with respect

          15   to its one percent (1%) Percentage Share shall be released by

          16   Harrah's and NOLDC on behalf of their respective Indemnified

          17   Persons.

          18

          19               (ii)    Grand Palais, Harrah's and NOLDC have each

          20   duly executed, delivered and filed in the appropriate locations

          21   UCC-1 financing statements in the form of Exhibit G attached

          22   hereto and by this reference incorporated herein. 

          23   Notwithstanding the ranking of security interests based on the

          24   order of the filing of such UCC-1 financing statements, all

          25   Indemnified Persons having liquidated indemnity claims shall

          26   share on a pari passu basis in the proceeds of the Percentage
                          ---- -----

          27   Shares which are the subject of such security interests.

          28

                                              142









            

           1              (iii)    Upon the expiration of one year from the date

           2   of the closing of the Permanent/Temporary Casino Financing and so

           3   long as no indemnity claims have been made and remain pending

           4   which are secured by such security interest, the security

           5   interest granted hereby by each of Grand Palais, Harrah's and

           6   NOLDC in a Percentage Share of one percent (1%) shall be released

           7   by Harrah's, NOLDC and Grand Palais on behalf of their respective

           8   Indemnified Persons.  If any indemnity claims secured by such

           9   security interest are made prior to such release, such security

          10   interest shall not be released until such indemnity claim has

          11   been resolved or satisfied to the satisfaction of Harrah's, NOLDC

          12   or Grand Palais, as the case may be, on behalf of the Indemnified

          13   Person, and at such time such security interest shall be

          14   released.  Each of the Partners agree to execute and deliver such

          15   UCC termination statements or other documents as shall be

          16   necessary to accomplish the foregoing releases of security

          17   interest in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

          18

          19               (iv)    At such time as a security interest is

          20   released pursuant to this Section 10.03(a), the Claims of

          21   Indemnified Person(s) under Section 10.02 hereof against the

          22   Partner with respect to whose security interest is released shall

          23   thereupon be subject and subordinate to any rights of any secured

          24   Institutional Investor holding a valid and enforceable security

          25   interest in such Partner's Partnership Interest.

          26

          27                (v)    Grand Palais hereby grants to Harrah's and

          28   NOLDC on behalf of their respective Indemnified Persons a first

                                              143









            

           1   security interest in its remaining thirty two and one-third

           2   percent (32 1/3%) Percentage Share and all proceeds thereof to

           3   secure its indemnity obligations under Section 10.02 hereof.

           4

           5             (b)  The security interest created pursuant to Section

           6   10.03(a) hereof securing each Partner's indemnity obligation

           7   pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof, is hereby subordinated, to any

           8   security interest securing repayment of the NOLDC Loan, but only

           9   to the extent any Cash Flow, Proceeds of Major Capital Events or

          10   other Distributions are used solely to repay any such NOLDC Loan.

          11   Any such Distributions used to repay the NOLDC Loan shall be made

          12   by a check from the Partnership payable to the lender of the

          13   NOLDC Loan.

          14

          15             (c)  Upon the request of any secured Material Partner

          16   to an Indemnifying Partner, at any time, the Indemnifying Partner

          17   (or, if the Indemnifying Partner should refuse to do so, such

          18   Material Partner pursuant to the power of attorney granted

          19   herein) shall execute any and all documents reasonably requested

          20   by such Material Partner including, without limitation, notes,

          21   security agreements and UCC-1 financing statements which notes,

          22   security agreements and UCC-1 financing statements shall be in

          23   the form provided by such Material Partner, as may be necessary

          24   to further assure and perfect a security interest in the

          25   Partnership Interest of the Indemnifying Partner in favor of such

          26   Material Partner, as provided in this Section 10.03.

          27

          28

                                              144









            

           1             (d)  Upon the failure of any Indemnifying Partner (the

           2   "Defaulting Indemnifying Partner") to make prompt payment or

           3   performance under Section 10.07 (c) hereof (such unsatisfied

           4   obligations being hereinafter referred to as the "Defaulted

           5   Obligations"; and such failure to make payment or performance

           6   being hereinafter referred to as an "Indemnifying Partner

           7   Default"), the Indemnified Person to whom the payment or

           8   performance is owed (the "Secured Party") may, at its option,

           9   without notice to or demand upon the Defaulting Indemnifying

          10   Partner, do any one or more of the following: 

          11

          12                (i)    Transfer any property which serves as

          13   collateral for the Defaulted Obligations (the "Collateral") into

          14   the name of its nominee;

          15

          16               (ii)    Exercise any or all of the rights and

          17   remedies provided for by the applicable Uniform Commercial Code,

          18   specifically including, without limitation, the right to recover

          19   the reasonable attorneys' fees and other expenses incurred by the

          20   Secured Party in the enforcement of this Agreement or in

          21   connection with the Defaulting Indemnifying Partner's redemption

          22   of any Collateral; 

          23

          24              (iii)    Notify the Partnership that the Secured Party

          25   has the right to receive any payments from the Partnership to the

          26   Defaulting Indemnifying Partner, as a Partner or creditor of the

          27   Partnership; 

          28

                                              145









            

           1               (iv)    Retain the Collateral in satisfaction of the

           2   Defaulted Obligations, with notice of such retention sent to the

           3   Defaulting Indemnified Partner as required by law; 

           4

           5                (v)    Enforce one or more remedies hereunder,

           6   successively or concurrently, and such action shall not operate

           7   to estop or prevent the Secured Party from pursuing any other or

           8   further remedy which it may have, and any repossession or

           9   retaking or sale of the Collateral pursuant to the terms hereof

          10   shall not operate to release the Defaulting Indemnifying Partner

          11   until full and final payment of any deficiency has been made in

          12   cash.  The Defaulting Indemnifying Partner shall reimburse the

          13   Secured Party upon demand for, or the Secured Party may apply any

          14   proceeds of Collateral to, the costs and expenses (including

          15   attorneys' fees, transfer taxes and any other charges) incurred

          16   by the Secured Party in connection with any sale, disposition or

          17   retention of any Collateral hereunder; 

          18

          19               (vi)    The Secured Party shall not be required to

          20   marshal the Collateral or any other security for the Defaulted

          21   Obligations or to resort to the Collateral or any other security

          22   for the Defaulted Obligations in any particular order and all of

          23   the Secured Party's rights under the various instruments relating

          24   to the Collateral shall be cumulative.  The Defaulting

          25   Indemnifying Partner, to the maximum extent permitted by law,

          26   hereby waives every defense (now, theretofore or hereafter

          27   arising) of estoppel, laches, extension or moratorium applicable

          28   to any obligations or liabilities covered by this Agreement or of

                                              146









            

           1   the Defaulting Indemnifying Partner under this Agreement.  The

           2   Defaulting Indemnifying Partner expressly waives extension of the

           3   obligations of this Agreement arising by any reason whatsoever,

           4   including without limitation, by reason of the institution of

           5   proceedings by or against Defaulting Indemnifying Partner or the

           6   Partnership under or pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Code, or

           7   any amendment thereto, or any similar state or federal laws

           8   relating to the relief of debtors.  The Secured Party may sell

           9   the Collateral, or any part thereof, at any public or private

          10   sale or at any broker's board or on any securities exchange, for

          11   cash, upon credit or for future delivery, as the Secured Party

          12   shall deem appropriate.  The Secured Party shall be authorized at

          13   any such sale, if it deems it advisable to do so, to restrict the

          14   prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will provide

          15   assurances satisfactory to the Secured Party that they may be

          16   offered and sold the Collateral without registration under the

          17   Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or any

          18   statute then in effect corresponding to the Securities Act, and

          19   upon consummation of any such sale, the Secured Party shall have

          20   the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or

          21   purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold.  Each such purchaser

          22   at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free

          23   from any claim or right on the part of the Defaulting

          24   Indemnifying Partner, and the Defaulting Indemnifying Partner

          25   hereby waives, to the extent permitted by law, all rights of

          26   redemption, stay and/or appraisal which the Defaulting

          27   Indemnifying Partner now has or may at any time in the future

          28   have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter

                                              147









            

           1   enacted.  The Secured Party shall give the Defaulting

           2   Indemnifying Partner written notice, at least ten (10) days in

           3   advance of the Secured Party's intention to make any such public

           4   or private sale.  Such notice, in case of public sale, shall

           5   state the time and place fixed for such sale, and in the case of

           6   sale at a broker's board or on a securities exchange, shall state

           7   the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the

           8   day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be

           9   offered for sale at such board or exchange.  Any such public sale

          10   shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business

          11   hours and at such place or places as the Secured Party may fix in

          12   the notice of such sale.  At any private or public or other sale,

          13   the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one

          14   lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Secured Party

          15   may in its sole and absolute discretion determine and the Secured

          16   Party may bid (which bid may be, in whole or in part, in the form

          17   of cancellation of indebtedness) for and purchase for its account

          18   the whole or any part of the Collateral at any public sale or

          19   sale at a broker's board or on a security exchange.  The Secured

          20   Party shall not be obligated to sell any Collateral if it shall

          21   determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of

          22   sale of Collateral may have been given.  The Secured Party may,

          23   without notice or publication, adjourn any sale or cause the same

          24   to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and

          25   place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice,

          26   be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned.

          27   If the sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on

          28   credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be

                                              148









            

           1   retained by the Secured Party until the sale price is paid by the

           2   purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Secured Party shall not

           3   incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers

           4   shall fail to take up and pay for Collateral so sold and, in case

           5   of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like

           6   notice.  The parties hereto agree that the method, manner and

           7   terms of sale or disposition of the Collateral authorized by this

           8   subsection are commercially reasonable.  As an alternative to

           9   exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the

          10   Secured Party may, without limitation, proceed by a suit or suits

          11   at law or in equity to foreclose this security interest and to

          12   sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, pursuant to a

          13   judgment or decree or a court or courts of competent

          14   jurisdiction;

          15

          16              (vii)    Proceed by an action or actions at law or in

          17   equity to recover the Defaulted Obligations or to foreclose this

          18   security interest and sell the Collateral, or any portion

          19   thereof, pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts of

          20   competent jurisdiction; and

          21

          22             (viii)    In the event the Secured Party recovers

          23   possession of all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to a

          24   writ of possession or other judicial process, whether prejudgment

          25   or otherwise, the Secured Party may thereafter retain, sell or

          26   otherwise dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Section

          27   10.03(d)(vi) hereof or the applicable Uniform Commercial Code,

          28   and following such retention, sale or other disposition, the

                                              149









            

           1   Secured Party may voluntarily dismiss without prejudice the

           2   judicial action in which such writ of possession or other

           3   judicial process was issued.  The Defaulting Indemnifying Partner

           4   hereby consents to the voluntary dismissal by the Secured Party

           5   of such judicial action, and the Defaulting Indemnifying Partner

           6   further consents to the exoneration of any bond which the Secured

           7   Party filed in such action.

           8

           9             (e)  For purposes of executory process under applicable

          10   State law, each of the Partners hereby acknowledges the

          11   obligations owed to the other Partners pursuant to Section 10.02

          12   hereof, CONFESSES JUDGMENT thereon and consents that judgment be

          13   rendered and signed, whether during the court's term or during

          14   vacation, in favor of any Secured Party, for the full amount of

          15   the Defaulted Obligations in principal, interest and attorneys'

          16   fees, together with all charges and expenses whatsoever pursuant

          17   to this Agreement.  Upon an Indemnifying Partner Default and in

          18   addition to all of its rights, powers and remedies under this

          19   instrument and applicable law, the Secured Party may, at its

          20   option, cause all or any part of the Collateral to be seized and

          21   sold under executory process or under writ of fieri facias issued
                                                             ----- ------

          22   in execution of an ordinary judgment obtained in respect of the

          23   Defaulted Obligations, without appraisement, to the highest

          24   bidder, for cash or under such terms as Secured Party deems

          25   acceptable.  Each Partner hereby waives all and every

          26   appraisement of the Collateral and waives and renounces the

          27   benefit of appraisement and the benefit of all laws relative to

          28   the appraisement of the Collateral seized and sold under

                                              150









            

           1   executory or other legal process.  Each Partner agrees to waive,

           2   and does hereby specifically waive:

           3

           4           (i)    the benefit of appraisement provided for in

           5        Articles 2332, 2336, 2723 and 2724, Louisiana Code of

           6        Civil Procedure, and all other laws conferring such

           7        benefits;

           8

           9          (ii)    the demand and three (3) days delay accorded

          10        by Articles 2639 and 2721, Louisiana Code of Civil

          11        Procedure;

          12

          13         (iii)    the notice of seizure required by Articles

          14        2293 and 2721, Louisiana Code of Civil Procedure;

          15

          16          (iv)    the three (3) days delay provided by Articles

          17        2331 and 2722, Louisiana Code of Civil Procedure;

          18

          19           (v)    the benefit of the other provisions of

          20        Articles 2331, 2722 and 2723, Louisiana Code of Civil

          21        Procedure;

          22

          23          (vi)    the benefit of the provisions of any other

          24        articles of the Louisiana Code of Civil Procedure not

          25        specifically mentioned above; and

          26

          27         (vii)    all rights of division and discussion with

          28        respect to the Defaulted Obligations.

                                              151









            

           1             (f)  In the event the Secured Party elects, at its

           2   option, to enter suit via ordinaria on the Defaulted Obligations,
                                     --- ---------

           3   in addition to the foregoing confession of judgment, the

           4   Defaulting Indemnifying Partner hereby waives legal delays and

           5   hereby consents that judgment for the unpaid principal due on the

           6   Defaulted Obligations, together with interest, attorneys' fees,

           7   costs and other charges that may be due on the Defaulted

           8   Obligations, be rendered and signed immediately.

           9

          10             (g)  Pursuant to the authority contained in La. R.S.

          11   9:5131 through 9:5140.2, each Partner does hereby expressly

          12   designate the Secured Party with respect to its Defaulted

          13   Obligations, or its designee, to be keeper or receiver ("Keeper")

          14   with respect to that portion of the Collateral located within the

          15   State of Louisiana, such designation to take effect immediately

          16   upon any seizure of any of the Collateral under writ of executory

          17   process or under writ of sequestration or fieri facias as an
                                                         ----- ------

          18   incident to an action brought by the Secured Party.  The fees of

          19   the Keeper are hereby fixed at ten percent (10%) of the amount

          20   due or sued for or claimed or sought to be protected, preserved

          21   or enforced in the proceeding for the recognition of the security

          22   interest created hereby, and the payment of such fees shall be

          23   secured by the security interest in the Collateral granted in

          24   this instrument.  The Keeper shall have the right and power to

          25   the extent permitted by applicable law, but shall not be

          26   obligated, to enter upon and take possession of any of the

          27   Collateral, and to exclude the Defaulting Indemnifying Partner,

          28   and the Defaulting Indemnifying Partner's agents or servants,

                                              152









            

           1   wholly therefrom, and to hold, use, administer, manage and

           2   operate the same to the extent that the Defaulting Indemnifying

           3   Partner shall be at the time entitled and in its place and stead.

           4   The Keeper, or any Person designated by the Keeper, may operate

           5   the same without any liability to the Defaulting Indemnifying

           6   Partner in connection with such operations, except to use

           7   ordinary care in the operation of such properties, and the Keeper

           8   or any Person designated by the Keeper, shall have the right to

           9   exercise every power, right and privilege of the Defaulting

          10   Indemnifying Partner with respect to the Collateral.

          11

          12             10.04  Additional Indemnities.  Each Partner shall and
                                ----------------------

          13   does hereby indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership

          14   and each other Partner from and against any loss, cost, or damage

          15   whatsoever (including attorneys fees) resulting from any breach

          16   by any of them of the representations and warranties under

          17   Section 10.01 hereof, any losses or expenses as a result of or in

          18   connection with any of their personal obligations or liabilities

          19   unconnected with Partnership business, or any losses or expenses

          20   as a result of or in connection with any breach of this

          21   Partnership Agreement.  Rights of the Partners pursuant to this

          22   Section 10.04 shall be subject and subordinate to any rights of

          23   any secured Institutional Investor holding a valid and

          24   enforceable security interest in a Partnership Interest.

          25

          26

          27

          28

                                              153









            

           1             10.05  Liability for Acts and Omissions
                                --------------------------------

           2

           3             (a)  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,

           4   each Material Partner and its Indemnified Persons shall not be

           5   liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the

           6   Partnership, or to any of the Partners, for any act or omission

           7   performed or omitted by them in good faith on behalf of the

           8   Partnership and in a manner reasonably believed by them to be

           9   within the scope of their authority and in the best interests of

          10   the Partnership; provided, however, that this exculpation shall

          11   not apply to acts or omissions which are determined, by final

          12   decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, to constitute

          13   either fraud, bad faith, gross negligence, or willful misconduct.

          14

          15             (b)  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the

          16   Partnership, its receiver or its trustee, shall indemnify and

          17   hold harmless each Material Partner and its Indemnified Persons

          18   from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, expense or

          19   liability (other than a loss of any equity contributions, Partner

          20   Loan or other investment in the Partnership), which relate to or

          21   arise out of the Partnership, the Property, the Project or the

          22   Partnership's business or affairs, regardless of whether the

          23   Material Partners continue to be Partners, an Affiliate of a

          24   Material Partner, or an agent, officer, member, director,

          25   stockholder or employee of such Partner or such Affiliate at the

          26   time any such liability or expense is paid or incurred, if such

          27   Material Partner's or its Indemnified Persons' conduct did not

          28   constitute fraud, bad faith, gross negligence or willful

                                              154









            

           1   misconduct and was not the result of an action by such Material

           2   Partner outside the scope of such Represented Group's authority.

           3

           4             (c)  To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Partner

           5   or its Indemnified Persons have duties (including fiduciary

           6   duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to

           7   the Partners, each Material Partner and its Indemnified Persons

           8   acting under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be liable to

           9   the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on

          10   the provisions of this Agreement.  The provisions of this Section

          11   10.05, to the extent that they expand or restrict the duties and

          12   liabilities of a Material Partner or its Indemnified Persons

          13   otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the

          14   Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of such

          15   Material Partner and its Indemnified Person; provided that the

          16   provisions of this Section 10.05 shall in no way limit or reduce

          17   the indemnification provided by the Partnership to the Manager

          18   under the Management Agreement.

          19

          20             10.06  Joint and Several Liability.  The Partners agree
                                ---------------------------

          21   that, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any other

          22   agreement to which the Partnership is a party, each Partner shall

          23   have joint and several liability for all debts, obligations and

          24   liabilities of the Partnership to the extent that such debts,

          25   obligations and liabilities, are recourse obligations and hereby

          26   waive any and all provisions of the laws of the State regarding

          27   the limitation of liability to a virile share.  The Partners do

          28   not waive any right to discussion as provided by the laws of the

                                              155









            

           1   State.  To the extent that any Partner shall incur any debt,

           2   obligation or liability in excess of its pro rata share in

           3   accordance with the Percentage Shares of such Partner as a

           4   consequence of such joint and several liability, such Partner

           5   shall have a right of contribution against all other Partners

           6   such that all debts, obligations and liabilities of the

           7   Partnership are shared by the Partners pro rata in accordance

           8   with their respective Percentage Shares.

           9

          10             10.07  Indemnity Procedures
                                --------------------

          11

          12             (a)  Claiming Procedure
                              ------------------

          13

          14                (i)    Promptly after the assertion of any claim by

          15   a third party which may give rise to a claim for indemnification

          16   from an Indemnifying Partner under this Agreement, an Indemnified

          17   Person shall notify the Indemnifying Partner in writing of such

          18   claim and advise the Indemnifying Partner whether the Indemnified

          19   Person intends to contest such claim.

          20

          21               (ii)    The Indemnified Person shall permit the

          22   Indemnifying Partner to contest and defend against such claim, at

          23   the Indemnifying Partner's expense, if the Indemnifying Partner

          24   has confirmed to the Indemnified Person in writing that it agrees

          25   that the Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification

          26   hereunder in respect of such claim, unless the Indemnified Person

          27   can establish, by reasonable evidence, that the conduct of its

          28   defense by the Indemnifying Person could be reasonably likely to

                                              156









            

           1   prejudice such Indemnified Person due to the nature of the claims

           2   presented or by virtue of a conflict between the interests of

           3   such Indemnified Person and such Indemnifying Partner and another

           4   Indemnifying Partner whose defense has been assumed by the

           5   Indemnifying Partner.  Notwithstanding a determination by the

           6   Indemnifying Partner to contest such claim, the Indemnified

           7   Person shall have the right to be represented by its own counsel

           8   and accountants at its own expense except as set forth above.  In

           9   any case, the Indemnified Person shall make available to the

          10   Indemnifying Partner and its attorneys and accountants, at all

          11   reasonable times during normal business hours, all books,

          12   records, and other documents in its possession relating to such

          13   claim.  The party contesting any such claim shall be furnished

          14   all reasonable assistance in connection therewith by the other

          15   party (with reimbursement of reasonable expenses by the

          16   Indemnifying Partner).  If the Indemnifying Partner fails to

          17   undertake the defense of or to settle or pay any such third-party

          18   claim within fifteen (15) days after the Indemnified Person has

          19   given written notice to the Indemnifying Partner advising the

          20   Indemnifying Partner of such claim, or if the Indemnifying

          21   Partner, after having given notice to the Indemnified Person that

          22   it intends to undertake the defense, fails forthwith to defend,

          23   settle or pay such claim, then the Indemnified Person may take

          24   any and all necessary action to dispose of such claim including,

          25   without limitation, the settlement or full payment thereof upon

          26   such terms as it shall deem appropriate, in its sole discretion,

          27   subject to the following with respect to any proposed settlement

          28   thereof.

                                              157









            

           1              (iii)    The Indemnifying Partner shall not consent to

           2   the terms of any compromise or settlement of any third-party

           3   claim defended by the Indemnifying Partner in accordance herewith

           4   (other than terms related solely to the payment of money damages

           5   and only after the Indemnifying Partner has furnished the

           6   Indemnified Person with such evidence as the Indemnified Person

           7   may reasonably request of the Indemnifying Partner's capacity and

           8   capability (financial and otherwise) to pay promptly the amount

           9   of such money damages at such times as provided in the compromise

          10   or settlement) without the prior written consent of the

          11   Indemnified Person if as a result of such compromise or

          12   settlement such Indemnified Person could be adversely affected.

          13

          14               (iv)    Any claim for indemnification under this

          15   Agreement which does not result from the assertion of a claim by

          16   a third party shall be asserted by written notice given by the

          17   Indemnified Person to the Indemnifying Partner.  Such

          18   Indemnifying Partner shall have a period of thirty (30) days

          19   within which to respond thereto.  If such Indemnifying Partner

          20   does not respond within such thirty (30) day period, such

          21   Indemnifying Partner shall be deemed to have accepted

          22   responsibility to make payment, and shall have no further right

          23   to contest the validity of such claim.  If the Indemnifying

          24   Partner does respond within such 30-day period and rejects such

          25   claim in whole or in part, such Indemnified Person shall be free

          26   to pursue such remedies as may be available to such party under

          27   applicable law.

          28

                                              158









            

           1             (b)  Mitigation.  Each Indemnifying Partner and
                              ----------

           2   Indemnified Person shall use reasonable efforts and shall consult

           3   and cooperate with each other with a view towards mitigating

           4   claims, losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, costs and

           5   expenses that may give rise to claims for indemnification under

           6   Sections 10.02 and 10.04 hereof.

           7

           8             (c)  Payment.  Each Indemnifying Partner agrees to pay
                              -------

           9   any amounts due hereunder (i) within ten (10) days of written

          10   notice in respect of its indemnity obligations which it has

          11   accepted pursuant to Section 10.07(a)(ii) or (iv) hereof or which

          12   it has been deemed to accept pursuant to Section 10.07(a)(iv)

          13   hereof, and (ii) within five (5) days of any final adjudication

          14   of any indemnity obligations as to which it has not so accepted.

          15

          16

          17                               ARTICLE 11

          18

          19                          GAMING QUALIFICATION

          20

          21             11.01  Gaming Qualifications in the State
                                ----------------------------------

          22

          23             (a)  All Partners, and all Persons owning directly or 

          24   indirectly any ownership interest, security interest, other legal

          25   or beneficial interests in any Holding Entities, and their

          26   successors and assigns, who are required to be licensed,

          27   permitted or determined suitable pursuant to Section 6.01(b)

          28   hereof, shall be so licensed, permitted or determined suitable

                                              159









            

           1   prior to their admission to, and at all times during their

           2   participation in, the Partnership or any Holding Entity.

           3

           4             (b)  If any Partner, or any Holding Entity of any

           5   Partner, is determined by LEDGC to be unsuitable, or has an

           6   application for a license or permit rejected, or has a previously

           7   issued license or permit rescinded, suspended, revoked or not

           8   renewed, as the case may be (collectively, an "Unsuitability

           9   Determination"), all Distributions shall be suspended and

          10   escrowed, and such Partner or Holding Entity shall be subject to

          11   any other penalties or provisions as may be provided by

          12   applicable law, with respect to the Partnership Interest of the

          13   Partner with respect to which an Unsuitability Determination is

          14   made to the extent and for so long as provided by applicable law,

          15   or the Partner in which a Holding Entity owns a direct or

          16   indirect interest and with respect to which Holding Entity an

          17   Unsuitability Determination has been made to the extent and so as

          18   provided by applicable law, and, in such case, the Partner in

          19   which such Holding Entity owns a direct or indirect interest and

          20   each intervening Holding Entity shall enforce all provisions of

          21   their formative documents which provide for the suspension of

          22   dividends and/or distributions to the unsuitable Holding Entity.

          23

          24                (i)    In the case of an Unsuitability Determination

          25   of a Material Partner, the Partnership shall redeem the

          26   Partnership Interests of all Partners in the Partner Group of

          27   which such Material Partner is a member at a price equal to the

          28   Appraisal Buyout Price of such Partnership Interests determined

                                              160









            

           1   in accordance with Section 8.05 hereof as of the date of the

           2   Unsuitability Determination;

           3

           4               (ii)    In the case of an Unsuitability Determination

           5   of a non-Material Partner, the Partnership shall redeem such

           6   Partner's Partnership Interest at a price equal to the Appraisal

           7   Buyout Price of such Partnership Interest determined in

           8   accordance with Section 8.05 hereof as of the date of such

           9   Unsuitability Determination; and 

          10

          11              (iii)    In the case of an Unsuitability Determination

          12   of a Holding Entity, the Partner with respect to which such

          13   Holding Entity has a direct or indirect interest shall redeem

          14   such Holding Entity within thirty (30) days of such Unsuitability

          15   Determination or such lesser period of time as may be required by

          16   law.  If for any reason such Partner fails to redeem the

          17   ownership interest of such Holding Entity, the Partnership shall

          18   redeem the entire Partnership Interest of such Partner at the

          19   Appraisal Buyout Price determined in accordance with Section 8.05

          20   hereof as of the date of such Unsuitability Determination.

          21

          22             (c)  If a Partner's Partnership Interest or Offer

          23   Related Partnership Interest is redeemed pursuant to Sections

          24   11.01(b) hereof, the Partnership Interest or Offer Related

          25   Partnership Interest redeemed shall be re-allocated to the

          26   remaining Material Partners pro rata in accordance with their

          27   Percentage Shares in the Partnership.  If a Partner's entire

          28

                                              161









            

           1   Partnership Interest is redeemed pursuant to this Section 11.01,

           2   such Partner shall cease to be a Partner in the Partnership.

           3

           4             11.02  Other Gaming Qualifications
                                ---------------------------

           5

           6             (a)  If any Material Partner reasonably determines that

           7   the affiliation of such Material Partner with another Partner, or

           8   any of its Holding Entities Controlled by, under common Control

           9   with, or Controlling such Person, will threaten any gaming or

          10   alcoholic beverage license, permit, approval, or other

          11   entitlement that such affected Partner or any Affiliates that are

          12   Controlled by, under common Control with, or Controlling such

          13   Partner hold or apply for in any jurisdiction other than the

          14   State solely because of matters relating to the gaming

          15   suitability of such Person, such Material Partner may invoke the

          16   buy/sell remedy set forth in Section 8.03 hereof with respect to

          17   (i) the objectionable Partner if such objectionable Partner is a

          18   non-Material Partner, (ii) the Partner Group containing the

          19   objectionable Partner if such Partner is a Material Partner,

          20   (iii) in the case of an objectionable Holding Entity, the Offer

          21   Related Partnership Interest with respect to the Partner in which

          22   such objectionable Holding Entity directly or indirectly owns an

          23   interest if such Partner is a non-Material Partner, or (iv) in

          24   the case of an objectionable Holding Entity, the Partner Group of

          25   which such Partner is a member if such Partner is a Material

          26   Partner.

          27

          28

                                              162









            

           1             (b)  In any case where a Material Partner exercises a

           2   buy/sell pursuant to this Section 11.02, the Material Partner

           3   shall have the option to offer in such buy/sell its entire

           4   Partnership Interest or a portion of its Partnership Interest

           5   containing Percentage Shares equal to the Percentage Shares of

           6   the objectionable Partner or Offer Related Partnership Interest

           7   in the case of an objectionable Holding Entity.  If such

           8   objectionable Partner has, or if such Offer Related Partnership

           9   Interest constitutes, a Percentage Share greater than the

          10   Percentage Share of the Material Partner exercising the buy/sell,

          11   the Material Partner shall offer its entire Partnership Interest

          12   in the buy/sell.

          13

          14             (c)  Where the Material Partner invoking this Section

          15   11.02 elects to buy/sell the Offer Related Partnership Interest

          16   of the Partner in which such objectionable Holding Entity

          17   directly or indirectly owns an interest, if such Partner is the

          18   seller in such buy/sell, such Partner must redeem the interest of

          19   the objectionable Holding Entity with the proceeds of such sale

          20   concurrently with the closing of the buy/sell.  If, for any

          21   reason, such Partner should be unwilling or unable to exercise

          22   such redemption concurrently with the closing of the buy/sell,

          23   the Material Partner invoking such buy/sell remedy shall have the

          24   right in lieu of closing the buy/sell to purchase the entire

          25   Partnership Interest of such Partner at the Appraisal Buyout

          26   Price determined in accordance with Section 8.05 hereof.

          27

          28

                                              163









            

           1             (d)  Without limiting reasonableness to such

           2   circumstance, the Partners agree that such determination shall be

           3   reasonable if based upon (i) any written communication from a

           4   gaming or alcoholic beverage regulatory authority, or (ii)

           5   evidence which, if true, would violate any law, rule or

           6   regulation administered by any such regulatory authority, so long

           7   as such evidence is not induced in bad faith by its recipient, or

           8   (iii) even if such evidence is induced in bad faith by its

           9   recipient, such evidence is true and accurate.  To the extent

          10   that notice and cure remedies are made available by such

          11   jurisdiction and may be pursued without risk to the affected

          12   Partner, the buy/sell remedy may not be invoked unless cure is

          13   not effected within the time permitted by such jurisdiction.  

          14

          15             11.03  Lender Suitability.  If any lender to the
                                ------------------

          16   Partnership or Holding Entity of the Partnership (other than a

          17   Holding Entity which is exempt from a suitability determination

          18   by LEDGC) is determined by LEDGC to be unsuitable, the result of

          19   which is to threaten the revocation, suspension, termination or

          20   rescission of the Casino Operating Contract or result in any

          21   other penalty to the Partnership, and if the Partnership or such

          22   Holding Entity shall not have taken such action as shall be

          23   necessary to cure such unsuitability within any cure period

          24   available under the Casino Act or any rule or regulation

          25   promulgated thereunder, or if no cure period is specifically

          26   provided (but cure is permitted), if the unsuitability is not

          27   cured in accordance with applicable gaming law, rule or

          28   regulation, then to the extent and so long as provided by

                                              164









            

           1   applicable law (i) all payments to such lender shall be suspended

           2   and escrowed, (ii) such lender shall immediately divest itself of

           3   all loans made to the Partnership or such Holding Entity and

           4   (iii) such lender shall be subject to any other remedies as shall

           5   be required by applicable law.  If, notwithstanding the

           6   application of, or failing the enforcement of, the preceding

           7   sentence, the Holding Entity has not satisfactorily complied with

           8   the requirements of the Casino Act or LEDGC so as to eliminate

           9   such lender unsuitability, the Partnership Interest of the

          10   Partner owned in whole or in part by such Holding Entity shall be

          11   subject to redemption in the manner set forth in Section 11.01

          12   hereof.  Redemption shall be initiated by the Partnership at the

          13   request of any Material Partner.  If any Material Partner

          14   reasonably determines that the existence of a loan from a lender

          15   to the Partnership will threaten any gaming license, permit,

          16   approval, or other entitlement that such affected Partner or any

          17   Affiliates of such Partner, hold or apply for in any

          18   jurisdiction, such Material Partner may, at no cost to the

          19   Partnership or any other Partner, (i) require the Partnership to

          20   exercise any redemption rights in any loan documents with such

          21   lender and redeem such loan so long as such Material Partner

          22   makes an unsecured loan to the Partnership (with the same

          23   interest and maturity provisions as the redeemed loan) of the

          24   funds necessary to effect such redemption or procures an

          25   unsecured loan for the Partnership (with the same interest and

          26   maturity provisions as the redeemed loan) from a lender

          27   satisfactory to the Partnership and so long as such loan is in

          28   compliance with the Partnership's loan documents, (ii) require

                                              165









            

           1   the Partnership to exercise any rights in any loan documents with

           2   such lender to procure a suitable lender or lenders which assume

           3   and accept the rights and obligations of the objectionable

           4   lender, or (iii) with the consent of such lender as may be

           5   required in any loan documents with such lender, procure a

           6   suitable lender or lenders that assume and accept the rights and

           7   obligations of the objectionable lender.

           8

           9

          10                               ARTICLE 12

          11

          12                           DISPUTE RESOLUTION

          13

          14             12.01  Buy/Sell.  In the event of a disagreement by the
                                --------

          15   Representatives of the Represented Groups relating to a vote on

          16   any Major Decision, from and after the earlier of (i) the third 

          17   anniversary of the opening of the Permanent Casino, or (ii) the

          18   fifth anniversary of the date hereof, and notwithstanding the

          19   outcome of any arbitration pursuant to Section 12.02 hereof, any

          20   Represented Group may elect to exercise the buy/sell remedy in

          21   accordance with Section 8.03 hereof; provided that (A) there

          22   shall not exist with respect to the exercising Represented Group

          23   any Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or

          24   passage of time, would constitute an Event of Default, (B) the

          25   exercising Represented Group may only exercise such buy/sell

          26   remedy if an arbitration shall have first been initiated under

          27   Section 12.02 hereof and such arbitration shall have either

          28   concluded or a period of sixty (60) days from initiation of such

                                              166









            

           1   arbitration shall have elapsed, and (C) the exercising

           2   Represented Group may only exercise such buy/sell during the

           3   period beginning with the earlier of the end of such sixty (60)

           4   day period or arbitration decision and ending one hundred eighty

           5   (180) days after the earlier of the end of such sixty (60) day

           6   period or arbitration decision.

           7

           8             12.02  Arbitration
                                -----------

           9

          10             (a)  In the event of a failure of the Represented

          11   Groups to reach Unanimous Approval with respect to any

          12   Partnership decision other than decisions specified in Sections

          13   5.01(e) and (f) hereof, an arbitration shall be conducted in

          14   accordance with the following procedures:

          15

          16                (i)    Any Represented Group may serve upon the

          17   other Represented Groups a written notice stating that such

          18   Represented Group desires to have such dispute reviewed by a

          19   board of three (3) qualified and disinterested arbitrators who

          20   are not Affiliates that are Controlled by, under common Control

          21   with, or Controlling any Partner in such Represented Group or any

          22   other arbitrator acting hereunder and naming the person whom such

          23   Represented Group has designated to act as an arbitrator.  Within

          24   fifteen (15) days after receipt of the arbitration notice, the

          25   other Represented Groups acting together shall use their best

          26   efforts jointly to designate a person to act as arbitrator and

          27   shall notify the Represented Group requesting arbitration of such

          28   designation and the name of the Person so designated.

                                              167









            

           1               (ii)    If the other Represented Groups are unable to

           2   agree on the joint selection of an arbitrator within said fifteen

           3   (15) days, each Represented Group shall select an arbitrator

           4   independently. 

           5

           6              (iii)    Where the other Represented Groups are acting

           7   together, or one of the other Represented Groups fails timely to

           8   select an arbitrator but another Represented Group timely selects

           9   an arbitrator, the two (2) arbitrators designated as aforesaid

          10   shall promptly select a third arbitrator, and if such arbitrators

          11   are not able to agree on such third arbitrator, then either

          12   arbitrator, on five (5) days notice in writing to the other, or

          13   both arbitrators, shall apply to the branch of the American

          14   Arbitration Association nearest to the Property to designate and

          15   appoint such third arbitrator.

          16

          17               (iv)    If all Represented Groups upon whom such

          18   written request for arbitration is served shall fail to designate

          19   an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such

          20   notice, then the arbitrator designated by the Represented Group

          21   requesting arbitration shall act as the sole arbitrator and shall

          22   be deemed to be the unanimously approved arbitrator to resolve

          23   such dispute.  The decision and award of such sole arbitrator

          24   shall be binding upon the Partners.

          25

          26                (v)    If two appointed arbitrators have selected a

          27   third arbitrator the decision and award of a majority of the

          28   arbitrators shall be binding upon the Partners.

                                              168









            

           1               (vi)    If each Represented Group has selected an

           2   arbitrator and there remains three (3) Represented Groups at such

           3   time, the three arbitrators so selected shall use their best

           4   efforts to agree on the resolution of the arbitrated matter

           5   pursuant to Section 12.02(b) hereof.  If such arbitrators are

           6   unable to reach a unanimous decision as to a disputed matter, the

           7   arbitrators shall unanimously select an independent qualified

           8   arbitrator who will act as the sole arbitrator.  If the three (3)

           9   arbitrators are unable to select an independent arbitrator to act

          10   as the sole arbitrator, any Represented Group may apply to the

          11   branch of the American Arbitration Association nearest to the

          12   Property to designate and appoint such independent arbitrator who

          13   will act as the sole arbitrator.  The decision and award of such

          14   sole arbitrator shall be binding upon the Partners.

          15

          16              (vii)    The fees and expenses of the arbitrators

          17   shall be paid in equal shares by the Represented Group(s) whose

          18   position is not adopted by the arbitrators.  The award of any

          19   arbitrators made in accordance with this Section 12.02 shall be

          20   binding on the Partners and enforceable in any court of competent

          21   jurisdiction.

          22

          23             (b)  In all arbitration proceedings submitted to the

          24   arbitrators, the arbitrators shall be required to agree upon and

          25   approve the substantive position advocated by one Represented

          26   Group with respect to each disputed item.  The arbitrators shall

          27   make their decision based solely on the best interests of the

          28   Partnership and the Project.  All proceedings by the arbitrators

                                              169









            

           1   shall be conducted in accordance with the Uniform Arbitration

           2   Act, except to the extent the provisions of such Act are modified

           3   by this Agreement or the mutual agreement of the parties.  Unless

           4   otherwise agreed, all arbitration proceedings shall be conducted

           5   in the City.

           6

           7             (c)  In the event of any disagreement as to a matter

           8   subject to arbitration under the Management Agreement,

           9   arbitration shall occur pursuant to Article 20.02 of the

          10   Management Agreement rather than pursuant to this Section 12.02.

          11

          12

          13                               ARTICLE 13

          14

          15                             ADMINISTRATION

          16

          17             13.01  Bank Accounts.  Except as otherwise provided in 
                                -------------

          18   the Management Agreement, all funds of the Partnership not

          19   otherwise invested shall be deposited as the Partnership shall

          20   determine, and withdrawals shall be made only on the signature of

          21   such Person or Persons as the Partnership may from time to time

          22   designate.

          23

          24             13.02  Books and Records.  Except as otherwise provided
                                -----------------

          25   in the Management Agreement, the books and records of the

          26   Partnership may be maintained at any office and by any Person

          27   designated by the Partnership, provided that a copy of such books

          28   and records shall be maintained at the principal office of the

                                              170









            

           1   Partnership and at the Temporary Casino or the Permanent Casino,

           2   as the case may be, and shall be available for examination there

           3   by any Material Partner, or its duly authorized certified public

           4   accountant or lawyer, at any and all reasonable times during

           5   regular business hours.  The Partnership shall maintain such

           6   books and records and provide such financial or other statements

           7   as the Partnership may deem advisable.  A current list of the

           8   full name and last known address of each Partner, a copy of the

           9   this Agreement and all amendments hereto and executed copies of

          10   all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement or any

          11   amendment has been executed, copies of the Partnership's federal,

          12   state and local income tax returns and reports, if any, for the

          13   three (3) most recent years after the date hereof, any financial

          14   statements of the Partnership for the three (3) most recent years

          15   after the date hereof, and the Partnership's books, shall be

          16   maintained at the principal office of the Partnership.  Except as

          17   otherwise provided in the Management Agreement, the Partnership's

          18   accountants and auditors shall be selected by the Partnership.

          19

          20             13.03  Notices.  The address of each of the Partner
                                -------

          21   Groups shall for all purposes be as set forth below unless

          22   otherwise changed by the applicable Partner Group by notice to

          23   the others as provided herein.

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

                                              171









            

           1   Harrah's:      Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company

           2                  c/o The Promus Companies Incorporated

           3                  1023 Cherry Road

           4                  Memphis, Tennessee 38117

           5                  Phone:  (901) 762-8600

           6                  Fax:  (901) 762-8914

           7

           8                  Attn: Colin V. Reed

           9                        Senior Vice President

          10

          11                  with a copy to:

          12

          13                  Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company

          14                  c/o The Promus Companies Incorporated

          15                  1023 Cherry Road

          16                  Memphis, Tennessee 38117

          17                  Phone:  (901) 762-8600

          18                  Fax:  (901) 762-8777

          19

          20                  Attn:  General Counsel

          21

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

                                              172









            

           1   NOLDC:         New Orleans/Louisiana Development Company 

           2                  c/o Gauthier and Murphy

           3                  3500 North Hullen

           4                  Metairie, Louisiana 70002

           5                  Phone:  (504) 456-8600

           6                  Fax:  (504) 456-8624

           7

           8                  Attn:  Wendell H. Gauthier, Esq.

           9                         Chairman of the Board

          10

          11                  with a copy to:

          12

          13                  Monroe & Lemann

          14                  201 St. Charles Avenue

          15                  Suite 3300

          16                  New Orleans, Louisiana 70170

          17                  Phone:  (504) 586-1900

          18                  Fax:  (504) 581-7312

          19

          20                  Attn:  John D. Wogan, Esq.

          21

          22

          23

          24

          25

          26

          27

          28

                                              173









            

           1   Grand Palais:  Grand Palais Casino, Inc.

           2                  111 Rue D'Iberville

           3                  New Orleans, Louisiana 70130

           4                  Phone:  (504) 524-4422

           5                  Fax:  (504) 524-0880

           6

           7                  Attn:  Christopher B. Hemmeter

           8                         Chairman of the Board

           9

          10                  with a copy to:

          11

          12                  Shefsky & Froelich Ltd.

          13                  444 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2300

          14                  Chicago, Illinois 60611

          15                  Phone:  (312) 527-4000

          16                  Fax:  (312) 527-9897

          17

          18                  Attn:  Cezar M. Froelich, Esq.

          19

          20             All notices or other communications required or

          21   permitted to be given pursuant to the provisions of this

          22   Agreement shall be in writing and shall be considered as properly

          23   given if mailed by certified United States mail, postage prepaid,

          24   with return receipt requested, by overnight courier service, or

          25   by facsimile transmission with reception confirmed.  Notices

          26   hereunder in any manner shall be effective only if and when

          27   received by the addressee.  Certified mail receipt or express

          28

                                              174









            

           1   courier receipt at the above addresses shall establish receipt

           2   for purposes of notices under this Agreement.

           3

           4

           5                               ARTICLE 14

           6

           7                             FISCAL MATTERS

           8

           9             14.01  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Partnership
                                -----------

          10   shall be the calendar year.

          11

          12             14.02  Accounting Decisions.  Except as otherwise
                                --------------------

          13   provided in the Management Agreement, all decisions as to

          14   accounting elections, whether for book or tax purposes (and such

          15   decisions may be different for each such purpose), shall be

          16   approved by the Partnership.

          17

          18             14.03  Tax Returns.  The Partnership, with the
                                -----------

          19   assistance of its accountants, will prepare and timely file

          20   federal and state income tax returns of the Partnership.  As

          21   promptly as practicable, and in any event, in sufficient time to

          22   permit timely preparation and filing by each Partner of its

          23   respective federal and state tax returns, the Partnership shall

          24   deliver to each Partner a copy of each federal and state tax

          25   return or tax report filed by the Partnership.  Harrah's shall be

          26   the tax matters Partner.

          27

          28

                                              175









            

           1             14.04  Elections.  To the extent that the Partnership
                                ---------

           2   may or is required to make elections for federal, state or local

           3   tax purposes, and to the extent that Partners may or are required

           4   to make such elections concerning the business and properties of

           5   the Partnership and such elections may not be made in different

           6   ways by different Partners, such elections shall be made in such

           7   manner as is best calculated, in the judgment of the Partnership,

           8   to minimize taxable income of the Partnership and maximize

           9   deductions therefrom.

          10

          11             14.05  Partnership Expenses.  The Partnership shall pay
                                --------------------

          12   or reimburse the Material Partners for all expenses (which

          13   expenses may be billed directly to the Partnership) of the

          14   Partnership incurred following the execution of this Agreement

          15   that are approved by the Partnership which may include, but are

          16   not limited to:  (a) all costs of personnel employed by the

          17   Partnership and involved in the business of the Partnership; (b)

          18   all costs of borrowed money, taxes and assessments on the

          19   Property and other taxes applicable to the Partnership; (c)

          20   legal, audit, accounting, brokerage and other fees; (d) printing

          21   and other expenses and taxes incurred in connection with the

          22   issuance, distribution, Transfer, registration and recording of

          23   documents evidencing ownership of a Partnership Interest or in

          24   connection with the business of the Partnership; (e) fees and

          25   expenses paid to independent contractors, mortgage bankers,

          26   brokers and services, leasing agents, consultants, on-site

          27   managers, real estate brokers, insurance brokers and other

          28   agents; (f) expenses in connection with the disposition,

                                              176









            

           1   replacement, alteration, repair, remodeling, refurbishment,

           2   leasing, refinancing and operation of the Property or other

           3   Partnership assets (including the costs and expenses of

           4   foreclosures, insurance premiums, real estate brokerage and

           5   leasing commissions, and maintenance); (g) the cost of insurance

           6   as required in connection with the business of the Partnership;

           7   (h) expenses of organizing, revising, amending, converting,

           8   modifying or terminating the Partnership; (i) expenses in

           9   connection with distributions made by the Partnership to, and

          10   communications and bookkeeping and clerical work necessary in

          11   maintaining relations with, the Partners, including the cost of

          12   printing and mailing to such persons various notices or other

          13   communications; (j) expenses in connection with preparing and

          14   mailing reports required to be furnished to the Partners for

          15   investor, tax reporting or other purposes, or which reports the

          16   Partners deem the furnishing thereof to be in the best interests

          17   of the Partnership; (k) costs of any accounting, statistical or

          18   bookkeeping equipment necessary for the maintenance of the books

          19   and records of the Partnership; (l) the cost of preparation and

          20   dissemination of the information, material and documentation

          21   relating to a potential sale, refinancing or other disposition of

          22   the Property or other Partnership assets; (m) the cost of any

          23   appraisals of the Property as may be required by financings, any

          24   Partner's internal procedures or any regulatory reporting

          25   requirements on an annual or special basis; and (n) any letter of

          26   credit fees or expenses incurred by the Partners or their

          27   Affiliates in connection with development of the Property

          28

                                              177









            

           1   Controlled by, under common Control with, or Controlling such

           2   Partner.

           3

           4

           5                               ARTICLE 15

           6

           7                              TERMINATION

           8

           9             15.01  Events of Dissolution.  The Partnership shall be
                                ---------------------

          10   dissolved on the earliest to occur of:

          11

          12             (a)  the expiration of the term of the Partnership;

          13

          14             (b)  the passage of thirty (30) days after the

          15   conversion to cash or its equivalent, sale or other disposition

          16   of all of the Partnership assets;

          17

          18             (c)  the election by all of the Represented Groups to

          19   dissolve the Partnership;

          20

          21             (d)  the termination of the Management Agreement in

          22   accordance with the terms thereof, unless the Material Partners

          23   other than Harrah's elect to within ninety (90) days continue the

          24   Partnership on such a basis as such Material Partners shall

          25   decide; provided that if such Material Partners so elect,

          26   Harrah's shall have the option, for a period of sixty (60) days

          27   following such election to continue the Partnership, to require

          28   the Partnership to acquire its entire Partnership Interest on the

                                              178









            

           1   same terms as an Appraisal Buyout pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof

           2   with the Appraisal Buyout Price computed based on one hundred

           3   percent (100%) of Appraised Value;

           4

           5             (e)  the dissolution of any Partner, unless the

           6   remaining Partners elect within ninety (90) days to continue the

           7   Partnership on such a basis as the Partnership shall decide;

           8

           9             (f)  the bankruptcy of any Partner, unless the

          10   remaining Partners elect within ninety (90) days to continue the

          11   Partnership on such a basis as the Partnership shall decide; and

          12

          13             (g)  the occurrence of any other event requiring the

          14   dissolution of the Partnership under the laws of the State,

          15   unless the remaining Partners elect within ninety (90) days to

          16   continue the Partnership on such a basis as the Partnership shall

          17   decide.

          18

          19             15.02  Winding Up
                                ----------

          20

          21             (a)  Upon the dissolution of the Partnership pursuant

          22   to Section 15.01 hereof, the Partnership business shall be wound

          23   up out of court and its assets liquidated by the Liquidator as

          24   provided in this Section 15.02, and the net proceeds of such

          25   liquidation shall be distributed in accordance with Section 15.03

          26   hereof.  The "Liquidator," as used herein shall mean such Person

          27   who may be appointed by the Nondefaulting Partners (or in

          28   accordance with applicable law if such Nondefaulting Partners

                                              179









            

           1   fail to make such appointment).  The Liquidator shall be

           2   responsible for taking all action necessary or appropriate to

           3   wind up the affairs and distribute the assets of the Partnership

           4   upon its dissolution.

           5

           6             (b)  The Liquidator shall file all certificates and

           7   notices of the dissolution of the Partnership required by law. 

           8   The Liquidator shall proceed without any unnecessary delay to

           9   sell and otherwise liquidate the Partnership's assets; provided,

          10   however, that if the Liquidator shall determine that an immediate

          11   sale of part or all of the Partnership assets would cause undue

          12   loss to the Partners, then, in order to avoid such loss, the

          13   Liquidator may defer the liquidation, to the extent permitted by

          14   law.

          15

          16             15.03  Distribution on Dissolution and Termination
                                -------------------------------------------

          17

          18             (a)  Upon dissolution of the Partnership, the net

          19   proceeds of such liquidation shall be applied and distributed in

          20   the following order of priority; provided that the higher

          21   level(s) of priority have been fully satisfied and provided

          22   further that if the Capital Account of any Partner shall have a

          23   negative balance after giving effect to the allocation of tax

          24   items and giving effect to any debts, liabilities or other

          25   obligations of the Partnership, such Partner shall pay to the

          26   Partnership the amount of such negative balance not later than

          27   ten (10) days from the date of written notice to such effect from

          28   the Liquidator or any Represented Group (but in no event later

                                              180









            

           1   than the end of the Partnership taxable year in which such

           2   liquidation occurs, or, if later, within ninety (90) days after

           3   the date of such liquidation):

           4

           5                (i)    to pay expenses of liquidation, and to the

           6   setting up of any reserves for (A) contingent or unforeseen

           7   obligations, debts or liabilities of the Partnership which may be

           8   deemed reasonably necessary by the Partnership's accountants, (B)

           9   amounts required by any contracts or agreements of the

          10   Partnership, or (C) such other purposes as the Partnership may

          11   decide.  Such reserves shall be paid over to an escrowee

          12   designated by the Liquidator to be held for the purpose of

          13   disbursing such reserves in payment of any of the aforementioned

          14   contingencies and, at the expiration of such period as shall be

          15   deemed advisable, to distribute the balance hereafter remaining

          16   in the manner provided in this Section 15.03;

          17

          18               (ii)    to repay any principal and interest due on

          19   any Partner Loans made or deemed made pursuant to Section 3.03(c)

          20   hereof on a first in - first out basis, and if there are more

          21   than one Partner Loan made or deemed made pursuant to Section

          22   3.03(c) hereof of equal priority, on a pari passu basis; 
                                                      ---- -----

          23

          24              (iii)    to the Partners pro rata in accordance with

          25   their Percentage Shares, any amount remaining in the Tax Reserve;

          26

          27               (iv)    subject to Section 4.05 hereof, to repayment

          28   to the Partners first of any interest due on any Partner Loans

                                              181









            

           1   other than those made or deemed made pursuant to Section 3.03(c)

           2   hereof pari passu in accordance with the total amount of interest
                      ---- -----

           3   outstanding on all such Partner Loans and, second of any

           4   principal due on any Partner Loans other than those made or

           5   deemed made pursuant to Section 3.03(c) hereof pari passu in
                                                              ---- -----

           6   accordance with the total amount of principal outstanding on all

           7   such Partner Loans, or in such other order of priority as the

           8   Partnership shall agree upon at the time any Partner Loan other

           9   than those made or deemed made pursuant to Section 3.03(c) hereof

          10   is approved by the Partnership; and

          11

          12                (v)    subject to Section 4.05 hereof, thereafter,

          13   to the Partners in respect of the balances, if any, remaining in

          14   their Capital Accounts; provided, however, that all Capital

          15   Account balances shall be determined after taking into account

          16   all Capital Account adjustments for the Partnership taxable year

          17   during which such liquidation occurs.

          18

          19             (b)  If there is not a pro rata distribution of each

          20   asset, asset distributions in kind shall be appraised by

          21   appraisers retained by the Liquidator, if necessary, so that each

          22   Partner receives its pro rata share of net Partnership assets as

          23   appraised.  The Capital Accounts shall be adjusted prior to such

          24   distribution in kind as if such asset were sold at its Appraised

          25   Value.  It shall not be a requirement that each Partner receive a

          26   pro rata share of each asset available for Distribution to the

          27   Partners on dissolution.  In the event valuation of the assets of

          28   the Partnership cannot be agreed upon, such assets shall be

                                              182









            

           1   valued at their fair market value as determined by appraisers

           2   retained by the Liquidator.  The Liquidator may retain such

           3   appraisers and other consultants as may be necessary and

           4   advisable, all at the expense of the Partnership, in connection

           5   with the wind-up of the Partnership affairs.  No Partner shall

           6   have any right to demand or receive property other than cash upon

           7   dissolution and termination of the Partnership.

           8

           9             (c)  A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly

          10   liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the discharge of

          11   liabilities as to creditors.

          12

          13             (d)  Within ninety (90) days after the complete

          14   liquidation of the Partnership, the Liquidator shall furnish to

          15   each of the Partner Groups a financial statement for the period

          16   from the first day of the then current fiscal year through the

          17   date of such complete liquidation certified by the Partnership's

          18   certified public accountant.  Such statement shall include a

          19   Partnership statement of operation for such period and a

          20   Partnership balance sheet as to the date of such complete

          21   liquidation.

          22

          23             (e)  Each Partner shall look solely to the assets of

          24   the Partnership for all distributions with respect to the

          25   Partnership and its Capital Contribution thereto and share of

          26   profits and losses thereof, and shall have no recourse therefor

          27   (upon dissolution or otherwise) against the other Partners or the

          28   Liquidator except to the extent of any requirement of any Partner

                                              183









            

           1   to pay to the Partnership its negative capital balance pursuant

           2   to this Section 15.03.  It is expressly understood and agreed

           3   that the Partners shall not be personally liable for the return

           4   or repayment of all or any portion of the capital of any Partner

           5   except to the extent of any requirement of any Partner to pay to

           6   the Partnership its negative capital balance pursuant to this

           7   Section 15.03 which shall survive the termination of its status

           8   as Partner.

           9

          10

          11                               ARTICLE 16

          12

          13                               COVENANTS

          14

          15             16.01  Competing Business
                                ------------------

          16

          17             (a)  For purposes of this Section 16.01, the following

          18   shall all be the "Restricted Parties":  each Partner, William C.

          19   Broadhurst, Eddie L. Sapir, Christopher B. Hemmeter, Wendell H.

          20   Gauthier, Carl J. Eberts, Calvin C. Fayard, Jr., Ronald M.

          21   Lamarque, Duplain W. Rhodes, III, Louie Roussel, III, Michael X.

          22   St. Martin, John J. Cummings, III, T. George Solomon, Jr. and all

          23   Affiliates Controlled by, under common Control with, or

          24   Controlling such Person.  Any Restricted Party may directly or

          25   indirectly, engage and possess any right or interest in the

          26   ownership, operation, management, income, or profits of any other

          27   business venture of any nature, kind or description, including,

          28   without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any business

                                              184









            

           1   venture engaged in the same type of business as the Partnership,

           2   even if such other business is competitive with that of the

           3   Partnership, and the development, ownership, financing and

           4   management of casino and other gaming operations of any kind

           5   whatsoever; provided, however, that except as expressly permitted

           6   herein, no Restricted Party, so long as such Restricted Party

           7   owns any direct or indirect beneficial interest in the

           8   Partnership, other than an Institutional Investor may be

           9   associated with the development, ownership, financing or

          10   management of (i) casino and other gaming operations in Orleans,

          11   Plaquemines, St. Charles, St. Bernard, St. Tammany and Jefferson

          12   Parishes in the State (the "Named Parishes") or (ii) any of the

          13   properties known as (A) Canal Place Project, including the office

          14   tower known as One Canal Place, 365 Canal Street, in the City;

          15   the Canal Place Shopping Mall, hotel facility and garage

          16   facility, all located on lots 1CP and 2CP, Second Municipal

          17   District, in the City, (B) International Trade Mart Building,

          18   including all land and improvements, located at 2 Canal Street,

          19   in the City and (C) the hotel operation known as the Westin Canal

          20   Place, located on lot 2CP, Second Municipal District, in the City

          21   (the "Non-Casino Investments").

          22

          23             (b)  The investments of Grand Palais Riverboat, Inc.

          24   and its Affiliates that are Controlled by, under common Control

          25   with, or Controlling Grand Palais Riverboat, Inc. in the Grand

          26   Palais Riverboat and Carl J. Eberts and Louie Roussel III in the

          27   Star Casino Riverboat are hereby permitted by the Partnership to

          28   the extent permitted by State law and not violative of the

                                              185









            

           1   Rivergate Lease or the Temporary Casino Lease.  The Partners

           2   agree not to directly or indirectly through Affiliates, agents or

           3   other Persons engage in any lobbying activities with respect to

           4   any legislation which would abolish either such riverboat or

           5   cause either such riverboat to be subject to rules or regulations

           6   which are more restrictive than current laws or regulations

           7   applicable to either such riverboat.

           8

           9             (c)  Other than investments described in Section

          10   16.01(b) hereof, gaming or casino investments in the Named

          11   Parishes and/or the Non-Casino Investments by the Restricted

          12   Parties are hereby permitted by the Partnership if each Material

          13   Partner is given a right of first refusal to participate in such

          14   projects in accordance with its Percentage Share at the time of

          15   such offer, except that no Defaulting Partner shall have the

          16   right to so participate.

          17

          18             (d)  Except for any such permitted investments in the

          19   Named Parishes, neither the Partnership nor any of its Partners

          20   shall have any right or interest in the ownership, operation,

          21   management, income, or profits of any other gaming or casino

          22   business venture in the Named Parishes.

          23

          24             (e)  Except for investments in the Named Parishes other

          25   than those set forth in Section 16.01(a)(i) hereof, no Partner

          26   need disclose to any other Partner or the Partnership any other

          27   business venture in which it may have an interest or any other

          28   business opportunity presented to it, even if such opportunity is

                                              186









            

           1   of a character which, if presented to the Partnership, could be

           2   taken by the Partnership, and each Partner shall have the right

           3   to take for its own account or to recommend to others any such

           4   particular investment opportunity or business venture.

           5

           6             (f)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall

           7   any Partner or any Affiliate of such Partner bound by such

           8   agreement engage in any business venture to the extent same is

           9   prohibited under any agreement to which has been approved by the

          10   Partnership, or by which any of its property or assets are bound.

          11

          12             16.02  Prohibited Payments.  Each Partner agrees that
                                -------------------

          13   it and its Affiliates Controlled by, under common Control with,

          14   or Controlling such Partner will conduct their activities, and

          15   will cause any activities conducted on their behalf to be

          16   conducted, in a lawful manner and specifically will not engage in

          17   the following transactions:

          18

          19             (a)  payments or offers of payment, directly or

          20   indirectly, to any domestic or foreign government official or

          21   employee in order to obtain business, retain business or direct

          22   business to others, or for the purpose of inducing such

          23   government official or employee to fail to perform or to perform

          24   improperly his official functions;

          25

          26             (b)  receive, pay or offer anything of value, directly

          27   or indirectly, from or to any private party in the form of a

          28

                                              187









            

           1   commercial bribe, influence payment or kickback for any such

           2   purpose; or

           3

           4             (c)  use, directly or indirectly, any funds or other

           5   assets of the Partnership for any unlawful purpose including,

           6   without limitation, political contributions in violation of

           7   applicable law.

           8

           9             16.03  Securities Law Requirements.  NOLDC and Grand
                                ---------------------------

          10   Palais acknowledge that Harrah's is owned by a publicly held

          11   corporation and that trading in the securities of such

          12   corporation based on non-public information or unauthorized

          13   disclosure or other use of material developments could expose

          14   Harrah's and Affiliates that are Controlled by, under common

          15   Control with, or Controlling Harrah's, NOLDC and Grand Palais to

          16   significant penalties.  NOLDC and Grand Palais shall take

          17   appropriate precautions to inform its employees and agents of

          18   such requirements.  In the event NOLDC and/or Grand Palais or any

          19   Affiliates that are Controlled by, under common Control with, or

          20   Controlling NOLDC and/or Grand Palais, as the case may be,

          21   becomes a publicly held corporation, the Represented Groups shall

          22   take appropriate precautions to inform each of their respective

          23   employees and agents that trading in the securities of NOLDC

          24   and/or Grand Palais or any Affiliates that are Controlled by,

          25   under common Control with, or Controlling NOLDC and/or Grand

          26   Palais, as the case may be, based on non-public information or

          27   unauthorized disclosure or other use of material developments

          28

                                              188









            

           1   could expose NOLDC, Grand Palais and Harrah's to significant

           2   penalties.

           3

           4             16.04  Regulatory Information.  Each Partner shall
                                ----------------------

           5   provide to the Partnership or regulatory agency, as the case may

           6   be, as required by applicable law, all information pertaining to

           7   the Partnership and the Project and each Partner's officers,

           8   directors, shareholders, financial sources, and associations as

           9   shall be required by any federal or state securities law or any

          10   regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Partnership, the

          11   Project, or any Partner or any Affiliates that are Controlled by,

          12   under common Control with, or Controlling such Person including,

          13   without limitation, regulatory authorities in the State and the

          14   States of Illinois, Nevada, New Jersey, or any other state.

          15

          16             16.05  Confidentiality
                                ---------------

          17

          18             (a)  Any financial information in connection with the

          19   Property or the Project in the possession of any Partner which

          20   has not been generally disclosed to the public shall be held in

          21   confidence and shall not be disclosed to any Person other than

          22   Partners, employees, attorneys, agents, or lenders other than a

          23   Disqualified Buyer of the Partners and their Affiliates

          24   Controlled by, under common Control with, or Controlling such

          25   Partner, except as may be required by any regulatory authority

          26   having jurisdiction or by any other applicable law, rule,

          27   regulation, or requirement of any governmental entity.  Any

          28   disclosure of confidential information to any employee, attorney,

                                              189









            

           1   agent or lender shall be kept in confidence and delivered to such

           2   Persons subject to a written confidentiality agreement

           3   benefitting the Partnership, as approved by the Executive

           4   Committee, except as may be required by any regulatory authority

           5   having jurisdiction or by any other applicable law, rule,

           6   regulation, or requirement of any governmental entity.

           7

           8             (b)  Each Partner other than Harrah's agrees that it

           9   shall keep confidential all Partnership information regarding

          10   marketing strategies or methods of operation or any proprietary

          11   information in its possession or knowledge.

          12

          13             16.06  Holding Entity Requirements
                                ---------------------------

          14

          15             (a)  Harrah's, NOLDC, Grand Palais and any additional

          16   or substitute Partner shall incorporate provisions into their

          17   articles of incorporation, charters, partnership agreements or

          18   other formative documents substantially in the form of Exhibit H-

          19   1 attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein. 

          20   Subject to Section 16.06(b) hereof, each Partner shall assure

          21   that (i) each Holding Entity owning a direct ownership interest

          22   in such Partner and (ii) each of its other Holding Entities

          23   Controlled by, under common Control with or Controlling such

          24   Partner (but such other Holding Entities shall exclude any

          25   Institutional Investor or any other Holding Entity that is exempt

          26   from a suitability determination by LEDGC, or has been waived

          27   from a suitability determination by LEDGC) at no cost to any

          28   other Partner shall incorporate provisions into their articles of

                                              190









            

           1   incorporation, charters, partnership agreements or other

           2   formative documents substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1

           3   hereto; provided that in no event shall any Holding Entity whose

           4   equity securities are publicly traded pursuant to the Securities

           5   Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and traded on the New York

           6   Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or NASDAQ be required

           7   to include in its formative documents paragraph (B) of the first

           8   paragraph of Exhibit H-1 hereto or the last paragraph of Exhibit

           9   H-1 hereto.  Each Partner shall assure that any provisions

          10   required of any of its Holding Entities by this Section 16.06(a)

          11   are enforced and that each of its Holding Entities Controlled by,

          12   under common Control with, or Controlling such Partner shall not

          13   amend such provisions without the approval of the Partnership. 

          14   Subject to 16.06(b) hereof, each Partner has delivered to the

          15   Partnership a copy of the formative documents of its Holding

          16   Entities containing the provisions required by this Section

          17   16.06(a) certified by a secretary, partner or other authorized

          18   Person, as being true and correct and adopted in accordance with

          19   its formative documents.

          20

          21             (b)  Any Holding Entity of Harrah's presently in

          22   existence other than The Promus Companies Incorporated, shall not

          23   be required to comply with Section 16.06(a) hereof until July 15,

          24   1994.  The Promus Companies Incorporated shall not be required to

          25   comply with Section 16.06(a) hereof, to the extent it is

          26   obligated to do so pursuant to Section 16.06(a) hereof, until

          27   July 15, 1995.  Promptly upon complying with the provisions of

          28   Section 16.06(a) hereof, such Holding Entity shall deliver a copy

                                              191









            

           1   of its formative documents containing the provisions required by

           2   Section 16.06(a) hereof certified by a secretary, general

           3   partner, trustee or other authorized Person, as being true and

           4   correct and adopted in accordance with its formative documents.

           5

           6             (c)  Each Partner and all Holding Entities Controlled

           7   by, under common Control with or Controlling such Partner (other

           8   than those exempt from application of the legend) shall deliver

           9   to the Partnership a representative copy of any evidence of an

          10   ownership interest in such Holding Entity containing a legend

          11   substantially in the form of Exhibit H-3 hereto.  Each Partner

          12   shall use reasonable efforts to assure that any evidence of

          13   ownership of any of its other Holding Entities shall contain a

          14   legend substantially in the form of Exhibit H-3 hereto.

          15

          16             (d)  Each Partner shall assure that any evidence of

          17   ownership of each Holding Entity that is Controlled by, under

          18   common Control with or Controlling such Partner (other than any

          19   Institutional Investor or Holding Entity that is exempt from a

          20   suitability determination by LEDGC, or has been waived from a

          21   suitability determination by LEDGC) shall contain a legend

          22   substantially in the form of Exhibit H-5 hereto.  Each Partner

          23   shall use reasonable efforts to assure that any evidence of

          24   ownership of any of its other Holding Entities shall contain a

          25   legend substantially in the form of Exhibit H-5 hereto.  In no

          26   event shall the legend requirements of this Section 16.06(d)

          27   apply to any evidence of ownership of any Holding Entity which is

          28   publicly traded pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,

                                              192









            

           1   as amended, and traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the

           2   American Stock Exchange, or NASDAQ.

           3

           4             (e)  Without diminishing the rights of the Material

           5   Partners or the Partnership under Article 11 hereof, each Partner

           6   shall at its sole cost and expense remove any Person within its

           7   chain of ownership (on or after August 11, 1993 and prior to the

           8   date hereof) who is determined by LEDGC, as part of the initial

           9   determination of suitability of such Person, to be unsuitable. 

          10   The remaining Partners shall bear no cost of removal of any such

          11   Person.  Each Partner agrees to comply with any requirements of

          12   LEDGC in connection with any such removal.

          13

          14             (f)  Harrah's, NOLDC and Grand Palais have delivered to

          15   the Partnership a copy of their shares of capital stock

          16   containing a legend on both sides of such stock certificate

          17   substantially in the form of Exhibit H-4 hereto and shall assure

          18   that such legend is enforced and not amended without the approval

          19   of the Partnership.  At such time as any additional or substitute

          20   Partner hereafter acquires a Partnership Interest, such Partner

          21   shall deliver to the Partnership a copy of its shares of capital

          22   stock containing a legend on both sides of such stock certificate

          23   substantially in the form of Exhibit H-4 hereto and shall assure

          24   that such legend is enforced and not amended without the approval

          25   of the Partnership, and if required, of LEDGC.

          26

          27             16.07  Lender Requirements.  Harrah's, NOLDC, Grand
                                -------------------

          28   Palais and any additional or substitute Partners shall assure

                                              193









            

           1   that any loan documents evidencing loans for borrowed money from

           2   any lender to such entity shall include provisions substantially

           3   in the form of Exhibit H-2 attached hereto and by this reference

           4   incorporated herein, or otherwise sufficient to permit such

           5   entity to comply with Section 11.03 hereof.

           6

           7             16.08  Supplementary Restrictions.  The requirements of
                                --------------------------

           8   Sections 16.06 and 16.07 hereof regarding provisions in formative

           9   documents and loan documents and legends on securities

          10   substantially in the form of Exhibits H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5

          11   hereto shall not restrict the Partnership or any Holding Entity

          12   from adopting, requiring, or including provisions in any

          13   formative documents, loan documents or securities legends in

          14   addition to the provisions and legends required by Sections 16.06

          15   and 16.07 hereof; provided that the Partnership, Harrah's, Grand

          16   Palais, NOLDC and any additional or substitute Partners shall use

          17   best efforts to include such provisions in any loan documents to

          18   the extent required to do so by LEDGC.

          19

          20

          21                               ARTICLE 17

          22

          23                             MISCELLANEOUS

          24

          25             17.01  Governing Law.  This Agreement and the rights of
                                -------------

          26   the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in

          27   accordance with the laws of the State without application of

          28   conflict of laws principles.

                                              194









            

           1             17.02  Successors and Assigns.  Any Person acquiring or
                                ----------------------

           2   claiming an interest in the Partnership, in any manner

           3   whatsoever, shall be subject to and bound by all terms,

           4   conditions and obligations of this Agreement to which its or his

           5   predecessor in interest was subject or bound, without regard to

           6   whether such a Person has executed a counterpart hereof or any

           7   other document contemplated hereby.  No Person, including the

           8   legal representative, heir or legatee of a deceased Partner,

           9   shall have any rights or obligations greater than those set forth

          10   in this Agreement and no Person shall acquire a Partnership

          11   Interest or become a Partner hereof except as permitted by the

          12   terms of this Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding upon

          13   and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors,

          14   assigns, heirs, legal representatives, executors and

          15   administrators.

          16

          17             17.03  Grammatical Changes.  Whenever from the context
                                -------------------

          18   it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular

          19   or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and

          20   pronouns stated in either the masculine, the feminine or the

          21   neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter

          22   gender as the circumstances require.

          23

          24             17.04  Captions.  Captions contained in this Agreement
                                --------

          25   are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way

          26   define, limit or extend the scope or intent of this Agreement or

          27   any provision hereof.

          28

                                              195









            

           1             17.05  Severability.  If any provision of this
                                ------------

           2   Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or

           3   circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this

           4   Agreement, or the application of such provision to Persons or

           5   circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall

           6   not be affected thereby; provided that the parties shall attempt

           7   to reformulate such invalid provision to give effect to such

           8   portions thereof as may be valid without defeating the intent of

           9   such provision; and further provided that this Section 17.05

          10   shall not apply to alter the classification of the Partnership as

          11   a partnership under the Code, or to reallocate the economic

          12   benefits or burdens of this Agreement among the Partners.

          13

          14             17.06  Counterparts.  This Agreement, or any amendment
                                ------------

          15   hereto may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which

          16   shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one

          17   and the same instrument, notwithstanding that all of the Partners

          18   are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.  In

          19   addition, this Agreement, or any amendment hereto, may contain

          20   more than one counterpart of the signature pages, and this

          21   Agreement, or any amendment hereto, may be executed by the

          22   affixing of the signatures of each of the Partners to one of such

          23   counterpart signature pages; all of such counterpart signature

          24   pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same

          25   force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single

          26   signature page.

          27

          28

                                              196









            

           1             17.07  Other Matters.  Matters not covered in this
                                -------------

           2   Agreement relating to partnerships shall be governed and

           3   controlled by the partnership laws of the State.

           4

           5             17.08  Waiver of Right to Court Decree of Dissolution
                                ----------------------------------------------

           6   and Partition.  The Partners agree that irreparable damage would
               -------------

           7   be done to the good will and reputation of the Partnership if any

           8   Partner should bring an action in court to dissolve this

           9   Partnership.  To the extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby

          10   waives and renounces its right to seek a court decree of

          11   dissolution or to seek the appointment by a court of a liquidator

          12   for the Partnership.  The Partners further agree that the

          13   Property is not and will not be suitable for partition and,

          14   accordingly, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,

          15   each of the Partners hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights

          16   which it may have to maintain an action for partition of the

          17   Property, or any portion thereof, or to otherwise divide (whether

          18   through an action in equity or through some other means) the

          19   beneficial interest in any nominee holding title thereto.

          20

          21             17.09  Amendments
                                ----------

          22

          23             (a)  Any amendments or modifications to this Agreement

          24   may only be made and shall only be effective in writing by the

          25   Represented Group.

          26

          27             (b)  Notwithstanding Section 17.09(a) hereof, following

          28   any buy/sell pursuant to Section 8.03 hereof, Default Loan or a

                                              197









            

           1   dilution pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof, Appraisal Buyout

           2   pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof, Non-Material Partner Appraisal

           3   Buyout pursuant to Section 8.06 hereof, each Partner hereby

           4   appoints the buying Partner pursuant to Section 8.03 hereof, the

           5   Default Lender pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof, the Partnership

           6   pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof, and Non-Material Partner

           7   Appraisal Purchaser pursuant to Section 8.06 hereof, as the case

           8   may be, as its agent and attorney, and grants an irrevocable

           9   power of attorney coupled with an interest to take any actions on

          10   behalf of such Partner to consummate any exercise of rights

          11   pursuant to such Sections 8.03, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 hereof,

          12   including without limitation filing or executing any notes, or

          13   such other documents as may be required to evidence a Default

          14   Loan, any instruments of Transfer to consummate any Transfer

          15   pursuant to Sections 8.03, 8.04, 8.05 or 8.06 hereof, any

          16   amendments to this Agreement to effect or give effect to any

          17   Transfers or termination of any Partner pursuant to Sections

          18   8.03, 8.04, 8.05 or 8.06 hereof, or any other documents necessary

          19   to effect any such exercise of rights.  Each Partner hereby

          20   agrees that any Transfer or termination of a Partner pursuant to

          21   Sections 8.03, 8.04, 8.05 or 8.06 hereof may be fully evidenced

          22   and consummated by execution pursuant to such power of attorney

          23   of an amendment to this Agreement reflecting such Transfer or

          24   termination of such Partner.

          25

          26             17.10  Succeeding Business Day.  If any designated date
                                -----------------------

          27   pursuant to any notice provision in this Agreement falls on, or

          28   expiration of any period to elect to exercise rights pursuant to

                                              198









            

           1   this Agreement expires on, a day which is not a Business Day,

           2   such designated date or expiration period to elect to exercise

           3   rights shall be deemed to be, or occur on, the next succeeding

           4   Business Day.

           5

           6             17.11  Conflicts.  In the event of any conflict between
                                ---------

           7   a provision in this Agreement and a provision in the Management

           8   Agreement, the provision in the Management Agreement shall

           9   control.

          10

          11             17.12  Personal Property.  This Agreement shall not be
                                -----------------

          12   deemed to create in any Partner any right, title, interest or

          13   lien in, to or on all or any portion of the Property, it being

          14   understood that any right or interest of any Partner created by

          15   this Agreement shall solely be an interest in the Partnership and

          16   shall be personal property.

          17

          18             17.13  No Third Party Rights.  This Agreement is for
                                ---------------------

          19   the sole and exclusive benefit of the Partners designated herein

          20   and the Partnership and no other Person or entity other than

          21   Manager as to those provisions affecting its interests (including

          22   any creditors of the Partnership or the Partners) shall under any

          23   circumstances be deemed to be a beneficiary of any of the rights,

          24   remedies, terms and provisions of this Agreement.

          25

          26             17.14  Voluntary Agreement.  Each Partner has entered
                                -------------------

          27   into this Agreement freely and voluntarily, without coercion,

          28   duress, distress, or undue influence by any other Persons or

                                              199









            

           1   their respective shareholders, directors, officers, partners,

           2   agents or employees.

           3

           4             17.15  Advice From Counsel.  Each Partner understands
                                -------------------

           5   that this Agreement may affect legal rights.  Each Partner

           6   represents to the other that it has received legal advice from

           7   counsel of its choice in connection with the negotiation and

           8   execution of this Agreement and is satisfied with its legal

           9   counsel and the advice received from it.

          10

          11             17.16  Judicial Interpretation.  Should any provision
                                -----------------------

          12   of this Agreement require judicial interpretation or

          13   construction, there shall be no presumption that the terms hereof

          14   shall be more strictly construed or interpreted against any

          15   Partner by reason of the rule of construction that a document is

          16   to be construed more strictly against the party who prepared the

          17   same.

          18

          19             17.17  Attorneys' Fees.  Each Partner may bring any
                                ---------------

          20   judicial action or proceeding to enforce any rights under this

          21   Agreement.  If any Partner brings any judicial action or

          22   proceeding to enforce its rights under this Agreement, the

          23   prevailing Partner shall be entitled, in addition to any other

          24   remedy, to recover from the other Partners, regardless of whether

          25   such action or proceeding is prosecuted to judgment, all costs

          26   and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys'

          27   fees, incurred therein by the prevailing Partner.

          28

                                              200









            

         1             THUS DONE AND PASSED in multiple originals in Orleans

         2   Parish in the State, in the presence of the undersigned witnesses

         3   and Notary Public on the date first above written.

         4

         5   WITNESSES TO ALL SIGNATURES:       HARRAH'S NEW ORLEANS

         6                                      INVESTMENT COMPANY, a Nevada

         7                                      corporation

         8

         9

        10   /s/ Dennis Bourgeois                    By /s/ Colin V. Reed
             -----------------------------              -----------------------
        11

        12                                           Colin V. Reed

        13                                           Senior Vice President

        14

        15

        16                                      NEW ORLEANS/LOUISIANA

        17                                      DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, a

        18                                      Louisiana corporation

        19

        20

        21   /s/ Donna J. Mueller                    By /s/ Wendell H. Gauthier
             -----------------------------              -----------------------
        22

        23                                           Wendell H. Gauthier,

        24                                           Chairman of the Board

        25

        26

        27

        28

                                            201









            

     1   /s/ Dennis Bourgeois               GRAND PALAIS CASINO, INC., a
         -----------------------------
     2

     3                                      Delaware corporation

     4

     5

     6   /s/ Donna J. Mueller                    By /s/ Christopher B. Hemmeter
         -----------------------------              ---------------------------
     7

     8                                           Christopher B. Hemmeter,

     9                                           Chairman of the Board

    10

    11

    12                      /s/ Thomas Y. Roberson, Jr.
                    -------------------------------------------
    13                             Notary Public

    14

    15                         My commission expires

    16                                at death
                    -------------------------------------------
    17

    18

    19

    20

    21

    22

    23

    24

    25

    26

    27

    28

                                        202









                                      EXHIBIT A
                                      ---------



                            INITIAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
                            -----------------------------



                Grand Palais     Harrah's         NOLDC
                ------------     --------         -----



                $23,333,333.33  $23,333,333.34  $23,333,333.33
                ==============  ==============  ==============


          












































                                         A-1








                          AGREED AMOUNTS OF COSTS AND EXPENSES
                          ------------------------------------

                     FOR REIMBURSEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 3.01(f)
                     ---------------------------------------------





                       Grand Palais     Harrah's           NOLDC
                       ------------     --------           -----





 Soft Costs

 Incurred Through

 September 30, 1993

 Eligible for Payments $16,519,523.93  $1,021,534.84   $1,536,018.66

          































          Note:     See attached computation of the soft costs incurred

                    through September 30, 1993 eligible for payment.


                                         A-2








                               ATTACHMENT TO EXHIBIT "A"

                     TO HARRAH'S JAZZ COMPANY PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT



          Grand Palais

          Pre-9/30/93 Expenditures Related to

          Harrah's New Orleans Casino



                                                                  AMOUNTS
                                                                  -------



          Costs of Properties Acquired Netted Against 
          Parking Revenues                                 $17,817,567.99

          Other Property Costs                               1,612,467.79

          Consultants Costs - General                        5,659,663.73

          Financing Costs                                    5,849,193.62

          Design Fees                                        2,416,373.59

          Consultants Costs - Planning & Development         1,748,300.32

          Payments to City of New Orleans/RDC               17,106,866.19

          General & Administrative Expenses                  4,009,985.60

          General Legal Fees                                 2,956,968.76

          Charitable Contributions                             159,319.18

          Rivergate & Lease Insurance                           48,218.39

          City & State Proposals                               902,591.20
                                                          ---------------

               Total                                       $60,287,516.36
                                                           ==============



               Less Debt                                   $43,767,992.43
                                                           --------------



               Reimbursable Amount                         $16,519.523.93








                                         A-3








                               ATTACHMENT TO EXHIBIT "A"

                     TO HARRAH'S JAZZ COMPANY PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT


          Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company
          Pre-9/30/93 Expenditures Related to
          Harrah's New Orleans Casino


                                                                     
          AMOUNTS
          -------

          Salaries & Benefits of Development Project 
          Team Members                                        $446,828.76

          Consultants Fees and Expenses                        248,226.77

          General & Administrative Expenses                    269,378.85

          Design Fees                                            7,100.46

          RFP Submission                                        50,000.00
                                                          ---------------

               Total                                        $1,021,534.84
                                                            =============



































                                         A-4








                               ATTACHMENT TO EXHIBIT "A"

                     TO HARRAH'S JAZZ COMPANY PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT


          NOLDC
          Pre-9/30/93 Expenditures Related to
          Harrah's New Orleans Casino


                                                                  AMOUNTS
                                                                  -------

          Salaries & Benefits of Development Project 
          Team Members                                      $   60,758.17

          Consultants Fees and Expenses                        193,995.16

          General & Administrative Expenses                    432,215.89

          Legal Fees                                           586,613.49

          Charitable Contributions                                 160.00

          Design Fees                                          268,235.95

          RFP Submission                                         3,040.00
                                                          ---------------

               Total                                        $1,536,018.66
                                                            =============
































                                         A-5









                                     EXHIBIT "B"
                                     -----------

                                      PARCEL I.
                                      ---------

                                 237 LAFAYETTE STREET
                                 --------------------

          THAT  PORTION  OF   GROUND,  together  with  all   rights,  ways,
          privileges,  servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages  thereunto
          belonging,  situated in  the First  District of  the City  of New
          Orleans, Parish of Orleans, State of Louisiana, in SQUARE NO. 16,
          bounded by New Levee,  now Peters, Fulton, Poydras  and Lafayette
          Streets, designated  as LOTS NUMBERS  FOURTEEN AND  FIFTEEN on  a
          plan  of J. A. Beard, certified by  Hugh Grant, dated January 12,
          1852, deposited in the office of H. B. Cenas, late Notary Public,
          and measuring as follows:

          Lot 14,  twenty-one feet, eleven  inches and five lines  front on
          Peters Street,  twenty-three feet and  six lines front  on Fulton
          Street, by  one hundred and  sixteen feet, nine inches  and three
          lines deep on the line of Lot No. 13, and one hundred and sixteen
          feet, eleven inches and one line deep on the line of Lot No. 15.

          Lot 15, measures  twenty-one feet, eleven  inches and five  lines
          front on Peters Street, by  twenty-three feet and six lines front
          on Fulton Street, by one  hundred and sixteen feet, eleven inches
          and one line  of Lot 14, and  one hundred and seventeen  feet and
          seven lines on the line of Lot No. 16.

          THAT  PORTION  OF GROUND,  together  with all  the  buildings and
          improvements thereon, situated in the First District of  the City
          of New Orleans, Parish of  Orleans, State of Louisiana, in SQUARE
          NO. 16, bounded by Peters (late New Levee), Fulton, Lafayette and
          Poydras Streets, designated as Lot 16  on a plan of J. A.  Beard,
          certified  by  H.  Grant,  Surveyor,  on  January 12,  1852,  and
          deposited for reference in the office of H. B. Cenas, late Notary
          Public.   Said  lot measures  twenty-two feet, eleven  inches and
          five  lines front  on S.  Peters Street,  twenty-three feet,  six
          lines front on  Fulton Street by  a depth in  front on  Lafayette
          Street of  one hundred  and seventeen feet,  two inches  and five
          lines and a depth of one hundred and seventeen feet, seven inches
          on the opposite side line.

          Improvements  thereon  bear  the Municipal  Number  237 Lafayette
          Street, New Orleans, Louisiana (the "Land").

          All  as more  fully described  on a  survey drawing  no.  L-15 by
          Gandolfo, Kuhn & Associates originally dated August 25, 1992, and
          most recently recertified March 10, 1994. 









                                         B-1










          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral  Mortgage by Louisiana Jazz Co., in favor of
                    Bearer, in the amount of $25,000,000.00, passed  before
                    L.R.  Adler, Notary  Public, dated  November 30,  1993,
                    recorded  December 1, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-51172, as
                    Mortgage Office Instrument  No. 2350801,  in MOB  2991,
                    folio 15. 

               2.   Assignment  of Leases  and  Rentals  by Louisiana  Jazz
                    Company  to  First  National  Bank  of  Commerce, dated
                    November  30, 1993,  recorded December  1, 1993,  under
                    N.A.  No. 93-51173, as Conveyance Instrument No. 78945,
                    in COB 907, folio 477.

                                      PARCEL II.
                                      ----------

                               528 SOUTH PETERS STREET
                               -----------------------

          ONE  CERTAIN  LOT  OF GROUND,  together  with  all rights,  ways,
          privileges,  servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages  thereunto
          belonging,  situated in  the First  District of  the City  of New
          Orleans,  Orleans  Parish,  State  of  Louisiana,  in  SQUARE  16
          thereof, bounded by  South Peters, Lafayette, Fulton  and Poydras
          Streets,  designated as  LOT 10  on the  survey made  by Gilbert,
          Kelly  &   Couturie,  Inc.,  Surveying  and   Engineering,  dated
          September 17, 1979, and according  to which said lot commences at
          a distance of 137 feet, 9  inches and 6 lines from the  corner of
          South  Peters  and Lafayette  Streets,  and also  commences  at a
          distance of  138 feet, 4  inches and 4  lines from the  corner of
          Fulton and Lafayette Streets, and measures 22 feet, 11 inches and
          5 lines front  on South Peters  Street, a width  in the rear  and
          front on Fulton  Street of 23  feet, 0 inches and  6 lines, by  a
          depth on the sideline nearer  to Lafayette Street of 116  feet, 4
          inches, by a depth on the opposite sideline of 116 feet, 2 inches
          and 1 line.

          The  improvements thereon  bear Municipal  No.  528 South  Peters
          Street and No. 529 Fulton Street.

          All  as more  fully described  on a  survey by  Gandolfo, Kuhn  &
          Associates originally  dated August  25, 1992  and most  recently
          recertified March 10, 1994.  

          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral  Mortgage by Louisiana Jazz Co., in favor of
                    Bearer,  in the amount of $25,000,000.00, passed before
                    L.R.  Adler,  Notary Public,  dated November  30, 1993,
                    recorded  December 1, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-51172, as







                                         B-2










                    Mortgage Office  Instrument No.  2350801, in MOB  2991,
                    folio 15. 

               2.   Assignment  of Leases  and  Rentals by  Louisiana  Jazz
                    Company  to  First  National Bank  of  Commerce,  dated
                    November 30,  1993, recorded  December  1, 1993,  under
                    N.A. No. 93-51173, as Conveyance  Instrument No. 78945,
                    in COB 907, folio 477.

                                     PARCEL III.
                                     -----------

                                 530 S. PETERS STREET
                                 --------------------

          THREE CERTAIN  LOTS OF  GROUND, together  with all rights,  ways,
          privileges,  servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages  thereunto
          belonging,  situated in  the First  District of  the City  of New
          Orleans, Orleans Parish,  State of Louisiana,  in the SQUARE  NO.
          16, bounded by South  Peters (late New Levee), Fulton,  Lafayette
          and Poydras Streets, said three lots being designated by the NOS.
          11, 12 and 13 on print of  survey of E.L. Eustis, Civil Engineer,
          dated January 15,  1941, and according to which  said lots adjoin
          each other and measure as follows:

          Lot 13 lies nearest  to Lafayette Street and begins at a distance
          from  the intersection of  Lafayette and South  Peters Streets of
          sixty-six feet,  ten inches  and seven  lines (66'10"7''')  title
          (sixty  eight feet,  ten  inches,  and  seven  lines,  68'10"7'''
          actual) and measures  on South Peters Street in  the direction of
          Poydras  Street twenty-two  feet, eleven  inches  and five  lines
          (22'11"5''') by a depth on the side line nearest Lafayette Street
          of one  hundred  sixteen  feet,  nine  inches,  and  three  lines
          (116'9"3'''), a depth  on the opposite  side line nearer  Poydras
          Street of one  hundred sixteen feet, seven inches  and five lines
          (116'7"5''') with  a frontage  on Fulton  Street of  twenty-three
          feet,  six inches, and  no lines (23'6"0''')  title (twenty-three
          feet, no  inches, and six  lines 23'0"6''' actual).   The nearest
          point of said frontage being sixty-nine feet, two inches, and two
          lines (69'2"2''') from  the intersection of Lafayette  and Fulton
          Streets.

          Lot 12  adjoins  Lot  13 and  measures  twenty-two  feet,  eleven
          inches, and five lines (22'11"5''')  front on South Peters Street
          by a depth on a side line nearer Lafayette Street side line being
          the dividing line  between Lots 12 and 13  of one hundred sixteen
          feet, seven inches,  and five lines (116'7"5'''), a  depth on the
          opposite side adjoining Lot 11  of one hundred sixteen feet, five
          inches, and seven  lines (116'5"7''') with  a frontage on  Fulton
          Street of twenty-three feet, six inches, and no lines (23'6"0''')
          title  (twenty-three feet,  no inches  and  six lines,  23'0"6'''
          actual).







                                         B-3










          Lot 11 adjoins Lot 12 on the side of Lot 12 nearer Poydras Street
          and  measures twenty-two  feet,  eleven  inches  and  five  lines
          (22'11"5''') front on South Peters Street  by a depth on the side
          line  nearer Lafayette Street, which is the dividing line between
          Lots 11 and 12, one hundred sixteen feet, five inches,  and seven
          lines (116'5"7''') with a depth  on the opposite side line nearer
          Poydras Street of  one hundred sixteen feet, four  inches, and no
          lines (116'4"0''') with  a frontage on  Fulton Street of  twenty-
          three feet, six inches,  and no lines (23'6"0''') title  (twenty-
          three  feet, no  inches, and  six lines,  23'0"6''' actual)  (the
          "Land").

          All  as more  fully described  on a  survey by  Gandolfo,  Kuhn &
          Associates  originally dated August  25, 1992, and  most recently
          recertified March 10, 1994.  


          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral  Mortgage by Louisiana Jazz Co., in favor of
                    Bearer, in the amount of  $25,000,000.00, passed before
                    L.R.  Adler, Notary  Public, dated  November  30, 1993,
                    recorded  December 1, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-51172, as
                    Mortgage Office  Instrument No.  2350801, in  MOB 2991,
                    folio 15. 

               2.   Assignment  of  Leases and  Rentals  by Louisiana  Jazz
                    Company  to  First  National  Bank of  Commerce,  dated
                    November  30, 1993,  recorded December  1,  1993, under
                    N.A. No. 93-51173, as Conveyance Instrument  No. 78945,
                    in COB 907, folio 477.

                                      PARCEL IV.
                                      ----------

                                        MATT I
                                        ------

          A  CERTAIN  PARCEL  OF  LAND, together  with  all  rights,  ways,
          privileges,  servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages  thereunto
          belonging,  and any  and all  buildings,  improvements and  other
          constructions  located thereon, situated in the First District of
          the City of New Orleans,  in SQUARE 4, Orleans Parish, Louisiana,
          bounded by Convention  Center Boulevard (formerly Front  Street),
          Lafayette,  Fulton  and  Poydras Streets,  which  said  parcel is
          designated as LOT  1 and  is the  only lot of  and comprises  the
          whole of  said Square  4, on  plan of subdivision  of Stephen  L.
          Gremillion  of Engineering Technology, Inc., dated June 28, 1982,
          approved by the City Planning Commission under Subdivision Docket
          No.  96/82, registered  as  a Declaration  of Title  Change under
          Entry  No. 466470  in  COB  781, folio  237,  records of  Orleans
          Parish.  According to  survey by John J. Avery,  Jr., L.S., dated
          August  24, 1990  (the  "Survey"),  said Lot  1  is described  as
          follows:





                                         B-4










          Commencing at the intersection of  the westerly right of way line
          of Convention Center Boulevard (late South  Front Street) and the
          southerly right of way line of Poydras Street and being the POINT
          OF BEGINNING;  from  said POINT  OF  BEGINNING, thence  South  02
          degrees, 24 minutes, 03 seconds  East along the westerly right of
          way line of Convention Center Boulevard a distance of 371 feet, 1
          inch, 0 eighths (371.35' Title) to a point on the northerly right
          of  way line  of Lafayette  Street; thence  North 75  degrees, 59
          minutes, 06 seconds West along the northerly right of way line of
          Lafayette  Street a  distance of  117  feet, 7  inches, 4  eights
          (117.24' Title) to a  point on the easterly right of  way line of
          Fulton Street;  thence North 02  degrees, 01 minutes,  00 seconds
          West along  the easterly  right of  way line  of Fulton Street  a
          distance of  369 feet, 10 inches,  1 eighth (370.10' Title)  to a
          point  on the  southerly right  of  way line  of Poydras  Street;
          thence South  76 degrees, 14  minutes, 00 seconds East  along the
          southerly right of way  line of Poydras Street a  distance of 114
          feet,  10 inches,  6  eighths  (114.65' Title)  to  the POINT  OF
          BEGINNING.

                                         AND

          A  CERTAIN  LOT  OF  GROUND,  together  with  all  rights,  ways,
          privileges,  servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages  thereunto
          belonging,  and any  and all  buildings,  improvements and  other
          constructions  located thereon, situated in the First District of
          the  City of  New  Orleans,  in SQUARE  16,  bounded by  Poydras,
          Fulton, South  Peters and  Lafayette Streets,  which said  lot is
          designated  as LOT  F on  a plan  of resubdivision by  Stephen L.
          Gremillion  of Engineering Technology, Inc., dated June 28, 1982,
          approved by the City Planning Commission under Subdivision Docket
          No.  96/82, registered  as a  Declaration of  Title  Change under
          Entry  No. 466470  in  COB  781, folio  237,  records of  Orleans
          Parish.

          According to the  Survey, said Lot F is more  fully described and
          measures as follows:

          Commencing at the intersection of  the westerly right of way line
          of Fulton Street and the southerly  right of way line of  Poydras
          Street  and being  the POINT  OF  BEGINNING; from  said POINT  OF
          BEGINNING, thence South  02 degrees, 01 minutes,  00 seconds East
          along the westerly right of way line of Fulton  Street a distance
          of 92 feet, 4 inches, 5 eighths (91.93' Title) to a point; thence
          North 76  degrees, 07 minutes, 00  seconds West a  distance of 46
          feet, 9 inches, 7 eighths (46.82' Title) to a point; thence North
          02 degrees, 01 minutes, 00 seconds West  a distance of 23 feet, 6
          inches,  0 eighths  (23.50' Title)  to a  point; thence  South 76
          degrees,  07 minutes,  00 seconds East  a distance  of 0  feet, 8
          inches,  0 eighths  (0.44' Title)  to  a point;  thence North  01
          degrees, 53  minutes, 46  seconds West a  distance of 68  feet, 9
          inches,  0 eighths  (68.85' Title)  to a  point on  the southerly





                                         B-5










          right of  way line of Poydras Street; thence South 76 degrees, 14
          minutes, 00 seconds East along the southerly right of way line of
          Poydras  Street a  distance  of  45 feet,  11  inches, 6  eighths
          (45.92'   Title)  to  the  POINT  OF  BEGINNING  (the  "Land  and
          Improvements"). 

          All as  more fully  described on  a survey  by  Gandolfo, Kuhn  &
          Associates  originally dated August  25, 1992, and  most recently
          recertified March 10, 1994.  

          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral  Mortgage by Louisiana Jazz Co., in favor of
                    Bearer, in the amount of  $25,000,000.00, passed before
                    L.R.  Adler, Notary  Public, dated  November  30, 1993,
                    recorded  December 1, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-51172, as
                    Mortgage Office  Instrument No.  2350801, in  MOB 2991,
                    folio 15. 

               2.   Assignment  of  Leases and  Rentals  by Louisiana  Jazz
                    Company  to  First  National  Bank of  Commerce,  dated
                    November  30, 1993,  recorded December  1,  1993, under
                    N.A. No. 93-51173, as Conveyance Instrument  No. 78945,
                    in COB 907, folio 477.

                                      PARCEL V.
                                      ---------

                             508-510 SOUTH PETERS STREET
                             ---------------------------

          A  CERTAIN LOT  OF GROUND,  together with  all the  buildings and
          improvements  thereon,  and  all the  rights,  ways,  privileges,
          servitudes, appurtenances and  advantages thereunto belonging  or
          in anywise  appertaining, situated in  the First District  of New
          Orleans, in  SQUARE  NO. 16,  bounded by  South Peters,  Poydras,
          Fulton and Lafayette  Streets, designated by  the LETTER "H"  and
          measuring 22 feet, 11 inches  front on South Peters Street, about
          the same width in the rear, by about 70 feet in depth.  And which
          said lot is designated  as part of original Lot 4  on survey made
          by Guy J. Seghers,  Engineer and Surveyor, dated May  31, 1938, a
          print of which  is attached to act passed before Louis H. Yarrut,
          Notary Public, on  July 1, 1938, and according to  which said lot
          measures a distance of 69 feet,  1 inch, 4 lines from the  corner
          of South Peters and Poydras Streets, 22 feet, 11  inches, 6 lines
          front on South Peters Street, by a depth on the side line nearest
          Poydras Street of 69 feet, 2  inches, 7 lines and a depth on  the
          other side line nearest  Lafayette Street of 69 feet, 3 inches, 7
          lines, and a width in the rear of 23 feet, being composed of  the
          greater portion of original Lot 4.

          The improvements  bear the  Municipal Nos.  508-510 South  Peters
          Street.






                                         B-6










          In accordance  with survey by  Gandolfo, Kuhn &  Associates, Land
          Surveyors,  originally dated August  25, 1992,  recertified March
          10, 1994, said lot measures 23  feet, 1 inch and 2 eighths  front
          on South  Peters Street, and  a width in the  rear of 23  feet, 1
          inch, by a  depth on the side  line nearest Poydras Street  of 69
          feet, 2 inches  and 7 eighths by  a depth on the other  side line
          nearest Lafayette Street of 69 feet, 3 inches and 7 eighths.

          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral Mortgage by  Celebration Park Casino,  Inc.,
                    in favor of future holder or holders of  the collateral
                    mortgage   note  thereby  secured,  in  the  amount  of
                    $50,000,000.00,  passed  before Margaret  T.  Alphonso,
                    Notary  Public,  dated  December  15,  1992,   recorded
                    December 16, 1992,  under N.A. No. 962316,  as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No.  190775; in MOB 2923,  folio 400,
                    as  supplemented by  Act  of Supplement  to  Collateral
                    Mortgage  by  Celebration  Park  Casino,  Inc.,  passed
                    before Kay W.  Eagan, Notary Public, dated  January 15,
                    1993, recorded  January 19,  1993, under  N.A. No.  93-
                    03466,  as  Mortgage   Office  Instrument  No.  194606,
                    records of Orleans Parish Louisiana; as supplemented by
                    Act of Supplement to Collateral Mortgage by Celebration
                    Park  Casino, Inc.,  dated  February 1,  1993, recorded
                    February  1, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-05848, as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No. 196614; as supplemented by Act of
                    Supplement to  Collateral Mortgage by  Celebration Park
                    Casino,  Inc., dated April 27, 1993, recorded April 27,
                    1993,  under  N.A.  No.  93-18039,  as Mortgage  Office
                    Instrument  No.  206500,  in MOB  2950,  folio  478; as
                    supplemented  by  Act   of  Supplement  to   Collateral
                    Mortgage  dated February 23, 1994, recorded at N.A. No.
                    94-11052 on March 3, 1994.

               2.   Collateral  Assignment   of   Leases   and   Rents   by
                    Celebration  Park  Casino,   Inc.  to  The  Connecticut
                    National  Bank, as  Trustee, dated  December 15,  1992,
                    recorded December 16,  1992, under N.A. No.  962317, as
                    Conveyance Office  Instrument No. 62223; as  amended by
                    Act of Amendment of Collateral Assignment of Leases and
                    Rents by  Celebration Park  Casino, Inc.,  in favor  of
                    Shawmut   Bank   Connecticut,    National   Association
                    (formerly  known as The  Connecticut National Bank), as
                    Trustee, dated  January 28, 1993, recorded  January 29,
                    1993,  under N.A.  No.  93-05563, as  Conveyance Office
                    Instrument No. 64215. 

               3.   Collateral  Assignment of  Assignment of  Agreements of
                    Purchase and Sale and  Option Agreement by  Celebration
                    Park Casino, Inc., to The Connecticut National Bank, as
                    Trustee, dated December 15, 1992, recorded December 16,





                                         B-7










                    1992,  under N.A.  No.  962318,  as  Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 62224, as supplemented by  Supplement to
                    Collateral  Assignment of  Agreements  of Purchase  and
                    Sale and  Option Agreement by  Celebration Park Casino,
                    Inc., to Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                    (formerly known as  The Connecticut National  Bank), as
                    Trustee, dated January  15, 1993, recorded January  19,
                    1993,  under N.A.  No. 93-03468,  as  Conveyance Office
                    Instrument  No.  63716,  COB  891,  folio  329-332;  as
                    amended  by   Act  of   Amendment  to   (1)  Collateral
                    Assignment  of  Agreements  of  Purchase  and  Sale and
                    Option Agreement,  and  (2)  Supplement  to  Collateral
                    Assignment of Purchase and Sale and Option Agreement by
                    Celebration Park Casino, Inc., in favor of Shawmut Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The  Connecticut  National  Bank),  as  Trustee,  dated
                    January 28, 1993, recorded January 29, 1993, under N.A.
                    No.  93-05565,  as  Conveyance  Office  Instrument  No.
                    64217; as  amended by  Second Supplement  to Collateral
                    Assignment of  Agreements  of  Purchase  and  Sale  and
                    Option Agreement by  Celebration Park Casino, Inc.,  in
                    favor of Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                    (formerly  known as The  Connecticut National Bank), as
                    Trustee  and Collateral  Agent,  dated  April 7,  1993,
                    recorded April  8, 1993,  as under  N.A. No.  93-15549,
                    Conveyance Office  Instrument No.  67309; as  partially
                    released  by  Act  of  Partial  Release  of  Collateral
                    Assignment  of  Agreements  of  Purchase and  Sale  and
                    Option Agreement by Shawmut  Bank Connecticut, National
                    Association (formerly known as The Connecticut National
                    Bank), dated  November 30,  1993, recorded  December 1,
                    1993,  under  N.A.  No.   93-51163,  Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 78936. 

               4.   Collateral Assignment of Additional Leases and Rents by
                    Celebration  Park   Casino,  Inc.,   to  Shawmut   Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The  Connecticut  National  Bank),  as  Trustee,  dated
                    January 15, 1993, recorded January 19, 1993, under N.A.
                    No.  93-03467,  as  Conveyance  Office  Instrument  No.
                    63715, COB  891, folio  320-328; as  amended by Act  of
                    Amendment of Collateral Assignment of Additional Leases
                    and Rents by Celebration Park Casino, Inc., in favor of
                    Shawmut   Bank   Connecticut,    National   Association
                    (formerly known  as The Connecticut National  Bank), as
                    Trustee, dated  January 28, 1993,  recorded January 29,
                    1993,  under N.A.  No. 93-05564,  as Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 64216. 









                                         B-8










                                      PARCEL VI.
                                      ----------

                                       MATT II
                                       -------

          A CERTAIN SQUARE  OF GROUND, together with all  the buildings and
          improvements thereon,  and  all  the  rights,  ways,  privileges,
          servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages thereunto  belonging or
          in anywise appertaining,  situated in the  First District of  the
          City of New  Orleans, and  designated by  the NO.  5, which  said
          square is bounded  by Front, Fulton, Lafayette  and Girod Streets
          and  measures 117  feet, 6  inches,  2 lines  front on  Lafayette
          Street, 120  feet, 1  inch, 2  lines front on  Girod Street,  363
          feet,  7 inches, 1  line front on  Fulton Street and  364 feet, 5
          inches, 5  lines front on  Front Street,  all more or  less, said
          property being particularly described as follows, to-wit:

          1.   SIX CERTAIN LOTS OF GROUND, together with all the  buildings
          and improvements thereon,  and all the rights,  ways, privileges,
          servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages thereunto  belonging or
          in anywise appertaining,  situated in the  First District of  New
          Orleans, in SQUARE NO. 5, bounded by Front, Fulton, Lafayette and
          Girod Streets, and designated by the NOS. 2 TO 7, INCLUSIVE, on a
          plan by F.A.  Beard, certified unto  Hugh Grant, Surveyor,  under
          date of January  12, 1853, deposited for reference  in the office
          of H.B. Conas,  then a notary in  the City of New  Orleans.  Said
          lots  adjoin each other  and measure  each 24  feet, 2  inches, 7
          lines front on Fulton Street, 24 feet, 3 inches, 3 lines front on
          Front Street, by the following depths, viz: 117 feet, 8 inches, 3
          lines  on the side of Lot 2 adjoining Lot 1, 117 feet, 10 inches,
          4 lines on  the dividing line between  Lots 2 and 3,  118 feet, 5
          lines on  the dividing  line between Lots  3 and  4, 118  feet, 2
          inches, 6 lines  on the dividing line  between Lots 4 and  5, and
          118 feet, 4 inches, 7 lines  on the dividing line between Lots  5
          and 6, and 118 feet, 7 inches on the dividing line between Lots 6
          and 7, and 118 feet, 9 inches, 2 lines on the side line of Lot 7,
          adjoining Lot 8.

          2.    THREE  CERTAIN  LOTS  OF  GROUND,  together  with  all  the
          buildings and  improvements thereon,  and all  the rights,  ways,
          privileges,  servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages  thereunto
          belonging  or in  anywise  appertaining,  situated  in  the  same
          District  and  Square  as  the   property  hereinabove  described
          designated by  the NOS. 8,  9 AND 10, and  measuring, in American
          Measure, as follows, to-wit:

          Lot 8 measures 24 feet, 2 inches, 7 lines front on Fulton Street,
          24 feet, 3 inches, 3 lines front on Front Street, by 118 feet,  9
          inches, 2  lines in depth on the line  dividing it from Lot 7 and
          118  feet, 11 inches,  2 lines in  depth on the  line dividing it
          from Lot 9, and Lot  9 measures 24 feet, 2 inches, 7  lines front
          on Fulton  Street, 24  feet, 3  inches, 3  lines  front on  Front
          Street, by  118 feet,  11 inches, 2  lines in  depth on  the line





                                         B-9










          dividing it from Lot 8 and 119 feet, 1 inch, 2 lines  in depth on
          the line dividing it from Lot 10, and Lot  10 measures 24 feet, 2
          inches, 7  lines front  on Fulton  Street, 24  feet, 3  inches, 3
          lines front on Front Street, by 119  feet, 1 inch, 2 lines on the
          line dividing  it from Lot 9 and  119 feet, 3 inches,  2 lines in
          depth on the line dividing it from Lot 11.

          3.   TWO CERTAIN LOTS OF GROUND, together with all the  buildings
          and improvements  thereon, and  all the rights, ways, privileges,
          servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages thereunto  belonging or
          in anywise appertaining, situated in the same District and Square
          as  the property hereinabove firstly described, designated by the
          NOS. 11  AND 12  on a plan  by J.A.  Beard, duly certified  by H.
          Grant, dated  January 12,  1852, and deposited  in the  office of
          H.B.  Conas, then  a Notary  Public, which  said lots  measure as
          follows:

          Lot  11 measures  24 feet,  2  inches, 7  lines  front on  Fulton
          Street, 24 feet, 3 inches, 3 lines front on Front Street,  by 119
          feet, 5 inches, 2 lines in depth on the line dividing it from Lot
          12, and 119 feet, 3 inches, 2 lines in depth on the line dividing
          it from  Lot 10,  all American Measure;  and Lot  12 measures  24
          feet, 2  inches, 7  lines  front on  Fulton  Street; 24  feet,  3
          inches, 2 lines front on Front  Street, by 119 feet, 5 inches,  2
          lines in depth on the line dividing  it from Lot 11 and 119 feet,
          7 inches, 2 lines on the line dividing it from Lot 13.

          4.   THREE   CERTAIN  LOTS  OF  GROUND,  together  with  all  the
          buildings and  improvements thereon,  and all  the rights,  ways,
          privileges,  servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages  thereunto
          belonging  or  in  anywise appertaining,  situated  in  the First
          District  of New  Orleans, in  SQUARE NO.  5, bounded  by Fulton,
          Girod, Front  and Lafayette Streets,  designated by the  NOS. 15,
          13, AND 14.

          Lot  15 measures  24  feet, 2  inches, 7  lines  front on  Fulton
          Street, 120 feet,  1 inch and 2  lines front on Girod  Street, 24
          feet, 3 inches, 3  lines front on Front Street, and  119 feet, 11
          inches, 2 lines on the line of Lot 14; Lot 13 measures 24 feet, 2
          inches and 7 lines front on Fulton Street; 24 feet, 3  inches and
          3  lines on Front  Street, by 119  feet, 7 inches and  2 lines in
          depth on the line dividing it from Lot 12, and 119 feet, 9 inches
          and 2 lines in depth on the line dividing it from Lot  14; Lot 14
          measures 24 feet, 2 inches and 7 lines on Fulton Street, 24 feet,
          3 inches and 3 lines on Front Street, by 119 feet, 9 inches and 2
          lines in depth on the line dividing it from Lot 13, and 119 feet,
          11 inches, 2 lines in depth on the line dividing it from Lot 15.

          5.   A LOT  OF  GROUND,  together  with  all  the  buildings  and
          improvements  thereon, and  all  the  rights,  ways,  privileges,
          servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages thereunto  belonging or
          in  anywise appertaining, situated  in the First  District of New





                                         B-10










          Orleans, in SQUARE NO. 5, bounded by Front, Fulton, Lafayette and
          Girod Streets, designated as  LOT NO. 1, on  a plan certified  by
          Hugh Grant,  late Surveyor of  Municipality No. 1, under  date of
          January 12,  1852, and deposited  for reference in the  office of
          H.B.  Conas, then  Notary, which  said  lot forms  the corner  of
          Fulton and Lafayette  Streets, and measures 24 feet,  3 inches, 3
          lines front on Front Street, 24 feet, 2 inches, 7 lines  front on
          Fulton Street, by 117 feet, 6 inches,  2 lines in depth and front
          on Lafayette Street,  and 117 feet, 8 inches, 3 lines in depth on
          the line dividing it from Lot 2, all American Measure.

          In accordance  with survey by  Gandolfo, Kuhn &  Associates, Land
          Surveyors,  originally dated  November 23, 1992,  and recertified
          March 10, 1994, said square measures 363 feet, 6 inches, 2 eights
          front on Fulton Street; 364 feet, 0 inches and 6 eighths front on
          Convention Center Boulevard (formerly S. Front Street); 120 feet,
          2 inches and 6 eighths front on Girod Street and 118 feet, 1 inch
          and 1 eighth front on Lafayette Street.

          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral Mortgage  by Celebration Park  Casino, Inc.,
                    in favor of  future holder or holders of the collateral
                    mortgage  note  thereby  secured,   in  the  amount  of
                    $50,000,000.00,  passed  before Margaret  T.  Alphonso,
                    Notary  Public,  dated  December   15,  1992,  recorded
                    December 16, 1992,  under N.A. No. 962316,  as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No.  190775; in MOB 2923,  folio 400,
                    as  supplemented  by  Act of  Supplement  to Collateral
                    Mortgage  by  Celebration  Park  Casino,  Inc.,  passed
                    before Kay W.  Eagan, Notary Public, dated  January 15,
                    1993, recorded  January 19,  1993, under  N.A. No.  93-
                    03466,  as  Mortgage  Office  Instrument  No.   194606,
                    records of Orleans Parish Louisiana; as supplemented by
                    Act of Supplement to Collateral Mortgage by Celebration
                    Park  Casino, Inc.,  dated February  1,  1993, recorded
                    February  1, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-05848, as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No. 196614; as supplemented by Act of
                    Supplement to  Collateral Mortgage by  Celebration Park
                    Casino,  Inc., dated April 27, 1993, recorded April 27,
                    1993, under  N.A.  No.  93-18039,  as  Mortgage  Office
                    Instrument  No.  206500,  in MOB  2950,  folio  478; as
                    supplemented  by   Act  of  Supplement   to  Collateral
                    Mortgage  dated February 23, 1994, recorded at N.A. No.
                    94-11052 on March 3, 1994.

               2.   Collateral   Assignment   of   Leases   and  Rents   by
                    Celebration  Park  Casino,  Inc.  to  The   Connecticut
                    National  Bank,  as Trustee,  dated December  15, 1992,
                    recorded December 16,  1992, under N.A. No.  962317, as
                    Conveyance  Office Instrument No.  62223; as amended by






                                         B-11










                    Act of Amendment of Collateral Assignment of Leases and
                    Rents by  Celebration Park  Casino, Inc.,  in favor  of
                    Shawmut   Bank   Connecticut,    National   Association
                    (formerly known  as The Connecticut  National Bank), as
                    Trustee, dated  January 28, 1993, recorded  January 29,
                    1993, under  N.A. No.  93-05563,  as Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 64215. 

               3.   Collateral Assignment  of Assignment  of Agreements  of
                    Purchase and  Sale and Option Agreement  by Celebration
                    Park Casino, Inc., to The Connecticut National Bank, as
                    Trustee, dated December 15, 1992, recorded December 16,
                    1992, under  N.A.  No.  962318,  as  Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 62224, as supplemented  by Supplement to
                    Collateral  Assignment of  Agreements  of Purchase  and
                    Sale  and Option Agreement  by Celebration Park Casino,
                    Inc., to Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                    (formerly known  as The Connecticut  National Bank), as
                    Trustee, dated  January 15, 1993, recorded  January 19,
                    1993, under  N.A. No.  93-03468,  as Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument  No.  63716,  COB  891,  folio  329-332;  as
                    amended  by   Act  of   Amendment  to  (1)   Collateral
                    Assignment  of  Agreements  of  Purchase  and Sale  and
                    Option Agreement,  and  (2)  Supplement  to  Collateral
                    Assignment of Purchase and Sale and Option Agreement by
                    Celebration Park Casino, Inc., in favor of Shawmut Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The  Connecticut  National  Bank),  as  Trustee,  dated
                    January 28, 1993, recorded January 29, 1993, under N.A.
                    No.  93-05565,  as  Conveyance  Office  Instrument  No.
                    64217; as  amended by  Second Supplement  to Collateral
                    Assignment  of  Agreements  of  Purchase  and  Sale and
                    Option Agreement  by Celebration Park Casino,  Inc., in
                    favor of Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                    (formerly known as  The Connecticut National Bank),  as
                    Trustee  and  Collateral  Agent, dated  April  7, 1993,
                    recorded April  8, 1993,  as under  N.A. No.  93-15549,
                    Conveyance Office  Instrument No.  67309; as  partially
                    released  by  Act  of  Partial  Release  of  Collateral
                    Assignment  of  Agreements  of Purchase  and  Sale  and
                    Option Agreement by Shawmut  Bank Connecticut, National
                    Association (formerly known as The Connecticut National
                    Bank), dated  November 30,  1993, recorded December  1,
                    1993,  under  N.A.  No.   93-51163,  Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 78936. 

               4.   Collateral Assignment of Additional Leases and Rents by
                    Celebration  Park   Casino,  Inc.,   to  Shawmut   Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The  Connecticut  National  Bank),  as  Trustee,  dated
                    January 15, 1993, recorded January 19, 1993, under N.A.
                    No.  93-03467,  as  Conveyance  Office  Instrument  No.





                                         B-12










                    63715, COB  891, folio  320-328; as  amended by  Act of
                    Amendment of Collateral Assignment of Additional Leases
                    and Rents by Celebration Park Casino, Inc., in favor of
                    Shawmut   Bank   Connecticut,    National   Association
                    (formerly known  as The Connecticut National  Bank), as
                    Trustee, dated January  28, 1993, recorded  January 29,
                    1993,  under  N.A. No.  93-05564, as  Conveyance Office
                    Instrument No. 64216. 

                                     PARCEL VII.
                                     -----------

                                  228 POYDRAS STREET
                                  ------------------

          TWO CERTAIN LOTS  OF GROUND, together with all  the buildings and
          improvements  thereon, and  all  the  rights,  ways,  privileges,
          servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages thereunto  belonging or
          in anywise appertaining,  situated in the  First District of  the
          City of New  Orleans, in SQUARE NO. 16, bounded by Poydras, South
          Peters, Lafayette and  Fulton Streets, designated as  LOTS NOS. 4
          AND 5 on  a survey made  by F.C.  Gandolfo, Jr., Surveyor,  dated
          July 20, 1940, redated December  17, 1941, and according to which
          said  lots adjoin and  together measure 46  feet, 0 inches  and 2
          lines front on Poydras  Street, 46 feet, 3 inches and  3 lines in
          width in the rear, by a depth and front on South Peters Street of
          68 feet,  10 inches and 2  lines, title measurement, 68  feet, 11
          inches and 4 lines, actual measurement, and a  depth on the other
          side, nearer to Fulton Street, of 68 feet, 10 inches and 2 lines,
          title  measurement,  69   feet,  1  inch  and   2  lines,  actual
          measurement.

          The above is also  in accordance with survey by Gandolfo,  Kuhn &
          Associates,  Land  Surveyors, originally  dated  August 25, 1992,
          recertified March 10, 1994.

          Improvements  thereon  bear  the  Municipal  Number  228  Poydras
          Street.

          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral Mortgage  by Celebration Park  Casino, Inc.,
                    in favor of  future holder or holders of the collateral
                    mortgage  note  thereby  secured,  in   the  amount  of
                    $50,000,000.00,  passed  before Margaret  T.  Alphonso,
                    Notary  Public,  dated  December   15,  1992,  recorded
                    December 16, 1992,  under N.A. No. 962316,  as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No.  190775; in MOB 2923,  folio 400,
                    as  supplemented by  Act  of  Supplement to  Collateral
                    Mortgage  by  Celebration  Park  Casino,  Inc.,  passed
                    before Kay W.  Eagan, Notary Public, dated  January 15,
                    1993, recorded  January 19,  1993, under  N.A. No.  93-
                    03466,  as  Mortgage  Office  Instrument  No.   194606,
                    records of Orleans Parish Louisiana; as supplemented by
                    Act of Supplement to Collateral Mortgage by Celebration
                    Park  Casino, Inc.,  dated February  1, 1993,  recorded



                                         B-13










                    February  1, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-05848, as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No. 196614; as supplemented by Act of
                    Supplement to  Collateral Mortgage by  Celebration Park
                    Casino,  Inc., dated April 27, 1993, recorded April 27,
                    1993,  under  N.A.  No. 93-18039,  as  Mortgage  Office
                    Instrument  No.  206500,  in MOB  2950,  folio  478; as
                    supplemented  by   Act  of  Supplement   to  Collateral
                    Mortgage  dated February 23, 1994, recorded at N.A. No.
                    94-11052 on March 3, 1994.


               2.   Collateral  Assignment   of   Leases   and   Rents   by
                    Celebration  Park  Casino,   Inc.  to  The  Connecticut
                    National  Bank,  as Trustee,  dated December  15, 1992,
                    recorded December 16,  1992, under N.A. No.  962317, as
                    Conveyance  Office Instrument No.  62223; as amended by
                    Act of Amendment of Collateral Assignment of Leases and
                    Rents by  Celebration Park  Casino, Inc.,  in favor  of
                    Shawmut   Bank   Connecticut,    National   Association
                    (formerly known as  The Connecticut National  Bank), as
                    Trustee, dated January  28, 1993, recorded January  29,
                    1993,  under N.A.  No. 93-05563,  as  Conveyance Office
                    Instrument No. 64215. 

               3.   Collateral  Assignment of  Assignment of  Agreements of
                    Purchase and  Sale and Option Agreement  by Celebration
                    Park Casino, Inc., to The Connecticut National Bank, as
                    Trustee, dated December 15, 1992, recorded December 16,
                    1992,  under N.A.  No.  962318,  as  Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 62224, as supplemented by  Supplement to
                    Collateral  Assignment of  Agreements  of Purchase  and
                    Sale and  Option Agreement by  Celebration Park Casino,
                    Inc., to Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                    (formerly known as  The Connecticut National  Bank), as
                    Trustee, dated January  15, 1993, recorded January  19,
                    1993,  under N.A.  No. 93-03468,  as  Conveyance Office
                    Instrument  No.  63716,  COB  891,  folio  329-332;  as
                    amended  by   Act  of   Amendment  to   (1)  Collateral
                    Assignment  of  Agreements  of  Purchase  and  Sale and
                    Option  Agreement,  and  (2) Supplement  to  Collateral
                    Assignment of Purchase and Sale and Option Agreement by
                    Celebration Park Casino, Inc., in favor of Shawmut Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The  Connecticut  National  Bank),  as  Trustee,  dated
                    January 28, 1993, recorded January 29, 1993, under N.A.
                    No.  93-05565,  as  Conveyance  Office  Instrument  No.
                    64217; as  amended by  Second Supplement  to Collateral
                    Assignment of  Agreements  of  Purchase  and  Sale  and
                    Option Agreement by  Celebration Park Casino, Inc.,  in
                    favor of Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                    (formerly  known as The  Connecticut National Bank), as
                    Trustee  and Collateral  Agent,  dated  April 7,  1993,





                                         B-14










                    recorded April  8, 1993,  as under  N.A. No.  93-15549,
                    Conveyance Office  Instrument No.  67309; as  partially
                    released  by  Act  of  Partial  Release  of  Collateral
                    Assignment  of  Agreements  of  Purchase  and  Sale and
                    Option Agreement by Shawmut  Bank Connecticut, National
                    Association (formerly known as The Connecticut National
                    Bank), dated November  30, 1993,  recorded December  1,
                    1993,  under  N.A.  No.   93-51163,  Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 78936. 

               4.   Collateral Assignment of Additional Leases and Rents by
                    Celebration  Park   Casino,  Inc.,   to  Shawmut   Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The  Connecticut  National  Bank),  as  Trustee,  dated
                    January 15, 1993, recorded January 19, 1993, under N.A.
                    No.  93-03467,  as  Conveyance  Office  Instrument  No.
                    63715,  COB 891,  folio 320-328; as  amended by  Act of
                    Amendment of Collateral Assignment of Additional Leases
                    and Rents by Celebration Park Casino, Inc., in favor of
                    Shawmut   Bank   Connecticut,    National   Association
                    (formerly known as  The Connecticut National Bank),  as
                    Trustee, dated January 28,  1993, recorded January  29,
                    1993, under  N.A.  No. 93-05564,  as Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 64216. 

               5.   Mortgage  by   288  Poydras   Street  Parking   Limited
                    Partnership, in favor of Risert Income Investors, dated
                    August 27, 1992, in the amount of $580,000.00, recorded
                    at Mortgage Office Instrument No. 179275. 

                                     PARCEL VIII.
                                     ------------

                                 RIVERFRONT INVESTORS
                                 --------------------

          A CERTAIN  PLOT OF  GROUND, together with  all the  buildings and
          improvements  thereon, and  all  the  rights,  ways,  privileges,
          servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages thereunto  belonging or
          in anywise appertaining, situated in the Parish of Orleans in the
          First District of the City of New Orleans, SQUARE NO. 26, bounded
          by Peters (New Levee), Front, Gaiennie and Calliope (late Louisa)
          Streets, measuring 191 feet, 10 inches front on Peters Street and
          about 306 feet front on each Calliope and Gaiennie Street.

          And  in   accordance  with  survey  made  by   Gandolfo,  Kuhn  &
          Associates, Surveyors, originally dated  May 7, 1992, recertified
          March 10, 1994, said property is shown to be the whole  of Square
          26 of the First District of the  City of New Orleans, said square
          being bounded  by South  Peters, Calliope,  Gaiennie Streets  and
          Convention  Center  Boulevard  (formerly  S. Front  Street),  and
          measures a distance of 192.14  feet front on South Peters Street,
          a distance of 307.14 feet front on Calliope Street, a distance of






                                         B-15










          192.14 feet  front on  Convention Center  Boulevard (formerly  S.
          Front Street)  and a  distance of 307.14  feet front  on Gaiennie
          Street.

          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral Mortgage  by Celebration Park  Casino, Inc.,
                    in favor of future holder or holders of the  collateral
                    mortgage  note  thereby  secured,  in  the   amount  of
                    $50,000,000.00,  passed  before Margaret  T.  Alphonso,
                    Notary  Public,  dated  December   15,  1992,  recorded
                    December 16, 1992,  under N.A. No. 962316,  as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No.  190775; in MOB 2923,  folio 400,
                    as  supplemented  by Act  of  Supplement  to Collateral
                    Mortgage  by  Celebration  Park  Casino,  Inc.,  passed
                    before Kay W.  Eagan, Notary Public, dated  January 15,
                    1993, recorded  January 19,  1993, under  N.A. No.  93-
                    03466,  as  Mortgage  Office  Instrument  No.   194606,
                    records of Orleans Parish Louisiana; as supplemented by
                    Act of Supplement to Collateral Mortgage by Celebration
                    Park  Casino,  Inc., dated  February 1,  1993, recorded
                    February  1, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-05848, as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No. 196614; as supplemented by Act of
                    Supplement to  Collateral Mortgage by  Celebration Park
                    Casino,  Inc., dated April 27, 1993, recorded April 27,
                    1993,  under  N.A.  No. 93-18039,  as  Mortgage  Office
                    Instrument  No.  206500,  in MOB  2950,  folio  478; as
                    supplemented  by   Act  of  Supplement   to  Collateral
                    Mortgage  dated February 23, 1994, recorded at N.A. No.
                    94-11052 on March 3, 1994.

               2.   Collateral   Assignment   of   Leases   and  Rents   by
                    Celebration  Park  Casino,  Inc.  to  The   Connecticut
                    National Bank,  as Trustee,  dated  December 15,  1992,
                    recorded December 16,  1992, under N.A. No.  962317, as
                    Conveyance Office Instrument No.  62223; as amended  by
                    Act of Amendment of Collateral Assignment of Leases and
                    Rents by  Celebration Park  Casino, Inc.,  in favor  of
                    Shawmut   Bank   Connecticut,    National   Association
                    (formerly known  as The Connecticut National  Bank), as
                    Trustee, dated January  28, 1993, recorded  January 29,
                    1993,  under  N.A. No.  93-05563, as  Conveyance Office
                    Instrument No. 64215. 

               3.   Collateral Assignment  of Assignment  of Agreements  of
                    Purchase and  Sale and Option  Agreement by Celebration
                    Park Casino, Inc., to The Connecticut National Bank, as
                    Trustee, dated December 15, 1992, recorded December 16,
                    1992,  under  N.A.  No.  962318, as  Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No.  62224, as supplemented by Supplement to
                    Collateral  Assignment of  Agreements  of Purchase  and
                    Sale and  Option Agreement by Celebration  Park Casino,
                    Inc., to Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association




                                         B-16










                    (formerly known as The  Connecticut National Bank),  as
                    Trustee,  dated January 15,  1993, recorded January 19,
                    1993,  under N.A.  No. 93-03468,  as Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument  No.  63716,  COB  891,  folio  329-332;  as
                    amended  by   Act  of   Amendment  to   (1)  Collateral
                    Assignment of  Agreements  of  Purchase  and  Sale  and
                    Option  Agreement,  and  (2) Supplement  to  Collateral
                    Assignment of Purchase and Sale and Option Agreement by
                    Celebration Park Casino, Inc., in favor of Shawmut Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The  Connecticut  National  Bank),  as  Trustee,  dated
                    January 28, 1993, recorded January 29, 1993, under N.A.
                    No.  93-05565,  as  Conveyance  Office  Instrument  No.
                    64217; as amended  by Second  Supplement to  Collateral
                    Assignment  of Agreements  of  Purchase  and  Sale  and
                    Option  Agreement by Celebration  Park Casino, Inc., in
                    favor of Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                    (formerly known  as The Connecticut  National Bank), as
                    Trustee  and Collateral  Agent,  dated  April 7,  1993,
                    recorded April  8, 1993,  as under  N.A. No.  93-15549,
                    Conveyance Office  Instrument No.  67309; as  partially
                    released  by  Act  of  Partial  Release  of  Collateral
                    Assignment  of  Agreements  of  Purchase  and Sale  and
                    Option Agreement by Shawmut Bank Connecticut,  National
                    Association (formerly known as The Connecticut National
                    Bank), dated  November 30,  1993, recorded  December 1,
                    1993,  under  N.A.  No.  93-51163,  Conveyance   Office
                    Instrument No. 78936. 

               4.   Collateral Assignment of Additional Leases and Rents by
                    Celebration   Park  Casino,   Inc.,  to   Shawmut  Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The  Connecticut  National  Bank),  as  Trustee,  dated
                    January 15, 1993, recorded January 19, 1993, under N.A.
                    No.  93-03467,  as  Conveyance  Office  Instrument  No.
                    63715,  COB 891,  folio 320-328;  as amended by  Act of
                    Amendment of Collateral Assignment of Additional Leases
                    and Rents by Celebration Park Casino, Inc., in favor of
                    Shawmut   Bank   Connecticut,    National   Association
                    (formerly known  as The Connecticut National  Bank), as
                    Trustee, dated January  28, 1993, recorded  January 29,
                    1993,  under  N.A. No.  93-05564, as  Conveyance Office
                    Instrument No. 64216. 

               5.   Act of Credit Sale and Mortgage, in favor of Riverfront
                    Investors  Group,  dated  July  27,  1992,  recorded at
                    Mortgage  Office  Instrument   No.  177803,  Conveyance
                    Office Instrument No. 56490.









                                         B-17










                                      PARCEL IX.
                                      ----------

                               512 SOUTH PETERS STREET
                               -----------------------

          A CERTAIN PORTION OF GROUND,  together with all the buildings and
          improvements thereon,  and  all  the  rights,  ways,  privileges,
          servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages thereunto  belonging or
          in anywise appertaining,  situated in the  First District of  New
          Orleans,  Orleans   Parish,   State  of   Louisiana,  in   SQUARE
          NO. SIXTEEN,  bounded  by  Fulton, Lafayette,  South  Peters  and
          Poydras  Street,  designated by  the LETTER "A"  on a  sketch and
          certificate of survey by F.C. Gandolfo, Jr., Surveyor, dated June
          7th, 1946, annexed to  an act before Leon Sarpy, Notary Public in
          the City of  New Orleans, dated June 15, 1946,  registered in COB
          547, folio  132, which said  sketch and certificate of  survey is
          made a part thereof, according to which said Lot "A" commences at
          a  distance  of  ninety-one  feet,  eleven  inches  and  one line
          (91'11"1  ''') from  the  corner  of  Poydras  and  South  Peters
          Streets, at a  distance of ninety-two feet, four  inches and five
          lines (92'4"5''') from the corner of  Poydras and Fulton Streets,
          and has the following measurements:

          Lot "A"  measures one  hundred fifteen feet,  two inches  and two
          lines  (115'2"2''') front  on  South  Peters  Street,  by  actual
          measurement, one hundred fourteen feet, nine inches and six lines
          114'9"6') according to title measurement,  by a depth on the side
          line  nearest Poydras  Street running  through  said square  from
          South Peters to  Fulton Street, of one hundred  fifteen feet, six
          inches and five lines (115'6"5''') by actual measurement, and one
          hundred  fifteen feet,  four inches  and  six lines  (115'4"6''')
          according to title measurements, and thence has a front on Fulton
          Street  of one  hundred fifteen  feet,  no inches  and two  lines
          (115'0"2''') according to actual measurement, one hundred fifteen
          feet, three inches and six lines (115'3"6''')  according to title
          measurements,  by  a depth  on  the side  line  nearest Lafayette
          Street, running through said  square from South Peters to  Fulton
          Street,  of one  hundred sixteen  feet, two  inches and  one line
          (116'2"1''') actual  and title  measurement, one  hundred sixteen
          feet,  three   inches,  four  lines   (116'3"4''')  according  to
          Gandolfo's  measurements.  Said  Lot "A" is  composed of original
          Lots Five, Six, Seven, Eight and Nine (5, 6, 7, 8 and 9).

          Together  with   all  the   buildings,  improvements  and   other
          constructions situated on the above described  immovable property
          and all  appurtenances,  rights,  ways,  privileges,  servitudes,
          prescriptions and  advantages thereunto belonging  or in  anywise
          appertaining, including,  but without  limitation, all  component
          parts  of  the   above-described  immovable  property,   and  all
          component   parts   of  any   building,  improvement,   or  other
          construction located on the abovedescribed immovable property.







                                         B-18










          The improvements  bear the  Municipal Nos.  512-526 South  Peters
          Street.

          And according to  a survey dated November 30,  1979, redated June
          22, 1981,  and recertified  July 27, 1992,  January 13,  1993 and
          March _____, 1994, by John E. Walker, Civil Engineer.

          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral Mortgage  by Celebration Park  Casino, Inc.,
                    in favor of future holder or  holders of the collateral
                    mortgage  note  thereby  secured,   in  the  amount  of
                    $50,000,000.00,  passed  before Margaret  T.  Alphonso,
                    Notary  Public,  dated  December   15,  1992,  recorded
                    December 16, 1992,  under N.A. No. 962316,  as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No.  190775; in MOB 2923,  folio 400,
                    as  supplemented by  Act  of  Supplement to  Collateral
                    Mortgage  by  Celebration  Park  Casino,  Inc.,  passed
                    before Kay W.  Eagan, Notary Public, dated  January 15,
                    1993, recorded  January 19,  1993, under  N.A. No.  93-
                    03466,  as  Mortgage  Office  Instrument  No.   194606,
                    records of Orleans Parish Louisiana; as supplemented by
                    Act of Supplement to Collateral Mortgage by Celebration
                    Park  Casino, Inc.,  dated February  1, 1993,  recorded
                    February  1, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-05848, as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No. 196614; as supplemented by Act of
                    Supplement to  Collateral Mortgage by  Celebration Park
                    Casino,  Inc., dated April 27, 1993, recorded April 27,
                    1993,  under N.A.  No.  93-18039,  as  Mortgage  Office
                    Instrument  No.  206500,  in MOB  2950,  folio  478; as
                    supplemented  by   Act  of  Supplement   to  Collateral
                    Mortgage  dated February 23, 1994, recorded at N.A. No.
                    94-11052 on March 3, 1994.

               2.   Collateral   Assignment   of   Leases   and  Rents   by
                    Celebration  Park  Casino,  Inc.  to  The   Connecticut
                    National Bank,  as  Trustee, dated  December 15,  1992,
                    recorded December 16,  1992, under N.A. No.  962317, as
                    Conveyance Office  Instrument No. 62223;  as amended by
                    Act of Amendment of Collateral Assignment of Leases and
                    Rents by  Celebration Park  Casino, Inc.,  in favor  of
                    Shawmut   Bank   Connecticut,    National   Association
                    (formerly known as The  Connecticut National Bank),  as
                    Trustee,  dated January 28,  1993, recorded January 29,
                    1993,  under N.A.  No. 93-05563,  as Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 64215. 

               3.   Collateral Assignment  of Assignment  of Agreements  of
                    Purchase and Sale  and Option Agreement by  Celebration
                    Park Casino, Inc., to The Connecticut National Bank, as
                    Trustee, dated December 15, 1992, recorded December 16,
                    1992,  under  N.A.  No. 962318,  as  Conveyance  Office





                                         B-19










                    Instrument No.  62224, as supplemented by Supplement to
                    Collateral  Assignment  of Agreements  of  Purchase and
                    Sale and  Option Agreement by Celebration  Park Casino,
                    Inc., to Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                    (formerly known  as The Connecticut National  Bank), as
                    Trustee, dated January  15, 1993, recorded  January 19,
                    1993,  under  N.A. No.  93-03468, as  Conveyance Office
                    Instrument  No.  63716,  COB  891,  folio  329-332;  as
                    amended   by  Act  of   Amendment  to   (1)  Collateral
                    Assignment  of  Agreements  of Purchase  and  Sale  and
                    Option  Agreement,  and  (2)  Supplement to  Collateral
                    Assignment of Purchase and Sale and Option Agreement by
                    Celebration Park Casino, Inc., in favor of Shawmut Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The  Connecticut  National  Bank),  as  Trustee,  dated
                    January 28, 1993, recorded January 29, 1993, under N.A.
                    No.  93-05565,  as  Conveyance  Office  Instrument  No.
                    64217; as  amended by Second  Supplement to  Collateral
                    Assignment  of  Agreements  of Purchase  and  Sale  and
                    Option Agreement by  Celebration Park Casino,  Inc., in
                    favor of Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                    (formerly known as The  Connecticut National Bank),  as
                    Trustee and  Collateral  Agent, dated  April  7,  1993,
                    recorded April  8, 1993,  as under  N.A. No.  93-15549,
                    Conveyance  Office Instrument  No. 67309;  as partially
                    released  by  Act  of  Partial  Release  of  Collateral
                    Assignment of  Agreements  of  Purchase  and  Sale  and
                    Option Agreement by  Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National
                    Association (formerly known as The Connecticut National
                    Bank),  dated November 30,  1993, recorded  December 1,
                    1993,  under  N.A.   No.  93-51163,  Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 78936. 

               4.   Collateral Assignment of Additional Leases and Rents by
                    Celebration  Park   Casino,  Inc.,   to  Shawmut   Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The  Connecticut  National  Bank),  as  Trustee,  dated
                    January 15, 1993, recorded January 19, 1993, under N.A.
                    No.  93-03467,  as  Conveyance  Office  Instrument  No.
                    63715, COB  891, folio  320-328; as amended  by Act  of
                    Amendment of Collateral Assignment of Additional Leases
                    and Rents by Celebration Park Casino, Inc., in favor of
                    Shawmut   Bank   Connecticut,    National   Association
                    (formerly  known as The  Connecticut National Bank), as
                    Trustee, dated  January 28, 1993, recorded  January 29,
                    1993,  under N.A.  No.  93-05564, as  Conveyance Office
                    Instrument No. 64216. 










                                         B-20










                                      PARCEL X.
                                      ---------

                                     224 POYDRAS
                                     -----------

          THAT  PORTION  OF GROUND,  together  with all  the  buildings and
          improvements  thereon, and all  of the rights,  ways, privileges,
          servitudes, appurtenances  and advantages thereunto  belonging or
          in anywise appertaining,  situated in the  First District of  the
          City  of  New  Orleans, State  of  Louisiana,  in  SQUARE NO. 16,
          bounded by South  Peters Street, Fulton Street,  Lafayette Street
          and Poydras  Street, designated  by the NO. 3  on plan  or sketch
          marked "A" annexed to an act passed on May 13, 1852, before H. P.
          Cenas, late Notary Public, said  lot measures 22 feet, 11 inches,
          4 lines front on  Poydras Street by a depth of 68 feet, 6 inches,
          2 lines, all more or less.

          The improvements thereon  bear Municipal No. 224  Poydras Street,
          New Orleans, Louisiana.

          In accordance with survey  of James H. Couturie,  dated September
          22, 1982, the property is described as follows:

          Lot 3 begins 46.02 feet from the intersection of South Peters and
          Poydras Streets and  measures thence 22 feet, 11  inches, 4 lines
          front on Poydras Street, same width in the rear, by a depth of 69
          feet, 1 inch 2 lines (actual) 68 feet, 6 inches, 2 lines, more or
          less, (title), on  the South Peters  Street side, and 69  feet, 2
          inches, 1 line (actual) 68 feet, 6 inches, 2 lines, more  or less
          (title) on the Fulton Street side.

          All in accordance  with the plat  of survey  of Gandolfo, Kuhn  &
          Associates  bearing Drawing No. L-15, originally dated August 25,
          1992, and  most recently recertified  March 10, 1994, a  print of
          which is annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral Mortgage by  Celebration Park Casino,  Inc.,
                    in favor of future holder or holders of  the collateral
                    mortgage  note  thereby  secured,   in  the  amount  of
                    $50,000,000.00,  passed  before Margaret  T.  Alphonso,
                    Notary  Public,  dated  December  15,  1992,   recorded
                    December 16, 1992,  under N.A. No. 962316,  as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No.  190775; in MOB 2923,  folio 400,
                    as  supplemented by  Act  of  Supplement to  Collateral
                    Mortgage  by  Celebration  Park  Casino,  Inc.,  passed
                    before Kay W.  Eagan, Notary Public, dated  January 15,
                    1993, recorded  January 19,  1993, under  N.A. No.  93-
                    03466,  as  Mortgage   Office  Instrument  No.  194606,
                    records of Orleans Parish Louisiana; as supplemented by







                                         B-21










                    Act of Supplement to Collateral Mortgage by Celebration
                    Park Casino,  Inc.,  dated February  1, 1993,  recorded
                    February  1, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-05848, as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No. 196614; as supplemented by Act of
                    Supplement to Collateral  Mortgage by Celebration  Park
                    Casino,  Inc., dated April 27, 1993, recorded April 27,
                    1993,  under  N.A.  No.  93-18039, as  Mortgage  Office
                    Instrument  No.  206500,  in MOB  2950,  folio  478; as
                    supplemented  by   Act  of  Supplement   to  Collateral
                    Mortgage  dated February 23, 1994, recorded at N.A. No.
                    94-11052 on March 3, 1994.

               2.   Collateral Assignment of Additional Leases and Rents by
                    Celebration  Park   Casino,  Inc.,   to  Shawmut   Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The   Connecticut  National   Bank),  as   Trustee  and
                    Collateral  Agent,  dated  February  1, 1993,  recorded
                    February  1,   1993,  under  N.A.   No.  93-05849,   as
                    Conveyance  Office Instrument  No. 64332,  in COB  892,
                    folio  137,  and  as  Mortgage  Office  Instrument  No.
                    196615, in MOB 2934, folio 17. 

                                      PARCEL XI.
                                      ----------

                                       LOT 3CP
                                       -------

          A  CERTAIN PIECE  OR PORTION  OF  GROUND, together  with all  the
          buildings  and  improvements  thereon,  situated  in  the  Second
          District, City  of New  Orleans, designated as  Lot 3CP  of Canal
          Place,  on a  plan of  resubdivision by  the office  of Gandolfo,
          Kuhn, Luecke & Associates, dated March 15, 1982, (Dwg. No. E-170-
          12), approved  by the City  Planning Commission on July  8, 1982,
          registered as Declaration of Title Change under COB 783, folio 63
          and more particularly described as  follows in accord with a plan
          of Gandolfo, Kuhn & Associates, bearing Dwg. No. E-170-13A  dated
          May 13, 1985, and Drawing  No. T-144-31, dated November 23, 1992,
          as follows:

          Commence  at the  intersection  of the  northerly  line of  Canal
          Street and  the easterly  line of No.  Peters Street,  said point
          being designated by the letter B; thence along the northerly line
          of Canal  Street, S52 44'02"E, 398.18  feet to the  division line
          between Lots 2CP and 3CP and the point of beginning; thence along
          said  division line N37 15'58"E,  169.50 feet; thence  along said
          division  line  S52 44'02"E,  129.37 feet  to  the  division line
          between  Lots  3CP  and  S-1; thence  along  said  division  line
          S8 17'09"W, 193.76 feet  to the northerly  line of Canal  Street,
          thence along said line, N52 44'02"W,  223.25 feet to the point of
          beginning, containing 29,885 square feet.

          All  in accordance  with the  plat of  survey of  Gandolfo, Kuhn,
          Luecke & Associates, Dwg. No. E170-13B, originally dated July 29,





                                         B-22










          1993, and recertified  March 10, 1994, annexed hereto  and made a
          part hereof.

          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral Assignment  of Assignment  of Agreements  of
                    Purchase and Sale  and Option Agreement by  Celebration
                    Park Casino, Inc., to The Connecticut National Bank, as
                    Trustee, dated December 15, 1992, recorded December 16,
                    1992,  under  N.A.  No. 962318,  as  Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 62224, as supplemented by Supplement  to
                    Collateral  Assignment of  Agreements  of Purchase  and
                    Sale and Option  Agreement by Celebration  Park Casino,
                    Inc., to Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                    (formerly known as The  Connecticut National Bank),  as
                    Trustee,  dated January 15,  1993, recorded January 19,
                    1993,  under N.A.  No. 93-03468,  as Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument  No.  63716,  COB  891,  folio  329-332;  as
                    amended  by   Act  of   Amendment  to   (1)  Collateral
                    Assignment of  Agreements  of  Purchase  and  Sale  and
                    Option Agreement,  and  (2)  Supplement  to  Collateral
                    Assignment of Purchase and Sale and Option Agreement by
                    Celebration Park Casino, Inc., in favor of Shawmut Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The  Connecticut  National  Bank),  as  Trustee,  dated
                    January 28, 1993, recorded January 29, 1993, under N.A.
                    No.  93-05565,  as  Conveyance  Office  Instrument  No.
                    64217; as amended  by Second  Supplement to  Collateral
                    Assignment  of Agreements  of  Purchase  and  Sale  and
                    Option  Agreement by Celebration  Park Casino, Inc., in
                    favor of Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                    (formerly known  as The Connecticut  National Bank), as
                    Trustee  and Collateral  Agent,  dated  April 7,  1993,
                    recorded April  8, 1993,  as under  N.A. No.  93-15549,
                    Conveyance Office  Instrument No.  67309; as  partially
                    released  by  Act  of  Partial  Release  of  Collateral
                    Assignment  of  Agreements  of  Purchase  and Sale  and
                    Option Agreement by Shawmut  Bank Connecticut, National
                    Association (formerly known as The Connecticut National
                    Bank), dated  November 30,  1993, recorded  December 1,
                    1993,  under  N.A.  No.   93-51163,  Conveyance  Office
                    Instrument No. 78936. 

               2.   Collateral  Mortgage by Grand  Palais Casino,  Inc., in
                    favor of future holders (payable at First National Bank
                    of  Commerce), dated  July 30,  1993,  filed August  2,
                    1993, under N.A. No. 93-31984, in MOI No. 217805. 

               3.   Assignment  of  Leases  and  Rentals  by  Grand  Palais
                    Casino,  Inc.,  to  First National  Bank  of Commerce),







                                         B-23










                    dated July 30,  1993, filed August 2,  1993, under N.A.
                    No. 93-31985, in COI No. 73060. 

               4.   Collateral  Assignment of  Leases  and Rents  by  Grand
                    Palais  Casino,  Inc.,  to  Shawmut  Bank  Connecticut,
                    National Association (formerly known as The Connecticut
                    National Bank), as Trustee and  Collateral Agent, dated
                    July 30, 1993, filed August 2, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-
                    31987, in COI No. 73061. 

               5.   Collateral Mortgage  by Grand Palais  Casino, Inc.,  in
                    favor  of  future  holders  (payable  at  Shawmut  Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The  Connecticut   National  Bank),   as  Trustee   and
                    Collateral Agent), dated july 30, 1993, filed August 2,
                    1993, under N.A. No. 93-31986, in MOI No. 217806. 

                                     PARCEL XII.
                                     -----------

                                   RIVERGATE SITES
                                   ---------------

          THAT CERTAIN LEASEHOLD ESTATE to be created by Lease Agreement by
          and  between  City of  New  Orleans,  as  lessor,  and  Rivergate
          Development Corporation, as  lessee, dated April 27,  1993, filed
          April 27, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-18035, as Conveyance Instrument
          No.  68199, as  amended by  Agreement  dated ____________,  1994,
          filed  _____________-,  1994, under  N.A.  No. 94-__________,  as
          Conveyance  Instrument  No.  _________  (the  "City  Lease"),  as
          subleased   per  Lease   Agreement  by   and   between  Rivergate
          Development Corporation, as lessor, and Celebration  Park Casino,
          Inc.  (n/k/a Grand Palais  Casino, Inc.), as  lessee, dated April
          27,  1993, filed  April 27,  1993, under  N.A. No.  93-018036, as
          Conveyance Instrument  No. 68200,  as assigned  to Harrah's  Jazz
          Company by Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated ___________,
          1994, filed  __________, 1994,  under N.A.  No. 94-_________,  as
          Conveyance Instrument No.  ________, and as amended  by Amendment
          of  Lease Agreement, dated  __________, 1994,  filed ___________,
          1994,  under N.A. No.  94-________, as Conveyance  Instrument No.
          ___________ (Collectively, the "Lease"), affecting the  following
          described property, to-wit:


                       PROPERTY DESCRIPTION BEGINS ON NEXT PAGE














                                         B-24










                                    Casino Premises
                                    ---------------


                         A certain portion of ground, together with  all
                         the  buildings and  improvements, thereon,  and
                         all of the rights, ways, privileges, servitudes
                         and  advantages   thereunto  belonging   or  in
                         anywise  appertaining,  situated in  the  FIRST
                         MUNICIPAL  DISTRICT OF THE  CITY OF NEW ORLEANS
                         bounded  by CANAL,  SOUTH  PETERS, and  POYDRAS
                         STREETS and CONVENTION  CENTER BOULEVARD (PLACE
                         DE FRANCE);  being comprised  of SQUARES  1, 2,
                         13, 14, 1A or 1B; portions of former Squares 3,
                         15,  2A  or 2B;  together  with  former streets
                         (which  were closed  by  Ordinances 13-439  CCS
                         dated  February  3,  1932  and  2767 MCS  dated
                         December   5,  1963)   which  include   Common,
                         Gravier, Fulton, Front, and Delta Streets,  all
                         shown  as proposed  Square  RS  on  a  Plan  of
                         Resubdivision by the office of Gandolfo, Kuhn &
                         Associates dated  January 25,1993,  Drawing No.
                         E60-2, approved by the City Planning Commission
                         in Subdivision Docket No. 3/93 dated  April 23,
                         1993,  being  more  particularly  described  as
                         follows:    Commence  at  point  A,  being  the
                         southeast  intersection  of  South  Peters  and
                         Canal Streets and the Point of Beginning.  From
                         the  Point of  Beginning, measure  thence along
                         the east  or river  side line  of South  Peters
                         Street South 1 degree 39 minutes 1 second East,
                         a distance of 727.65 feet to the northerly line
                         of  Poydras Street  and  point B;  thence along
                         said line of Poydras Street South 76 degrees 14
                         minutes  24 seconds  East a distance  of 540.52
                         feet  to  the  westerly or  land  side  line of
                         Convention Center  Boulevard (Place  De France)
                         and  Point C, also  being the easterly  line of
                         former Delta Street; thence  North 2 degrees 24
                         minutes 29  seconds West, a  distance of 455.48
                         feet  to the southerly line of Canal Street and
                         point  K;  thence  along  said  line  of  Canal
                         Street, North 52  degrees 44 minutes 2  seconds
                         West, a distance of 661.98 feet to  Point A and
                         the  Point of Beginning.   Said square contains
                         7.016 Acres.

                         Together with the  existing tunnel portions  in
                         the following described subsurface areas:

                         Canal Street Portion:
                         --------------------

                         The  portion  of  the following  real  property
                         which lies between  two horizontal planes,  the




                                         B-25










                         lower  plane lying  and being  at  an elevation
                         of  -5 feet  Cairo Datum  and  the upper  plane
                         lying  and being  at an  elevation  of 30  feet
                         Cairo Datum (approximate street grade), both as
                         referenced to United States  Coast and Geodetic
                         Survey Benchmark  B-96 having  an elevation  of
                         28.72 feet Cairo Datum, which  property forms a
                         portion of the Canal Street right of way, FIRST
                         MUNICIPAL  DISTRICT,   CITY  OF   NEW  ORLEANS,
                         ORLEANS  PARISH,   LOUISIANA,  the   horizontal
                         boundaries of which are more fully described as
                         follows:

                         Commencing at point K being the intersection of
                         the easterly  line of  Former Delta Street  and
                         the  southerly line of  Canal Street,  and also
                         being the northeast corner  of proposed Lot RS,
                         measure thence  along  the  southerly  line  of
                         Canal Street N 52 degrees 44 minutes 02 seconds
                         W, a distance  of 87.04  feet to  the Point  of
                         Beginning.    From  the  Point  of   Beginning,
                         measure  thence  along  the southerly  line  of
                         Canal Street N 52 degrees 44 minutes 02 seconds
                         W,  a distance of  129.11 feet to  the westerly
                         line of  the former I-310  Tunnel; thence along
                         said line  along a curve to the  right having a
                         radius of  1689.02 feet,  a  distance of  78.94
                         feet  to  the northerly  line  of  said Tunnel;
                         thence  along said line S 85 degrees 05 minutes
                         17 seconds  E, a distance  of 104  feet to  the
                         easterly  line  of  the  former  I-310  Tunnel;
                         thence along  said line  along a  curve to  the
                         left  having  a  radius   of  1585.02  feet,  a
                         distance  of  148.4   feet  to  the   Point  of
                         Beginning.   Containing 11,774  square feet  as
                         shown on  a map of Lot 3CP and Proposed Roadway
                         by Gandolfo, Kuhn & Associates last dated April
                         12, 1993, drawing no. E-170-13 C.

                         Poydras Street Portion:
                         ----------------------

                         That  portion of  the  following real  property
                         which lies  between two horizontal  planes, the
                         lower plane  lying  and being  at an  elevation
                         of  -5 feet  Cairo Datum  and  the upper  plane
                         lying  and being  at an  elevation  of 30  feet
                         Cairo Datum (approximate street grade), both as
                         referenced to United States Coast and  Geodetic
                         Survey  Benchmark B-96  having an  elevation of
                         28.72 feet  Cairo Datum, which property forms a
                         portion of  the  Poydras Street  right of  way,
                         FIRST MUNICIPAL DISTRICT,  CITY OF NEW ORLEANS,
                         ORLEANS  PARISH,   LOUISIANA,  the   horizontal
                         boundaries of which are more fully described as
                         follows:




                                         B-26











                         Commencing at point B being the intersection of
                         the  northerly line of  Poydras Street  and the
                         easterly  line of  S. Peters  Street, and  also
                         being the southwest corner of proposed Lot  RS,
                         measure  thence  along  the  northerly line  of
                         Poydras Street  S  76  degrees  14  minutes  24
                         seconds E,  a distance  of 361.51  feet to  the
                         Point  of  Beginning.     From  the  Point   of
                         Beginning, measure  thence along  the northerly
                         line of Poydras Street, S 76 degrees 14 minutes
                         24 seconds E, a distance of  108.29 feet to the
                         easterly  line  of  the  former  I-310  Tunnel;
                         thence along said  line S 2 degrees  24 minutes
                         52  seconds E, a distance  of 31.08 feet to the
                         southerly  line of  said  Tunnel; thence  along
                         said line S 87 degrees 35 minutes 08 seconds W,
                         a distance of 104 feet to the westerly line  of
                         the former I-310 Tunnel; thence along said line
                         N 2 degrees 24 minutes 52 seconds W, a distance
                         of  61.24  feet  to  the  Point  of  Beginning.
                         Containing 4,800.6 square  feet as  shown on  a
                         map of  Celebration Park Casino  Parking Garage
                         Site by Gandolfo, Kuhn & Associates  last dated
                         April 12, 1993, drawing no. L-17-1.

































                                         B-27










                               CITY LEASED EMPLOYEE AND
                        BUS PARKING SUPPORT FACILITY PREMISES
                        -------------------------------------


          Four  certain  street  parcels located  in  the  Second Municipal
          District  of  the City  of  New  Orleans designated  as  Toulouse
          Street, Treme Street, N. Villere Street and Marais Street, all as
          shown on a Lease Map prepared for Grand Palais Casino, Inc. dated
          June 16, 1993; revised December  29, 1993 (Dwg. No. T-131-2A) and
          each parcel is more particularly described as follows, to wit:


                                   TOULOUSE STREET
                                   ---------------

          A certain  parcel of Street  R/W, 58.54 feet wide,  lying between
          Marais  Street and Treme  Street, more particularly  described as
          follows:

          Begin at  point b at the intersection of  the east line of Marais
          Street with the  south line of Toulouse Street;  thence along the
          line of Marais Street, N 37 -13'-40" E, 58.54 feet to  point z on
          the north line  of Toulouse Street; thence along  same, S 53 -3'-
          55" E, 256.73 feet to the west  line of Treme Street at point  p;
          thence along  the projection of  said west line of  Treme Street,
          S 37 -14' W, 58.54 feet to the  south line of Toulouse Street and
          north line of Lot N.O.T.C.-1; thence along said line N 53 -3'-55"
          W, 256.73  feet to  Marais Street  at point  b and  the point  of
          beginning, containing 15,029 square feet.


                                     TREME STREET
                                     ------------

          A certain  parcel of Street  R/W, 53.29 feet wide,  lying between
          the  northerly line  of  Lot  N.O.T.C.-1  and  the  Orleans-Basin
          Connection, more particularly described as follows:

          Begin  at point c  at the intersection  of the  southerly line of
          Toulouse Street with  the easterly line  of Treme Street;  thence
          N 37 -14' E, 162.41 feet to point  d on the westerly line of  the
          Orleans-Basin Connection,  thence along said  line, N 36 -12'-39"
          W, 55.60 feet  to point o on  the westerly line of  Treme Street;
          thence along said line S 37 -14'  W, 178.53 feet to the southerly
          line of Toulouse Street and the northerly line of Lot N.O.T.C.-1;
          thence along said line S 53 -3'-55" E, 53.29 feet to the point of
          beginning, containing 9,084.3 square feet.












                                         B-28










                       POYDRAS STREET SUPPORT FACILITY PREMISES
                       ----------------------------------------

          SQUARE 16, LOT F
          ----------------

                    A  CERTAIN  PARCEL  OF GROUND,  together  with  all the
                    buildings  and improvements thereon and all the rights,
                    ways,   privileges,   servitudes,   appurtenances   and
                    advantages   thereunto   belonging   or   in  any   way
                    appertaining, situated  in  the FIRST  DISTRICT OF  THE
                    CITY  OF  NEW  ORLEANS, Orleans  Parish,  Louisiana  in
                    SQUARE NO. 16, bounded by POYDRAS, FULTON, SOUTH PETERS
                    and LAFAYETTE STREETS, designated as LOT F on a Plan of
                    Resubdivision by  Stephen L. Gremillion  of Engineering
                    Technology,  Inc., dated June 28, 1982, approved by the
                    City Planning  Commission under Subdivision  Docket No.
                    96/82, registered  as  a Declaration  of  Title  Change
                    under Entry No. 466470 in COB 781 folio 237, records of
                    Orleans Parish.   According to survey by John J. Avery,
                    L.S. dated  August 24,  1990, recertified  November 24,
                    1992, said Lot F  is more fully described  and measures
                    as follows:

                    Commencing  at the intersection  of the westerly right-
                    of-way line of  Fulton Street and the  southerly right-
                    of-way  line of Poydras  Street and being  the POINT OF
                    BEGINNING;

                    From the POINT OF BEGINNING, thence South 02 degrees 01
                    minutes 00 seconds East along the westerly right-of-way
                    line of Fulton Street, a distance of 92 feet 4 inches 5
                    eighths (92.4.5) to a point;

                    thence North 76  degrees 07 minutes 00  seconds West, a
                    distance of  46 feet 9  inches 7 eighths (46.9.7)  to a
                    point;

                    thence North  02 degrees 01  minutes 00 second  West, a
                    distance of  23 feet 6  inches 0 eighths (23.6.0)  to a
                    point;

                    thence  South 76 degrees 07  minutes 00 seconds East, a
                    distance  of 0  feet 8  inches 0  eighths (0.8.0)  to a
                    point;

                    thence North 01 degrees  53 minutes 46 seconds West,  a
                    distance of  68 feet 9  inches 0 eighths (68.9.0)  to a
                    point  on the  southerly right-of-way  line of  Poydras
                    Street;

                    thence  South 76  degrees 14  minutes  00 seconds  East
                    along  the  southerly  right-of-way  line  of   Poydras
                    Street, a  distance  of 45  feet  11 inches  6  eighths
                    (45.11.6) to the Point of Beginning.




                                         B-29










                    Bearing municipal address 216 Poydras Street.

                    Being  the same  property  acquired  by Realty  Parking
                    Properties,  L.P.  by  act  dated  September  28, 1990,
                    recorded under Conveyance Office  Instrument No. 26556,
                    Orleans Parish, Louisiana.

          SQUARE 4, LOT 1
          ---------------

                    A  CERTAIN  PARCEL  OF GROUND,  together  with  all the
                    buildings and improvements thereon and all the  rights,
                    ways,   privileges,   servitudes,   appurtenances   and
                    advantages   thereunto   belonging   or  in   any   way
                    appertaining,  situated  in the  FIRST DISTRICT  OF NEW
                    ORLEANS,  in  SQUARE  4,  Orleans  Parish,   Louisiana,
                    bounded by CONVENTION  CENTER BOULEVARD (formerly SOUTH
                    FRONT STREET), LAFAYETTE,  FULTON and POYDRAS  STREETS,
                    designated  as  LOT  1  and  is the  only  lot  of  and
                    comprises the whole of Square 4, on Plan of Subdivision
                    of  Stephen  L. Gremillion  of  Engineering Technology,
                    Inc.,  dated  June  28,  1982,  approved  by  the  City
                    Planning Commission under Subdivision Docket No. 96/82,
                    registered as a Declaration of Title Change under Entry
                    No. 466470  in COB 781,  folio 237, records  of Orleans
                    Parish.   According to  survey by  John J.  Avery, Jr.,
                    L.S. dated  August 24,  1990, recertified  November 24,
                    1992, said Lot 1 is described as follows:

                    Commencing at the intersection  of the westerly  right-
                    of-way line of Convention Center Boulevard  (late South
                    Front Street)  and the  southerly right-of-way  line of
                    Poydras Street and being the POINT OF BEGINNING;

                    From the POINT OF BEGINNING, thence South 02 degrees 24
                    minutes 03 seconds East along the westerly right-of-way
                    line  of Convention Center Boulevard, a distance of 371
                    feet  1 inch  0 eighths  (371.1.0)  to a  point on  the
                    northerly right-of-way line of Lafayette Street;

                    thence  North 75  degrees 59  minutes  06 seconds  West
                    along  the  northerly  right-of-way  line of  Lafayette
                    Street,  a distance  of  117 feet  7  inches 4  eighths
                    (117.7.4)  to a point on the easterly right-of-way line
                    on Fulton Street;

                    thence North 02 degrees 01 minutes 00 second West along
                    the  easterly right-of-way  line  of  Fulton Street,  a
                    distance of 369 feet 10 inches 1 eighth (369.10.1) to a
                    point  on  the southerly  right-of-way line  of Poydras
                    Street;







                                         B-30










                    thence  South 76  degrees 14  minutes  00 seconds  East
                    along  the  southerly  right-of-way   line  of  Poydras
                    Street,  a distance  of  114 feet  10 inches  6 eighths
                    (114.10.6) to the Point of Beginning.

                    Bearing municipal address 507 South Front Street.

                    Being  the  same  property acquired  by  Realty Parking
                    Properties,  L.P.  by  act  dated  September 28,  1990,
                    recorded under Conveyance  Office Instrument No. 26556,
                    Orleans Parish, Louisiana.

          SQUARE 5, LOTS 1-15
          -------------------

                    A  CERTAIN  SQUARE  OF GROUND,  together  with  all the
                    buildings and  improvements  thereon, and  all  of  the
                    rights, ways, privileges,  servitudes and appurtenances
                    thereunto   belonging  or   in  anywise   appertaining,
                    situated  in the  FIRST DISTRICT  OF  NEW ORLEANS,  and
                    designated by the NO.  5, which said square  is bounded
                    by  FRONT,  FULTON,  LAFAYETTE  and GIROD  STREETS  and
                    measures 117 feet  6 inches 2 lines front  on Lafayette
                    Street, 120 feet 1 inch  2 lines front on Girod Street,
                    363 feet 7 inches 1 line front on Fulton Street and 364
                    feet 5 inches  5 lines front on Front  Street, all more
                    or less, said property  being particularly described as
                    follows to-wit:

                    1.   SIX  CERTAIN LOTS OF GROUND, together with all the
                    buildings and  improvements  thereon, and  all  of  the
                    rights, ways, privileges,  servitudes and appurtenances
                    thereunto   belonging  or   in  anywise   appertaining,
                    situated  in  the  FIRST DISTRICT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS, in
                    SQUARE NO. 5,  bounded by FRONT, FULTON,  LAFAYETTE and
                    GIROD  STREETS,  and designated  by  the NOS.  2  to 7,
                    inclusive,  on a  plan by  J. A. Beard,  certified unto
                    Hugh  Grant, Surveyor, under dated of January 12, 1853,
                    deposited for reference in  the office of H.  B. Cenas,
                    then  a notary  in this  City.   Said Lots  adjoin each
                    other and measure  each 24 feet 2 inches  7 lines front
                    on Fulton  Street, 24  feet 3 inches  3 lines  front on
                    Front Street, by the following depths, viz:  117 feet 8
                    inches 3  lines on the  side of Lot 2  adjoining Lot 1,
                    117 feet 10 inches 4 lines on the dividing line between
                    Lots  2 and  3, 118 feet  5 lines on  the dividing line
                    between Lots 3 and 4, 118 feet 2 inches 6 lines  on the
                    dividing  line between  Lots 4  and 5,  and 118  feet 4
                    inches 7 lines on the  dividing line between Lots 5 and
                    6, and 118  feet 7 inches on the  dividing line between
                    Lots 6 and 7, and 118 feet 9 inches 2 lines on the side
                    line of Lot 7, adjoining Lot 8.

                    2.  THREE CERTAIN LOTS OF GROUND, together with all the
                    buildings and improvements thereon, and all the rights,



                                         B-31










                    ways,   privileges,   servitudes    and   appurtenances
                    thereunto   belonging  or   in  anywise   appertaining,
                    situated  in  the  same  District  and  Square  as  the
                    property hereinabove described,  designated by the NOS.
                    8, 9  and 10,  and measuring,  in American measure,  as
                    follows, to-wit:   Lot  8 measures 24  feet 2  inches 7
                    lines front on Fulton Street,  24 feet 3 inches 3 lines
                    front on Front Street, by 118  feet 9 inches 2 lines in
                    depth on the line  dividing it from Lot 7 and  118 feet
                    11 inches 2 lines in depth on the line dividing it from
                    Lot 9,  and Lot  9 measures 24  feet 2  inches 7  lines
                    front on Fulton Street, 24  feet 3 inches 3 lines front
                    on Front Street, by 118 feet 11 inches 2 lines in depth
                    on the line dividing it from Lot  8 and 119 feet 1 inch
                    2 lines in depth on  the line dividing it from Lot  10,
                    and Lot  10 measures 24 feet 2  inches 7 lines front on
                    Fulton Street, 24 feet 3  inches 3 lines front on Front
                    Street, by 119 feet 1 inch 2 lines on the line dividing
                    it from Lot 9 and 119 feet 3 inches 2 lines in depth on
                    the line dividing it from Lot 11.

                    3.   TWO  CERTAIN LOTS OF GROUND, together with all the
                    buildings and  improvements  thereon, and  all  of  the
                    rights, ways, privileges,  servitudes and appurtenances
                    thereunto   belonging  or   in  anywise   appertaining,
                    situated  in  the  same  District  and  Square  as  the
                    property hereinabove  firstly described,  designated by
                    the NOS.  11 and  12, on a  plan by  J. A.  Beard, duly
                    certified  by H.  Grant, dated  January  12, 1852,  and
                    deposited in the  office of H. B. Cenas,  then a Notary
                    Public, which  said lots  measure as follows:   Lot  11
                    measures  24  feet 2  inches  7 lines  front  on Fulton
                    Street, 24 feet 3 inches 3 lines front on Front Street,
                    by  119 feet  5 inches  2 lines  in  depth on  the line
                    dividing it from Lot  12, and 119 feet 3 inches 2 lines
                    in  depth on  the line  dividing  it from  Lot 10,  all
                    American measure; and Lot 12  measures 24 feet 2 inches
                    7  lines front  on Fulton  Street, 24  feet 3  inches 2
                    lines front  on Front  Street, by 119  feet 5  inches 2
                    lines in depth  on the line dividing it from Lot 11 and
                    119 feet 7 inches 2 lines  on the line dividing it from
                    Lot 13.

                    4.  THREE CERTAIN LOTS OF GROUND, together with all the
                    buildings and improvements thereon, and all the rights,
                    ways,   privileges,   servitudes    and   appurtenances
                    thereunto   belonging  or   in  anywise   appertaining,
                    situated  in  the  FIRST DISTRICT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS, in
                    SQUARE  NO.  5,  bounded by  FULTON,  GIROD,  FRONT and
                    LAFAYETTE STREETS, designated  by the NOS. 15,  13, and
                    14; Lot 15 measures 24 feet  2 inches 7 lines front  on
                    Fulton Street, 120  feet 1 inch 2 lines  front on Girod
                    Street, 24 feet 3 inches 3 lines front on Front Street,
                    and 119 feet 11 inches 2  lines on the line of Lot  14;
                    Lot  13 measures  24 feet  2  inches 7  lines front  on
                    Fulton Street;  24 feet 3  inches and 3 lines  on Front
                    Street, by  119 feet 7 inches  and 2 lines in  depth on
                    the line dividing it from Lot 12, and 119 feet 9 inches
                    and 2  lines in depth on the  line dividing in from Lot
                    14; Lot  14 measures 24  feet 2 inches  and 7 lines  on
                    Fulton Street,  24 feet 3  inches and 3 lines  on Front
                    Street, by



                                         B-32










                    119 feet  9 inches  and 2  lines in depth  on the  line
                    dividing it from Lot 13, and 119 feet 11 inches 2 lines
                    in depth on the line dividing it from Lot 15.

                    5.   A LOT OF  GROUND, together with all  the buildings
                    and  improvements thereon, and all of the rights, ways,
                    privileges,  servitudes  and   appurtenances  thereunto
                    belonging or in anywise  appertaining, situated in  the
                    FIRST DISTRICT OF NEW ORLEANS, in SQUARE NO. 5, bounded
                    by   FRONT,  FULTON,   LAFAYETTE  AND   GIROD  STREETS,
                    designated as LOT NO. 1, on a plan certified to by Hugh
                    Grant,  late Surveyor of Municipality No. 1, under date
                    of January 12, 1852, and deposited for reference in the
                    office  of H.  B. Cenas,  then Notary,  which  said lot
                    forms the corner  of Fulton and Lafayette  Streets, and
                    measures  24  feet  3  inches 3  lines  front  on Front
                    Street,  24 feet  2  inches  7  lines front  on  Fulton
                    Street, by 117 feet 6 inches 2 lines in depth and front
                    on Lafayette Street,  and 117 feet 8 inches  3 lines in
                    depth on the line dividing  it from Lot 2, all American
                    measure.

                    In   accordance  with  survey   by  Gandolfo,   Kuhn  &
                    Associates, Land  Surveyors, dated  November 23,  1992,
                    said  Square measures 363  feet 6 inches  and 2 eighths
                    front on Fulton Street; 364 feet 0 inches and 6 eighths
                    front on  Convention Center  Boulevard (formerly  South
                    Front Street); 120 feet 2 inches and 6 eighths front on
                    Girod Street and  118 feet 1 inch and 1 eighth front on
                    Lafayette Street.

                    Being the  same property acquired  by Celebration  Park
                    Casino, Inc. by act dated December 15, 1992, registered
                    December  16, 1992  under Notarial Archives  No. 962310
                    and  under  Conveyance  Office  Instrument  No.  62217,
                    Orleans Parish, Louisiana.





















                                         B-33










                            FULTON STREET AIR RIGHTS AREA
                            -----------------------------

               That  portion of the following real property which lies
               above the horizontal  plane at an elevation of  40 feet
               Cairo  Datum and  that portion  of  the following  real
               property  which lies between two horizontal planes, the
               lower plane  lying and being  at an elevation of  - 205
               feet  Cairo Datum (approximate bottom of pile tip), and
               the upper plane  lying and being at an  elevation of 30
               feet  Cairo Datum  (approximate street  grade), all  as
               referenced to  United States Coast  and Geodetic Survey
               Benchmark  B-96 having an elevation of 28.72 feet Cairo
               Datum, which  property forms  a portion  of the  Fulton
               Street  right of way, FIRST MUNICIPAL DISTRICT, CITY OF
               NEW ORLEANS, ORLEANS PARISH, LOUISIANA, the  horizontal
               boundaries  of  which  are  more  fully   described  as
               follows:

               Commencing at the  northeast corner of Square  16 being
               the  point  of  intersection of  the  westerly  line of
               Fulton Street with the upper line of Poydras Street and
               being  the  Point  of  Beginning;  From  the  Point  of
               Beginning,  thence  along  the  upper  line of  Poydras
               Street South 76  degrees 14 minutes 24  seconds East, a
               distance of 62  feet 4 inches 1 eighth  (62.4.1) to the
               easterly  line  of  Fulton  Street;  thence  along  the
               easterly  line of  Fulton  Street  South  2  degrees  0
               minutes  19 seconds  East,  a distance  of  207 feet  8
               inches 5 eighths (207.8.5) to a  point; thence North 75
               degrees 59  minutes 17 seconds  West, a distance  of 62
               feet 5 inches  (62.5.0) to the westerly line  of Fulton
               Street; thence along the westerly line of Fulton Street
               North 2 degrees  0 minutes 19 seconds  West, a distance
               of 207 feet 5 inches 1 eighth (207.5.1) to the Point of
               Beginning. Containing 12, 455 square feet all in accord
               with a map of Poydras Tunnel Area, Lafayette Subsurface
               Area and Fulton  Street Subsurface and Air  Rights Area
               (Proposed) by  Gandolfo, Kuhn & Associates  dated March
               5, 1993, revised March 17, 1993; Drawing No. L-17-1.


















                                         B-34










                                 POYDRAS TUNNEL AREA


               That  portion of the following real property which lies
               between two  horizontal planes,  the lower  plane lying
               and being  at an  elevation of -  205 feet  Cairo Datum
               (approximate bottom of  pile tip), and the  upper plane
               lying and  being at  an  elevation of  32.5 feet  Cairo
               Datum (approximate street grade), both as referenced to
               United States Coast and  Geodetic Survey Benchmark B-96
               having  an elevation of  28.72 feet Cairo  Datum, which
               property forms a portion of the Poydras Street right of
               way, FIRST  MUNICIPAL DISTRICT,  CITY  OF NEW  ORLEANS,
               ORLEANS PARISH, LOUISIANA, the horizontal boundaries of
               which are more fully described as follows:

                    Begin at Northeast corner  of Square 4, being
                    the  intersection   of  the   West  line   of
                    Convention  Center Boulevard  with the  South
                    line of Poydras Street, 134 feet wide; thence
                    go  along the North line of  Square 4, N 76 -
                    14'-24"  W, 114 feet  10 inches 6  eighths to
                    the Northwest  corner  of Square  4, and  the
                    East line of Fulton  Street; thence along the
                    projection of  said line, N  2 -0'-19" W, 139
                    feet 4  inches 1 eighth to the  North line of
                    Poydras  Street; thence  along  said lines  S
                    76 -14'-24" E, 180 feet to a point; thence go
                    S  25 -14'-37" W, a  distance of 136  feet 10
                    inches  1 eighth to  the point  of beginning,
                    containing 19,772, square  feet, all as shown
                    on  a plan  by  Gandolfo, Kuhn  &  Associates
                    dated March 5, 1993, last revised on March 3,
                    1994; Drawing Number L-17-1.























                                         B-35










                              LAFAYETTE SUBSURFACE AREA
                              -------------------------

                    That portion of the  following real property which
                    lies  between  two  horizontal planes,  the  lower
                    plane lying  and being  at an  elevation of -  205
                    feet  Cairo Datum (approximate bottom of pile cap)
                    and   the  upper  plane  lying  and  being  at  an
                    elevation  of  30  feet  Cairo Datum  (approximate
                    street grade), both as referenced to United States
                    Coast and Geodetic Survey Benchmark B-96 having an
                    elevation  of  28.72   feet  Cairo  Datum,   which
                    property forms  a portion of the  Lafayette Street
                    right  of way,  FIRST MUNICIPAL DISTRICT,  CITY OF
                    NEW  ORLEANS,   ORLEANS  PARISH,   LOUISIANA,  the
                    horizontal boundaries  of  which  are  more  fully
                    described as follows:

                    Commencing  at the  southwest  corner of  Square 4
                    being the northeast  intersection of Lafayette and
                    Fulton Streets and  being the Point  of Beginning;
                    From  the  Point of  Beginning,  thence  along the
                    lower line of Lafayette Street South 75 degrees 59
                    minutes 17 seconds  East, a distance of 117 feet 9
                    inches  5  eighths  (117.9.5) to  a  point  on the
                    westerly  line  of   Convention  Center  Boulevard
                    (former  South Front Street) which lies 2 inches 1
                    eighth (0.2.1) from the southeast corner of Square
                    4; thence along  the westerly  line of  Convention
                    Center  Boulevard South  2 degrees  19  minutes 52
                    seconds East,  a distance of  46 feet 10  inches 6
                    eighths (46.10.6)  to the upper line  of Lafayette
                    Street; thence  along the upper  line of Lafayette
                    Street  North 75  degrees  59  minutes 17  seconds
                    West, a  distance  of 118  feet  1 inch  1  eighth
                    (118.1.1) to the  easterly line of Fulton  Street;
                    thence along  the easterly  line of Fulton  Street
                    North  2  degrees  0 minutes  19  seconds  West, a
                    distance 46 feet  9 inches; 7 eighths  (46.9.7) to
                    the Point  of Beginning.   Containing 5,308 square
                    feet  all in accord  with a map  of Poydras Tunnel
                    Area, Lafayette Subsurface Area  and Fulton Street
                    Subsurface  and  Air  Rights  Area  (Proposed)  by
                    Gandolfo, Kuhn & Associates  dated March 5,  1993,
                    revised March 17, 1993; Drawing No. L-17-1.













                                         B-36










                                NORTH VILLERE STREET
                                --------------------


         A certain parcel of Street R/W, 53.29 feet wide, lying between St.
         Louis  Street  and  former Street  Parcel  S-2,  more particularly
         described as follows:

         Beginning  at the  intersection of the  existing westerly  line of
         North Villere Street  with the northerly line of  St. Louis Street
         at  point t,  thence  along  the westerly  line  of North  Villere
         Street, N 37 -13'-30" E, 387.70 feet  to point xx on the southerly
         line of  former Street Parcel  S-2; thence along said  line S 57 -
         30'-38" E, 53.47  feet to point yy  on the easterly line  of North
         Villere Street;  thence along  said line  S 37 -13'-30" W,  391.77
         feet to point  k on the northerly line of St. Louis Street; thence
         along said line N 53 -8' W, 53.29 feet to point t and the point of
         beginning, containing 20,769 square feet.

                                    MARAIS STREET
                                    -------------

         A certain parcel of Street R/W, 53.29 feet wide, lying between St.
         Louis  Street and the northerly line of Toulouse Street projected,
         more particularly described as follows:

         Beginning at  the  intersection of  the  westerly line  of  Marais
         Street  with the northerly  line of St.  Louis Street  at point j;
         thence along  the westerly line of Marais Street, N 37 -13'-40" E,
         378.08  feet to  point q  on the southerly  line of  lot C.N.O.-1;
         thence along  said line S 53 -3'-55" E,  53.29 feet to point  z on
         the easterly line of Marais Street, thence along said line, S 37 -
         13'-40"  W, 378.02 feet  to point a  on the northerly  line of St.
         Louis Street;  thence along said  line, N 53 -8' W, 53.29  feet to
         point j  and the  point of  beginning, containing  20,146.3 square
         feet.

                                    LOT C.N.O.-1
                                    ------------

         Lot  C.N.O.-1 is  situated in  the  Second district,  City of  New
         Orleans, State of Louisiana in  Square 162-A, bounded by St. Louis
         Street,   North  Villere   Street,  Lafitte   Ave.,  Orleans-Basin
         Connection, Treme Street,  Toulouse Street and Marais Street.  Lot
         C.N.O.-1 is in accord  with a subdivision map by Gandolfo,  Kuhn &
         Associates dated March 31, 1978 revised May 15, 1978  (Dwg. No. T-
         131-2), approved on October 16, 1978 and filed October 25, 1978 in
         COB 756 folio 391.

         Said Lot C.N.O.-1 is more  particularly described in accord with a
         Lease Map by Gandolfo, Kuhn & Associates, dated June 16, 1993 with
         additions dated December  29, 1993 (Dwg. No. T-131-2A)  a print of
         which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, as follows:

         Begin at point  l at the intersection  of the easterly line  of N.
         Villere Street  with the southerly line of  Lafitte Avenue, thence
         along the easterly line of North Villere Street, S 37 -13'-30"



                                         B-37










         W, 235.46  feet to  a point s  on the  division line  between lots
         C.N.O.-1  and N.O.T.C.-2; thence along said line, S 52 -46'-20" E,
         256.46 feet to  a point r on  the westerly line of  Marais Street;
         thence along said line, N 37 -13'-40" E, 113.92 feet  to a point q
         on  the projected northerly line  of Toulouse Street; thence along
         said line,  S 53 -3'-55"  E,  310.02 feet  to  a point  p  on  the
         westerly line of Treme Street;  thence along said line,  N 37 -14'
         E, 119.99 feet to a point o  on the westerly line of Orleans-Basin
         Connection; thence  along said line N 36 -46'-20" W, 36.31 feet to
         point  n; thence  continue along  said line  of the  Orleans-Basin
         Connection and the  southerly line of Lafitte  Ave., N 52 -46'-20"
         W,  411 feet  to point m;  thence N 57 -31'-51" W,  121.01 feet to
         point  l and the  point of beginning,  containing 102,731.5 square
         feet.











































                                         B-38










                                 PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE AREA




          A.   THAT PORTION  OF THE FOLLOWING  REAL PROPERTY which  lies above
               the horizonal plane  at an elevation of 40 feet Cairo Datum and
               that portion of the following real property which lies  between
               two horizonal  planes, the  lower plane lying  and being  at an
               elevation of - 205 feet Cairo Datum (approximate bottom of pile
               tip), and the upper plane lying and being at an elevation of 30
               feet  Cairo Datum (approximate street grade), all as referenced
               to  United  States  Coast and  Geodetic  Survey  Benchmark B-96
               having  an elevation of 28.72  feet Cairo Datum, which property
               forms  a portion  of  the  Fulton Street  right  of way,  FIRST
                                                                         -----
               MUNICIPAL  DISTRICT,  City  of  New  Orleans,  Orleans  Parish,
               ---------------------------------------------------------------
               Louisiana,  the horizontal boundaries  of which are  more fully
               ----------
               described as follows:

                    Commencing  at the northeast corner of Square 16
                    being the point of intersection  of the westerly
                    line of  Fulton Street  with the  upper line  of
                    Poydras Street and being the Point of Beginning;
                    from the  Point of  Beginning, thence  along the
                    upper line of Poydras Street South 76 degrees 14
                    minutes 24 seconds East, a distance of 62 feet 4
                    inches 1 eighth  to the easterly line  of Fulton
                    Street; thence along the easterly line of Fulton
                    Street  South  2  degrees 0  minutes  19 seconds
                    East, a distance of 207 feet 8 inches  5 eighths
                    to a point;  thence North 75 degrees  59 minutes
                    17 seconds West,  a distance of 62 feet 5 inches
                    to the  westerly line  of Fulton  Street; thence
                    along the westerly line of Fulton Street North 2
                    degrees 0 minutes 19 seconds West, a distance of
                    207  feet 5  inches  1 eighth  to  the Point  of
                    Beginning, all in  accord with a map  of Poydras
                    Tunnel  Area,  Lafayette   Subsurface  Area  and
                    Fulton  Street Subsurface  and  Air Rights  Area
                    (Proposed) by Gandolfo, Kuhn & Associates, dated
                    March  5,  1993, revised  March  17, 1993,  last
                    dated April 12, 1993; Drawing No. L-17-1.

          B.   THAT PORTION OF  THE FOLLOWING REAL  PROPERTY which lies  above
               the horizontal plane at an elevation of 40 feet Cairo Datum and
               that portion of the following  real property which lies between
               two horizontal  planes, the lower  plane lying and being  at an
               elevation of - 205 feet Cairo Datum (approximate bottom of pile
               cap), and the upper plane lying and being at an elevation of 30
               feet Cairo Datum (approximate street grade), both as referenced
               to  United States  Coast and  Geodetic  Survey Benchmark  B-96,
               having an elevation of 28.72  feet Cairo Datum, which  property
               forms a  portion of  the Lafayette Street  right of  way, FIRST
                                                                         -----
               MUNICIPAL DISTRICT, City of New Orleans, 
               -----------------------------------------



                                         B-39










                                 PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE AREA




               Orleans Parish, Louisiana,  the horizontal boundaries  of which
               -------------------------
               are more fully described as follows:

                    Commencing  at the southwest  corner of Square 4
                    being  the northeast  intersection of  Lafayette
                    and  Fulton  Streets  and  being  the  Point  of
                    Beginning; from  the Point of  Beginning, thence
                    along the lower  line of Lafayette  Street South
                    75  degrees  59  minutes  17   seconds  East,  a
                    distance of  117 feet  9 inches  5 eighths  to a
                    point on the westerly line of  Convention Center
                    Boulevard (former South Front Street) which lies
                    2 inches 1  eighth from the southeast  corner of
                    Square  4; thence  along  the  westerly line  of
                    Convention Center Boulevard, South  2 degrees 19
                    minutes 52 seconds  East, a distance of  46 feet
                    10  inches  6  eighths  to  the  upper  line  of
                    Lafayette Street; thence along the upper line of
                    Lafayette Street North 75  degrees 59 minutes 17
                    seconds  West, a distance  of 118 feet  1 inch 1
                    eighth to  the easterly  line of  Fulton Street;
                    thence  along the easterly line of Fulton Street
                    North 2  degrees 0  minutes 19  seconds West,  a
                    distance of 46  feet 9  inches 7  eights to  the
                    Point of Beginning, all in accord with a  map of
                    the  Poydras Tunnel  Area, Lafayette  Subsurface
                    Area,  and  Fulton  Street  Subsurface  and  Air
                    Rights  Area  (Proposed)  by  Gandolfo,  Kuhn  &
                    Associates, dated  March 5, 1993,  revised March
                    17, 1993, last dated April 12, 1993; Drawing No.
                    L-17-1.

          C.   THAT PORTION OF  THE FOLLOWING REAL  PROPERTY which lies  above
               the horizontal plane at an elevation of 40 feet Cairo Datum and
               that  portion of the following real property which lies between
               two horizonal  planes, the  lower plane lying  and being  at an
               elevation of - 205 feet Cairo Datum (approximate bottom of pile
               tip), and  the upper plane  lying and being at  an elevation of
               32.5  feet  Cairo  Datum (approximate  street  grade),  both as
               referenced to United States Coast and Geodetic Survey Benchmark
               B-96  having an  elevation  of 28.72  feet  Cairo Datum,  which
               property forms  a portion of  the Poydras Street right  of way,
               FIRST  MUNICIPAL DISTRICT, City of New Orleans, Orleans Parish,
               ---------------------------------------------------------------
               Louisiana,  the horizontal boundaries  of which are  more fully
               ---------
               described as follows:

                    Begin at the Northeast corner of Square 4, being
                    the intersection of the West line of  Convention
                    Center Boulevard  with the South line of Poydras
                    Street, 134 feet wide; thence go along the North




                                         B-40











                                 PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE AREA




                    line of Square  4, N 76 -14'-24" W,  114 feet 10
                    inches  6  eighths to  the  Northwest  corner of
                    Square 4  and the  East line  of Fulton  Street;
                    thence  along the projection of said line, N 2 -
                    0'-19"  W, 139  feet 4  inches 1  eighth to  the
                    North line of Poydras Street; thence along  said
                    line  S  76 -14'-24"  E, 180  feet  to  a point;
                    thence go  S 25 -14'-37"  W, a  distance of  136
                    feet   10  inches  1  eighth  to  the  point  of
                    beginning, containing 19,772 square feet, all as
                    shown on a  plan by Gandolfo, Kuhn  & Associates
                    dated  March 5, 1993,  last revised on  March 3,
                    1994; Drawing Number L-17-1.







































                                         B-41










                                   ENCROACHMENT AREAS


          A.   Those sidewalks and  right of ways adjacent to  and portions of
               Poydras Street, Convention  Center Boulevard, Lafayette  Street
               and Fulton  Street located  within ten (10)  feet from  the lot
               lines  of  Square  4,  First Municipal  District,  City  of New
               Orleans,  Orleans  Parish,  Louisiana  upon which  foundations,
               canopies,   roof   overhangs,   columns,   decorative   paving,
               fountains,  landscaping,  streetscaping,  lighting, directional
               signage, underground  utilities and other  encroachments are or
               will be constructed in connection with the Improvements located
               or to be located upon said Square 4.

          B.   Those sidewalks and  right of ways adjacent to  and portions of
               Lafayette  Street, Fulton  Street, Convention  Center Boulevard
               and  Girod Street  located within  ten (10)  feet from  the lot
               lines  of  Square  4, First  Municipal  District,  City  of New
               Orleans,  Orleans  Parish,  Louisiana upon  which  foundations,
               canopies,   roof   overhangs,   columns,   decorative   paving,
               fountains,  landscaping,  streetscaping,  lighting, directional
               signage, underground utilities and  other encroachments are  or
               will be constructed in connection with the Improvements located
               or to be located upon said Square 5.

          C.   Those sidewalks and  right of ways adjacent to  and portions of
               Poydras  Street,  Convention  Center  Boulevard,  South  Peters
               Street, and Canal Street located  within fifteen (15) feet from
               the lot lines of Lot RS,  being comprised of former Squares  1,
               2, 13, 14,  1A or 1B; portions  of former Squares 3,  15 2A, or
               2B;   together  with  former  streets  (which  were  closed  by
               Ordinances 13-439 CCS,  dated February 3,  1932, and 2767  MCS,
               dated  December 5, 1963) which include Common, Gravier, Fulton,
               Front, and  Delta Streets, all shown as proposed Square RS on a
               Plan  of  Resubdivision  by  the  office  of  Gandolfo,  Kuhn &
               Associates, dated January 25, 1993, Drawing No. E60-2, approved
               by the  City of Planning  Commission in Subdivision  Docket No.
               3/93, dated April 23,  1993, First Municipal District,  City of
               New Orleans, Orleans Parish, Louisiana upon which  foundations,
               canopies,   roof   overhangs,   columns,   decorative   paving,
               fountains,  landscaping,  streetscaping,  lighting, directional
               signage, underground utilities  and other encroachments are  or
               will be  constructed  with the  Improvements located  or to  be
               located upon said Lot RS.













                                         B-42










          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral Mortgage  by Celebration Park  Casino, Inc.,
                    in  favor of future holder or holders of the collateral
                    mortgage  note  thereby  secured,   in  the  amount  of
                    $50,000,000.00,  passed  before Margaret  T.  Alphonso,
                    Notary  Public,  dated   December  15,  1992,  recorded
                    December 16, 1992,  under N.A. No. 962316,  as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No.  190775; in MOB 2923,  folio 400,
                    as  supplemented by  Act  of  Supplement to  Collateral
                    Mortgage  by  Celebration  Park  Casino,  Inc.,  passed
                    before Kay W.  Eagan, Notary Public, dated  January 15,
                    1993, recorded  January 19,  1993, under  N.A. No.  93-
                    03466,  as  Mortgage  Office   Instrument  No.  194606,
                    records of Orleans Parish Louisiana; as supplemented by
                    Act of Supplement to Collateral Mortgage by Celebration
                    Park  Casino, Inc.,  dated February  1, 1993,  recorded
                    February  1, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-05848, as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No. 196614; as supplemented by Act of
                    Supplement to Collateral  Mortgage by Celebration  Park
                    Casino,  Inc., dated April 27, 1993, recorded April 27,
                    1993,  under N.A.  No.  93-18039,  as  Mortgage  Office
                    Instrument  No.  206500,  in MOB  2950,  folio  478; as
                    supplemented  by   Act  of  Supplement   to  Collateral
                    Mortgage  dated February 23, 1994, recorded at N.A. No.
                    94-11052 on March 3, 1994.

               2.   Collateral Assignment of Additional Leases and Rents by
                    Celebration  Park   Casino,  Inc.,   to  Shawmut   Bank
                    Connecticut,  National Association  (formerly known  as
                    The   Connecticut  National   Bank),  as   Trustee  and
                    Collateral Agent, dated April 27, 1993, recorded  April
                    27, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-18040, as Conveyance Office
                    Instrument No. 68203. 

                                     PARCEL XIII.
                                     ------------

                                  RAILROAD PROPERTY
                                  -----------------

          A.   Three  parcels of  the property  of  Lessor at  New Orleans,
               Louisiana, between  Basin Street  and  N. Claiborne  Avenue,
               having a combined area of  10 acres (435,592.2 square feet),
               more or less, (referred to as Property "A") the location and
               dimensions  of which  are  substantially  as  shown  in  red
               outline on  plat of print  prepared for Harrah's  Casino, by
               Gandolfo, Kuhn & Associates, dated October 26, 1993, annexed
               as Exhibit C to the Lease.

          B.   One parcel  of  the  property  of  Lessor  at  New  Orleans,
               Louisiana, between N. Claiborne Street and N. Prieur Street,







                                         B-43










               having an area of 5.2  acres, more or less, (referred  to as
               Property  "B") and being  located substantially as  shown in
               red outline on plat of drawing prepared for  Harrah's Casino
               by  Gandolfo, Kuhn  & Associates,  dated  October 26,  1993,
               annexed as Exhibit D to the Lease. 

          C.   One  parcel  of  the  property  of  Lessor at  New  Orleans,
               Louisiana,  between N. Prieur  Street and N.  Galvez Street,
               having an area of  2.3 acres, more or less, (referred  to as
               Property  "C") and being  located substantially as  shown in
               red outline on plat of print prepared for Harrah's Casino by
               Gandolfo, Kuhn & Associates, dated October 26, 1993, annexed
               as Exhibit E to the Lease.

          D.   The  three  story,  15,000 square  foot  office  building of
               Lessor (referred to as the "Office Building") located at the
               corner  of  Basin  Street  and  St.  Louis  Avenue,  located
               substantially as shown on Exhibit C to the Lease.

          LIENS:
          -----

               1.   Collateral Mortgage  by Celebration Park  Casino, Inc.,
                    in favor of  future holder or holders of the collateral
                    mortgage  note  thereby  secured,   in  the  amount  of
                    $50,000,000.00,  passed  before Margaret  T.  Alphonso,
                    Notary  Public,  dated  December   15,  1992,  recorded
                    December 16, 1992,  under N.A. No. 962316,  as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No.  190775; in MOB 2923,  folio 400,
                    as  supplemented  by  Act of  Supplement  to Collateral
                    Mortgage  by  Celebration  Park  Casino,  Inc.,  passed
                    before Kay W.  Eagan, Notary Public, dated  January 15,
                    1993, recorded  January 19,  1993, under  N.A. No.  93-
                    03466,  as  Mortgage  Office  Instrument  No.   194606,
                    records of Orleans Parish Louisiana; as supplemented by
                    Act of Supplement to Collateral Mortgage by Celebration
                    Park  Casino, Inc.,  dated February  1,  1993, recorded
                    February  1, 1993, under N.A. No. 93-05848, as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No. 196614; as supplemented by Act of
                    Supplement to  Collateral Mortgage by  Celebration Park
                    Casino,  Inc., dated April 27, 1993, recorded April 27,
                    1993, under  N.A.  No.  93-18039,  as  Mortgage  Office
                    Instrument  No.  206500,  in MOB  2950,  folio  478; as
                    supplemented  by   Act  of  Supplement   to  Collateral
                    Mortgage  dated February 23, 1994, recorded at N.A. No.
                    94-11052 on March 3, 1994.












                                         B-44










                                   AUDITORIUM SITES
                                   ----------------

          THAT CERTAIN LEASEHOLD ESTATE to be created by Lease Agreement by
          and between  City  of  New  Orleans,  as  lessor,  and  Rivergate
          Development  Corporation,  as  lessee,  dated ___________,  1994,
          filed  ___________,  1994,   under  N.A.  No.   94-_________,  as
          Conveyance  Instrument  No. __________,  as  subleased  per Lease
          Agreement by  and between  Rivergate Development Corporation,  as
          lessor,   and   Harrah's   Jazz   Company,   as   lessee,   dated
          ___________________,   filed   ____________,   under   N.A.   No.
          _________, as  Conveyance Instrument No.  ________, affecting the
          following described property, to-wit:


                       PROPERTY DESCRIPTION BEGINS ON NEXT PAGE










































                                         B-45










                                        LEASED PREMISES
                                        ---------------

               Nine certain  parcels  of  land  situated in  the  2nd  Municipal
               District, City of  New Orleans, State of Louisiana,  in that area
               generally  referred to as the Municipal Auditorium and Performing
               Arts Center  bounded by North  Rampart Street, St.  Peter Street,
               Basin  Street, Basin-Orleans  Connection,  North Villere  Street,
               Square  169 (Treme Community  Center), St. Philip  Street, former
               Treme Street and former  St. Ann Street, said parcels  designated
               as Lease 1, Lease 2 and Lease 3, and contained within Lease 3 are
               four parking parcels (Parking 2, Parking 3, Parking 4 and Parking
               B), a 75 foot wide servitude for egress between Lease 1 and North
               Rampart Street, and  proposed transformer servitude all  as shown
               on a  plan titled Lease Map  prepared by the office  of Gandolfo,
               Kuhn and Associates, dated January 3, 1994; drawing number T-126-
               4F, a print of which is attached hereto and is made a part hereof
               and are more particularly described in accord with said Lease Map
               as follows:

                                            LEASE 1
                                            -------

               Beginning at the  intersection of the southern right  of way line
               of former  St. Ann Street and  the westerly line  of former Treme
               Street which  forms the  northeast corner of  Square 149  and the
               point  of  beginning  at  point  S, thence  from  said  point  of
               beginning go  N  37 degrees  14 minutes  09 seconds  E along  the
               westerly line of former Treme Street a distance of 53.29  feet to
               point L,  thence  go S  52  degrees 44  minutes  32 seconds  E  a
               distance of 373.70  feet to point  M; thence go  S 37 degrees  13
               minutes 34  seconds W  a distance  of 176.17  feet to  point M-1;
               thence go S 52 degrees 46 minutes 26 seconds E a distance of 6.00
               feet to point M-2; thence go S 37 degrees 13 minutes 34 seconds W
               a distance of 40.00  feet to point N;  thence go S 52  degrees 46
               minutes 26  seconds E a distance of 9.00  feet to point O; thence
               go S 37 degrees 13  minutes 34 seconds W a distance of 55.33 feet
               to point  P; thence go  N 52  degrees 46 minutes  26 seconds W  a
               distance of  9.00 feet  to point  Q; thence  go S  37 degrees  13
               minutes 34  seconds W  a  distance of  40.00 feet  to point  Q-1;
               thence go N 52 degrees 46 minutes 26 seconds W a distance of 6.00
               feet to point Q-2; thence go S 37 degrees 13 minutes 34 seconds W
               a distance of 151.06 feet to  point R; thence go S 67  degrees 43
               minutes 42 seconds  W a distance of  120.84 feet to the  easterly
               right of  way  of Basin-Orleans  Connection and  point E;  thence
               along  said line in  a northerly direction  along a curve  to the
               left with a radius of 507.50 feet, an arc distance of 166.94 feet
               to point F; thence  continue along the easterly  right of way  of
               Basin-Orleans Connection N  41 degrees 51 minutes 45  seconds W a
               distance  of 171.11 feet  to point  G; thence  go in  a northerly
               direction along a curve to the left with a radius of  148.00 feet
               an arc  distance of  58.47 feet  to  the westerly  line of  Treme
               Street and point  H; thence go N 52 degrees 45 minutes 51 seconds
               W a distance of 33.93 feet to  point I; thence go N 37 degrees 14
               minutes 09 seconds E  a distance of 227.37 feet to  the northerly
               right  of way of former Orleans  Street and point J; thence along
               said line  S 53  degrees 05 minutes  37 seconds  E a  distance of
               33.93 feet to the westerly right of way of former Treme Street at
               point  K; thence  along  said line  N 37  degrees  14 minutes  09
               seconds  E a distance  of 138.92 feet to  the point of beginning,
               containing 201,225 square feet.



                                         B-46










                                            LEASE 2
                                            -------

               From  the intersection  of the  northerly  right of  way line  of
               former St. Ann Street and the westerly line  of N. Rampart Street
               which forms the  southeast corner of former Square  114, at point
               AAA, thence  along the westerly  line of N.  Rampart Street S  37
               degrees 14  minutes 40 seconds W a distance  of 395.50 ft. to the
               north line  of St.  Peter Street,  52.00 ft.  wide, and  point A;
               thence along the north line of St.  Peter Street, 52.00 ft. wide,
               N 53 degrees 5 minutes 37 seconds W, 192.17 ft. to the projection
               of the  westerly line of Basin Street at point B and the point of
               beginning; thence along  the westerly line of Basin  Street, S 37
               degrees 14 minutes 28 seconds W, 293.36 ft. to point C,  thence N
               57 degrees  15 minutes 46  seconds W,  37.10 ft. to  the easterly
               line of  the Orleans-Basin  Connection at  point D,  thence along
               said  line along a curve to the left with a radius of 507.50 ft.,
               an arc length  of 204.76 ft. to  point E, thence N  67 degrees 43
               minutes 42 seconds  E, 120.84 ft. to point R, thence N 37 degrees
               13 minutes  34 seconds  E, 57.15 ft.  to point  B-1; thence  S 53
               degrees 5 minutes  37 seconds E,  128.48 ft. to  point B and  the
               point of beginning, containing 37,727 square feet.

                                            LEASE 3
                                            -------

               Beginning at the  intersection of the southern right  of way line
               of  former St. Ann  Street and the westerly  line of former Treme
               Street which  forms the  northeast corner of  square 149  and the
               point  of  beginning and  point  S,  thence  from said  point  of
               beginning go along the southern right  of way line of former  St.
               Ann Street  N 52 degrees  44 minutes 32  seconds W a  distance of
               256.93 feet to  the easterly right of  way line of former  Marais
               Street  and point  T;  thence along  said  line S  37 degrees  15
               minutes 16 seconds  W a distance of 140.50  feet to the northerly
               right of  way line of former  Orleans Street and  point U; thence
               along said line S  53 degrees 05 minutes 37 seconds  E a distance
               of 222.85  feet to  the westerly  line of  Lease 1  and point  J;
               thence along  the  westerly line  of  Lease 1,  S 37  degrees  14
               minutes 09 seconds W a distance of 227.37 feet to point I; thence
               go S 52 degrees 45 minutes 51 seconds E a distance of  33.93 feet
               to the westerly line of former  Treme Street and point H;  thence
               go in a  southerly direction along  a curve to  the right with  a
               radius  of  148.00 feet,  an arc  distance of  58.47 feet  to the
               easterly line of the Basin-Orleans Connection and point G; thence
               along said line N  41 degrees 51 minutes 45 seconds  W a distance
               of 19.72 feet  to a point of  curve and point V;  thence continue
               along  the easterly  line of  the Basin-Orleans  Connection in  a
               northerly direction along  a curve to the right with  a radius of
               411.50 feet an  arc distance of 191.16 feet to a point of tangent
               and point W; thence continue along the Basin-Orleans Connection N
               15 degrees 14 minutes 45 seconds W a distance of 181.01 feet to a
               point of curve  and point X; thence in a westerly direction along
               a curve to the left with a radius of 432.00 feet an  arc distance
               of  181.32 feet to point Y; thence  go N 29 degrees 21 minutes 28
               seconds W a distance of 61.81  feet to the easterly right of  way



                                         B-47










               of  N. Villere Street  and point Z;  thence along said  line N 37
               degrees 13 minutes 18 seconds E a  distance of 551.57 feet to the
               northerly line of former Dumaine Street and the  southwest corner
               of Square 169 and point  AA; thence along the northerly right  of
               way of former Dumaine Street S 52 degrees 34 minutes 18 seconds E
               a distance of 256.55  feet to westerly line of  Marais Street and
               point BB;  thence along  said line  N 37  degrees  15 minutes  16
               seconds E  a distance of 327.94  feet to the northeast  corner of
               Square 169 and the southern line St.  Philip Street and point CC;
               thence  along said line  S 52 degrees  13 minutes 13  seconds E a
               distance  of 315.80 feet  to the easterly  side of a  6" concrete
               curb  projected and point DD; thence  continue along the easterly
               side of  a 6" concrete curb S 37 degrees  45 minutes 47 seconds W
               seconds a distance of 326.01 feet to the northerly line of former
               Dumaine Street and point EE; thence along said  line N 52 degrees
               34 minutes  18 seconds W a distance of  3.00 feet to the westerly
               right  of way of former  Treme Street and  point FF; thence along
               said  line S  37 degrees 14  minutes 09  seconds W a  distance of
               106.00 feet to the northerly edge of a 6" concrete curb projected
               and point GG;  thence along the northerly  edge of a 6"  concrete
               curb N 52  degrees 47 minutes W a distance of  226.00 feet to the
               westerly edge of a  6" concrete curb  and point HH; thence  along
               said curb S 37 degrees 13 minutes  W a distance of 19.42 feet  to
               the northerly edge  of a  6" concrete curb  and point II;  thence
               along said curb  N 52 degrees 47  minutes W a distance  of 105.02
               feet to point JJ; thence go S 37 degrees 15 minutes 28  seconds W
               along a 6' wood fence a  distance of 184.24 feet to the  northern
               line of a 110.00 foot wide utility servitude and point KK; thence
               along said line S  52 degrees 44 minutes 32 seconds  E a distance
               of 331.07  feet to the westerly  line of former Treme  Street and
               point  LL;  thence along  said line  S 37  degrees 14  minutes 09
               seconds W  a distance of  110.00 feet to the  point of beginning,
               containing 391,608 square feet.
























                                         B-48










                                    CITY LEASED EMPLOYEE AND
                              BUS PARKING SUPPORT FACILITY PREMISES
                              -------------------------------------


               Four  certain  street  parcels located  in  the  Second Municipal
               District  of  the City  of  New  Orleans designated  as  Toulouse
               Street,  Treme Street, N.  Villere Street and  Marais Street, and
               Lot  C.N.O.-1 all  as shown  on a  Lease Map  prepared for  Grand
               Palais  Casino, Inc.  dated June  16, 1993; revised  December 29,
               1993 (Dwg.  No. T-131-2A)  and each  parcel is  more particularly
               described as follows, to wit:


                                        TOULOUSE STREET
                                        ---------------


               A certain  parcel of Street  R/W, 58.54 feet wide,  lying between
               Marais  Street and Treme  Street, more particularly  described as
               follows:

               Begin at point b at the  intersection of the east line of  Marais
               Street with the  south line of Toulouse Street;  thence along the
               line of  Marais Street, N 37 -13'-40" E, 58.54 feet to point z on
               the north line  of Toulouse Street; thence  along same, S 53 -3'-
               55" E, 256.73 feet  to the west line of Treme  Street at point p;
               thence along  the projection of  said west line of  Treme Street,
               S 37 -14' W, 58.54 feet to the south line of Toulouse  Street and
               north line of Lot N.O.T.C.-1; thence along said line N 53 -3'-55"
               W, 256.73  feet to  Marais Street  at point  b and  the point  of
               beginning, containing 15,029 square feet.


                                          TREME STREET
                                          ------------


               A certain  parcel of Street  R/W, 53.29 feet wide,  lying between
               the  northerly line  of  Lot  N.O.T.C.-1  and  the  Orleans-Basin
               Connection, more particularly described as follows:

               Begin at  point c  at the intersection  of the southerly  line of
               Toulouse Street with  the easterly line  of Treme Street;  thence
               N 37 -14' E, 162.41 feet to point  d on the westerly line of  the
               Orleans-Basin Connection,  thence along said  line, N 36 -12'-39"
               W, 55.60 feet  to point o on  the westerly line of  Treme Street;
               thence along said line S 37 -14'  W, 178.53 feet to the southerly
               line of Toulouse Street and the northerly line of Lot N.O.T.C.-1;
               thence along said line S 53 -3'-55" E, 53.29 feet to the point of
               beginning, containing 9,084.3 square feet.









                                         B-49










                                      NORTH VILLERE STREET
                                      --------------------


               A certain  parcel of Street  R/W, 53.29 feet wide,  lying between
               St. Louis Street  and former Street Parcel S-2, more particularly
               described as follows:

               Beginning at the  intersection of the  existing westerly line  of
               North Villere Street with the  northerly line of St. Louis Street
               at  point t,  thence along  the  westerly line  of North  Villere
               Street, N 37 -13'-30" E, 387.70 feet to point xx on the southerly
               line of former  Street Parcel S-2; thence along  said line S 57 -
               30'-38" E,  53.47 feet to point yy on  the easterly line of North
               Villere  Street; thence along  said line S 37 -13'-30"  W, 391.77
               feet to point k on the northerly line of St. Louis Street; thence
               along said  line N 53 -8' W, 53.29 feet to  point t and the point
               of beginning, containing 20,769 square feet.


                                         MARAIS STREET
                                         -------------


               A certain  parcel of Street  R/W, 53.29 feet wide,  lying between
               St.  Louis  Street and  the  northerly  line of  Toulouse  Street
               projected, more particularly described as follows:

               Beginning at  the intersection  of the  westerly  line of  Marais
               Street  with the northerly line  of St. Louis  Street at point j;
               thence along the westerly line of Marais Street, N 37 -13'-40" E,
               378.08 feet  to point q  on the  southerly line of  lot C.N.O.-1;
               thence along said  line S 53 -3'-55" E, 53.29 feet to  point z on
               the  easterly  line of  Marais  Street, thence  along  said line,
               S 37 -13'-40" W, 378.02 feet to point a on the northerly line  of
               St. Louis Street; thence along  said line, N 53 -8' W, 53.29 feet
               to point j and the point of beginning, containing 20,146.3 square
               feet.


                                          LOT C.N.O.-1
                                          ------------


               Lot  C.N.O.-1 is  situated in  the Second  district, City  of New
               Orleans, State of Louisiana in Square 162-A, bounded by St. Louis
               Street,  North  Villere   Street,  Lafitte  Ave.,   Orleans-Basin
               Connection, Treme Street, Toulouse Street and Marais Street.  Lot
               C.N.O.-1 is in accord  with a subdivision map by Gandolfo, Kuhn &
               Associates dated March 31, 1978 revised May 15, 1978 (Dwg. No. T-
               131-2), approved on  October 16, 1978 and filed  October 25, 1978
               in COB 756 folio 391.

               Said Lot C.N.O.-1 is more particularly described in accord with a
               Lease Map  by Gandolfo,  Kuhn & Associates,  dated June  16, 1993
               with additions  dated December  29,  1993 (Dwg.  No. T-131-2A)  a




                                         B-50










               print of  which is  attached hereto  and made a  part hereof,  as
               follows:

               Begin at  point l at the intersection of  the easterly line of N.
               Villere Street with  the southerly line of Lafitte Avenue, thence
               along the easterly line of North Villere Street, S 37 -13'-30" W,
               235.46  feet to  a point  s  on the  division  line between  lots
               C.N.O.-1 and N.O.T.C.-2; thence along said line, S 52 -46'-20" E,
               256.46 feet to a point r  on the westerly line of Marais  Street;
               thence along said line, N 37 -13'-40" E, 113.92 feet to a point q
               on the projected northerly line of  Toulouse Street; thence along
               said line,  S 53 -3'-55" E,  310.02  feet to  a  point p  on  the
               westerly  line of Treme Street; thence along said line, N 37 -14'
               E, 119.99 feet to a point o on the westerly line of Orleans-Basin
               Connection; thence along said line N 36 -46'-20" W, 36.31 feet to
               point  n; thence continue  along said  line of  the Orleans-Basin
               Connection  and the southerly line of Lafitte Ave., N 52 -46'-20"
               W, 411 feet  to point m; thence  N 57 -31'-51" W, 121.01  feet to
               point l and  the point of beginning,  containing 102,731.5 square
               feet.





































                                         B-51









                                      EXHIBIT C
                                      ---------



                CONTRIBUTED STUDIES, PLANS, REPORTS AND SPECIFICATIONS
                ------------------------------------------------------



          A.   Rivergate Site Items
               --------------------



          Regulated Materials (PRCMs)             Ecal/W.D.Scott Group

          Regulated Materials (PRCMs)             Mid-West Enviro

          Regulated Materials (PRCMS)             Industrial Cleanup Inc.

          



          PCB Remediation                         W.D. Scott Group

          Asbestos Abatement                      Dalco/W.D. Scott Group/ECAL

          





     B.   Municipal Auditorium Items
          --------------------------



          Regulated Material (PRCMs)              Ecal/W.D. Scott Group


          Lead Base Paint                         Ecal/W.D. Scott Group


          Asbestos Abatement                      Dalco/W.D. Scott Group






     C.   Norfolk Southern Site Items
          ---------------------------



          Soil Investigation                      Mid-West Enviro.


                                         C-1








          ESA Report on Office Bldg.                   Dalco/W.D. Scott Group

     





     D.   Bill Rosenberg Items
          --------------------



          ESA Reports for Act of Sale                  W.D. Scott





     E.   Bauer Interiors Items
          ---------------------



          FF&E Inventory





     F.   Miscellaneous Contract and Other Items
          --------------------------------------



               1.   All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Metro Consulting,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections, processes,

          ideas, schedules, reports, studies and other work product or

          materials, written or otherwise, produced or created by Metro

          Consulting in connection with the development of the Open Access

          Plan designed to provide opportunities to minority and women

          owned businesses during the casino project's construction and

          operations phase, including without limitation the process for

          certifying that potential providers of products or services meet

          the requirements of the Open Access Plan.






                                         C-2








               2.   All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Thomas Heier,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections, processes,

          ideas, schedules, reports, studies and other work product and

          materials, written or otherwise, produced or created by Thomas

          Heier in connection with the negotiation and development of a

          Project Labor Agreement with local unions on behalf of Grand

          Palais.



               3.   All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Tucker & Associates,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections, processes,

          ideas, schedules, reports, studies and other work product and

          materials, written or otherwise, produced or created by Tucker &

          Associates in connection with its provision of management

          information/computer system services and/or the development of

          project scheduling and budgeting formats for Grand Palais.



               4.   All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Bennett Bacon,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections,

          assessments, evaluations, tests, processes, ideas, schedules,

          reports, studies, and other work product and materials, written

          or otherwise, produced or created by Bennett Bacon in connection

          with Bennet Bacon's analysis of environmental conditions at both

          the Rivergate and Municipal Auditorium sites.



               5.   All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Projects


                                         C-3








          International, together with all agreements, contracts,

          projections, processes, ideas, schedules, reports, studies,

          renderings, drawings, plans, specifications, work product and

          other materials, written or otherwise, produced or created by

          Projects International in connection with its design of

          architectural and engineering concepts in support of the

          governmental agency approval process for the Grand Palais Casino

          and the Municipal Auditorium Temporary Casino.



               6.   All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Billes Manning,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections, processes,

          ideas, schedules, reports, studies, renderings, drawings, plans,

          specifications, work product and other materials, written or

          otherwise, produced or created by Billes Manning in connection

          with Billes Manning's services as architect of record for the

          Temporary Casino at the Municipal Auditorium, including without

          limitation the further development of Project International's

          design concepts and the creation of documentation for permitting

          and for construction.  



               7.   All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Morphy Makofsky,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections, processes,

          ideas, schedules, reports, studies, assessments, evaluations,

          tests, work product and other materials, written or otherwise,

          produced or created by Morphy Makofsky projections in connection

          with the Casino development effort and the analysis of structural




                                         C-4








          conditions of existing facilities at the Casino site and

          feasibility of new facilities.



               8.   All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with The Mathes Group,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections, processes,

          ideas, schedules, reports, studies, renderings, drawings, plans,

          specifications, work product and other materials, written or

          otherwise, produced or created by The Mathes Group in connection

          with its provision of design services and documentation

          supplemental to those provided by Projects International during

          the development and approval process for the casino project and,

          also, provision of all code conformance guidance.



               9.   All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Eskew Filson,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections, processes,

          ideas, schedules, reports, studies, renderings, drawings, plans,

          specifications, work product and other materials, written or

          otherwise, produced or created by Eskew Filson in connection with

          the support of Projects International in the conceptual design

          process for the Casino project and provision of graphic

          representation when required by approving agencies.



               10.  All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with W. D. Scott Group,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections, processes,

          ideas, schedules, reports, studies, assessments, evaluations,

          tests, work product and other materials, written or otherwise,


                                         C-5








          produced or created by W. D. Scott Group in connection with the

          performance of environmental consulting services, including the

          survey and analysis of all properties considered in the casino

          development process and assistance in developing time and cost

          estimates for abatement of hazardous materials for both the

          permanent and temporary casino structures.



               11.  All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Gandolfo, Kuhn,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections, processes,

          ideas, schedules, reports, studies, surveys, drawings,

          renderings, work product and other materials, written or

          otherwise, produced or created by Gandolfo, Kuhn in connection

          with the provision of property surveys and property descriptions

          for all properties included in the Lease Agreements with the City

          of New Orleans,



               12.  All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with BFM Corp., together

          with all agreements, contracts, projections, ideas, processes,

          reports, schedules, surveys, assessments, drawings, renderings,

          work product and other materials, written or otherwise, produced

          or created by BFM Corp. in connection with the survey of

          underground and overhead utilities on or around the Rivergate

          site.



               13.  All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Mel, Inc., together

          with all agreements, contracts, projections, ideas, processes,


                                         C-6








          reports, schedules, surveys, assessments, drawings, renderings,

          work product and other materials, written or otherwise, produced

          or created by Mel, Inc. in connection with the survey of

          utilities at the casino project sites in order to have a basis

          with which to discuss relocations of utility lines and service

          with respect of utility companies.



               14.  All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Urban Systems,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections, processes,

          ideas, reports, schedules, studies, renderings, drawings, plans,

          specifications, work product and other materials, written or

          otherwise, produced or created by Urban Systems in connection

          with the documentation required by the State and City approving

          agencies relating to traffic and parking studies and impact

          analyses.



               15.  All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Scale Models

          Unlimited, together with all agreements, contracts, projections,

          ideas, processes, schedules, reports, renderings, drawings,

          models, work product and other materials, written or otherwise,

          produced or created by Scale Models Unlimited in connection with

          its construction of a detailed model of the Grand Palais Casino

          which was presented to State and City approving agencies.



               16.  All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with LPL/NOPSI, together

          with all agreements, contracts, projections, ideas, processes,


                                         C-7








          schedules, reports, studies, assessments, evaluations, tests,

          work product and other materials, written or otherwise, produced

          or created by LPL/NOPSI in connection with the analysis by

          certain LPL/NOPSI engineering groups of the feasibility of

          relocating overhead transmission lines to an underground route at

          the Casino site.



               17   All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Eustis Engineering,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections, ideas,

          processes, schedules, reports, studies, assessments, evaluations,

          tests, work product and other materials, written or otherwise,

          produced or created by Eustis Engineering in connection with

          geotechnical services performed or to be performed for Grand

          Palais Casino, Inc., including soil tests and soil structural

          capacities related to both demolition and new construction at the

          casino project site and advice with regard to stabilization of

          soils in and around the project site.



               18.  All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Controlled

          Demolition, together with all agreements, contracts, projections,

          ideas, processes, schedules, reports, studies, assessments,

          evaluations, tests, work product and other materials, written or

          otherwise, produced or created by Controlled Demolition in

          connection with the feasibility study relating to the time,

          method and cost to demolish the initial Rivergate structure,

          above and below grade.




                                         C-8








               19.  All right, title and interest of Grand Palais in and to

          all of its contracts and/or agreements with Nellie Watson,

          together with all agreements, contracts, projections, ideas,

          processes, schedules, reports, studies, assessments, drawings,

          renderings, plans, work product, reports, and other materials,

          written or otherwise, produced or created by Nellie Watson in

          connection with the construction of a massing model for the

          Casino as required by the City Planning Commission.





          G.   Permanent Casino Items
               ----------------------



          Conditional Use set dated                         11/9/93

          Mechanical Design Criteria dated                  11/18/93

          Electrical Design Criteria dated                  11/24/93

          Architectural Progress set dated                  1/4/94

          Architectural Progress set dated                  1/11/94

          Architectural Progress set dated                  1/18/94

          Architectural Progress set dated                  2/8/94

          Architectural Progress set dated                  2/22/94

          Architectural Progress set dated                  3/1/94

          Architectural Progress set dated                  3/8/94



          Mechanical Pricing Document dated                11/7/94

          Structural Framing Plan dated                    2/21/94

          Structural Foundation Plan dated                  3/1/94

          Conceptual Parking Facility Plans dated           3/7/94

          Survey of Existing Rivergate structure 

               (to be completed)                           3/16/94


                                         C-9








          Structural Load Test Scheduled for                March

          Engineering Report dated                          2/22/94

            by Eustis Engineering

          Schematic Issue of Interiors for

            Buccaneer Bayou dated                            3/9/94

          Schematic Issue of interiors for

            Mansion Casino dated                            3/10/94

          Schematic Issue of Interiors for

            Jazz Casino dated                               3/14/94





          H.   Temporary Casino Items
               ----------------------



          Conditional Use set dated                         10/26/93

          Progress set of plans and specs dated             11/23/93

          Progress set of plans and specs dated             12/10/93

          Progress set of plans and specs dated             12/20/93

          Progress set of plans and specs dated              1/11/94

          Building Permit set dated                          2/11/94

          Construction Document set dated                    3/11/94



          Special Systems Bid Documents dated                2/14/94

          Kitchen Permit set dated                           3/17/94

          Interiors Progress set dated                       1/17/94

          Interiors Progress set dated                        2/7/94

          Interiors Construction Document set dated          3/14/94

          Demolition Permit set dated                        2/22/94



          Civil Design for Employee Parking dated            2/17/94


                                         C-10








          Civil Design for Region "A" Site

            Improvement dated                                1/28/94

          Traffic Study dated                                3/14/94

          Engineering Report dated                            9/8/93

            by Eustis Engineering


















































                                         C-11








                                 EXHIBIT D
                                 ---------



                    OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES INCURRED
                    ------------------------------------

                        ON BEHALF OF THE PARTNERSHIP
                        ----------------------------



     Grand Palais
     ------------



          -    Contract for Professional Services between Celebration

               Park Casino, Inc. and Metro Consulting and Research

               Firm, Inc., dated as of March 1, 1993.



          -    Southern Parking         Lot CP3        Management Services

                                                       30 day termination notice

     



          -    Central Parking          Matt II        Management Services


                                                       30 day termination notice



          -    John Kushner Realty      224 Poydras    Management Services


                                        228 Poydras    30 day termination notice


                                        508 S. Peters

                                        510 S. Peters

                                        512 S. Peters

                                        Lot CP3


                                    D-1








     Harrah's
     --------



          -    Agreement regarding Temporary Casino with Centrax-

               Landis for pre-construction - to date $256,000 and

               costs are continuing to accrue @ $6,500 per month



          -    Agreement regarding Permanent Casino with Centrax-

               Landis to put pilings in ground for $250,000



          -    Honore-Broadmoor - Joint Venture  -  Equipment has been

               purchased totalling $1.5 Million regarding Temporary

               Casino



          -    NOPSI regarding Temporary Casino agreement for a

               transformer for $50,000



          -    Utility Company - Agreement regarding Temporary Casino

               to relocate electrical service - $20,000



          -    Insurance required by Rivergate and Temporary Lease



     Partnership
     -----------



          -  W. D. Scott Group, Inc.    Environmental Analysis     As Needed


             559 Holmes Blvd.             and Remediation

             Suite 200

             Gretna, LA  70056




                                    D-2








          -  M. W. Environmental        Environmental Analysis      As Needed

                                        Norfolk & Southern Site



          -  First American Title       Title Insurance Services    As Needed


                Insurance Company

             237 Lafayette St.

             New Orleans, LA



          -  Gandolfo Kuhn              Survey Services             As Needed


             Civil Engineers & Land 

                Surveyors
































                                    D-3








                                      EXHIBIT E
                                      ---------



                        CLAIMS AND LITIGATION OF THE PARTNERS
                        -------------------------------------





          Grand Palais
          ------------



               -    Claims of Caesar's New Orleans, Inc. asserted in

                    Caesar's New Orleans, Inc. v. Grand Palais Casino,
                    --------------------------------------------------

                    Inc., Case No. 93-22149 filed in the Civil District
                    ----

                    Court for the Parish of Orleans, State of Louisiana,

                    Division C.



               -    Greater Treme Consortium claim



               -    Celebration Park Casino, Inc. v. New York Life

                    Insurance Co., et. al. U.S. District Court for the

                    Eastern District of Louisiana, 93-CV-1453.



               -    Travelers Insurance Co. v. Canal Place Limited

                    Partnership (d/b/a Canal Place 2000), Grand Palais

                    Casino, Inc. and Bodine Land Limited, 93-1054 (JAB), an

                    adversary proceeding of In re Canal Place Limited

                    Partnership, 90-10563 U.S. Bankruptcy Court, Eastern

                    Division of Louisiana.



          Harrah's
          --------



               None


                                         E-1








          NOLDC
          -----



               None 



          Partnership
          -----------



               -    Henry George McCall v. Harry McCall, Jr., Case No. 93-
                    ----------------------------------------

                    6683 filed in the Civil District Court for the Parish

                    of Orleans, State of Louisiana, Division C.










































                                         E-2








                                      EXHIBIT F
                                      ---------



                               CASINO CONCEPTUAL PLANS
                               -----------------------



               EXHIBIT F-1
               -----------



               Temporary Casino Conceptual Plans (All plans produced by
               ---------------------------------

          Billes Manning Architects except for E-1 which was prepared by

          Warren G. Moses)



         T-1     Title Sheet                7/20/93, 8/9/93, 10/18/93, 10/26/93

         C-1     Parking/Zoning Plan        10/18/93, 10/26/93, 11/10/93

         C-2     Circulation Plan           8/9/93, 10/18/93, 10/26/93, 11/10/93

         C-3     Maps                       10/18/93, 10/26/93

         C-4     Maps                       10/18/93, 10/26/93

         U-1     Utility Plan               10/18/93, 10/26/93

         L-1     Conceptual Landscape Plan  10/18/93, 10/26/93, 11/10/93

         L-2     Conceptual Landscape Plan  10/18/93, 10/26/93

         A-0     Referenced Site Plan       10/26/93, 11/10/93

         A-1     First Floor Plan           10/26/93

         A-2     Second Floor Plan          10/26/93

         A-3     Third Floor Plan           10/26/93

         A-4     Fourth Floor Plan          10/26/93

         A-5     Fifth Floor Plan           10/26/93

         A-6     Elevations                 10/18/93, 10/26/93

         A-7     Elevations                 10/18/93, 10/26/93

         A-8     Sections                   10/18/93, 10/26/93

         A-9     Annex Exterior Stairs      10/18/93, 10/26/93

         E-1     Lighting Plan              10/18/93, 10/26/93

                                         F-1









               EXHIBIT F-2
               -----------



               Permanent Casino Conceptual Plans - Progress Set (All plans
               ---------------------------------

          produced by Perez, Ernst, Farnet/Modus, Incorporated)



        A-1     Site Plan                              3-8-94

        A-2     Lower Basement Plan                    3-8-94

        A-3     Upper Basement Plan                    3-8-94

        A-4     First Floor Plan                       3-8-94

        A-5     Second Floor Plan                      3-8-94

        A-6     Mechanical Floor Plan                  3-8-94

        A-10    Roof Plan                              3-8-94

        A-11    Convention Center Blvd. Elevation      3-7-94

        A-11.1  Poydras Street Elevation               3-7-94

        A-11.2  South Peter Street Elevation           3-7-94

        A-11.7  Partial Elevation-Canal Street Entrance   3-8-94

        A-11.8  Partial Elevation Convention Center Blvd. 3-8-94

        A-11.9  Partial Elevation Convention Center Blvd. 3-8-94

        A-11.11 Enlarge Dome Elevation                 3-8-94

        A-12    Building Sections                      3-8-94

        A-12.1  Building Sections                      3-8-94

        A-12.2  Building Sections                      3-8-94

        A-13    Wall Sections                          3-8-94

        A-13.1  Section thru Arcade (1)

                Section thru Entrance Loggia (2)       3-8-94


                                       F-2








        A-13.2  Wall Section at Tower (2)

                Horizontal Detail at Light Cove (3)

                Wall Section at Central "Platform" (4)

                Wall Section at Lower Eaue (5)         3-8-94

        A-13.3  Canopy Section                         3-8-94

        A-13.4  Section at South Peters Street Entrance (3)

                Entablature at Colanade (4)            3-8-94

        A-25    Partial Plan at the Porte Cochere (1)

                Partial Plan at South Peter Canope (2) 3-8-94

        A-25.1  Partial Canopy Section (1)

                Partial Canopy Section (2)             3-8-94

        A-25.2  Truss Elevations (1)

                Connection Details (2)                 3-8-94

        V-C-1   Stair Information                      3-8-94

        V-C-2   Elevator/Escalator Information         3-8-94

        V-C-3   Lower Basement Vertical Circulation Identification  3-8-94

        V-C-4   Upper Basement Vertical Circulation Identification  3-8-94

        V-C-5   First Floor Vertical Circulation Identification     3-8-94

        V-C-6   Second Floor Vertical Circulation Identification    3-8-94

        V-C-7   Stairs Detail                          3-8-94

        V-C-8   Stairs Detail                          3-8-94

        D/P-1   Door and Partition Types (Lower Basement Plan) 3-8-94

        D/P-2   Door and Partition Types (Upper Basement Plan) 3-8-94

        D/P-3   Door and Partition Types (First Level Floor Plan)   3-8-94



                                       F-3








        D/P-4   Door and Partition Types (Second Level Floor Plan)  3-8-94

        D/P-5   Door and Partition Types (Mechanical Floor Plan)    3-8-94

        D/P-6   Partition Schedule - Wall Types        3-8-94

        D/P-7   Door Schedule - Upper Level,

                Lower Level & First Floor              3-8-94

        D/P-8   Door Schedule - Continuation of

                First Floor, Second, Mechanical Floor  3-8-94

        D/P-9   Metal Frame and Door Frame Details     3-8-94

        SHT-1   Preliminary Grading Plan               3-8-94

        SHT-2   Preliminary Grading Plans              3-8-94

        SHT-3   Preliminary Grading Plans              3-8-94

        SHT-4   Preliminary Grading Plans              3-8-94

        SHT-5   Preliminary Grading Plans              3-8-94

        SHT-6   Preliminary Grading Plans              3-8-94

        SHT-7   Preliminary Grading Plans              3-8-94

        SHT-8   Preliminary Grading Plans              3-8-94



             Permanent Casino Conceptual Plans - Poydras Parking Facility
             ------------------------------------------------------------

        - Progress Set



        A-2.1   Ground Level Plan - Square 4

                Second Level Plan - Square 4           3-7-94

        A-2.2   Third Level Plan - Square 4

                Fourth thru Ninth Level Plan - Square 4   3-7-94

        A-2.3   Roof Level Plan - Square 4

                Cooling Tower Level Plan - Square 4    3-4-94

        A-2.10  Ground Level Plan - Square 5


                                       F-4








                Second Level Plan - Square 5           3-7-94

        A-2.11  Third thru Fifth Level Plan - Square 5

                Roof Level Plan - Square 5             3-7-94

        A-4.1   Convention Center Blvd. - Square 4

                Fulton St. Elevation - Square 4        3-8-94

        A-4.2   Poydras Street & Lafayette Street      3-8-94

        A-4.3   Enlarged Elevations                    3-8-94

        A-4.11  Small Elevations                       3-8-94

        A-4.12  Partial Elevations - Square 5          3-8-94

        A-5.1   Wall Section                           3-1-94

        A-6.1   1 thru 4 - Mouldings

                5 - Elevations at Typical Openings

                6 - Section at Upper Story Opening

                7 - Plan at Upper Story Openings       3-9-94

        A-6.2   Column Details                         3-7-94



                Elevation - Convention Center

                Blvd. and Fulton Street                2-16-94
























                                       F-5








                                      EXHIBIT G
                                      ---------



                          FORM OF UCC-1 FINANCING STATEMENT
                          ---------------------------------




















































                                         G-1





  THIS FINANCING STATEMENT is presented for filing pursuant to Chapter 9 of the
                             Louisiana Commercial Laws.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1A. DEBTOR (LAST NAME, FIRST, MIDDLE - IF AN         1B. SS# OR EMPLOYER I.D.NO.
    INDIVIDUAL)
      New Orleans/Louisiana Development Corporation        72-1213495
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1C. MAILING ADDRESS
      3500 North Hullen, Metairie, Louisiana 70002
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2A. ADDITIONAL DEBTOR (IF ANY) (LAST NAME, FIRST,    2B. SS# OR EMPLOYER I.D.NO.
    MIDDLE - IF AN INDIVIDUAL)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2C. MAILING ADDRESS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3A. ADDITIONAL DEBTOR OR DEBTOR'S TRADE NAMES OR     3B. SS# OR EMPLOYER I.D.NO.
    STYLES (IF ANY)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3C. MAILING ADDRESS

===========================  SECURED PARTY INFORMATION  ========================
4A. SECURED PARTY                                    4B. SS# OR EMPLOYER I.D.NO.
      Grand Palais Casino, Inc.                            72-1214224
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4C. MAILING ADDRESS
      111 Rue D'Iberville, New Orleans, Louisiana 70130
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5A. ASSIGNEE OF SECURED PARTY (IF ANY)               3B. SS# OR EMPLOYER I.D.NO.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5C. MAILING ADDRESS

=============================  PROPERTY INFORMATION  ===========================
6A. This FINANCING STATEMENT covers the following types or items of property:
      See Exhibit "A" attached hereto and made a part hereof.

6B. [X] Products of collateral are also covered.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7A. Check if applicable and attach legal description of real property:
  [ ] Fixture filing under R.S. 10:9-313
  [ ] Minerals or the like (including oil and gas) or accounts subject to R.S.
      10:9-103(5) will be financed at the wellhead or minehead of the well or
      mine.
  [ ] The debtor(s) do not have an interest of record in the real property.
      (Enter name and social security/employer I.D. number of an owner of record
      in 7B and 7C)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7B. OWNER OF REAL PROPERTY (if other than named      7C. SS# OR EMPLOYER I.D.NO.
    debtor) (Enter name and SS#/employer I.D.
    number of an owner of record)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8A. This statement is filed without the debtor's     8B. [ ] Debtor is a
    signature to perfect a security interest in              Transmitting
    collateral (check [X] if so):                            Utility. Filing is
    [ ] already subject to a security interest in            effective until
        another jurisdiction when it was brought             terminated pursuant
        into this state or debtor's location                 R.S. 10:9-403(8)
        changed to this state.
    [ ] which is proceeds of the original
        collateral described above in which a
        security interest was perfected.
    [ ] as to which the filing has lapsed.
    [ ] acquired after a change of debtor's name,
        identity or corporate structure AND
        social security or employer I.D. number.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. SIGNATURE(S) OF DEBTOR(S)                          12. THIS SPACE FOR USE OF
     New Orleans/Louisiana Development Corporation        FILING OFFICER (DATE,
     By: /s/ T. George Solomon                            TIME, ENTRY # AND
         ---------------------------------------          FILING OFFICER)
     Its: Treasurer
          --------------------------------------          INSTR. No. 36-81833
- ----------------------------------------------------        MORTGAGE OFFICE
10. SIGNATURE(S) OF SECURED PARTY(IES) (if                 PARISH OF ORLEANS
    applicable)
      Grand Palais Casino, Inc.
     By: /s/ Nancy S. Vassey
         ---------------------------------------
     Its: Asst. Secretary
          --------------------------------------
====================================================
11. Return copy to:
    NAME              Gary H. Miller, Esq.            ==========================
    ADDRESS           Jones, Walker                   13. Number of additional
    CITY, STATE                                           sheets presented:  1
    ZIP CODE                                                                ---
================================================================================
LOUISIANA APPROVED FORM UCC-1 SECRETARY OF STATE W. FOX MckEITHEN (REV. 1992)

                                       G-1


Debtor: New Orleans/Louisiana Development Corporation (Federal Tax I.D.
        No. 72-1213495
Secured Party: Grand Palais Casino Inc. (Federal Tax I.D. No. 721214224)

                             EXHIBIT "A"
                                 TO
                      UCC-1 FINANCING STATEMENT

ALL OF DEBTOR'S RIGHTS, TITLE AND INTEREST, IN AND TO THE FOLLOWING
DESCRIBED PROPERTY, WHETHER NOW OWNED OR EXISTING OR HEREAFTER
ACQUIRED OR ARISING, (i) ALL PROCEEDS, INTEREST, PROFITS AND OTHER
PAYMENTS OR RIGHTS TO PAYMENT ATTRIBUTABLE TO DEBTOR'S INTERESTS IN
HARRAH'S JAZZ COMPANY, A LOUISIANA GENERAL PARTNERSHIP, TOGETHER
WITH ANY SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS, (HEREIN CALLED THE "PARTNERSHIP"),
AND ALL DISTRIBUTIONS, CASH, INSTRUMENTS AND OTHER PROPERTY NOW OR
HEREAFTER RECEIVED, RECEIVABLE OR OTHERWISE MADE WITH RESPECT TO OR
IN EXCHANGE FOR ANY INTEREST OF DEBTOR IN THE PARTNERSHIP,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION INTERIM DISTRIBUTIONS, RETURNS OF
CAPITAL, LOAN REPAYMENTS, AND PAYMENTS MADE IN LIQUIDATION OF THE
PARTNERSHIP, AND WHETHER OR NOT THE SAME ARISE OR ARE PAYABLE UNDER
ANY PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OR CERTIFICATE FORMING THE PARTNERSHIP OR
THE RELATIONS AMONG THE PARTNERS IN THE PARTNERSHIP (AND ANY AND
ALL SUCH PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS, CERTIFICATES, AND OTHER AGREEMENTS
BEING HEREIN CALLED THE "PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS"); AND (ii) ALL
OTHER INTERESTS AND RIGHTS OF GRANTOR IN THE PARTNERSHIP, WHETHER
UNDER THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION ANY RIGHT TO CAUSE THE DISSOLUTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP OR
TO APPOINT OR NOMINATE A SUCCESSOR TO GRANTOR AS A PARTNER IN THE
PARTNERSHIP.


                                G-2






                                      EXHIBIT H
                                      ---------



               EXHIBIT H-1
               -----------



            Form of Redemption Provisions to be Included in Holding Entity

                 Articles of Incorporation or other Formative Document    
            --------------------------------------------------------------



                    [Similar provision to be adopted for entities other

          than corporations]



                    Any equity securities of this [corporation] are held

          subject to the condition that the [corporation] has the absolute

          right to redeem such securities by action of the [Board of

          Directors], if, (A) in the judgment of the [Board of Directors],

          any holder of the securities is determined by any gaming

          regulatory agency to be unsuitable, or has an application for a

          license or permit rejected, or has a previously issued license or

          permit rescinded, suspended, revoked or not renewed, as the case

          may be, or that such action otherwise should be taken to the

          extent necessary to avoid any regulatory sanctions or, to prevent

          the loss of or secure the reinstatement of any gaming license,

          franchise or entitlement from any governmental agency held by the

          [corporation], any affiliate of the [corporation] or any entity

          in which such [corporation] or affiliate is an owner, which

          gaming license, franchise or entitlement is (i) conditioned upon

          some or all of the holders of securities possessing prescribed

          qualifications, or (ii) needed to allow the conduct of any

          portion of the business of the [corporation] or any such

          affiliate or other entity; or (B) the holder of any equity


                                         H-1








          security of this [corporation] fails to enforce the provisions of

          the last paragraph of this [Article ___] against its direct

          owners or any parties Controlled by, Controlling, or under common

          Control with such holder ("Control" shall be as defined in the

          Partnership Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company); provided that no

          holder of any equity security of this [corporation] whose equity

          securities are publicly traded pursuant to the Securities

          Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and traded on the New York

          Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, or NASDAQ be

          required to enforce the provisions of the last paragraph of this

          [Article ___].



                    The terms of such redemption shall permit the

          [corporation] to redeem the equity securities of a disqualified

          holder at a redemption price equal to the fair market value of

          such securities, excluding any dividends or other remuneration

          thereon from the date the [corporation] receives notice of a

          determination of unsuitability or disqualification from the

          government agency, or in such lesser amount as may be specified

          by any applicable gaming law, regulation or rule. 



                    From and after the redemption date or such earlier date

          as mandated by any applicable gaming law, regulation or rule, any

          and all rights of whatever nature, which may be held by the

          owners of any equity securities of the [corporation] selected for

          redemption (including any rights to vote or participate in any

          distributions of the [corporation]), shall cease and terminate

          and they shall thereafter be entitled only to receive that amount

          payable upon redemption.


                                         H-2








                    The holder of any equity security of this [corporation]

          shall require that the articles of incorporation, charters,

          partnership agreements or other formative documents of each

          person or entity owning a direct interest in such holder or who

          are Controlled by, Control, or under common Control with such

          holder (other than a holder who has been exempted from a

          suitability determination by any gaming regulatory agency) shall

          incorporate the provisions of this [Article ___] into their

          formative documents; provided that no holder of any equity

          security of this [corporation] whose equity securities are

          publicly traded pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,

          as amended, and traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the

          American Stock Exchange, or NASDAQ shall be required to

          incorporate the provisions of this [Article ___] into their

          formative documents.



               EXHIBIT H-2
               -----------



                         Form of Provision For Loan Documents
                         ------------------------------------



                    If [the lender to the [corporation]] (the "Holder") is

          required to qualify or be found suitable under any applicable

          gaming law, regulation or rule and does not so qualify or

          otherwise does not meet the suitability standards pursuant to any

          applicable gaming law, regulation or rule, the Holder shall and

          hereby agrees to sell [describe debt] to a suitable holder or

          holders (the "Substitute Holder") that assume(s) and accept(s)

          the rights and obligations of the Holder.  If the Holder fails to

          sell [describe debt] to a Substitute Holder within thirty (30)


                                         H-3








          days of being determined unsuitable or unqualified, or such

          lesser period of time as specified by any applicable gaming law,

          regulation or rule, the [corporation] may designate a Substitute

          Holder within an additional thirty (30) day period, or such

          lesser period of time as specified by any applicable gaming law,

          regulation or rule, or may at its election upon written notice to

          the Holder, subject to all restrictions of any applicable gaming

          law, regulation or rule, immediately redeem the Holder's

          [describe debt] by payment of all principal, interest and other

          amounts due with respect to such [describe debt].  To the extent

          and for so long as required by any applicable gaming law,

          regulation or rule, the Holder agrees that upon the Holder being

          determined unsuitable or unqualified, the redemption of the

          Holder's [describe debt] and all payments to and rights of such

          Holder shall be subject to all restrictions of any applicable

          gaming law, regulation or rule.



               EXHIBIT H-3
               -----------



                         Form of Security Legend Regarding Lease
                         ---------------------------------------

          Restrictions
          ------------



                    The certificate shall bear a statement that the

          security is subject to the following restrictions:



                         This security is held subject to transfer

                    restrictions of the Rivergate Development Corporation

                    lease set forth in the [Company's Articles of




                                         H-4








                    Incorporation] as more fully set forth in the legend

                    attached to this certificate.



                    The legend to be attached to the certificate shall

          provide substantially as follows:



                    This security is held subject to the transfer

               restrictions described in Section 24.1 of that certain

               Temporary Casino Lease between Rivergate Development

               Corporation as Landlord and Harrah's Jazz Company as Tenant

               and City of New Orleans as Intervenor dated as of March 15,

               1994, and the transfer restrictions described in Section

               24.1 of that certain Permanent Casino Lease between

               Rivergate Development Corporation as Landlord and Harrah's

               Jazz Company as Tenant and City of New Orleans as Intervenor

               dated as of March 15, 1994, and any transfer in violation of

               any such restrictions shall be void at its inception.



               EXHIBIT H-4
               -----------



                         Form of Security Legend Regarding LEDGC
                         ---------------------------------------

                         Restrictions
                         ------------



                    The certificate shall bear a statement on both sides

          that the security is subject to the following restrictions:



                         This security is held subject to transfer and

                    distribution restrictions of the Louisiana Economic

                    Development and Gaming Corporation set forth in the


                                         H-5








                    [Company's Articles of Incorporation] as more fully set

                    forth in the legend attached to this certificate.



                    The legend to be attached to the certificate shall

          provide substantially as follows (or as otherwise specified by

          LEDGC):



                    The purported sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or

               other disposition of this security must receive the prior

               approval of the Louisiana Economic Development and Gaming

               Corporation.  The purported sale, assignment, transfer,

               pledge or other disposition of any security or securities

               issued by the company is void unless approved in advance by

               the Louisiana Economic Development and Gaming Corporation. 

               If at any time an individual owner of any such security is

               determined to be disqualified under the Louisiana Economic

               Development and Gaming Act to continue as a licensee or

               suitable person to hold such security, the company shall

               ensure that the holder does not receive any dividend or

               interest upon any such security, exercise, directly or

               indirectly through any trustee or nominee, any voting right

               conferred by such security, receive remuneration in any form

               from the Company or Harrah's Jazz Company for services

               rendered or otherwise receive any economic benefit from the

               company or Harrah's Jazz Company, or function as a manager,

               officer, director or partner of the company or Harrah's Jazz

               Company.






                                         H-6








               EXHIBIT H-5
               -----------



                         Form of Security Legend Regarding Partnership
                         ---------------------------------------------

          Agreement Transfer Restrictions and Redemption Requirements
          -----------------------------------------------------------



                    The certificate shall bear a statement that the

          security is subject to the following restrictions:



                         This security is held subject to transfer

                    restrictions and redemption requirements of Harrah's

                    Jazz Company set forth in the [Company's Articles of

                    Incorporation] as more fully set forth in the legend

                    attached to this certificate.



                    The legend to be attached to the certificate shall

          provide substantially as follows:



                    This security is held subject to the transfer

               restrictions described in Article 6 of that certain Amended

               and Restated Partnership Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company

               dated as of March 15, 1994, and any transfer in violation of

               such restrictions shall be void at its inception.



                    This security is held subject to the condition that the

               [corporation] has the absolute right to redeem this security

               by action of the [Board of Directors], if in the judgment of

               the [Board of Directors] any holder of this security is

               determined by any gaming regulatory agency to be unsuitable,

               or has an application for license or permit rejected, or has


                                         H-7








               a previously issued license or permit rescinded, suspended,

               revoked or not renewed, as the case may be, or that such

               action should be taken to the extent necessary to avoid any

               regulatory sanctions or, to prevent the loss of or secure

               the reinstatement of any gaming license, franchise or other

               entitlement from any governmental agency held by the

               [corporation], any affiliate of the [corporation] or any

               entity in which such affiliate or [corporation] is a an

               owner, which gaming license, franchise or other entitlement

               is (i) conditioned upon some or all of the holders of

               securities or interest in such entity possessing prescribed

               qualifications, or (ii) needed to allow the conduct of any

               portion of the business of the [corporation] or any such

               affiliate or entity.  The terms of such redemption shall

               permit the [corporation] to redeem this security at a

               redemption price equal to the fair market value of this

               security, excluding any dividends or other remuneration

               thereon from the date the [corporation] receives notice of a

               determination of unsuitability or disqualification from the

               government agency, or in such lesser amount as may be

               specified by any applicable gaming law, regulation or rule. 

               From and after the redemption date or such earlier date as

               mandated by any applicable gaming law, regulation or rule,

               any and all rights of whatever nature, which may be held by

               the owners of any equity securities of the [corporation]

               selected for redemption (including any rights to vote or

               participate in any distributions of the [corporation]),

               shall cease and terminate and they shall thereafter be

               entitled only to receive that amount payable upon

               redemption.



                                         H-8









                     FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
                    PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF HARRAH'S JAZZ COMPANY

                    THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
          PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF HARRAH'S JAZZ COMPANY (the "Amendment")
          is entered into this 14th day of March 1994, effective as of
          March 15, 1994, by and among HARRAH'S NEW ORLEANS INVESTMENT
          COMPANY, a Nevada corporation ("Harrah's"), NEW ORLEANS/LOUISIANA
          DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, a Louisiana corporation ("NOLDC"), and
          GRAND PALAIS CASINO, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Grand
          Palais").

                                       RECITALS
                                       --------

                    A.   Harrah's, NOLDC and Grand Palais are general
          partners of Harrah's Jazz Company (the "Partnership"), a
          Louisiana general partnership continued pursuant to that certain
          Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement effective as of March
          15, 1994 (the "Partnership Agreement").

                    B.   Harrah's, NOLDC and Grand Palais desire to amend
          the Partnership Agreement.

                                      AGREEMENT
                                      ---------

                    NOW, THEREFORE, Harrah's, NOLDC and Grand Palais hereby
          amend the Partnership Agreement as follows:


                    1.   The following sentence is added at the end of
          Section 4.05(b) of the Partnership Agreement:

                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, as of the date that
                    the Casino Operating Contract is acquired by the
                    Partnership, Grand Palais has not delivered the
                    releases and evidence of termination required by
                    Section 10.03(a)(v) hereof, then, until such items are
                    delivered, the claims of any Indemnified Person(s)
                    under Section 10.02(a) hereof shall not be subject or
                    subordinate to the rights of Institutional Investors
                    holding secured interests in the Partnership Interest
                    of Grand Palais and its direct or indirect transferees.

                    2.   The following clause is added to the end of
          Section 10.03(a)(i) of the Partnership Agreement:

                    ; provided that the release and evidence of termination
                    required by Section 10.03(a)(v) hereof shall have been
                    satisfied.

                    3.   The following sentence is added at the end of
          Section 10.03(a)(v) of the Partnership Agreement:

                    At such time as Grand Palais shall deliver to Harrah's
                    and NOLDC:  (A) an absolute and unconditional release











                    of all of the Indemnified Persons of Harrah's and
                    Indemnified Persons of NOLDC in a form satisfactory to
                    Harrah's and NOLDC duly executed by Caesar's New
                    Orleans, Inc., and any Affiliates of Caesar's New
                    Orleans, Inc. having claims with respect to those
                    matters set forth in Exhibit E hereto; and (B)
                    evidence, satisfactory to First American Title
                    Insurance Company or its successor in its sole
                    discretion, of the termination of that certain
                    Management Agreement by Grand Palais and Caesar's New
                    Orleans, Inc., dated April 27, 1993, recorded April 29,
                    1993, recorded under N.A. No. 93-18483, as Mortgage
                    Office Instrument No. 2068951, in MOB 2951, folio 123;
                    then, the security interest granted hereby by Grand
                    Palais with respect to a thirty two and one-third
                    percent (32 1/3%) Percentage Share shall be released by
                    Harrah's and NOLDC on behalf of their respective
                    Indemnified Persons.

                    4.   The following sentence is added at the end of
          Section 10.03(a)(iii) of the Partnership Agreement:

                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Grand
                    Palais' one percent (1%) Percentage Share be released
                    until the release and evidence of termination
                    conditions of Section 10.03(a)(v) hereof shall have
                    been satisfied.  

                    5.   Except as amended by this Amendment, the
          Partnership Agreement shall be unchanged and shall remain in full
          force and effect.

                    6.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one
          agreement binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all
          parties have not signed the same counterpart.

                    THUS DONE AND PASSED in multiple originals in Orleans
          Parish in the State of Louisiana, on the date first above
          written.

                                             HARRAH'S NEW ORLEANS
                                             INVESTMENT COMPANY, a Nevada
                                             corporation


                                             By /s/ Colin V. Reed
                                                -------------------------
                                                  Colin V. Reed
                                                  Senior Vice President








                                          2











                                             NEW ORLEANS/LOUISIANA
                                             DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, a
                                             Louisiana corporation

                                             By /s/ Wendell H. Gauthier
                                               ----------------------------
                                                  Wendell H. Gauthier,
                                                  Chairman of the Board


                                             GRAND PALAIS CASINO, INC., a
                                             Delaware corporation


                                             By /s/ Christopher B. Hemmeter
                                                ----------------------------
                                                  Christopher B. Hemmeter,
                                                  Chairman of the Board








































                                          3











                                   ACKNOWLEDGEMENT


          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS


                    BEFORE ME, the undersigned notary public duly qualified
          in and for the Parish and State aforesaid, personally came and
          appeared:

                                    Colin V. Reed

          who, after being duly sworn did declare to me that he is the
          Senior Vice President of Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company
          and that by and with the authority of the Board of Directors of
          Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company, he executed the
          foregoing First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Partnership
          Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company as the free and voluntary act
          and deed of such corporation for the purposes therein set forth.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereby subscribed our names
          on this 14th day of March, 1994.

                                             /s/ Colin V. Reed
                                             ------------------------------
          WITNESSES:                         Colin V. Reed
          /s/ Dennis Bourgeois
          -------------------------------
          /s/ Donna J. Mueller
          -------------------------------

                           /s/ Thomas Y. Roberson, Jr.
                           ----------------------------
                                   Notary Public


          My commission expires:
                 At death




























                                   ACKNOWLEDGEMENT


          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS


                    BEFORE ME, the undersigned notary public duly qualified
          in and for the Parish and State aforesaid, personally came and
          appeared:

                                 Wendell H. Gauthier

          who, after being duly sworn did declare to me that he is the
          Chairman of New Orleans/Louisiana Development Corporation and
          that by and with the authority of the Board of Directors of New
          Orleans Louisiana Development Corporation, he executed the
          foregoing First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Partnership
          Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company as the free and voluntary act
          and deed of such corporation for the purposes therein set forth.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereby subscribed our names
          on this 14th day of March, 1994.

                                             /s/ Wendell H. Gauthier
                                             ----------------------------
          WITNESSES:                         Wendell H. Gauthier

          /s/ Dennis Bourgeois
          -----------------------

          /s/ Donna J. Mueller
          -----------------------

                             /s/ Thomas Y. Roberson, Jr.
                             ----------------------------
                                     Notary Public


          My commission expires:
                 At death




























                                   ACKNOWLEDGEMENT


          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS


                    BEFORE ME, the undersigned notary public duly qualified
          in and for the Parish and State aforesaid, personally came and
          appeared:

                               Christopher B. Hemmeter

          who, after being duly sworn did declare to me that he is the
          Chairman of Grand Palais Casino, Inc. and that by and with the
          authority of the Board of Directors of Grand Palais Casino, Inc.,
          he executed the foregoing First Amendment to the Amended and
          Restated Partnership Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company as the
          free and voluntary act and deed of such corporation for the
          purposes therein set forth.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereby subscribed our names
          on this 14th day of March, 1994.


                                             /s/ Christopher B. Hemmeter
                                             ----------------------------
          WITNESSES:                         Christopher B. Hemmeter

          /s/ Dennis Bourgeois
          --------------------

          /s/ Donna J. Mueller
          --------------------

                           /s/ Thomas Y. Roberson, Jr.
                           ---------------------------
                                  Notary Public


          My commission expires:
                 At death

























                                                                      EXHIBIT 11


                       THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED
                       COMPUTATIONS OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
FISCAL YEAR ENDED ---------------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 3, 1993 1992 1992 -------------- -------------- -------------- Income before extraordinary items................................ $ 91,793,000 $ 51,418,000 $ 30,011,000 Extraordinary items, net......................................... (5,447,000) 1,074,000 - -------------- -------------- -------------- Net income....................................................... $ 86,346,000 $ 52,492,000 $ 30,011,000 -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- PRIMARY EARNINGS PER SHARE (1) Weighted average number of common shares outstanding............. 100,678,398 99,409,722 88,478,208 Common stock equivalents Additional shares based on average market price for period applicable to: Restricted stock.................................... 1,045,704 1,399,302 1,693,557 Stock options....................................... 838,272 306,702 308,058 -------------- -------------- -------------- Average number of primary common and common equivalent shares outstanding...................................................... 102,562,374 101,115,726 90,479,823 -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- PRIMARY EARNINGS PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE Income before extraordinary items........................... $ 0.89 $ 0.51 $ 0.33 Extraordinary items......................................... (0.05) 0.01 - -------------- -------------- -------------- Net income.................................................. $ 0.84 $ 0.52 $ 0.33 -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE (1) Average number of primary common and common equivalent shares outstanding...................................................... 102,562,374 101,115,726 90,479,823 Additional shares based on period-end price applicable to: Restricted stock....................................... 11,497 - 444,126 Stock options.......................................... 107,454 304,263 30,795 -------------- -------------- -------------- Average number of fully diluted common and common equivalent shares outstanding............................................... 102,681,325 101,419,989 90,954,744 -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE Income before extraordinary items........................... $ 0.89 $ 0.51 $ 0.33 Extraordinary items......................................... (0.05) 0.01 - -------------- -------------- -------------- Net income.................................................. $ 0.84 $ 0.52 $ 0.33 -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
- --------------- (1) Retroactively adjusted for stock splits. (See Note 3 on page 15 of Book Two of the Annual Report.)

                                                                      EXHIBIT 12


                       THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED
                             COMPUTATIONS OF RATIOS
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIO AMOUNTS)
FISCAL YEAR ---------------------------------------------------------- 1993 1992 1991 1990 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- RETURN ON REVENUES-CONTINUING Income from continuing operations.......... $ 91,793 $ 51,418 $ 30,011 $ 23,353 Revenues................................... 1,251,855 1,113,066 1,031,112 1,004,206 Return.................................. 7.3% 4.6% 2.9% 2.3% RETURN ON AVERAGE INVESTED CAPITAL Income from continuing operations.......... $ 91,793 $ 51,418 $ 30,011 $ 23,353 Add: Interest expense after tax............ 60,633 74,518 84,415 74,705 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- $ 152,426 $ 125,936 $ 114,426 $ 98,058 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Average invested capital................... $ 1,444,747 $ 1,361,793 $ 1,262,939 $ 1,257,902 Return.................................. 10.6% 9.2% 9.1% 7.8% RETURN ON AVERAGE EQUITY Income from continuing operations.......... $ 91,793 $ 51,418 $ 30,011 $ 23,353 Average equity............................. 474,733 395,212 289,361 231,550 Return.................................. 19.3% 13.0% 10.4% 10.1% RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES Income from continuing operations.......... $ 91,793 $ 51,418 $ 30,011 $ 23,353 Add/(less) Provision for income taxes.............. 73,262 36,881 22,183 20,710 Interest expense........................ 106,232 118,278 130,796 117,636 Interest included in rental expense..... 7,207 4,891 5,446 5,117 Amortization of capitalized interest.... 892 790 2,233 718 Dividends received from equity investments........................... 441 (Income) or loss from equity investments........................... (1,585) (628) 418 1,171 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Earnings as defined................ $ 278,242 $ 211,630 $ 191,087 $ 168,705 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Interest expense........................... $ 106,232 $ 118,278 $ 130,796 $ 117,636 Capitalized interest....................... 3,127 2,379 3,014 10,612 Interest included in rental expense........ 7,207 4,891 5,446 5,117 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Total fixed charges................ $ 116,566 $ 125,548 $ 139,256 $ 133,365 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Ratio of earnings to fixed charges...... 2.4 1.7 1.4 1.3 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
EXHIBIT 12 (CONTINUED) THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED COMPUTATIONS OF RATIOS (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIO AMOUNTS)
FISCAL YEAR ---------------------------------------------------------- 1993 1992 1991 1990 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- CURRENT RATIO Current assets............................. $ 163,558 $ 137,147 $ 117,351 $ 110,319 Current liabilities........................ 252,004 157,283 221,814 204,013 Ratio................................... 0.6 0.9 0.5 0.5 RATIO OF BOOK EQUITY TO DEBT Book equity as of fiscal year-end.......... $ 536,037 $ 427,930 $ 375,035 $ 213,289 Total debt................................. 841,964 881,325 887,468 956,947 Ratio................................... 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.2 RATIO OF MARKET EQUITY TO DEBT Market equity as of fiscal year-end........ $ 4,678,304 $ 1,867,828 $ 743,369 $ 399,795 Total debt................................. 841,964 881,325 887,468 956,947 Ratio................................... 5.6 2.1 0.8 0.4 RATIO OF EBITDA TO INTEREST PAID Income before extraordinary items.......... $ 91,793 $ 51,418 $ 30,011 $ 23,353 Add/(less) Income tax provision.................... 73,262 36,881 22,183 20,710 Interest expense........................ 106,561 118,282 133,992 118,580 Interest expense of nonconsolidated affiliates............................ (12,707) (14,395) (19,122) (15,833) Depreciation and amortization........... 98,095 92,342 88,073 82,073 Deferred finance charge amortization.... (4,107) (5,863) (6,704) (5,855) Amortization of debt discounts and premiums.............................. (1,041) (1,661) (649) 153 Net losses of and distributions from nonconsolidated affiliates............ 2,782 6,452 13,431 12,713 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization... $ 354,638 $ 283,456 $ 261,215 $ 235,894 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Interest expense........................... $ 106,561 $ 118,282 $ 133,992 $ 118,580 Add/(less) Interest expense of nonconsolidated affiliates............................ (12,707) (14,395) (19,122) (15,833) Deferred finance charge amortization.... (4,107) (5,863) (6,704) (5,855) Amortization of debt discounts and premiums.............................. (1,041) (1,661) (649) 153 Capitalized interest.................... 3,127 2,379 3,014 10,612 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Interest paid...................... $ 91,833 $ 98,742 $ 110,531 $ 107,657 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Ratio of EBITDA to interest paid........ 3.9 2.9 2.4 2.2 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
EXHIBIT 12 (CONTINUED) THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED COMPUTATIONS OF RATIOS (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIO AMOUNTS)
FISCAL YEAR ---------------------------------------------------------- 1993 1992 1991 1990 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- RATIO OF DEBT TO EBITDA Total debt................................. $ 841,964 $ 881,325 $ 887,468 $ 956,947 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Income before extraordinary items.......... $ 91,793 $ 51,418 $ 30,011 $ 23,353 Add/(less) Income tax provision.................... 73,262 36,881 22,183 20,710 Interest expense........................ 106,561 118,282 133,992 118,580 Interest expense of nonconsolidated affiliates............................ (12,707) (14,395) (19,122) (15,833) Depreciation and amortization........... 98,095 92,342 88,073 82,073 Deferred finance charge amortization.... (4,107) (5,863) (6,704) (5,855) Amortization of debt discounts and premiums.............................. (1,041) (1,661) (649) 153 Net losses of and distributions from nonconsolidated affiliates............ 2,782 6,452 13,431 12,713 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization... $ 354,638 $ 283,456 $ 261,215 $ 235,894 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Ratio of debt to EBITDA...................... 2.4 3.1 3.4 4.1 ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------



            The Promus Companies . 1993 Annual Report . Book Two









                                 The Promus
                                  Companies



                                     1993




                               Financial Review




Operating Results by Segment
(In thousands)

Fiscal Year Ended Percentage ---------------------------------------- Increase (Decrease) December 31, December 31, January 3, -------------------------- 1993 1992 1992 '93 vs. '92 '92 vs. '91 ----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- Casino Entertainment Revenues Casino $ 812,081 $711,777 $686,177 14.1 % 3.7 % Food and beverage 139,522 133,485 129,147 4.5 % 3.4 % Rooms 102,024 94,092 88,749 8.4 % 6.0 % Other 62,322 43,901 39,620 42.0 % 10.8 % Less: casino promotional allowances (100,720) (92,151) (84,750) 9.3 % 8.7 % ---------- -------- -------- Total revenues 1,015,229 891,104 858,943 13.9 % 3.7 % ---------- -------- -------- Operating expenses Departmental direct costs Casino 369,335 334,702 338,529 10.3 % (1.1)% Food and beverage 76,498 71,551 69,702 6.9 % 2.7 % Rooms 33,124 31,958 31,346 3.6 % 2.0 % Other 301,305 265,683 248,571 13.4 % 6.9 % ---------- -------- -------- Total operating expenses 780,262 703,894 688,148 10.8 % 2.3 % ---------- -------- -------- 234,967 187,210 170,795 25.5 % 9.6 % Property transactions - (327) 168 N/M N/M ---------- -------- -------- Operating income $ 234,967 $186,883 $170,963 25.7 % 9.3 % ========== ======== ======== Operating income before property transactions margin 23.1% 21.0% 19.9% 2.1 pts 1.1 pts ========== ======== ======== Hotel Revenues Rooms $ 121,105 $124,192 $ 88,109 (2.5)% 41.0 % Food and beverage 8,094 8,310 6,436 (2.6)% 29.1 % Franchise and management fees 60,359 51,719 45,320 16.7 % 14.1 % Other 40,740 33,993 27,126 19.8 % 25.3 % ---------- -------- -------- Total revenues 230,298 218,214 166,991 5.5 % 30.7 % ---------- -------- -------- Operating expenses Departmental direct costs Rooms 65,529 71,191 51,256 (8.0)% 38.9 % Food and beverage 8,235 8,696 6,127 (5.3)% 41.9 % Other 91,338 89,252 75,358 2.3 % 18.4 % ---------- -------- -------- Total operating expenses 165,102 169,139 132,741 (2.4)% 27.4 % ---------- -------- -------- 65,196 49,075 34,250 32.8 % 43.3 % Property transactions 1,345 (5,713) (1,354) N/M N/M ---------- -------- -------- Operating income $ 66,541 $ 43,362 $ 32,896 53.5 % 31.8 % ========== ======== ======== Operating income before property transactions margin 28.3% 22.5% 20.5% 5.8 pts 2.0 pts ========== ======== ======== Other Revenues $ 6,328 $ 3,748 $ 5,178 68.8 % (27.6)% Operating expenses 3,616 2,577 6,056 40.3 % (57.4)% ---------- -------- -------- Operating income (loss) $ 2,712 $ 1,171 $ (878) N/M N/M ========== ======== ======== Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations The prime objective of management of The Promus Companies Incorporated (Promus) is to create outstanding value for our customers in order to create outstanding value for our stockholders. Since Promus' creation on February 7, 1990, when its stock was spun-off (the Spin-off) to Holiday Corporation (Holiday) stockholders, the commitment to this objective has been evident in Promus' strategic decisions and financial performance and is also reflected in Promus' plans for the future. Since the Spin-off, the per share market value of Promus' common stock has increased more than 300%. Promus operates four leading hospitality brands comprising two business segments: a casino entertainment segment consisting of Harrah's, one of the world's premier names in the casino entertainment industry, and a hotel segment composed of the Embassy Suites, Hampton Inn and Homewood Suites hotel brands (collectively, Promus Hotels). During 1993, unit growth in both business segments and reduced interest expense combined to drive a 65.4% increase in cash flows from operations over the prior year. This increase follows a 38.9% increase in cash flows from operations achieved in 1992 over 1991. Promus' increasing cash flows from operations provides a foundation from which to pursue opportunities to further grow its businesses, either through expansion of existing facilities or development of new projects, and for funding debt service requirements. CAPITAL SPENDING AND DEVELOPMENT Widespread growing acceptance in recent years of casino gaming as a form of entertainment has led to a sweeping transformation of the industry and prompted the proliferation of casino gaming in many new, emerging markets, both domestically and internationally. From the six land-based casinos in operation at the end of 1992 located in the traditional markets of Nevada and New Jersey, Promus' casino entertainment division has grown to include twelve properties in five states. In recognition of the additional opportunities presented by the proliferation of casino gaming and the potential for additional returns to our stockholders, Promus continues to focus the majority of its capital spending on casino entertainment development opportunities. Although the casino entertainment segment's development activities captured the majority of the attention during 1993, the growth achieved by the hotel segment is also noteworthy. After less than 10 years in operation, Promus Hotels has grown to a combined total of over 500 hotels, including more than 50 hotels added in 1993. The growth achieved by Promus Hotels is a testament to the strength and attractiveness of its franchise systems since all 90 hotels added to the systems during 1993 and 1992 were developed by franchisees. Casino Entertainment Development Proliferation of casino entertainment is opening new markets for development of land-based facilities, riverboats, casinos on Indian lands and limited stakes gaming in such venues as historic mining towns. To maintain its leading position in the casino entertainment industry and to further build the value of the Harrah's brand as a national casino brand, Promus continues to actively investigate and pursue development opportunities in emerging markets throughout the U.S. and, to a lesser extent, abroad. Harrah's New Orleans. The year's development activities were highlighted by the Louisiana Economic Development and Gaming Corporation's (LEDGC) selection of a partnership (the Partnership) in which a Promus subsidiary is a partner to negotiate exclusively for a license to develop, own and operate what is expected to be one of the world's largest casinos in New Orleans. A Promus subsidiary has a one-third ownership interest in the project and will supervise the design and construction of the casino. Another Promus subsidiary will manage the operations of the casino for a fee. Construction of a 400,000 square foot permanent casino facility, to include approximately 200,000 square feet of casino gaming space featuring approximately 6,000 slot machines and 200 table games, is expected to be completed in third quarter 1995. 2 During the construction period, the Partnership plans to convert the New Orleans Municipal Auditorium into an approximate 76,000 square foot temporary casino featuring approximately 3,000 slot machines and 85 table games. Depending on timely approvals from governmental and regulatory authorities and satisfaction of other contingencies as discussed below, the temporary casino is projected to be in operation during third quarter 1994. The estimated combined total cost of the permanent casino facility, the temporary casino, significant new parking structures and adjoining commercial buildings and approximately $170 million of upfront payments to the City of New Orleans and the State of Louisiana is approximately $720 million. The Partnership is expecting to finance the project through a combination of partner capital and public and bank debt. The Partnership is currently in process of registering $425 million in debt to be sold through a public offering and arranging $200 million in bank debt. Promus' total capital contribution to this project is expected to be approximately $23.3 million. Promus will provide a completion guarantee for the project, subject to certain exceptions, in exchange for a fee to be paid by the Partnership. Before construction of either the temporary casino in the Municipal Auditorium or the permanent casino facility can begin, certain events must occur. These include execution of leases for the respective sites and obtaining various approvals, contracts and licenses from the appropriate governing bodies including those of the City of New Orleans and the LEDGC. Other conditions and legal issues pertinent to the transaction must also be satisfied, including execution of a definitive partnership agreement and related contracts and securing of financing. Litigation primarily concerning title to the permanent casino site has been decided favorably at the trial court level. However, if the litigation were ultimately decided unfavorably, it may delay or prevent the opening of the casino facilities or adversely affect their operations. Riverboat Casinos. As a result of prior development efforts, riverboat casinos opened during 1993 in Joliet, Illinois, and Tunica and Vicksburg, Mississippi. On January 12, 1994, a second riverboat began operations in Joliet. In addition to the four riverboats now operating, Promus has previously announced the development of the following riverboat casinos and related facilities: Project Cost Expected (in millions) Number of -------------- Percent ------------- Total Spent Targeted Location Owned Slots Tables Est. to Date Opening Date - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shreveport, LA 86% 760 40 $71 $29.6 2nd qtr 1994 North Kansas City, MO 100% 1,225 55 83 15.3 3rd qtr 1994 St. Louis Riverport, MO 100% 1,000 55 82 6.7 4th qtr 1994 Promus is the general partner and also manager, for a fee, of the Shreveport riverboat project. The opening of each project is subject to the approval of various regulatory bodies, and, in Missouri, a state and local referendum is scheduled for April 5, 1994, to address the uncertainty of legalized gaming in that state. Indian Lands. Promus continues to actively pursue development opportunities for casinos on Indian lands under the provisions of the Indian Gaming Regulatory Act of 1988. Promus has entered into management and development agreements for a planned $24.7 million casino entertainment facility near Phoenix, Arizona, to be owned by the Ak-Chin Indian Community of the Maricopa Indian Reservation. Promus does not expect to fund this development, although it may guarantee the related bank financing. Commencement of construction and the opening of the facility are subject to the receipt of necessary approvals from various regulatory agencies, including the National Indian Gaming Commission. Promus will manage the facility for a fee. The Tribal/State Compact between the Ak-Chin Community and the State of Arizona has received approval from the U.S. Department of the Interior. In addition, Promus is in various stages of negotiations with a number of other Indian communities to develop and/or manage facilities on Indian lands. Limited Stakes. During December 1993, Promus acquired a 17% limited partnership interest in an entity which owns two limited stakes casinos in Central City and Black Hawk, Colorado. Both casinos, which are managed by Promus for a fee, are now operated under the Harrah's name, supporting the overall strategy of making Harrah's a national casino entertainment brand. International. During 1993, Promus and its local partner were selected by the government of New Zealand to develop and operate a casino in Auckland, New Zealand. Promus will contribute $15 million in exchange for a 20% interest in the partnership and will manage the facility for a fee. Construction of the $150 million project, to be financed through a combination of partner contributions and specific non-recourse debt, is expected to begin in first quarter 1994, and the facility is projected to be in operation in first quarter 1996. Existing Land-Based Markets. On-going refurbishment and maintenance of Promus' existing casino entertainment facilities in Nevada and New Jersey will continue during 1994 at an estimated cost of $40 million to maintain the quality standards set for Harrah's facilities. No major additions of casino square footage or hotel rooms are currently underway at these properties. Overall. In addition to the projects discussed above, Promus is aggressively pursuing additional casino entertainment development opportunities in various new jurisdictions across the United States and abroad, although no definitive development agreements have been signed and no capital commitments to construct such a facility have been made to third parties at this time. Until all necessary approvals to proceed with development of a project are obtained from the relevant regulatory bodies, the costs of pursuing casino entertainment projects are expensed as incurred. Development costs charged to casino entertainment segment other operating expense amounted to $10.2 million for fiscal 1993 and are expected to continue at or above this level in fiscal 1994. Construction-related costs incurred after the receipt of necessary approvals are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the resulting asset. A number of these casino entertainment development projects, if they go forward, may require, individually and in the aggregate, a significant capital commitment and, if completed, may result in 3 significant additional revenues. The commitment of capital, the timing of completion and the commencement of operations of casino entertainment development projects are contingent upon, among other things, negotiation of final agreements and receipt of approvals from the appropriate political and regulatory bodies. Hotel Development After less than 10 years in operation, Promus Hotels surpassed a major milestone in 1993 with the opening of its 500th system hotel during December 1993. With the opening of 52 franchised properties during 1993, Promus Hotels ended the year with 503 properties in its combined systems. An additional 50 franchised properties were under construction or being converted to Promus brands at December 31, 1993. Of the 50 franchise projects under development at year-end, 41 are Hampton Inns, five are Embassy Suites and four are Homewood Suites. The growth being experienced by the Hampton Inn brand can primarily be attributed to the introduction in 1991 of a downsized Hampton Inn property suitable for smaller markets. A similar concept has been developed for the Homewood Suites brand, and construction of a company-owned prototype of this concept will begin during second quarter 1994. The prototype is expected to be completed by the end of 1994 at a cost of less than $6 million. During 1993, the Hampton Inn & Suites concept was introduced. The combination of rooms and suites in a single property offered by this concept will target a new development segment not currently addressed by existing brands, providing Promus with broadened opportunities for future growth in the hotel segment. During 1993, Promus reduced the number of company-owned hotel properties from 38 to 32 as a result of the transfer of its ownership interests in five Embassy Suites hotels to a third party in exchange for cash, notes receivable and the third party's assumption of the related mortgages, and the sale of an Embassy Suites hotel in an unrelated transaction to a third party for cash and assumption of the related debt. All six properties remain in the Embassy Suites system as franchises and five are being managed by Embassy Suites for a fee. If some of the remaining 32 company-owned properties were sold, some of the proceeds may be used to enhance the brands' growth as part of Promus' on-going strategy. On-going refurbishment of Promus' existing company-owned hotel properties to maintain the quality standards set for those properties will continue in 1994 at an estimated cost of $8.5 million. Summary Cash needed to finance the projects currently under development as well as the additional projects being pursued by Promus will be made available from operating cash flows, the New Facility (see Debt Refinancing Activities section), joint venture partners, specific project financing, guarantees by Promus of third party debt, sales of existing hotel assets and, if necessary, Promus debt and/or equity offerings. Promus' capital expenditures totaled $251 million during 1993. An additional $375 million to $425 million is expected to be spent during 1994 to fund project development, including the projects discussed in this Capital Spending and Development section, refurbishment of existing facilities and other projects. DEBT REFINANCING ACTIVITIES To strengthen its financial structure and better position the Company for growth, during 1993 Promus replaced its existing bank debt with a new, more flexible bank facility; issued $200 million of public debt; filed a shelf registration which can provide access, on an as needed basis, to an additional $200 million of debt financing; and negotiated additional interest rate swap agreements. These actions continued Promus' strategy of freeing its operating cash flows for reinvestment and development purposes by lengthening the maturities of its long-term debt and reducing its current interest payment requirements. As a result of these actions, Promus has effectively provided for its debt maturity requirements into the year 1998. New Bank Facility. Promus' new bank facility is a $650 million reducing revolving and letter of credit facility (New Facility), which not only enabled the Company to prepay the remaining balance of its existing bank debt (Old Facility) but also provides a financing source for future capital expenditures and the necessary liquidity to retire $39.1 million of 10 1/2% Notes maturing in April 1994 and $200 million of 9% Notes maturing in February 1995. Of the total $650 million available under the New Facility, there is a sub-limit of $255 million for issuance of letters of credit. At December 31, 1993, $170.0 million in borrowings were outstanding under the New Facility. An additional $222.6 million of the New Facility was committed to back certain letters of credit, including a $204.7 million letter of credit supporting the existing 9% Notes. After consideration of these borrowings, $257.4 million was available to Promus under the New Facility as of December 31, 1993. The approximate $11.5 million of deferred finance charges incurred related to the New Facility are being amortized over the life of the debt using the interest method. 8 3/4% Notes Issuance. During 1993, Promus, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Embassy Suites, Inc. (Embassy), completed a $200 million private placement offering of Embassy's 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2000 (8 3/4% Notes). The net proceeds of approximately $196.3 million from the 8 3/4% Notes were used to prepay amounts due under the Old Facility. The 8 3/4% Notes, which are unsecured and unconditionally guaranteed by Promus, were issued with essentially the same provisions as, and are pari passu in right of payment to, Embassy's 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002 (10 7/8% Notes) issued in 1992. Subsequent to the completion of the private placement, Embassy completed an offering which exchanged all of the 8 3/4% Notes for new notes on the same terms, except the new notes are registered under the Securities Act of 1933. Shelf Registration. To provide additional borrowing capacity and financing flexibility, Embassy has registered up to $200 million of new debt securities pursuant to a shelf registration declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The terms and conditions of these debt securities, which will be unconditionally guaranteed by Promus, will be determined by market conditions at the time of issuance. 4 Interest Rate Agreements. Promus has entered into interest rate swap agreements, as summarized in the following table, in order to benefit from the favorable interest rates available in the current financial markets. Effective Next Semi- Swap Rate at Annual Rate Rate Dec. 31, Adjustment Swap Agreement Associated Debt (LIBOR+) 1993 Date Expiration Date - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 7/8% Notes $200 million 4.731% 8.143% April 15 October 15, 1997 8 3/4% Notes $50 million 3.42% 6.929% May 15 May 15, 1998 $50 million 3.22% 6.764% January 18 July 15, 1998 As a result of these swaps, approximately 56% of Promus' outstanding debt was at variable rates as of December 31, 1993. In accordance with the terms of the interest rate swap agreements, the effective interest rate on $50 million of the 8 3/4% Notes was adjusted on January 18, 1994, to 6.688%. This rate will remain in effect until July 15, 1994. Promus continues to maintain interest rate protection, in the form of a rate collar transaction entered into in June 1990, on $140 million of its variable rate bank debt. The interest rate protection expires in 1995 and currently holds Promus' interest rate in a range between 9.3% and 12.5%. EQUITY TRANSACTIONS On October 29, 1993, Promus' Board of Directors approved a three-for-two stock split, in the form of a stock dividend, which was effected by a distribution on November 29, 1993, to stockholders of record on November 8, 1993. This split was in addition to a two-for-one stock split, also in the form of a stock dividend, distributed on March 29, 1993, to stockholders of record on March 8, 1993. All prior year numbers of common shares and earnings per share amounts referenced in this Annual Report have been restated to give retroactive effect to these stock splits. The number of common shares authorized and the per share par value of the stock were not affected by the splits. The stock splits reflect Promus' confidence in its continued growth and make the shares more accessible to a broader base of investors. During 1992, Promus acquired a 20% ownership interest in Sodak Gaming, Inc. (Sodak). During 1993, Sodak completed an initial public offering of its common stock. As required by equity accounting rules, Promus increased the carrying value of its investment in Sodak by an amount equal to its pro-rata share of the proceeds of Sodak's offering, approximately $6.4 million. A corresponding increase was recorded in the combination of Promus' capital surplus and deferred income tax liability accounts. As a result of this offering, Promus' ownership interest in Sodak has fallen below 20% and, accordingly, the investment is no longer accounted for on the equity method. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Total Promus Percentage Increase (Decrease) ------------------- (in millions, except '93 vs '92 vs earnings per share) 1993 1992 1991 '92 '91 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Revenues $1,251.9 $1,113.1 $1,031.1 12.5% 7.9% Operating income 304.2 231.4 203.0 31.5% 14.0% Net income 86.3 52.5 30.0 64.4% 75.0% Earnings per share 0.84 0.52 0.33 61.5% 56.0% Operating margin 24.3% 20.8% 19.7% 3.5pts 1.1pts Promus' casino entertainment and hotel segments both achieved record operating results during 1993 reflecting the unit growth attained in both segments. This unit growth together with the lower overall cost of debt were the primary contributors to a 64.4% increase in Net income. The combined growth achieved in 1993 by both of Promus' primary operating segments continues the trend noted in 1992. A summary of the performance of Promus' operating segments for the three fiscal years ended December 31, 1993, is presented on the inside front cover of Book Two of this Annual Report. 5 The present mix of Promus' operating income among the casino entertainment divisions and the growth experienced by the hotel segment have strengthened Promus' overall operating results and reflect the increasing diversification of Promus' operations. The following table summarizes operating income before property transactions for fiscal years 1993, 1992 and 1991 as a percent of the total for each of Promus' casino entertainment divisions and primary business segments: Fiscal Year ---------------------- 1993 1992 1991 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Casino Entertainment Southern Nevada 26 % 28 % 27 % Northern Nevada 25 % 28 % 28 % Atlantic City 23 % 28 % 32 % Riverboat 9 % - - Other (5)% (5)% (4)% --- --- --- 78 % 79 % 83 % Hotel 21 % 21 % 17 % Other 1 % - - --- --- --- Total Promus 100 % 100 % 100 % === === === CASINO ENTERTAINMENT Promus' casino entertainment segment includes 12 casino properties located in Colorado, Illinois, Mississippi, New Jersey and Nevada. Eleven of the properties are operated under the brand name Harrah's. The casino entertainment segment contributed approximately 81% of Promus' 1993 consolidated revenues and 78% of operating income before property transactions. The principal factors affecting casino entertainment segment results are: gaming volume, which is the dollar amount of wagers placed by slot customers and chips purchased at tables by table customers; the win percentage, which is the proportion of wagers won by Promus; and Promus' ability to manage costs. The casino entertainment segment's revenues and operating income increased in 1993 primarily due to the addition of three riverboat properties during the year. The Riverboat Division contributed 8.9% and 11.9% of the segment's revenues and operating income, respectively. Excluding the Riverboat Division's results, revenues and operating income increased 3.7% and 10.6%, respectively, over the prior year. This increase in revenues reflects a 5.2% increase in total volume, offset by a 0.2 percentage point decline in overall hold percentage reflecting the continuing shift in play from table games to slots. This shift continues a trend noted in the prior year and is consistent with industry trends. The disproportionate increase in operating income before property transactions versus revenues is primarily due to continuing cost saving efforts and operating efficiencies achieved during the year. In addition, the increase in operating income was achieved in spite of increased development costs incurred related to the pursuit of new casino projects. Development costs charged to expense in 1993 totaled $10.2 million versus $6.0 million in 1992. For 1992, the revenue increase for the casino entertainment segment was primarily due to a 9.5% growth in gaming volume. The impact of the volume increase on revenue was partially offset by a 0.4 percentage point decrease in hold percentage reflecting the shift in play from table games to slots. The increase in operating income before property transactions outpaced the revenue growth due to cost saving efforts and operating efficiencies achieved during the year and due to a $3.3 million charge in 1991 to terminate the Holiday Inn franchise agreement at the Holiday Casino and Holiday Inn hotel in Las Vegas. Excluding the termination fee, the increase in operating income before property transactions was 7.5%. Southern Nevada Division Percentage Increase (Decrease) ------------------- '93 vs '92 vs (in millions) 1993 1992 1991 '92 '91 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Revenues $ 294.3 $ 266.3 $ 242.0 10.5% 10.0% Operating income 79.4 65.8 55.6 20.7% 18.3% Operating margin 27.0% 24.7% 23.0% 2.3pts 1.7pts Gaming volume $3,069.6 $2,895.2 $2,569.8 6.0% 12.7% During 1993, Promus' Southern Nevada Division experienced growth in both table games and slot volume. In Las Vegas, the property continued to benefit from the name change to Harrah's, completed in 1991, as reflected in a 13.4% increase in table play. In addition, the third Laughlin hotel tower, completed during third quarter 1992, attracted greater volume to that property. During 1992, the Southern Nevada Division experienced growth in both table games and slot volume, as well as revenue growth in non-gaming areas, reflecting the impact of the name change to Harrah's in Las Vegas and additional hotel rooms in Laughlin. The Southern Nevada Division also benefitted from airfare wars among the major airlines during 1992. The increase in operating income over 1991 was due in part to the inclusion in the prior year's results of the Holiday Inn franchise termination fee for the Las Vegas property. Excluding this fee from the comparison, the Southern Nevada Division's operating income increased 11.7%. Northern Nevada Division Percentage Increase (Decrease) ------------------- '93 vs '92 vs (in millions) 1993 1992 1991 '92 '91 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Revenues $ 315.6 $ 310.5 $ 304.5 1.6% 2.0% Operating income 76.6 67.3 56.5 13.8% 19.1% Operating margin 24.3% 21.7% 18.6% 2.6pts 3.1pts Gaming volume $3,756.0 $3,716.7 $3,502.1 1.1% 6.1% The Northern Nevada Division's continuing emphasis on cost savings and operating efficiencies enabled the division to again achieve disproportionate growth in operating income and margin versus revenue growth. In addition to the emphasis on cost savings and achieving operating efficiencies, slot volume increases also favorably impacted results throughout 1992. These improved results were achieved despite the impact of a week-long fire, which closed the main highway from California in early October 1992, as well as major snowstorms in December 1992, which restricted access to the markets. 6 Atlantic City Percentage Increase (Decrease) ------------------- '93 vs '92 vs (in millions) 1993 1992 1991 '92 '91 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Revenues $ 312.1 $ 312.1 $ 310.3 - 0.6% Operating income 68.0 66.2 65.7 2.7% 0.8% Operating margin 21.8% 21.2% 21.2% 0.6pts - Gaming volume $2,991.6 $2,724.1 $2,457.9 9.8% 10.8% In 1993, Harrah's Atlantic City was successful in maintaining its revenues in the face of highly competitive market conditions. The property experienced net growth in gaming volume as play continued to shift from table games to slots. The lower hold percentage inherent to slot play offset the impact of the volume growth on revenues. The negative impact on revenues of inclement weather experienced early in the year was offset by the proceeds from a related business interruption insurance claim. Despite flat revenues, however, the Atlantic City property was able to improve its operating margins through effective cost management, especially related to promotional allowances. In 1992, the revenue impact of the net growth in gaming volume experienced by the property as play shifted from table games to slots was offset by the costs incurred to obtain the increased slot volume in a highly competitive market. Riverboat Division (in millions) 1993 - ---------------------------------- Revenues $ 90.8 Operating income 28.0 Operating margin 30.8% Gaming volume $822.3 The Riverboat Division includes the operations of the three riverboat properties opened during 1993, as well as the results of the Division's group staff function. Promus' first riverboat casino, the Harrah's Northern Star, began operations in Joliet, Illinois, in May 1993. Dockside casinos in Tunica and Vicksburg, Mississippi, began operations in November 1993. The higher operating margin achieved by this Division reflects the operational differences between a riverboat facility and a conventional land-based property, the economies of scale derived from the centralization of certain Division support functions and limited competition currently faced by facilities opening in new, emerging markets. HOTEL Promus' hotel segment is composed of three hotel brands targeted to specific market segments: Embassy Suites, Hampton Inn and Homewood Suites. The hotel segment contributed approximately 18% of Promus' 1993 consolidated revenues and 21% of its operating income before property transactions. The principal factors affecting hotel segment results are: continued growth in the number of hotels; the occupancies and room rates achieved by the hotel systems; the number and relative mix of owned, managed and franchised hotels; and Promus' ability to manage costs. Total revenue increases in 1993 over the prior year are primarily due to franchise system growth in the Hampton Inn brand, which added 3,895 rooms to its system during 1993, and revenue per available room/suite (RevPAR/S) growth by all three brands. Compared to the prior year, RevPAR/S increased 6.5% at Hampton Inn, 5.1% at Embassy Suites and 9.6% at Homewood Suites. The number of rooms/suites at franchised properties and RevPAR/S significantly affects hotel segment results since franchise royalty fees are based upon rooms/suites revenues of the franchised hotels. Partially offsetting the revenue increase is the reduction in the number of company-owned Embassy Suites hotel properties. Operating income before property transactions continued to outpace the increase in revenues due to the lower direct costs associated with increases in franchise royalties. Partially offsetting the growth in operating income before property transactions during 1993 was a $3.6 million writedown of a receivable from an Embassy franchisee. 7 During third quarter 1993, Promus consolidated management of its hotel brands under a single organizational structure. Similar to the 1991 management consolidation of the Hampton Inn and Homewood Suites brands, the consolidation of all three brands' management is expected to yield future overhead cost savings as expected operating efficiencies are realized. For 1992, revenues increased due to the inclusion of a full year's operations for the five all-suite hotels acquired by Embassy Suites in October 1991, and increased franchise and management fees reflecting growth in each brand's franchise system, especially Hampton Inn. Operating income before property transactions for 1992 outpaced the increase in revenues due to lower direct costs associated with the increase in franchise royalties. Partially offsetting the impact on operating income of these increased royalties was a $2.9 million nonrecurring charge recorded during first quarter 1992 related to the relocation of Embassy Suites hotel division's headquarters. Hotel segment property transactions for 1993 included the gain on the sale of an Embassy Suites property. 1992 included a $3.6 million writedown of a joint venture hotel that was sold during the year. This property transaction writedown was offset by an extraordinary gain resulting from the forgiveness of the joint venture's non-recourse debt. OTHER FACTORS AFFECTING EARNINGS PER SHARE Percentage Increase (Decrease) ------------------- '93 vs '92 vs (in millions) 1993 1992 1991 '92 '91 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Corporate expense $ 27.1 $ 28.5 $ 26.8 (4.9)% 6.3 % Interest expense 106.6 118.3 134.0 (9.9)% (11.7)% Other expense (income) 0.7 (3.6) (10.0) N/M (64.0)% Effective tax rate 43.1% 41.8 % 42.5 % 1.3pts (0.7)pts Extraordinary loss (income), net 5.4 (1.1) - N/M - Corporate expense declined from 1992 primarily due to lower legal fees. In 1992, the increase in corporate expense was primarily due to increased incentive compensation-related, training and computer-services expenses, partially offset by lower legal fees. Interest expense decreased in 1993 from the prior year as a result of the previously discussed debt refinancing activities which lowered overall effective interest rates, increased capitalized interest associated with casino entertainment development projects and lower overall levels of debt. Interest expense decreased during 1992 due to lower interest rates throughout the year and lower overall levels of debt. Other income for 1992 included the gain from the sale of Promus' remaining interest in an insurance company, partially offset by the recognition of a $2.0 million loss for Promus' guarantee to its Savings & Retirement Plan of that plan's investment in a guaranteed investment contract. In 1991, other income included a gain from the sale of stock in an insurance company. As a result of the early retirements of debt, Promus recorded a non-cash extraordinary loss of $5.4 million, net of tax, during 1993 to write off the remaining related unamortized deferred finance charges. During 1992, Promus incurred three extraordinary items, including a $2.7 million extraordinary gain, net of tax, on the forgiveness of debt. This gain represented Promus' equity share of an extraordinary gain recognized by one of Embassy Suites' joint ventures due to the forgiveness by the secured lender of the venture's non-recourse debt. A second extraordinary gain of $1.8 million, net of tax, represented a discount realized by Promus upon early extinguishment of a mortgage on a company-owned hotel property. Partially offsetting these extraordinary gains was a $3.4 million extraordinary loss, net of tax, on the early extinguishment of debt, including a premium paid to holders of notes tendered under a fixed spread tender offer and the write-off of related deferred finance charges. TAX MATTERS The effective tax rate for all periods is higher than the federal statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes. The overall effective tax rate for 1993 increased over the prior year due to the impact of a one percent increase in the federal income tax rate as part of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993. In addition to the increased current year provision necessary to accrue for the tax rate increase, the 1993 provision also includes a $1.2 million charge to adjust the beginning of year deferred income tax balances as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Promus adopted SFAS No. 109 during 1992 and applied the provisions of this statement retroactively to the Spin-off date (February 7, 1990). In connection with the Spin-off, Promus is liable, with certain exceptions, for the taxes of Holiday and subsidiaries for all pre-merger tax periods. Negotiations with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) to resolve disputed issues for the 1985 and 1986 tax years were concluded and a settlement reached during fourth quarter 1993. Final payment of the federal income taxes and related interest due under the settlement is expected to be made during second quarter 1994. The IRS has completed its examination of Holiday's federal income tax returns for 1987 through the Spin-off date and has issued its proposed adjustments to those returns. Federal income taxes and related interest assessed on agreed issues were paid subsequent to year-end. The total liability of approximately $23.7 million for the federal income taxes and interest payments discussed above was included in current liabilities at December 31, 1993. A protest defending the taxpayer's position on all unagreed issues for the 1987 through Spin-off periods was filed with the IRS during third quarter 1993 and negotiations to resolve disputed issues are currently expected to begin during the second half of 1994. Final resolution of the disputed issues is not expected to have a materially adverse effect on Promus' consolidated financial position or its results of operations. 8 INTERCOMPANY DIVIDEND RESTRICTION Agreements governing the terms of its debt require Promus to abide by covenants which, among other things, limit Embassy's ability to pay dividends and make other restricted payments, as defined, to Promus. The amount of Embassy's restricted net assets, as defined, computed in accordance with the most restrictive of these covenants regarding restricted payments, was approximately $539.9 million at December 31, 1993. Promus' principal asset is the stock of Embassy, a wholly-owned subsidiary. Embassy holds, directly and through subsidiaries, the principal assets of Promus' businesses. Given this ownership structure, these restrictions should not impair Promus' ability to conduct its business through its subsidiaries or to pursue its development plans. EFFECTS OF CURRENT ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL CONDITIONS The casino entertainment industry is experiencing expansion in both existing markets and new jurisdictions. In the Las Vegas market, three competitors opened new casino "mega" facilities adding more than 10,000 rooms during fourth quarter 1993. In Laughlin, expansions by competitors completed in 1993 increased the number of rooms available in that market by 12%. In Reno, competitors have announced new projects which, if constructed, will add significant additional casino space and hotel rooms to that market. In addition, the proliferation of casino gaming activity in many new jurisdictions is continuing due to the widespread growing acceptance of casino gaming as a form of entertainment and as an alternative tax revenue source for municipalities and states. Also furthering the proliferation of casino gaming has been the Indian Gaming Regulatory Act of 1988 which, as of February 24, 1994, resulted in the approval of 105 compacts for the development of casinos on Native American lands in 19 states. Promus is not able to determine the impact, whether favorable or unfavorable, that these developments will have on the markets in which it currently operates. However, management believes that the current balance of its operations among the existing casino entertainment divisions and the hotel segment as discussed above, combined with the further geographic diversification and the pursuit of the Harrah's national brand strategy presently underway in its casino entertainment segment, have well-positioned Promus to face the challenges presented by these developments and will reduce the potentially negative impact these new developments may have on Promus' overall operations. EFFECTS OF INFLATION Inflation has had little effect on Promus' historical operations. Generally, Promus has not experienced any significant negative impact on gaming volume or on the wagering propensity of its customers as a result of inflationary pressures. Furthermore, Promus has been successful in increasing the amount of wagers and playing time of its casino customers through effective marketing programs. Casino management has also, from time to time, adjusted its required minimum bets at table games and changed the relative mix of slot machines in favor of machines with higher denominations. These strategies supplemented by effective cost management programs have offset the impact of inflation on Promus' casino entertainment operations. In its hotels and food and beverage operations, Promus has been able to increase rates and prices and thereby pass on the effects of inflationary cost increases. Competitive conditions, principally the result of an overbuilt market for hotels, may limit the industry's future ability to raise hotel room rates at the rate of inflation. However, the hotel market segments in which Promus operates are expected to show stronger than industry average growth rates in both supply and demand. Promus will continue to emphasize hotel segment cost containment and productivity improvement programs. Inflation tends to increase the underlying value of Promus' real estate and management and franchise contracts. 9 Consolidated Balance Sheets (In thousands, except share amounts) December 31, ------------------------ 1993 1992 ---------- ---------- Assets Current assets Cash and cash equivalents $ 61,962 $ 43,756 Receivables, including notes receivable of $2,197 and $9,831, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $10,864 and $11,598 47,448 53,283 Deferred income taxes (Note 8) 21,024 15,196 Prepayments 18,063 11,697 Supplies 12,996 11,296 Other 2,065 1,919 ---------- ---------- Total current assets 163,558 137,147 ---------- ---------- Land, buildings, riverboats and equipment Land 245,846 243,678 Buildings, riverboats and improvements 1,143,356 1,064,363 Furniture, fixtures and equipment 435,231 375,489 ---------- ---------- 1,824,433 1,683,530 Less: accumulated depreciation (486,231) (435,039) ---------- ---------- 1,338,202 1,248,491 Investments in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates (Note 13) 70,050 50,985 Deferred costs and other (Note 4) 221,308 159,914 ---------- ---------- $1,793,118 $1,596,537 ========== ========== Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity Current liabilities Accounts payable $ 60,530 $ 50,669 Construction payables 26,345 - Accrued expenses (Note 4) 162,969 102,716 Current portion of long-term debt (Note 6) 2,160 3,898 ---------- ---------- Total current liabilities 252,004 157,283 Long-term debt (Note 6) 839,804 877,427 Deferred credits and other 86,829 83,606 Deferred income taxes (Note 8) 63,460 46,623 ---------- ---------- 1,242,097 1,164,939 ---------- ---------- Minority interest 14,984 3,668 ---------- ---------- Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7, and 10 through 12) Stockholders' equity (Notes 3, 12 and 13) Common stock, $1.50 par value, authorized- 120,000,000 shares, outstanding-102,258,442 and 101,882,082 shares (net of 25,251 and 44,442 shares held in treasury) 153,388 152,823 Capital surplus 201,035 178,972 Retained earnings 187,203 100,857 Deferred compensation related to restricted stock (5,589) (4,722) ---------- ---------- 536,037 427,930 ---------- ---------- $1,793,118 $1,596,537 ========== ========== The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these balance sheets. 10 Consolidated Statements of Income (In thousands, except per share amounts)
Fiscal Year Ended --------------------------------------- December 31, December 31, January 3, 1993 1992 1992 ----------- ----------- ---------- Revenues Casino $ 812,081 $ 711,777 $ 686,177 Rooms 223,129 218,284 176,858 Food and beverage 147,616 141,795 135,583 Franchise and management fees 60,359 51,719 45,320 Other 109,390 81,642 71,924 Less: casino promotional allowances (100,720) (92,151) (84,750) ---------- ---------- ---------- Total revenues 1,251,855 1,113,066 1,031,112 ---------- ---------- ---------- Operating expenses Departmental direct costs Casino 369,335 334,702 338,529 Rooms 98,653 103,149 82,602 Food and beverage 84,733 80,247 75,829 Depreciation of buildings, riverboats and equipment 77,590 69,575 63,857 Other 318,669 287,937 266,128 ---------- ---------- ---------- Total operating expenses 948,980 875,610 826,945 ---------- ---------- ---------- 302,875 237,456 204,167 Property transactions 1,345 (6,040) (1,186) ---------- ---------- ---------- Operating income 304,220 231,416 202,981 Corporate expense (27,136) (28,450) (26,825) Interest expense, net of interest capitalized (Notes 2 and 13) (106,561) (118,282) (133,992) Other (expense) income, including interest income (714) 3,615 10,030 ---------- ---------- ---------- Income before income taxes and minority interest 169,809 88,299 52,194 Provision for income taxes (Note 8) (73,262) (36,881) (22,183) Minority interest (4,754) - - ---------- ---------- ---------- Income before extraordinary items 91,793 51,418 30,011 Extraordinary items, net of tax benefit (provision) of $3,415 and $(753) (Note 5) (5,447) 1,074 - ---------- ---------- ---------- Net income $ 86,346 $ 52,492 $ 30,011 ========== ========== ========== Earnings per share before extraordinary items $ 0.89 $ 0.51 $ 0.33 Extraordinary items, net (0.05) 0.01 - ---------- ---------- ---------- Earnings per share $ 0.84 $ 0.52 $ 0.33 ========== ========== ========== Average common shares outstanding 102,562 101,116 90,480 ========== ========== ==========
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 11 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Notes 3, 12 and 13) (In thousands)
Deferred Common Stock Compensation ---------------------- Related to Shares Capital Retained Restricted Outstanding Amount Surplus Earnings Stock Total ----------- -------- -------- -------- ------------ -------- Balance - December 28, 1990 79,959 $119,938 $ 77,660 $ 18,354 $(12,203) $203,749 Net income 30,011 30,011 Public offering of common stock, net of issue costs of $6,920 21,000 31,500 94,580 126,080 Net shares issued under incentive compensation plans, less income tax provision of $1,600 409 614 (61) 5,102 5,655 ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Balance - January 3, 1992 101,368 152,052 172,179 48,365 (7,101) 365,495 Net income 52,492 52,492 Net shares issued under incentive compensation plans, including income tax benefit of $3,726 514 771 6,793 2,379 9,943 ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Balance - December 31, 1992 101,882 152,823 178,972 100,857 (4,722) 427,930 Net income 86,346 86,346 Pro-rata share of proceeds from equity investee's initial public offering, less income tax provision of $2,662 3,752 3,752 Net shares issued under incentive compensation plans, including income tax benefit of $10,467 376 565 18,311 (867) 18,009 ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Balance - December 31, 1993 102,258 $153,388 $201,035 $187,203 $ (5,589) $536,037 ======= ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 12 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Note 9) (In thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended ----------------------------------------- December 31, December 31, January 3, 1993 1992 1992 ----------- ----------- --------- Cash flows from operating activities Net income $ 86,346 $ 52,492 $ 30,011 Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash flows from operating activities Extraordinary items 8,862 (1,827) - Depreciation and amortization 98,095 92,342 88,073 Other noncash items 27,356 25,678 21,779 Minority interest share of net income 4,754 - - Equity in earnings of and distributions from nonconsolidated affiliates 2,782 6,452 13,431 Net (gains) losses from property transactions (1,481) 972 (5,405) Net change in long-term accounts 2,239 (11,451) (12,288) Net change in working capital accounts 33,929 2,437 7,386 Tax indemnification payments to Bass (8,459) (13,238) (32,186) --------- --------- --------- Cash flows provided by operating activities 254,423 153,857 110,801 --------- --------- --------- Cash flows from investing activities Land, buildings, riverboats and equipment additions (235,766) (117,771) (118,266) Increase in construction payables 26,345 - - Proceeds from sales of equity investments - 3,733 12,026 Proceeds from property transactions 25,169 3,585 6,459 Investments in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates (15,431) (13,487) (3,986) Other (27,954) (8,334) (13,371) --------- --------- --------- Cash flows used in investing activities (227,637) (132,274) (117,138) --------- --------- --------- Cash flows from financing activities Debt retirements (358,762) (189,219) (82,406) Proceeds from issuance of senior subordinated notes, net of issue costs of $3,819 and $5,687 196,181 194,313 - Net borrowings under Revolving Credit Facility, net of issue costs of $11,547 158,453 - - Net repayments under retired revolving credit facility (9,000) (16,000) (43,000) Minority interest contributions, net of distributions 4,548 2,908 - Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issue costs of $6,920 - - 126,080 Premiums paid on early extinguishment of debt - (4,426) - --------- --------- --------- Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities (8,580) (12,424) 674 --------- --------- --------- Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 18,206 9,159 (5,663) Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 43,756 34,597 40,260 --------- --------- --------- Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 61,962 $ 43,756 $ 34,597 ========= ========= =========
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 13 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated) Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Organization The Promus Companies Incorporated (Promus), a Delaware corporation, is a hospitality company with two primary business segments: casino entertainment and hotels. Promus is one of the leading casino entertainment companies in the United States, owning and operating casino hotels and riverboats under the brand name Harrah's. Harrah's casino hotels are in all five major Nevada and New Jersey gaming markets: Reno, Lake Tahoe, Las Vegas and Laughlin, Nevada; and Atlantic City, New Jersey. Harrah's riverboat casinos are in Tunica and Vicksburg, Mississippi, and Joliet, Illinois. Harrah's also has an ownership interest in and manages two limited stakes casinos in Colorado. The casino entertainment segment contributed 78% and 79% of Promus' 1993 and 1992 consolidated operating income before property transactions, respectively. Promus' hotel segment is composed of three different hotel brands targeted to specific market segments: Embassy Suites, Hampton Inn and Homewood Suites. Through franchise licensing agreements, management contracts, joint ventures and direct ownership, the hotel segment contributed 21% of Promus' 1993 and 1992 consolidated operating income before property transactions. Promus' other operations segment is composed of its risk management division and an equity investment in a hotel finance company. Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Promus and its subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Investments in 50% or less owned companies and joint ventures over which Promus has the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for using the equity method. Promus reflects its share of income before interest expense and extraordinary gain of these nonconsolidated affiliates in Revenues - other. Promus' proportionate share of interest expense and extraordinary gain on forgiveness of debt of such nonconsolidated affiliates is included in interest expense and extraordinary items, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Income. (See Note 13 for combined summarized financial information regarding these nonconsolidated affiliates.) Fiscal Year. As of the beginning of 1992, Promus changed from a fiscal year to a calendar year for financial reporting purposes. The impact of this change on Promus' financial statements was immaterial. For years prior to fiscal 1992, Promus' fiscal year ended on the Friday nearest to December 31. Fiscal year 1991 included 53 weeks. Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with a maturity of less than three months and are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Supplies. Supplies inventories, which consist primarily of food, beverage and operating supplies, are stated at average cost. Land, Buildings, Riverboats and Equipment. Land, buildings, riverboats and equipment are stated at cost. Land includes land held for future development or disposition which totaled $42.1 million and $41.4 million at December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively. Improvements and extraordinary repairs that extend the life of the asset are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Interest expense is capitalized on internally constructed assets at Promus' overall weighted average borrowing rate of interest. Capitalized interest amounted to $3.1 million, $2.4 million and $3.1 million in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. Depreciation of buildings, riverboats and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets or over the related lease term, as follows: Buildings and improvements 4 to 40 years Riverboats 30 years Furniture, fixtures and equipment 2 to 15 years Treasury Stock. Shares of Promus' common stock held in treasury are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity as if they were retired. Revenue Recognition. Casino revenues consist of net gaming wins. Food and beverage and rooms revenues include the aggregate amounts generated by those departments at all company-owned hotels and casino hotels. Casino promotional allowances consist principally of the retail value of complimentary food and beverages, accommodations and entertainment provided to casino patrons. The estimated costs of providing such complimentary services, classified as casino expenses through interdepartmental allocations, were as follows: 1993 1992 1991 ------- ------- ------- Food and beverage $52,057 $51,235 $48,221 Rooms 13,140 12,658 10,840 Other 1,541 1,657 6,901 ------- ------- ------- $66,738 $65,550 $65,962 ======= ======= ======= Amortization. The excess of costs over net assets of businesses acquired and other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods up to 40 years. Deferred management and franchise contract costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related contract, generally 10 to 20 years. Deferred finance charges are amortized using the interest method based on the terms of the related debt agreements. Pre-opening costs, representing primarily direct salaries and other operating costs incurred prior to the opening of new facilities, are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the three year period after the opening of the related facility. Property Transactions. Property transactions include gains and losses from asset sales, including sales of joint venture equity interests, writedowns of assets to net realizable value and the on-going costs of Promus' asset management staff. The operations of properties sold are included in the financial statements through the date of sale. 14 Income Taxes. In February 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes prescribed by SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in existing tax rates is recognized as an increase or decrease to the tax provision in the period that includes the enactment date. Promus adopted SFAS No. 109 in 1992 and applied the provisions of the statement retroactively. Earnings Per Share. Earnings per share is computed by dividing Net income by the number of weighted average common shares outstanding during the year, including common stock equivalents and adjusted for stock splits (see Note 3). Reclassifications. Certain amounts for prior fiscal years have been reclassified to conform with the presentation for fiscal year 1993. Note 3 - Stockholders' Equity On October 29, 1993, Promus' Board of Directors approved a three-for-two stock split (October Split), in the form of a stock dividend, effected by a distribution on November 29, 1993, of one additional share for each two shares owned by stockholders of record on November 8, 1993. The October Split followed a two-for-one stock split, also effected as a stock dividend, approved by Promus' Board of Directors on February 26, 1993, and distributed on March 29, 1993. The $1.50 par value per share of Promus' common stock was unchanged by these stock splits. The par value of the additional shares issued as a result of these stock splits was capitalized into common stock on the balance sheet by means of a transfer from capital surplus. All references in these financial statements to numbers of common shares and earnings per share have been restated to give retroactive effect to both stock splits. In addition to its common stock, Promus has the following classes of stock authorized but unissued: Preferred stock, $100 par value, 150,000 shares authorized Special stock, 5,000,000 shares authorized - Series B, $1.125 par value Under the terms of employee compensation programs previously approved by the stockholders, Promus has reserved shares of its common stock for issuance under the Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plans. (See Note 12 for a description of the plans.) The following table summarizes the total number of shares authorized for issuance under each of these plans and the remaining unissued shares as of December 31, 1993: Restricted Stock Stock Plan Option Plan ---------- ----------- Total shares authorized for issuance under the plan 4,800,000 5,850,000 Shares issued under the plan 4,296,106 3,099,845 --------- --------- Shares held in reserve for issuance under the plan as of December 31, 1993 503,894 2,750,155 ========= ========= To protect its existing stockholders, Promus' Board of Directors has authorized that one-third of a special right be attached to each outstanding share of common stock. These rights entitle the holders to purchase, under certain conditions, units consisting of fractional shares of special stock-series B at a purchase price of $125 per unit, subject to adjustment. The rights also, under certain conditions, entitle the holders to purchase $250 worth of common stock for $125. These rights expire on October 5, 1996, unless Promus decides to redeem them earlier at $0.05 per right or upon the occurrence of certain other events. Note 4 - Detail of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts Deferred costs and other consisted of the following: 1993 1992 -------- -------- Excess of cost over net assets of businesses acquired $ 50,719 $ 52,558 Cash surrender value of life insurance (Note 12) 44,734 43,064 Receivables due after one year, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $644 33,777 4,918 Pre-opening costs 23,146 3,379 Deferred finance charges 18,950 16,446 Deferred management and franchise contract costs 10,173 16,526 Other 39,809 23,023 -------- -------- $221,308 $159,914 ======== ======== Accrued expenses consisted of the following: 1993 1992 -------- -------- Payroll and other compensation $ 37,388 $ 29,003 Insurance claims and reserves 35,920 29,989 Taxes, including income taxes 34,757 9,146 Deposits and customer funds 14,824 8,955 Accrued interest payable 13,388 8,292 Other accruals 26,692 17,331 -------- -------- $162,969 $102,716 ======== ======== 15 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated) Note 5 - Extraordinary Items The components of the net extraordinary items for fiscal 1993 and 1992 were as follows: 1993 1992 ------- ------- Losses on early extinguishments of debt $(8,862) $(5,558) Gain on forgiveness of joint venture debt - 4,353 Gain due to discounting of debt at extinguishment - 3,032 ------- ------- (8,862) 1,827 Income tax benefit (provision) 3,415 (753) ------- ------- Extraordinary items, net of income taxes $(5,447) $ 1,074 ======= ======= Note 6 - Long-Term Debt Long-term debt consisted of the following: 1993 1992 -------- -------- Secured Bank Facilities Revolving Credit Facility, 4.953%- 6.5% at December 31, 1993, maturity 1998 $170,000 $ - 9% Notes, backed by letter of credit, maturity 1995 199,790 199,624 Term Loan Facility, 6.4%-10.3% at December 31, 1992 - 307,220 8 5/8% Notes, backed by letter of credit - 47,131 Revolving Credit Facility, 7.5% at December 31, 1992 - 9,000 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes- unsecured, maturity 2000 200,000 - 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes- unsecured, maturity 2002 200,000 200,000 Notes payable and other-unsecured, 8 3/8%-15%, maturities to 2001 69,218 71,929 Mortgages, 8%-8 3/4%, maturities to 2005 309 45,525 Capital lease obligations, 8.1%- 15.2%, maturities to 1998 2,647 896 -------- -------- 841,964 881,325 Current portion of long-term debt (2,160) (3,898) -------- -------- $839,804 $877,427 ======== ======== As of December 31, 1993, annual principal requirements for the four years subsequent to 1994 were: 1995, $2 million; 1996, $2 million; 1997, $2 million; and 1998, $411 million. Promus intends to fund scheduled debt retirements of $39.1 million due in 1994 and $200.0 million due in 1995 using funds to be drawn under the long-term revolving credit facility. Therefore, these notes are considered to be retired in 1998 for purposes of this disclosure. New Bank Facility. In July 1993, Promus entered into a new secured bank facility, which is a $650 million reducing revolving and letter of credit facility (New Facility). Reductions of the borrowing capacity available under the New Facility are as follows: $50 million, July 1996; $75 million, January 1997; $75 million, July 1997; and $450 million, July 1998. Of the $650 million available under the New Facility, there is a sub-limit of $255 million for letters of credit. The New Facility provides for borrowings at either the Eurodollar rate plus 1 1/2% or the prime rate plus 1/2%. The annual fees on letters of credit and commitment fees on the unutilized portion under the New Facility are 1 3/4% and 1/2%, respectively. The New Facility is secured by the assets of Promus' Nevada and New Jersey casino properties, the stock of Embassy Suites, Inc. (Embassy) and certain other subsidiaries and certain other casino entertainment segment trademarks. The New Facility agreement contains financial covenants requiring Promus to maintain a specific tangible net worth and to meet other financial ratios. Its covenants limit Promus' ability to pay dividends and to repurchase its outstanding shares. As of December 31, 1993, Promus' borrowings under the New Facility were $170 million and an additional $222.6 million was committed to back certain letters of credit, including a $204.7 million letter of credit backing the 9% Notes. After consideration of these borrowings, $257.4 million of the New Facility was available to Promus at December 31, 1993. Senior Subordinated Notes. During first quarter 1993, Embassy, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Promus, completed a private placement offering of $200 million principal amount of 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2000 (8 3/4% Notes). The 8 3/4% Notes are unsecured and contain covenants which, among other things, place limitations on Embassy's ability to pay dividends and make restricted payments, as defined, to Promus (see Note 14), and limit Embassy's ability to incur additional debt. During third quarter 1993, Embassy completed an offering which exchanged all of the 8 3/4% Notes for new notes with the same terms, except the new notes are registered under the Securities Act of 1933. 16 During 1992, Embassy completed a public offering of $200 million principal amount of 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002 (10 7/8% Notes). The 10 7/8% Notes, which are unsecured, were issued with essentially the same financial covenants as and are pari passu in right of payment to the 8 3/4% Notes. Promus has unconditionally guaranteed Embassy's obligations under both the 8 3/4% Notes and the 10 7/8% Notes. Interest Rate Agreements. During May 1993, Promus entered into two $50 million interest rate swap agreements to convert $100 million of the 8 3/4% Notes to floating interest rates equal to LIBOR plus 3.42% on $50 million and LIBOR plus 3.22% on $50 million. The LIBOR components are adjusted semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 for $50 million and on July 15 and January 15 for the remaining $50 million. The interest rate swap agreements expire on May 15, 1998, and July 15, 1998, respectively. The interest rates in effect until May 15 and July 15, 1994, are 6.929% and 6.688%, respectively. During October 1992, Promus entered into interest rate swap agreements to effectively convert all $200 million of the 10 7/8% Notes to a floating interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.731% through October 1997, when the agreements expire. The effective interest rate is adjusted semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year. The interest rate in effect until April 15, 1994, is 8.143%. Promus maintains interest rate protection, in the form of a rate collar transaction entered into in June 1990, on $140 million of its variable rate bank debt. The interest rate protection expires in 1995 and currently holds Promus' interest rate in a range between 9.3% and 12.5%. Other. Embassy has an effective shelf registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission for up to $200 million of new debt securities. The terms and conditions of these debt securities, which will be unconditionally guaranteed by Promus, will be determined by market conditions at the time of issuance. Based on the borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and maturities and quoted market prices of its publicly traded debt, the fair value of Promus' long-term debt, including the rate collar and the interest rate swap agreements, was approximately $882 million and $926 million at December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively. Note 7 - Leases Promus leases both real estate and equipment used in its operations through operating and capital leases. Leases which transfer substantially all benefit and risk incidental to the ownership of property are capitalized. In addition to minimum rentals, many leases provide for contingent rents based on percentages of revenue. Real estate operating leases range from five to 10 years with various automatic extensions totaling up to 30 years. The average remaining term for other operating leases, which generally contain renewal options, extends approximately five years. The costs of leased assets are amortized over periods not in excess of the lease terms. Rental expense associated with operating leases included in the Consolidated Statements of Income was as follows: 1993 1992 1991 ------- ------- ------- Noncancelable Minimum $14,183 $15,252 $12,004 Contingent 723 557 459 Sublease (4) (26) (26) Other 6,997 3,713 3,273 ------- ------- ------- $21,899 $19,496 $15,710 ======= ======= ======= The future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 1993, were as follows: Non- cancelable Capital Operating Leases Leases ------- ---------- 1994 $ 993 $ 17,506 1995 869 15,827 1996 838 11,715 1997 406 8,684 1998 12 7,594 Thereafter - 130,410 ------ -------- Total minimum lease payments 3,118 $191,736 ======== Amounts representing executory costs (13) ------ Net minimum lease payments 3,105 Amounts representing interest (458) ------ Total obligations under capital leases 2,647 Obligations under capital leases due within one year (772) ------ Long-term obligations under capital leases $1,875 ====== Minimum rental commitments exclude contingent rentals, which may be paid under certain leases based on a percentage of revenues in excess of specified amounts. 17 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated) Note 8 - Income Taxes Federal and state income tax expense is allocated among continuing operations, extraordinary items and items charged or credited directly to stockholders' equity. Promus' provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to identified income statement and balance sheet line items was as follows: 1993 1992 1991 -------- -------- -------- Income before income taxes and minority interest $ 73,262 $ 36,881 $ 22,183 Extraordinary items (3,415) 753 - Stockholders' equity Compensation expense for tax purposes (in excess of) less than amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes (10,467) (3,726) 1,600 Pro-rata share of proceeds from equity investee's initial public offering 2,662 - - -------- -------- -------- $ 62,042 $ 33,908 $ 23,783 ======== ======== ======== Income tax expense attributable to Income before income taxes and minority interest consisted of the following: 1993 1992 1991 -------- -------- -------- Current Federal $ 56,643 $ 21,145 $ 5,235 State 5,610 5,587 5,664 Deferred 11,009 10,149 11,284 -------- -------- -------- $ 73,262 $ 36,881 $ 22,183 ======== ======== ======== The differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate expressed as a percentage of Income before income taxes and minority interest were as follows: 1993 1992 1991 ---- ---- ---- Statutory tax rate 35.0% 34.0% 34.0% Increases (decreases) in tax resulting from: State taxes, net of federal tax benefit 2.7 5.2 7.2 Minority interest in partnership earnings (1.0) - - Adjustment of valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities due to change in tax rate 0.7 - - Targeted jobs tax credit (0.5) (0.8) (1.6) Goodwill amortization 0.4 0.7 1.2 Other 5.8 2.7 1.7 ---- ---- ---- 43.1% 41.8% 42.5% ==== ==== ==== The components of Promus' net deferred tax liability included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows: 1993 1992 -------- -------- Deferred tax assets Compensation $ 21,080 $ 21,960 Self-insurance reserves 9,456 9,227 Deferred income 5,676 5,810 Bad debt reserve 4,122 4,956 Tax credits 927 10,115 Other 3,284 1,382 -------- -------- 44,545 53,450 -------- -------- Deferred tax liabilities Property (68,170) (64,048) Investments (12,715) (17,640) Deferred system fund (3,327) (1,899) Basis difference in other assets (2,761) (1,065) Other (8) (225) -------- -------- (86,981) (84,877) -------- -------- Net deferred tax liability $(42,436) $(31,427) ======== ======== Note 9 - Supplemental Cash Flow Information The increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents due to the changes in long-term and working capital accounts was as follows: 1993 1992 1991 ------- -------- -------- Long-term accounts Land, buildings, riverboats and equipment $ 115 $ 13 $ (249) Deferred costs and other assets (3,443) (6,859) (7,280) Deferred credits and other long-term liabilities 5,567 (4,605) (4,759) ------- -------- -------- Net change in long-term accounts $ 2,239 $(11,451) $(12,288) ======= ======== ======== Working capital accounts Receivables $(3,716) $ (8,433) $ 2,552 Supplies (1,762) (151) 324 Prepayments (6,115) (3,983) (2,111) Other current assets (146) 576 366 Accounts payable 9,862 (2,522) (5,264) Accrued expenses 35,806 16,950 11,519 ------- -------- -------- Net change in working capital accounts $33,929 $ 2,437 $ 7,386 ======= ======== ======== 18 Supplemental Disclosure of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities. During 1993, Promus transferred its ownership interest in five hotel properties to a third party in exchange for cash, the assumption by the third party of the related existing mortgage debt totalling $42.2 million and the issuance of $10 million in notes receivable maturing in three to five years. In an unrelated 1993 transaction, Promus sold a hotel property to a third party for cash and assumption by the third party of the related existing $3.3 million mortgage debt. During April 1992, Promus invested an additional $10 million in its hotel finance subsidiary. The funds for this investment were provided by a certificate of deposit, which had been previously recorded as a long-term investment. During October 1991, Promus acquired five all-suite hotels for cash and the assumption of $40.9 million of existing mortgage debt. During July 1991, Promus acquired the remaining ownership interest in a hotel joint venture by assuming $16.7 million of existing mortgage debt. These noncash transactions have been excluded from the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Paid for Interest and Taxes. The following table reconciles Promus' Interest expense, net of interest capitalized, per the Consolidated Statements of Income, to cash paid for interest: 1993 1992 1991 -------- -------- -------- Interest expense, net of amount capitalized (Note 2) $106,561 $118,282 $133,992 Adjustments to reconcile to cash paid for interest: Promus' share of interest expense of nonconsolidated affiliates(Note 13) (12,707) (14,395) (19,122) Net change in accruals (10,711) (5,411) (1,822) Amortization of deferred finance charges (4,107) (5,863) (6,704) Net amortization of discounts and premiums (1,041) (1,661) (649) -------- -------- -------- Cash paid for interest, net of amount capitalized $ 77,995 $ 90,952 $105,695 ======== ======== ======== Cash payments, net of refunds, for income taxes amounted to $49,771, $28,038 and $39,774 for 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively (see Note 8). Note 10 - Commitments and Contingencies Contractual Commitments. Promus is pursuing many casino development opportunities that may require, individually and in the aggregate, significant commitments of capital, up-front payments to third parties, guarantees by Promus of third party debt and development completion guarantees. As of December 31, 1993, Promus has guaranteed third party loans of $65 million, which are secured by certain assets, and has contractual agreements to construct riverboat casino facilities of $55 million, excluding amounts previously recorded. Promus manages certain hotels for others under agreements that provide for payments/loans to the hotel owners if stipulated levels of financial performance are not maintained. In addition, Promus is liable under certain lease agreements where it has assigned the direct obligation to third party interests. Promus believes the likelihood is remote that material payments will be required under these agreements. Promus' estimated maximum exposure under such agreements is currently less than $41.3 million over the next 30 years. Guarantee of Insurance Contract. Promus' defined contribution savings plan (see Note 12) includes a $12.9 million guaranteed investment contract with an insurance company. Promus has agreed to provide non-interest-bearing loans to the plan to fund, on an interim basis, withdrawals from this contract by retired or terminated employees. Promus' maximum exposure on this guarantee as of December 31, 1993, is $8.0 million. Self-Insurance. Promus is self-insured for various levels of general liability, workers' compensation and employee medical coverage. Insurance claims and reserves includes the accrual of estimated settlements for known and anticipated claims. Severance Agreements. Promus has severance agreements with 12 of its senior executives, which provide for payments to the executives in the event of their termination after a change in control, as defined, of Promus. These agreements provide, among other things, for a compensation payment equal to 2.99 times the average annual compensation paid to the executive for the five preceding calendar years, as well as for accelerated payment or accelerated vesting of any compensation or awards payable to the executive under any of Promus' incentive plans. The estimated amount, computed as of December 31, 1993, that would have been payable under the agreements to these executives based on earnings and stock options aggregated approximately $44.5 million. Tax Sharing Agreement. In connection with the February 7, 1990 spin-off (the Spin-off) of the stock of Promus to stockholders of Holiday Corporation (Holiday), Promus is liable, with certain exceptions, for taxes of Holiday and its subsidiaries for all pre-merger tax periods. Bass PLC (Bass) is obligated under the terms of 19 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated) the Tax Sharing Agreement to pay Promus the amount of any tax benefits realized from pre-merger tax periods of Holiday and its subsidiaries (see Note 11). All federal income taxes and interest assessed by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for the 1978 through 1984 tax years were paid during 1992. The federal income taxes and interest thereon associated with the agreed issues from the IRS audit of the 1985 and 1986 tax years were paid in 1991. Negotiations with the IRS to resolve disputed issues for the 1985 and 1986 tax years were concluded and settlement reached during fourth quarter 1993. Final payment of the federal income taxes and related interest due under the settlement is expected to be made during second quarter 1994. The IRS has completed its examination of Holiday's federal income tax returns for 1987 through the Spin-off date and has issued its proposed adjustments to those returns. Federal income taxes and related interest assessed on agreed issues were paid subsequent to year-end. The total liability of approximately $23.7 million for the federal income tax and interest payments discussed above was included in current liabilities at December 31, 1993. A protest of all unagreed issues for the 1987 through Spin-off periods was filed with the IRS during the third quarter of 1993 and negotiations to resolve disputed issues are currently expected to begin during the second quarter of 1994. Final resolution of the disputed issues is not expected to have a materially adverse effect on Promus' consolidated financial position or its results of operations. Note 11 - Litigation In February 1992, Bass and certain affiliates filed suit against Promus generally alleging breaches of representations and warranties under the Merger Agreement with respect to the 1990 Spin-off of Promus and acquisition of the Holiday Inn hotel business by Bass, violation of federal securities laws due to such alleged breaches, and breaches of the Tax Sharing Agreement between Bass and Promus entered into at the closing of the Merger Agreement. The complaint seeks an unspecified amount of damages, unspecified punitive or exemplary damages, and declaratory relief. Promus believes that it has complied with all applicable laws and agreements with Bass in connection with the Merger and is defending its position vigorously. Promus has filed (a) an answer denying, and asserting affirmative defenses to, the substantive allegations of the complaint and (b) counterclaims alleging that Bass has breached the Tax Sharing Agreement, the Merger Agreement and agreements ancillary to the Merger Agreement. The counterclaims request unspecified compensatory damages, injunctive and declaratory relief and Promus' costs, including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses. Discovery has begun, but no trial date has been set. In addition to the matter described above, Promus is also involved in various inquiries, administrative proceedings and litigation relating to contracts, sales of property and other matters arising in the normal course of business. While any proceeding or litigation has an element of uncertainty, management believes that the final outcome of these matters will not have a materially adverse effect upon Promus' consolidated financial position or its results of operations. Note 12 - Employee Benefit Plans Savings and Retirement Plan. Promus maintains a defined contribution savings and retirement plan, which, among other things, allows pre-tax and after-tax contributions to be made by employees to the plan. Under the plan, participating employees may elect to contribute up to 16 percent of their eligible earnings, the first six percent of which Promus will match fully. Amounts contributed to the plan are invested, at the participant's option, in a Promus company stock fund, a diversified stock fund, an income fund and a treasury fund. Participants become vested in Promus' matching contribution over seven years of credited service. Promus' contribution expense for this plan was $8.4 million, $7.4 million and $7.1 million in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. Employee Stock Ownership Plan. Promus has an employee stock ownership plan, which is a noncontributory stock bonus plan covering employees of Promus and its affiliates. Promus' contributions to the plan are discretionary and are made only if approved by the Human Resources Committee of Promus' Board of Directors. Contributions of $0.7 million, $0.8 million and $0.3 million were approved for the plan years 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plans. As a component of Promus' retention and long-term compensation packages, key employees may be granted shares of common stock under the Promus Restricted Stock Plan (RSP) and/or options to purchase shares of Promus common stock under the Promus Stock Option Plan (SOP). Shares granted under the RSP are restricted as to transfer and subject to forfeiture during a specified period or periods prior to vesting. The shares generally vest over staggered periods ranging from two to four years. No awards of RSP shares may be made under the current plan after November 1999. The deferred compensation related to the RSP shares is generally amortized to expense over the vesting period and this expense totaled $4.8 million, $4.3 million and $6.5 million in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. Promus SOP allows an option holder to purchase Promus common stock over specified periods of time, generally 10 years, at a fixed price equal to the market value at the date of grant. No options may be granted under the SOP after November 1999. A summary of stock option transactions during 1993 follows: Number of Common Shares Option Price ----------------------- Range Options Available (Per Share) Outstanding for Grant ------------- ----------- --------- Balance - January 1, 1993 $ 1.19-$15.67 2,222,745 631,968 1993 grants 18.75- 47.75 326,470 (326,470) Exercised 1.19- 15.67 (216,821) - Canceled 3.94- 37.33 (194,657) 194,657 Additional shares authorized by stockholders - 2,250,000 --------- --------- Balance - December 31, 1993 1.19- 47.75 2,137,737 2,750,155 ========= ========= Exercisable at December 31, 1993 1.19- 15.67 382,608 ========= 20 Deferred Compensation Plans. Promus maintains deferred compensation plans under which certain employees and its directors may defer a portion of their compensation. Amounts deposited into these plans are unsecured liabilities of Promus and earn interest at rates approved by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors. The total liability included in Deferred credits and other liabilities for these plans at December 31, 1993 and 1992 was $33.9 million and $29.2 million, respectively. In connection with the administration of one of these plans, Promus has purchased company-owned life insurance policies insuring the lives of certain directors, officers and key employees. Multi-Employer Pension Plans. Approximately 2,500 of Promus' employees are covered by union sponsored, collectively bargained multi-employer pension plans. Promus contributed and charged to expense $2.0 million, $1.8 million and $1.8 million in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively, for such plans. Information from the plans' administrators is not sufficient to permit Promus to determine its share, if any, of unfunded vested benefits. Note 13 - Nonconsolidated Affiliates Combined summarized balance sheet information and income statements of nonconsolidated affiliates which Promus accounted for using the equity method as of December 31, 1993 and 1992, and for the three fiscal years ended December 31, 1993, were as follows: 1993 1992 1991 ---------- --------- --------- Combined Summarized Balance Sheet Information Current assets $ 76,097 $ 92,308 Land, buildings and equipment, net 830,620 814,394 Other assets 115,031 127,187 ---------- --------- Total assets 1,021,748 1,033,889 ---------- --------- Current liabilities 144,070 177,912 Long-term debt 747,671 700,261 Other liabilities 112,723 46,247 ---------- --------- Total liabilities 1,004,464 924,420 ---------- --------- Net assets $ 17,284 $ 109,469 ========== ========= Combined Summarized Income Statements Revenues $ 999,626 $ 942,380 $ 852,558 ========== ========= ========= Operating income $ 46,383 $ 53,195 $ 48,546 ========== ========= ========= Net loss $ (74,868) $ (9,422) $ (34,357) ========== ========= ========= Promus' share of nonconsolidated affiliates' combined net losses are reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income as follows: 1993 1992 1991 -------- -------- -------- Pre-interest operating income (included in Revenues-other) $ 15,592 $ 10,086 $ 10,702 ======== ======== ======== Interest expense (included in Interest expense) $(12,707) $(14,395) $(19,122) ======== ======== ======== Extraordinary gain on forgiveness of debt (included in Extraordinary items, net) $ - $ 2,699 $ - ======== ======== ======== Promus' investments in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates At equity $ 35,893 $ 38,872 At cost 34,157 12,113 -------- -------- $ 70,050 $ 50,985 ======== ======== The values of certain Promus joint venture investments have been reduced below zero due to Promus' intention to fund its share of operating losses in the future, if needed. The total amount of these negative investments included in Deferred credits and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets was $5.1 million and $4.2 million at December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively. During the second quarter of 1993, Sodak Gaming, Inc. (Sodak), an equity investment of Promus, completed an initial public offering of its common stock. As required by equity accounting rules, Promus increased the carrying value of its investment in Sodak by an amount equal to its pro-rata share of the proceeds of Sodak's offering, approximately $6.4 million. A corresponding increase was recorded in the combination of Promus' capital surplus and deferred income tax liability accounts. As a result of this offering, Promus' ownership interest in Sodak has fallen below 20% and, accordingly, the investment is no longer accounted for on the equity method. 21 Note 14 - Summarized Financial Information Embassy is a wholly owned subsidiary and the principal asset of Promus. Summarized financial information of Embassy as of December 31, 1993 and 1992 and for each of the three fiscal years ended December 31, 1993, prepared on the same basis as Promus, was as follows: 1993 1992 1991 ---------- ---------- ---------- Current assets $ 165,753 $ 132,540 Land, buildings, riverboats and equipment, net 1,338,202 1,248,491 Other assets 290,454 209,723 ---------- ---------- 1,794,409 1,590,754 ---------- ---------- Current liabilities 240,438 142,479 Long-term debt 839,804 877,427 Other liabilities 150,646 129,046 Minority interest 14,984 3,668 ---------- ---------- 1,245,872 1,152,620 ---------- ---------- Net assets $ 548,537 $ 438,134 ========== ========== Revenues $1,249,986 $1,109,331 $1,031,112 ========== ========== ========== Operating income $ 302,119 $ 230,491 $ 202,981 ========== ========== ========== Income before income taxes and minority interest $ 168,027 $ 87,833 $ 52,596 ========== ========== ========== Net income $ 85,167 $ 52,184 $ 30,276 ========== ========== ========== The Indentures governing the terms of Promus' debt contain certain covenants which, among other things, place limitations on Embassy's ability to pay dividends and make other restricted payments, as defined, to Promus. Pursuant to the terms of the most restrictive covenant regarding restricted payments, approximately $539.9 million of Embassy's net assets were not available for payment of dividends to Promus as of December 31, 1993. Note 15 - Operating Segment Information Promus is a hospitality company with interests principally in casino entertainment and hotels. The casino entertainment segment consists of operating results of owned casinos and casino hotels. The hotel segment consists of operating results of owned hotels and hotel management and licensing activities. The other segment consists of Promus' risk management division and its investment in a hotel finance company. 1993 1992 1991 ---------- ---------- ---------- Revenues Casino entertainment $1,015,229 $ 891,104 $ 858,943 Hotel 230,298 218,214 166,991 Other 6,328 3,748 5,178 ---------- ---------- ---------- $1,251,855 $1,113,066 $1,031,112 ========== ========== ========== Operating income Casino entertainment $ 234,967 $ 186,883 $ 170,963 Hotel 66,541 43,362 32,896 Other 2,712 1,171 (878) ---------- ---------- ---------- $ 304,220 $ 231,416 $ 202,981 ========== ========== ========== Identifiable assets Casino entertainment $1,234,377 $1,002,986 $ 943,318 Hotel 429,796 490,535 492,571 Corporate and other 128,945 103,016 101,197 ---------- ---------- ---------- $1,793,118 $1,596,537 $1,537,086 ========== ========== ========== Capital expenditures Casino entertainment $ 221,094 $ 96,093 $ 45,966 Hotel 22,866 32,081 73,484 Corporate and other 7,237 3,085 2,802 ---------- ---------- ---------- $ 251,197 $ 131,259 $ 122,252 ========== ========== ========== Depreciation of buildings, riverboats and equipment Casino entertainment $ 54,390 $ 49,039 $ 48,650 Hotel 23,171 20,508 15,188 Corporate and other 3,154 2,158 1,480 ---------- ----------- ---------- $ 80,715 $ 71,705 $ 65,318 ========== =========== ========== 22 MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Promus is responsible for preparing the financial statements and related information appearing in this report. Management believes that the financial statements present fairly its financial position, its results of operations and its cash flows in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. In preparing its financial statements, Promus is required to include amounts based on estimates and judgments which it believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Promus maintains accounting and other control systems designed to provide reasonable assurance that financial records are reliable for purposes of preparing financial statements and that assets are properly accounted for and safeguarded. Compliance with these systems and controls is reviewed through a program of audits by an internal auditing staff. Limitations exist in any internal control system, recognizing that the system's cost should not exceed the benefits derived. The Board of Directors pursues its responsibility for Promus' financial statements through its Audit Committee, which is composed solely of directors who are not Promus officers or employees. The Audit Committee meets from time to time with the independent public accountants, management and the internal auditors. Promus' internal auditors report directly to the Audit Committee pursuant to gaming regulations. The independent public accountants have direct access to the Audit Committee, with and without the presence of management representatives. /s/ Michael D. Rose /s/ Michael N. Regan Michael D. Rose Michael N. Regan Chairman of the Board and Vice President, Controller and Chief Executive Officer Chief Accounting Officer REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of The Promus Companies Incorporated: We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Promus Companies Incorporated (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (Promus) as of December 31, 1993 and 1992, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1993. These financial statements are the responsibility of Promus' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Promus as of December 31, 1993 and 1992 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1993, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. /s/ Arthur Andersen & Co. Memphis, Tennessee, February 8, 1994. 23 Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (In thousands, except per share amounts)
First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter Fiscal Year -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- 1993 Revenues $269,207 $316,247 $346,710 $319,691 $1,251,855 Operating income 54,857 75,244 100,671 73,448 304,220 Income before income taxes and minority interests 20,559 39,811 70,207 39,232 169,809 Net income 10,956 22,499 32,935 19,956 86,346 Earnings per share before extraordinary items (1)(2) 0.12 0.22 0.36 0.19 0.89 Earnings per share (1)(2) 0.11 0.22 0.32 0.19 0.84 1992 Revenues $257,661 $281,159 $315,781 $258,465 $1,113,066 Operating income 46,087 59,409 82,626 43,294 231,416 Income before income taxes and extraordinary items 9,528 25,491 47,466 5,814 88,299 Net income 5,479 13,910 27,976 5,127 52,492 Earnings per share before extraordinary items (1)(2) 0.05 0.15 0.28 0.03 0.51 Earnings per share (1)(2) 0.05 0.14 0.28 0.05 0.52
(1) The sum of the quarterly per share amounts may not equal the annual amount reported, as per share amounts are computed independently for each quarter while the full year is based on the annual weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding. (2) Retroactively adjusted for stock splits (see Note 3). Selected Financial Data (In millions, except per share amounts)
1993 1992 1991 1990 1989(1) --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- Revenues $1,251.9 $1,113.1 $1,031.1 $1,004.2 $944.8 Operating income 304.2 231.4 203.0 193.5 208.5 Income before property transactions, interest expense, income taxes, minority interest and extraordinary items 276.0 212.6 187.4 156.3 159.8 Income before income taxes and minority interest 169.8 88.3 52.2 44.1 154.6 Income before extraordinary items 91.8 51.4 30.0 23.4 - Net income 86.3 52.5 30.0 23.4 - Earnings per share(2) Before extraordinary items 0.89 0.51 0.33 0.30 - Net income 0.84 0.52 0.33 0.30 - Cash dividend per share (2) - - - 10.00 - Total assets 1,793.1 1,596.5 1,537.1 1,432.8 1,328.7 Long-term debt 839.8 877.4 835.2 903.5 24.7
(1) For years before 1990, the financial statements of Holiday Corporation were disaggregated to present the combined assets, liabilities, revenues and certain expenses of those entities which now comprise Promus as if it had been a separate entity for all years presented. Accordingly, the financial information presented above for fiscal year 1989 is not intended to be a complete presentation of Promus' financial position or results of operations for that year. (2) Retroactively adjusted for stock splits (see Note 3). 24 INVESTOR INFORMATION Stock Listings The Promus Companies Incorporated common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol PRI. The stock is also listed on the Midwest, Philadelphia and Pacific regional stock exchanges. Daily trading activity in the stock and the stock price may be found in the financial section of major newspapers under "Promus." STOCK INFORMATION Quarterly Stock Information New York Stock Exchange - Common Stock Stock Price Per Share* ---------------------------- 1993 High Low -------------------------------------------------------- 1st Quarter ............... 25 17 15/32 2nd Quarter ............... 32 22 29/32 3rd Quarter ............... 53 31/32 31 11/32 4th Quarter ............... 55 39 1992 High Low -------------------------------------------------------- 1st Quarter ............... 10 21/32 7 11/32 2nd Quarter ............... 10 11/32 8 13/32 3rd Quarter ............... 12 21/32 9 4th Quarter ............... 19 11 29/32 * Retroactively adjusted for stock splits. The Promus Companies Incorporated 1023 Cherry Road Memphis, Tennesse 38117 APPENDIX TO MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ("MD&A") Page 2 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Cash Flows from Operations" showing the following information: 1991 - $111 million cash flow 1992 - $154 million cash flow 1993 - $254 million cash flow Page 2 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Capital Spending by Segment" showing the following information: 1991 - $ 46 million capital spending for Casino Entertainment $ 73 million capital spending for Hotel 1992 - $ 96 million capital spending for Casino Entertainment $ 32 million capital spending for Hotel 1993 - $221 million capital spending for Casino Entertainment $ 23 million capital spending for Hotel Page 2 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Return on Equity" showing the following information: 1991 - 10.4% return on equity 1992 - 13.0% return on equity 1993 - 19.3% return on equity Page 5 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Hotels Added by Year" showing the following information: Year Franchised Hotels Company Owned Hotels ---- ----------------- -------------------- 1991 58 9 1992 38 0 1993 52 0 Page 5 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Five Year Debt Maturities" showing the following (in millions of dollars): Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Due in Due in Due in Due in Due in Year 1 Year 2 Years 3 Years 4 Years 5 Years ---- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- 1991 $52 $174 $168 $227 $147 1992 4 152 258 142 102 1993 2 2 2 2 411 Page 5 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Cash Interest Paid" showing the following information: 1991 - $106 million 1992 - $ 91 million 1993 - $ 78 million Page 7 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Harrah's Casino Space by State" showing the following information: 1991 - Nevada 269,100 square feet New Jersey 61,400 square feet 1992 - Nevada 271,900 square feet New Jersey 61,200 square feet 1993 - Nevada 272,500 square feet Mississippi 52,100 square feet Colorado 27,800 square feet New Jersey 64,000 square feet Illinois 20,000 square feet Page 7 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Promus Hotels System Revenues" showing the following information: 1991 - Embassy Suites $568.3 million Hampton Inn $417.4 million Homewood Suites $ 34.7 million 1992 - Embassy Suites $638.0 million Hampton Inn $556.2 million Homewood Suites $ 48.7 million 1993 - Embassy Suites $690.3 million Hampton Inn $568.6 million Homewood Suites $ 55.8 million Page 7 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization" showing the following information: 1991 - $261 million 1992 - $283 million 1993 - $355 million


                                             RVS'D 3/11/94

                        THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED
                                  SUBSIDIARIES

                                         Jurisdiction   Percentage
                                              of            of        Date of
               Name                      Incorporation  Ownership  Incorporation
               ----                      -------------  ---------  -------------

Aster Insurance Ltd.                         Bermuda        100%      02/06/90
Embassy Suites, Inc.                         Delaware       100%      08/08/83
   Buckleigh, Inc.                           Delaware       100%      08/24/87
   EJP Corporation                           Delaware       100%      10/31/91
      Suite Life, Inc.                       Delaware       100%      07/11/86
   Embassy Memphis Corporation               Tennessee      100%      12/03/92
   Embassy Pacific Equity Corporation        Delaware       100%      01/24/89
   Embassy Suites Canada, Inc.               Canada         100%      07/20/88
   Embassy Suites Club No. 1, Inc.           Kansas         100%      01/19/84
   Embassy Suites Club No. Two, Inc.         Texas           49%      03/13/84
   Embassy Suites De Mexico, S.A., De C.V.   Mexico          96%      08/01/90
   Embassy Suites (Isla Verde), Inc.         Delaware       100%      12/21/93
   Embassy Suites (Puerto Rico), Inc.        Delaware       100%      05/25/89
   Embassy Vacation Resorts, Inc.            Delaware       100%      03/03/94
   EPAM Corporation                          Delaware       100%      01/24/89
   ESI-Air, Inc.                             Tennessee      100%      03/11/63
   ESI Development, Inc.                     Tennessee      100%      12/06/84
   ESI Mortgage Development Corporation      Delaware       100%      04/10/89
   ESI Mortgage Development Corporation II   Delaware       100%      03/24/92
   ESI Equity Development Corporation        Delaware       100%      07/16/85
      Embassy Development Corporation        Delaware       100%      08/24/87
      Homewood Suites Equity Development
         Corporation                         Delaware       100%      02/18/88
      Embassy Equity Development Corporation Delaware       100%      08/24/87
         Embassy Syracuse Development
            Corporation                      Delaware       100%      03/06/91
         Southfield Hotel Management, Inc.   Florida        100%      09/10/91
   GOL (Heathrow), Inc.                      Tennessee      100%      10/27/87
   Hampton Inns, Inc.                        Delaware       100%      03/23/84
      GOL Texas, Inc.                        Texas           49%      02/28/89
   Harrah's                                  Nevada         100%      01/21/80
      Casino Holding Company                 Delaware       100%      07/28/89
         Harrah's Atlantic City, Inc.        New Jersey     100%      02/13/79
         Harrah's New Jersey, Inc.           New Jersey     100%      09/13/78
      Harrah's-Holiday Inns of New Jersey,
         Inc.                                New Jersey     100%      09/19/79
      Harrah's Laughlin, Inc.                Nevada         100%      07/10/87
      Harrah's Management Company            Nevada         100%      04/07/83
      Harrah's Pty. Limited                  Australia      100%      04/21/75
      Harrah's Reno Holding Company, Inc.    Nevada         100%      02/23/88



      Harrah's Club                          Nevada         100%      06/07/71
         Advertising, Insurance and Resale
            Corporation                      Nevada         100%      06/21/73
         Harrah South Shore Corporation      California     100%      10/02/59
         Harrah's of Jamaica, Ltd.           Jamaica        100%      07/12/85
         Harrah's Alabama Corporation        Nevada         100%      09/09/93
         Harrah's Arizona Corporation        Nevada         100%      01/26/93
         Harrah's Biloxi Bay, Inc.           Nevada         100%      01/07/93
         Harrah's California Corporation     Nevada         100%      02/02/94
         Harrah's Colorado Investment
            Corporation                      Nevada         100%      06/23/93
         Harrah's Colorado Management
            Company                          Nevada         100%      06/23/93
         Harrah's Colorado Standby
           Corporation                       Nevada         100%      11/10/93
         Harrah's Connecticut Corporation    Nevada         100%      01/25/94
         Harrah's Illinois Corporation       Nevada         100%      12/18/91
         Harrah's Indiana Investment
            Corporation                      Nevada         100%      09/09/93
         Harrah's Indiana Management
            Corporation                      Nevada         100%      09/09/93
         Harrah's Kenner Corporation         Louisiana      100%      01/27/93
         Harrah's Las Vegas, Inc.            Nevada         100%      03/21/68
         Harrah's Maine Corporation          Nevada         100%      11/12/93
         Harrah's Maryland Heights
            Corporation                      Nevada         100%      07/30/93
         Harrah's Michigan Corporation       Nevada         100%      06/15/93
         Harrah's Minnesota Corporation      Nevada         100%      10/20/92
         Harrah's Mississippi Corporation    Nevada         100%      07/13/92
         Harrah's New Orleans Investment
            Company                          Nevada         100%      05/21/93
         Harrah's New Orleans Management
            Company                          Nevada         100%      05/21/93
         Harrah's New Zealand, Inc.          Nevada         100%      02/28/92
         Harrah's-North Kansas City
            Corporation                      Nevada         100%      02/23/93
         Harrah's Shreveport Investment
            Company, Inc.                    Nevada         100%      04/23/92
         Harrah's Shreveport Management
            Company, Inc.                    Nevada         100%      04/23/92
         Harrah's Tunica Casino Corporation  Nevada         100%      08/10/92
         Harrah's Vicksburg Casino
            Corporation                      Nevada         100%      07/13/92
         Harrah's Washington Corporation     Nevada         100%      02/03/94
         Harrah's Windsor, Inc.              Canada         100%      06/23/93
         Sodak Gaming, Inc.                  South Dakota  13.8%
         Ziwa Missouri Corporation           Nevada         100%      10/11/93
      Pacific Hotels, Inc.                   Tennessee      100%      11/03/88
         ATM Hotels Pty Limited              Australia*     100%      05/25/90
      Tennessee Restaurant Company           Delaware      33.2%      10/31/85
         Perkins Restaurants, Inc.           Minnesota      100%      02/19/66

* 50% Pacific Hotels, Inc.,  50% Embassy Suites, Inc.